NP 31

RECORD OF AMENDMENTS
The table below is to record Section IV Notice to Mariners amendments affecting this volume.
Sub paragraph numbers in the margin of the body of the book are to assist the user when making amendments to this volume.
Weekly Notices to Mariners (Section IV)
2004 2005 2006 2007
IMPORTANT SEE RELATED ADMIRALTY PUBLICATIONS
This is one of a series of publications produced by the United Kingdom Hydrographic Office which should be consulted by users of
Admiralty Charts. The full list of such publications is as follows:
Notices to Mariners (Annual, permanent, temporary and preliminary), Chart 5011 (Symbols and abbreviations), The Mariners
Handbook (especially Chapters 1 and 2 for important information on the use of UKHO products, their accuracy and limitations),
Sailing Directions (Pilots), List of Lights and Fog Signals, List of Radio Signals, Tide Tables and their digital equivalents.
All charts and publications should be kept up to date with the latest amendments.
Home Contents Index
NP 31
CHINA SEA PILOT
VOLUME II
The north-western coast of Borneo, the Philippine Islands from
Cape Buliluyan in Palawan to Cape Bojeador in Luzon, and the islands and
dangers in the southern and eastern parts of the South China Sea
SEVENTH EDITION
2004
PUBLISHED BY THE UNITED KINGDOM HYDROGRAPHIC OFFICE
Home Contents Index
ii
E Crown Copyright 2004
To be obtained from Agents for the sale of
Admiralty Charts and Publications
Copyright for some of the material in
this publication is owned by the authority
named under the item and permission for its
reproduction must be obtained from the owner.
Area formerly covered by:
China Sea Directory Vol. II First edition 1868 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Second Edition 1879 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Third Edition 1889 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fourth Edition 1899 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fifth Edition 1906 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
China Sea Pilot Vol. IV First Edition 1912 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Second Edition 1923 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
China Sea Pilot Vol. II First Edition 1936 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Second Edition 1950 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Third Edition 1961 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fourth Edition 1975 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fifth Edition 1998 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sixth Edition 2001 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Home Contents Index
iii
PREFACE
The Seventh Edition of the China Sea Pilot Volume II has been prepared by Captain D.J. Conway, Master Mariner, and Lieutenant
Commander J.E.J. Marshall, Royal Navy, and contains the latest information received in the United Kingdom Hydrographic Office to the
date given below.
This edition supersedes the Sixth Edition (2001), which is cancelled.
Information on climate and currents has been based on data provided by the Meteorological Office, Exeter.
The following sources of information, other than UKHO publications and Ministry of Defence papers, have been consulted:
British
Fairplay Ports Guide 20032004.
Lloyds Maritime Guide 20032004.
Lloyds Port Callings 2002.
Lloyds Ports of the World 2004.
The Statesmans Yearbook 2004.
Whitakers Almanack 2004.
French
French Sailing Directions Volume K7, 1995.
Philippine
Philippine Coast Pilot, Sixth Edition, 1995.
United States
United States Publication 161 Sailing Directions, South China Sea and Gulf of Thailand, Eighth Edition, 2002.
United States Publication 162 Sailing Directions, Philippine Islands, Fifth Edition, 2001.
United States Publication 163 Sailing Directions, Borneo, etc., Eighth Edition, 2002.
Dr D W Williams
United Kingdom National Hydrographer
The United Kingdom Hydrographic Office
Admiralty Way
Taunton
Somerset TA1 2DN
England
18th March 2004
Home Contents Index
iv
PREFACE
to the Fifth edition (1998)
The Fifth Edition of the China Sea Pilot, Vol II , has been compiled by Captain J. B. Wilson RD* MRIN MNI Master Mariner and Captain
P .R. R. Warburton Master Mariner, and contains the latest information received in the United Kingdom Hydrographic Office to the date
given below.
This edition supersedes the Fourth Edition (1975) (Revised 1982) and Supplement No 6 (1994), which are cancelled.
Information on climate and currents has been based on data provided by the Meteorological Office, Bracknell.
The following sources of information, other than United Kingdom Hydrographic Office publications and Ministry of Defence papers,
have been consulted:
British
Lloyds Maritime Guide 1997.
Lloyds Ports of the World 1998.
Lloyds Shipping Information Services.
The Statesmans Yearbook 199798.
Whitakers Almanack 1998.
French
French Sailing Directions Volume K7, 1995.
Indonesian
Indonesian Sailing Directions Volume I, Second Edition, 1986.
Philippine
Philippine Coast Pilot, Sixth Edition, 1995.
United States
United States Publication 162 Sailing Directions, Philippine Islands, Fourth Edition, 1996
United States Publication 163 Sailing Directions, Borneo, etc., Sixth Edition, 1993
J.P. CLARKE CB LVO MBE
Rear Admiral
Hydrographer of the Navy
The United Kingdom Hydrographic Office
Admiralty Way
Taunton
Somerset TA1 2DN
England
16 April, 1998
Home Contents Index
v
CONTENTS
Pages
Preface iii . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Preface to the Fifth Edition (1998) iv . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Contents v . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Explanatory notes vii . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Abbreviations ix . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Glossaries xi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Index chartlets xv and xvi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CHAPTER 1
Navigation and regulations
Limits of the book (1.1) 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Navigational dangers and hazards (1.2) 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Traffic and operations (1.12) 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Charts (1.25) 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Navigational aids (1.34) 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pilotage (1.44) 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Radio facilities (1.52) 6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Regulations (1.66) 7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Signals (1.92) 9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Distress and rescue (1.106) 11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Piracy (1.111) 11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Countries and ports
Borneo (1.113) 12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Indonesia (1.117) 12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Malaysia (1.127) 13 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sarawak (1.134) 14 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sabah (1.144) 14 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Brunei Darussalam (1.153) 15 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Philippines (1.162) 15 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Principal ports, harbours and anchorages (1.174) 16 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Port services summary (1.175) 19 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Natural conditions
General information (1.180) 20 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Maritime topography (1.182) 20 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Currents, tidal streams and flow (1.185) 20 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sea level and tides (1.191) 21 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sea and swell (1.194) 21 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sea water characteristics (1.198) 26 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Climate and weather (1.201) 26 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Climatic tables (1.225) 39 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Meteorological conversion table and scales (1.241) 56 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CHAPTER 2
Routes from Singapore to Hong Kong for low-powered vessels, and the offshore dangers including Dangerous Ground and offshore
reefs and banks south of, and north of Dangerous Ground between Sarawak and the west coast of Luzon 59 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CHAPTER 3
From Singapore Strait to the north-west coast of Borneo, including Kepulauan Natuna and the west coast of Kalimantan (Indonesian
Borneo) between Sungai Besar and Tanjung Datu 73 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CHAPTER 4
North-west coast of Borneo from Tanjung Datu to Tanjung Baram 87 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CHAPTER 5
North-west coast of Borneo from Tanjung Baram to Tanjung Toulak including Pulau Labuan and Brunei Bay 119 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Home Contents Index
CONTENTS
vi
CHAPTER 6
North-west coast of Borneo from Tanjung Toulak to Pulau Kalampunian and the outer approaches to Balabac Strait and
North Balabac Strait 141 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CHAPTER 7
Palawan Passage, the west coast of Palawan including the Inner Route, and from Libro Point to Cape Calavite. 157 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CHAPTER 8
From Cape Calavite to Cochinos Point, including the west approaches to Verde Island Passage, and Manila Bay 179 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CHAPTER 9
West coast of Luzon from Cochinos Point to Cape Bolinao and Santiago Island, including Subic Bay 201 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CHAPTER 10
West coast of Luzon from Santiago Island to Cape Bojeador, including Lingayen Gulf and San Fernando Harbour 217 . . . . . . . . . . . .
APPENDICES AND INDEX
Appendix I Archipelagic Sea Lanes 229 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Index 230 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Home Contents Index
vii
EXPLANATORY NOTES
Admiralty Sailing Directions are intended for use by vessels of 12 m or more in length. They amplify charted detail and contain
information needed for safe navigation which is not available from Admiralty charts, or other hydrographic publications. They are intended
to be read in conjunction with the charts quoted in the text.
This volume of the Sailing Directions will be kept up-to-date by the issue of a new edition at intervals of approximately 3 years, without
the use of supplements. In addition important amendments which cannot await the new edition are published in Section IV of the weekly
editions of Admiralty Notices to Mariners. A list of such amendments and notices in force is published in the last weekly edition for each
month. Those still in force at the end of the year are reprinted in the Annual Summary of Admiralty Notices to Mariners.
This volume should not be used without reference to Section IV of the weekly editions of Admiralty Notices to Mariners.
CDROM
Status. A compact disc is provided at the back of this volume. The paper publication of Sailing Directions satisfies the requirements of
Chapter V of the International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea. The CD version does not satisfy these requirements and should only
be used in conjunction with the paper publication and any amendments affecting the paper publication. Where any discrepancy exists
between data on the CD and in the paper publication of Sailing Directions, the paper publication (inclusive of amendments) is to be relied
upon.
Disclaimer. Whilst the UKHO has made all reasonable efforts to ensure that the data on the CD was accurate at the time of production, it
has not verified the data for navigational purposes and the CD is not suitable, and is not to be relied upon, for navigation. The use of the CD for
this purpose is at the users own risk. The UKHO accepts no liability (except in the case of death or personal injury caused by the negligence
of the UKHO) whether in contract, tort, under any statute or otherwise and whether or not arising out of any negligence on the part of the
UKHO in respect of any inadequacy of any kind whatsoever in the data on the CD or in the means of distribution.
Conditions of Release. The material supplied on the CDROM is protected by Crown Copyright. No part of the data may be reproduced,
stored in a retrieval system or transmitted in any form or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording or otherwise
without the prior written permission of the UKHO. The copyright material, its derivatives and its outputs may not be sold or distributed or
commercially exploited in either an original or derived form without the prior written permission of the UKHO. For the avoidance of doubt,
the supplied material, its derivatives and its outputs shall not be placed, or allowed to be placed, on a computer accessible to Third Parties
whether via the Internet or otherwise. The release of the supplied material in no way implies that the UKHO will supply further material.
References to hydrographic and other publications
The Mariners Handbook gives general information affecting navigation and is complementary to this volume.
Ocean Passages for the World and Routeing Charts contain ocean routeing information and should be consulted for other than coastal
passages.
Admiralty List of Lights should be consulted for details of lights, lanbys and fog signals, as these are not fully described in this volume.
Admiralty List of Radio Signals should be consulted for information relating to coast and port radio stations, radio details of pilotage
services, radiobeacons and direction finding stations, meteorological services, radio navigational aids, Global Maritime Distress and Safety
System (GMDSS) and Differential Global Positioning System (DGPS) stations, as these are only briefly referred to in this volume.
Admiralty Maritime Communications is a comprehensive guide on all aspects of maritime communications for the yachtsman and small
craft user. It provides general information on Global Maritime Distress and Safety System (GMDSS), the management of VHF, Maritime
Safety Information, NAVTEX, Inmarsat and Radio Facsimile, and detailed information and procedures for marinas and harbours used by
small craft.
Annual Summary of Admiralty Notices to Mariners contains in addition to the temporary and preliminary notices, and amendments and
notices affecting Sailing Directions, a number of notices giving information of a permanent nature covering radio messages and navigational
warnings, distress and rescue at sea and exercise areas.
The International Code of Signals should be consulted for details of distress and life-saving signals, international ice-breaker signals as
well as international flag signals.
Remarks on subject matter
Buoys are generally described in detail only when they have special navigational significance, or where the scale of the chart is too small
to show all the details clearly.
Chart index diagrams in this volume show only those Admiralty charts of a suitable scale to give good coverage of the area. Mariners
should consult NP 131 Catalogue of Admiralty Charts and Publications for details of larger scale charts.
Home Contents Index
EXPLANATORY NOTES
viii
Chart references in the text normally refer to the largest scale Admiralty chart but occasionally a smaller scale chart may be quoted where
its use is more appropriate.
Firing, practice and exercise areas. Except for submarine exercise areas, details of firing, practice and exercise areas are not mentioned
in Sailing Directions, but signals and buoys used in connection with these areas are sometimes mentioned if significant for navigation.
Attention is invited to the Annual Notice to Mariners on this subject.
Names have been taken from the most authoritative source. When an obsolete name still appears on the chart, it is given in brackets
following the proper name at the principal description of the feature in the text and where the name is first mentioned.
Tidal information relating the daily vertical movements of the water is not given; for this Admiralty Tide Tables should be consulted.
Changes in water level of an abnormal nature are mentioned.
Time difference used in the text when applied to the time of High Water found from the Admiralty Tide Tables, gives the time of the event
being described in the Standard Time kept in the area of that event. Due allowance must be made for any seasonal daylight saving time which
may be kept.
Wreck information is included where drying or below-water wrecks are relatively permanent features having significance for
navigation or anchoring.
Units and terminology used in this volume
Latitude and Longitude given in brackets are approximate and are taken from the chart quoted.
Bearings and directions are referred to the true compass and when given in degrees are reckoned clockwise from 000 (North) to 359
Bearings used for positioning are given from the reference object.
Bearings of objects, alignments and light sectors are given as seen from the vessel.
Courses always refer to the course to be made good over the ground.
Winds are described by the direction from which they blow.
Tidal streams and currents are described by the direction towards which they flow.
Distances are expressed in sea miles of 60 to a degree of latitude and sub-divided into cables of one tenth of a sea mile.
Depths are given below chart datum, except where otherwise stated.
Heights of objects refer to the height of the structure above the ground and are invariably expressed as ... m in height.
Elevations, as distinct from heights, are given above Mean High Water Springs or Mean Higher High Water whichever is quoted in
Admiralty Tide Tables, and expressed as, an elevation of ... m. However the elevation of natural features such as hills may alternatively be
expressed as ... m high since in this case there can be no confusion between elevation and height.
Metric units are used for all measurements of depths, heights and short distances, but where feet/fathoms charts are referred to, these
latter units are given in brackets after the metric values for depths and heights shown on the chart.
Time is expressed in the four-figure notation beginning at midnight and is given in local time unless otherwise stated. Details of local time
kept will be found in Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2.
Bands is the word used to indicate horizontal marking.
Stripes is the word used to indicate markings which are vertical, unless stated to be diagonal.
Conspicuous objects are natural and artificial marks which are outstanding, easily identifiable and clearly visible to the mariner over a
large area of sea in varying conditions of light. If the scale is large enough they will normally be shown on the chart in bold capitals and may be
marked conspic.
Prominent objects are those which are easily identifiable, but do not justify being classified as conspicuous.
Home Contents Index
ix
ABBREVIATIONS
The following abbreviations are used in the text.
Directions
N north (northerly, northward, northern,
northernmost)
NNE north-north-east
NE north-east
ENE east-north-east
E east
ESE east-south-east
SE south-east
SSE south-south-east
S south
SSW south-south-west
SW south-west
WSW west-south-west
W west
WNW west-north-west
NW north-west
NNW north-north-west
Navigation
AIS Automatic Indentification System
CVTS Cooperative Vessel Traffic System
DGPS Differential Global Positioning System
GPS Global Positioning System
Lanby Large automatic navigation buoy
MCTS Marine Communications and Traffic Services
Centres
ODAS Ocean Data Acquisition System
Satnav Satellite navigation
TSS Traffic Separation Scheme
VMRS Vessel Movement Reporting System
VTC Vessel Traffic Centre
VTS Vessel Traffic Services
VTMS Vessel Traffic Management System
Offshore operations
ALC Articulated loading column
ALP Articulated loading platform
CALM Catenary anchor leg mooring
CBM Conventional buoy mooring
ELSBM Exposed location single buoy mooring
FPSO Floating production storage and offloading
vessel
FSO Floating storage and offloading vessel
PLEM Pipe line end manifold
SALM Single anchor leg mooring system
SALS Single anchored leg storage system
SBM Single buoy mooring
SPM Single point mooring
Organizations
IALA International Association of Lighthouse
Authorities
IHO International Hydrographic Organization
IMO International Maritime Organization
NATO North Atlantic Treaty Organization
RN Royal Navy
UKHO United Kingdom Hydrographic Office
Radio
DF direction finding
HF high frequency
LF low frequency
MF medium frequency
Navtex Navigational Telex System
RT radio telephony
UHF ultra high frequency
VHF very high frequency
WT radio (wireless) telegraphy
Rescue and distress
AMVER Automated Mutual Assistance Vessel Rescue
System
EPIRB Emergency Position Indicating Radio Beacon
GMDSS Global Maritime Distress and Safety System
JRCC Joint Rescue Cooperation Centre
MRCC Maritime Rescue Co-ordination Centre
MRSC Maritime Rescue Sub-Centre
SAR Search and Rescue
Tides
HAT Highest Astronomical Tide
HW High Water
LAT Lowest Astronomical Tide
LW Low Water
MHHW Mean Higher High Water
MHLW Mean Higher Low Water
MHW Mean High Water
MHWN Mean High Water Neaps
MHWS Mean High Water Springs
MLHW Mean Lower High Water
MLLW Mean Lower Low Water
MLW Mean Low Water
MLWN Mean Low Water Neaps
MLWS Mean Low Water Springs
MSL Mean Sea Level
Home Contents Index
ABBREVIATIONS
x
Times
ETA estimated time of arrival
ETD estimated time of departure
UT Universal Time
UTC Co-ordinated Universal Time
Units and miscellaneous
C degrees Celsius
DG degaussing
dwt deadweight tonnage
DZ danger zone
feu forty foot equivalent unit
fm fathom(s)
ft foot (feet)
g/cm
3
gram per cubic centimetre
GRP glass reinforced plastic
grt gross register tonnage
gt gross tonnage
hp horse power
hPa hectopascal
kHz kilohertz
km kilometre(s)
kn knot(s)
kW kilowatt(s)
m metre(s)
mb millibar(s)
MHz megahertz
mm millimetre(s)
MW megawatt(s)
No number
nrt nett register tonnage
teu twenty foot equivalent unit
Vessels and cargo
CDC Certain Dangerous Cargo
HMS Her (His) Majestys Ship
HSC High Speed Craft
LASH Lighter Aboard Ship
LHG Liquefied Hazardous Gas
LNG Liquefied Natural Gas
LOA Length overall
LPG Liquefied Petroleum Gas
MV Motor Vessel
MY Motor Yacht
POL Petrol, Oil & Lubricants
RMS Royal Mail Ship
Ro-Ro Roll-on, Roll-off
SS Steamship
ULCC Ultra Large Crude Carrier
VLCC Very Large Crude Carrier
Home Contents Index
xi
GLOSSARIES
The following words, occasionally found on Charts and in Sailing Directions, are for the most part of Malay origin but are subject to
modification in some dialects.
A short glossary of Filipino words is also given.
MALAY/ INDONESIAN
Abbreviations used: Gu - Gunung, Gg - Gosong, Pu - Pulau, Tg - Tanjung, Tanjong
Malay/ Indonesian English Malay/ Indonesian English . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
air water . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
air masin salt water . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
air mentah freshwater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
air pasang high tide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
air pelajaran bay, inlet, creek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
air perbani neap tide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
air surut low tide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ajer, ayer water . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
alang bar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
alangan bar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
alur channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
alur pelayaran channel, passage . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ambang shoal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ambang sungai shoal, bank, bar . . . . . . . . . . . . .
anak sungai rivulet, tributary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
anggai signal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
angin wind . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
anja, anjar anchor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
api light (lit. fire) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
arus (harus) current . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ayer see ajer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ayer mati low water . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ayer pasang flood tide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ayer rabong high water (springs) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ayer surut ebb tide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
bagan quay, fishing village . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
baharu, baru new . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
bandar harbour, port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
bandara airport . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
barat west, western . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
barat daya south-west . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
barat laut north-west . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
baru new . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
batang river . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
batu stone, rock, milestone, islet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
batu-batu group of rocks, . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
bayu wind, breeze . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
bengawan river, large stream . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
besar large, great . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
berbahaya dangerous, hazardous . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
berbukit hilly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
berlabuh anchor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
beting reef, sandbank, shoal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
biduk river boat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
biru blue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
bom laut depth-charge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
buaya crocodile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
bukit hill, mountain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
bulan moon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
burong bird . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
busong sandbank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
changkat low hill, sandbank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
cetek shallow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ci stream, small river . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
daerah area, zone, region . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
dalam deep . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
danau lake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
dangkal shallow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
danu lake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
darat landward, the interior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
delapan eight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
dermaga wharf . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
diangkat remove, delete . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
didasar laut seabed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
dilarang prohibited . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
dua two . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
empat four . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
enam six . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
gelap eclipse, dark . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
gosong shoal, sandbank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
gunong mountain, hill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
gunonganang mountain ranges . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
gunung mountain, hill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
gunung api volcano . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
gusung shoal, sandbank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
hari day . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
harus current, tide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
hijau green . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
hilir downstream . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
hitam black, dark . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
hujan rain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
hulu upper reaches of a river . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
hutan jungle, forest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ikan fish . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
inggelan, inglitir England . . . . . . . . . . . .
inggeris English . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
inggris raya Great Britain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
jalan street, road . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
janbatan bridge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
jermal fishing stake, fish trap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
jernih clear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
jong sea-going junk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
kli river . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
kampung village . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
kapal ship . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
kapal api steamship . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
kapal barang freighter, general cargo vessel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
kapal dadang cargo vessel . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
kapal lajar sailing vesse1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
kapal layar sailing vessel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
kapal muslim pilot vessel . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
kapal muatan freighter . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
kapal pandu pilot boat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
kapal penambang ferry . . . . . . . . . . .
kapal pengangkut cargo vessel . . . . . . . . . . .
kapal penumpang passenger vessel . . . . . . . . . . .
kapal perang warship . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
kapal peronda coastguard vessel . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
kapal tangkar tanker . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
kapal tunda tugboat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
kapal uap steamship . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
kapal udara aircraft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Home Contents Index
GLOSSARY
xii
Malay/ Indonesian English Malay/ Indonesian English . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
karang coral, coral reef, atoll . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
karang-karang group of reefs, atolls . . . . . . . . . . . . .
kechil, kechik small . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
kegunongan mountainous . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
kelelap submerged, sunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
kepulauan archipelago, large group of islands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
kering dry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ketjil small . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
kidul the south . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
kota city, town, fort . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
kuala estuary, river mouth, confluence of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
two rivers
kulon west . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
kumpit fast narrow river craft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
kuning yellow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
labuhan, labuan anchorage . . . . . . . . . . . .
lapan eight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
larangan prohibited . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
laut sea, seaward . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
lautan ocean . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
lebak valley . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
lebar broad, wide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
lima five . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
lubuk deep pool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
lumpur mud . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
lurah valley, ravine, gully . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
malam night . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
malim pilot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
mas golden . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
merah red . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
minyak oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
muara estuary, river mouth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
musim season . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
musim tenggara SW monsoon . . . . . . . . . . . .
musim utara NE monsoon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
negri town state . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
nelajan fisherman . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
nol nought, zero . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
nusa island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ombak waves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ombak memetjah breakers . . . . . . . . . . .
ombak selabu rollers . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
omong fishing ground mark . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
pabean customs house . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
pagi morning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
paja swamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
panchang stake, pile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
pangkalang anchorage, landing place, pier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
panjang long . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
pantai beach, coast, shore . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
pantjang stake, pile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
parigi well, spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
parit mote, ditch, trench . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
pasang rise (of tide) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
pasang kering ebb, low tide . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
pasang naik high tide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
pasang purnama spring tides . . . . . . . . . . . .
pasang surut the tides . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
pasanggrahan resthouse . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
pasir sand, sandy- beach . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
paya marsh, swamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
pegunungan mountain range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
pelabuhan roadstead, anchorage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
pekan market town . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
pemayang large fishing-boat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
pematang, permatang bank, sandhill, dune . . . . . . . .
pendaratan landing place, quay, pier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
pengkapalan shipping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
perahu boat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
perahu majang deep-sea fishing boat . . . . . . . . . . . . .
perahu tambang ferry boat . . . . . . . . . . . .
perkapalan fleet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
peta chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
petang evening . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
pinggir laut coast . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
pohon, pokok tree . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
prau boat, small craft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
propinsi province . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
puloh ten . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
pulau island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
pulau-pulau small group of islands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
puntjak, puncak summit, peak . . . . . . . . . . . .
puri town . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
putih white . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
rajut fish net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
rawa, rawang swamp, marsh . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
rebas sparse jungle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
redang deep swamp, marsh . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
rendah low . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
riam waterfall, rapids . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
rimba jungle, forest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
rintangan (rint) obstruction . . . . . . . . . . . . .
romba beacon, fishermans mark . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
rumah house . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
rumbu fishtrap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
sampan small boat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
satu one . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
selat strait, narrows, channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
selatan south, southern . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
selatan daya south-west . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
sembilan nine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
semboyan signal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
sepuluh ten . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
suar light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
sumur well . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
sungai river . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
syarbandar harbour master . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
tali ayer canal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
tanah land, country . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
tanjung cape, point, promontory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
teluk bay, bend in a river . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
tempat place, spot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
tengah middle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
tenggara south-east . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
tepi bank, shore . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
tepi laut south . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
terumbu rock awash at low water . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
terusan canal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
tiang mast . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
tiga three . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
timur east . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
timur laut north-east . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
tinggi high . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
tohor shallow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
tokong reef, below-water bank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
tongkang lighter (for cargo) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
tua old . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
tujuh seven . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ujung cape, point, headland . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ulu (hulu) upper reaches of a river . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
utan (hutan) jungle, forest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
utara north . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
utara barat north-west . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
waduk reservoir . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
wai river . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
wetan east . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Home Contents Index
GLOSSARY
xiii
FILIPINO (Tagalog)
Filipino English Filipino English . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
baibai coast, seaboard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
bakal iron . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
balai house . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
bato rock, stone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
bayan town . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
bohangin sand . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
bondog mountain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
daan road . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
dagat sea . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
darung ship . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
habagat wind from W monsoon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
hilaga north . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ilog river . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ilogan mouth of a river . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
kahui tree . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
kanluran west . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
kauit a creek, bend, hook; frequently . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
employed to name a point
kitir strait . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
kogon a reed used for roofing houses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
kota fort . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
losak mud . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
luk bay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
lupa land . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
mababa low . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
mahaba long . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
maitim black . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
malaki large, great . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
munti little, small . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ongot cape, point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
pantalan mole, jetty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
poio island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
silangan east . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
takut shoal, sand . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
timog south . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
tubig water . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
tuyo dry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
STANDARDISATION OF ORTHOGRAPHY
The Indonesian and Malaysian Governments have adopted a single orthography for what is virtually a common language Malay
(but called Bahasa Indonesia within Indonesia). This volume has been written in the new orthography, however, there will be a delay
before all charts show the common interpretation and as a consequence of this the changes are given below:
Malaysia Indonesia Common orthography
CH TJ C
J DJ J
SH SJ SY
KH CH KH
GH G GH
NY NJ NY
Y J Y
E (2nd Syllable) I (2nd Syllable) I
O (2nd Syllable) U (2nd Syllable) U
K K
Home Contents Index
GLOSSARY
xiv
INDONESIAN PRONUNCIATION
Indonesian orthography normally allows for unequivocal interpretation of the pronunciation. The stress usually falls on the
penultimate vowel; an exception to this rule occurs when the penultimate syllable contains e, in this case the stress falls on the last syllable.
For example: taman (park) is pronounced tman and teman (friend) is pronounced temn, the accent illustrates the stress.
Vowels:
Front
unrounded
Central
unrounded
Back
rounded
High i u
Middle e o
Low a
i is sounded like the English ee in see, but shorter. Like i in pit in closed syllable [i]. Indonesian spelling shown as i.
is like the English e in pet or like a in make but shorter. Indonesian spelling e.
a is like the English a in father but much shorter. Indonesian spelling a.
e is like the English a in sofa. Indonesian spelling e.
o is like the English o in coat but shorter; or like aw but shorter. Indonesian spelling o.
u is like the English oo in food. In closed syllables like oo in book. Indonesian spelling u.
Diphthongs
y similar to the English ay as in pay. Indonesian spelling ai.
ow similar to the English ow as in mow. Indonesian spelling au.
oy similar to the English oy as in boy. Indonesian spelling oi.
Consonants
Labial Apico
dental
Palatal Dorso
velar
Glottal
Voiceless stop p t c k ?
Voiced stop b d j g
Spirant f s sy kh h
Nasal m n ny ng
Liquids w r,l y
The following individual letter pronunciation should be noted:
b similar to b in the English rub; example batu (stone). Indonesian spelling shown as b.
p similar to p in lip; example asap (smoke). Indonesian spelling p.
d similar to d in red; example jihad (holy war). Indonesian spelling d.
t similar to t in let but without puff of air; example tujuh (seven). Indonesian spelling t.
g similar to g in dog; example gaji (wage) or in final position similar to k as bedug (drum). Indonesian spelling shown as g.
k similar to k in like but without puff of air; example kabar (news). Indonesian spelling k.
j similar to j but without the zh sound; example jalan (street). Indonesian spelling j.
c similar to ch in church but without the sh sound; example cari (to seek). Indonesian spelling c.
m similar to m in main; example minta (to want). Indonesian spelling m.
n similar to n in noon; example nama (name). Indonesian spelling n.
ny similar to ny in canyon; example nyanyi (to sing). Indonesian spelling ny.
f similar to f in fan; example fihak (side). Indonesian spelling f or v.
s similar to s in send; example sumur (well). Indonesian spelling s.
sy similar to sh in shoot; example syukur (thanks). Indonesian spelling sy.
z similar to z in zeal; example zat (substance). Indonesian spelling z.
ng similar to ng in singer; example dengan (with). Indonesian spelling ng.
l similar to l in leave. Tongue more advanced than English l (hill); example lima (five). Indonesian spelling l.
r similar to r in very or tt in butter. Sometimes trilled strongly; example roda (wheel) or kiri (left). Indonesian spelling r.
w ranges between v in vane and w in wane. Example wasit (referee) or lawan (opponent). Indonesian spelling w.
y similar to y in you. Example yang (the one that). Indonesian spelling y.
h similar to h in hope. Example hal (thing). Indonesian spelling h.
kh voiceless velar spirant similar to the sound made by a mild clearing of the throat. Often pronounced h or k. Example akhir (end).
Indonesian spelling kh.
? produced by holding ones breath for a fraction of a second and then releasing it: the glottal stop. Example baik (fine) or
tunjukkan/tunju?kan (point). Indonesian spelling k or as shown in rakyat/rayat (people).
Home Contents Index
-

LO
W
-PO
W
ERED
VESSELS
-

L
O
W
-
P
O
W
E
R
E
D
V
E
S
S
E
L
S
P
R
IN
C
IP
A
L
R
O
U
T
E
ALTERNATIVE ROUTE
SING
APO
RE TO
HO
NG
KO
NG
London Rfs.
Ardasier Reef
3
4
5
6
7
2
2
S O U T H
C H I N A
S E A
Continued on
Index NP 31(b)
Royal Charlotte Rf.
Louisa Rf.
Balabac I.
Balabac Str.
P-P Mantanani
S A B A H
T. N
o
s
o
n
g
NP 30
CHINA SEA
PILOT VOL I
P.P. Anambas
Subi
Serasan
T. Sirik
Ku. Paloh
Luconia Shoals
Miri
T. Baram
B R U N E I
Labuan I.
S A R A W A K
B O R N E O
Ku. Rajang
T. Sipang T. Api
Pengibu
Tambelan Eil B. van Tambelan
NP 36
INDONESIA PILOT
VOL I
SINGAPORE
China Sea Pilot Vol. II
NP 31(a)
Danger ous
Gr ound
3
S
e
r
i
a
Brune
B i

.
A
p
i
P

a
s
s
a
g
e
T
.

B
a
y
u
n
g
S
g
in
a
p
ore

S
tr.
K
e
p
u
l
a
u
a
n
N
a
t
u
n
a
Bintulu
Kota
Kinabalu
K
u
c
h
i
n
g
x
v
1312
1311
3720
2414
1336
3483
1338
967
3482
3
4
8
2
2
4
1
4
0
104
104
105
105
106
106
107
107
108
108 109
Longitude 110 East from Greenwich
110 111
112
112
113
113
114
114
115
115
116
116
117
117
0
1 1
2 2
3 3
4 4
5 5
6 6
7 7
8 8
Chapter Index Diagram
March 2004
Home Contents Index
L U Z O N S T R A I T
NP 32
CHINA SEA
PILOT VOL III
C. Bojeador
NP 30
CHINA SEA
PILOT VOL I
PARACEL Is.
Macclesfield
Bank
Scarborough Reef

L U Z O N
S O U T H
C H I N A
S E A
M n d i o o r S t r a
t i
P
o
rt

O
longapo
Manila Bay
Cape Calavite
MINDORO
Tizard Bank & Reefs
Flat I.
Sin Cowe I.
Amy Douglas Bk.
Jackson Atoll
Mischief Rf.
Busuanga
Culion I.
L
ib
r
o
P
t
.
Northwest Hd.
PHILIPPINE
ISLANDS
PILOT
NP 33
London Rfs.
Ardasier Reef
Royal Charlotte Rf.
Half Moon Shoal
Cape Buliluyan
Balabac I.
Balabac Str.
P. Balambangan
S U L U
S E A
Louisa Rf.
Continued on
Index NP 31(a)
T. N
o
o s
n
g
S A B A H
B O R N E O
NP 31(b)
China Sea Pilot Vol. II
P
A
L
A
W
A
N
M
a
a l
m
p
a
y
a
S
.
d
2
10
2
2
9
8
7
7
2
6
5
Danger ous
Gr ound
Caiman Pt.
Lubang
Is.
Iraan Pt.
North Danger
Thi Tu I.

& Reefs,
Subi Reef
Loai Ta I. & Reefs
U
lu
g
a
n
B
a
y
Spratly I.
NP 30
CHINA SEA
PILOT VOL I
Chapter Index Diagram
San
Fernando
I
N
S
H
O
R
E
R
O
U
T
E
1338
967
3807
3806
3806
3805
3804
3482
3483
To Hong Kong
U
E
W
W
E
D
V
S
E
S
R
S
L
O
T
-
L
O
P
O
R
E
E
xvi
20 20
19 19
18 18
17 17
16 16
15 15
14 14
13 13
12 12
11 11
10 10
9 9
8 8
7 7
6 6
111
111
112
112
113
113
114
114 115
Longitude 116 East from Greenwich
116 117 118
119
119
120
120
121
121
March 2004
Home Contents Index
1
LAWS AND REGULATIONS APPERTAINING TO NAVIGATION
While, in the interests of safety of shipping, the United Kingdom Hydrographic Office makes every endeavour to include in its hydrographic
publications details of the laws and regulations of all countries appertaining to navigation, it must be clearly understood:
(a) that no liability whatever will be accepted for failure to publish details of any particular law or regulation, and
(b) that publication of the details of a law or regulation is solely for the safety and convenience of shipping and implies no recognition
of the international validity of the law or regulation.
CHINA SEA PILOT
VOLUME II
CHAPTER 1
NAVIGATION AND REGULATIONS
COUNTRIES AND PORTS
NATURAL CONDITIONS
NAVIGATION AND REGULATIONS
LIMITS OF THE BOOK
Chart 4508
1.1
1 Area covered. This book contains Sailing Directions for
that part of the South China Sea which lies E of a line
from Singapore Strait in the SW to Luzon Strait in the NE.
In the book are described the NW coast of Kalimantan N
of latitude 115N, Kepulauan Natuna, the coasts of
Sarawak and Brunei, the NW coast of Sabah, Palawan
Passage, and the W coasts of Palawan and Luzon. Also
described are the offshore reefs and dangers, including the
area known as Dangerous Ground, and directions are given
for the route for low-powered vessels between Singapore
Strait and Hong Kong during the NE monsoon.
2 The limits of the book are:
Lat N Long E
From Tanjung Berakit 114 10434
N to position 134 10434
Thence NE to position 250 10700
Thence N to position 430 10700
Thence NE to position 700 11100
Thence N to position 830 11100
Thence NE to position 2000 11900
Thence SE to Cape Bojeador 1830 12034
Thence S along the W coast of Luzon
to Cape Santiago
1346 12039
Thence SW to Del Monte Point 1332 12025
Lat N Long E
Thence W along the coast to Cape
Calavite
1325 12020
Thence SW to position 1230 11929
Thence S to Libro Point 1126 11929
Thence SW along the W coast of
Palawan to Cape Buliluyan
820 11711
Thence W to position 820 11645
Thence S to Pulau Kalampunian 703 11645
Thence along the NW coast of Borneo
to close N of Pulau Pontianak
117 10900
Thence W to Tanjung Berakit 114 10434
NAVIGATIONAL DANGERS AND HAZARDS
General remarks
Volcanic activity and earthquakes
1.2
1 The Philippine Islands are located in an area of high
seismic activity. The most significant effect of this activity
for vessels at sea is likely to be the seismic sea wave,
known as the tsunami. These waves are caused by
earthquakes or submarine volcanic activity. Vessels near the
origin of seismic activity may be affected by shock waves,
which create the impression that the vessel has run aground
or passed over a submerged reef.
2 When the tsunami progress is constricted by the bottom
configuration or shoreline the height of the wave increases
rapidly, and considerable damage may be suffered by
vessels in the vicinity, or adjoining shore installations. See
also The Mariners Handbook.
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 1
2
Magnetic anomaly
1.3
1 In 1951 a magnetic anomaly was observed W of
Balabac Strait. See 6.6.
Navigation amongst coral
1.4
1 In all areas where coral grows mariners are warned to
navigate with caution, bearing in mind the possible
reductions to charted depths which may be caused by coral
growth. See The Mariners Handbook for further
information about coral.
Floating hazards
1.5
1 When navigating in the waters covered in this book,
particularly during the rainy season (1.217), a sharp lookout
must be kept for flotsam. Very large floating tree trunks
and rafts of vegetation, on occasion with trees still upright
and resembling an island, may be encountered, particularly
off the Philippine Islands.
2 Dead trees and logs may also be encountered for a
considerable distance from the coast of Brunei, and
numerous floating logs, driftwood, roots of palm trees and
other flotsam which could be hazardous to navigation may
be encountered between Kepulauan Natuna (longitude
109E) and the Balabac Strait (730N, 11700E).
Mine danger areas
1.6
1 Within the limits of this book there are no areas
declared dangerous due to mines laid during the war years
1939 to 1945.
Overhead power cables
1.7
1 When navigating in some ports and rivers covered in
this book overhead power cables may be encountered.
Where known these are shown on the charts. Mariners are
warned that some cables may carry high voltages which
may make possible a dangerous electrical discharge
between a cable and a ship passing under it. See The
Mariners Handbook for further information.
Air lights
1.8
1 Air lights, with definite characteristics, specifically for
the use of aircraft, may be exhibited from structures near
the coasts described in this volume. Air lights which appear
likely to be visible from seaward are shown on the charts,
and are included in the Admiralty List of Lights.
2 Air lights are often of great luminous power and
elevation and they, or the loom of them, may be the first
lights sighted when making a landfall. However, these
lights are subject to change, and prompt notification to the
mariner may not always be possible, care should, therefore,
be taken that they are not confused with marine
navigational aids.
Routes and Archipelagic Sea Lanes
Low-powered vessels route, Singapore Strait to Hong
Kong
1.9
1 The route, via Palawan Passage, for low-powered vessels
from Singapore Strait to Hong Kong during the NE
monsoon (1.181) leads through the area covered in this
book, and is described at 2.6.
1.10
1 Archipelagic Sea Lanes (ASLs), as defined by the
United Nations Convention on the Law of the Sea
(UNCLOS), have been designated within certain of the
waters described in this volume. See Appendix I of this
volume and Chapter 3 of The Mariners Handbook for
further details.
2 For information on other routes through the China Sea
see Ocean Passages for the World.
Inner Route, west coast of Palawan
1.11
1 The coastal route serving ports on the W coast of
Palawan leads SW from Libro Point (1126N, 11929E),
and is described at 7.25. This route has been frequently
used by vessels fitted with radar.
TRAFFIC AND OPERATIONS
Traffic
1.12
1 Caution. Because of the narrowness of the deep water
passage through Palawan Passage (7.15), and the hazards
on either hand, vessels on reciprocal courses may be found
to be navigating along a common track.
1.13
1 Caution. Hovercraft may be encountered off the NW
coast of Sabah; for characteristics, and lights exhibited, see
The Mariners Handbook.
Traffic separation schemes
1.14
1 There are no IMO-adopted traffic separation schemes in
the waters covered in this book. However, the traffic
separation schemes in the Singapore Strait and Malacca
Strait are IMO-adopted (see the Malacca Strait and West
Coast of Sumatera Pilot), and the relevant sections of the
International Regulations for Preventing Collisions at Sea,
(1972), apply.
2 There are non IMO-adopted schemes in the approaches
to Bintulu (4.269) and the entrance to Manila Bay (8.115)
Recreational craft
1.15
1 Recreational craft, some of considerable size,
power-driven and/or under sail, may be encountered in the
waters covered in this book, the South China Sea being a
popular cruising ground.
Fishing
General
1.16
1 Fishing is a major industry and one of the main sources
of food in the countries covered in this book. The main
fishing ports are Kuching (134N, 11021E), and
Pelabuhan Labuan (Victoria Harbour) (517N, 11514E),
but all coastal waters, and almost all the open water
between the Malaysian Peninsula and Borneo, may be
considered potential fishing grounds.
2 Plankton is prolific and evenly distributed in tropical
waters, resulting in an abundance of fish stocks uniformly
distributed throughout the area. Certain grounds have
seasonal fishing due to their exposure to the NE and SW
monsoons (1.181).
Methods of fishing employed
1.17
1 Sizes of craft vary from traditional rowing or sailing
boats as little as 3 m in length to modern trawlers of 15 m
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 1
3
or more in length. Traps, seine and drift nets, lines, lures
and bottom trawls are used. Large concentrations of vessels
may be encountered in coastal waters, and smaller groups
in open waters, where even the occasional lone fisherman
may be found tending to lines.
Fish havens
1.18
1 Fish havens and fish aggregating devices (FADs), the
size, type and situation of which vary, are numerous in the
waters off Borneo, but may be encountered anywhere in
the waters covered in this book. They may be laid on the
seabed, at intermediate depths, or on the surface, and may
be marked or unmarked. Where appropriate, more specific
information is given in the geographical chapters.
Exercise areas
Firing practice areas
1.19
1 An area in which missile firing exercises may take place
lies within 150 miles of the W coast of Luzon, between
Scarborough Reef and Stewart Bank.
1.20
1 There are firing practice areas (454N, 11444E and
458N, 11445E) off the coast of Brunei (see 5.18).
Although no restrictions are placed on the right to transit
the firing practice areas, mariners are advised to exercise
particular caution whilst in the areas. Red flags or red
lights are displayed to indicate that the areas are in use.
2 The firing practice areas are operated using a clear range
procedure. Exercises and firing only take place when the
areas are considered to be clear of all shipping.
For further details see the Annual Summary of Admiralty
Notices to Mariners and local Byelaws.
Submarine exercises and operations
1.21
1 Submarines exercise in an area centred about position
145N, 10500E.
For signals made by United States submarines see 1.104,
and for other information concerning submarines see the
Annual Summary of Admiralty Notices to Mariners.
Marine exploitation
Surveys
1.22
1 Vessels carrying out seismic surveys in connection with
oil and gas exploitation may be encountered in the waters
covered in this book. Seismic survey methods are outlined
in The Mariners Handbook.
Offshore drilling operations
1.23
1 Drilling rigs, floating or fixed, may be encountered in
the waters covered in this book, particularly off the NW
coasts of Sarawak, Brunei and Sabah. Buoys and lights
associated with the drilling operation may be laid in the
vicinity of the rigs. The positions of rigs, and associated
buoys and lights, are subject to frequent change, but, when
known, are promulgated by Navarea XI radio navigational
warning messages (1.57).
2 When on location, moorings extend 610 m from the rigs
and are marked by unlit buoys (yellow); at night the rigs
display working lights. When under tow, the rigs exhibit
lights in accordance with the International Regulations for
Preventing Collisions at Sea, (1972).
Vessels should give the drilling rigs a wide berth, and if
required to navigate in their vicinity should do so with
caution and at a slow speed.
Wells, when no longer required for exploratory drilling,
are sealed off below the seabed, and the sites certified by
divers as clear of obstructions.
3 Disused wells, from which projections may extend up to
15 m above the seabed, are shown on the chart either as
obstructions or as danger circles enclosing the depths over
the wellheads, if known, and each marked Well.
Offshore oil and gas fields
1.24
1 Offshore oil and gas fields consisting of production
platforms and associated structures, including tanker
moorings, storage tankers and extensive networks of
pipelines, are to be found in increasing numbers in the sea
areas covered in this book, and abound off the NW coast
of Borneo. Floating and fixed structures associated with
these fields generally exhibit Mo (U) lights, aircraft
obstruction lights, and emit audible fog signals.
Unauthorised navigation is prohibited within 500 m of all
such structures, including storage tankers which can swing
about their moorings; and tankers manoeuvring in the
vicinity of platforms and moorings should be given a wide
berth. For further information see The Mariners Handbook.
In addition, further restrictions have been declared around
certain offshore oil fields in Brunei waters. See 5.10.
CHARTS
State of survey and charting
1.25
1 British Admiralty charts of the coasts of Sarawak,
Brunei and parts of the NW coasts of Sabah and the
Philippine Islands are based on modern surveys carried out
by echo sounder. Elsewhere in the area covered in this
book they depend on lead and line surveys carried out in
the nineteenth and early twentieth centuries, supplemented
by depth information gathered from international sources in
recent times.
1.26
1 The basis of chart coverage in the areas covered in this
book is as follows:
Indonesian waters. Charts of Kepulauan Pengibu,
Kepulauan Natuna and the NW coast of West
Kalimantan are based on Netherlands surveys in
the early part of the twentieth century.
2 Sarawak. Charts of the coast and offshore waters are
based on British surveys mainly carried out in the
1930s. All the important ports and their approaches
are covered in post-1945 British and Sarawak
Marine Department surveys and, more recently, by
commercial surveys associated with the
exploitation of oil and gas in the region. The S
side of Brunei Bay E of Tanjung Sunda has not
yet been fully surveyed.
Brunei. Charts are mainly based on pre1939 British
surveys, with later additions in the Port of Muara
and Sungai Brunei area.
Sabah. Charts of the NW coast are mainly based on
British surveys in the 19th century, with later
additions in the Pelabuhan Labuan (Victoria
Harbour), area. Some information has also been
derived from more recent commercial surveys in
the area.
3 Philippine Islands. Charts of the W coast of Palawan
are mainly based on surveys by the British in the
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 1
4
nineteenth century, with additions up to 1925.
Some later additions have been made but the
charts remain poor. Charts of the approaches to
Mindoro Strait, the Lubang Islands and the
approaches to Verde Island Passage depend on
United States Government surveys made in the
1930s, and 1970s. The charts of Manila Bay and
Subic Bay are based on modern United States and
Philippine government surveys, and the W coast of
Luzon on United States Government surveys up to
1925.
4 Dangerous Ground. Whilst a number of the dangers
therein were examined in the 1930s, this area
remains largely unsurveyed. However, the latest
Admiralty charts contain information not
previously available, gathered up to 1941, as well
as information derived from satellite imagery,
which has made it possible to define the limits of
some banks more accurately.
1.27
1 British Admiralty charts and publications are listed in
the Catalogue of Admiralty Charts, together with a list of
Admiralty Chart Agents.
1.28
1 In certain areas where the British Admiralty charts show
insufficient detail for navigation close inshore these Sailing
Directions have been written using foreign charts. These
are not quoted as reference charts in the text, which has
been written in the assumption that mariners wishing to
navigate in these areas will have provided themselves with
suitable charts on which to do so.
Foreign charts may be obtained from the publishing
authorities shown in this book and in the Catalogue of
Admiralty Charts and Publications, and from their agents.
These charts are not issued by the UK Hydrographic Office
nor are they corrected by Admiralty Notices to Mariners.
2 Indonesian charts may be obtained from:
Indonesian Hydro-Oceanographic Service
Jalan Gunung Sahari 87
Jakarta
Indonesia
3 Malaysian charts may be obtained from:
Royal Malaysian Navy
Ministry of Defence
Jalan Padang Tembak
50634 Kuala Lumpur
Malaysia
4 Philippines charts may be obtained from:
Coast and Geodetic Survey Department
421 Barraca Street
Binondo
Manila
Philippines
PO Box 1620
5 United States charts may be obtained from:
National Ocean Service
Distribution Branch (N/ACC3)
6501 Lafayette Avenue
Riverdale
MD20737-1199
USA
Datums
1.29
1 Chart datum. The change to a new chart datum based
on LAT (Lowest Astronomical Tide), and the metrication of
charts, which is in progress, has resulted in there being
differences in depths and heights of up to 1 m between
charts and Sailing Directions. This discrepancy will
continue until all charts have been metricated and the two
have been reconciled.
1.30
1 Horizontal datum. Many charts carry a caution on the
shift to be applied to satellite-derived positions before they
are plotted. In the absence of such a caution it should not
be assumed that such a shift is negligible. For further
information see Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2.
1.31
1 Differences in graduation may be apparent when
transferring positions from one chart to another. When in
doubt it is advisable to transfer positions relative to
common charted features rather than to geographical
co-ordinates.
1.32
1 For further information concerning charts see The
Mariners Handbook.
Accuracy of charted depths
1.33
1 Caution. Many depths contained in the charts of
Indonesian waters originate from relatively old surveys or
passage soundings. It should be appreciated that such
information is rarely comprehensive and is certainly not
up-to-date or comparable with modern surveying standards.
Wherever possible, an indication of the original source and
age of the depth data included in charts is given in the title
notes and Source Diagrams of charts. For further
information on the use of charts see The Mariners
Handbook.
2 In particular, depths originating from Netherlands
surveys prior to 1930 may be shoaler than charted due to
uncertainties in their reduction for tidal ranges. Similarly
Admiralty charts referenced to Lowest Astronomical Tide
may be affected throughout, no matter what source has
been used. Such depth reductions could be as much as 03
to 09 m in Indonesian waters described in this volume.
3 Due regard must always be given to maintaining
adequate under-keel clearance, especially in waters that
have not been recently surveyed.
NAVIGATIONAL AIDS
General information
Buoyage
1.34
1 The IALA System has been introduced throughout the
region, although some buoys which do not conform to the
IALA system may still be encountered. The system is
described in full in The Mariners Handbook and in booklet
NP 735 entitled IALA Maritime Buoyage System.
Caution
1.35
1 Beacons and buoys. Throughout the region, whilst
efforts are being made to improve matters, especially in
Indonesia and the Philippines, light-beacons are unreliable,
being frequently irregular or extinguished, and buoys are
often found to be missing, damaged, off station or unlit,
and may not be the same as those charted.
1.36
1 Lights. Whilst improvements regarding the number,
quality and reliability of lights in the region are being
sought, especially around the coasts of the Philippine
Islands, mariners failing to make a light when expected are
advised to consider the likelihood of it being unlit.
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 1
5
Indonesia
Buoyage
1.37
1 In Indonesian waters the IALA Maritime Buoyage
System Region A (red to port), has been introduced.
1.38
1 Caution. At some places small buoys, wooden beacons,
projecting marks, and others which are not official, are
found. These do not necessarily conform to the buoyage
system.
Beacons
1.39
1 Channel beacons and light-beacons follow the same
system of colour coding and topmarks as the buoys
mentioned above. However, occasionally, port hand beacon
topmarks may carry two cans, and starboard hand
topmarks, two cones, point up.
2 Both buoys and beacons may be fitted with radar
reflectors but the radar reflectors themselves may not be
marked on the chart.
Sarawak, Brunei and Sabah
Buoys
1.40
1 In these waters the IALA Maritime Buoyage System
Region A (red to port) has been introduced. See also 1.34.
Philippine Islands
Buoyage
1.41
1 In these waters the IALA Maritime Buoyage System
Region B (green to port) has been introduced, although
buoyage of the previous United States System may still be
encountered.
1.42
1 Caution. Mariners are reminded that all other nations in
the South China Sea area have elected to use IALA
Maritime Buoyage System, Region A (red to port).
1.43
1 United States System. In the United States System,
when approaching a channel from seaward, red conical
buoys (or nun buoys, see The Mariners Handbook), with
even numbers, are found on the starboard hand, and black
can buoys, with odd numbers, on the port hand. The buoys
are numbered from seaward.
PILOTAGE
Indonesia
General
1.44
1 Pilotage is compulsory for all the ports in Indonesia for
which pilots are available. However, no official pilotage
service exists in the area covered in this book.
Signals
1.45
1 Pilotage arrangements are described as appropriate in the
following chapters, and are detailed in Admiralty List of
Radio Signals Volume 6 (4). In the absence of radio
communications, the visual signals employed are:
By day Visual signal
The national flag, surrounded by a white border,
displayed at the foremast head.
The pilot signal UC of the International Code of
Signals.
Code flag G of the International Code of Signals.
The distant signal, consisting of a cone, point up,
with two balls above.
At night A blue light every 15 minutes.
A bright white light flashed or shown just above
the bulwark at frequent intervals of one minute.
The morse signal G by lamp.
2 The above signals must be shown until the pilot is on
board or until an answering signal has been made.
Vessels arriving at night, but not wishing to enter
harbour, shall show the pilot signal at daybreak.
Pilot vessels
1.46
1 The pilot service flag is blue with a white star in its
centre.
Sarawak
General
1.47
1 Pilotage is compulsory for all major ports and offshore
terminals. The Marine Department supplies the pilots.
Application should be made by giving at least 24 hours
notice to Shipping Kuching, or Sibu, or Sarikei, for
Kuching, or Sibu, or Tanjong Mani ports, respectively.
2 Within the limits of the Port of Miri, Sarawak Shell
Berhad have their own arrangements for handling tankers.
Pilots for minor ports can be arranged through Kuching,
provide sufficient notice is given.
Signals
1.48
1 When a pilot is available and a vessel requires a pilots
services, the following signals should be made in
accordance with the International Code of Signals:
By day Flag G.
At night Letter G in Morse Code by flashing lamp.
2 A vessel arriving at night and not immediately requiring
the services of a pilot should display Flag G at daybreak.
Where the Harbour Master acts as the pilot, prior notice
of the requirement for his services should be given by the
ships agent.
Brunei and Sabah
1.49
1 For signals for obtaining a pilot see 1.48.
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 1
6
Philippine Islands
General
1.50
1 Pilotage is compulsory for all government and private
ports; exemptions are usually granted to local coastal
vessels. In the area covered in this book the following lie
within a pilotage district:
Manila Bay ports.
Subic Bay.
Port Masinloc.
Santa Cruz.
Dagupan River.
San Fernando Harbour.
2 Vessels requiring the services of a pilot outside a
pilotage district, or for passage between pilotage districts,
should give at least 24 hours notice.
Signals
1.51
1 See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6 (4). In
addition, the following visual signals should be made by a
vessel requiring a pilot:
By day International Code of Signals Flag G.
By night A blue light exhibited every 15 minutes, or a
white light flashed at short intervals just above
the bulwarks for about 1 minute.
RADIO FACILITIES
Electronic position fixing systems
1.52
1 Full details of electronic position fixing systems are
given in Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2; those
with a limited applicability in the area covered in this book
are:
2 Loran C. The S, E and N China Sea Chains, the
Korean Chain and NW Pacific Ocean Chain provide
coverage over most of the area covered in this book.
Satellite navigation systems. For information
concerning satellite navigation systems, see Admiralty List
of Radio Signals Volume 2. See also 1.30 concerning
satellite-derived positions.
Radio navigational aids
1.53
1 General information. Radio navigational aids in the
area covered in this book consist of racons. Full details of
the radio navigational aids outlined below are given in
Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2. Individual
stations and services which may be of assistance to the
mariner are listed, where appropriate, within the text of this
book.
1.54
1 Marine radiobeacons are shown on the charts but no
longer listed in Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2.
1.55
1 Racons are fitted to some light-structures, light-floats
and buoys, but they are not in common use throughout the
area, especially not in the Philippines.
Automatic Identification System (AIS)
1.56
1 For details see The Mariners Handbook.
Radio navigational warnings
1.57
1 Long range warnings. The area covered in this book
lies within the limits of Navarea XI and Hydropac long
range navigational warning services.
Navarea XI warnings are broadcast through the
SafetyNET system. Japan is the area co-ordinator.
2 Hydropacs are issued by the United States National
Imagery and Mapping Agency, and are broadcast through
Guam and Honolulu Radio.
For full broadcast details of each of these services see
Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 3 (2). For further
information concerning Navareas see the Annual Summary
of Admiralty Notices to Mariners.
1.58
1 Coastal warnings. Coastal navigational warnings,
covering a region or portion of Navarea XI, are issued by
National Co-ordinators, and are broadcast in English and
national languages through national coast radio stations. For
full broadcast details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals
Volume 3 (2).
1.59
1 NAVTEX is an international automated narrow band
direct-printing broadcast service through 518 kHz, used for
the promulgation of urgent and routine navigational and
meteorological information. It is an integral part of the
GMDSS and is also a component of the World-wide
Navigational Warning Service (WWNWS).
2 For full broadcast details, and further information, see
Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volumes 3 (2) and 5.
1.60
1 Local warnings. Local navigational warnings cover the
area within the limits of jurisdiction of a harbour or port
authority and may be issued by those authorities. They may
be issued in the national language only, and supplement the
coastal warnings by giving information which the
ocean-going ship may not normally require. See Admiralty
List of Radio Signals Volume 3 (2).
Radio weather reports
1.61
1 The World Meteorological Organization has established a
global service for the broadcast of high seas weather
warnings and routine weather bulletins through the
SafetyNET system.
2 Meteorological service areas (Metareas) are identical to
Navareas (1.57). Each Metarea has a designated National
Meteorological Service responsible for issuing high seas
weather warnings and bulletins. The designated authorities
are not necessarily in the same country as the Navarea
co-ordinators.
3 Weather warnings, and routine bulletins and facsimiles
are broadcast through national coast radio stations and the
SafetyNet system. For full broadcast details see Admiralty
List of Radio Signals Volume 3 (2).
WEFAX
1.62
1 WEFAX data consists of retransmissions, in near real
time, of processed images derived from satellites, as well
as other meteorological data. WEFAX transmissions contain
images of large sectors of the earth, and are transmitted on
a predetermined 24 hour schedule. Satellite-delivered
WEFAX should not be confused with the high frequency
weather radio-fax transmissions from coastal stations.
2 For further information see Admiralty List of Radio
Signals Volume 3 (2).
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 1
7
Piracy warnings
1.63
1 Piracy warnings are issued by the International Maritime
Bureau at Kuala Lumpur (1.112). The messages are
broadcast daily through the SafetyNet system. For full
broadcast details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals
Volumes 1 (2) and 5.
Coast radio stations
1.64
1 For a list of coast radio stations which are available
within or adjacent to the area covered in this book, see
Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 1 (2).
Port radio and radar stations
1.65
1 Port radio stations are in operation in many of the ports,
and some pilot vessels can also provide radio services. Full
particulars are given in Admiralty List of Radio Signals
Volume 6 (4).
REGULATIONS
Submarine pipelines and cables
Submarine pipelines
1.66
1 In the area covered in this book there are a large
number of submarine pipelines linking the offshore oil and
gas fields with the shore, particularly off the NW coast of
Borneo. Where known, the location of these pipelines, and
whether they carry oil or gas, is shown on the charts.
1.67
1 Caution. Mariners are advised not to anchor or trawl in
the vicinity of pipelines. Gas from a damaged oil or gas
pipeline could cause an explosion, loss of a
vesselsbuoyancy or other serious hazard. Pipelines are not
always buried and may effectively reduce the charted depth
by as much as 2 metres. They may also span seabed
undulations and cause fishing gear to become irrecoverably
snagged, putting a vessel in severe danger. See Annual
Notice to Mariners No 24 and The Mariners Handbook.
2 The Indonesian authorities have declared a marine
activity exclusion zone, in which anchoring and seabed
activities are prohibited, within 750 m of the West Natuna
to Singapore Natural Gas pipeline (3.17).
Submarine cables
1.68
1 The South China Sea is crossed by a large number of
submarine cables, the presence of which are indicated on
the charts. Others may be encountered when navigating in
rivers, and are also shown on the charts. Some of the
cables may carry high voltages.
2 See The Mariners Handbook for further information
concerning submarine cables and the International
Convention for the Protection of Submarine Cables.
Pollution of the sea
1.69
1 In the area covered in this book, pollution of the sea by
oil or mixtures containing oil is prohibited within 50 miles
of the coasts. See The Mariners Handbook for information
on the International Convention for the Prevention of
Pollution from Ships 1973/78 (MARPOL 1973/78) and its
protocols.
2 Indonesian Government Laws also prohibit the discharge
of dirty ballast, refuse, garbage and waste matter into the
sea.
1.70
1 Reception of oily waste. Within the limits of this book
there are no recognised facilities for the reception of oily
waste from ships.
National regulations Indonesia
Flying of the national flag
1.71
1 The Indonesian national flag should be flown at sea
when in Indonesian territorial waters (1.119). It should not
be flown below any other flag, and it should not be smaller
than the vessels national ensign or any other flag
displayed.
Closure of ports
1.72
1 Should it become necessary to control the entrance of
ships into, and the movement of ships within, certain ports
under the control of the Indonesian government, the signals
described below will be displayed. They will be disposed
vertically from a conspicuous position in or near the
approaches to the ports concerned and may also be
displayed by an Examination or Traffic Control Vessel
operating in the approaches.
insert diag 1.71
Closure of Port Signals (1.72)
2 Should entry be prohibited, a vessel must proceed, wind
and weather permitting, to the examination vessel
displaying the same signal, stationed at the entrance to the
port.
1.73
1 A vessel may be permitted to enter after examination,
but only provided a pilot is on board, or she is preceded by
a naval vessel or pilot boat. From the time the signals are
shown all exemptions from taking a pilot cease. Masters of
vessels are to carry out the instructions of the officer from
the examination vessel and are to obey all signals.
2 If a warning shot is fired from the examining vessel, all
vessels in the vicinity of the examination vessel must stop
immediately, in so far as safety permits. Failure to comply
with these regulations may result in danger to the vessel
and the crew. As a general rule, permission to enter at
night will not be granted.
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 1
8
3 If a signal is made from the shore to intimate that
vessels are subject to examination and there is no
examination vessel in the entrance to the fairway, then
vessels must anchor or lie off.
4 The enforcement of these regulations at any particular
fairway or harbour will not be announced beforehand.
Port entry procedures
1.74
1 Appointment of an agent. Every vessel scheduled to
call at a port in Indonesia must officially appoint an agent;
this can be arranged using telex or facsimile
communications. An official letter of appointment, however,
must be mailed direct to the agent.
2 On obtaining a letter of appointment, the agent will
arrange Clearance Approval (PKKA), issued by the
Directorate General of Sea Communications. Once
obtained, a copy of the clearance will forwarded to the
port, or ports concerned.
3 A vessel failing to obtain a PKKA will not be allowed
to sail from Indonesia.
1.75
1 Summary of procedures. A letter of appointment
should be forwarded to arrive at least five days prior to the
vessels arrival. If an agent has already been appointed, a
telex copy will suffice.
The vessel should supply the following details to the
appointed agent:
2 Port(s) or terminal(s) to be called at.
Type of commodity and quantity.
Complete details of the vessel.
Crew list.
Copy of loading/discharging arrangements.
3 On receipt of the above the agent will confirm cargo
details and berthing details and any other valuable
information.
Prior to arrival the Master should forward ETA cables in
accordance with owner/charterers instructions.
1.76
1 Declaration forms. It is most important that care is
taken in the completion of store lists and personal
declaration forms as the Indonesian authorities are liable to
carry out a detailed check and any discrepancies can lead
to heavy fines.
2 Vessels trading in Indonesian waters should obtain an
Indonesian Health Record Book, and an Indonesian Military
Book, which must be produced to the authorities on arrival
at each Indonesian port. Similarly, Indonesian Harbour
Reports and Health Declarations are required in duplicate at
most ports.
Quarantine and Customs regulations
1.77
1 General. Vessels arriving at any port in Indonesia are
subject to Indonesian Quarantine and Customs Regulations.
1.78
1 Quarantine. The following quarantine rules apply:-
1. Every vessel arriving from any foreign country is
under quarantine.
2. Every vessel arriving from any harbour and/or
district of Indonesia which has been determined to
have carried a specified quarantine disease, is
under quarantine.
2 3. Every vessel accepting passengers and/or cargo
from any other vessel affected by paragraphs 1 and
2, is under quarantine.
4. Any vessel affected by paragraphs 1, 2 and 3 is
free of quarantine when it has been issued with a
certificate of free pratique.
3 The master of a vessel under quarantine is prohibited
from disembarking or embarking people, cargo, plants and
animals, before having obtained a certificate of free
pratique.
1.79
1 Procedures. Vessels destined for Indonesian ports must
apply, well in advance, for Provisional Free Pratique to the
Quarantine Section, Department of Health, Jakarta. This can
be arranged through the appointed agent; see 1.74.
2 Vessels arriving at an Indonesian port without prior
advice must first call at a port of entry to obtain free
pratique. Tanjungpriok (Jawa) (606S, 10654E), Belawan
(Medan) (347N, 9842E), Tanjungperak (Surabaya)
(714S, 11242E), and Ujungpandang (Sulawesi) (510S,
11925E), which are all beyond the limits of this book, are
ports of entry for this purpose.
3 Port Health clearance is issued after a vessels arrival
and is also valid for departure clearance. If Provisional
Free Pratique is not granted a Port Health Officer will be
appointed.
1.80
1 Customs. Vessels loading or discharging cargo at an
Indonesian port should obtain a Customs Permit. Copies of
Bills of Lading, Cargo Manifest, Ships Stores List,
Personal Effects and Crew List should be delivered to
Customs and Port Administration which will include
Immigration. See 1.76 regarding completion of declarations.
After a vessel is secure, storerooms are sealed.
2 If arriving from a foreign port the local Agent will
prepare the General Cargo Declaration; if arriving from an
Indonesian port, Form 5B issued at the last Indonesian port
will be retained by the Customs and the Arrival Clearance
granted.
Small craft
1.81
1 Owners of cruising yachts intending to visit Indonesian
waters must obtain a Sailing Permit. The permit, which is
valid for three months only, may be secured by writing
well in advance to:
2 PT Pedang Kayra Bhakti,
Wismo Kosgoro, 4th Floor,
Jakarta Pusat.
Indonesia.
3 This company will forward an application form which
should be duly completed and returned accompanied by the
obligatory fee. A basic route must be stated on the
application form, together with ports of call.
4 At short notice it is usually possible to obtain a permit
from an Indonesian Embassy.
On arrival at, or departure from, any Indonesian port the
cruising yachtsman is obliged to clear customs,
immigration, Harbour Master and Police. At some ports it
is necessary to carry out this procedure, outwards and
inwards, even if day sailing from that port.
Photography
1.82
1 Photography of Indonesian harbours and installations is
prohibited.
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 1
9
National regulations Sabah
Marine parks
1.83
1 The government of Sabah has established several Marine
Parks for the protection of the marine environment and
resources in the waters around the State of Sabah. Within
these parks the following activities are strictly prohibited:
Entering the park without permission from the
Director of Sabah Parks.
2 Anchoring and fishing.
Discharging any oil, chemicals, sewage, hazardous
substances or pollutants into park waters.
Damaging or removing from the park anything,
organic or inorganic, alive or dead.
National regulations Philippines
General information
1.84
1 The following are extracts from the harbour regulations
for the harbours of the Philippines.
Port entry procedure
1.85
1 All vessels on entering any port of entry, or harbour,
shall show their colours and signal their official numbers or
letters, and keep them flying until boarded by the proper
officials.
Quarantine
1.86
1 All vessels entering a harbour shall be considered in
quarantine until boarded by a quarantine officer and given
pratique by him. Until pratique is given the prescribed
quarantine flag, as laid down in the International Code of
Signals, shall be kept flying at the fore.
1.87
1 All cases of sickness of a contagious or infectious
character which may occur whilst the vessel is in port must
be at once reported in writing to the quarantine officer.
Inflammable or explosive cargo
1.88
1 Every vessel, arriving in a port, having onboard
inflammable or explosive cargo shall hoist a red flag at the
fore truck (International Code of Signals, flag B), and shall
keep such flag flying during the hours of daylight while
any such cargo is onboard, and shall display by night one
red light at a height of not less than 6 m above the deck.
Such vessel shall anchor where indicated by the Harbour
Master, and shall not change anchorage without his
permission.
Harbour Masters orders
1.89
1 All orders of the Harbour Master in connection with the
berthing or movement of vessels shall be at once carried
out by the master or other officer in charge of the vessel to
which such orders relate.
Power vessels towing
1.90
1 Power vessels towing shall have right of way over
power vessels not towing; provided that power vessels over
3 m draught shall have right of way in deep and narrow
channels. In carrying out the rules for right of way, due
regard shall be given to the fact that a vessel going against
the tide or current is much more manageable than one
going with it.
Refuse
1.91
1 No refuse or other matter which might impede or
obstruct navigation, or cause an obstruction thereto, shall
be thrown from any vessel or floating craft of any kind
into the waters of any harbour or into the navigable waters
of any river tributary thereto.
SIGNALS
National signals
Indonesia
1.92
1 Harbour signals. The following flag signals may be
used in the harbours of the Republic of Indonesia in
addition to those laid down in The International Code of
Signals:
Displayed on shore.
Signal Meaning
3rd substitute A Your berth is No 1
3rd substitute B Your berth is No 2
3rd substitute C Your berth is No 3
3rd substitute D Your berth is No 4
3rd substitute E Your berth is No 5
3rd substitute F Your berth is No 6
3rd substitute G Your berth is No 7
3rd substitute R You must anchor in the anchorage area
Blue flag No communication owing to bad weather
2 When two or more vessels are entering a harbour at the
same time, the berthing signal for one particular vessel can
be indicated by hoisting the company or national flag of
that vessel below the signal.
Displayed onboard.
Signal Meaning
1st substitute R Ship wishes to enter harbour
2nd substitute M Please send motor boat
3rd substitute J Request fresh water
1st substitute N Have passenger(s) who has come directly
or indirectly from outside of Indonesia
requesting disembarkation
2nd substitute V Request refuse barge
3rd substitute Q Onboard or during the voyage, there were
one or more cases of contagious disease,
or disease that was thought to be
contagious (other than cholera or yellow
fever)
3 The last of these signals must be hoisted when a vessel
enters the limits of the port or anchorage. If the vessel
requires medical assistance, it may display the company
flag above the International Code flag W.
1.93
1 Tidal stream signals. The following tidal stream signals
may be displayed from the shore:
White flag Slack water
Blue flag Out-going stream
Red flag In-going stream
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 1
10
1.94
1 Special signals dumping of explosives at sea. Vessels
employed in dumping ammunition or other explosives at
sea show the following:
By day A red flag not less than 4 m above the upper deck.
By night A red light.
2 A safe distance from such activities should be
maintained.
1.95
1 Special signals surveying vessels. Surveying vessels
of the Indonesian government engaged on hydrographic or
oceanographic surveys display the same signals as
prescribed by the International Regulations for Preventing
Collisions at Sea, (1972).
2 Vessels should not pass between surveying boats
carrying out a sweep, and should give them a wide berth.
These boats show the same signals as prescribed for the
surveying vessel. In some cases the pair of sweeping boats
may be followed by a third vessel over the sweep, this
vessel will only show a red flag.
3 For the prescribed signals, and further information, see
The Mariners Handbook.
1.96
1 Storm signals. No visual storm signals are displayed.
For information concerning radio warnings see 1.61.
Sarawak
1.97
1 Tidal and water level signals. Signals to indicate the
state of the tide and the depth on the bar are displayed at
Mukah (4.255) and at Bintulu (4.305).
1.98
1 Storm and strong wind warnings. No visual warnings
are displayed. For information concerning radio warnings
see 1.61.
Brunei
1.99
1 Storm and strong wind warnings. No visual warnings
are displayed. For information concerning radio warnings
see 1.61.
Sabah
1.100
1 Storm and strong wind warnings. No visual warnings
are displayed. For information concerning radio warnings
see 1.61.
Philippines
1.101
1 Special signals. In addition to those signals mentioned
at 1.84, the following signals are used and recognised at
Philippine ports of entry:
Customs Flags:
E H C of the International Code of Signals; at night,
three or four short blasts of the whistle and
waving of a light.
2 Manoeuvring signals:
International Code of Signals, flag D; at night, a red
light 1 m vertically below the white anchor light.
1.102
1 Storm and strong wind warnings. Visual storm signals
in accordance with the International System of Visual Storm
Warning Signals, with minor amendments, may be
displayed at some Philippine ports. See The Mariners
Handbook for details of signals.
For information concerning radio warnings see 1.61.
1.103 diag storm warn signals
Storm and Strong Wind Warnings (1.102)
Special signals by naval vessels
1.103
1 The Mariners Handbook and the Annual Summary of
Admiralty Notices to Mariners should be consulted
concerning the characteristics and special signals shown by
naval vessels.
1.104
1 Signals by United States Submarines. In cases of
necessity, signals, by coloured smoke bombs or flares, are
made by United States submarines when submerged. They
mark the submarines position and are fired from a
submerged signal ejector into the air to a height of about
90 m; they then float slowly down suspended from a small
parachute and exhibit a coloured illumination for a period
of about thirty seconds. The colours used, and their
meanings, are:
2 Yellow;
Submarine is about to come up to periscope depth.
Surface craft should keep clear of the vicinity, but
not stop their engines.
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 1
11
3 Red;
A state of emergency exists within the submarine,
which will surface immediately if possible. Surface
vessels should keep clear of the area but stand by
to give assistance after the submarine has surfaced.
4 In the case of repeated red signals, or if the submarine
fails to surface within reasonable time, she may be
assumed to be disabled. The position should then be
buoyed, a lookout should be kept for the submarine marker
buoy (see below), endeavour should be made to establish
sonic communication with the submarine, and the United
States Naval Authorities should be advised without delay.
5 Submarines are equipped with marker buoys which are
about 1 m in diameter, painted international orange and
fitted with telephones for communicating with the interior
of the submarine. A submarine on the bottom in distress
and unable to surface will, if possible, release this buoy.
An object of this description sighted on the surface should
be investigated and the naval authorities informed.
Smoke bombs, green in colour, may be fired by
submarines during exercises; these are not signals of
distress.
1.105
1 Supplementary United States distress signals. While
United States Government vessels and aircraft in distress
may exhibit the recognised international distress signals
prescribed in the International Regulations for Preventing
Collisions at Sea, (1972), they are also equipped with an
additional distress signalling device intended to supplement
the regular distress signals. This apparatus emits an
orange-coloured smoke by day and red flames at night.
DISTRESS AND RESCUE
Search and rescue organisation
Global Maritime Distress and Safety System
1.106
1 Throughout the waters covered in this book the principal
means of searching for and assisting persons in distress is
via the Global Maritime Distress and Safety System
(GMDSS).
2 The concept of the GMDSS is that Search and Rescue
(SAR) organisations ashore as well as shipping in the
immediate vicinity, will be rapidly alerted to a distress
incident so that they can assist in a co-ordinated SAR
operation. Within the region there are Maritime Rescue
Co-ordination Centres (MRCCs) at Labuan, Manila,
Singapore and Hong Kong, and a Maritime Rescue
Sub-centre (MRSC) at Kuching.
3 For full details, including diagrams, and a list of Digital
Selective Calling (DSC) stations, see Admiralty List of
Radio Signals Volume 5
Search and rescue operations
Indonesia
1.107
1 Search and rescue operations in Indonesia are the
responsibility of the Ministry of Communications together
with Basarnas (National Search and Rescue), and cover air,
land, and sea emergencies. Within the Ministry of
Communications, the government authority responsible for
sea emergencies is the Directorate of Sea Communication,
based in Jakarta, where there is an MRCC.
2 In the event of a major incident a Basarnas team,
consisting of members of different organisations such as the
Coastguard, Navy and Air Force, depending on the type of
incident, is called to the Jakarta MRCC to supervise and
co-ordinate the rescue operation.
3 In case of an accident the Coastguard also deploy their
own equipment and craft.
Philippines
1.108
1 In addition to an MRCC at Manila, the Philippines
conducts search and rescue operations in its own waters,
and will co-operate with neighbouring countries in all
search and rescue incidents which come to its attention.
Further information
1.109
1 For diagrams of GMDSS search and rescue regions
(SRRs) and further information concerning maritime search
and rescue, see Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 5.
Medical aid
Medical advice by radio
1.110
1 Within the area covered in this book the countries which
provide medical advice by radio, on request, are Indonesia
(see Indonesia Pilot Volume 1), Sarawak and Sabah.
2 The International Radio Medical Centre (CIRM) is based
in Rome, Italy. Information about obtaining medical advice
by radio is given in Admiralty List of Radio Signals
Volume 1 (2).
PIRACY
General information
1.111
1 Attacks on all classes of vessels by armed thieves
frequently occur in the waters between the Singapore Strait
and Borneo, in the South China Sea, and in the waters
adjacent to Sarawak and the Philippine Islands. The attacks
can take place in international waters as piracy, or, more
commonly, as armed robbery in the territorial waters of a
coastal state.
2 Ships may be attacked whilst at anchor off port or
whilst underway. Ships underway are usually approached
from the stern, but also from the sides if the ship has a
low freeboard. However, vessels with a high freeboard and
travelling in excess of 17 kn have been boarded. Attacks
usually take place under cover of darkness, most often
between 0100 hours and 0600 hours.
Piracy countermeasures
1.112
1 The International Maritime Bureau operates the Piracy
Reporting Centre at Kuala Lumpur. It is able to receive
reports from vessels about attacks and broadcast warnings
of danger areas within the region (1.63). The services of
the centre are free of charge to all vessels, irrespective of
flag.
2 For details of these services, and for information
concerning the steps that should be taken to reduce the risk
of attacks, possible responses to them, and the need to
report attacks, both successful and unsuccessful, to the
authorities of the relevant coastal State and to the ships
own maritime administration, see Admiralty List of Radio
Signals Volume 1 (2)
3 In addition, the IMO recommends that reports
concerning an attack, or suspicious movements which may
lead to one, should be made to the Rescue Co-ordination
Centre for the area concerned.
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 1
12
COUNTRIES AND PORTS
BORNEO
General information
General description
1.113
1 Borneo, the largest island in the Eastern Archipelago, is
the worlds third largest island, having a total area of
725 450 square kilometres.
2 The majority of Borneo consists of Kalimantan, under
the sovereignty of Indonesia. The smaller territories of
Sarawak, Brunei, and Sabah, respectively, extend over and
along the NW, N and NE coasts.
Physical features
1.114
1 Chains of mountains traverse the length of Borneo; the
main range, from 1525 to 1830 m high, terminates in
Gunung Kinabalu, 4100 m high, situated 60 miles from the
N extremity of the island. There are several other mountain
ranges in Borneo.
2 Its vast interior consists of almost impenetrable virgin
forest or jungle, teeming with animal life, but sparsely
populated by man. The soil is fertile, and some parts near
the coast are marshy.
Flora and fauna
1.115
1 Flora. There are at least three hundred different types of
tree to be found in Borneo, including screwpine, casuarina,
tree fern, swamp laurel, nipah palm, santirai, dipterocarp,
rattan, papaya, rambutan, mango, breadfruit and dagger.
The giant colocasia, which reaches a height of 60 m, grows
in Sabah. Mangrove forests are found in swampy regions.
The durian fruit comes from a large evergreen.
2 Fungi and mosses thrive on the rain soaked trunks of
the forests. In savannah regions tussock grasses grow to
1 m in height. Lalang grass takes over in poor soil
cleared of timber. Many species of flowering plants are
found in Borneo.
1.116
1 Fauna. Mammals found in Borneo include the elephant,
rhinoceros, buffalo, deer, honey bear, tapir, tarsier bat,
lemur, orang-utan, gibbon and various monkeys.
Amongst the reptiles there are many species of snake,
gecko and lizard. Boas, pythons, vipers and cobras occur in
large numbers. The tree-snakes include two unusual species,
the flying snake and two-headed snake.
2 Included amongst the 550 species of birds are pelicans,
cormorants, gulls, herons, ibis, spoonbills, ducks, owls,
partridge, quail, parrots, cockatoos, hornbills and swifts.
The swifts nest in the limestone caves of N Borneo; their
nests are used to make birds-nest soup.
REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA
1.117
1 Information concerning Indonesia is given in this section
with the emphasis on the area covered in this book (1.118).
For information concerning the remainder of Indonesia see
Indonesia Pilot Volume I, Indonesia Pilot Volume II and the
Malacca Strait and West Coast of Sumatera Pilot.
General description
1.118
1 The Republic of Indonesia consists of 17 507 islands,
(about 6000 of which are inhabited):
The largest islands are Sumatera, Jawa, Madura, Nusa
Tenggara, Kalimantan (Indonesian Borneo),
Sulawesi, the Moluccas and West Papua (formerly
Irian Jaya, the western part of New Guinea).
The capital is Jakarta.
Described within the limits of this book are West
Kalimantan (capital town Pontianak), from Pulau
Pontianak (116N, 10859E) to Tanjung Datu
(205N, 10939E); and Kepulauan Pengibu and
Kepulauan Natuna, groups of islands lying between
the NW coast of Borneo and Peninsula Malaysia.
National limits
1.119
1 Territorial sea: 12 miles.
Contiguous zone: 24 miles.
Exclusive economic zone: 200 miles.
Indonesia has acceded to the UN Convention of the Law
of the Sea, which came into force on the 16th November
1994; Indonesia also claims archipelago status. For
information concerning archipelagic states, and the Law of
the Sea, see The Mariners Handbook.
2 For details on national claims to maritime jurisdiction
see the Annual Summary of Admiralty Notices to
Mariners.See also 1.10
History
1.120
1 Knowledge of the first Indonesian kingdoms of the
Classical or Hindu period is very sparse, gleaned solely
from old stone inscriptions and vague references in ancient
Chinese, Indian and Classical texts. However, the first
specific references to Indonesian rulers and kingdoms are
found in written Chinese sources and Sanskrit stone
inscriptions dating from the early fifth century. Also in the
fifth century, Fa Hsien, a Chinese Buddhist monk who was
shipwrecked on Jawa on his way home from India,
highlighted the features of Indianised Indonesia - a
combination of Hindu and Buddhist kingdoms.
2 In subsequent years Jawa prospered, having the benefits
of a strong agricultural economy and lucrative overseas
trade. During the fourteenth century the Jawanese became
shipbuilders and mariners and, by so doing, controlled the
sea lanes throughout the Indonesian Archipelago.
3 In the sixteenth century Portuguese traders in search of
spices settled in some of the islands of Indonesia, but were
ejected by the British, who, in turn, were ousted by the
Dutch in 1595. From 1602 the Netherlands East India
Company conquered the Dutch East Indies and ruled them
until the dissolution of the company in 1798. Thereafter,
the Netherlands Government ruled the colony from 1816 to
1941. It was occupied by the Japanese from 1941 until
1945.
4 Indonesia was proclaimed an independent republic in
1945.
Transfer of sovereignty of the major part of the colony
from the Netherlands to the Republic of the United States
of Indonesia took place in 1949 after much bitter fighting
and negotiation. In 1950, a new provisional constitution
came into force, and the country so transferred was named
The Republic of Indonesia.
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 1
13
Government
1.121
1 In 1959, by Presidential decree, the constitution of 1945
was reinstated and the constituent Assembly dissolved. In
1960 President Sukarno took control of all political parties
and established the National Front and a supreme state
body called the Provisional Peoples Consultative Assembly.
Nominees from local administrations formed the new
House of Peoples Representatives. In 1966 the military
commanders under the leadership of General Suharto
assumed executive power, leaving General Sukarno as Head
of State. In 1967 President Sukarno handed over power to
General Suharto, who was elected President in 1968 and
thereafter re-elected at every presidential election until May
1998, when, in the face of mounting opposition, he
resigned in favour of his vice-president, B.J. Habibie.
President Habibie offered new political reforms,
culminating in the first multi-party elections since 1955.
The country is now ruled by a coalition government.
Population
1.122
1 The Republic of Indonesia had an estimated total
population in 2000 of about 210 million. Chinese have
settled in large numbers.
2 Kalimantan accounts for about two-thirds of the island
of Borneo and represents 28% of Indonesias land mass,
but holds less than 5% of her population. Kalimantans
principal ethnic group is composed of Dayaks, who are
divided into numerous tribes. Perhaps because of its climate
and vegetation, the high central mountains and vast
swamps, it is the least developed and least visited part of
Indonesia.
Languages
1.123
1 The official language of Indonesia is Bahasa Indonesia,
which is based on Malay; it has changed rapidly over the
past few decades to meet the needs of a modern nation.
2 In addition, there are over 350 local languages and
dialects. In Kalimantan each tribe of Dayaks speaks a
distinctly different language.
Physical features
1.124
1 See 1.114.
Flora and fauna
1.125
1 Flora. Most of the Indonesian islands are covered with
dense rain forest. In the W and S parts of Kalimantan there
are mangrove swamps and marsh-peat forests. There is an
abundance of trees, bamboos, vines, orchids, and
carnivorous plants such as the pitcher plant and strangler
fig. Some trees reach heights of 61 m. Two of the strangest
plants are the corpse plant, so named because of its stench
of rotten flesh; and the largest flower in the world, the
parasitic rafflesia, found only in S Sumatera, the bloom of
which reaches a diameter of 1 m.
2 See also 1.115.
1.126
1 Fauna. The wild life of Indonesia, with the exception of
West Papua, reflects that of Asia, and includes many
primates, tigers, and the rare Jawan rhinoceros. The largest
reptile is the sea-going man-eating crocodile, which inhabits
the SW corner of Jawa and the tidal zones of Kalimantan.
2 Birds and insects also abound.
See also 1.116.
THE FEDERATION OF MALAYSIA
General description
1.127
1 The Federation of Malaysia consists of the former
Federation of Malaya (now known as Peninsular Malaysia),
Sabah (formerly British North Borneo) and the former
British colony, Sarawak (W Borneo).
2 The parts of Malaysia described in this book are the
territories of Sarawak (1.134) and Sabah (1.144) on the
island of Borneo (1.113). The remainder is described in the
China Sea Pilot Volume 1 and the Malacca Strait and West
Coast of Sumatera Pilot.
1.128
1 The State of Sabah, and the State of Sarawak, with
Brunei as an enclave, are bounded by the sea and to
landward, by Kalimantan (Indonesia).
National limits
1.129
1 Territorial sea: 12 miles.
Exclusive economic zone: 200 miles.
For information concerning the Law of the Sea, and
national claims to maritime jurisdiction, see The Mariners
Handbook and the Annual Summary of Admiralty Notices to
Mariners, respectively.
History
1.130
1 The Federation of Malaya became an independent
country within the Commonwealth on 31st August 1957.
On 16th September 1963, the date Malaysia came into
being, it also included the State of Singapore, but
Singapore, by mutual agreement, seceded from Malaysia on
7th August 1965 to become an independent sovereign state.
Government
1.131
1 The constitution, based on that of the former Federation
of Malaya, provides for a strong federal government, but
allows for a degree of autonomy for the 13 state
governments.
2 The Supreme Head of the Federation (Yang di-Pertuan
Agong), and a deputy, serve for 5 years, and are elected
from amongst themselves by the Rulers of the Malay
States.
3 The Federal Parliament consists of 2 houses, the Senate
and the House of Representatives. The Senate consists of
elected and appointed members from each state. The House
of Representatives consists of members elected by universal
adult suffrage with a common electoral roll.
Population
1.132
1 The population of Malaysia from census in 2000 was
23 270 000
The principal racial groups are the Malays, 58%, and the
Chinese, 27%; the remainder being of Indian and Sri
Lankan origin, as well as the indigenous races of Sarawak
and Sabah.
Languages
1.133
1 Bahasa Malaysia (Malay) is the sole official language,
but English, several dialects of Chinese, and Tamil are also
widely spoken. There are a few indigenous dialects widely
spoken in Sabah and Sarawak.
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 1
14
THE STATE OF SARAWAK
General description
1.134
1 The Malaysian state of Sarawak, with an area of
124 449 square kilometres, extends along the NW coast of
Borneo for about 450 miles, varying in width from about
40 to 120 miles. The capital is Kuching.
National limits
1.135
1 See 1.129.
History
1.136
1 The sovereignty of the district, from Tanjung Datu
(205N, 10939E) at its W end, to the entrance to Batang
Sadong (134N, 11045E), was obtained on 24th
September 1841 from the Sultan of Brunei, and various
accessions were made between 1861 and 1905.
In 1888 Sarawak was recognised as an independent state
and placed under British protection.
2 It was occupied by the Japanese on 16th December
1941. After liberation Rajah Brooke took over
administration from the British Military Authorities on 15th
April 1946, and later that year Sarawak was ceded to the
British Crown.
On 16th September 1963 Sarawak joined the Federation
of Malaysia (1.127).
Government
1.137
1 Since 1855 two governing bodies have been in
existence, the Supreme Council and the Council Negri,
roughly corresponding, since 1941, to the colonial
executive and legislative councils, respectively.
2 There is a Governor of Sarawak. A ministerial system of
government was introduced in 1963.
Sarawak has retained a considerable measure of local
autonomy in state affairs, as allowed for by the federal
constitution (1.131).
Population
1.138
1 The estimated population of Sarawak in 2000 was about
2 028 000. Islam is the national religion.
Languages
1.139
1 See 1.133.
Physical features
1.140
1 Sarawak has a complex network of rivers winding
through jungle and cultivation to the South China Sea.
Much of the country is covered by tropical rain forest, and
until recently was inaccessible, except by river.
The principal rivers are Batang Rajang, Batang Baram,
Batang Lupar, Batang Limbang and Sungai Sarawak.
See also 1.113.
Flora and fauna
1.141
1 Flora and fauna. See 1.115 and 1.116.
Industry and trade
1.142
1 Industry. Industries include petroleum and petroleum
products, natural gas, timber and timber products, and
rubber.
1.143
1 Trade. The principal exports are logs, liquefied natural
gas, crude petroleum, sawn timber, pepper, cocoa beans,
palm oil and rubber. The principal imports are machinery
and transport equipment, manufactured goods, foods,
mineral fuels, chemicals and inedible crude materials.
THE STATE OF SABAH
General description
1.144
1 The State of Sabah is situated at the N extremity of
Borneo, and includes the federal territory of the island of
Labuan. The South China Sea lies to the NW, the Sulu Sea
to the N, and the Celebes Sea to the E. Sabah comprises an
area of about 73 802 square kilometres, with a coastline of
about 900 miles. The capital is Kota Kinabalu.
2 In this book only the NW coast of Sabah is described,
the remainder being described in the Philippine Islands
Pilot.
National limits
1.145
1 See 1.129.
History
1.146
1 Until 1963 Sabah was known as North Borneo. The
early pirates called it the land below the wind because it
lay S of the typhoon region, and they could find shelter
there when the weather was too rough in the Philippine
Islands and the Sulu Archipelago. As early as the 7th
century, ships from China traded with Labuan Island.
2 Sabah was ceded by the Sultans of Brunei and Sulu, and
various other rulers, to a British syndicate, which, in 1881,
was chartered as the British North Borneo (Chartered)
Company.
Sabah was occupied by the Japanese from 1942 to 1945.
3 On 15th July 1946 the Companys sovereign rights and
assets were transferred to the Crown. On that date Labuan
Island (ceded to Britain, in 1846, by the Sultan of Brunei)
became part of the new Colony of North Borneo.
On 16th September 1963 North Borneo became the State
of Sabah, as part of the new Federation of Malaysia
(1.127).
Government
1.147
1 The constitution calls for a Head of State, and a
government consisting of a State Cabinet, under a Chief
Minister, having executive powers; and a largely elected
Legislative Assembly.
See also 1.131.
Population
1.148
1 The estimated population of Sabah (including Labuan) in
2000 was 2 895 000.
Languages
1.149
1 See 1.133 concerning the official language. English is
widely used, especially in business.
Physical features
1.150
1 The interior of Sabah is mountainous and is dominated
by Gunung Kinabalu, the highest mountain in SE Asia
(6.2). It is situated in the Mount Kinabalu National Park
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 1
15
which covers an area of 712 square kilometres. The rivers
are small. See also 1.113.
Flora and fauna
1.151
1 Flora and fauna. See 1.115 and 1.116.
Industry and trade
1.152
1 The principal exports are crude petroleum, sawn timber
and logs. The principal imports are machinery and transport
equipment, manufactured goods, and food.
Labuan is being developed as an international offshore
finance centre.
BRUNEI DARUSSALAM
General description
1.153
1 Brunei, on the NW coast of Borneo, is bounded in the
NW by the South China Sea, and on all other sides by
Sarawak (1.134) which splits Brunei into two parts to W
and E. The smaller E part forms the district of Temburong.
2 Brunei was the only former British dependency inhabited
by Malay people that did not join the Federation of
Malaysia when it was formed in 1963. The capital is
Bandar Seri Begawan.
National limits
1.154
1 See 1.129.
History
1.155
1 The Sultanate of Brunei once had authority over the
whole of Borneo and parts of the Sulu Islands and the
Philippines, but from the end of the 16th century cessions
were made to Great Britain, the Rajah of Sarawak and the
British North Borneo (Chartered) Company, until, by the
middle of the 19th century, the State had been reduced to
its present limits. In 1847 the Sultan of Brunei entered into
a treaty with Britain for the furtherance of commercial
relations and the suppression of piracy, and in 1888 Brunei
was placed under British protection.
2 Brunei was occupied by the Japanese from 1942 to
1945.
On 7th January 1979 the Sultan and Britain signed a
treaty under which Brunei became the sovereign
independent state, Brunei Darussalam, on 31st December
1983.
Government
1.156
1 Brunei is a hereditary Sultanate. The Sultan holds
absolute power and rules with a Council of Ministers.
Population
1.157
1 In 2000 the estimated population was about 328 000, the
majority being Malay and of the Sunni Muslim faith.
Languages
1.158
1 The official language is Malay. English is also in use.
Physical features
1.159
1 See 1.113
Flora and fauna
1.160
1 Flora and fauna. See 1.115 and 1.116.
Industry and trade
1.161
1 Brunei depends primarily on the production of oil and
natural gas. Local industries include boat-building, cloth
weaving and the manufacture of brassware and silverware.
Other minor products include rubber, pepper, sawn timber,
gravel and animal hides.
2 The extensive forests which cover the hinterland provide
a substantial source of timber.
The principal exports are crude oil, rubber, natural gas
and firewood. Imports include cotton goods, machinery,
iron and steel, foodstuffs, and petroleum products.
REPUBLIC OF THE PHILIPPINES
General description
1.162
1 The Philippine Islands are situated in the N part of the
East Indian Archipelago. The Philippines, together with the
Sulu Archipelago, comprise 7107 islands, a total area of
about 300 000 square kilometres, and lie approximately
between latitudes 5N and 20N, and longitudes 116E and
127E.
2 Luzon in the N, and Mindanao in the S, are the two
largest islands of the group; of the remainder the most
important islands are Samar, Negros, Panay, Palawan,
Mindoro, Leyte, Cebu, Bohol and Mashete. These eleven
islands comprise 94% of the total area.
3 The capital of the Philippines is Metro Manila, which
includes Quezon City, Pasay City and Navotas as well as
the major port of Manila (8.197) amongst its extensive
suburbs.
1.163
1 The parts of the Philippines described in this book are
the W coasts of Palawan and Luzon, together with the
Lubang Islands and the NW tip of Mindoro.
2 See the Philippine Islands Pilot for a description of the
remainder.
National limits
1.164
1 Territorial sea: 12 miles.
Exclusive economic zone: 200 miles.
The Philippines claims archipelago status. For
information concerning archipelagic states, the Law of the
Sea, and national claims to maritime jurisdiction, see The
Mariners Handbook and the Annual Summary of Admiralty
Notices to Mariners, respectively. See also 1.10.
History
1.165
1 The people of the Philippines sailed N from present-day
Indonesia in outrigger boats to settle in the islands. They
subdued or assimilated earlier inhabitants who had reached
the islands in other migratory waves thousands of years
before. Descendants of these earlier groups can still be
found.
2 The Philippines were discovered by Magellan in 1521,
and conquered by Spain in 1565. Following the Spanish
and United States of America War the islands were ceded
to the United States of America on 10th December 1898,
after the Filipinos had tried in vain to establish an
independent republic in 1896.
3 On 14th November 1935 the President of the United
States signed a proclamation establishing the new
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 1
16
Philippine Commonwealth, and certifying the election of its
first President, Manuel Quezon. The Act of the United
States Congress established a 10-year transitional period at
the end of which complete independence was automatically
effective. President Quezon was re-elected in 1941.
4 The Philippines were at war with Japan shortly after the
Japanese attack on the United States Fleet at Pearl Harbour
on 8th December 1941. By 22nd December the Japanese
had a foothold in Lingayen Gulf and on 9th April 1942,
Bataan fell.
5 On 20th October 1944 the Americans landed at Leyte
with General McArthur and Sergio Osmea, who on the
death of President Quezon, had replaced him. However, at
the elections in April 1946, Manuel Roxas was elected
President. In accordance with the 1934 Act of Congress,
the Philippines became a Sovereign State on 4th July 1946.
6 The Philippines were named after King Philip II of
Spain. The Spanish influence for over 350 years was a
profound one and has affected the culture, customs and
architecture of the country. The Philippines is the only
Christian nation in Asia. Imposing old churches may be
seen throughout the islands.
Government
1.166
1 Following the deposition of President Ferdinand Marcos
in 1986, a new constitution was ratified by referendum in
1987. An elected president is Head of State and Congress
consists of a 24-member Senate and a House of
Representatives of 250 members.
Population
1.167
1 A 2000 census estimated the population at 78 million.
This is estimated to increase by more than 1 million each
year. The people of the Philippines are of predominantly
Malay origin. The Roman Catholic religion, introduced by
Spanish friars, is still the faith of over 80% of Filipinos.
Languages
1.168
1 The official languages are Filipino and English. Filipino,
based on Tagalog, is one of the Malay-Polynesian
languages. Some 70 native languages are also spoken in the
Philippines, of which nine are of major importance, and all
belong to the Malay-Polynesian family.
Physical features
1.169
1 The Philippine Islands are generally mountainous, rising
to about 2900 m, and densely wooded. They contain several
volcanoes. Mount Apo, in Mindanao, and Mount Pulog, in
Luzon, are probably the highest peaks.
2 The principal rivers in the Philippines are the Cagayan,
Agno, Pampanga, Pasig and Bicol in Luzon, and the
Mindanao and Agusan in Mindanao.
3 Apart from narrow strips of coastal plain, few of the
islands have any extensive lowlands. It is largely because
the central plain of Luzon represents such a significant
exception that this island has assumed a dominant role in
the life of the Republic as a whole.
Flora and fauna
1.170
1 Flora. The flora of the Philippines is essentially
Malaysian, but Himalayan elements occur in the mountains
of N Luzon, while a few Australian types are found at
various altitudes. The dominant forest species are usually
endemic. The vegetation of the coastal regions, including
the mangrove swamps, is practically identical with that of
similar areas throughout the Malay Archipelago.
Considerably more than half the land area of the islands is
covered with forests. There are many valuable hardwoods
as well as many of the softer variety. One of the most
valuable indigenous plants is the abaca, yielding manila
hemp, a fibre used in the manufacture of cordage and
textiles. Some timber trees attain a large size. Useful
varieties of palm, bamboo and rattan abound. The forests
yield gums, including rubber, various fruits, nuts, spices
and pharmaceutical drugs.
1.171
1 Fauna. Mammals are scarce, with the exception of
shrews, rats, mice and bats. Red or brown deer are found
in Basilan, Mindanao, Leyte, Samar, and the Calamian
Islands. The timarau, a small buffalo, is peculiar to
Mindanao. Carnivores are represented by the mongoose, the
binturong, otter, and civet cat. Flying lemurs and tarsiers
range from Basilan to S Luzon. Only one genus of monkey
has been found, but it is represented by 5 species.
2 There are about 760 species of birds. Reptiles also
abound.
3 The marine fauna is one of the most abundant known,
more than 1000 species having been found, at least 75% of
which are edible. The Philippines have the richest
molluscan fauna of any equal area in the world, and many
of the shells are of great beauty. Pearl oysters abound, and
the pearls of the Sulu Archipelago have an international
reputation.
Volcanic and seismic activity
1.172
1 The Philippines has a history of volcanic activity and
earthquakes. See 1.184.
Industry and trade
1.173
1 Between 1992 and 1995 most state assets were
privatized. Leading sectors of industry are foodstuffs,
textiles and footwear, machinery, metal products, wood and
cork, and chemicals. Important mineral products include
gold, silver, lead, zinc, manganese, chromite, iron,
quicksilver, cement, coal, rock asphalt, sand, gravel, salt
and uranium.
2 Principal exports are garments, electrical equipment,
coconut oil, woodcraft and furniture, machinery and
transport equipment, and bananas. Principal imports are
mineral fuel, machinery and equipment, electronics
components, textile yarns, electrical machinery, transport
equipment, base metals, chemicals, plastics and cereals.
PRINCIPAL PORTS, HARBOURS AND
ANCHORAGES
1.174
Place and Position Remarks
Indonesia
Kepulauan Natuna (3.23)
Kuala Binjei (3.73)
(348N, 10811E)
Small log loading
anchorages
Pelabuhan Serasan (3.105)
(229N, 10901E)
Small shelter anchorage
near Palempak village
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 1
17
Place and Position Remarks
North-west Kalimantan (3.113)
Sungai Paloh (3.128)
(148N, 10920E)
Outer anchorage only
Sarawak Malaysia
Sungai Sematan (4.21)
(148N, 10947E)
Anchorage
Kuala Lundu (4.22)
(144N, 10956E)
Lundu (141N, 10951E) Small commercial port
Sungai Sarawak (4.33)
Santubong entrance (4.23)
(145N, 11017E)
W entrance to Sungai
Sarawak
Muara Tebas entrance
(4.33) (139N, 11030E)
Main entrance to Sungai
Sarawak
Sejingkat (4.83)
(135N, 11026E)
Commercial Wharf.
Timber loading and
examination anchorage
Point Pending (4.83)
(133N, 11024E)
Berths, including Ro-Ro
berth
Biawak Oil Jetties (4.84)
(134N, 11023E)
Oiling wharf; diesel fuel
only
Tanah Puteh Terminal (4.83)
(135N, 11023E)
Commercial wharf
Kuching (4.50)
(134N, 11021E)
Commercial port
Simunjan (4.109)
(124N, 11045E)
Small commercial port
Sebuyau (4.101)
(131N, 11056E)
Small commercial port
Batang Lupar (4.101)
(130N, 11100E)
Anchorage
Lingga (4.107)
(121N, 11110E)
Timber loading
anchorage
Simanggang (4.101)
(113N, 11126E)
Small wharf
Batang Rajang entrance (4.115)
(208N, 11109E)
Tanjung Manis (4.136)
(209N, 11122E)
Anchorage; timber
loading
Sarikei (4.152)
(208N, 11131E)
Small commercial port
Bintangor (4.174)
(210N, 11138E)
Small commercial port
Sibu (4.214)
(217N, 11149E)
Commercial port
Batang Igan (4.253)
Sungai Merah Oil Wharf
(4.229) (220N, 11150E)
Oil discharging wharf
Kuala Paloh (4.195)
(226N, 11117E)
Entrance for Sibu for
larger vessels
Kuala Oya (4.254)
(253N, 11152E)
Small port
Place and Position Remarks
Kuala Mukah (4.255)
(255N, 11205E)
Mukah (4.255)
(254N, 11206E)
Small commercial port
Batang Tatau (4.257)
(305N, 11247E)
Small port
Kuala Bintulu (4.305)
(311N, 11302E)
Bintulu (4.305)
(310N, 11302E)
Small commercial port
Pelabuhan Bintulu (4.265)
(316N, 11304E)
Commercial port
Bintulu Offshore Terminal
(4.300)
(320N, 11301E)
SBM
Kuala Similajau (4.318)
(331N, 11317E)
Anchorage
Kuala Suai (4.320)
(348N, 11329E)
Timber loading outer
anchorage
Kuala Niah (4.321)
(358N, 11342E)
Timber loading outer
anchorage
Kuala Sibuti (4.322)
(359N, 11343E)
Timber loading outer
anchorage
Port of Miri (4.323)
(424N, 11359E)
Small harbour
Lutong Offshore Loading
Berths (4.359)
(428N, 11355E)
SBMs
Kuala Baram (4.356)
(435N, 11358E)
Timber loading
anchorage
Marudi (4.356)
(412N, 11418E)
Wharf
Brunei
Kuala Belait (5.24)
(435N, 11411E)
Small port
Seria (5.28)
(436N, 11419E)
3 offshore anchorages;
SBMs
Lumut (5.32)
(440N, 11427E)
LNG jetty
Port of Muara (5.104)
(502N, 11505E)
Commercial port; small
naval base
Lumba-Lumba Tanjung (Tan-
jong Salirong) (5.166)
453N, 11506
Timber loading anchor-
age for Sarawak
Bandar Seri Begawan (5.152)
(454N, 11456E)
Small commercial port
Sarawak Malaysia
Bandar Limbang (5.164)
(445N, 11500E)
Anchorage
Batang Lawas (5.183)
(458N, 11525E)
Anchorage
Lawas (5.183)
(452N, 11524E)
Wharves
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 1
18
Place and Position Remarks
Sabah Malaysia
Pelabuhan Labuan (Victoria
Harbour) (5.68)
(517N, 11514E)
Commercial port; small
naval base
Labuan Terminal (5.46)
(516N, 11507E)
Crude oil loading
Teluk Sapangar Terminal (6.78)
(605N, 11607E)
Industrial port
Kota Kinabalu (6.38)
(559N, 11604E)
Commercial port
Teluk Usukan (6.109)
(623N, 11620E)
Anchorage
Philippine Islands
Kinalang Bay (7.188)
(903N, 11738E)
Sheltered anchorage for
small vessels
Punta Baja Harbour (7.187)
(904N, 11739E)
Anchorage for one
vessel
Nakoda Bay (7.156)
(917N, 11757E)
Sheltered anchorage for
small vessels
Malanut Bay (7.152)
(916N 11800E)
Anchorage for moderate
sized vessels
Ulugan Bay (7.128) Typhoon anchorage
Oyster Inlet (7.137)
(1004N, 11845E)
Anchorage for moderate
sized vessels
Mayday Bay (7.119)
Santa Cruz Bay (7.119)
(1025N, 11904E)
Good anchorage except
in NW winds
Port Barton (7.114)
Queens Bay (7.115)
(1023N, 11907E)
Anchorage in SW
monsoon
Capsalay Island (7.114)
(1028N, 11910E)
N of island, good
anchorage in SW
monsoon
Inlulutoc Bay (7.108)
(1054N, 11913E)
Good anchorage in NW
winds
Bolalo Bay (7.75)
(1056N, 11915E)
Anchorage
Malampaya Sound (7.63) Large natural harbour
and anchorage
Pirate Bay (7.80)
(1056N, 11917E)
Typhoon anchorage
Passage Island Bay (7.87)
(1053N, 11920E)
Anchorage
Inner Sound (7.93)
(1050N, 11923E)
Anchorage for numerous
vessels
Alligator Bay (7.89)
(1051N, 11919E)
Anchorage
Malipu Bay (7.91)
(1050N, 11920E)
Anchorage
Liminangcong (7.78)
(1101N, 11918E)
Anchorage
Port Cataaba (7.46)
(1101N, 11920E)
Good sheltered
anchorage for small
vessels
Place and Position Remarks
Bacuit (El Nido) (7.38)
(1111N, 11923E)
Anchorage, subject to
squalls
Lubang Island (8.15)
Tagbac Cove (8.50)
(1350N, 12005E)
Anchorage for Lubang
during NE monsoon
Port Tilic (8.42)
(1349N, 12012E)
Typhoon harbour; small
trading port
Looc Bay (8.52)
(1343N, 12016E)
Anchorage
Luzon SW coast (8.79)
Nasugbu Bay (8.88)
(1405N, 12036E)
Good anchorage in NE
monsoon
Hamilo Cove (8.95)
(1411N, 12036E)
Anchorage for small
vessels
Luzon Manila Bay (8.102)
Mariveles Harbour (8.124)
(1425N, 12030E)
Good anchorage
Bataan Petron Refinery (8.151)
(1432N, 12036E)
SBM; CBM; jetty
Rosario (8.176)
(1425N, 12051E)
Sea berth tanker mooring
Cavite Harbour (8.181)
(1430N, 12055E)
Naval base; small
commercial harbour
Manila Harbour (8.197)
(1436N, 12057E)
Large commercial port;
typhoon anchorage
Luzon W coast (9.1, 10.1)
Subic Bay (9.18) Large anchorage; large
commercial port
Port Binanga (9.40)
(1444N, 12015E)
Anchorage
Subic Bay (9.28)
(1445N, 12013E)
Large anchorage
Port Olongapo (9.45)
(1449N, 12016E)
Large commercial port
Iba Point (9.165)
(1520N, 11958E)
Anchorage in NE
monsoon
Port Matalvi (9.116)
(1529N, 11955E)
Typhoon anchorage
Port Masinloc (9.120)
(1532N, 11956E)
Small port
Santa Cruz Harbour (9.144)
(1546N, 11954E)
Anchorage
Baluarte (9.146)
(1545N, 11953E)
Chrome ore loading
berth
Bolinao Harbour (9.177)
(1623N, 11955E)
Typhoon anchorage;
anchorage, exposed to N
winds, for moderate
sized vessels
Lingayen Gulf (10.9)
Port Sual (10.20)
(1604N, 12006E)
Small anchorage port
Dagupan River (10.25)
(1604N, 12020E)
Small offshore
anchorage
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 1
19
Place and Position Remarks
San Fernando Harbour (10.45)
(1638N, 12018E)
Commercial harbour and
anchorage
Port Poro (10.61)
(1637N, 12018E)
Commercial port
Tagudin (10.88)
(1656N, 12026E)
Anchorage
Candon Anchorage (10.91)
(1712N 12025E)
Anchorage
Santiago Cove (10.93)
(1717N 12026E)
Anchorage
Port San Esteban (10.96)
(1720N 12027E)
Anchorage
Solvec Cove (10.101)
(1727N 12027E)
Anchorage
Pandan (10.104)
(1732N, 12023E)
Anchorage
San Ildefenso Harbour (10.124)
(1738N 12022E)
Anchorage off Pinget
Island (1741N,
12021E)
Salomague Harbour (10.127)
(1747N, 12025E)
Anchorage
Port of Currimao (10.137)
(1801N, 12029E)
Anchorage
Laoag (10.147)
(1812N, 12036E)
Anchorage
PORT SERVICES SUMMARY
Docking facilities
1.175
1 Indonesia
No docking facilities in the area covered in this book.
See Indonesia Pilot Volume I and Indonesia Pilot
Volume II.
2 Sarawak
Kuching (4.85). Dry dock; lifting capacity
1000 tonnes. Slipways; maximum lifting capacity
1000 tonnes.
Sibu (4.239). Slipways; maximum lifting capacity
2000 tonnes.
3 Brunei
Kuala Belait (5.27). Floating docks; maximum lifting
capacity 1000 tonnes.
Muara (5.133). Mechanical lift dock; lifting capacity
255 tonnes.
4 Sabah
Labuan (5.99). Mechanical lift dock; lifting capacity
7000 tonnes. Slipways; maximum lifting capacity
500 tonnes.
5 Philippines
Manila (8.242). Mechanical lift dock; lifting capacity
800 tonnes. Slipways; maximum lifting capacity
1500 tonnes.
Subic (9.87). Graving dock; 350 000 dwt.
Other services
Salvage services
1.176
1 Manila.
Deratting
1.177
1 Deratting and deratting certificates:
Indonesia
None in the area covered by this book. See Indonesia
Pilot Volume I.
Sarawak
None
Brunei
None
2 Sabah
None
Philippines
Manila (8.243).
1.178
1 Exemption certificates:
Indonesia
None in the area covered by this book. See Indonesia
Pilot Volume I.
2 Sarawak
Kuching (4.86).
Sarikei (4.168).
Sibu (4.240).
Bintulu (4.297).
Miri (4.353).
3 Brunei
None
Sabah
Pelabuhan Labuan (Victoria Harbour) (5.100).
Kota Kinabalu (6.75).
4 Philippines
Manila (8.243).
San Fernando (10.76).
Subic Bay Naval Base (9.69).
Measured distance
1.179
1 Sungai Sarawak - Sijingkat (4.42).
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 1
20
NATURAL CONDITIONS
GENERAL INFORMATION
Scope of the section
1.180
1 The purpose of this section is to provide information on
the geophysical and meteorological conditions which are of
significance to navigation and maritime operations in the
area covered in this book.
NE monsoon, SW monsoon
1.181
1 The effects of the monsoons influence many aspects of
life in the region of the South China Sea, and their
influence on the maritime environment is of particular
importance in the context of this book.
2 The duration of each monsoon cannot be accurately
predicted, but generally the NE monsoon will prevail from
about November to the following March, and the SW
monsoon from about May to September. See also 1.209.
3 In the sub-sections which follow are described, in
accordance with the monsoons, the characteristics of the
currents, sea and swell, and climate and weather of the
region.
MARITIME TOPOGRAPHY
General remarks
1.182
1 A large number of islands subdivide the waters of SE
Asia into several different seas connected by numerous
channels and passages. The structure of the seabed and that
of the local land makes the region a very complex
structure. Deep trenches, chains of high mountains, rows of
volcanoes, deep sea basins and countless coral islands form
a complexity of phenomena not found in other parts of the
world.
2 The whole area is supported on a partly formed land
bridge joining the Asian and Australian continents, with the
South China Sea and Java Sea occupying basins on this
bridge.
The South China Sea stretches from Taiwan to the
Equator and provides the only direct connection between
the North Pacific Ocean and the Indian Ocean.
3 The Sunda Shelf is the name given to the extension of
the Asian Continent which connects Asia with the islands
of Borneo, Sumatera and Jawa; it supports the S half of the
South China Sea. In this area depths do not exceed 183 m.
The Sunda Shelf is intersected with river valleys similar to
those found in the Java Sea. These valleys lead into a main
stream running about N/S from Kepulauan Natuna to Selat
Karimata. The deep sea basin of the South China Sea, with
a maximum known depth of 5030 m, lies along the axis of
this sea N of a line from Cap Saint Jacques (1019N,
10705E) to Tanjung Baram (436N, 11358E).
4 The slope along the NW boundary of the continental
shelf is a gentle one, falling to a depth of 1830 m over a
mean distance of 100 miles, but off Luzon and Palawan the
slope is very steep and the shelf falls away to 1830 m
within a distance of 20 miles from the coast. The two large
shallow areas within the deep sea basin, Macclesfield Bank,
and the Paracel Islands and Reef, are described in the
China Sea Pilot Volume I.
5 The Palawan Trough, with a mean depth of 2200 m, lies
along the steep-sided continental slope off W Palawan and
NW Borneo. The W side of the trough borders the
extensive reef plateau known as Dangerous Ground, where
there are deep water connections through the reef to the
South China Sea. Soundings for this region, although
limited, are sufficient to indicate an area of numerous reefs
and islands rising from a plateau with depths of 1280 m to
2380 m over it.
6 In the coastal shelf region off Luzon there are a number
of relatively steep submarine canyons. These are evenly
shaped and have a profile that is typical of mature river
beds, with a mean width of 600 to 900 m and depths from
730 to 1650 m. The heads of the canyons usually lie within
1 mile of the coast, with a mean depth of 90 m over them.
Seabed
1.183
1 In the deep waters off the Sunda Shelf the seabed is
floored with soft mud or ooze, providing a smooth
sedimentary surface layer. The depth of the layer is not
known, but is probably similar to that of the Pacific Ocean,
which is estimated to be about 300 m. Patches of sand,
coral and rock surround the reefs and banks in this region.
On the shelf, mud is still the dominant sediment, but is
interspersed with large patches of sand and smaller patches
of rocks, stone and coral. A belt of sand, about 100 miles
wide, extends N from Kepulauan Natuna to the South
Vietnam coast.
2 There is a widening belt of sand and mud off the coast
of Sarawak and the NW extremity of Borneo. This belt
extends NW to the S group of Kepulauan Natuna. There is
an extensive mud strip inshore of this belt along the W
coast of Sarawak, formed by the discharge of rivers. Mud
is extensive off the coast of West Kalimantan, but is
replaced in the approaches to Selat Karimata by a
predominantly sand bottom.
3 A mud flooring extends along the NW coast of Borneo
and E through Balabac Strait, with offshore patches of rock
and coral. The bottom is sand, with frequent outcrops of
rock and coral, along the W coast of Palawan; in the
Palawan Passage the bottom is mud.
4 At the entrance to Manila Bay and along the S shore of
that bay, sand, stone and rock are present. Elsewhere mud
from deltaic deposition is found. Mud is also predominant
N of Mindoro, but S of that island the bottom is sand,
interspersed with patches of coral.
5 The steep coast W of Luzon and N of Manila Bay is
fronted by rocky outcrops, islets and occasional coral reefs.
The narrow coastal shelf is covered by sand, or sand and
mud, with mud becoming the dominant sediment between
latitudes 16N and 18N.
Volcanic and seismic activity
1.184
1 The geographical structure in parts of the region is such
as to produce earthquake and volcanic activity. In the area
covered in this book, Luzon and a large area of water W
of Luzon are subject to earthquake shocks and/or volcanic
activity. See also 1.2 concerning the effects of this activity
in the maritime environment.
CURRENTS AND TIDAL STREAMS
General information
1.185
1 The surface currents in the South China Sea change
direction in phase with the onset of both the NE and SW
monsoon winds, although the relationship is complex.
During the NE monsoon, from November to March, the
main SW-setting current lies on the W side of the South
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 1
21
China Sea. Similarly, during the SW monsoon, from May
to September, the main NE-setting current also lies to the
W. Over the SE side of the South China Sea the flow is
more variable and complex, with a moderate to low
constancy.
Current diagrams
1.186
1 In the current diagrams (1.186.1 to 1.186.4), arrows
indicating the predominant direction, average rate and
constancy are shown. These terms are defined as follows:
Predominant direction. The mean direction within a
continuous 90 sector containing the highest proportion of
observations from all sectors.
2 Average rate. This rate, as indicated by the figures in
the diagrams, is the average of the highest 50% of
observations in the predominant sectors. It is emphasised
that rates above or below those shown may be experienced.
Constancy, as indicated by the thickness of the arrows,
is a measure of its persistence. For example, low constancy
implies marked variability in rate and, particularly,
direction.
Currents
1.187
1 On the W side of the South China Sea the predominant
surface current generally sets in the direction to which the
monsoon wind is blowing. However, on the E side the flow
is more complex. In the N of the area in January, the flow
is mainly N near the Philippine coast but fans out to
between W and NW in the W. In the S of the area the
flow is affected by a large anti-clockwise eddy near
4N 112E. The patterns for February and March are
similar but with an increasingly NNW set in the NE of the
area by April. In the S in April, the SW flow from the
Sulu Sea meets a NE flow off the Sarawak coast; they then
merge and recurve to the NW.
2 In June and early July the currents set predominantly N
to NE over the whole of the E part of the area and with
eddies over the central S parts of the South China Sea, but
by mid to late July these eddies have normally disappeared.
Eddies frequently reappear over the S of the area during
September, leading to variations in the set of the current
but remain predominantly N in the N of the area. By
October there is a well defined anti-clockwise eddy off the
coast of Vietnam, with predominantly N to NE setting
currents over the whole of the area. By December the eddy
off the Vietnam coast has disappeared, but with further
eddies forming over the central parts of the South China
Sea.
3 The constancy of the currents is moderate to low in the
N of the area, and low in the S. The average rate is
between and kn in most months, and between and
1 kn at the height of the monsoon seasons (July to August
and December to February). Rates of between 1 and 2 kn
are recorded on about 12% of occasions in most areas
throughout the year, and, on occasion, even higher in some
of the passages linking the South China and Sulu Seas.
Tropical cyclones and currents
1.188
1 Tropical cyclones may induce a surface current which
may reinforce or reduce the rate of the existing current.
However, since the induced current is dependent upon both
the wind strength and the length of time the wind blows in
a certain direction, the induced current generally does not
become fully developed due to the movement of the
tropical cyclone. Thus, only slow moving tropical cyclones
produce induced currents with rates of up to 2 kn, or higher
where there is a build-up of water near a particular coast.
Tidal streams
General remarks
1.189
1 In the vicinity of offshore reefs there are local tidal
streams which set on to and away from the reefs on all
sides.
Conditions that affect tidal streams
1.190
1 In the narrow channels through the reefs these streams
attain greater rates, but generally they are weak, and during
the strength of the seasonal currents they may be
inappreciable.
SEA LEVEL AND TIDES
Sea level
1.191
1 Bores may occur in certain rivers in Sarawak; where
known, details are given in the text.
Tides
1.192
1 Tides are mainly diurnal throughout the area covered in
this book. On the W coast of Luzon, N of Port Masinloc,
and on the coasts of Sarawak and Brunei, between Bintulu
and Seria, there are stretches where there is seldom more
than one tide a day.
1.193
1 Tidal ranges. Throughout most of the area the mean
range of the tide is between 1 and 15 m, but there is a
marked increase near the W end of Sarawak, where, at
Sungai Sarawak, it is as much as 4 m. See Co-tidal Atlas
(South East Asia).
SEA AND SWELL
General remarks
1.194
1 For general information on sea and swell see The
Mariners Handbook.
Sea conditions
1.195
1 Sea waves are generated locally by the wind, and can be
very variable in direction in the transitional months, in
spring and autumn, between the NE and SW monsoons.
During these transitional periods waves between 2 and 3 m
are recorded on 5% to 10% of occasions in the N and 2%
to 5% in the S. During the height of the NE monsoon
(December to January), the frequency of occasions with
waves in excess of 2 m is between 45% and 50% in the N
and NW, and between 15% and 20% in the S and E. At
the height of the SW monsoon (June to August) the figures
are between 5% and 10% in the S of the area, around 30%
in central areas and about 22% in the N.
Home Contents Index
1
1
11/4
11/4
11/4
3/4
11/4
11/4
1
1/2
<1/4
13/4
<1/2
<1/4
KEY
Average rate in knots is indicated in figures.
Arrows indicate the predominant direction.
The constancy of a current is indicated by the
thickness of the arrow thus:
High constancy >75%
Moderate constancy 50%-75%
Low constancy <50%
Probable direction when
observation count is low
3/4
1/2
1/2
1/2
3/4
3/4
Predominant surface currents JANUARY (1.186.1)
0 0
5 5
10 10
15 15
20 20
105
105
110
110
115
Longitude 115 East from Greenwich
120
120
CHAPTER 1
22
Home Contents Index
1/2 - 3/4
1/2 - 3/4
1/2 - 3/4
1/2 - 3/4
1/2 - 3/4
<1/4
<1/4
Predominant surface currents APRIL (1.186.2)
KEY
Average rate in knots is indicated in figures.
Arrows indicate the predominant direction.
The constancy of a current is indicated by the
thickness of the arrow thus:
High constancy >75%
Moderate constancy 50%-75%
Low constancy <50%
Probable direction when
observation count is low
1/2
1/2
1/2
1/2
1/2
1/2
1/2
1/2
1/2
1/2
1/2
1/2
1/2
1/4 - 1/2
1/4 - 1/2
1/4 - 1/2
1/4 - 1/2
1/4
0 0
5 5
10 10
15 15
20 20
105
105
110
110
115
Longitude 115 East from Greenwich
120
120
CHAPTER 1
23
Home Contents Index
<1/4
11/4
11/4
<1/2
<1/2
3/4
KEY
Average rate in knots is indicated in figures.
Arrows indicate the predominant direction.
The constancy of a current is indicated by the
thickness of the arrow thus:
High constancy >75%
Moderate constancy 50%-75%
Low constancy <50%
Probable direction when
observation count is low
1/2 - 3/4
1/2 - 3/4
1/2 - 3/4
1/2 - 3/4
1/2 - 3/4
1/2 - 3/4
1/2 - 3/4
1/2
1/2
1/2
1/2
1/2
1/2
1/2
1/2
1/2
3/4 - 1
3/4 - 1
3/4 - 1
1/4 - 1/2
Predominant surface currents JULY (1.186.3)
0 0
5 5
10 10
15 15
20 20
105
105
110
110
115
Longitude 115 East from Greenwich
120
120
CHAPTER 1
24
Home Contents Index
3/4 - 1
1/4 - 1/2
1/4 - 1/2
1/4 - 1/2
1/4 - 1/2
1/4 - 1/2
1/4 - 1/2
11/2 - 13/4
13/4 - 2
1/2 - 3/4
1/2 - 3/4
1/2 - 3/4
1/2 - 3/4
1/2 - 3/4
1/2 - 3/4
1/2 - 3/4
1/2 - 3/4
1/2 - 3/4
1/2 - 3/4
1/2
1/2
1/2
1/2
1/2
1/2
Predominant surface currents OCTOBER (1.186.4)
0 0
5 5
10 10
15 15
20 20
105
105
110
110
115
Longitude 115 East from Greenwich
120
120
KEY
Average rate in knots is indicated in figures.
Arrows indicate the predominant direction.
The constancy of a current is indicated by the
thickness of the arrow thus:
High constancy >75%
Moderate constancy 50%-75%
Low constancy <50%
Probable direction when
observation count is low
CHAPTER 1
25
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 1
26
Swell conditions
1.196
1 Diagrams 1.196.1 and 1.196.2 give swell roses for
several areas in January and July. The roses show the
percentages of observations recording swell waves for each
sector, and for several ranges of wave height.
2 Between October and April there is a persistent NE
swell over most of the open sea, with a mean height of
from 2 to 3 m in the N and about 1 m in the S. During the
height of the SW monsoon swell heights are generally
lower, with a mean height of about 1 m in the N, and
about 05 m in the S.
Tropical cyclones sea and swell waves
1.197
1 Mountainous and confused seas are raised by the violent
winds associated with tropical storms and typhoons. Near
the centre of a storm groups of large waves moving in
different directions create very irregular wave heights, and
can combine together to give exceptionally high waves.
2 Waves travel radially outwards from the storm centre as
swell waves, with the highest swell moving ahead of the
storm centre and roughly in the same direction as the
storm. When a storm approaches a coastline, higher than
predicted tides may arise, due to the addition of the heavy
swell and, later, the very high seas, which may cause
severe flooding in low-lying areas. In extreme cases an
exceptionally huge wave may precede the storm centre,
with catastrophic consequences.
SEA WATER CHARACTERISTICS
Density
1.198
1 Density values vary seasonally and across the area
covered in this book. In winter, in February, a value of
102100 g/cm
3
in the S of the area increases to
102225 g/cm
3
in the N; the isopycnals running E-W across
the area. In the summer, in August, there are values of
102000 g/cm
3
in the S of the area off the coast of Borneo,
and 102100 g/cm
3
in the N, off the coast of the
Philippines; the isopycnals now running N-S parallel to the
coast, with a value of 102100 g/cm
3
in the South China
Sea in the W of the area covered in this book.
2 For an explanation of sea density see The Mariners
Handbook.
Salinity
1.199
1 Salinity values vary seasonally and across the area
covered in this book. In winter, in February, a value of
33% in the S of the area, off the coast of Borneo, increases
to 335% in the N, off the coast of the Philippines. In
summer, in August, values of 31% off the coast of Borneo,
and 33% off the coast of the Philippines, can be expected.
In the W of the area covered in this book the salinity of
the South China Sea remains constant at 33%.
2 For an explanation of sea salinity see The Mariners
Handbook.
Sea surface temperature
1.200
1 Diagrams 1.200.1 to 1.200.4 show the mean sea surface
temperature for February, May, August and November. The
maximum mean sea surface temperature, about 295C over
most of the open waters, is reached in May, and falls to a
minimum of about 27C in the S, and 24C in the N, in
February.
2 The mean surface temperature of the open sea is usually
within 1C of the overlying air temperature throughout the
year. In shallow coastal waters and inlets, variations in the
sea surface temperature may differ from the mean by about
4C.
CLIMATE AND WEATHER
General remarks
1.201
1 The following information on climate and weather
should be read in conjunction with the information
contained in The Mariners Handbook, which explains in
more detail many aspects of meteorology and climatology
of importance to the mariner.
Weather reports and forecasts for the area are regularly
broadcast in a number of different languages, including
English. See 1.61 for more details.
General conditions
1.202
1 The region covered in this book has a typical monsoon
climate with NE winds in winter and SW winds in summer.
Rainfall, temperature and humidity are high, with small
seasonal variations in central and S parts of the area. To
the N of Palawan the climate is more seasonal, with mainly
dry winters and wet summers. Winds of force 7 and above
are most frequent in the N of the area in winter and rare in
the S in all seasons. Fog is also rare over the open sea,
although visibility may fall to near fog limits during
thunderstorms, the S of the area having a very high
frequency of thunderstorm activity. Radiation fog is
possible in some coastal areas towards dawn, but generally
clears soon after sunrise. Tropical storms or typhoons are
relatively common between July and November and,
although rare between January and May, they can occur in
all seasons.
Pressure
Average distribution
1.203
1 The average pressure distribution at mean sea level in
January and July is shown in the accompanying diagrams
1.209.1 and 1.209.2. In general, the average pressure in the
S of the area is around 1010 hPa throughout the year, and
in the N reaches a maximum in winter of around 1016 hPa,
and a minimum in summer of about 1005 hPa.
Variability
1.204
1 Day to day variations are around 1 to 2 hPa in central
and S parts of the area, but can be significantly larger in
the N in all seasons.
Home Contents Index
1
1
1
1
<1
<1 <1
<1 <2
5
Swell distribution JANUARY (1.196.1)
0.1-2.2
2.3-4.2
4.3-6.2
6.3-8.2
8.3+
3
EXPLANATION.The frequency of swell from
any direction is given according to the scale:
This scale is further subdivided to indicate the
frequency of swell of different heights (in
metres) according to the legend:
Swell direction is towards the circle centre.
The figure within the circle gives the
percentage of calms.
0%10 20 30 40 50%
0 0
5
10 10
15 15
20 20
105
105
110
110
115
Longitude 115 East from Greenwich
120
120
CHAPTER 1
27
Home Contents Index
<4
5
3
2
<2 3
1
2 3
0 0
5 5
10 10
15 15
20 20
Swell distribution JULY (1.196.2)
0.1-2.2
2.3-4.2
4.3-6.2
6.3-8.2
8.3+
3
EXPLANATION.The frequency of swell from
any direction is given according to the scale:
This scale is further subdivided to indicate the
frequency of swell of different heights (in
metres) according to the legend:
Swell direction is towards the circle centre.
The figure within the circle gives the
percentage of calms.
0%10 20 30 40 50%
105 110 115 120
105 110 Longitude 115 East from Greenwich 120
CHAPTER 1
28
Home Contents Index
2
7
2
7
2
7
>27
>27
26
2
5
2
4
23
2
3
2
2
2
0
18
Mean sea surface temperature (C) FEBRUARY (1.200.1)
0 0
5 5
10 10
15 15
20 20
105
105
110
110
115
Longitude 115 East from Greenwich
120
120
CHAPTER 1
29
Home Contents Index
2
7
2
8
29
3
0
<30
2
9
>29
2
9
Mean sea surface temperature (C) MAY (1.200.2)
0 0
5 5
10 10
15 15
20 20
105
105
110
110
115
Longitude 115 East from Greenwich
120
120
CHAPTER 1
30
Home Contents Index
2
9
2
9
3
0
>30
>28
Mean sea surface temperature (C) AUGUST (1.200.3)
0 0
5 5
10 10
15 15
20 20
105
105
110
110
115
Longitude 115 East from Greenwich
120
120
CHAPTER 1
31
Home Contents Index
2
6
2
6
27
2
8
<29
Mean sea surface temperature (C) NOVEMBER (1.200.4)
0 0
5 5
10 10
15 15
20 20
105
105
110
110
115
Longitude 115 East from Greenwich
120
120
CHAPTER 1
32
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 1
33
Diurnal variation
1.205
1 There is a regular diurnal variation of about 3 hPa, with
maxima at 1000 hours and 2000 hours and minima at 0400
hours and 1600 hours. The following table gives the
correction in hPa to be applied to the observed pressure to
allow for diurnal variation:
Local
Time
00-10
N
10-20
N
Local
Time
00-10
N
10-20
N
0000 06 05 1200 07 05
0100 01 01 1300 00 +01
0200 +04 +04 1400 +07 +07
0300 +07 +07 1500 +13 +12
0400 +08 +07 1600 +15 +13
0500 +07 +05 1700 +15 +12
0600 +02 +01 1800 +11 +09
0700 03 04 1900 +05 +03
0800 09 08 2000 02 02
0900 13 12 2100 07 07
1000 14 12 2200 10 09
1100 12 10 2300 09 08
Tropical cyclones
1.206
1 Tropical storms and typhoons are more frequent over the
W part of the North Pacific Ocean than in any other part
of the world, with an average of about 25 to 30 forming
each year. Of these about 9 affect the South China Sea, the
majority forming over the North Pacific to the E of the
Philippines. Tropical storms or typhoons may occur in any
month, but during the period from January to mid-April the
majority recurve to the N as they near the Philippines. Late
June to mid-October is the main typhoon season in the
South China Sea, with many tropical storms recurving
towards the S coast of China whilst others continue W
towards the N part of Vietnam. Most tropical storms and
typhoons in the South China Sea move W or NW at about
5 to 15 kn to the N of about 10N, but on relatively rare
occasions tropical depressions, tropical storms or typhoons
may form over the S part of the area and move W towards
the S coast of Vietnam or the Gulf of Thailand (diagram
1.206). The track of any particular tropical cyclone can be
very erratic, particularly those forming in the S of the area
in the later part of the year, when there is a slightly
increased probability of occurrence.
2 Tropical depressions can rapidly intensify into typhoons
with winds between 65 and 150 kn and with central
pressure between 900 and 950 hPa. Typhoons with winds
between 150 and 200 kn, and central pressures between 876
and 900 hPa, are rare, and are mainly confined to areas to
the E of the Philippines.
The term typhoon is derived from the Chinese tai fung
meaning great wind. In the Philippines they are sometimes
called Baquios. For a full description of tropical storms and
typhoons, and the appropriate avoiding action, see The
Mariners Handbook.
Fronts
Cold fronts
1.207
1 In winter, cold fronts frequently affect the S coastal
areas of China but generally become diffuse S of about
18N. See The Mariners Handbook for a full description
of cold fronts.
Intertropical Convergence Zone (ITCZ)
1.208
1 This zone, or front, sometimes called the Intertropical
Front, represents the boundary between the NE and SW
monsoons. The ITCZ is orientated approximately from
WNW to ESE but is not a well-defined boundary but rather
one of varying width with light variable winds. The
weather along the boundaries of the ITCZ is often marked
by heavy cumulonimbus cloud and thunderstorms but in
other parts of the zone thundery activity may be relatively
low. In January the ITCZ lies to the S of the equator and
NE winds prevail over the whole area. In spring the ITCZ
moves slowly and rather erratically N and by late June or
early July lies just N of Taiwan, and with the S to SW
monsoon winds dominating the whole of the South China
Sea. The ITCZ starts to move S again around early
September and by late October or November lies over the
extreme S part of the area.
2 In addition to the ITCZ, there is another convergence
zone in the area of the Philippines to the N and E of
Palawan. This zone lies between the NE to SE Trade
Winds of the North Pacific and the NE/SW monsoon
winds. Apart from these frontal zones, minor troughs can
develop within each airstream to produce squally thundery
showers.
Winds
Average distribution
1.209
1 Wind roses showing the frequency of winds of various
directions and speeds for January and July are given in
diagrams 1.209.1 and 1.209.2.
Open sea
1.210
1 Winds over the open sea are governed by the NE and
SW monsoons and the position of the Intertropical
Convergence Zone (1.208). From March to May the SW
monsoon extends N, and from June to August affects the
whole area. During September and November the airflow is
reversed, and the NE monsoon winds spread S from
Taiwan to the equator and prevail over the South China
Sea from December to January.
2 In July winds tend to be most frequent from between S
and SW in the N, and from S in the SW of the area. In the
transitional months the winds are frequently light and
variable, and in January are mainly NE.
3 The frequency of winds of force 5 and above, in
January, is around 50% in the N and central W areas, and
about 20% in the S and SE. In July, the figures are around
22% to 27% and 5% to 10% respectively.
Home Contents Index
CAUTION:
Tracks of individual tropical depressions,
tropical storms and typhoons can be very erratic
Typical tracks of tropical cyclones (1.206)
0 0
5 5
10 10
15 15
20 20
105
105
110
110
115
Longitude 115 East from Greenwich
120
120
CHAPTER 1
34
Home Contents Index
1
1
0
1
0
1
8
1014
1
0
1
2
1
6
1
0
0
<1 1
<1
<1 1
<1
<1
1
2
EXPLANATION.The frequency of wind from
any direction is given according to the scale:
This scale is further subdivided to indicate the
frequency of winds of different Beaufort force
according to the legend:
Wind direction is towards the circle centre.
The figure within the circle gives the
percentage of calms.
4
0%10 20 30 40 50%
0 0
5 5
10 10
15 15
20 20
Wind distribution JANUARY (1.209.1) and mean barometric pressure (hPa)
105
105
110
110
115
Longitude 115 East from Greenwich
120
120
CHAPTER 1
35
Home Contents Index
1
0
0
4
1
0
0
6
1
0
0
8
1
0
1
0
1010
EXPLANATION.The frequency of wind from
any direction is given according to the scale:
This scale is further subdivided to indicate the
frequency of winds of different Beaufort force
according to the legend:
Wind direction is towards the circle centre. The
figure within the circle gives the percentage of
calms.
4
0%10 20 30 40 50%
2
2
2 3
3
7
7
1
3
0 0
5 5
10 10
15 15
20 20
Wind distribution JULY (1.209.2) and mean barometric pressure (hPa)
105
105
110
110
115
Longitude 115 East from Greenwich
120
120
CHAPTER 1
36
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 1
37
Coastal waters
1.211
1 Topography has a major influence on the strength and
direction of the wind. See The Mariners Handbook for
further details on the modification of both wind speed and
direction in coastal waters.
2 Squalls are more frequent in coastal waters than over the
open sea. They are usually most frequent where air
descends from high ground at night, and are likely to be
experienced in Brunei Bay and to the NW extremity of
Sabah, Palawan, Mindoro, and most coastal waters between
Mindoro and Cape Bojeador.
3 Strong W winds that may last for several days near the
NW coast of Borneo are called Barat, and strong SW
winds in the Philippines are termed Collas. In general the
winds at almost all the main harbours and anchorages are
usually light and variable, with frequent calms early and
late in the day, and do not exhibit the same high constancy
of NE or SW monsoon winds recorded over the open sea.
Land and sea breezes
1.212
1 Land and sea breezes are a significant feature of the
area and affect most of the coastline covered in this book
at some time. Onshore winds are increased by afternoon
sea breezes, and offshore winds are strengthened, but
usually to a lesser extent, by overnight land breezes. Air
flowing seaward from high ground close to the coast during
the night may, however, greatly accentuate an offshore
wind.
Gales
1.213
1 Winds of force 7 or more are relatively rare between
May and October, except during the passage of tropical
storms or typhoons. In July they occur on average around
3% to 4% of occasions in the central and N areas, and on
less than 1% in the S and SE. At the height of the NE
monsoon (see 1.181), winds of force 7 or more occur on
about 15% of occasions in the extreme N, and decrease to
less than 5% in the S and SE. See diagram 1.213.
Cloud
Open sea
1.214
1 The average cloud amount over open waters in the
extreme S of the area is around 5 oktas in summer, and
increases to near 6 oktas in winter. Over central and N
areas average cloud amounts tend to be highest in summer,
with about 5 to 6 oktas of cloud, and lowest between
February and April, with an average of about 4 oktas, but
slightly less in the NE towards Luzon.
Coastal waters
1.215
1 The average cloud amount for a number of coastal
stations is included in the climatic tables. Clouds tend to
increase on windward coasts, especially near high ground,
and decrease in the lee. In addition, cumulonimbus clouds
usually become more extensive during the day, and reach a
maximum during the late afternoon or early evening,
together with an increase in the frequency of squally
showers and thunderstorms.
Precipitation
1.216
1 The climatic tables (1.225) give the average amounts of
precipitation for each month at a number of coastal
stations, and the mean number of days in each month when
significant precipitation is recorded.
Precipitation
1.217
1 Rainfall is abundant in all parts of the area covered in
this book but can vary greatly from year to year. The
average annual rainfall S of 10N is between 3000 and
4000 mm, and between 2000 and 3000 mm to the N of
Palawan, but is even higher over the mountainous areas of
the interior. In hilly coastal areas rainfall is generally
highest with onshore monsoon winds, and lowest in the lee
of high ground. Daily totals of 300 mm are not uncommon
in Sarawak and Sabah. During the passage of tropical
storms and typhoons, daily totals of 300 to 500 mm are
possible, particularly over Luzon, which may result in
severe flooding and landslides in coastal areas.
2 In the S and SW of the area rainfall amounts are
generally high throughout the year, with the wettest period
occurring during the height of the NE monsoon, in winter.
In the N and E of the area it is wettest in summer at the
height of the SW monsoon, and driest during the period
between January and March, during which three month
period, in general, along the W coast of Luzon, only 1% of
the total annual rainfall is recorded.
Thunderstorms
1.218
1 Thunderstorms are common in S coastal areas, where
they occur on about 140 days each year, and tend to be
most frequent in April, May, September and October. The
worst and most prolonged storms occur over the
mountainous interior, which is credited with being one of
the worlds most thundery areas. Near Luzon thunderstorms
are rare in winter and most frequent in summer, with an
average of 5 to 10 thunderstorm days per month.
2 Over the open waters in the S the number of days with
thunderstorms is about half that for coastal areas, but this
decreases significantly towards the N of the area.
Fog and visibility
1.219
1 Visibility is generally good, except in thundery showers,
when it may fall to near fog limits. Fog is rare over the
open sea, although patchy radiation fog may form on coasts
towards dawn, particularly in the S of the area, but
generally clears soon after sunrise. During the passage of
tropical storms and typhoons the visibility may decrease to
less than 800 m in torrential driving rain.
2 Over the open waters of the South China Sea in January,
the frequency of visibilities of less than 5 miles is around
3% to 5% in the N and E, and about 5% to 7% in central
and S areas. In July, the frequencies are around 7% to 9%
in N and central areas, and about 3% to 5% in the S,
although it may become increasingly hazy in the S by
September.
Home Contents Index
1
0
%
1
5
%
1
0
%
5
%
Percentage frequency of winds of force 7 or more in winter (1.213)
0 0
5 5
10 10
15 15
20 20
105
105
110
110
115
Longitude 115 East from Greenwich
120
120
CHAPTER 1
38
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 1
39
Air temperature
Open Sea
1.220
1 The mean air temperature in January is around 24C in
the extreme N of the area, and between 26C and 27C in
the S, and by July the mean air temperature increases to
around 285C over the whole of the area. In general, the
mean air temperature over the sea seldom varies by more
than 1C above or below that of the mean sea surface
temperatures shown in diagrams 1.200.1 to 1.200.4. Sudden
temporary decreases in air temperature are possible during
squally thundery showers, and during the passage of frontal
troughs in the extreme N of the area in winter.
Coastal waters
1.221
1 The mean air temperatures in the coastal waters covered
in this book are slightly more variable than over the open
sea, although sea breezes and increasing afternoon cloud
tend to prevent extreme rises in the air temperature during
the day. The climatic tables (1.225) give mean temperatures
for a number of coastal stations. In the N of the area the
hottest months are usually April and May, although the
variation in the mean daily maximum temperature is only
about 3C to 4C between February and August across
most of the area.
Relative humidity
General information
1.222
1 Humidity is closely related to air temperature, and
generally decreases as the temperature increases. During the
early morning, when the air temperature is normally at its
lowest, the humidity is generally at its highest, falling to a
minimum in the afternoon.
Open sea
1.223
1 The mean humidity is high. In January it is about 78%
to 80% in the N, and 81% to 83% in the S. In July the
figures are about 81% in the N, and around 78% to 80% in
the S.
Coastal waters
1.224
1 In coastal waters, and inland, the diurnal variation is
much larger, and is greatly affected by the direction of the
wind. The humidity is generally markedly lower in those
coastal areas to the lee of high ground, and highest around
dawn in light or calm winds. In S areas the humidity is
frequently around 95% near dawn and decreases to about
70% on summer afternoons. In the N the humidity usually
reaches a maximum in association with the summer SW
monsoon, and is frequently at its lowest in April.
Climatic tables
1.225
1 The climatic tables which follow give data for several
coastal stations which regularly undertake weather
observations. Some of these stations have been re-sited; the
position given is the latest available.
2 It is emphasised that these data are average conditions
and refer to the specific location of the observing station,
consequently they may not be totally representative of the
conditions over the open sea or in approaches to ports in
their vicinity. The following comments briefly list some of
the differences to be expected between conditions over the
open sea and those at the nearest reporting station (see The
Mariners Handbook for further details):
3 Wind speeds tend to be higher at sea than on land,
although funnelling in narrow inlets can result in
an increase in wind strength.
Precipitation along hilly wind-facing coasts can be
considerably higher than at sea to windward.
Similarly, precipitation in the lee of high ground is
generally less.
4 Air temperature over the sea is less variable than over
the land.
For further information see The Mariners Handbook.
Home Contents Index
LAOAG
VIGAN
DAGUPAN
IBA
MANILA AIRPORT
ITU ABA
FIERY CROSS
REEF
KOTA KINABALU
LABUAN
BRUNEI AIRPORT
MIRI
RANAI
KUCHING
SIBU
BINTULU
L
I
M
I
T
O
F
B
O
O
K
CHAPTER 1
40
0 0
5 5
10 10
15 15
20 20
105
105
110
110
115
Longitude 115 East from Greenwich
120
120
Location of climatic stations (1.225)
Home Contents Index
Month
Temperatures
Average
humidity
Average
cloud
cover
Precipitation Wind distribution Percentage of observations from
Mean
wind
speed
hPa C C C C % % Oktas mm Knots
M
e
a
n
d
a
i
l
y

m
a
x
.
M
e
a
n
d
a
i
l
y

m
i
n
.
M
e
a
n

h
i
g
h
e
s
t
i
n

e
a
c
h

m
o
n
t
h
M
e
a
n

l
o
w
e
s
t
i
n

e
a
c
h

m
o
n
t
h
A
v
e
r
a
g
e
f
a
l
l
N
o
.

o
f

d
a
y
s

w
i
t
h
1

m
m

o
r

m
o
r
e
N
N
E
E
S
E
S
S
W
W
N
W
C
a
l
m
N
N
E
E
S
E
S
S
W
W
N
W
C
a
l
m
Highest recorded temperature
Lowest recorded temperature
* Mean of highest each year
Mean of lowest each year
A
v
e
r
a
g
e

p
r
e
s
s
u
r
e
a
t

M
S
L
0
8
0
0
0800
0
8
0
0
1400
1
4
0
0
1
4
0
0
1
4
0
0
0
8
0
0
*

F
o
g
T
h
u
n
d
e
r
|
{
Rare
All observations
No. of years
observations
G
a
l
e
Number
of days
with
C
H
A
P
T
E
R

1
4
1
1.226
WMO No 96413 KUCHING (1 29 N, 110 20 E) Height above MSL 27 m
Climatic Table compiled from 6 to 30 years observations, 1961 to 1996
January 1011 29 23 32 21 96 76 7 7 692 23 4 3 5 6 11 9 9 6 48 29 28 8 3 2 2 6 17 6 1 5 | 1 12
February 1011 30 23 32 21 96 74 7 7 537 18 3 2 5 4 8 8 5 3 57 30 26 10 4 2 2 6 15 5 1 5 0 1 10
March 1010 31 23 34 22 96 71 7 7 362 17 2 2 8 9 14 7 4 2 53 33 22 10 6 3 4 7 12 4 1 5 | 1 16
April 1010 32 23 34 22 95 68 7 7 265 17 1 2 9 12 10 10 3 1 53 23 19 13 9 5 6 9 10 6 1 4 | 2 18
May 1009 32 23 34 22 94 67 7 7 238 15 1 2 8 17 12 8 3 | 50 17 12 19 12 9 6 11 11 3 1 4 | 1 18
June 1009 32 24 34 22 94 64 7 7 202 14 | 2 9 13 13 7 5 1 51 9 7 18 24 16 6 9 5 5 1 4 | | 15
July 1010 32 23 34 21 94 63 7 7 185 13 | 1 8 13 17 7 3 1 48 6 7 15 29 19 6 7 5 6 1 4 | 1 13
August 1010 32 23 35 21 94 63 7 7 211 15 1 1 6 15 13 9 3 1 51 4 9 15 32 16 7 9 5 4 1 4 | 1 15
September 1010 31 23 34 22 94 65 7 7 274 16 1 1 7 22 18 8 2 1 40 13 7 18 26 12 6 7 9 4 1 4 | 1 17
October 1010 31 23 33 22 94 68 7 7 343 19 | 2 6 14 14 8 4 1 50 19 14 9 11 8 6 12 14 7 1 4 | 1 20
November 1010 31 23 33 22 94 70 7 7 367 22 | 1 5 16 12 7 4 | 55 19 13 6 8 6 7 18 20 4 1 5 0 1 18
December 1011 31 23 33 22 96 73 7 7 479 23 3 1 5 11 12 9 9 3 47 23 17 9 6 6 4 15 16 4 1 5 0 2 15
Means 1010 31 23 36 21 95 69 7 7 _ _ 1 2 7 13 13 8 4 2 50 19 15 12 14 9 5 9 12 5 1 4 _ _ _
Totals _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 4155 212 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ | 13 187
Extreme values _ _ _ 38 20 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _

14 14 6 14 14 30 14 14 14 14 14 14
Home Contents Index
Month
Temperatures
Average
humidity
Average
cloud
cover
Precipitation Wind distribution Percentage of observations from
Mean
wind
speed
hPa C C C C % % Oktas mm Knots
M
e
a
n
d
a
i
l
y

m
a
x
.
M
e
a
n
d
a
i
l
y

m
i
n
.
M
e
a
n

h
i
g
h
e
s
t
i
n

e
a
c
h

m
o
n
t
h
M
e
a
n

l
o
w
e
s
t
i
n

e
a
c
h

m
o
n
t
h
A
v
e
r
a
g
e
f
a
l
l
N
o
.

o
f

d
a
y
s

w
i
t
h
1

m
m

o
r

m
o
r
e
N
N
E
E
S
E
S
S
W
W
N
W
C
a
l
m
N
N
E
E
S
E
S
S
W
W
N
W
C
a
l
m
Highest recorded temperature
Lowest recorded temperature
* Mean of highest each year
Mean of lowest each year
A
v
e
r
a
g
e

p
r
e
s
s
u
r
e
a
t

M
S
L
0
8
0
0
0800
0
8
0
0
1400
1
4
0
0
1
4
0
0
1
4
0
0
0
8
0
0
*

F
o
g
T
h
u
n
d
e
r
|
{
Rare
All observations
No. of years
observations
G
a
l
e
Number
of days
with
C
H
A
P
T
E
R

1
4
2
1.227
WMO No 96421 SIBU (2 20 N, 111 50 E) Height above MSL 8 m
Climatic Table compiled from 6 to 30 years observations, 1961 to 1996
January 1011 30 22 33 20 97 73 7 7 384 19 2 5 4 9 5 1 1 1 72 26 21 8 4 3 5 8 14 12 1 5 | 2 4
February 1011 31 23 33 20 97 70 7 7 268 15 2 2 7 6 5 | 1 1 77 30 16 4 3 3 6 9 11 18 1 4 | 2 5
March 1011 32 23 34 21 97 68 7 7 279 16 1 2 7 10 3 | | 1 75 22 11 5 4 6 7 12 14 20 1 4 0 1 9
April 1010 33 23 35 22 96 67 7 7 292 16 0 | 6 13 5 1 0 1 73 12 6 6 8 6 10 17 13 24 1 3 0 1 11
May 1010 33 23 35 22 96 66 7 7 217 14 1 1 6 20 6 3 | 0 63 8 6 3 8 7 11 15 15 28 1 3 0 1 11
June 1010 32 23 35 22 95 64 7 7 169 11 1 2 6 23 9 1 1 | 58 6 3 5 8 14 18 16 9 22 1 3 0 1 6
July 1010 33 23 35 21 96 63 7 7 176 13 1 1 5 28 7 3 1 | 54 4 2 6 13 16 19 15 10 16 1 4 | | 6
August 1010 32 23 35 21 96 64 7 7 236 14 0 2 6 23 9 1 | 1 59 6 3 4 11 16 18 21 7 14 1 4 | 1 9
September 1011 32 23 35 21 95 65 7 7 296 16 0 2 5 29 8 1 | | 55 9 8 5 10 11 17 19 13 13 1 4 0 1 9
October 1011 32 23 34 22 94 67 7 7 270 18 1 1 7 35 11 1 1 1 42 15 6 7 6 7 12 17 15 13 2 4 0 | 10
November 1010 32 23 34 22 95 69 7 7 291 19 | 2 7 28 10 2 | | 50 13 6 6 6 6 12 21 17 14 2 4 | 1 7
December 1011 31 23 34 22 96 70 7 7 342 20 2 4 8 20 8 2 1 1 56 14 12 7 7 5 8 18 11 18 1 4 | 1 5
Means 1010 32 23 35 20 96 67 7 7 _ _ 1 2 6 20 7 1 1 1 61 14 8 5 7 8 12 16 12 18 1 4 _ _ _
Totals _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 3220 191 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ | 12 92
Extreme values _ _ _ 36 18 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _

14 14 6 14 14 30 14 14 14 14 14 14
Home Contents Index
Month
Temperatures
Average
humidity
Average
cloud
cover
Precipitation Wind distribution Percentage of observations from
Mean
wind
speed
hPa C C C C % % Oktas mm Knots
M
e
a
n
d
a
i
l
y

m
a
x
.
M
e
a
n
d
a
i
l
y

m
i
n
.
M
e
a
n

h
i
g
h
e
s
t
i
n

e
a
c
h

m
o
n
t
h
M
e
a
n

l
o
w
e
s
t
i
n

e
a
c
h

m
o
n
t
h
A
v
e
r
a
g
e
f
a
l
l
N
o
.

o
f

d
a
y
s

w
i
t
h
1

m
m

o
r

m
o
r
e
N
N
E
E
S
E
S
S
W
W
N
W
C
a
l
m
N
N
E
E
S
E
S
S
W
W
N
W
C
a
l
m
Highest recorded temperature
Lowest recorded temperature
* Mean of highest each year
Mean of lowest each year
A
v
e
r
a
g
e

p
r
e
s
s
u
r
e
a
t

M
S
L
0
8
0
0
0800
0
8
0
0
1400
1
4
0
0
1
4
0
0
1
4
0
0
0
8
0
0
*

F
o
g
T
h
u
n
d
e
r
|
{
Rare
All observations
No. of years
observations
G
a
l
e
Number
of days
with
C
H
A
P
T
E
R

1
4
3
1.228
WMO No 96441 BINTULU (3 12 N, 113 02 E) Height above MSL 5 m
Climatic Table compiled from 6 to 30 years observations, 1961 to 1996
January 1010 30 23 32 21 95 79 7 7 364 19 1 2 23 34 2 1 1 1 37 30 2 1 2 1 2 13 47 3 1 6 0 | 6
February 1010 30 24 31 22 95 77 7 7 238 14 | 1 25 30 2 | 1 1 40 28 2 1 1 1 2 9 57 1 1 6 0 | 5
March 1010 31 24 33 22 94 76 7 7 269 15 1 2 25 34 3 1 | 1 35 16 1 1 3 1 1 15 59 3 1 6 0 | 8
April 1009 31 24 33 23 94 73 7 7 245 15 | 1 26 40 3 1 | | 27 8 1 2 6 2 2 22 53 4 2 5 | | 13
May 1009 32 24 33 23 93 73 7 7 242 13 1 1 25 48 2 1 1 | 21 8 1 4 7 1 2 17 52 7 2 4 | | 12
June 1009 32 24 34 22 93 70 7 7 256 12 | 1 28 48 2 1 1 1 18 5 | 4 10 3 4 19 50 5 2 4 0 | 8
July 1010 32 24 34 22 93 70 7 7 254 14 | | 28 49 3 2 1 | 18 5 1 3 10 5 3 20 48 5 2 4 | | 9
August 1010 32 24 34 22 93 71 7 7 290 15 | 0 24 49 2 1 1 1 23 4 2 1 9 6 3 19 49 7 2 4 | | 13
September 1010 32 24 34 22 93 72 7 7 296 16 | | 26 54 3 2 1 1 12 6 1 3 7 4 3 18 53 4 2 5 | 1 13
October 1010 31 24 33 23 92 73 7 7 336 18 | 1 29 51 2 | 1 | 15 7 1 2 5 3 4 24 49 5 2 5 | | 12
November 1010 31 23 33 22 93 76 7 7 427 20 | 1 21 51 3 2 1 1 21 7 1 2 5 3 3 29 45 5 2 4 | | 11
December 1010 30 23 33 23 94 76 7 7 451 21 1 | 24 39 3 2 | 1 30 15 1 3 4 3 3 22 44 4 2 5 0 | 10
Means 1010 31 24 35 21 94 74 7 7 _ _ | 1 25 44 2 1 1 1 25 12 1 2 6 3 2 19 51 4 2 5 _ _ _
Totals _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 3668 192 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ | 2 120
Extreme values _ _ _ 38 20 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _

14 14 6 14 14 30 14 14 14 14 14 14
Home Contents Index
Month
Temperatures
Average
humidity
Average
cloud
cover
Precipitation Wind distribution Percentage of observations from
Mean
wind
speed
hPa C C C C % % Oktas mm Knots
M
e
a
n
d
a
i
l
y

m
a
x
.
M
e
a
n
d
a
i
l
y

m
i
n
.
M
e
a
n

h
i
g
h
e
s
t
i
n

e
a
c
h

m
o
n
t
h
M
e
a
n

l
o
w
e
s
t
i
n

e
a
c
h

m
o
n
t
h
A
v
e
r
a
g
e
f
a
l
l
N
o
.

o
f

d
a
y
s

w
i
t
h
1

m
m

o
r

m
o
r
e
N
N
E
E
S
E
S
S
W
W
N
W
C
a
l
m
N
N
E
E
S
E
S
S
W
W
N
W
C
a
l
m
Highest recorded temperature
Lowest recorded temperature
* Mean of highest each year
Mean of lowest each year
A
v
e
r
a
g
e

p
r
e
s
s
u
r
e
a
t

M
S
L
0
8
0
0
0800
0
8
0
0
1400
1
4
0
0
1
4
0
0
1
4
0
0
0
8
0
0
*

F
o
g
T
h
u
n
d
e
r
|
{
Rare
All observations
No. of years
observations
G
a
l
e
Number
of days
with
C
H
A
P
T
E
R

1
4
4
1.229
WMO No 96147 RANAI (3 37 N, 108 23 E) Height above MSL 2 m
Climatic Table compiled from 8 years observations, 1989 to 1996
January 1012 29 24 30 20 86 77 6 6 77 12 0 2 0 0 1 2 5 76 12 0 0 0 0 0 11 1 9 11 0 0 0
February 1012 29 24 30 21 88 77 6 6 62 14 0 | 0 0 0 3 21 57 34 4 0 0 0 1 2 2 6 10 0 0 1
March 1011 30 24 31 21 89 75 5 6 33 15 0 2 0 0 0 2 49 23 52 8 5 1 0 1 | 9 4 8 0 | 1
April 1010 31 22 32 22 91 74 4 5 6 6 0 | 2 0 0 | 87 5 39 16 16 3 2 2 2 16 1 6 1 1 14
May 1010 32 24 33 23 93 73 5 6 2 2 0 0 2 7 7 0 80 | 8 13 21 21 15 4 2 17 1 6 0 0 11
June 1009 32 23 33 22 93 74 5 6 0 2 0 | 10 10 3 0 75 4 4 11 23 25 19 9 1 4 1 7 0 | 5
July 1010 31 23 33 21 93 71 5 6 0 0 1 3 4 13 4 0 75 4 4 4 28 31 11 1 2 17 1 7 0 0 6
August 1011 32 24 33 22 94 69 6 6 0 0 0 | 0 9 | 1 90 4 1 11 20 46 8 4 1 5 <1 9 | 0 6
September 1011 32 24 33 22 94 73 6 7 0 1 0 0 1 9 2 | 87 1 1 3 22 29 21 16 1 6 <1 8 | 0 9
October 1011 31 23 32 21 94 77 6 7 2 | 0 0 2 7 3 2 83 13 7 6 8 12 13 13 2 24 1 5 | 1 13
November 1011 30 24 31 21 91 79 6 6 25 6 0 0 | 3 2 5 59 41 23 8 5 3 5 4 4 7 4 8 | | 6
December 1011 29 24 30 23 90 81 7 7 42 13 1 0 2 0 | 6 35 58 16 4 5 0 3 3 7 5 6 10 0 0 3
Means 1011 31 24 33 20 91 75 6 6 _ _ 21 6 | 1 2 5 2 2 61 25 16 7 13 14 8 5 3 9 3 8 _ _ _
Totals _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 1 2 75
Extreme values _ _ _ 34 18 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _

8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8
Home Contents Index
Month
Temperatures
Average
humidity
Average
cloud
cover
Precipitation Wind distribution Percentage of observations from
Mean
wind
speed
hPa C C C C % % Oktas mm Knots
M
e
a
n
d
a
i
l
y

m
a
x
.
M
e
a
n
d
a
i
l
y

m
i
n
.
M
e
a
n

h
i
g
h
e
s
t
i
n

e
a
c
h

m
o
n
t
h
M
e
a
n

l
o
w
e
s
t
i
n

e
a
c
h

m
o
n
t
h
A
v
e
r
a
g
e
f
a
l
l
N
o
.

o
f

d
a
y
s

w
i
t
h
1

m
m

o
r

m
o
r
e
N
N
E
E
S
E
S
S
W
W
N
W
C
a
l
m
N
N
E
E
S
E
S
S
W
W
N
W
C
a
l
m
Highest recorded temperature
Lowest recorded temperature
* Mean of highest each year
Mean of lowest each year
A
v
e
r
a
g
e

p
r
e
s
s
u
r
e
a
t

M
S
L
0
8
0
0
0800
0
8
0
0
1400
1
4
0
0
1
4
0
0
1
4
0
0
0
8
0
0
*

F
o
g
T
h
u
n
d
e
r
|
{
Rare
All observations
No. of years
observations
G
a
l
e
Number
of days
with
C
H
A
P
T
E
R

1
4
5
1.230
WMO No 96449 MIRI (4 20 N, 113 59 E) Height above MSL 18 m
Climatic Table compiled from 5 to 30 years observations, 1961 to 1995
January 1010 30 23 32 21 95 76 7 7 327 16 | 10 30 14 3 2 | 0 40 33 21 2 1 2 2 14 25 1 2 8 0 | 5
February 1010 31 23 32 21 95 76 7 7 152 10 | 4 30 11 5 1 1 | 47 24 13 2 1 | | 18 40 2 2 9 0 | 5
March 1010 31 24 33 22 94 74 7 6 142 11 | 7 30 15 5 2 1 0 40 17 6 2 1 | 2 26 45 1 2 9 0 | 8
April 1010 32 24 33 22 92 74 7 6 194 13 | 3 29 27 11 4 1 1 32 15 3 1 1 1 6 34 38 2 3 8 0 1 12
May 1009 31 24 33 22 91 74 7 7 183 13 1 3 26 24 10 4 2 1 29 8 4 1 | 2 7 42 33 2 3 8 0 | 12
June 1009 32 24 33 23 91 72 7 6 209 12 1 2 24 31 8 4 1 1 28 4 2 3 2 4 10 48 26 2 3 7 | | 7
July 1010 31 23 33 22 91 71 7 7 206 12 2 2 28 27 10 4 2 1 25 2 2 4 3 3 14 49 21 2 3 8 0 | 8
August 1010 31 23 33 22 91 72 7 7 202 12 1 2 20 30 13 3 2 | 30 2 1 1 1 3 13 52 25 2 3 8 | | 10
September 1010 31 23 33 22 91 72 7 7 238 15 1 2 24 32 12 5 3 1 21 5 | 2 2 4 13 49 23 3 4 8 | | 10
October 1010 31 23 33 22 90 74 7 7 307 17 2 4 21 33 16 5 2 1 17 6 2 3 1 3 12 43 27 5 4 8 | | 11
November 1010 31 23 32 22 91 76 7 7 322 17 | 4 26 23 19 5 2 | 21 7 3 1 1 4 16 42 24 2 3 8 | | 9
December 1010 30 23 32 22 93 76 7 7 340 18 1 7 33 19 8 5 1 | 25 15 12 2 1 1 7 28 30 5 3 7 0 | 8
Means 1010 31 23 34 21 92 74 7 7 _ _ 1 4 26 24 10 4 1 | 30 12 6 2 1 2 8 37 30 2 3 8 _ _ _
Totals _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 2822 166 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ | | 105
Extreme values _ _ _ 38 20 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _

13 13 5 13 13 30 13 13 13 13 13 13
Home Contents Index
Month
Temperatures
Average
humidity
Average
cloud
cover
Precipitation Wind distribution Percentage of observations from
Mean
wind
speed
hPa C C C C % % Oktas mm Knots
M
e
a
n
d
a
i
l
y

m
a
x
.
M
e
a
n
d
a
i
l
y

m
i
n
.
M
e
a
n

h
i
g
h
e
s
t
i
n

e
a
c
h

m
o
n
t
h
M
e
a
n

l
o
w
e
s
t
i
n

e
a
c
h

m
o
n
t
h
A
v
e
r
a
g
e
f
a
l
l
N
o
.

o
f

d
a
y
s

w
i
t
h
1

m
m

o
r

m
o
r
e
N
N
E
E
S
E
S
S
W
W
N
W
C
a
l
m
N
N
E
E
S
E
S
S
W
W
N
W
C
a
l
m
Highest recorded temperature
Lowest recorded temperature
* Mean of highest each year
Mean of lowest each year
A
v
e
r
a
g
e

p
r
e
s
s
u
r
e
a
t

M
S
L
0
8
0
0
0800
0
8
0
0
1400
1
4
0
0
1
4
0
0
1
4
0
0
0
8
0
0
*

F
o
g
T
h
u
n
d
e
r
|
{
Rare
All observations
No. of years
observations
G
a
l
e
Number
of days
with
C
H
A
P
T
E
R

1
4
6
1.231
WMO No 96315 BRUNEI AIRPORT (4 56 N, 114 56 E) Height above MSL 15 m
Climatic Table compiled from 10 to 30 years observations, 1961 to 1996
January 1010 30 24 33 22 93 74 7 7 308 15 4 15 5 3 11 17 1 1 46 51 23 1 0 1 2 3 18 1 2 8 | 1 7
February 1010 31 24 33 22 94 72 7 7 158 10 3 11 3 3 12 14 1 1 53 58 16 2 | | 1 1 21 1 2 8 | 1 9
March 1010 32 24 34 23 93 69 7 6 129 9 1 6 2 2 12 23 1 | 52 52 11 1 | | 1 5 30 | 2 8 0 1 11
April 1009 33 24 34 23 91 68 7 7 177 12 1 1 1 3 22 29 1 | 40 36 5 | | 1 3 7 47 1 2 7 0 | 19
May 1009 32 24 34 23 90 68 7 7 228 15 | 1 2 4 20 26 2 0 46 29 4 1 2 1 9 11 41 2 2 7 0 | 21
June 1009 33 24 34 23 91 67 7 7 201 13 | 1 2 2 21 26 1 | 47 21 3 | 1 4 18 13 36 4 2 6 0 1 15
July 1009 32 24 35 22 92 67 7 7 219 13 | | 1 1 20 31 2 1 44 19 4 1 1 5 17 17 32 5 2 7 | | 14
August 1009 32 24 35 22 91 66 7 7 198 12 | 1 | 1 17 31 3 1 46 22 1 1 1 4 18 13 39 1 2 7 | 1 20
September 1010 32 24 34 22 91 69 7 7 285 16 1 1 1 4 23 35 1 1 34 20 2 1 2 3 18 13 37 3 2 7 | 1 15
October 1010 31 24 33 22 91 70 7 7 304 18 1 1 1 3 25 32 2 1 35 24 3 | 1 2 11 22 35 3 3 7 0 | 18
November 1009 31 24 33 22 91 72 7 7 359 20 1 | 1 3 26 34 2 1 33 29 5 1 1 1 12 18 31 1 3 7 | 1 18
December 1010 31 23 33 22 92 73 7 7 343 18 1 3 5 4 20 25 1 1 41 39 15 2 1 2 7 9 24 2 2 7 | 1 14
Means 1010 32 24 35 21 92 70 7 7 _ _ 1 3 2 3 19 27 1 1 43 33 8 1 1 2 10 11 32 2 2 7 _ _ _
Totals _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 2909 171 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ | 8 181
Extreme values _ _ _ 36 20 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _

17 17 10 17 17 30 20 17 17 17 17 17 17
Home Contents Index
Month
Temperatures
Average
humidity
Average
cloud
cover
Precipitation Wind distribution Percentage of observations from
Mean
wind
speed
hPa C C C C % % Oktas mm Knots
M
e
a
n
d
a
i
l
y

m
a
x
.
M
e
a
n
d
a
i
l
y

m
i
n
.
M
e
a
n

h
i
g
h
e
s
t
i
n

e
a
c
h

m
o
n
t
h
M
e
a
n

l
o
w
e
s
t
i
n

e
a
c
h

m
o
n
t
h
A
v
e
r
a
g
e
f
a
l
l
N
o
.

o
f

d
a
y
s

w
i
t
h
1

m
m

o
r

m
o
r
e
N
N
E
E
S
E
S
S
W
W
N
W
C
a
l
m
N
N
E
E
S
E
S
S
W
W
N
W
C
a
l
m
Highest recorded temperature
Lowest recorded temperature
* Mean of highest each year
Mean of lowest each year
A
v
e
r
a
g
e

p
r
e
s
s
u
r
e
a
t

M
S
L
0
8
0
0
0800
0
8
0
0
1400
1
4
0
0
1
4
0
0
1
4
0
0
0
8
0
0
*

F
o
g
T
h
u
n
d
e
r
|
{
Rare
All observations
No. of years
observations
G
a
l
e
Number
of days
with
C
H
A
P
T
E
R

1
4
7
1.232
WMO No 96465 LABUAN (5 18 N, 115 15 E) Height above MSL 30 m
Climatic Table compiled from 9 to 30 years observations, 1961 to 1995
January 1010 30 25 32 23 87 74 7 7 692 23 12 38 21 6 9 5 1 2 6 49 31 7 1 2 2 3 6 0 4 9 0 0 5
February 1011 31 25 33 23 88 75 7 7 537 18 13 27 19 4 8 4 3 4 18 44 34 3 1 1 1 7 19 0 4 8 | 0 5
March 1010 32 25 34 23 87 70 7 7 362 17 7 19 17 8 16 13 4 3 14 36 19 1 1 2 4 14 22 1 3 7 | | 7
April 1010 32 25 34 23 86 68 7 7 265 17 2 5 9 10 27 21 8 2 16 19 13 5 1 3 9 20 30 1 3 5 | 1 15
May 1009 32 25 34 23 87 71 7 7 238 15 1 3 5 10 36 23 5 1 15 12 6 3 2 1 14 41 20 3 3 4 0 | 17
June 1009 32 25 33 23 86 69 7 7 202 14 1 1 8 17 38 15 11 1 8 13 7 2 3 9 27 20 15 4 3 4 0 | 13
July 1009 31 25 33 22 86 70 8 7 185 13 2 1 7 15 34 18 9 1 13 8 7 1 4 12 22 34 12 1 3 4 0 0 12
August 1010 32 25 33 22 86 69 8 7 211 15 | 1 8 13 34 26 9 2 8 11 5 2 1 6 21 33 18 2 3 5 0 0 16
September 1010 31 25 33 22 86 70 8 7 274 16 2 1 7 12 34 22 9 4 8 10 4 4 2 5 19 38 18 1 3 5 | | 15
October 1010 31 24 33 22 86 73 7 7 343 19 1 1 8 11 32 29 10 2 6 10 8 3 2 3 10 33 30 2 4 5 0 | 16
November 1010 31 25 33 22 85 73 7 7 367 22 1 4 12 11 29 25 14 3 2 22 15 3 1 1 12 24 22 1 4 6 0 0 14
December 1010 30 25 32 23 86 74 7 7 479 23 4 11 20 13 18 16 11 2 5 28 24 6 1 3 7 14 18 1 4 6 0 0 9
Means 1010 31 25 35 22 86 71 7 7 _ _ 4 9 12 11 26 18 8 2 10 22 14 3 2 4 12 23 19 1 3 6 _ _ _
Totals _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 4155 212 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ | | 144
Extreme values _ _ _ 35 20 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _

9 9 5 9 9 30 9 9 9 9 9 9
Home Contents Index
Month
Temperatures
Average
humidity
Average
cloud
cover
Precipitation Wind distribution Percentage of observations from
Mean
wind
speed
hPa C C C C % % Oktas mm Knots
M
e
a
n
d
a
i
l
y

m
a
x
.
M
e
a
n
d
a
i
l
y

m
i
n
.
M
e
a
n

h
i
g
h
e
s
t
i
n

e
a
c
h

m
o
n
t
h
M
e
a
n

l
o
w
e
s
t
i
n

e
a
c
h

m
o
n
t
h
A
v
e
r
a
g
e
f
a
l
l
N
o
.

o
f

d
a
y
s

w
i
t
h
1

m
m

o
r

m
o
r
e
N
N
E
E
S
E
S
S
W
W
N
W
C
a
l
m
N
N
E
E
S
E
S
S
W
W
N
W
C
a
l
m
Highest recorded temperature
Lowest recorded temperature
* Mean of highest each year
Mean of lowest each year
A
v
e
r
a
g
e

p
r
e
s
s
u
r
e
a
t

M
S
L
0
8
0
0
0800
0
8
0
0
1400
1
4
0
0
1
4
0
0
1
4
0
0
0
8
0
0
*

F
o
g
T
h
u
n
d
e
r
|
{
Rare
All observations
No. of years
observations
G
a
l
e
Number
of days
with
C
H
A
P
T
E
R

1
4
8
1.233
WMO No 96471 KOTA KINABALU (5 56 N, 116 03 E) Height above MSL 3 m
Climatic Table compiled from 13 to 30 years observations, 1961 to 1995
January 1010 31 23 32 21 85 72 7 7 127 8 1 5 67 19 1 1 | 0 6 32 6 1 1 1 3 12 42 3 4 5 | | 3
February 1010 31 23 33 21 85 71 7 7 50 5 | 4 68 21 | 1 | 0 5 24 5 1 | | 1 10 58 2 4 5 | | 5
March 1010 32 24 33 22 82 70 7 7 90 6 | 2 72 20 2 1 0 0 4 19 1 1 1 | 2 12 61 3 4 5 | 1 7
April 1009 32 24 33 23 79 71 7 7 86 5 | 2 65 22 4 2 1 | 4 6 1 1 1 1 3 22 64 2 4 5 | 1 14
May 1009 32 24 34 23 81 72 7 7 99 9 0 3 54 29 5 3 1 | 5 2 1 2 2 2 6 42 44 1 4 5 | | 21
June 1009 32 24 33 23 81 71 7 7 123 9 | 1 49 34 7 2 1 1 5 2 | 1 1 2 14 49 27 4 4 6 | | 13
July 1009 32 24 33 22 82 71 7 7 155 11 1 1 54 24 8 4 2 | 6 2 | 2 1 2 18 49 23 4 5 6 | | 12
August 1009 32 24 33 22 81 71 7 7 172 12 | | 52 32 9 3 1 1 3 3 1 | | 3 17 45 29 2 5 6 | | 12
September 1010 32 24 33 22 82 72 7 7 202 14 | 1 51 32 7 3 1 | 4 2 | 1 2 2 19 45 27 3 5 6 | | 16
October 1010 31 24 32 22 83 73 8 7 269 16 0 | 46 31 15 4 1 0 3 6 1 1 1 2 12 42 33 2 5 6 | | 14
November 1009 31 23 33 22 84 74 7 7 656 20 0 1 48 29 13 3 1 0 4 7 1 1 1 1 12 31 42 4 5 6 | | 12
December 1010 31 23 32 22 85 73 7 7 571 17 0 2 64 24 4 1 | 1 3 19 4 1 | 2 5 26 39 3 4 5 | | 8
Means 1009 32 24 35 20 83 72 7 7 _ _ | 2 58 26 6 2 1 | 5 10 2 1 1 1 10 32 40 3 4 6 _ _ _
Totals _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 2600 132 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ | 2 137
Extreme values _ _ _ 37 16 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _

13 13 5 13 13 30 13 13 13 13 13 13
Home Contents Index
Month
Temperatures
Average
humidity
Average
cloud
cover
Precipitation Wind distribution Percentage of observations from
Mean
wind
speed
hPa C C C C % % Oktas mm Knots
M
e
a
n
d
a
i
l
y

m
a
x
.
M
e
a
n
d
a
i
l
y

m
i
n
.
M
e
a
n

h
i
g
h
e
s
t
i
n

e
a
c
h

m
o
n
t
h
M
e
a
n

l
o
w
e
s
t
i
n

e
a
c
h

m
o
n
t
h
A
v
e
r
a
g
e
f
a
l
l
N
o
.

o
f

d
a
y
s

w
i
t
h
1

m
m

o
r

m
o
r
e
N
N
E
E
S
E
S
S
W
W
N
W
C
a
l
m
N
N
E
E
S
E
S
S
W
W
N
W
C
a
l
m
Highest recorded temperature
Lowest recorded temperature
* Mean of highest each year
Mean of lowest each year
A
v
e
r
a
g
e

p
r
e
s
s
u
r
e
a
t

M
S
L
0
8
0
0
0800
0
8
0
0
1400
1
4
0
0
1
4
0
0
1
4
0
0
0
8
0
0

F
o
g
T
h
u
n
d
e
r
|
{
Rare
All observations
No. of years
observations
G
a
l
e
Number
of days
with
C
H
A
P
T
E
R

1
4
9
1.234
WMO No 59997 ITU ABA (10 23 N, 114 22 E) Height above MSL 5 m
Climatic Table compiled from 14 years observations, 1983 to 1996
January 1011 28 25 86 79 6 5 37 55 7 1 0 0 0 0 0 48 47 3 0 0 1 0 1 0 9 8 0 0 0
February 1012 30 26 83 74 5 4 21 62 12 1 1 1 2 0 0 22 52 20 1 2 1 1 1 0 7 8 0 0 0
March 1011 31 26 83 71 4 4 14 43 39 | 1 0 1 0 1 20 41 29 5 5 | 0 0 0 6 7 0 0 0
April 1010 33 27 82 69 4 3 12 34 31 8 6 2 1 1 4 15 25 27 13 14 2 0 2 2 4 5 0 | 1
May 1009 33 28 83 71 5 4 4 15 26 19 10 17 5 2 3 6 10 26 14 20 17 6 1 0 4 5 | 1 1
June 1009 31 27 84 76 5 6 1 7 10 8 30 34 6 3 | 3 7 7 9 25 44 5 0 0 6 7 | 1 |
July 1008 31 27 86 78 6 6 2 8 7 6 18 41 12 3 4 9 6 5 6 22 38 12 3 0 8 8 | 1 1
August 1009 30 27 87 79 6 5 2 2 6 4 21 52 9 2 3 2 6 3 3 26 53 5 3 0 9 9 | | 1
September 1009 30 27 87 81 5 6 6 7 11 5 12 37 15 2 6 9 5 4 8 11 42 17 2 1 6 7 | | |
October 1010 30 26 87 80 5 6 17 15 11 7 10 15 15 9 2 11 14 9 8 10 14 21 12 1 6 6 0 2 1
November 1011 29 26 87 81 5 6 22 38 17 3 6 4 6 4 1 29 35 12 4 5 2 8 6 | 7 7 0 1 |
December 1012 29 26 87 82 6 6 32 51 16 0 0 1 0 0 1 34 46 14 2 1 1 0 0 1 9 12 | 1 1
Means 1010 30 27 85 77 5 5 _ _ 14 27 16 6 10 17 6 2 2 17 24 13 6 12 18 7 3 | 7 7 _ _ _
Totals _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ | 7 6
Extreme values _ _ _ 37 20 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _

14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14
Home Contents Index
Month
Temperatures
Average
humidity
Average
cloud
cover
Precipitation Wind distribution Percentage of observations from
Mean
wind
speed
hPa C C C C % % Oktas mm Knots
M
e
a
n
d
a
i
l
y

m
a
x
.
M
e
a
n
d
a
i
l
y

m
i
n
.
M
e
a
n

h
i
g
h
e
s
t
i
n

e
a
c
h

m
o
n
t
h
M
e
a
n

l
o
w
e
s
t
i
n

e
a
c
h

m
o
n
t
h
A
v
e
r
a
g
e
f
a
l
l
N
o
.

o
f

d
a
y
s

w
i
t
h
1

m
m

o
r

m
o
r
e
N
N
E
E
S
E
S
S
W
W
N
W
C
a
l
m
N
N
E
E
S
E
S
S
W
W
N
W
C
a
l
m
Highest recorded temperature
Lowest recorded temperature
* Mean of highest each year
Mean of lowest each year
A
v
e
r
a
g
e

p
r
e
s
s
u
r
e
a
t

M
S
L
0
8
0
0
0800
0
8
0
0
1400
1
4
0
0
1
4
0
0
1
4
0
0
0
8
0
0
*

F
o
g
T
h
u
n
d
e
r
|
{
Rare
All observations
No. of years
observations
G
a
l
e
Number
of days
with
C
H
A
P
T
E
R

1
5
0
1.235
WMO No 59995 FIERY CROSS REEF (9 32 N, 112 53 E) Height above MSL 6 m
Climatic Table compiled from 8 years observations, 1989 to 1996
January 1012 28 25 29 21 82 81 6 6 27 51 21 0 0 0 0 0 1 27 51 20 0 1 | 0 | | 18 18 0 | |
February 1012 28 25 30 23 83 79 6 6 20 47 29 2 1 0 0 0 2 17 47 33 | | | 0 1 1 15 15 0 0 0
March 1011 29 26 31 23 81 77 5 5 8 34 51 3 2 1 1 1 1 10 33 48 2 3 | | 1 3 13 13 0 1 |
April 1010 31 27 32 23 78 73 5 5 7 16 47 10 8 6 2 1 4 11 17 43 4 10 6 2 | 7 10 9 | | 1
May 1009 31 27 33 24 78 73 6 6 3 6 33 11 15 23 5 2 2 3 5 26 10 13 21 15 3 4 9 9 | 1 2
June 1008 30 26 32 24 80 77 6 7 2 3 8 7 21 40 14 | 5 2 2 10 3 21 41 15 1 5 12 12 | 1 3
July 1008 30 26 32 23 81 78 6 7 3 4 3 5 21 39 22 | 3 2 3 3 3 23 41 21 1 4 13 13 | | 3
August 1008 30 26 31 22 82 80 7 7 0 2 3 2 12 48 26 2 5 2 | 3 1 11 53 26 2 3 14 14 | 1 2
September 1009 29 26 31 22 83 81 7 7 1 3 3 3 7 41 36 3 2 1 6 1 1 12 38 37 4 1 13 13 | | 3
October 1009 29 26 32 23 81 77 6 7 12 13 16 5 8 13 12 10 12 11 16 14 2 8 10 20 10 8 11 10 1 | 2
November 1010 29 25 31 23 83 81 7 7 16 42 25 3 2 2 7 2 1 19 40 25 1 3 1 7 3 | 16 16 | | 2
December 1011 28 25 30 21 84 82 7 7 20 51 24 2 1 0 0 2 | 24 46 24 2 2 | | 2 | 19 18 | 1 1
Means 1010 29 26 34 20 81 78 6 6 _ _ 10 22 21 4 8 19 11 2 3 11 21 20 2 9 18 13 3 3 14 13 _ _ _
Totals _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 2 5 19
Extreme values _ _ _ 36 19 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _

8 8 8 8 _ 8 8 8 8 8 8
Home Contents Index
Month
Temperatures
Average
humidity
Average
cloud
cover
Precipitation Wind distribution Percentage of observations from
Mean
wind
speed
hPa C C C C % % Oktas mm Knots
M
e
a
n
d
a
i
l
y

m
a
x
.
M
e
a
n
d
a
i
l
y

m
i
n
.
M
e
a
n

h
i
g
h
e
s
t
i
n

e
a
c
h

m
o
n
t
h
M
e
a
n

l
o
w
e
s
t
i
n

e
a
c
h

m
o
n
t
h
A
v
e
r
a
g
e
f
a
l
l
N
o
.

o
f

d
a
y
s

w
i
t
h
1

m
m

o
r

m
o
r
e
N
N
E
E
S
E
S
S
W
W
N
W
C
a
l
m
N
N
E
E
S
E
S
S
W
W
N
W
C
a
l
m
Highest recorded temperature
Lowest recorded temperature
* Mean of highest each year
Mean of lowest each year
A
v
e
r
a
g
e

p
r
e
s
s
u
r
e
a
t

M
S
L
0
8
0
0
0800
0
8
0
0
1400
1
4
0
0
1
4
0
0
1
4
0
0
0
8
0
0
*

F
o
g
T
h
u
n
d
e
r
|
{
Rare
All observations
No. of years
observations
G
a
l
e
Number
of days
with
C
H
A
P
T
E
R

1
5
1
1.236
WMO No 98429 MANILA AIRPORT (14 31 N, 121 00 E) Height above MSL 15 m
Climatic Table compiled from 10 to 30 years observations, 1961 to 1996
January 1013 31 21 33 18 81 64 5 6 15 3 9 8 10 3 1 1 2 3 63 3 5 42 17 2 2 15 8 6 2 8 | 1 |
February 1013 31 22 33 19 77 58 4 5 4 1 7 6 24 5 1 1 1 2 53 2 6 43 26 2 2 11 5 3 2 10 | 1 |
March 1013 32 23 35 20 73 55 4 4 5 1 4 9 36 9 1 1 1 1 39 2 3 48 34 2 1 5 3 2 4 11 | 1 |
April 1011 34 24 36 22 72 56 4 4 10 1 3 7 42 11 1 1 1 2 32 1 3 48 30 2 2 9 3 2 4 11 | 1 1
May 1009 34 25 37 23 74 60 5 5 114 8 1 5 31 9 4 6 5 2 37 1 2 29 19 2 11 29 4 3 4 10 | 1 4
June 1008 33 25 36 23 80 67 6 6 262 16 2 4 18 8 9 9 5 2 43 1 2 17 16 5 15 37 5 2 3 9 | 2 7
July 1008 31 24 34 22 82 71 6 6 378 20 2 5 9 6 12 11 9 3 45 2 2 7 8 3 23 43 8 4 3 9 | 1 6
August 1008 31 24 34 22 85 75 7 7 372 21 2 3 5 6 9 20 13 2 40 1 2 5 4 5 25 50 6 3 3 9 | 3 5
September 1009 31 24 34 22 85 74 6 7 269 19 3 4 7 6 7 10 8 3 51 3 3 10 6 4 17 42 11 4 2 8 | 2 7
October 1010 31 24 34 22 84 72 6 7 232 16 6 8 9 6 6 5 5 5 50 5 8 19 12 3 10 28 10 7 2 7 | 2 4
November 1011 31 23 33 21 82 69 6 6 100 11 9 12 10 4 1 1 2 5 57 3 12 33 13 3 4 17 8 7 2 7 | 2 1
December 1013 30 22 33 19 82 67 5 6 57 6 12 9 9 2 2 2 2 4 60 5 12 41 12 3 3 13 5 7 2 8 | 2 |
Means 1011 32 23 37 17 80 66 5 6 _ _ 5 6 17 6 5 6 5 3 47 3 5 28 16 3 10 25 6 4 3 9 _ _ _
Totals _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 1818 123 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ | 19 35
Extreme values _ _ _ 40 15 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _

23 23 10 23 23 30 23 23 23 23 23 23
Home Contents Index
Month
Temperatures
Average
humidity
Average
cloud
cover
Precipitation Wind distribution Percentage of observations from
Mean
wind
speed
hPa C C C C % % Oktas mm Knots
M
e
a
n
d
a
i
l
y

m
a
x
.
M
e
a
n
d
a
i
l
y

m
i
n
.
M
e
a
n

h
i
g
h
e
s
t
i
n

e
a
c
h

m
o
n
t
h
M
e
a
n

l
o
w
e
s
t
i
n

e
a
c
h

m
o
n
t
h
A
v
e
r
a
g
e
f
a
l
l
N
o
.

o
f

d
a
y
s

w
i
t
h
1

m
m

o
r

m
o
r
e
N
N
E
E
S
E
S
S
W
W
N
W
C
a
l
m
N
N
E
E
S
E
S
S
W
W
N
W
C
a
l
m
Highest recorded temperature
Lowest recorded temperature
* Mean of highest each year
Mean of lowest each year
A
v
e
r
a
g
e

p
r
e
s
s
u
r
e
a
t

M
S
L
0
8
0
0
0800
0
8
0
0
1400
1
4
0
0
1
4
0
0
1
4
0
0
0
8
0
0
*

F
o
g
T
h
u
n
d
e
r
|
{
Rare
All observations
No. of years
observations
G
a
l
e
Number
of days
with
C
H
A
P
T
E
R

1
5
2
1.237
WMO No 98324 IBA (15 20 N, 119 58 E) Height above MSL 5 m
Climatic Table compiled from 5 to 30 years observations, 1961 to 1996
January 1013 30 20 32 17 81 66 3 4 6 <1 11 9 60 12 | | | 2 6 8 3 4 1 | 1 11 71 | 5 10 | 0 |
February 1013 30 19 33 17 79 63 2 3 5 <1 7 14 56 17 1 | | 1 5 4 4 1 4 | 3 24 61 | 5 10 | 0 |
March 1012 30 19 33 17 79 68 2 3 18 <1 3 9 60 17 5 2 1 1 2 4 | 1 2 | 4 40 48 | 6 10 | 0 1
April 1010 32 21 37 18 73 67 2 4 44 2 1 6 44 39 9 | 1 1 | 2 1 | 1 2 13 46 34 1 5 9 | 0 3
May 1009 31 22 35 19 76 70 4 5 256 10 1 4 38 38 14 3 1 | | 7 5 1 1 10 33 31 12 | 5 8 | 0 13
June 1008 31 22 35 20 78 72 5 6 569 18 4 3 26 46 11 3 4 2 | 4 1 5 2 25 32 16 14 | 6 9 | | 15
July 1007 29 21 36 20 84 78 6 7 905 22 | 14 26 32 12 10 2 1 2 1 2 5 11 27 24 24 5 | 7 9 | | 15
August 1008 29 21 32 20 84 80 6 7 983 24 2 5 36 29 14 14 1 | 1 | 3 2 8 34 16 23 14 | 6 8 | | 13
September 1008 30 21 33 20 85 78 6 7 687 20 2 9 41 36 8 1 2 | 2 | 1 4 8 28 23 16 19 1 5 8 | | 14
October 1010 30 22 34 20 83 74 5 6 232 12 7 12 42 26 6 1 2 4 1 4 | 4 5 7 7 18 55 | 5 8 | | 7
November 1011 30 21 33 19 83 73 4 5 85 4 5 17 55 14 5 1 1 2 | 5 2 5 3 3 5 19 58 1 5 8 | 0 2
December 1012 30 19 32 16 78 67 4 5 33 2 5 18 55 16 3 1 | 2 1 4 2 3 4 1 1 32 55 | 5 9 | 0 |
Means 1010 30 21 38 16 80 71 4 5 _ _ 4 10 45 26 7 3 1 2 2 4 2 3 4 11 13 25 38 | 5 9 _ _ _
Totals _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 3825 114 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ | | 83
Extreme values _ _ _ 40 14 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _

5 5 5 5 30 5 5 5 5 5 5
Home Contents Index
Month
Temperatures
Average
humidity
Average
cloud
cover
Precipitation Wind distribution Percentage of observations from
Mean
wind
speed
hPa C C C C % % Oktas mm Knots
M
e
a
n
d
a
i
l
y

m
a
x
.
M
e
a
n
d
a
i
l
y

m
i
n
.
M
e
a
n

h
i
g
h
e
s
t
i
n

e
a
c
h

m
o
n
t
h
M
e
a
n

l
o
w
e
s
t
i
n

e
a
c
h

m
o
n
t
h
A
v
e
r
a
g
e
f
a
l
l
N
o
.

o
f

d
a
y
s

w
i
t
h
1

m
m

o
r

m
o
r
e
N
N
E
E
S
E
S
S
W
W
N
W
C
a
l
m
N
N
E
E
S
E
S
S
W
W
N
W
C
a
l
m
Highest recorded temperature
Lowest recorded temperature
* Mean of highest each year
Mean of lowest each year
A
v
e
r
a
g
e

p
r
e
s
s
u
r
e
a
t

M
S
L
0
8
0
0
0800
0
8
0
0
1400
1
4
0
0
1
4
0
0
1
4
0
0
0
8
0
0
*

F
o
g
T
h
u
n
d
e
r
|
{
Rare
All observations
No. of years
observations
G
a
l
e
Number
of days
with
C
H
A
P
T
E
R

1
5
3
1.238
WMO No 98325 DAGUPAN (16 03 N, 120 20 E) Height above MSL 2 m
Climatic Table compiled from 14 to 30 years observations, 1961 to 1996
January 1012 31 21 34 19 84 70 3 4 9 1 4 2 8 42 36 | | | 8 46 2 | 8 9 1 2 33 1 4 6 | | |
February 1012 32 21 34 19 82 67 3 3 3 1 2 1 4 36 51 | | | 6 46 2 | 7 15 3 1 26 | 4 7 | | |
March 1012 33 23 36 21 79 64 3 3 15 2 5 2 2 44 40 | | | 5 41 | 1 12 18 | | 26 1 4 7 | | 1
April 1010 35 25 38 23 77 63 2 3 58 5 1 3 2 34 53 | | | 6 32 1 | 9 22 2 2 32 1 4 7 | | 4
May 1008 35 25 38 24 81 70 4 5 234 14 2 | 2 38 53 | | | 4 28 | | 8 18 3 8 33 2 4 6 | | 11
June 1007 33 25 37 23 86 74 5 6 374 18 | 1 3 49 32 1 1 1 9 25 3 4 17 21 5 7 17 2 4 5 | | 13
July 1007 32 25 38 23 88 77 6 6 552 21 4 1 4 42 35 1 1 1 9 30 2 1 18 14 5 7 21 2 4 6 | | 13
August 1007 32 25 34 22 90 79 6 6 544 23 6 2 1 40 38 2 2 2 5 29 4 2 15 15 4 10 19 3 4 5 | | 11
September 1007 32 25 35 23 89 78 5 6 297 19 4 1 3 47 37 | | | 6 28 3 2 14 15 4 9 24 2 4 5 | | 12
October 1009 32 24 35 22 87 77 5 5 172 12 6 | 2 48 34 1 1 1 6 33 1 2 12 13 3 4 28 4 4 5 | | 6
November 1010 32 23 34 22 85 74 3 4 58 4 3 | 3 42 39 1 1 1 8 49 1 1 7 11 1 2 29 | 3 6 | | 2
December 1012 31 22 34 18 83 71 4 4 13 2 2 1 4 37 49 1 1 1 5 50 2 | 6 10 2 2 28 | 4 5 | | |
Means 1009 33 24 38 18 84 72 4 5 _ _ 3 1 3 42 42 1 1 1 6 36 2 1 11 15 3 4 26 2 4 6 _ _ _
Totals _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 2329 122 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ | | 73
Extreme values _ _ _ 40 15 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _

14 14 6 14 14 30 14 14 14 14 14 14
Home Contents Index
Month
Temperatures
Average
humidity
Average
cloud
cover
Precipitation Wind distribution Percentage of observations from
Mean
wind
speed
hPa C C C C % % Oktas mm Knots
M
e
a
n
d
a
i
l
y

m
a
x
.
M
e
a
n
d
a
i
l
y

m
i
n
.
M
e
a
n

h
i
g
h
e
s
t
i
n

e
a
c
h

m
o
n
t
h
M
e
a
n

l
o
w
e
s
t
i
n

e
a
c
h

m
o
n
t
h
A
v
e
r
a
g
e
f
a
l
l
N
o
.

o
f

d
a
y
s

w
i
t
h
1

m
m

o
r

m
o
r
e
N
N
E
E
S
E
S
S
W
W
N
W
C
a
l
m
N
N
E
E
S
E
S
S
W
W
N
W
C
a
l
m
Highest recorded temperature
Lowest recorded temperature
* Mean of highest each year
Mean of lowest each year
A
v
e
r
a
g
e

p
r
e
s
s
u
r
e
a
t

M
S
L
0
8
0
0
0800
0
8
0
0
1400
1
4
0
0
1
4
0
0
1
4
0
0
0
8
0
0
*

F
o
g
T
h
u
n
d
e
r
|
{
Rare
All observations
No. of years
observations
G
a
l
e
Number
of days
with
C
H
A
P
T
E
R

1
5
4
1.239
WMO No 98222 VIGAN (17 34 N, 120 23 E) Height above MSL 33 m
Climatic Table compiled from 5 to 30 years observations, 1961 to 1996
January 1013 30 22 32 18 77 63 2 2 3 <1 27 13 30 5 1 | | | 24 52 3 5 | 1 7 11 21 0 3 9 0 0 0
February 1013 30 21 32 19 77 66 2 2 6 <1 20 18 31 5 2 | 2 1 21 47 | 3 1 1 8 23 18 0 4 8 0 | 0
March 1012 31 23 33 21 77 65 2 2 8 <1 8 18 25 15 7 2 | 3 23 39 2 0 1 | 7 27 24 0 4 9 0 | 0
April 1011 33 24 34 22 78 67 2 2 20 1 8 4 15 25 16 3 | | 28 28 1 0 | 4 14 30 23 | 3 8 | 0 1
May 1010 33 25 34 23 79 72 4 4 187 8 7 3 16 21 33 1 | 1 19 9 1 | | 13 21 39 14 2 4 8 | | 8
June 1009 32 25 34 23 83 75 5 5 369 16 3 1 23 24 23 1 | 1 22 7 | 1 2 23 25 27 13 3 4 7 | 2 11
July 1009 31 24 34 22 89 81 6 6 651 17 2 1 17 22 32 1 1 1 27 7 | 1 3 33 24 26 5 | 5 7 | | 8
August 1007 30 24 33 22 87 82 5 6 710 17 3 6 16 21 32 1 1 | 19 2 2 1 3 40 22 15 15 1 4 7 | 1 6
September 1008 30 24 33 22 86 78 5 5 401 14 1 12 19 29 7 1 2 0 30 13 3 1 2 20 22 28 10 1 3 7 | | 7
October 1010 31 23 34 22 82 75 4 5 140 5 21 9 26 8 4 | 4 | 28 39 4 2 1 8 6 19 18 3 3 7 | | 3
November 1010 31 23 34 20 80 70 3 4 44 2 22 17 14 9 4 | 2 2 31 39 7 7 1 2 5 18 20 2 3 8 | | |
December 1012 31 22 33 19 74 62 3 3 13 <1 34 12 26 1 | 2 | 1 26 37 11 11 2 2 3 20 14 | 5 8 | | 0
Means 1012 31 23 35 18 81 71 4 4 _ _ 13 10 21 15 13 1 1 1 25 27 3 3 1 12 13 24 16 1 4 8 _ _ _
Totals _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 2552 80 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ | 3 43
Extreme values _ _ _ 39 14 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _

40 40 40 40 30 5 5 25 5 5 5
Home Contents Index
Month
Temperatures
Average
humidity
Average
cloud
cover
Precipitation Wind distribution Percentage of observations from
Mean
wind
speed
hPa C C C C % % Oktas mm Knots
M
e
a
n
d
a
i
l
y

m
a
x
.
M
e
a
n
d
a
i
l
y

m
i
n
.
M
e
a
n

h
i
g
h
e
s
t
i
n

e
a
c
h

m
o
n
t
h
M
e
a
n

l
o
w
e
s
t
i
n

e
a
c
h

m
o
n
t
h
A
v
e
r
a
g
e
f
a
l
l
N
o
.

o
f

d
a
y
s

w
i
t
h
1

m
m

o
r

m
o
r
e
N
N
E
E
S
E
S
S
W
W
N
W
C
a
l
m
N
N
E
E
S
E
S
S
W
W
N
W
C
a
l
m
Highest recorded temperature
Lowest recorded temperature
* Mean of highest each year
Mean of lowest each year
A
v
e
r
a
g
e

p
r
e
s
s
u
r
e
a
t

M
S
L
0
8
0
0
0800
0
8
0
0
1400
1
4
0
0
1
4
0
0
1
4
0
0
0
8
0
0
*

F
o
g
T
h
u
n
d
e
r
|
{
Rare
All observations
No. of years
observations
G
a
l
e
Number
of days
with
C
H
A
P
T
E
R

1
5
5
1.240
WMO No 98223 LAOAG (18 11 N, 120 32 E) Height above MSL 5 m
Climatic Table compiled from 14 to 30 years observations, 1961 to 1996
January 1013 31 19 34 15 83 64 3 3 4 < 1 23 12 49 3 1 | | 1 11 41 9 9 1 | 1 15 23 1 4 7 | | |
February 1013 31 19 34 14 82 63 3 2 2 < 1 16 16 54 5 1 | 1 1 6 35 7 5 1 1 3 24 25 | 4 7 | | |
March 1012 33 21 35 18 78 63 2 2 2 < 1 14 8 55 11 2 | 1 | 9 24 3 5 | 1 4 36 28 | 4 7 | | |
April 1010 34 23 36 20 76 64 2 2 8 < 1 10 12 44 12 8 2 1 2 9 21 2 3 1 2 5 40 26 1 3 6 | | 3
May 1009 34 24 37 22 77 68 4 4 201 9 3 5 37 18 20 4 2 1 11 10 3 3 2 6 14 44 19 1 3 6 | | 15
June 1008 33 24 36 22 82 72 5 6 296 14 2 3 41 17 24 3 1 | 9 4 2 2 2 14 26 38 12 2 3 6 | | 16
July 1008 32 24 35 22 86 75 5 6 380 16 2 5 43 18 18 2 2 1 8 5 1 1 1 16 26 34 16 1 4 6 | | 15
August 1007 32 24 34 22 89 78 6 6 617 17 | 2 38 18 28 7 2 | 5 6 1 2 1 24 29 28 9 | 4 6 | | 12
September 1008 32 24 34 21 89 75 5 5 339 12 3 6 53 16 12 3 2 1 5 9 2 2 1 9 16 36 21 3 4 5 | | 13
October 1009 32 23 35 21 85 71 5 5 95 7 21 17 45 6 2 1 1 | 7 31 11 7 1 2 6 25 16 2 4 6 | | 3
November 1011 32 22 35 19 82 65 4 4 19 2 30 21 33 5 3 1 | 1 7 44 14 10 | 1 3 13 14 1 5 7 | | |
December 1013 31 20 35 15 81 63 3 3 2 < 1 30 18 36 3 | | 1 1 11 41 14 11 1 1 2 12 18 | 4 8 | | |
Means 1010 32 22 37 13 83 68 4 4 _ _ 13 10 44 11 10 2 1 1 8 22 6 5 1 6 11 29 19 1 4 6 _ _ _
Totals _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 1965 79 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ | | 77
Extreme values _ _ _ 39 10 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _

14 14 14 14 30 14 14 14 14 14 14
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 1
56
1.241
METEOROLOGICAL CONVERSION TABLE AND SCALES
Fahrenheit to Celsius
Fahrenheit
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
F Degrees Celsius
100
90
80
70
60
50
40
30
20
10
0
+0
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
100
110
120
733
678
622
567
511
456
400
344
289
233
178
178
122
67
11
+44
100
156
211
267
322
378
433
489
739
683
628
572
517
461
406
350
294
239
183
172
117
61
06
+50
106
161
217
272
328
383
439
494
744
689
633
578
522
467
411
356
300
244
189
167
111
56
0
+56
111
167
222
278
333
389
444
500
750
694
639
583
528
472
417
361
306
250
194
161
106
50
+06
61
117
172
228
283
339
394
450
506
756
700
644
589
533
478
422
367
311
256
200
156
100
44
+11
67
122
178
233
289
344
400
456
511
761
706
650
594
539
483
428
372
317
261
206
150
94
39
+17
72
128
183
239
294
350
406
461
517
767
711
656
600
544
489
433
378
322
267
211
144
89
33
+22
78
133
189
244
300
356
411
467
522
772
717
661
606
550
494
439
383
328
272
217
139
83
28
+28
83
139
194
250
306
361
417
472
528
778
722
667
611
556
500
444
389
333
278
222
133
78
22
+33
89
144
200
256
311
367
422
478
533
783
728
672
617
561
506
450
394
339
283
228
128
72
17
+39
94
150
206
261
317
372
428
483
539
Celsius to Fahrenheit
Celsius
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
C Degrees Fahrenheit
70
60
50
40
30
20
10
0
+0
10
20
30
40
50
940
760
580
400
220
40
+140
320
320
500
680
860
1040
1220
958
778
598
418
238
58
+122
302
338
518
698
878
1058
1238
976
796
616
436
256
76
+104
284
356
536
716
896
1076
1256
994
814
634
454
274
94
+86
266
374
554
734
914
1094
1274
1012
832
652
472
292
112
+68
248
392
572
752
932
1112
1292
1030
850
670
490
310
130
+50
230
410
590
770
950
1130
1310
1048
868
688
508
328
148
+32
212
428
608
788
968
1148
1328
1066
886
706
526
346
166
+14
194
446
626
806
986
1166
1346
1084
904
724
544
364
184
04
+176
464
644
824
1004
1184
1364
1102
922
742
562
382
202
22
+158
482
662
842
1022
1202
1382
HECTOPASCALS TO INCHES
950 960 970 980 990 1000 1010 1020 1030 1040 1050
28 29 30 31
INCHES
millimetres
50 0
10 20 30 40 60 70 80 90
100
(1) (for small values)
0
05 15 35 25
1 3 4
500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000
millimetres
(2) (for large values)
0
5 10 20 30 40
50
60 70 80 90
100
110 120
inches
HECTOPASCALS
MILLIMETRES TO INCHES
2
0
inches
Home Contents Index
NOTES
57
Home Contents Index
Hong Kong
NP 30
China Sea Pilot
Vol I
NP 33
Philippine Islands
Pilot Vol I
NP 32
China Sea Pilot
Vol III
Kuching
Bintulu
Brunei
Bay
P r i n
c
i p
a
l
R
o
u
t
e
A
l
t
e
r
n
a
t
i
v
e
R
o
u
t
e
P
a
l
a
w
a
n
P
a
s
s
a
g
e
Kota
Kinabalu
Da n g e r o u s
Gr o u n d
2.21
9.114
8.62
7.215
7.15
2.20/
2.18
2.17
2.15
2.16
2.14
58
1311
1336
1338
967
3804
3806
3807
3805
3483
3482
2414
5
10
15
20
105 110 115 120
5
10
15
20
105 Longitude 110 East from Greenwich 115 120
Chapter 2 - Singapore to Hong Kong for low-powered vessels
and Dangerous Ground
March 2004
Home Contents Index
59
CHAPTER 2
ROUTES FROM SINGAPORE TO HONG KONG FOR LOW-POWERED VESSELS,
AND THE OFFSHORE DANGERS, INCLUDING DANGEROUS GROUND AND
OFFSHORE REEFS AND BANKS SOUTH OF, AND NORTH OF, DANGEROUS
GROUND BETWEEN SARAWAK AND THE WEST COAST OF LUZON
GENERAL INFORMATION
Chart 4508
Scope of the chapter
2.1
1 This chapter is comprised of four sections. In the first
section is described the route (2.6) between Singapore
Strait and Hong Kong for low-powered vessels during the
NE monsoon. The larger portion of this route lies within
the area covered in this book.
2 In the second, third and fourth sections are described
that part of the South China Sea known as Dangerous
Ground (2.52), shown as such on the charts, centred about
position 1000N, 11500E; the offshore reefs, banks and
shoals in the sea area S of it (2.22), including the Luconia
Shoals (530N, 11230E) (2.29 and 2.37); and those in the
sea area to the N of it (2.143), including Scarborough Reef
(1507N, 11745E) (2.152).
2.2
1 For information concerning inshore reefs, banks and
shoals, which are not covered in this chapter, see the
chapter of this book relevant to the area in which they are
charted.
Submarine exercise area
2.3
1 There is an established submarine exercise area NE of
the E end of the Singapore Strait, centred upon 145N,
10500E.
Caution
2.4
1 Uncharted coral pinnacles may exist. See 1.4 for
information concerning navigation in areas where coral
grows.
Piracy
2.5
1 Several recent incidents of piracy and armed robbery
have been reported in the South China Sea, and in
particular S of 2N. See 1.111.
ROUTE FROM SINGAPORE TO HONG KONG FOR LOW-POWERED VESSELS
General information
Charts 3482, 3483, 3489, 4508
Scope of the section
2.6
1 Whilst the route described in this section is referred to
as a route for low-powered vessels making passage
between Singapore Strait (125N, 10434E) and Hong
Kong (2217N, 11409E) during the NE monsoon, it is
also used, in full or in part, by other categories of vessel,
at any time.
2 For information concerning other routes, and on
passages in and through the South China Sea, see 2.143
and Ocean Passages for the World. Directions for the
Singapore Strait are described in Malacca Strait and West
Coast of Sumatera Pilot.
Route
2.7
1 Principal route. From Singapore Strait the principal
route for low-powered vessels leads N of Pulau Subi Kecil
(302N, 10851E) to position 400N, 11232E, thence,
via Palawan Passage (1000N, 11800E), N to Caiman
Point (1555N, 11946E) on the W coast of Luzon. There
it diverges from the coast on a NW track to Hong Kong.
2 Alternative route. There is an alternative, more S route,
for low-powered vessels, for that part of the passage
between Singapore Strait and position 400N, 11232E.
This alternative route leads S of Pulau Kayuara (132N,
10626E) and through Alur Pelayaran Api (200N,
10910E).
3 The choice of initial route makes little difference to the
total distance of about 1925 miles.
Natural conditions
2.8
1 For the main weather and current systems which prevail
in the area see 1.201 and 1.185.
See the relevant chapters of this book for information
particular to an area.
Climatic table: See 1.225 and individual tables.
Caution. Currents, particularly off the coast of Sabah
and in Palawan Passage, between latitudes 2N and 11N,
are unpredictable and may be dangerous.
Principal marks
2.9
1 Landmarks and major lights. With the exception of
those lights listed below, the landmarks and major lights
available for the route are those available for the coastal
passages, and are described in the text of the appropriate
chapter.
2.10
1 Major lights:
Tanjung Sirik Light (247N, 11119E) (4.98).
Central Luconia Gas Field Light (4201N,
112147E), (4.11).
Tanjung Baram Light (436N, 11358E) (4.314).
Fairley Oil Field Light (457N, 11404E) (5.11).
Scarborough Reef Light (1508N, 11749E).
Other navigational aids
2.11
1 Racon at Central Luconia Oil Field.
Racon at Fairley Oil Field Light (457N, 11404E)
(5.11).
For details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2.
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 2
60
Directions
General information
2.12
1 The route between Singapore Strait and Hong Kong for
low-powered vessels is described here in its entirety.
However, because that route coincides in part with coastal
passages described in detail elsewhere in this book,
reference is made to those passages where appropriate, and
these directions describe those parts of the route in broad
outline only.
2 Where the route does not coincide with a coastal
passage, the salient features close to the route are referred
to here; the mariner should consult the relevant chapter of
this book for particulars of the remainder of the area
through which he is to navigate. For ease of reference,
where appropriate, the relevant chapters are indicated in the
text of these directions.
Singapore Strait to position 45004N, 1125324E
Charts 2403, 1311, 1336
2.13
1 From the E end of Singapore Strait passage is via either
the principal or alternative route (2.16) to the vicinity of
position 400N, 11232E.
Principal route
2.14
1 From Singapore Strait (125N, 10434E) to the vicinity
of position 400N, 11232E, the principal route leads ENE
in two parts. The first part leads from Singapore Strait to N
of Pulau Subi Kecil (302N, 10851E) (3.88), and is
described at 3.7 to 3.20, and 3.104.
2.15
(continued from 3.104)
1 The second part, from N of Pulau Subi Kecil (3.88) to
the vicinity of position 400N, 11232E, follows the coast
of Sarawak, passing:
SSE of a dangerous wreck (approximate position
347N, 11050E), thence:
Clear of a dangerous wreck (339N, 11103E).
2 East of longitude 112E, as may best be seen on the
chart, there are numerous shoals and offshore oil and gas
installations (4.10). Closest to the track are D35 Oil Field,
(346N, 11204E), Beting Mukah (Lydie Shoal) (351N,
11203E), Beting Tugau (Parsons Shoal) (353N,
11216E), and Beting Serupai (James Shoal) (358N,
11217E). The latter shoals, and others E of them, are
described at 4.310. The coast of Sarawak is described, and
coastal directions given, in Chapter 4.
(Directions continue at 2.18.
Directions for deep water route to Bintulu
are given at 4.270)
Alternative route
2.16
1 From Singapore Strait (125N, 10434E), the alternative
route leads E then ENE, in three parts, to the vicinity of
400N, 11232E. The first part, to close S of Pulau
Kayuara (132N, 10626E), and the second part, S of
Pulau Muri (154N, 10839E), thence via Alur Pelayaran
Api to a position N of Tanjung Datu (205N, 10938E),
are described at 3.7 to 3.19, 3.21 and 3.126.
2.17
(continued from 3.126)
1 From N of Tanjung Datu (3.126) the third part of the
alternative route leads ENE to the vicinity of position
400N, 11232E, passing:
Clear of two dangerous wrecks (approximate position
229N, 11000E and 4 miles SE, thence:
2 Clear of a wreck with a depth of 23 m over it
(259N, 11029E), thence:
NNW of Tanjung Sirik (247N, 11119E), distant
about 24 miles. A light (4.1) is exhibited from this
point. Thence:
3 To the vicinity of 400N, 11232E. As may best be
seen on the chart, several dangerous wrecks lie
inshore of this section of the track, and E of
longitude 112E there are numerous shoals and
offshore oil and gas installations (4.10). Beting
Tugau (Parsons Shoal) (353N, 11216E) (4.310)
lies close N of the track, whilst others, described
at 4.312 and 4.313, are inshore of it. The coast of
Sarawak is described, and coastal directions given,
in Chapter 4.
(Directions continue at 2.18.
Directions for deep water route to Bintulu
are given at 4.270)
Position 45004N, 1125324E to Hong Kong
(continued from 2.15 and 2.17)
Charts 3838, 2109, 1338, 3483
Position 45004N, 1125324E to Palawan Passage
2.18
1 Principal marks and other navigational aids along this
section of the route, in addition to those referred to here,
are given at 5.19, 5.20, 6.30 and 6.105.
2.19
1 From the vicinity of position 400N, 11232E, where
the principal and alternative routes merge, the route
continues NE to the S end of Palawan Passage, through an
area where there is much offshore oil and gas industry
activity, and where marine farms (1.18) may be
encountered, passing:
2 SE of Central Luconia Gas Field (420N, 11241E)
(4.11), thence:
NW of Baronia Oil Field (445N, 11344E) (4.11),
thence:
NW of Tanjung Baram (436N, 11358E) (4.245),
distant about 22 miles, from which a light (4.314)
is exhibited, to the vicinity of position 503N,
11400E. Thence:
3 NW of Gannet Oil Field (501N, 11402E) (5.11),
thence:
NW of Magpie Oil Field (506N, 11427E) (5.11),
thence:
SE of the ammunition dumping ground (532N,
11408E), shown on chart 1338, to the vicinity of
position 605N, 11453E. Thence:
4 NW of Maharaja Lela Oil Field (524N, 11441E)
(5.11), thence:
NW of Samarang Bank (535N, 11455E) (6.22),
thence:
NW of Vernon Bank (546N, 11458E), (6.23),
thence:
5 NW of Saracen Bank (610N, 115 22E) (6.92),
thence:
NW of Tembungo Oil Terminal (disused) (637N,
11547E) (6.11), thence:
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 2
61
NW of Emerald Shoals (657N, 11605E) (6.102),
thence:
6 NW of Big Bonanza Shoal (705N, 11625E)
(6.104), thence:
NW of the W end of Balabac Strait (740N,
11700E) (6.85), thence:
To approximate position 820N, 11635E, the S limit
of Palawan Passage.
Charts 967, 3807, 3806, 3489
Palawan Passage to Caiman Point
2.20
1 From approximate position 820N, 11635E, the S limit
of Palawan Passage, the route leads generally NE then
NNE through Palawan Passage (Chapter 7), and to a
position W of the Lubang Islands (1345N, 12015E)
(Chapter 8), thence N and NNW, along the W coast of
Luzon (Chapter 9), until diverging from the coast off
Caiman Point (1555N, 11946E).
2 This section of the route is described in the ensuing
chapters as follows:
Palawan Passage, from its S limit in approximate
position 820N, 11635E to a position NW of
Cape Calavite (1327N, 12018E), from 7.15 to
7.24, thence from 7.215 to 7.220. Thence:
3 W of the Lubang Islands to a position WSW of
Cochinos Point (1425N, 12030E), from 8.62 to
8.66. Thence:
Offshore the W coast of Luzon from WSW of
Cochinos Point to a position off Caiman Point
(1555N, 11946E), from 9.8 to 9.14, thence from
9.107 to 9.115.
Charts 3806, 3489
Caiman Point to Hong Kong
2.21
1 Off Caiman Point (1555N, 11946E), the route
diverges from the coastal route and continues NNW then
NW towards Hong Kong, reaching the W limit of this book
having travelled a further 190 miles, passing (with positions
from the charted position of Scarborough Reef (1507N,
11745E) (2.152)):
2 ENE of Truro Shoal (94 miles NW) (2.154). Thence:
ENE of Stewart Bank (135 miles NNE) (2.155).
Thence:
On a direct route, in deep water, towards Hong Kong,
crossing the W limit of this book in approximate
position 1840N, 11800E.
(Directions continue in China Sea Pilot Volume I)
OFFSHORE REEFS, BANKS AND SHOALS SOUTH OF DANGEROUS GROUND
General information
Charts 3482, 3483
Scope of the section
2.22
1 In this section are described the reefs, banks, shoals and
other dangers known to exist offshore in the sea area N of
latitude 4N and S of the S boundary (latitude 730N) of
Dangerous Ground (1000N, 11500E), shown on the
chart, and E of 109E.
Depths
2.23
1 The seabed in the area in which the shoals are situated
is uneven, with no clearly defined pattern apparent. The
bottom is mainly mud.
Throughout the area, seabed depths range from about
100 m in the S to more than 2000 m in the N. The reefs
and shoals rise precipitously from the seabed. In addition to
the shoals noted below the following isolated depths of less
than 50 m are charted:
2 34 m in 538N, 11001E;
44 m in 544N, 11022E;
42 m in 505N, 11144E.
For depths throughout the area, the chart is the best
guide.
Marine exploitation
2.24
1 Oil exploration and drilling operations take place in this
area, see 1.23
Oil and gas platforms
2.25
Name Position Remarks
M1PQA 523N, 11101E
M3PQA 509N, 11149E
M1DRA 523N, 11152E
Hazards
2.26
1 Escaping gas has been reported (2000) in position
533N, 10912E.
Flow
2.27
1 For general information concerning tidal streams and
currents in the area see 1.192 and 1.185.
Findings from observations of tides and currents
relevant to a specific feature are given with that
feature.
Marine farms
2.28
1 Marine farms abound in the area. For further information
see 1.18.
South Luconia Shoals
Charts 3838, 3483
General information
2.29
1 South Luconia Shoals (503N, 11235E), known to the
Malaysians as Gugusan Beting Patinggi Ali, are a number
of steep-to coral reefs. The sea breaks over them in places
and they can usually be seen from aloft.
Caution
2.30
1 The area between the known South Luconia Shoals has
not been examined and other shoals may exist. The charted
positions of South Luconia and Comus Shoals could be in
error by many miles.
Connell Reef
2.31
1 Connell Reef, on which lies a stranded wreck (505N,
11234E), has depths of 18 to 82 m over it. There is a
165 m patch and a 55 m patch lying 4 miles E and 2 miles
S, respectively, from Connell Reef.
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 2
62
Stigant Reef
2.32
1 Stigant Reef, 6 miles SW of Connell Reef (2.31), is
horseshoe-shaped, with depths of 46 to 11 m over it.
Herald Reef
2.33
1 Herald Reef (459N, 11237E) is the S shoal. It is a
small atoll reef 4 cables in diameter, with reported depths
of less than 2 m over the reef. The reef is steep-to and
there is little surface indication of its presence.
A rock, with a depth of 46 m over it, the position of
which is approximate, lies 11 miles SW of Herald Reef.
Luconia Breakers
2.34
1 Luconia Breakers, which dry, and upon which the sea
breaks heavily, lie 3 miles NE of Herald Reef (2.33).
Richmond Reef
2.35
1 Richmond Reef (503N, 11241E) is a ridge, 2 miles
long in a NNE to SSW direction, with a least known depth
near its centre of 49 m.
Comus Shoal
2.36
1 Comus Shoal, coral, with a depth of 82 m over it, lies
15 miles E of Richmond Reef (2.35). See also caution at
2.30.
North Luconia Shoals
Chart 3483
General information
2.37
1 North Luconia Shoals (550N, 11230E), known to the
Malaysians as Gugusan Beting Raja Jarom, were partly
examined in 1866 by HMS Rifleman, and in 1935 by H M
Surveying Ship Herald. They were found to consist of a
great number of coral reefs and shoals.
Caution
2.38
1 Apart from the named shoals there are many other
detached coral reefs, small drying patches and dangerous
reefs, shown on the chart, some of which are unexamined,
which also form part of North Luconia Shoals, and over
many of which the sea breaks heavily. There is no safe
passage between them.
2.39
1 The channel between North Luconia Shoals and South
Luconia Shoals, and the area W of the former, have not
been examined.
Hayes Reef
2.40
1 Hayes Reef, the S charted reef (522N, 11238E), over
which the sea breaks heavily in all weathers, is a small,
steep-to reef, which dries.
Seahorse Breakers
2.41
1 Seahorse Breakers lie 10 miles N of Hayes Reef (2.40),
are steep-to on their E side, and have depths of less than
2 m over them.
Tripp Reef
2.42
1 Tripp Reef (529N, 11230E), about 11 miles NW of
Hayes Reef (2.40), has a least known depth of 37 m over
it.
Moody Reef
2.43
1 Moody Reef, the most W charted shoal, about 6 miles
NW of Tripp Reef (2.42), has a depth of 91 m over it.
Friendship Shoal
2.44
1 Friendship Shoal (557N, 11233E), known locally as
Beting Rentap, the N shoal, is marked on its NW side by a
buoy (pillar; red and white stripes; radar reflector). The
shoal has a least known depth of 77 m over it, but shoaler
water may be found. In 1963 this shoal was reported to lie
3 miles W of its charted position.
Aitken Reef
2.45
1 Aitken Reef, with a depth of 96 m over it, lies close S
of Friendship Shoal (2.44).
Buck Reef
2.46
1 Buck Reef, with a least known depth of 52 m over it,
lies close S of Aitken Reef (2.45).
Hardie Reef
2.47
1 Hardie Reef extends S for about 10 miles from a
position about 8 miles SSW of Friendship Shoal (2.44). It
has depths of 73 to 182 m over it.
Other named reefs, banks and shoals
Louisa Reef
2.48
1 Louisa Reef (620N, 11314E) is composed of coral
and is 09 m high. Depths of not less than 100 m lie close
to it. A light (grey triangular concrete tower) is exhibited
from the reef.
2.49
1 Tidal stream. In October the tidal stream was observed
to be setting WNW near Louisa Reef, on days of full or
new Moon.
Royal Charlotte Reef
2.50
1 Royal Charlotte Reef (656N, 11335E) is nearly
rectangular in shape, with some boulders 12 m high near
its SE end, and some rocks awash on its NE side. Foul
ground extends 8 miles NNE from the reef, and in 1972 it
was reported that foul ground also extended to the NW and
NE. Breakers have been observed over the reef. A light
(grey triangular concrete tower) is exhibited from the reef.
Chart 3483 (see 1.28)
Swallow Reef
2.51
1 Swallow Reef (724N, 11349E), known to the
Malaysians as Pulau Layang-Layang, lies close S of the S
border of Dangerous Ground. It is formed by a narrow belt
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 2
63
of coral surrounding a lagoon with 2 entrances on the S
side. At the E end of the reef lie Batuan Rocks, 2 to 3 m
high, and a light (grey triangular concrete tower).
2 On the SE side of the reef, an artificial island, 6 cables
in length, has been constructed. An airport runway and the
buildings of a tourist resort are situated on the island.
Terusan Timur, the E entrance into the lagoon, is close
W of the island It is cable wide, with depths of 48 to
7 m, and marked by light-beacons (lateral). The alignment
(000) of leading lights on the N reef leads through
Terusan Timur.
3 Depths in the central area of the lagoon range from 2 to
15 m with numerous coral pinnacles. A stranded wreck lies
on the S side of the reef.
Berths. On the NE side of the artificial island is a pier
about 35 m in length; mooring buoys are located in the
lagoon.
In 1986 the reef was reported to be larger in area than
charted; it is marked by breakers.
DANGEROUS GROUND
GENERAL INFORMATION
Chart 3483
Scope of the section
2.52
1 In this section are described the hazards known to exist
in Dangerous Ground, which, as may best be seen on the
chart, is the E half of the South China Sea bounded in the
N by latitude 12N; in the S by latitude 730N; and in the
E by the Palawan Trough and Palawan Passage (7.15).
2.53
1 The section is divided into four parts for descriptive
purposes, each part being comprised of that portion of
Dangerous Ground which lies within each quadrant of the
compass, centred upon position 10N, 115E, and reading
from SE to NE, and from SW to NW.
Topography
2.54
1 The area known as Dangerous Ground is an extensive
reef plateau from which rise many reefs and islands, and
upon which numerous banks and shoals are found.
Depths
2.55
1 Although often represented as a shallow region, probably
because of the number of reefs, shoals and banks to be
found there, the Dangerous Ground plateau is, in fact, deep
and level, with depths of between 1100 m and 3000 m over
it.
The seabed is composed mainly of soft mud or ooze,
with some patches of sand, rock and coral.
Flow
2.56
1 For general remarks on tides, tidal streams and currents
see 1.192 and 1.185.
The findings from observations of tides and currents
relevant to a specific feature within Dangerous Ground are
given with that feature.
Major lights
2.57
1 Amboyna Cay Light (yellow tower, 18 m in height),
(753N, 11255E), the position of which is
approximate, fitted with a racon.
Ladd Reef Light (white tower, red bands, 42 m in
height) (839N, 11139E).
2 West Reef Light (white tower, red bands, 42 m in
height) (London Reefs) (852N, 11212E).
North Danger Light (grey masonry tower) (1126N,
11420E), exhibited from South West Cay on
North Danger Reef (2.138).
Navigation aids
2.58
1 Some of the island and reefs in the W parts of
Dangerous Ground are lighted. Their positions may best be
seen on the chart.
HQ 301 Light-buoy (Nansha Qundao) is moored in
position 941N, 11452E.
Caution
2.59
1 Territorial disputes. Sovereignty over some of the
islands in Dangerous Ground is subject to competing
claims, some of which may be supported by force of arms.
2.60
1 Dangers to navigation. No systematic surveys of
Dangerous Ground have been carried out but dangers are
known to abound. The existence of uncharted patches of
coral and shoals is likely, and the position of the charted
banks and shoals cannot be relied upon.
Vessels are warned not to pass through this area.
DANGEROUS GROUND SOUTH-EAST
PART
Islands, reefs, banks and shoals
Charts 1338, 3483
Commodore Reef
2.61
1 Commodore Reef (821N, 11512E), which has been
reported to lie 2 miles E of its charted position, dries in
patches around its circumference. It contains two lagoons,
with a low sand cay on a neck between them. Depths in
the W lagoon are 55 to 146 m, but there are groups of
below-water rocks in places. The E lagoon has not been
closely examined, but appears to be shallow and foul.
2 There is no anchorage in the vicinity of Commodore
Reef. Boats can enter the W lagoon at high water, and in
some places at low water: the best positions are 2 miles
from the W end, and on the N and S sides.
A rock awash, the existence of which is doubtful, lies
3 miles ENE.
Charts 967, 3483
Half Moon Shoal
2.62
1 Half Moon Shoal (852N, 11616E) consists of a belt
of coral, awash, on the E side of which lies a 1 m
(3 ft)high inclined rock. The belt of coral encloses a lagoon
with an average depth of 27 m (15 fm), but there are
several coral heads with depths of 03 to 55 m (1 to 18 ft)
over them. The entrance is 1 cable wide, with a depth of
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 2
64
128 m (42 ft), and lies 4 cables SW of the inclined rock,
on the SE side of the reef.
2 There is no anchorage in the vicinity of Half Moon
Shoal. The lagoon offers good shelter to small craft, but
during the strength of the NE monsoon (1.181) entry might
be impossible.
Royal Captain Shoal
2.63
1 Royal Captain Shoal (902N, 11639E) consists of an
unbroken coral reef on which there are a few drying rocks,
the most prominent of which lies on the NW corner of the
reef. The outer edge of the reef is steep-to with depths
greater than 183 m (100 fm) within cable, and with no
anchorage off it. At high water boats can cross the reef and
enter the lagoon, where there are depths of from 27 to
31 m (15 fm to 17 fm).
2 Two stranded wrecks lie on the W side of the reef. In
1969 two dangerous rocks were reported to lie close SW of
the reef.
Tidal stream. A W set of kn has been experienced in
the vicinity of Royal Captain Shoal.
North East Investigator Shoal
2.64
1 North East Investigator Shoal (911N, 11627E), which
dries, entirely encloses a lagoon. The lagoon is probably
accessible to boats at high water.
A shoal (5 miles WNW), on which lie 2 dangerous
rocks, extends 3 miles ENE/WSW.
Bombay Shoal
2.65
1 Bombay Shoal (927N, 11656E) is steep-to, and
consists of a coral reef enclosing a lagoon with depths of
from 29 to 33 m (16 to 18 fm) in it. There are several
drying rocks on the reef, the more prominent of which are
on the NW and W parts. Madagascar Reef, which also
dries, lies on the NE extremity of the coral reef forming
Bombay Shoal.
2 Two stranded wrecks lie 5 cables apart on the NE side
of Bombay Shoal. The S wreck, which is prominent, is a
submarine which, from a distance, may look like an aircraft
carrier or an islet. The N wreck is a tug which, in 1965,
was reported to be breaking up.
2.66
Tidal streams in the vicinity of Bombay Shoal were
observed to set NE when the tide was rising.
Chart 3483
First Thomas Shoal
2.67
1 First Thomas Shoal (920N, 11556E), which dries, and
on which there are a few rocks, encloses a shallow lagoon.
There is no anchorage in the vicinity. The lagoon is
probably accessible to boats at high water.
Alicia Annie Reef
2.68
1 Alicia Annie Reef (923N, 11527E), which dries,
encloses a shallow lagoon, and has numerous rocks on it
which are just visible at high water. There is a small, low,
white coral sand cay at its N end.
2 Anchorage. HM Surveying Ship Iroquois anchored
1 cable off the N end of the reef, in a depth of
55 m(30 fm). The lagoon is probably accessible to boats at
high water.
Charts 967, 3483
Boxall Reef
2.69
1 Boxall Reef (936N, 11610E), which dries, does not
enclose a lagoon, nor are there any rocks visible at high
water.
There is no anchorage in the vicinity.
Sabina Shoal
2.70
1 Sabina Shoal (945N, 11628E) has not been closely
examined. The E half of the shoal is composed of a
number of reefs awash. The W half consists of a bank over
which there are depths of 37 to 183 m (12 to 60 ft), and
reefs awash, enclosing a lagoon.
2 Anchorage. Sabina Shoal is steep-to, but anchorage can
be found, on the edge of the bank, in depths of not more
than 9 m (30 ft); however, there is no shelter in bad
weather.
Chart 3483
Second Thomas Shoal
2.71
1 Second Thomas Shoal (945N, 11551E) extends
11 miles from N to S, and encloses a lagoon in which there
are depths of 27 m.
No anchorage has been found in the vicinity. The lagoon
may be accessible to boats on its E side.
Mischief Reef
2.72
1 Mischief Reef (955N, 11532E), awash, but much of
which dries, surrounds an extensive lagoon which has an
average depth of 26 m.
There are three entrances to the lagoon, two on the S
side and one on the SW side of Mischief Reef.
2 The most W of the two entrances on the S side has
depths of more than 18 m; it is cable wide and
1 cables in length. The deepest water, clearly defined in
good light by its deep blue colour, lies in a slight curve
approximately parallel to the edge of the reef on the W
side. Vessels of less than 90 m in length would have little
difficulty in using this channel, although the safe width
does not exceed 37 m.
3 In 1938 HM Surveying Ship Herald passed through this
entrance under favourable conditions of light and tide, and
experienced little set. However care is necessary owing to
tidal streams, which may set partly across the entrance and
attain a rate of 1 kn at neaps.
The other two entrances are only boat channels.
2.73
1 The SW half of the lagoon is free from dangers and
affords good shelter, but the NE part is encumbered with
coral heads, most of which have depths of less than 2 m
over them.
Caution. It was reported (1995) that a prohibited area
has been declared within 60 miles of Mischief Reef.
DANGEROUS GROUND NORTH-EAST
PART
Islands, reefs, banks and shoals
Charts 967, 3483
Carnatic Shoal
2.74
1 Carnatic Shoal (1006N, 11721E), the position of
which is doubtful, has a depth of 64 m (21 ft) over it.
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 2
65
Lord Auckland Shoal
2.75
1 Lord Auckland Shoal (1020N, 11718E), the position
of which is doubtful, has a least depth of 146 m (48 ft)
over it.
Fairie Queen
2.76
1 Fairie Queen (1038N, 11738E) is a shoal with a
depth of 165 m (54 ft) over it.
Seahorse Shoal
2.77
1 Seahorse Shoal (1047N, 11746E) is 8 miles in
extent from SSW to NNE. The shoalest part, near the N
end of the bank, is a patch 7 cables in extent with a least
depth of 82 m (27 ft) over it. Elsewhere the least depth on
the bank is 11 m (36 ft); inside the reef there are depths of
from 35 to 53 m (19 fm to 29 fm).
This shoal is the most N of the known dangers on the
W side of Palawan Passage (7.15).
Brown Bank
2.78
1 Brown Bank (1042N, 11720E), the W limit of which
has not been determined, has its shoalest part, with a least
depth of 82 m (27 ft), at its SE extremity.
Wood Bank
2.79
1 Wood Bank (1040N, 11709E) has a least depth of
105 m (35 ft) over it.
Southern Bank
2.80
1 Southern Bank (1030N, 11640E) which extends for
36 miles from NE to SW, has several patches with depths
of less than 10 m (30 ft) over them. Brown Reef (1035N,
11701E) lies on the E extremity; Foulerton Reef lies
4 miles W of Brown Reef. Little Patches (1019N,
11630E), with depths of less than 10 m (30 ft) over them,
lie at the SW extremity of Southern Bank.
Chart 3483
Hardy Reef
2.81
1 Hardy Reef (1008N, 11607E) dries, and has a narrow
strip of sand in the middle. There is no anchorage in the
vicinity.
Southampton Reefs
2.82
1 Southampton Reefs (1013N, 11519E) include Livock
Reef and Hopps Reef, both of which dry. Livock Reef, to
the SW, is the larger; its reef encloses a lagoon which is
probably accessible to boats at high water, when a few
rocks on it may be visible.
Anchorage. The only anchorage HM Surveying Ship
Iroquois was able to obtain was 2 cables off the SE edge of
Livock Reef, in a depth of 46 m.
Jackson Atoll
2.83
1 Jackson Atoll (1030N, 11545E) has five drying reefs
on the encircling reef which encloses a lagoon with a depth
of 132 m. There are four main entrances to the lagoon:
2 The NW entrance, least depth 85 m, between Deane
Reef in the W and Hoare Reef, 7 cables NE.
The N entrance, least depth 104 m, between Hoare
Reef and Dickinson Reef, 2 miles E. And:
3 The N and NE entrances, least depths 162 and
168 m respectively, between Dickinson Reef and
Petch Reef. The N and NE entrances are each
about 1 miles wide and are separated by Middle
Shoal, which has a least depth of 73 m over it.
2.84
1 Anchorage. There is no shelter from bad weather, but
anchorage with good holding ground, sand and coral, can
be found anywhere within the lagoon.
Nanshan Island
2.85
1 Nanshan Island (1044N, 11548E) is low, with a few
coconut trees upon it.
Flat Island
2.86
1 Flat Island (1049N, 11549E) is a low, flat, sandy cay,
from which the fringing reef extends 2 miles SE and NE. A
shallow reef extends S from it to within 1 mile of Nanshan
Island, 5 miles S.
2.87
1 Anchorage. A large bank, with depths of 50 m, extends
some 8 miles SE from the above two islands. It has not
been closely examined, but may be suitable to anchor
upon. There are shoal depths in places on the W edge of
this bank, S of Nanshan Island.
Hopkins Reef
2.88
1 Hopkins Reef (1049N, 11606E) is nearly awash, and
seas break heavily on it.
Charts 967, 3483
Amy Douglas Bank
2.89
1 Amy Douglas Bank (1050N, 11615E), the N limits of
which have not been determined, has Iroquois Reef
(1038N, 11610E) at its S extremity, 6 miles N of which
lies Baker Reef, awash. Hirane Shoal (1053N, 11626E),
with a depth of less than 18 m (6 ft) over it, lies 18 miles
NE of Baker Reef; between these two reefs there are many
other shoals and reefs, and depths of less than 18 m (60 ft).
2 Anchorage. In 1928 HM Surveying Ship Iroquois
anchored within the horns of Iroquois Reef.
Caution. It is strongly emphasised that, although the
positions and approximate limits of numerous shoals have
been determined, for all practical purposes this portion of
the area is unexamined.
Nares Bank
2.90
1 Nares Bank (1130N, 11610E) extends about 43 miles
NNE/SSW. The shoalest part at the SE edge (1122N,
11614E) has a depth of 178 m (58 ft) over it. The N
limit of the bank has not been defined.
Reed Tablemount
2.91
1 Reed Tablemount (Reed Bank) (1120N, 11650E) is a
large bank, the limits of which have not been determined.
A reef (1048N, 11640E), with a least known depth over
it of 165 m (54 ft), lies near its S extremity. Pennsylvania
North Reef (1050N, 11649E) has 178 m (58 ft) of water
over it, and a dangerous rock, shown on the chart, lies
2 miles SE of it.
2 Sekko Shoal (1126N, 11655E) with a depth of 22 m
(12 fm) over it, lies near the centre of Reed Tablemount.
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 2
66
Shoals with depths of 10 to 15 m (33 to 49 ft) over them,
lie between Sekko Shoal and Pennsylvania North Reef.
Marie Louise Bank (1155N, 11647E), a bank near the
N extremity of Reed Tablemount with a depth of 27 m
(15 fm) over it, was reported in 1885.
Templer Bank
2.92
1 Templer Bank (1105N, 11717E), roughly circular,
with a radius of about 5 miles, has a least depth of 27 m
(9 ft) at its NE extremity.
Leslie Bank
2.93
1 Leslie Bank (1104N, 11727E), roughly circular, with
a radius of about 3 miles, has a least depth of 165 m
(54 ft) over it.
Sandy Shoal
2.94
1 Sandy Shoal (1102N, 11739E), shown on the chart, is
a danger, the position of which is doubtful.
Isolated shoals
2.95
1 Two isolated shoals, the positions of which are doubtful,
are located E of Reed Tablemount in positions 1148N,
11749E and 1142N, 11734E.
DANGEROUS GROUND SOUTH-WEST
PART
General information
Chart 3483
Fish aggregating devices
2.96
1 Fish aggregating devices may be found in the S of the
area, in the vicinity of Ardasier Bank (745N, 11415E)
(2.99). See also 1.18.
Islands, reefs, banks and shoals
Chart 1338
Investigator Shoal
2.97
1 Investigator Shoal (810N, 11440E) extends 18 miles
from W to E, and is an irregular atoll formation entirely
surrounded by a coral reef. The surrounding reef dries in
places, but for the main part has depths of 5 to 15 m over
it. A few rocks may be visible at the W end at high water.
The lagoon probably has depths of more than 50 m.
2 A tower (808N, 11434E) is located about 4 miles
from the W end of the reef. Light-buoys (special), fitted
with racons, are moored 10 miles ENE and 14 miles E of
the tower.
2.98
1 Anchorage. The lagoon may provide good anchorage in
fine weather.
HM Surveying Ship Iroquois anchored off the W end of
Investigator Shoal, in a depth of 46 m, 2 cables from the
edge of the reef.
Charts 1338, 3483
Ardasier Bank
2.99
1 Ardasier Bank (745N, 11415E) extends 37 miles from
SW to NE. It is surrounded by a fringe of coral which has
depths of 37 to 183 m over it. In the centre of the bank
there are believed to be depths of 37 to 55 m, but this has
not been examined.
2 Three light-buoys (special), fitted with racons, are
moored on the edge of the bank; their positions can best be
seen on the charts.
A shoal depth of 165 m (735N, 11440E), the
position of which is approximate, lies about 18 miles ESE
of the SE extremity of Ardasier Bank.
3 Ardasier Reef (736N, 11356E), the W extremity of
Ardasier Bank, is steep-to except on its E side, where it
joins Ardasier Bank. This reef, which dries, encloses a
shallow lagoon which is probably accessible to boats at
high water. A light is exhibited from a platform on the
reef.
4 For information concerning the other reefs and shoals in
the vicinity of Ardasier Bank, S of the S limit of
Dangerous Ground, see 2.22.
Chart 3483
Dallas Reef
2.100
1 Dallas Reef (738N, 11348E), which dries, entirely
encloses a small lagoon. The lagoon is probably accessible
to boats at high water. There is no anchorage. A stranded
wreck lies on the SW fringe of the reef.
Union Reefs
2.101
1 Union Reefs (950N, 11425E) extend 30 miles from
SW to NE and consist of a group of many drying reefs
surrounding a large area of shoal water. This area has not
been closely examined, but there is no doubt that there are
numerous good entrances, and that there is good anchorage
to be found. However, adequate protection would not be
provided in bad weather.
2 The principal features of Union Reefs are:
Sin Cowe Island (953N, 11420E) which lies near
the W end of the N side of the bank.
Holiday Reef (958N, 11433E). A drying reef with
a drying cay on it lies 3 miles S of Holiday Reef.
Whitsun Reef (1000N, 11438E), which lies near
the NE extremity of the banks and reefs.
3 Johnson Reef South (943N, 11416E), which lies
near the SW extremity of the banks and reefs. It
has a narrow inlet which is suitable for boats.
Collins Reef (946N, 11415E), which lies near the
W extremity of the banks and reefs.
Loveless Reef (951N, 11417E), which lies near the
NW extremity of the banks and reefs.
4 Nansha Qundao Light-float (2.58) is moored 20 miles SE
of Whitsun Reef.
Tennent Reef
2.102
1 Tennent Reef (852N, 11439E), which dries, has
numerous above-water rocks on it. The reef encloses a
lagoon to which there appears to be no entrance, but it is
probably accessible to boats at high water.
Cornwallis South Reef
2.103
1 Cornwallis South Reef (844N, 11411E), and the
lagoon enclosed by it, have not been thoroughly examined.
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 2
67
The reef dries. The lagoon has depths of 9 m; there is an
entrance at its S end, also with a depth of 9 m, in which
there are several coral patches.
Alison Reef
2.104
1 Alison Reef (849N, 11400E) extends 11 miles from
WNW to ESE. The reef, which dries, encloses a lagoon
which appears foul and shallow. The S side of the reef
consists of a number of drying patches, between which
there are narrow channels with depths of 9 m. There is an
entrance to the lagoon, on the N side of the reef, towards
the W end, which is 3 cables wide and has a depth of
9 m.
2 Anchorage can be obtained, in depths of 60 m, close to
the W and SE ends of Alison Reef, and, in depths of 9 m,
along the S side of the reef, or off the N entrance to the
lagoon.
Pearson Reef
2.105
1 Pearson Reef (858N, 11341E), which dries, encloses
a lagoon to which there appears to be no entrance, but it is
probably accessible to boats at high water. There is a low
sand cay on the NE extremity of the reef, and the stranded
wreck of a steamship (2280 tonnes) lies on the NW end.
2 Anchorage may be obtained, in depths of 27 m,
2 cables off the NE end of the reef.
Maralie Reef
2.106
1 Maralie Reef (912N, 11340E), with a depth over it of
18 m, is steep-to.
In 1992 discoloured water was reported between Maralie
Reef and Johnson Reef South (48 miles NE) (9325N,
114020E).
Charts 1338, 3483
Erica Reef
2.107
1 Erica Reef (807N, 11408E), which is small and dries,
entirely encloses a shallow lagoon. A few rocks may show
on its E side at high water. There is no anchorage, but the
lagoon is probably accessible to boats at high water. A
tower stands near the W end of the reef.
Chart 3483
Mariveles Reef
2.108
1 Mariveles Reef (758N, 11355E), which dries, entirely
encloses two lagoons. A sand cay lies on the neck between
the lagoons, and some isolated rocks may be just visible at
high water. There is no anchorage, but the lagoons are
probably accessible to boats at high water.
A light is exhibited from a platform on the reef.
Barque Canada Reef
2.109
1 Barque Canada Reef (810N, 11318E) extends
18 miles from SW to NE. The reef dries, and there is a
group of rocks near its NE extremity. There is a narrow
lagoon, which has not been examined, in the middle of the
reef. The lagoon is probably accessible to boats. A stranded
wreck lies on the SE side of the reef.
2 Anchorage. HM Surveying Ship Iroquois found
anchorage, in depths of 37 m, 2 cables from the N
extremity of Barque Canada Reef, on a spit on which there
were heavy overfalls.
Amboyna Cay
2.110
1 Amboyna Cay (754N, 11255E) has two parts. The E
part consists of a beach of sand and broken coral; the W is
covered with a bed of guano, strewn with debris. The cay
is surrounded by coral ledges which partly dry, extend
2 cables offshore in places; and over which, with any swell,
the sea breaks heavily. A light (2.57) is exhibited from
Amboyna Cay, and an obelisk, 3 m in height, stands on the
SW part of the cay.
2 From Amboyna Cay a reef extends 5 cables NW, and a
bank, 2 cables wide, extends 1 mile NE. The bank has a
depth over it, at about 3 cables from the cay, of 73 m,
and at its outer edge, where it is steep-to, a depth of
165 m.
2.111
1 Anchorage. HM Surveying Ship Rifleman obtained
fairly sheltered anchorage, in a depth of 9 m, on the bank
NE of Amboyna Cay, in the SW monsoon (1.181). In 1933
the French surveying vessel Astrolabe anchored with the
middle of the cay bearing 106, distant 3 cables, in
depths of 12 m.
2 Good anchorage exists, in depths of 15 m, with the
centre of the cay bearing 224, distant 1 mile, but,
whatever anchorage is chosen, caution must be exercised
when anchoring as the banks are extremely steep-to.
2.112
1 Tides and tidal streams observed at Amboyna Cay, two
days before neap tides, indicated that the water commenced
rising at 2300 and falling at 0600, the extent of the rise
and fall being doubtful. When the tide was rising the
stream set N, and when falling it set W. The maximum rate
observed was 1 kn.
Charts 3482, 3483
Rifleman Bank
2.113
1 Rifleman Bank (745N, 11140E) consists of a bank of
sand and coral with shallow patches round the edges,
within which are greater depths.
Bombay Castle (756N, 11142E), with a depth of
32 m over it, is the shoalest part of Rifleman Bank, and
lies near its N extremity. The sea breaks upon Bombay
Castle, except in the calmest weather. Rifleman Bank Light
(cabin, platform on piles) is exhibited from a reef 4 miles
SSE.
2 Johnson Patch (747N, 11134E) lies on the W side of
Rifleman Bank; Kingston Shoal (734N, 11133E) lies at
the S end, and Orleana Shoal (743N, 11145E) lies on
the E side.
Jubilee Bank
2.114
1 Jubilee Bank (830N, 11129E), with a depth over it of
289 m, was reported in 1972. The position of this bank lies
on the charted W limit of Dangerous Ground.
A bank (827N, 11112E), with a depth over it of
402 m, was reported in 1968. The position of this bank lies
beyond the charted W limit of Dangerous Ground.
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 2
68
Ladd Reef
2.115
1 Ladd Reef (839N, 11139E), also known as Da-Lat, is
a coral reef which encloses a lagoon which has a white
sand bottom. The reef dries in parts. The lagoon is almost
inaccessible to boats.
2 Three conspicuous stranded wrecks lie on the reef. On
the NW extremity of the reef is the wreck of a 7200 tonnes
steamship, which gives good radar responses; the other
wrecks lie about 2 miles ENE and 1 miles ESE from it.
A light (2.57) is exhibited from the SW extremity of
Ladd Reef.
Spratly Island
2.116
1 Spratly Island (839N, 11155E) is flat, with a margin
of white sand and broken coral. In 1963 the island was
covered with short green vegetation. An obelisk, 6 m in
height, stood at the S point of the island, and the palm
trunks were conspicuous. A large number of birds
frequented the island. A stranded wreck lies on the N side.
2 The island, which lies on the S edge of a coral bank
which is more than 1 mile in length and 7 cables in width,
is surrounded by drying rocky ledges and coral heads. The
edges of the bank are steep-to. It is dangerous to venture
into depths of less than 20 m due to the sheer and uneven
nature of the bottom.
See also the caution at 2.59.
2.117
1 Anchorage is obtainable on the bank either NE or SW
of the island, but the NE anchorage appears to be the
better, even with a NE wind, as the bank is less steep-to.
In April 1951 HM Surveying Ship Dampier anchored, in
depths of 18 to 22 m, 6 cables NE of the NE end of the
island.
2 Landing is possible on the lee side of the island during
the SW monsoon (1.181), but dangerous in a swell due to
the numerous coral heads close to the beach.
Tidal stream observations in the summer months
indicated one tide during the 24 hours. In the early part of
July high water was at 0900, the rise and fall being 15 m
(5 ft). The stream set SW during the rising tide at the NE
end of the bank, and from SE to NE during the falling tide.
Chart 3483
London Reefs
2.118
1 London Reefs (852N, 11222E) consist of four reefs
extending 41 miles from W to E. These reefs are:
2 West Reef (851N, 11213E), also known as Da-Tay,
which consists of several detached drying coral
heads on a reef encircling a lagoon with depths of
11 to 18 m, but encumbered by several underwater
coral heads. A low sand cay lies on the E side of
the reef. The lagoon may be approached from the
SE side, but this is hazardous due to the coral
heads. The reef is usually marked by breakers. A
light (2.57) is exhibited from the W side of the
reef, and a stranded wreck lies on the S side.
3 Central Reef (855N, 11221E), which consists of a
belt of coral, awash, surrounding a lagoon in
which there are depths of 7 to 15 m. A sandbank,
reported to cover at HW springs, lies on the SW
extremity of the reef. Central Reef is not always
marked by breakers. A stranded wreck lies on the
S side of the reef.
4 East Reef (850N, 11234E), which consists of a
reef-enclosed lagoon to which there is no known
entrance. There are depths of 7 to 15 m in the
lagoon. There are one or two rocks on the W
extremity of East Reef, which seldom cover, even
though the sea breaks heavily on the reef.
5 Cuarteron Reef (852N, 11250E) is encumbered by
rocks, especially on its N side where some are 1
to 2 m high. There is no lagoon.
2.119
1 Anchorage. In 1938 HM Surveying Ship Herald
anchored, in depths of 27 m, 1 cable from the N side of
Cuarteron Reef; the S side is steep-to.
Although considerable depths were found, HM
Surveying Ship Rifleman, in 1865, generally found safe
anchorage, for a short period, on one of the slopes adjacent
to all the London Reefs.
Tidal streams set E and W along the N side of
Cuarteron Reef.
2.120
1 Caution. Mariners are warned that it is necessary to
exercise great caution if navigating in the vicinity of
London Reefs as they are steep-to and sounding is of little
value. London Reefs should not be approached with the
sun ahead, when it becomes difficult to distinguish shoal
waters or breakers.
Chart 3482
Coronation Bank
2.121
1 Coronation Bank (921N, 11144E) lies beyond the W
boundary of Dangerous Ground, 40 miles NW of West Reef
(2.118). It has a depth of 281 m over it. Other shoal
patches have been found in the vicinity of Coronation
Bank, as can be seen on the chart, the shoalest being a
depth of 183 m, 12 miles WSW of the 281 m depth.
Fiery Cross Reef
2.122
1 Fiery Cross Reef (938N, 11257E) is steep-to and
composed of patches of coral, several of which dry or are
awash. There are depths of 15 to 40 m between them. With
the exception of a prominent rock (933N, 11253E) 1 m
high situated on the SE side of the largest drying patch,
near the SW end of the reef, the whole reef usually covers
at high water; in calm weather the reef does not cover. A
dangerous wreck lies near the NE extremity.
2 Anchorage. In 1933 the French vessel Alerte anchored,
in depths of 20 m, between the shoals near the NE end of
the reef.
Anchorage is also obtainable, in depths of 24 m, 2 cables
from the reef, with the prominent rock bearing 062, distant
7 cables.
DANGEROUS GROUND NORTH-WEST
PART
Islands, reefs, banks and shoals
Chart 3483
Tizard Bank
2.123
1 Tizard Bank (1015N, 11420E) extends some 34 miles
from SW to NE. It consists of a lagoon, bordered by
drying reefs and shoals with irregular depths, in which
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 2
69
there are several coral heads. There are islands on two of
the reefs. The islands and reefs are:
2 Itu Aba Island (1023N, 11422E), which is covered
with scrub and trees. There are several partially
demolished buildings and two shallow wells on the
island, and a look-out mast with a light, 15 m in
height, stands near its E end. A concrete landing
jetty extends SSW near the SW end of the island,
with a depth of 06 m at its head. A reef, defined
by breakers, surrounds the island and extends up
to 5 cables offshore. A stranded wreck lies on the
edge of the reef 6 cables NW of the NW tip of the
island.
3 A reef (1023N, 11424E) which covers at high
water, lies about 2 miles E of Itu Aba Island. A
shoal lies in the middle of the channel between
them. A ridge, over which the depths are irregular,
connects this reef with a sand cay with tall bushes
on it, 3 miles farther E. The sand cay is
surrounded by a reef extending 5 cables offshore.
Safe anchorage may be obtained on the ridge, in
depths of 13 to 18 m. Shoal patches are to be
found up to 2 miles W of the cay.
4 Petly Reef (1025N, 11434E) lies near the
extremity of a steep-to coral ledge which extends
5 miles NE from the NE side of Tizard Bank.
Several shoals lie on this ledge. A stranded wreck
lies on the N edge of the reef.
Eldad Reef (1021N, 11442E), which lies at the E
extremity of Tizard Bank. It is steep-to on all but
its SW side. A few large, and many small
above-water rocks lie on the reef.
5 Namyit Island (1011N, 11422E), which lies on the
S side of Tizard Bank, is covered with small trees
and bushes. It is surrounded by a reef which
extends 1 mile W, and 3 cables in other
directions.
6 Gaven Reefs (1011N, 11414E), which are two
reefs 2 miles apart, lie at the SW end of Tizard
Bank. The reefs cover at high water, and coral
heads lie between them.
2.124
1 Anchorage. In 1951 HM Surveying Ship Dampier
anchored, in depths of 18 m, 6 cables SSE of the W end of
Itu Aba Island. The best approach to this anchorage, from
seaward, is through the deep-water channel close to the E
end of the island.
Shallow-draught vessels can anchor as convenient, in
case of necessity and in fine weather, almost anywhere on
the bank surrounding the lagoon.
2 Fishermen usually visit the islands in December and
January and leave at the start of the SW monsoon (1.181).
2.125
1 Useful mark. Itu Aba Island Light (2.123).
Discovery Great Reef
2.126
1 Discovery Great Reef (1004N, 11352E) is steep-to.
Most of the reef dries, and there are several above-water
rocks on it. There is a lagoon in the centre, with no
apparent entrance.
Anchorage. In 1867, despite the reef being steep-to, HM
Surveying Ship Rifleman anchored, in depths of 77 m
(42 fm), 5 cables off the rocks at the N end of the reef.
Discovery Small Reef
2.127
1 Discovery Small Reef (1002N, 11401E) is a round,
very steep-to coral patch, which dries.
Western or Flora Temple Reef
2.128
1 Western or Flora Temple Reef (1016N, 11337E) is
steep-to and dangerous. There are below-water rocks at the
SW end of the reef, and depths of 18 to 55 m in other
places.
Subi Reef
2.129
1 Subi Reef (1054N, 11406E), which dries, and upon
which the sea usually breaks, is steep-to. It is composed of
coral and surrounds a lagoon with no apparent entrance.
Thitu Island and Reefs
2.130
1 Thitu Island (1103N, 11417E) and its associated reefs
are situated on two adjacent coral banks separated by a
narrow, deep channel.
2 Thitu Island lies near the E end of the W bank. It is low
and covered with grass and scrub, except for a palm grove
at its SW end. A well, with brackish but drinkable water,
exists near the beach through the palm grove. The island is
surrounded by a drying reef which extends up to 5 cables
from its NE side.
A light is exhibited from the W side of the island.
2.131
1 The W bank has reefs and irregular depths at its edges,
and greater depths within. Features on the W bank (with
positions from Thitu Island) are:
A reef (1 miles NW). Irregular depths exist in the
channel between Thitu Island and the reef.
2 A drying reef with a sand cay near its centre
(3 miles WNW). In the middle of the passage,
between this reef and the reef 1 miles ENE of it,
leading into the lagoon, there is a shoal.
A reef forming the W extremity of the W bank
(6 miles W). There are detached reefs, always
marked by breakers, between this reef and the reef
1 miles ENE of it.
3 A small reef on the S edge of the bank (2 miles SW).
The S edge of the bank is not as dangerous as the
N edge.
The E bank is a mass of reefs and shoal patches. A
dangerous rock, 1 miles E of Thitu Island Light (2.130),
lies about 1 cable S of the 200 m depth contour.
2.132
1 Anchorage. Shallow-draught vessels may anchor on the
S edge of the W bank, with the sand cay bearing between
328 and 036.
There is also anchorage, in depths of 18 m, with Thitu
Island bearing NE, distant 1 mile.
2 Landing is best achieved during the NE monsoon
(1.181) in the middle of the W side, where there is an
opening in the surrounding reef.
Thitu Island is occasionally inhabited by fishermen.
Loaita Island and Reefs
2.133
1 Loaita Reefs (1045N, 11430E) are located on a
steep-to bank and consist of a lagoon surrounded by shoals.
There are reefs on the S side of the lagoon; two have sand
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 2
70
cays on them and Loaita Island lies on the S reef (below).
The depths over the surrounding shoals are irregular.
2 Loaita Island (1041N, 11425E) is low and covered
with mangrove bushes, trees, and coconut palms. It is
surrounded by a drying reef. The island is occasionally
inhabited by fishermen.
The reefs on the edge of the bank are:
3 A drying reef (1043N, 11420E) on the W
extremity of the bank. A sand cay is situated in
the middle of the NE part. The stranded wreck of
a steamship (7750 tonnes) lies on the SW part. In
1868 no depth of less than 73 m was found on the
NW edge of the bank NE of this reef.
4 A partly drying coral patch (1041N, 11427E).
Lankiam Cay (1043N, 11431E). Composed of
sand, this cay lies near the middle of a reef which
extends up to 5 cables from it in places.
Two coral reefs (1046N, 11434E), which dry.
2.134
1 Anchorage. There is anchorage on the bank with Loaita
Island bearing 260, distant 4 cables. The reef is visible
from this position.
Irving Reef
2.135
1 Irving Reef (1052N, 11455E) consists of a reef,
which dries in places, enclosing a lagoon. There is a small
sand cay near the N end of the reef.
Menzies Reef
2.136
1 Menzies Reef (1109N, 11448E), awash, lies at the
NE tip of a ridge of foul ground, 2 to 5 miles wide, which
extends 20 miles NE from the N extremity of Loaita Reefs
(2.133). There are depths on the ridge of from 37 m at the
shoalest known part, 9 miles SSW of Menzies Reef, to
50 m elsewhere.
West York Island
2.137
1 West York Island (1105N, 11501E) is covered with
trees and bushes. It has some tall coconuts palms on its S
end. A reef, with isolated dangerous rocks and depths of
less than 2 m over it, extends 2 miles N and 3 miles W
from the island.
North Danger Reef
2.138
1 North Danger Reef (1125N, 11421E) is a steep-to
coral formation. The middle of the formation is remarkably
flat and even, with depths of 37 to 47 m over its greater
part, except for a shoaler patch near its centre. The lagoon
is surrounded by a shallow reef of varying width, on which
there are many dangers. Extensive areas of the reef dry in
patches at the NE and SW ends of the formation.
2 All known dangers are plainly visible in good light
conditions.
Features on North Danger Reef (with positions from
North East Cay (1127N, 11421E)) are:
3 North East Cay (above), is low, thickly wooded, and
covered with coarse grass, with a fringe of low
bushes round the edges. It lies on a drying reef
which extends 6 cables NE from it. A channel,
3 cables wide, lies between this reef and the W
extremity of North Reef (1 miles E); several
shoals lie in the middle of this channel, which
should not be attempted. A light is exhibited at the
N end of North East Cay.
4 North Reef (1 miles E). During the NE monsoon
(1.181) the sea breaks heavily on the NE side of
this reef.
Day Shoal (2 miles ESE), coral.
Sabine Patches (3 miles S).
5 South Reef (5 miles SW). During the SW monsoon
(1.181) the sea breaks heavily on the SW side of
this reef.
Jenkins Patches (3 miles SW), which occasionally
break in rough weather.
6 South West Cay (1 miles SW), thickly wooded and
covered with coarse grass. It is a breeding place
for sea birds, and is covered with guano. Guano
has been exported from South West Cay on a
considerable scale. Two wells, and a mast, 12 m in
height, are situated near the centre of the SE side
of the cay. The cay is surrounded by a coral reef
which dries in patches, and extends up to 3 cables
in places.
North Danger Light (2.57) is exhibited from the NW
side of South West Cay.
7 Iroquois Ridge (3 cables to 2 miles SE), which
extends from North East Cay towards Day Shoal
(above). There is a narrow deep channel at the SE
end of Iroquois Ridge, between it and Day Shoal.
2.139
1 Anchorage. During the NE monsoon (1.181) calm water
may be obtained under the lee of North Reef, and during
the SW monsoon, under the lee of South Reef. No special
anchorage can be recommended: the bottom within the
surrounding reef is composed of sand and coral.
2 Landing is possible on the SE side of South West Cay
during the SW monsoon (1.181), even in a fresh wind. A
channel, with several shoal patches in it, separates this cay
from North East Cay.
2.140
1 Currents appear to be mainly seasonal, depending on
the prevailing monsoon. In the middle of North Danger
Reef a rate of kn is never exceeded, except with very
strong winds. On or near the encircling reef stronger
currents may be expected, up to a rate of a little over 1 kn:
the direction is still mainly with the prevailing wind, but
weaker currents, against the wind, occur for short periods,
at times.
Trident Shoal
2.141
1 Trident Shoal (1130N, 11440E) is steep-to and
composed of coral. Many coral patches with irregular
depths enclose a lagoon with greater depths. A reef, awash,
lies at the N end of the shoal.
Lys Shoal
2.142
1 Lys Shoal (1120N, 11435E) is steep-to and consists
of a number of shoal patches with a lagoon in the middle.
A narrow deep channel separates Lys Shoal from Trident
Shoal (2.141).
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 2
71
OFFSHORE REEFS, BANKS AND SHOALS NORTH OF DANGEROUS GROUND
General information
Charts 3483, 3489
Scope of the section
2.143
1 The area covered in this section is the offshore sea area
N of the charted Dangerous Ground (1000N, 11500E)
(2.52), and bounded in the W and N by the limits of this
book.
2 The area to the W and NW is described in China Sea
Pilot Volume I; the area to the N and E in China Sea Pilot
Volume III; and the coastal area to the E in Chapters 7, 8, 9
and 10 of this book.
Routes
2.144
1 The main route through the area is the direct route
between Manila and Hong Kong. South of this route are
the direct routes between the Mindoro Strait (7.2) and
Hong Kong, and from the N end of Palawan Passage (7.15)
to Hong Kong. See Ocean Passages for the World for
further information.
2.145
1 Route for low-powered vessels. A section of the route
(2.6) from Singapore to Hong Kong for low-powered
vessels during the NE monsoon, directions for which are
given in 2.6, traverses the N part of this area.
2.146
1 Caution. Whilst routes through the area are generally
plotted as deep water routes, the threat posed by the reefs,
banks and shoals in the area, and consequently the
importance of keeping to the planned route, should not be
underestimated. See also 10.4.
Depths
2.147
1 The sea area encompassed by this section comprises
deep water, for the most part in excess of 2000 m, except
in way of the isolated reefs, banks and shoal patches which
rise precipitously from the deep seabed.
Samples of the deep seabed indicate that it consists
mainly of mud.
Weather
2.148
1 See 1.201.
Major light
2.149
1 Scarborough Reef Light (2.10).
Islands, reefs, banks and shoals
Isolated shoal
2.150
1 An isolated shoal (1155N, 11421E), the existence of
which is doubtful, with a depth of 82 m (42 fm) over it,
lies 30 miles N of North Danger Reef (2.138).
Dreyer Banks
2.151
1 Dreyer Banks (1400N, 11522E) have a least known
depth of 256 m.
Scarborough Reef
2.152
1 General information. Scarborough Reef (1509N,
11745E), is named after the Scarborough which struck the
reef in 1748. It is steep-to on all sides and consists of a
narrow belt of coral enclosing a lagoon of clear blue water.
Scarborough Reef Light (2.10) is exhibited from the NE
side of the reef.
2 From time to time radar conspicuous wrecks are to be
found on the reef; these may be used as bombing targets.
Fishing vessels frequent the area.
Currents. In the vicinity of Scarborough Reef the
current varies with the monsoon. During the NE monsoon
(1.181) the predominant direction is NW or W, whilst
during the SW monsoon (1.181) it is NE.
2.153
1 Directions. The lagoon within the reef may be entered
from the E, passing:
Close N of South Rock, 3 m high, the tallest rock
situated on the SE extremity of the reef, thence:
2 Through the entrance channel, 2 cables wide, with
depths of 9 to 11 m, but obstructed in places by
patches of reef which reduce the depth to 27 m.
The lagoon is shallow just within the entrance.
Anchorage. In fair weather a precarious anchorage can
be found off the entrance to the lagoon.
Truro Shoal
2.154
1 Truro Shoal (1619N, 11645E), the existence of which
is doubtful, was apparently discovered by Captain T J
Duggan of the ship Truro in 1857, who stated that Whilst
taking my forenoon observations, distinctly saw bottom,
white coral. Got a cast of the lead instantly in 10 fathoms;
again mile N, had 19 fathoms; steered N for another
mile and had 22 fathoms and the next cast no bottom at
40 fathoms. No shoal patches were visible at the
masthead.
2 Since then, although other shoal patches have been
charted in the vicinity, 183 m remains the least reported
depth in the area.
Stewart Bank
2.155
1 Stewart Bank, which extends some 35 miles in an ENE
direction, has its shoalest part (1711N, 11839E) in the
SW. The least known depth over the shoalest part is 430 m,
reported in 1965.
A shoal patch (1800N, 11922E), the position of
which is approximate, lies 66 miles NE of Stewart Bank.
Home Contents Index
KAL I MANTAN
CHAPTER
4
NP 36
Indonesia Pilot
Vol I
NP 30
China Sea Pilot
Vol I
NP 44
Pulau
Midai
Pulau
Serasan
Pulau
Subi Besar
Pulau-Pulau
Anambas
Pulau
Laut
Singapore Strait
Pulau
Bungaran
3720
1336
3834
Sungai Ulu
3.34
3.104
2.15
2.14 / 3.20
2.16 / 3.21
3.33
3.126
3.125
7
2
2403
1312 1312
1311
1348
2140
2140
2140 Sedanau
2
3
4
5
104 105 106 107 108 109 110
1
2
3
4
5
1
104 105 106 Longitude 107 East from Greenwich 108 109 110
Chapter 3 - Singapore Strait to north-west Borneo
March 2004
Home Contents Index
73
CHAPTER 3
FROM SINGAPORE STRAIT TO THE NORTH-WEST COAST OF BORNEO,
INCLUDING KEPULAUAN NATUNA AND THE WEST COAST OF KALIMANTAN
(INDONESIAN BORNEO) BETWEEN SUNGAI BESAR AND TANJUNG DATU
GENERAL INFORMATION
Charts 1311, 3482
Scope of the chapter
3.1
1 The chapter comprises three main sections. These are:
The sea area between the E end of the Singapore
Strait and the islands of the Kepulauan Natuna
group (300N, 10830E) (3.23), and the routes
across it;
2 The islands of the group themselves, and the routes
around them; and
Passage along the W coast of Kalimantan (3.113).
Directions for the areas to the W, N and S are contained
in the Malacca Strait and West Coast of Sumatera Pilot,
the China Sea Pilot Volume I and the Indonesia Pilot
Volume I respectively.
Routes
3.2
1 The W parts of the principal and alternative routes (2.6)
for low-powered vessels during the NE monsoon (1.181),
between Singapore and Hong Kong via the Palawan
Passage, are described in this chapter.
For the main route between Singapore and Hong Kong
see China Sea Pilot Volume I.
Floating hazards
3.3
1 See 1.5.
Natural conditions
3.4
1 Currents. In the Kepulauan Tudjuh region (3.24) the
currents are of monsoonal origin. They set predominantly N
from May to September and S from October to April, with
rates of up to 2 kn.
3.5
1 Tidal streams. In 1862 HM Surveying Ship Rifleman,
when surveying in the area in fine weather and generally
light winds, from mid-July to mid-September, and in
December during the NE monsoon (1.181), observed that
the tidal stream set to windward, against the prevailing
monsoonal drift, for a part of each day.
Caution
3.6
1 Uncharted coral pinnacles may exist. See 1.4 for
information concerning navigation in areas where coral
grows.
BETWEEN SINGAPORE STRAIT AND KEPULAUAN NATUNA
General information
Chart 1311
Scope of the section
3.7
1 The area covered in this section comprises mainly sea,
with a few, very small, isolated islands being the only land
features.
Routes
3.8
1 From the vicinity of position 125N, 10434E, at the E
end of the Singapore Strait, the principal and alternative
routes for low-powered vessels between Singapore Strait
and Hong Kong (2.6) traverse W-E, towards Kepulauan
Natuna (300N, 10830E) (3.23), across this section of the
South China Sea.
Topography
3.9
1 Pulau-Pulau Pengibu is a small group of islands and
coral shoals lying about 110 miles E of the entrance to the
Singapore Strait.
3.10
1 Pulau Pengibu (135N, 10619E) is a small, densely
wooded island, 96 m high, with a stranded wreck on the
NW side. For offlying dangers see 3.21.
3.11
1 Pulau Kayuara lies 8 miles ESE of Pulau Pengibu
(3.10). It is a steep-to, bare white rock 23 m high. There is
a large isolated rock, not shown on the chart, close S of it.
3.12
1 Pulau Mandariki (119N, 10703E), an isolated
saddle-shaped island, lies ESE of Pulau-Pulau Pengibu
(3.10). The island is formed by two hills joined by a lower
ridge, the S hill being the highest, with an elevation of
111 m. The coasts of the island are mainly steep and
rugged, with some small beaches on the E and W sides. A
narrow reef fringes the E side of the island and a small
isolated peak stands on the islands NE point.
2 Offlying dangers: A dangerous rock (2 miles E),
reported in 1973; a coral pinnacle (10 miles E) reported in
1999, the position of which is approximate, with a least
depth of 117 m over it; and a dangerous wreck (3 miles
SE).
3.13
1 Pulau Dumdum, another isolated island, lies 12 miles
SW of Pulau Mandariki (3.12) and is beyond the limit of
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 3
74
this book. A light (white beacon, 12 m in height) is
exhibited from this island. For details and other islands and
dangers to the E see Indonesia Pilot Volume I.
Depths
3.14
1 The seabed is relatively uniform, with depths generally
between 40 and 90 m, deepening gradually from W to E,
as can be seen on the chart.
Wrecks and underwater obstructions
3.15
1 Wrecks. At the W extremity of the area, off the E
entrance to the Singapore Strait, within a radius of 30 miles
from N to E from Tanjung Berakit (113N, 10434E)
(3.22) there are a number of wrecks and underwater
obstructions. The positions of these, and of other isolated
wrecks and underwater hazards throughout the area covered
in this section, may best be seen on the chart.
3.16
1 Submarine cables. Passing through the NW and SW
extremities of the area are submarine cables laid from
within the Singapore Strait to the South China Sea.
3.17
1 Submarine pipeline. The West Natuna to Singapore
Natural Gas submarine pipeline runs through the area from
about 150N, 10511E to 3 miles N of Tanjung Berakit
(113N, 10434E) (3.22) as shown on the chart; for
precautions see 1.67.
3.18
1 Explosives dumping ground. There is an explosives
dumping ground, in depths of 37 m, 22 miles ENE of
Tanjung Berakit (3.22).
Principal marks
3.19
1 Landmarks:
Pulau Pengibu (3.10) and Pulau Kayuara (3.11) are
good landmarks and make good radar targets for
vessels in the area.
Directions
Charts 2403, 1311
Routes for low-powered vessels during the NE
monsoon
3.20
1 Principal route. The portion of the principal route (2.7)
covered in this section is from E end of the Singapore
Strait in the vicinity of 125N, 10434E and clear of the
wrecks and obstructions noted in paragraph 3.15, on an E
track for about 190 miles to the vicinity of 241N,
10730E. There are no landmarks along this section of the
route and the only hazards are those referred to at 3.15,
which include the obstruction, shown on the chart, close SE
of the track, in position 155N, 10558E.
2 Pulau Tokongmalangbiru (218N, 10536E), 34 m in
height, and Pulau Repong (212N, 10553E), 209 m in
height, are the southernmost of the isolated small islands of
Pulau-Pulau Anambas. For details see China Sea Pilot
Volume I.
(Directions for the principal route for low-powered
vessels continue at 3.104)
3.21
1 Alternative route. From the E end of the Singapore
Strait in the vicinity of 125N, 10434E and clear of the
wrecks and obstructions noted in paragraph 3.15, the
portion of the alternative route (2.6) covered in this section
follows a generally E track for 208 miles, to the vicinity of
139N, 10800E, passing:
2 At least 5 miles S of Pulau Pengibu (135N,
10619E) (3.10), thus avoiding the shoal patch
Beting Tohor, with a depth of 6 m over it, over
which the sea does not break, and the shoal patch
with a depth of 128 m over it, which lie,
respectively, close SW and SE of Pulau Pengibu.
Batu Acasta, a rock almost awash, lies 4 miles N
of Pulau Pengibu; in calm weather this rock is
marked only by a slight discolouration of the
water, but breaks in the slightest swell. A wreck
with a depth over it of 28 m lies close SE of it. A
coral reef with a depth of 8 m over it was reported
in 2002 to lie 3 miles ESE of Batu Acasta. See
caution at 3.6.
3 Thence the track may be adjusted slightly N to make
directly for longitude 10800E in the vicinity of latitude
139N, passing:
Clear S of Pulau Kayuara (8 miles ESE of Pulau
Pengibu) (3.11) and well N of Pulau Mandariki
(119N, 10703E) (3.12).
Useful mark
3.22
1 Tanjung Berakit (114N, 10434E), the NE point of
Pulau Bintan (see Malacca Strait and West Coast of
Sumatera Pilot), is a prominent headland with some trees
on it, and a light (white metal framework tower, 32 m in
height).
(Directions for the alternative route for low-powered
vessels continue at 3.126)
KEPULAUAN NATUNA
GENERAL INFORMATION
Chart 3482
Scope of the section
3.23
1 In this section are described the islands of Kepulauan
Natuna (300N, 10830E) and the routes around them.
General description
3.24
1 The group of islands known as Kepulauan Natuna form
part of a larger group of islands comprising those islands in
the Eastern Archipelago which belong to Indonesia and lie
in the S portion of the South China Sea, N of the Equator.
This larger group of islands, all of which lie W or NW of
the W coast of Borneo, is known as Kepulauan Tudjuh,
and includes Pulau-Pulau Badas, Pulau-Pulau Tambelan (see
Indonesia Pilot Volume I) and Pulau-Pulau Anambas (see
China Sea Pilot Volume I) as well as Kepulauan Natuna,
the most E group of Kepulauan Tudjuh.
3.25
1 Kepulauan Natuna is a chain of islands which extends
for 190 miles in a NNW direction from Tanjung Api
(157N, 10920E), the NW extremity of Borneo.
The islands of Kepulauan Natuna themselves are divided
into three groups and are dealt with as such in this section.
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 3
75
The three groups are:
2 The N group, consisting of Pulau-Pulau Natuna Utara
(3.35);
The middle group, consisting of Pulau-Pulau Natuna
Besar (3.49); and
The S group, consisting of Pulau-Pulau Subi Besar
(3.86).
Topography
3.26
1 The islands of Kepulauan Natuna are generally hilly,
with some tall peaks. Most of the islands of the group are
high in relation to their circumference, and covered by
dense vegetation.
3.27
1 Caution. Many of the islands, especially the larger
islands, are surrounded by drying reefs, other small islands,
islets, shoals, and isolated rocks and shoal patches which
make navigation hazardous.
2 During the monsoons (1.181) many of the islands are
inaccessible due to heavy surf, and the probability of
favourable weather for landing is small. The best time to
visit the islands is during the change of monsoon,
especially the spring change in April and May.
Routes for low-powered vessels during the NE
monsoon
3.28
1 The routes for low-powered vessels (2.6) during the NE
monsoon pass N or S of the S group of islands.
Charts 1312, 1311, 3482
Route from the Southern South China Sea through
Kepulauan Natuna
3.29
1 From a position E of Pulau Tokongbelayar (113N,
10735E) (Indonesia Pilot Volume I), the route from the
Southern part of the South China Sea continues N then
NNE for about 180 miles to a position E of Pulau
Bunguran (3.50)
Local knowledge
3.30
1 Local knowledge is required if any of the islands are to
be approached close to.
Depths
3.31
1 In the S part of the route the mariner is warned to
exercise caution within the area indicated on the chart as
depths are from miscellaneous lines of passage soundings,
and uncharted coral pinnacles may exist, see 3.6.
For information on general depths in the area the chart
is the best guide.
Major lights
3.32
1 Pulau Muri Light (3.103)
Pulau Midai Light (3.61)
Pulau Subi Kecil Light (3.103)
Tanjung Senubing Light (3.61)
Directions
Pulau Tokongbelayar to Pulau Bunguran
(Continued from Indonesia Pilot Volume I)
3.33
1 From a position about 35 miles E of Pulau
Tokongbelayar (113N, 10735E) (Indonesia Pilot
Volume I), the route leads N for about 88 miles, passing
(with positions from Pulau Miri (154N, 10839E) (3.98)):
Clear of a dangerous wreck (52 miles SW), thence:
2 W of a wreck with a depth of 30 m over it (11 miles
SW) (3.126), thence:
W of Pulau Muri, on which there is a light (3.103),
thence:
W of Pulau Seraya (47 miles N) (3.91).
3.34
1 The route continues in NNE direction for about
92 miles, passing (with positions from Pulau Subi Kecil
Light (303N, 10851E) (3.103)):
ESE of Pulau Midai (65 miles W) (3.54), on which
there is a light (3.61), and Karang Jackson (3.54)
5 miles E; thence:
2 Well clear of a small islet (29 miles WSW) (3.104),
thence:
WNW of Pulau Subi Kecil Light (3.103), thence:
ESE of Karang Lamina (46 miles NW), a shoal with
05 m of water over it at the E end of the coastal
bank extending 4 miles E from Tanjung
Pianpadung, the SE point of Pulau Bunguran
(3.50). Thence:
3 ESE of Tanjung Senubing Light (61 miles NNW)
(3.61).
PULAU-PULAU NATUNA UTARA
General information
Chart 1348
General description
3.35
1 Pulau-Pulau Natuna Utara, the N group of Kepulauan
Natuna comprises two small islands and several off-lying
islets in the vicinity of the third and largest island, Pulau
Laut (3.36). The islands are of little importance to shipping
other than as landmarks. They are governed by a chief,
with the title of Datuk, who resides on Pulau Laut.
Topography
3.36
1 Pulau Laut (442N, 10758E), the largest island of
Pulau-Pulau Natuna Utara, is generally hilly, rising near its
N end to an elevation of 273 m (896 ft). The coast, except
near the N end, is low and sandy.
2 Within the 37 m (20 fm) depth contour around Pulau
Laut, a drying reef, which extends up to 3 miles from the
coast on the E side, and to the SW, surrounds the island.
Isolated shoal patches are to be found up to 9 miles
offshore, especially on the E side from ENE to SSE.
3.37
1 Pulau Sekatung. Standing on a reef 3 cables NNE of
Pulau Laut (3.36), Pulau Sekatung is one of the two
smaller islands of the N group. It is precipitous and hilly,
with an elevation of 223 m (731 ft) at its peak. A light
(3.42) stands on the N point. A bare detached rock, 68 m
high (not charted), lies at the NE extremity of the island.
3.38
1 Pulau Semiun. Fringed by a steep-to drying reef and
lying 16 miles SW of Pulau Laut (3.36), Pulau Semiun is
the other small island of the N group. The coast is
precipitous except on the E side, where there is a sandy
beach. The island is rugged, wooded and has three hills; a
light (3.42) is exhibited from the W and highest hill which
is 151 m in height.
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 3
76
2 Offlying dangers. A coral shoal, with a least depth of
88 m over it, lies 1 miles NE of the island, and another,
with a least depth of 39 m, is situated 1 cables SW of
the island.
3.39
1 Pulau Tokongburung, the most SW islet of the N
group, lies 6 miles SSW of Pulau Semiun (3.38). It consists
of a small coral reef with four rocks on it. The highest
rock is 4 m high.
Depths
3.40
1 For information on depths in the area the chart is the
best guide.
Local knowledge
3.41
1 See 3.30.
Major lights
3.42
1 Pulau Sekatung Light (white metal framework
structure, 30 m in height) (448N, 10801E).
Pulau Semiun Light (white structure) (4312N,
107438E).
Directions
Passage north, west and east of Pulau Laut
3.43
1 Along the W, N and E sides of Pulau Laut (3.36),
beyond the 37 m (20 fm) depth contour, passage is clear.
Passage south of Pulau Laut
3.44
1 Within the 37 m (20 fm) depth contour, which extends
9 miles S of Pulau Laut, there are many isolated reefs and
dangers with depths over them between 21 m (8 ft) and
58 m (19 ft).
An area of small islands, drying reefs, isolated shoals
and dangers, extends 18 miles NW of Pulau Bunguran
(3.50) to Karang Bunta (421N, 10757E), a drying coral
reef with rocks.
2 Between Karang Bunta and an unnamed shoal (432N,
10800E), with 58 m (19ft) of water over it, there is an
unencumbered but unmarked channel 10 miles wide for safe
E/W passage, as may be seen on the chart. A dangerous
wreck lies 11 miles ESE of Batu Penu (437N,
10804E).
Anchorages
Anchorage during the NE monsoon
3.45
1 During the NE monsoon (1.181) anchorage may be
obtained beyond the S edge of the coastal reef
approximately 2 miles SW of Pulau Laut (3.36), in depths
of 22 to 35 m.
3.46
1 An alternative anchorage, for vessels of a suitable size,
may be obtained inshore of the detached reefs, 1 mile S of
Pulau Laut (3.36). This anchorage may be approached from
the SW by steering towards Sengat (4397N, 107584E),
a rock lying on the coastal reef 6 cables off the SE
extremity of Pulau Laut, bearing 027, just open E of the E
side of Pulau Laut, until Batuimung (2 miles S), a detached
rock 18 m high, bears 125, thence alter course gradually
NW to bring that rock astern bearing 134, and anchor
when the SE extremity of Pulau Laut bears 082.
2 This anchorage may also be approached by steering for
the SE extremity of Pulau Laut, bearing 044, which leads
between the detached reefs in the entrance, until Batuimung
bears 125, thence proceed as directed above.
Anchorage during the SW monsoon
3.47
1 During the SW monsoon (1.181) good anchorage may
be obtained, in depths of 12 to 22 m, approximately
12 miles WSW of Pulau Sekatung peak (4474N,
108010E) (3.37).
Anchorage may also be obtained from 7 cables to
1 miles E of Pulau Sekatung peak, in depths of 16 to
18 m.
Other names
3.48
1 Glamis Castle (444N, 10803E).
Gloria, Karang (435N, 10758E).
Kia, Karang (434N, 10801E).
Laurel Reef (445N, 10809E).
Majam, Tanjung (441N, 10756E).
2 Parit (442N, 10756E).
Sebetul (442N, 10756E).
Tongkok (441N, 10757E).
Tuman, Karang (435N, 10803E).
PULAU-PULAU NATUNA BESAR AND
OFFLYING ISLETS, INCLUDING PULAU
MIDAI
General Information
Charts 1348, 1311
General description
3.49
1 Pulau-Pulau Natuna Besar, the middle group of
Kepulauan Natuna, comprises the islands and islets grouped
around Pulau Bunguran (400N, 10810E), the principal
and largest island (3.50). Other than Pulau Seluan (3.58),
Pulau Midai (3.54), Pulau Timau (3.55), Pulau Sedimin
(3.56) and Pulau Tokongboro (3.57), the islands and islets
lie within 7 miles of the coast of Pulau Bunguran.
The islands are sparsely populated, and are principally
under cultivation to grow coconuts.
2 Genteng (3.69), the principal village of Kepulauan
Natuna, is located on the E side of Pulau Sedanau (3.53).
The islands are of little importance to shipping. Sea traffic
consists mainly of local vessels, and vessels visiting the
islands usually anchor off and communicate with the shore
by boat. Logs are exported from anchorages. The logs are
brought to the anchorage by lighter, and ships gear and
labour are required to load them.
Chart 1348
Topography
3.50
1 Pulau Bunguran (400N, 10810E), is 36 miles in
length and is almost divided into two parts by Kuala
Bindjei and Sungai Penarik (3.73), which together extend
from the SW coast to within 5 cables of the SE side.
The island is fringed on all sides by a drying reef which
extends up to 2 miles offshore in places.
2 Pulau Bunguran is mountainous, particularly in the S
and E. In the S is a prominent ridge surmounted by
numerous sharp and prominent peaks, the highest being
Lucuk (340N, 10811E), a sharp peak 600 m (1968
ft)high located near the middle of the ridge. In the E is
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 3
77
Ranai Pegunungan (358N, 10821E), a range of three
prominent peaks which rise from the most S, with a square
mass of rock as its peak, to the N peak, which is the
highest, being 1035 m (3396 ft) high.
3 Within 12 miles of the coast of Pulau Bunguran there
are many small islands, islets, reefs, isolated rocks and
shoal patches. There are clear but narrow channels between
some of them, the position of which may best be seen on
the chart.
3.51
1 Pulau-Pulau Bodas (337N, 10804E) are a group of
moderately high, wooded islands lying close SW of Pulau
Bunguran. The group consists of three larger islands; in the
N, Pulau Kumbik 495 m (1623 ft) high; in the E, the
largest, Pulau Sebangmawang, with twin peaks, the highest
being 495 m (1623 ft) high; and in the S, Pulau Sededap
281 m (921 ft) high; and six smaller islands and islets.
3.52
1 Selat Lampa is the strait, 6 miles in length, which
separates Pulau-Pulau Bodas (3.51) from the SW side of
Pulau Bunguran (3.50). The NE side of the strait is fringed
by a narrow drying reef. Karang Lampa (3.68), a shoal
marked by a light, lies in the middle of the passage and
Pian Padang Light (3.61) is situated on the N side about
midway through the strait. Directions for the strait are
found at 3.66.
2 Caution. A strong current sometimes sets through the
strait.
3.53
1 Pulau Sedanau (348N, 10802E) lies 6 miles N of
Pulau-Pulau Bodas (3.51). It is a prominent and hilly
island, rising to 224 m (734 ft) in the SW. The island is
divided into two parts by a narrow creek, Selat Pemutus,
running from SW to NE. The village of Genteng (3.69) is
situated on its E side.
3.54
1 Pulau Midai (300N, 10747E) is the most S island of
the middle group of Kepulauan Natuna. The land, though
low near the coast, rises gradually towards the centre of the
island to a summit, at 180 m (589 ft), consisting of three
close peaks of almost equal height, only two of which are
visible from most directions. Coconut plantations cover the
lower part of the island. A light (3.61) is situated at an
elevation of 158 m (518 ft) about 1 mile S of the summit.
Two further lights are exhibited from the island, one from
the NW extremity and one from the SE extremity (3.64).
2 A road runs around the island. The principal villages are
Sambangbarat (3.84), located near the NW extremity of the
island, and Seblat (3.84), in the S. The population of about
500 are subject to a Rajah.
3 The island is fringed by a narrow drying reef and there
are numerous rocks and detached shoals all around the
island. These are mainly within the 10 m (36 ft) depth
contour but, extending up to 10 miles to the NNW, and
6 miles E, respectively, are the reefs of Karang-Karang
Diana and Karang Jackson. There are clear channels
between these reefs and Pulau Midai.
3.55
1 Pulau Timau (318N, 10733E), a small conical islet
65 m (212 ft) high, is located 21 miles NW of Pulau Midai.
It lies on a bank which extends up to 4 miles around it.
The depths over the bank are irregular, ranging from 46 to
46 m (15 ft to 25 fm), with some of the shoaler areas being
at the outer extremities of the bank.
3.56
1 Pulau Sedimin (324N, 10750E) consists of three
rocks, the most S being awash and the other two
prominent. Of the two prominent rocks, which are both
16 m (54 ft) high, the S rock is the larger. The rocks stand
near the centre of a steep-to bank some 4 miles in diameter
when bounded by the 37 m (20 fm) depth contour. Depths
over the bank range from 7 to 35 m (23 ft to 19 fm), with
some of the shoaler areas being at the outer extremities of
the bank.
2 An unnamed isolated shoal patch, with a depth of 3 m
(10 ft) over it, lies 11 miles S of Pulau Sedimin.
3.57
1 Pulau Tokongboro (404N, 10726E), 33 miles W of
the W extremity of Pulau Bunguran (3.50), is a group of
four above-water rocks standing close together on a
steep-to reef 5 cables in diameter. The two highest rocks
are 5 m (15 ft) high.
3.58
1 Pulau Seluan (408N, 10751E), 25 miles E of Pulau
Tokongboro and 11 miles off the NW coast of Pulau
Bunguran, is a hilly, wooded island, 300 m (983 ft) high.
The SW extremity of the island, marked by a light (3.61),
is the end of a small peninsula connected to the island by a
narrow neck of land; from the NW it appears as an islet.
2 Offlying dangers. A coral shoal with a least depth over
it of 33 m (11 ft) lies 2 miles W of the island. A shoal
area with a coral outcrop extends 7 cables E of the SE
point of the island.
Depths
3.59
1 For information on depths in the area the chart is the
best guide.
Local knowledge
3.60
1 See 3.30.
Major lights
3.61
1 Pulau Bunguran; Tanjung Senubing Light (framework
tower, 20 m in height) (358N, 10824E).
Pulau Seluan Light (4070N, 107508E).
Pian Padang Light (green metal framework tower,
30 m in height) (3400N, 108080E).
Pulau Midai Light (white metal framework structure,
30 m in height) (259N, 10747E).
Directions
Passage north of Pulau Bunguran
3.62
1 See 3.44.
Passage west, south and east of Pulau Bunguran
3.63
1 Beyond 12 miles off the coast of Pulau Bunguran, with
the exception of Pulau Midai (3.54), Karang Jackson
(3.54), Karang-Karang Diana (3.54), Pulau Timau (3.55),
Pulau Sedimin (3.56), the unnamed isolated shoal patch
(3.56) to the SW, and Pulau Tokongboro (3.57) to the W,
the positions of which may best be seen on the chart, there
is clear passage to the W, S and E of Pulau Bunguran.
Useful marks
3.64
1 In addition to the major light (3.61) on Pulau Midai, a
further two lights are exhibited, one from a position close
NE of the NW extremity of the island and one from the SE
extremity.
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 3
78
Anchorages
Charts 2140, 1348
Selat Lampa
3.65
1 Good anchorage can be obtained at the W end of Selat
Lampa (3.52), close S of Pulau Komang (341N,
10805E), in depths of 29 m (16 fm).
3.66
1 Directions. The anchorage S of Pulau Komang can be
approached via either the NW or SE entrance to Selat
Lampa (3.52).
3.67
1 Vessels approaching from W should make for the
anchorage, passing (with positions from Karang Lampa
(339N, 10806E)):
Clear of Batu Neneh (11 miles WNW), a small
isolated coral reef over which the sea breaks
heavily. Thence:
2 Clear of Pulau Burung (5 miles NW), an islet 27 m
(88 ft) high with three above-water rocks close S
of it, standing near the centre of a coral reef,
7 cables long. A light (white beacon) is exhibited
from the S part of the reef. Thence:
3 On a SE track through the NW entrance to Selat
Lampa (2 miles NW) which is about 1 mile
wide, and to the anchorage (2 miles NW).
3.68
1 Vessels approaching from SE should make for the
anchorage on a NW track, passing (with positions from
Karang Lampa (339N, 10806E) (below)):
Clear of an isolated shoal patch, with a depth of 6 m
(19 ft) over it (6 miles SE). Thence:
2 NE of Pulau Setahi (2 miles SE), a wooded islet,
117 m (383 ft) high, at the SE entrance to the
strait, which is 9 cables wide. A light (white
beacon) is exhibited from the SE side of the
island. Thence:
3 SW of Pian Padang Light (1 miles ENE) (3.61),
thence:
NE of Karang Lampa, a shoal to be found mid way
through the strait. A light-beacon (green beacon,
5 m in height) stands on the shoal. Thence:
To the anchorage (2 miles NW).
Chart 2140, plans of Approaches to Sedanau and Sedanau
Genteng
3.69
1 General description. Genteng, on the E side of Pulau
Sedanau (3.53), is a settlement linked by a bridge to the
town of Sedanau to the W of it. It consists of a group of
structures built on piles over the reef.
It is the principal village of Kepulauan Natuna. The
Indonesian Administrative Officers residence is at Ajer
Buluh, a village close S of the town of Sedanau.
3.70
1 Directions.The approach from seaward leads E, passing
(with positions from Batu Neneh (342N, 10756E)
(3.67)):
2 Clear of Batu Neneh, thence:
Close N of Karang Sedanau (6 miles ENE), a coral
shoal with a stranded wreck on it. A light (white
framework tower, 15 m in height) is exhibited from
Karang Sedanau. Thence:
3 In an ENE direction to the entrance (7 miles ENE)
to the narrow passage, marked by beacons, which
leads NE then NNW for 3 miles, from close S of
Pulau Sedanau to the anchorage off Genteng. The
passage is encumbered by reefs and shoals and is
suitable for use by small vessels only. A light
(white beacon, 10 m in height) is exhibited from a
position approximately 1 cable ENE of the
Government pier (3.71), shown on the chart.
3.71
1 Berth. There is a small Government pier, identified by a
little wooden cupola surmounted by a flagstaff, suitable
only for use by small vessels.
3.72
1 Communications. There are regular communications by
sea with Singapore as well as ports in the Republic of
Indonesia.
Chart 2140, plan of Approaches to Sedanau
Kuala Binjei
3.73
1 General description. Kuala Binjei (348N, 10811E),
SW Pulau Bunguran (3.50), is the estuary, formed by the
confluence to the E of the narrow Sungai Binjei and the
broader Sungai Penarik. An anchorage in Kuala Binjei,
close N of Tanjung Blitung (347N, 10812E), is used by
vessels loading logs. The nearest village, Binjei, is situated
2 miles upstream from the mouth of Sungai Binjei.
3.74
1 Directions. The estuary lies at the head of a broad bay
entered from seaward between Tanjung Belitung (353N,
10801E) in the N, and Pulau Komang (3.65), 12 miles S.
The bay is encumbered by islets, reefs and shoals.
Approaching from the W, vessels should keep clear of
Batu Neneh (342N, 10756E) (3.67), and enter the bay,
passing:
2 N or S of Pulau Burung (3.67), and make for the
vicinity of position 343N, 10804E, in the SW
of the bay, 1 miles NNW of Komang. Thence:
From the vicinity of 343N, 10804E, steer for the
narrow passage, entered 2 miles farther NE,
which leads mainly NE for 6 miles to Kuala
Binjei and the anchorage.
3 The passage is marked by beacons in places, and has a
least charted depth of 58 m (19 ft).
Alternatively, vessels may use the anchorage S of Pulau
Komang (3.65) to load logs.
Chart 1348
Ranai
3.75
1 General description. Teluk Ranai (357N, 10825E) on
the E side of Pulau Bunguran, 3 miles N of Tanjung Pasir
(3.77), is the bay formed by the coastal reef off the village
of Ranai.
2 Around the bay the shore is covered with coconut trees.
There are a number of houses amongst the trees, two of
which, at the head of the bay, are prominent.
Landing is possible at high water by boats capable of
crossing the reef. At low water the only landing place is an
indentation in the reef near the head of the bay.
3 A mooring buoy is positioned at the E end of a
submarine pipeline extending 8 cables from the shore close
N of Ranai.
3.76
1 Approaches. Two beacons mark the entrance to the bay
and the approach to the mooring buoy within the bay.
Temporary anchorage only may be obtained in Teluk
Ranai, which is open to the NE.
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 3
79
Chart 2140, plans of Sungai Ulu and approaches
Sungai Ulu
3.77
1 General description. Sungai Ulu discharges close W of
Tanjung Pasir (354N, 10824E), on the E side of Pulau
Bunguran. Close SSW of Tanjung Pasir stands the village
of Penagi, which consists of a number of stores standing
on the reef but connected to the shore by a bridge. At the
head of the bridge is a wharf, 80 m long, where small
vessels can berth. Above the wharf the river ceases to be
navigable, even by boats.
3.78
1 Approaches. A beacon 3 miles E of Tanjung Pasir
marks the approach to the entrance to the channel; the
entrance is also marked by beacons and lies between drying
coastal reefs 2 miles E of Tanjung Pasir; and beacons mark
part of the channel beyond, as may best be seen on the
chart.
3.79
1 Anchorage. Good anchorage can be obtained off the
entrance to the approach channel, 3 to 5 miles E of
Tanjung Pasir, in depths of 13 to 28 m (43 ft to 15 fm).
This anchorage is best approached from NE, with care
being taken to avoid the isolated offshore shoals and
dangers in the area.
Chart 2140, plan of Approaches to Sedanau
Minor anchorages
3.80
1 Penarik. Vessels can anchor off Penarik (344N,
10819E), a village on the E coast of Pulau Bunguran,
4 miles N of Tanjung Pianpadang (3.83). Discoloured water
marks the dangers in the approach to Penarik anchorage.
3.81
1 Pulau-Pulau Bodas. During the SW monsoon (1.181)
good anchorage can be obtained in the W entrance to the
channel between Pulau Kumbik (3.51) and Pulau
Sebangmawang, in depths of 9 to 11 m (28 to 38 ft), which
can be found in the vicinity of 3374N, 108032E, close
E of a line joining Pulau Buluh and the SW extremity of
Pulau Kumbik, 9 cables NNE.
Chart 1348
3.82
1 Teluk Sengiap (406N, 10817E), the S part of the
bight formed by Tanjung Datuk in the N and Tanjung
Sujung in the S, affords safe anchorage in depths of 14 m
(46 ft) or more. The bay is free of the fringing reef and has
a sandy beach.
2 The N part of the bight should not be approached within
depths of 22 m (12 fm).
Charts 2140, plan of Approaches to Sedanau, 1348
3.83
1 Pulau Bunguran. On the S side of the island, in the
small bay formed by Tanjung Pianpadang (340N,
10818E) and the arm of the coastal reef 1 mile W,
anchorage can be obtained for small vessels in depths of 7
to 9 m (23 to 29 ft).
2 On the E side of the island good anchorage may be
obtained for small vessels in Teluk Selahang, a shallow bay
6 cables SE of Tanjung Tanjung (401N, 10821E), in
depths of 7 to 9 m (24 to 30 ft).
Chart 1348
3.84
1 Pulau Midai. During the SW monsoon (1.181) vessels
may anchor off the village of Sambangbarat (300N,
10745E), on the NW coast of Pulau Midai (3.54), where
there is a break in the coastal reef, and a stone pier where
boats can land at all times. A store stands on the NE side
of the break, near the pier. A wreck lies on the edge of the
reef on the S side of the entrance.
2 During the NE monsoon (1.181) vessels may anchor off
Seblat (259N, 10747E), a village on the S coast of
Pulau Midai (3.54), where there is a break in the coastal
reef.
Anchorages. Sambangbarat:
3 Vessels should approach from the NW. The
anchorage, in a depth of 8 m (26 ft), is at a
distance of 5 cables from the store, with the pier
bearing 145.
Seblat:
4 Vessels should approach from the S and anchor with
the village bearing 316, and Tanjung Kapal, the
SE extremity of Pulau Midai, bearing 040, in
depths in excess of 20 m (65 ft). Caution: vessels
should not anchor inshore of the 20 m (65 ft) depth
contour because of the irregularity of depths, and
care should be taken to avoid the foul ground
close W.
Other names
3.85
1 Antu, Pulau (336N, 10805E).
Averpenipa, Teluk (400N, 10759E).
Bilit, Batu (356N, 10758E).
Bunga, Pulau (409N, 10807E).
Bungin, Teluk (351N, 10825E).
2 Bunta, Karang (421N, 10757E).
Buton (414N, 10812E).
Buton, Pulau (405N, 10808E).
Favorite, Alur Palayaran (410N, 10804E).
Genting, Pulau: Pulau Pulau Bodas (435N,
10805E).
3 Jantai, Pulau (346N, 10824E).
Ju, Tanjung (414N, 10811E).
Kapalapanjang, Tanjung (416N, 10813E).
Karang, Tanjung (353N, 10825E).
Kedei (414N, 10812E).
4 Kembang, Pulau (349N, 10800E).
Kemudi, Pulau (348N, 10825E).
Kokop, Pulau (352N, 10756E).
Kombeh Strait (336N, 10805E).
Kring, Karang (403N, 10828E).
5 Kukup, Tanjung (351N, 10825E).
Lamina, Karang (340N, 10822E).
Medang, Tanjung (345N, 10820E).
Melangi, Pulau (356N, 10800E).
Muara, Teluk (410N, 10815E).
6 Panda (414N, 10813E).
Panjan (414N, 10812E).
Panjang, Selat (415N, 10813E).
Papap, Tanjung (404N, 10802E).
Pasir, Pulau (348N, 10810E).
7 Payung, Tanjung (400N, 10758E).
Penganak, Pulau (356N, 10758E).
Penungul, Karang Karang (352N, 10831E).
Pisang, Pulau (358N, 10759E).
Sabai, Pulau (401N, 10757E).
8 Sabangar, Karang (355N, 10755E).
Salor, Pulau (354N, 10755E).
Samarago, Pulau (406N, 10800E).
Sedanau Channels (351N, 10756E).
Sedua, Pulau: W Bunguran (402N, 10755E).
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 3
80
9 Sekaram, Sungai (355N, 10801E).
Sekukur, Pulau (339N, 10813E).
Selentang, Pulau (336N, 10803E).
Selimu, Pulau (402N, 10755E).
Semama, Pulau (358N, 10757E).
10 Semapi, Karang (411N, 10801E).
Semarung, Pulau (346N, 10807E).
Semut, Tanjung (414N, 10813E).
Senua, Pulau (400N, 10825E).
Senua, Selat (359N, 10824E).
Serungus, Pulau (346N, 10807E).
11 Sungei, Tanjung (359N, 10823E).
Sungot, Pulau (348N, 10825E).
Tabi, Tanjung (349N, 10800E).
Tekolampak, Tanjung (338N, 10810E).
Terang, Tanjung (344N, 10807E).
Tukak, Teluk (338N, 10811E).
PULAU-PULAU SUBI BESAR, PULAU MURI
AND PULAU MERUNDUNG
General information
Charts 3834, 1336
General description
3.86
1 The S group of Kepulauan Natuna (3.23) consists of
three groups of islands or islets. The N and middle groups
are collectively known as Pulau-Pulau Subi Besar (240N,
10900E), and are centred around Pulau Subi Besar (3.89)
and Pulau Serasan (3.92), respectively. The third group are
the isolated islets and reefs extending SSE from Pulau
Serasan towards and including Pulau Merundung (204N,
10906E) (3.97), and SW to Pulau Muri (154N,
10839E) (3.98).
2 The three groups are separated from each other, and
from the coast of NW Borneo, by navigable channels
orientated SW to NE. Pulau Subi Besar is separated from
Pulau Serasan by Alur Pelayaran Kota (3.99); Pulau
Serasan is separated from Pulau Merundung and the other
islets and reefs SSE of it, by Alur Pelayaran Serasan
(3.100); and the whole are separated from the NW tip of
NW Borneo by Alur Pelayaran Api (3.120).
3.87
1 Most of the islands are planted with coconut trees, and
there are only a few villages. The principal villages being
Palempak (2306N, 109014E), on the SW side of Pulau
Serasan (3.92), where the Administrator of the S group of
Kepulauan Natuna resides, and from where there are
regular sea communications with other ports in the
Republic of Indonesia; and Batu Priuk, the principle village
in the N, on the S side of Pulau Subi Kecil (3.88). There
are also several villages along the NW side of Pulau
Panjang (3.90).
Topography
3.88
1 Pulau Subi Kecil (302N, 10851E) lies close N of
Pulau Subi Besar (3.89), and is the most N island of the S
group of Kepulauan Natuna. It is small, is surrounded by
the coastal drying reef, and rises to a height of 80 m in the
N.
2 Batu Ria, a prominent, barren white rock, stands on the
edge of the reef 2 miles ENE of Subi Kecil Light (3.103).
Two prominent and densely wooded islets lie between this
rock and Pulau Subi Kecil. A stranded wreck lies 1 mile
SE of the rock. Batu Ria should be given a wide berth as
the drying coastal reef extends approximately 1 mile NE
from it.
3.89
1 Pulau Subi Besar. The largest island of the S group,
Pulau Subi Besar (255N, 10850E) is a low, flat island
10 miles in length from N to S, and about 5 miles in
width. The N half of the island is surrounded by a coastal
drying reef extending up to 4 miles from it, and
encompassing Pulau Subi Kecil (3.88). Shallow water
surrounds the S half of the island, there being less than
10 m in depth up to 3 miles to the S, with shoals, reefs and
islets extending beyond that, but within the 20 m depth
contour, up to 12 miles to the S.
3.90
1 Pulau Panjang (245N, 10854E) lies 8 miles SSE of
Pulau Subi Besar, on the largest reef within the 20 m depth
contour surrounding Pulau Subi Besar. The island is low,
3 miles long from SW to NE, and the surrounding drying
reef extends up to 2 miles from it to the SW.
3.91
1 Pulau Seraya (241N, 10834E) lies 16 miles SW of
Pulau Subi Besar. The E side is low, sandy and fringed by
drying reefs. The W side rises steeply from the sea. There
is a drying reef along the NW side, and foul ground
extends 4 cables offshore. The island is 3 miles long from
N to S, and hilly. Two peaks stand near the centre of the
island, the S peak, 254 m, being the highest.
2 A light (3.103) is exhibited from the W side of the
island.
3.92
1 Pulau Serasan, (230N, 10902E) the second largest
island in the S group, is 9 miles long from E to W. It lies
20 miles SSE of Pulau Subi Besar. The island is
mountainous, the highest peak being Burang in the S, with
a height of 441 m. In the extreme NW, Kota, a hill 232 m
high, has prominent bare red patches, and is nearly vertical
on its W side; and on the extreme NE point of the island
there is a small, isolated hillock which, when seen from a
distance, appears as a separate islet.
2 A series of drying reefs extend broadly SW from the S
side of the island for up to 6 miles, measured from within
the bight on the SW side of Pulau Serasan to 1 miles
beyond the S side of Batuberian Besar (3.93).
3.93
1 Pulau Batuberian Besar. There are several islets and
isolated rocks on the reefs SW of Pulau Serasan. The
largest islet, and the one farthest from Pulau Serasan, is
Pulau Batuberian Besar (230N, 10857E). It attains an
elevation of 228 m in the N.
3.94
1 Pulau Sempadi. A number of islets and isolated rocks
and shoal patches extend 8 miles NNE from the most NE
point of Pulau Serasan, the largest being Pulau Sempadi
(235N, 10910E), 166 m high. Others are Pulau Kepala,
the most NE, a low rock; Pulau Sedua, and Pulau Genting.
3.95
1 Pulau Perhantuan (228N, 10907E), an isolated islet
146 m high, lies 2 miles SE of Pulau Serasan.
3.96
1 Pulau Malu (218N, 10854E) lies 13 miles SSW of
Pulau Serasan. It is a small isolated islet, 143 m high,
fringed by a narrow reef.
3.97
1 Pulau Merundung (204N, 10906E), a small swampy
island covered with mangroves, and with two low hills
with lofty trees on them, lies 25 miles SSE from Pulau
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 3
81
Serasan. The tree tops on top of the hills have an elevation
of about 36 m. A light (3.103) stands on the W side of the
island.
2 The island lies at the SW end of a bank 18 miles in
length from SW to NE, and with a maximum width of
6 miles, measured at the 20 m depth contour surrounding
the bank.
3.98
1 Pulau Muri (154N, 10839E), lies 29 miles WSW of
Pulau Merundung and consists of two small, densely
wooded islets joined by a drying reef. A narrow reef
fringes both islets. The W islet, the larger, is 102 m high
with a light (3.103), and the E islet is 85 m high.
2 Caution. In 1992 it was reported that these islets, and
Pulau Muri Kecil, a steep-to isolated rock, 24 m high,
lying 2 miles S of Pulau Muri, lie 7 cables SW of their
charted position.
A dangerous wreck lies about 10 miles SW of Pulau
Muri.
3.99
1 Alur Pelayaran Kota is the channel, 10 miles in width,
between the Pulau Subi Besar group and Pulau Serasan.
The channel is clear of encumbrances except for Karang
Haynes, a coral shoal with a depth of 6 m over it, situated
in mid-channel at the W entrance, 8 miles WNW of Pulau
Serasan.
2 Caution. During the SW monsoon (May to September)
a current, setting N at a rate of 2 kn., has been observed
in Alur Pelayaran Kota.
In October 1960 and January 1961 a vessel experienced
an E set of 1 kn to 2 kn in the N approach to Alur
Pelayaran Kota.
3.100
1 Alur Pelayaran Serasan is the channel, about 7 miles
wide, which lies between Pulau Serasan in the N, and
Pulau Malu (3.96) and Karang-Karang Malu, a series of
unmarked coral reefs and shoal patches, some of which dry,
extending 15 miles ENE of Pulau Malu, in the S.
2 Pulau Perhantuan (3.95) marks the E entrance to the
channel. In 1973 a shoal patch, with a depth of 151 m
over it, was reported to lie in mid channel at the W
entrance, 5 miles NNE of Pulau Malu.
3 Karang-Karang Sembuni are a series of reefs consisting
of shallow rocky heads, the most W of which, 9 miles N
of Pulau Merundung (3.97), dries. From this drying part of
the reef the remainder of the reefs extends 8 miles ENE.
Depths
3.101
1 For information on depths in the area the chart is the
best guide.
Local knowledge
3.102
1 See 3.30.
Major lights
3.103
1 Pulau Midai Light (3.61).
Pulau Muri Light (white metal framework tower,
20 m in height) (154N, 10839E). A racon is
fitted.
Pulau Subi Kecil Light (white metal framework
tower, 22 m in height) (303N, 10851E).
2 Pulau Seraya Light (white beacon) (2411N,
108341E).
Pulau Merundung Light (white metal framework
tower, 30 m in height) (205N, 10906E).
Directions
(continued from 3.20)
Charts 1311, 1336
Passage N of Pulau Subi Besar
3.104
1 The principal route for low-powered vessels (2.6)
continues in an ENE direction for 89 miles from longitude
10730E in the vicinity of 236N to a position N of Pulau
Subi Kecil (3.88), passing:
2 SSE of Pulau Midai (300N, 10747E) (3.54)
thence:
SSE of Karang Jackson (259N, 10752E) (3.54),
thence:
3 Well clear of a small islet (258N, 10822E), 2 m in
height, reported 1993, thence (with positions from
Pulau Subi Kecil Light (303N, 10851E)
(3.103)):
NNW of Karang Jaring (23 miles SW), a coral shoal
with 3 m of water over it, lying 4 miles NNE of
Pulau Seraya (3.91), thence:
4 Clear of a coral shoal patch (18 miles W), with
37 m of water over it, thence:
NNW of Pulau Bakau (11 miles SW), a small island
3 miles W of Pulau Subi Besar (3.89), thence:
NNW of a stranded wreck (7 miles SW), lying close
W of the coastal drying reef W of Pulau Subi
Besar (3.89), thence:
5 SSE of a shoal patch (17 miles NW) (reported 1983),
with 38 m of water over it, thence:
To a position N of Pulau Subi Kecil.
See also 3.63 regarding waters off Pulau Bunguran.
(Directions for the recommended route for low-powered
vessels continue at 2.15)
Anchorages
Chart 3834
Pelabuhan Serasan
3.105
1 General description. Pelabuhan Serasan (229N,
10901E) is the whole of the narrow passage between
Pulau Serasan (3.92) and the extensive reef to the SW. It is
also the approach channel for the village of Palempak
(3.87).
2 Good shelter is afforded to small vessels in all seasons.
Vessels may anchor in Pelabuhan Serasan 2 cables SW of
Tanjung Seganding (3.107), in depths of 14 to 18 m, or
farther N, according to monsoon.
3 A jetty, 500 m in length, projects NW from the village
of Palempak. The jetty can be reached by boat through a
narrow channel marked by beacons.
3.106
1 Approaches. Pelabuhan Serasan is entered from SE
between Batua Pacil and Batu Hol, 2 shoals lying SW of
Tanjung Ibul (229N, 10901E). A light-beacon (white,
10 m in height) stands on Batu Pacil, and a beacon (white
framework tower, 10 m in height) on Batu Hol. The
channel is marked by beacons on both sides. If approaching
from the SW care must be taken not to confuse one of the
beacons marking the shoals in the S part of Pelabuhan
Serasan with the light-beacon marking Batu Pacil.
2 Caution. Pelabuhan Serasan should not be entered from
the W as the entrance is unmarked.There are many shallow
patches at the entrance, and several awash and below-water
rocks within.
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 3
82
3.107
1 Directions. Pelabuhan Serasan should be approached
keeping Tanjung Seganding, a point 1 mile NW of Tanjung
Ibul (3.106), in line with Kota hill (3.92) bearing 336,
which leads through the shoals at the entrance, thence:
2 When Tanjung Ibul bears 083 and is in line with the
SE extremity of Pulau Serasan, alter course to
bring the outer detached rock, 2 cables S of
Tanjung Tebur (231N, 10859E), just open E of
the NE extremity of Pulau Besar, an island 110 m
high 1 mile W of Tanjung Seganding, bearing
318, which leads between the beacons to the
anchorage 2 cables SW of Tanjung Seganding.
Serasan Light is exhibited from a point 5 cables N
of Tanjung Segading.
3 If proceeding farther N vessels should steer between the
reefs and anchor as convenient about 6 cables NW of
Tanjung Seganding.
Charts 3834, 1311, 1336
Minor anchorages
3.108
1 Pulau Subi Kecil. Good anchorage can be obtained
close beyond the edge of the drying reef in the small bay
N of the lighthouse on Pulau Subi Kecil (303N,
10851E) (3.103). There is a sandy beach there; a narrow
passage marked by a beacon leads to the beach, and
landing by boat is practicable, however, boats must guard
against the strong current that sets across the passage to the
beach.
3.109
1 Batu Priuk (3.87). Good anchorage is afforded for small
craft in a natural basin in the coastal reef (301N,
10852E). The basin is reached by a narrow passage
through the E side of the reef; there is good anchorage off
the entrance to this passage.
3.110
1 Pulau Serasan. Anchorage (231N, 10857E), in
depths of 10 m, can be obtained during the SW monsoon
(May to September), 1 miles NW of Pulau Batuberian
Kecil, an islet close NE of Pulau Batuberian Besar (3.93),
with the SW side of this island in line with the summit of
Pulau Perayun Besar, an islet 110 m high lying 1 miles
WSW of Tanjung Ibul (3.106), bearing 129.
2 Caution. Care must be taken to avoid the shoals N of
Pulau Batuberian Besar, the position of which may best be
seen on the chart.
3.111
1 Pulau Muri. Anchorage (154N, 10839E) in depths of
29 m can be obtained N of the reef joining the islets (3.98),
or close to the S side of the W islet, according to the
prevailing wind.
2 Near each anchorage there is a refuge hut which can be
reached by a narrow channel through the coastal reef,
marked by beacons.
Other names
3.112
1 Dengayak, Pulau (258N, 10847E).
Jabak, Karang (247N, 10844E).
Japu, Pulau (245N, 10851E).
Jaring, Karang (247N, 10836E).
Karang Dua, Pulau (243N, 10836E).
Kerdau, Pulau (242N, 10853E).
2 Latu, Batu (245N, 10849E).
Laut, Karang (255N, 10859E).
Mambat, Pulau (248N, 10854E).
Pumubabung, Karang (243N, 10846E).
Robin Hood, Karang (348N, 10849E).
Sebiang, Pulau (246N, 10852E).
3 Serdang, Karang (301N, 10900E).
Swanley, Karang (243N, 10841E).
Temberlai, Pulau (252N, 10854E).
Tudang, Pulau (255N, 10845E).
NORTH-WEST COAST OF KALIMANTAN (INDONESIAN BORNEO)
GENERAL INFORMATION
Charts 3720, 3834, 1336
Scope of the section
3.113
1 This section contains a description of the coast and sea
area along the NW coast of Kalimantan from 117N,
10900E, close N of Pulau Pontianak, an islet, 55 m high,
lying close off the coast 5 mile NNE of the entrance to
Sungai Sambas Besar (111N, 10858E), to Tanjung Datu
(205N, 10938E) (3.126), the most N point of
Kalimantan, on the border between Indonesian and
Malaysian Borneo, and including Alur Pelayaran Api
(200N, 10915E) (3.120) E, the main channel off NW
Kalimantan.
2 The area S of 117N, including Pulau Pontianak and
Sungai Sambas Besar, is described in the Indonesia Pilot
Volume I .
Routes
3.114
1 The alternative route (2.7) from Singapore to Hong
Kong for low-powered vessels during the NE monsoon
(1.181) passes ENE through Alur Pelayaran Api, otherwise
passage is coastal.
Topography
3.115
1 The coast described in this section is low, flat and
wooded except in the vicinity of the peninsula having
Tanjung Datu at its tip. Here the coast becomes rugged and
precipitous, and the peninsula is mountainous.
2 There are no hazards to navigation beyond the 20 m
depth contour, other than the shoal patches shown on the
chart.
Caution
3.116
1 Floating logs. See 1.5.
3.117
1 Tidal streams. In a position 2 miles NW of Tanjung Api
(3.126) the tidal streams set ENE and SSW, rate from 2 kn
to 2 kn. Farther W, between Tanjung Api and Pulau Muri
(3.98), they set S and NE.
Off Tanjung Datu, during June, the stream was observed
to set SSW for 15 hours consecutively at an average rate
of 1 kn.
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 3
83
2 In Alur Pelayaran Api (3.120) the stream sets SW for
from 16 to 19 hours each day.
With a fresh N wind and a N-going stream there are tide
rips on Permatang Naga (3.120), which from a distance,
resemble breakers.
There are strong eddies off Tanjung Datu.
SUNGAI SAMBAS BESAR TO TANJUNG
DATU
Charts 3720, 3834
Route
3.118
1 From a position W of Pulau Pontiak (116N, 10859E)
the coastal route runs 28 miles N to a position S of Pulau
Muri (3.98), where it joins the alternative route for
low-powered vessels (2.7 and 3.126) for passage through
Alur Pelayaran Api (3.120) to a position N of Tanjung
Datu (3.126).
Topography
3.119
1 The coast N of 117N, 10900E is low, flat and
wooded as far as Tanjung Blimbing (145N, 10916E),
where a range of hills rises to the E and NE.
Tanjung Blimbing marks the entrance to Sungai Paloh
(3.128). Low, and surrounded by continually shifting
sand-spits, it is guard by an outer coastal bank 5 miles to
the W, which has a least depth of 15 m over it. In 1959
Tanjung Blimbing was reported to be extending SSW.
2 Tanjung Bayung lies between Pulau Pontianak and
Tanjung Blimbing, 19 miles NNE of Pulau Pontianak.
N of Tanjung Blimbing the coast is low and flat until
6 miles SW of Tanjung Datu (3.126), when it gradually
rises and becomes precipitous.
3 Tanjung Datu rises to two prominent summits; Gunung
Datu and Gunung Malaka (3.123). Gunung Pangi (3.123),
an isolated peak rising from low ground 2 miles S of
Gunung Malaka, marks the mountainous country which
extends into the interior and begins 11 miles S of it.
4 Tanjung Api (3.126) lies 20 miles WSW of Tanjung
Datu. It is a low sandy point, covered by virgin forest.
Tanjung Mungguresak (3.126), 1 miles SW of Tanjung
Api, is another low sandy point. 5 cables S of this point
there is a firm sandy beach, free from rocks and sheltered
from the surf during the NE monsoon (1.181).
5 Within the 20 m depth contour there are many banks
and shoal patches, especially N of Tanjung Bayung.
Beyond the 20 m depth contour there are no offlying
dangers, except that there are a few isolated shoal patches
W of Tanjung Blimbing, the shoalest of which is reported
to have a least depth of 158 m over it.
3.120
1 Alur Pelayaran Api is the channel separating Pulau
Merundung (3.97), the S island of the S group of
Kepulauan Natuna (3.23) from the NW coast of Borneo. It
is relatively deep and clear of dangers beyond the coastal
20 m depth contour; with the exception of Permatang Naga,
4 miles N of Tanjung Datu, which has a least depth over
it of 79 m. The least depth in the channel is 148 m: the
position of the shoals and isolated shoal patches in Alur
Pelayaran Api may best be seen on the chart.
Depths
3.121
1 For information on depths in the area the chart is the
best guide.
Caution. Mariners are advised to exercise caution as
uncharted coral heads may exist. See 3.6.
Local knowledge
3.122
1 See 3.30.
Principal marks
3.123
1 Landmarks:
Gunung Melintang (145N, 10924E), 345 m in
height, is the most prominent of the range of hills
8 miles E of Tanjung Blimbing. Other hills, with
their positions relative to Gunung Melintang, are:
Gunung Belautunggal (4 miles E), 500 m in height;
2 Bukit Sagu (2 miles W), 245 m in height;
Bukit Setengah (2 miles WNW), 245 m in height;
Bukit Ambawang (4 miles WSW), 160 m in height;
Gunung Asuansang (6 miles NE), 600 m in height;
Bukit Mungguresak (12 miles NNW), 70 m in height,
is wooded, with sloping sides;
3 Bukit Cermai (10 miles N), 75 m in height;
Gunung Datu (23 miles NE) 537 m in height;
Gunung Malaka (22 miles NE), 587 m in height;
Gunung Pangi (20 miles NE) is an isolated peak,
350 m in height, rising from low ground.
3.124
1 Major lights:
Pulau Muri Light (3.103);
Pulau Merundung Light (3.103);
Tanjung Datu Light (concrete cylindrical tower, 8 m
in height) (205N, 10938E).
Directions
Pulau Pontiak to Tanjung Datu
3.125
1 From a position about 20 miles W of Pulau Pontiak
(116N, 10859E), a small prominent islet 55 m in height
(See Indonesia Pilot Volume I), the coastal route runs N
then ENE for about 95 miles to a position N of Tanjung
Datu (205N, 10938E) (3.126), passing (with positions
from Pulau Muri Light (154N, 10839E) (3.103)):
W of Tanjung Bayung (34 miles SE), thence:
2 W of Tanjung Blimbing (38 miles ESE), low, and
surrounded by continually shifting sandspits at the
entrance to Sungai Paloh (3.128). This position
coincides with the position S of Pulau Muri on the
alternative route for low-powered vessels (3.126),
from where, that route, and the coastal route,
follow the same track to Tanjung Datu.
(Directions continue at 3.126)
Alternative route for low-powered vessels
3.126
(Continued from 3.22 and 3.125)
1 The alternative route for low-powered vessels (2.7)
continues E then ENE, for 107 miles from longitude
10800E in the vicinity of latitude 139N, via Alur
Pelayaran Api (3.120), to a position N of Tanjung Datu,
passing (with positions from Tanjung Api (157N,
10920E) (below)):
2 S of a wreck with a depth of 30 m over it (1486N,
108290E), thence:
About 10 miles S of Pulau Muri (42 miles W) (3.98),
in which vicinity it is joined by the NW
Kalimantan coastal route (3.125). Pulau Muri Kecil
(3.98) lies 2 miles S. Thence:
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 3
84
3 The track leads ENE in mid-channel through Alur
Pelayaran Api (9 miles NNW) (3.120), passing:
SSE of Pulau Merundung (16 miles WNW) (3.97) on
which stands light (3.103), thence:
4 NNW of Tanjung Mungguresak (1 miles SW), low
and sandy. During the NE monsoon (1.181) good
landing can be obtained on a firm sandy beach,
free from rocks and sheltered from surf, 5 cables S
of this point. Thence:
5 NNW of Tanjung Api, a low sandy point covered
with virgin forest. Foul ground, with drying rocks,
lies between it and Tanjung Mungguresak (above).
A shoal ridge lies 1 mile WNW of Tanjung Api.
Thence:
6 To a position N of Tanjung Datu (20 miles ENE),
passing clear of Permatang Naga (22 miles NE)
(3.120). Tanjung Datu, rugged and precipitous, is
the termination of a mountainous peninsula which
rises to two prominent peaks, Gunung Datu and
Gunung Malaka (3.123). The W side of Tanjung
Datu is fringed by a narrow bank, and the wrecks
of two steel barges lie on the rocks 1 miles SSW
of the point. A light (3.124) is exhibited from the
point at an elevation of about 171 m; the old light,
on a small round concrete base, stands close N for
use in emergency. A wind-driven generator (metal
tower, 6 m in height) stands close SE of the
light-tower.
(Directions for the alternative route for
low-powered vessels continue at 2.17,
and for the coastal route at 4.20)
Anchorages
3.127
1 Bukit Mungguresak. In 1933, HMS Falmouth anchored
in a depth of 64 m, soft mud, 2 miles 234 from Bukit
Mungguresak (3.123); the holding ground was good.
Tanjung Datu. Anchorage can be obtained in depths of
11 to 15 m about 1 mile off the W side of Tanjung Datu
(3.126).
Sungai Paloh
Chart 3834
General description
3.128
1 Sungai Paloh (148N, 10920) is of little importance to
shipping. There is a small pier at the Custom House on the
E side of Tanjung Blimbing, 2 miles N of its extremity.
2 The action of the sea on the coastal sand-spits forming
Tanjung Blimbing causes both the position of the entrance
and the depth at the entrance to Sungai Paloh to be subject
to change. Within the entrance there are depths of 2 to
7 m, thence depths in the fairway are not less than 6 m as
far as the confluence, 8 miles upstream, of Sungai Paloh
with Sungai Sekuyu and Sungai Bemban. Each of these
rivers, and Sungai Cermai, which enters Sungai Paloh
2 miles below them is navigable, by vessels drawing 37 m,
for about 5 miles from its entrance.
3 The neighbourhood of Sungai Paloh is thinly populated;
the inhabitants in the vicinity trade in copra.
3.129
1 Approaches. Vessels should not attempt to pass N or S
of the outer coastal bank (3.119) without up-to-date local
knowledge of possible depth changes.
3.130
1 Tidal stream. At the entrance the tidal stream sets
strongly SSW during the in-going stream, and also at HW.
Directions
3.131
1 The normal entrance is between the S tip of Tanjung
Blimbing and the islet with some very tall trees on it,
2 cables SE, thence:
W of Pulau Tua, the islet, also with tall trees on it,
lying close E of and parallel to Tanjung Blimbing.
Thence:
Up river in mid channel.
3.132
1 Caution. Both Tanjung Blimbing and the neighbouring
islets have yellow beaches, and it is difficult to distinguish
one from another until close W of the entrance.
Home Contents Index
NOTES
85
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER
5
CHAPTER
3
T. Baram
Miri
Bintulu
T.Sirik
T.Datu
Batang Igan
Batang
Rajang
B
a
t
a
n
g
L
u
p
a
r
S
u
n
g
a
i
S
a
r
a
w
a
k
Kuching
S A R A W A K
Sarikei
Sibu 162*
Kuala Baram
Batang Paloh
Tanjung Manis
L
e
b
a
-
a
n
1
6
2
*
Charts *161, *162, & *163 are in preparation
8
6
4.20
2.15
2.17
4.50
4.99
4.102
4.252
4.270
4.316
4.349
2.18
4.46
4.356
4.323
4.265
4.253
4.194
4.135
4.214
4.152
4.113
1949
3838
2100
1748
3837 3836
3835
1336
3834
1822
1823
161*
163*
*163
*162
2
3
4
5
109 110 111 112 113 114
1
2
3
4
5
1
109 110 Longitude 111 East from Greenwich 112 113 114
Chapter 4 - North-west coast of Sarawak
March 2004
Home Contents Index
87
CHAPTER 4
NORTHWEST COAST OF BORNEO FROM TANJUNG DATU TO TANJUNG BARAM
GENERAL INFORMATION
Charts 3482, 3483
Scope of the chapter
4.1
1 In this chapter are described:
Offshore oil fields off the NW coast of Sarawak
(4.10).
The waters off the NW coast of Sarawak, between
Tanjung Datu (205N, 10938E) and Tanjung
Baram (436N, 11358E), 300 miles ENE.
Also described are the coastal routes and the ports and
anchorages associated with them.
Topography
4.2
1 In general the coastline is low, flat, and fronted by tidal
mud or sand flats, but is fairly free of fringing reefs. The
coast is fairly regular, but is indented by two large bays.
The larger of these bays is located between Tanjung Datu
(205N, 10938E) (3.126), and Tanjung Sirik (247N,
11119E), the other is Brunei Bay (5.63) about 80 miles
NE of Tanjung Baram. A number of rivers discharge into
the sea along this section of coast, with many of them
being navigable for some distance inland by small craft.
2 Much of the country bordering the NW coast of
Sarawak is low, but about 25 miles inland a mountain range
stretches in a NE direction through the island, terminating
in Gunung Kinabalu (6.2). There is also a coastal range
running parallel with this inland range.
3 A number of peaks are prominent, with Gunung Subis
(348N, 11347E) (4.314) very conspicuous, which can be
seen for a great distance offshore.
Wrecks
4.3
1 There are a number of wrecks off the coast of Sarawak,
the positions of which can best be seen on the charts.
Some, particularly in the shallower waters, may be a
danger to shipping.
Submarine cable
4.4
1 A submarine cable extends SW between Miri (424N,
11359E) and Bintulu (311N, 11302E), and another
extends generally N from Miri as shown on the chart. For
general information on submarine cables see 1.68.
Submarine pipelines
4.5
1 Within the offshore oil and gas fields, submarine
pipelines carrying either oil or gas are laid between the
various platforms, and also from them to collecting stations
ashore and export terminals.
For the dangers associated with oil and gas pipelines see
1.66.
Floating hazards
4.6
1 See 1.5.
Natural conditions
4.7
1 Currents and tidal streams. As a general rule the
current along the NW coast of Sarawak sets SW from
January through March and September, and sets NE during
the other months. Generally the currents are weak, setting
at a rate of less than kn. During the monsoon periods
(1.181), the mean rates increase to between to 1 kn.
Currents of up to 2 to 3 kn may be experienced at times in
any part of this area in any month. In the vicinity of the
offshore reefs local tidal currents set onto and away from
the reefs on all sides. These currents attain greater rates in
the narrow channels through the reefs, but generally they
are weak or inappreciable. Between Tanjung Api (3.126)
and Tanjung Sirik the stream sets NE for about 4 hours and
SW for about 8 hours. There is considerable indraught with
the NEgoing stream to the rivers between Sungai Sarawak
(4.33) and Tanjung Sirik.
2 Tides are mainly diurnal and the average rise of tide
ranges from 1 to 15 m.
4.8
1 Weather. In addition to the prevailing winds (1.209),
land and sea breezes are effective throughout the year, the
prevailing wind flow being modified to the extent whereby
both N and S winds tend to become W by day and E by
night.
2 The whole area is subject to heavy rainfall, squalls, and
dense fog in the morning which occurs every month of the
year; thus often reducing visibility and impeding navigation
for some hours. September and October are the months
with the heaviest rainfall which may affect the working of
cargo.
Piracy
4.9
1 See 1.111.
Charts 3837, 3838, 3483
Oil and gas offshore fields
4.10
1 The major offshore oil and gas fields which lie within
the limits of this chapter can be found in several locations
lying off the NW coast of Sarawak between Tanjung Datu
(205N, 10938E) and Tanjung Baram (436N, 11358E).
The largest, West Lutong Oil Field, is centred on 430N,
11354E.
2 For regulations concerning these fields see 1.22.
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 4
88
Listed oil fields
4.11
Name Position Remarks
D35 346N, 11204E Racon
D18 336N, 11223E
Bayan 326N, 11223E
Temena A 314N, 11243E
Temena B 315N, 11248E
West Patricia 334N, 11249E Tanker mooring buoy
Central Luconia 420N, 11241E Gas field, Racon
Platform 438N, 11218E
Platform 431N, 11229E
Name Position Remarks
Platform 447N, 11228E
Central Luconia 447N, 11329E Tanker mooring buoy
Bokor 433N, 11337E
Betty 436N, 11338E
Tukau 425N, 11343E
Baronia 445N, 11344E
Siwa 418N, 11348E
Bakau 434N, 11349E
Baram 441N, 11351E
West Lutong 430N, 11354E See 4.359
NORTHWEST COAST OF SARAWAK TANJUNG DATU TO TANJUNG PO INCLUDING
KUCHING GENERAL INFORMATION
Chart 3834
Scope of the section
4.12
1 In this section is described the coastal route between
Tanjung Datu (205N, 10938E) and Tanjung Po (144N,
11031E), including the ports, harbours, anchorages and
small craft information associated with them.
Topography
4.13
1 Between Tanjung Datu and Tanjung Sipang (148N,
11020E), the N extremity of a mountainous peninsula
45 miles ESE, the coast forms a bay near the head of
which Batang Kayan (4.22) and several rivers discharge.
Tanjung Serabang (159N, 10940E) lies 6 miles S of
Tanjung Datu; the coast between is fringed by a bank upon
which lie several rocks which dry. Pulau Datu lies close
offshore, 1 miles SSW of Tanjung Serabang. The land is
mainly low, and densely wooded, consisting of jungle and
mangrove forest backed by a coastal mountain range. Two
sugarloaf peaks near Tanjung Sipang, The Pouce (148N,
11020E) (4.19) and Gunung Santubong 3 miles S (4.19)
are prominent, as is Gunung Serapi (4.19), 13 miles farther
SW.
Natural conditions
4.14
1 See 4.7.
COASTAL ROUTE TANJUNG DATU TO
TANJUNG PO
General information
Charts 3834, 3835
Routes
4.15
1 From a position N of Tanjung Datu (205N, 109 38E)
(3.126), to a position NNE of Tanjung Po (144N,
11031E) (4.36), the route leads ESE for about 56 miles.
4.16
1 Vessels bound for Chinese ports from the NW coast of
Borneo should use Palawan Passage (7.15) in preference to
the route on the E side of Palawan. See Philippine Islands
Pilot for details of the latter route.
A section of the route from Singapore to Hong Kong for
lowpowered vessels passes through the offshore part of
the area, see 2.18.
Topography
4.17
1 See 4.13.
Natural conditions
4.18
1 See 4.7.
Principal marks
4.19
1 Landmarks:
The Pouce (148N, 11020E), 530 m in height, the
N sugarloaf peak.
Gunung Santubong (144N, 11020E), 868 m in
height, the S sugarloaf peak.
Gunung Serapi (135N, 11011E), 910 m in height, a
sharp prominent peak.
2 Major lights:
Tanjung Datu Light (205N, 10938E) (3.124).
Tanjung Sipang Light (1484N, 110199E).
Tanjung Po Light (aluminium pyramidal tower, 18 m
in height) (1435N, 110312E).
Directions
(continued from 3.126)
4.20
1 From a position N of Tanjung Datu (205N, 10938E)
(3.126), the coastal route leads 56 miles ESE to a position
NNE of Tanjung Po, passing (with positions from Pulau
Satang Besar (147N, 11009E)):
2 NNE of Pulau Talang Talang Besar (24 miles WNW),
113 m in height, which has a sandy beach on its E
side and a bank with depths of less than 2 m
extending 2 cables S. Pulau Talang Talang Kecil
lies 1 mile SSW and Batu Penyu, which dries, a
further 1 mile SSW. Thence:
3 NNE of Pulau Satang Besar, 207 m in height, heavily
wooded except on its SE side. It is steepto other
than to the S where a coral reef extends 1 cable
offshore and a drying sandbank a further 3 cables.
Pulau Satang Kecil, densely wooded and fringed
by a reef extending 5 cables S, lies 1 mile S and
Pulau Sampadi, 122 m in height, which has rocks
and foul ground extending W from it, lies 5 miles
SW. Several fish havens are within 3 miles of the
N of Pulau Satang Besar and Pulau Sampadi.
Thence:
4 Clear of two dangerous wrecks (10 miles NNE),
marked on their N side by a lightbuoy (isolated
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 4
89
danger), noting a fish haven formed by an artificial
reef of used tyres which lies 3 miles S, and:
5 NNE of the stranded wreck of a barge (4 miles E),
marked by a lightbeacon (isolated danger), and:
Clear of a dangerous wreck (18 miles NNE), the
position of which is approximate, thence:
6 Clear of Batu Samarang, a steepto rock awash, lying
3 miles N of Tanjung Sipang (10 miles E) (4.13).
A light (4.19) is exhibited from Tanjung Sipang. In
bad weather or heavy swell the sea breaks on the
rock, the site of a fish haven, but in fine weather
it is difficult to distinguish and should be given a
wide berth. A dangerous wreck, marked by a
lightbuoy (N cardinal), lies 1 miles W of
Tanjung Sipang. Thence:
7 Clear of fish havens situated 5 to 10 miles ENE of
Tanjung Sipang, thence:
To a position N of Tanjung Po (22 miles ESE).
(Directions continue for Kuching at 4.46, and for the
coastal passage at 4.99)
Minor ports, anchorages and channels
Chart 3834
Sungai Sematan
4.21
1 General information. Sungai Sematan (148N,
10947E) is entered through Kuala Sematan. A light
(triangular daymark, point up, on beacon) stands on the
NW entrance point. The entrance channel lies between two
drying spits which extend up to 7 cables NE of the entry
points. The channel depths are constantly changing, and
entry should not be attempted without local knowledge.
Sematan, a Government Station situated on the W bank of
the entrance, is the most W port in Sarawak.
2 Pegunungan Pueh, a range of high mountains with Bukit
Kanyi (143N, 10940E), its highest peak, situated near
the centre of the range, extends S from a position 5 miles
W of Sematan. Gunung Berumput lies 1 miles S of Bukit
Kanyi, with Bukit Lonchet and Gunung Pueh situated
3 miles and 4 miles N respectively.
3 Directions. Kuala Sematan Leading Lights stand
2 cables S of the NW entrance point:
Front light (1487N, 109465E).
Rear light (about 50 m SW of front).
The alignment (226) of these lights leads over the bar
and thence to the alignment of Sungai Sematan Leading
Lights:
4 Front light (concrete post; white triangular daymark,
point up) (1484N, 109465E).
Rear light (concrete post; white triangular daymark,
point down) (100 m from front).
The alignment (205) of these lights then leads towards
the town.
5 Caution. Because of the changing nature of the bar and
channel, these leading lines may not always indicate the
deepest water.
Anchorages. Due to the shallow bar, loading and
discharging is carried out from lighters; lighterage ceases
during the NE monsoon (October to March).
6 Vessels loading from Sematan should anchor in an area,
2 miles in extent, lying with its centre 3 miles ESE of
Pulau Talang Talang Kecil (154N, 10946E) (4.20);
vessels should not anchor W of Longitude 109 486E, the
W limit of the area. There are no restrictions on
lightdraught vessels anchoring S of this area. Anchorage
may be obtained within the entrance to Sungai Sematan by
vessels up to 30 m in length, in a depth of 55 m, but it is
exposed during the NE monsoon.
7 Caution: a submarine cable is laid NNE from the shore
8 cables WNW of Kuala Sematan.
Berth: a launch jetty and a loading jetty stand on the W
bank of the river.
Pratique: obtained through Kuching Radio; messages
should state ETA at Sematan.
Batang Kayan
4.22
1 General description. Batang Kayan entrance lies
between Tanjung Bandang (142N, 10955E) and Tanjung
Sireh (142N, 10957E), situated, respectively 2 miles SW
and 1 miles SSE of Batu Mandi (144N, 10956E), on
which stands a light (black concrete pile, white bands).
Kuala Lundu, the entrance, is fronted by a bar. The town
of Lundu stands on the W bank of the river, 12 miles
above the entrance.
2 A group of fairly high mountains lie NW of Lundu,
about 4 miles SW of Tanjung Pelanduk (145N, 10952E).
Gunung Perigi (143N, 10944E) is the highest, with
Gunung Gading and Gunung Lundu lying respectively
1 mile E and 2 miles S.
3 Directions. The alignment (214) of leading beacons
(white triangular daymark) standing 1 miles SW of
Tanjung Sireh leads over the bar which in 1977 had a least
depth of 03 m. When approaching the river entrance
vessels should adhere to the leading line until the front
beacon is 1 miles distant, whence she should alter course
S and follow the channel marked by stakes, moved as
necessary to accommodate changes in the channel. Entry
should be attempted only with local knowledge. Pilotage is
compulsory.
4 Berths. There are three wharves at Lundu with
alongside depths of from 09 to 25 m. A vessel 48 m in
length, 10 m beam and draught 24 m has berthed at Lundu.
Vessels up to 700 grt can be accepted.
Communications: there is an airfield at Lundu.
Sungai Santubong
4.23
1 General information. Sungai Santubong (143N,
11019E) is entered between Tanjung Sedungus (143N,
11017E) situated 6 miles SSW of Tanjung Sipang and
Tanjung Batuboya (143N, 1019E). A bank, with depths
of less than 2 m over it, extends 3 miles N of Tanjung
Sedungus.
2 The fairway of Kuala Santubong, the entrance to the
river, lies between these two banks; there is a depth of
18 m over the bar. This bar is possibly subject to change
because of its sandy nature and the freshets that occur; it
should not be attempted without local knowledge. During
the NE monsoon this entrance is not practicable due to the
heavy swell on the bar.
4.24
1 Directions. When approaching Kuala Santubong from
the W, vessels should steer for Gunung Santubong (144N,
11020E) (4.19) ahead bearing 131 until Tanjung Sipang
bears 072, thence:
2 Leading lights. The alignment (162) of the following
lights leads from the NNW over the bar to the entrance:
Front light (142N, 11018E):
Rear light (61 m SSE of front light). Thence:
3 Leading beacons. The alignment (089) of a similar
pair of leading beacons (unlit) situated on the S side of the
river 7 cables ESE of Tanjung Batuboya, leads into the
fairway.
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 4
90
Above the bar, Sungai Santubong has varying depths. It
was formerly used by small vessels as a route to Sungai
Sarawak, but the river is now closed by a causeway about
4 cables N of North Junction Point (135N, 1124E).
Local knowledge is essential for proceeding above Tanjung
Batuboya.
Small craft
Chart 3834
Sungai Sampadi
4.25
1 Sungai Sampadi (141N, 10959E) discharges into the
sea 3 miles SE of Batu Mandi. Kuala Sampadi is
encumbered by drying sandbanks, through which there are
two boat channels. Gunung Sampadi (138N, 10958E),
on which stands a beacon, stands 3 miles SSW of the
entrance.
Batang Rambungan
4.26
1 Batang Rambungan and Sungai Rayu have a common
entrance, Kuala Rambungan (142N, 11008E), lying
3 miles SE of Pulau Sampadi (144N, 11005E) (4.20).
A bar, with a depth of 03 m over it, lies 1 mile N of the
entrance; within the bar depths increase to 98 m abreast
the entrance. Bukit Lamat (137N, 11006E) lies 5 miles
SSW of Kuala Rambungan.
Kuala Sibu Laut
4.27
1 Kuala Sibu Laut (142N, 11012E), the entrance to
Sungai Sibu, has a bar, with depths of from 03 to 12 m
over it, which obstructs the entrance 1 to 2 miles offshore.
A light (mast, white triangular daymark, point up) is
exhibited on the E entrance point of Sungai Sibu. Bukit
Jamjam (140N, 11011E) is situated 2 miles SW of
Kuala Sibu Laut.
Batang Salak
4.28
1 Batang Salak (142N, 11018E) is entered 7 cables E of
Tanjung Sedungus (142N, 11017E) (4.23); it has not
been surveyed beyond a position 1 mile S of Tanjung
Sedungus, where there is a depth of 94 m in the fairway.
Pulau Salak lies 2 miles S of Tanjung Sedungus.
Sungai Buntal
4.29
1 Sungai Buntal (141N, 11022E) is situated 6 miles
SSE of Tanjung Buloh (148N, 11021E). A lightbeacon
(white triangular daymark, point up) stands on the W side
of the entrance close N of Buntal.
Sungai Bako
4.30
1 Sungai Bako (141N, 11025E) is entered 8 miles SE
of Tanjung Buloh. The village of Bako lies 1 miles within
the entrance. Tanjung Adam (142N, 11025E) is situated
1 mile N of the E entrance point.
Chart 1822
Teluk Sibor
4.31
1 Teluk Sibor (1435N, 110285E is entered in the E
part of the bay formed between Pulau Lakei and Tanjung
Rhu 2 miles WSW.
Other names
Charts 1822, 3834
4.32
1 Batu (149N, 10933E), a hill.
Batu, Tanjung: Kuala Sematan (147N, 10951E).
Batu, Tanjung: Sungai Buntal (143N, 11021E).
Batu Belah, Tanjung (144N, 11027E).
Bedaun, Bukit (153N, 10939E).
Batu Kudah, Tanjung (144N, 11029E).
Belinsah Kiri, Tanjung (153N, 10940E).
2 Buah, Gunung (142N, 11019E).
Gador, Pulau (158N, 10940E).
Jebong Perigi, Gunung (144N, 10948E).
Moi, Gunung (132N, 11007E).
Pandan, Tanjung (144N, 11027E).
Penyok, Teluk (146N, 11019E).
Putin, Gunung (151N, 10934E).
3 Samunsam, Sungai (157N, 10939E).
Sebandar, Gunung (140N, 11000E).
Selang, Gunung (138N, 11010E).
Senggi, Gunung (130N 11010E).
Serai, Loba (136N, 11024E).
Siol, Sungai (136N, 11021E).
4 Tambak, Tanjung (144N, 11018E).
Tugal, Bukit (139N, 11003E).
Tukongbanun, Pulau (144N, 11011E).
Tukongara, Pulau (145N, 11011E).
Wading, Tanjung (145N, 11029E).
Ward Point (135N, 11023E).
SUNGAI SARAWAK AND APPROACHES TO
KUCHING
General information
Charts 1822, 1823
General description
4.33
1 The entrance to Sungai Sarawak is Muara Tebas
(139N, 11030E), entered close E of Tanjung Po.
2 Vessels must cross an outer and an inner bar. A
causeway (1339N, 110235E) across the former course
of the river in Turnabout Reach, close N of Pending,
(1333N, 110234E) closes the river to navigation.
Vessels proceeding upriver of this causeway use the
Sungai Sarawak Shiplock (Barrage) system (1345N,
110244E) (4.66).
3 Three cables W of the barrage, opposite the N section of
Turnabout Reach, Prima Donna Reach extends 2 miles W
to Tanjung Bintawa (Rowley Point) (1344N, 110221E).
Horseshoe Reach and Town Reach extend from Tanjung
Bintawa and Warren Point (1335N, 110225E)
respectively to Kuching, the capital of the state of Sarawak.
Kuching is situated on both banks of the river 20 miles
above the entrance.
4.34
1 Pending Point (1333N, 110237E), 1 miles above
Tanjung Bako (1346N, 110249E), is where the former
course of Sungai Sarawak turns NW into Turnabout Reach,
now closed by the causeway, and Sungai Kuap enters from
S. Tanjung Metang Nibong (1329N, 110236E), the S
entrance point of Sungai Kuap, is situated on the E bank,
4 cables SSW of Pending Point. Sungai Kuap has been
surveyed for about 1 mile above Pending Point.
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 4
91
Caution
4.35
1 The information given below, except where otherwise
stated, does not take into account any effects the
construction of the causeway and barrage may have had
upon any of the physical characteristics of the river itself
or its course; in particular, references to depths, flow and
times of transit are in accordance with information
available prior to its construction.
Topography
4.36
1 Pulau Lakei (1450N, 110296E) is situated 1 cables
offshore and 10 miles ESE of Tanjung Sipang. Muara
Sabang (1452N, 110300E) is the channel between
Pulau Lakei and the mainland. The coast between forms a
bay with depths of less than 5 m throughout; the inner half
dries in patches.
2 Tanjung Muara Tebas (1390N, 110295E), 4 miles
SSW of Tanjung Po, and Tanjung Embang (1378N,
110305E) are the NW and SE entrance points
respectively of the Muara Tebas entrance to Sungai
Sarawak. Tanjung Po (143N, 11031E), lying 2 miles
SE of Pulau Lakei, has a conspicuous white scar near its E
extremity. Tanjung Selabat (140N, 11029E) lies
3 miles SW of Tanjung Po. Teluk Gador (143N,
11030E), Teluk Wak (141N, 11029E) and Teluk
Selabat (141N, 11030E) lie between these points and are
fronted by a shoal, which dries and extends 1 miles E.
Teluk Awar which dries lies between Tanjung Selabat and
Tanjung Muara Tebas. Beting Matong, a sandy spit, with
depths of 45 to 5 m extending up to 2 miles N of No 2
Lightbuoy (4.46) and drying to the S, lies on the E side
of the entrance in a N and S direction, with its N extremity
2 miles NE of Tanjung Po. The river is fronted by a bar
of hard sand.
3 A number of settlements are located on the rivers
banks, and the banks themselves are, from the rivers
mouth to the outskirts of Kuching, a mixture of cultivated
land, coconut plantations, and dense jungle and swamps.
Many rivulets discharge into Sungai Sarawak.
Controlling depths
4.37
1 Channel depth. The outer bar lies about 2 miles SE of
Tanjung Po. The least charted depth in the channel over the
bar is 52 m.
The inner bar is formed 1 mile E of Tanjung Muara
Tebas; the least charted depth on the leading line is 51 m.
See also 4.66, and the caution at 4.35. The port authority
should be consulted for the latest information on depths.
2 During the NE monsoon, on account of the swell, an
underkeel clearance of at least 2 m should be allowed
when crossing the outer bar. Surveys prior to 1988 have
indicated shoaling in some parts of the river.
Hazards
4.38
1 A good lookout must be kept in the lower reaches of the
river for small lowpowered craft towing large rafts of
heavy timber.
Considerable amounts of debris and large tree trunks
may be encountered and should be given a wide berth, if
possible.
2 When approaching the wharves, frequent use of the siren
should be made to clear a way between the numerous
water taxis and small ferries crossing the river.
Pilots
4.39
1 Pilotage is compulsory and is undertaken by day only.
Notice for a pilot should be given by radio through
Shipping Kuching 24 hours in advance of arrival. Pilots are
stationed at Kuching and can be embarked 1 mile NE of
Tanjung Po (4.36). In bad weather and during the NE
monsoon season, pilots board 1 miles ENE of Tanjung
Muara Tebas (4.36). See Admiralty List of Radio Signals
Volume 6 (4).
Movement reporting
4.40
1 A port radio service is maintained 24 hours a day.
A coast radio service operates at Kuching. See Admiralty
List of Radio Signals Volume 1 (2).
4.41
1 There is also a requirement for vessels using the Sungai
Sarawak Shiplock (Barrage) system to communicate with
the barrage control, see 4.66.
Measured distance
4.42
1 A measured distance, indicated by two pairs of beacons
(white disc topmarks) standing on the S bank of the river
SW of Tanjung Renard (1355N, 110275E), mark a
distance of 1849 m on a running course of 089269. The
W beacon stands on Tanjung Sedap (1348N, 110262E),
1 miles WSW of Tanjung Renard.
Tidal streams
4.43
1 At Tanjung Muara Tebas (1390N, 110295E) springs
rise about 42 m, and neaps about 34 m. Off Sungai Kuap
(4.34), 9 miles above Tanjung Muara Tebas, the
outgoing stream sets at a rate of from 2 to 3 kn; the
ingoing stream at a rate of 1 to 2 kn.
Local weather
4.44
1 Dense early morning fog over the river is frequent,
especially after heavy rain during the previous night.
Normally the fog has dispersed by 2 to 2 hours after
sunrise.
Visibility in the river can be reduced to less than 1 cable
in heavy rain.
Principal mark
4.45
1 Landmark:
Chimney (red and white bands; 127 m in height)
(1383N, 110277E).
Directions
(continued from 4.20)
Charts 1822, 1823, 3835
Muara Tebas
4.46
1 From a position N of Tanjung Po (143N, 11031E),
the approach leads S towards the pilot station passing, with
positions from Tanjung Po Light (1435N, 110312E)
(4.19):
Clear of fish havens (5 miles NNW and 7 miles
NNE), thence:
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 4
92
2 E of a stranded wreck (1 miles NNW) lying
1 miles E of Tanjong Patong, the N point of
Pulau Lakei (4.36), thence:
To the pilot station (9 cables NE).
The approach then leads SE towards No 3 Lightbuoy
(starboard hand) passing:
3 NE of Batu Mandi (5 cables NNE), a rock 21 m
high, with drying rocks extending cable SE. A
shoal patch with 3 m of water over it lies
2 cables SE, thence:
NE of shoal patch with 49 m of water over it
(5 cables ENE), and:
SW of Beting Matong (4.36), thence:
4 Close NE of No 3 Lightbuoy (starboard hand)
(2 miles ESE), and:
W of No 2 Lightbuoy (port hand) (2 miles ESE)
thence:
On the alignment of the outer leading lights.
5 Clearing marks. The alignment (312) of the right
hand edge of the land on the W side of the entrance with
Batu Mandi, leads clear N of the spit extending from
Tanjung Muara Tebas (4.36), and passes through the
position of No 3 Lightbuoy.
4.47
1 Outer leading lights:
Front light (metal framework tower, red diamond
yellow stripes) (1375N, 110303E), on Tanjung
Embang.
Rear light (similar structure) (762 m from front light).
2 The alignment (209) of these lights leads 3 miles
SSW across the outer bar, hard sand bottom, to a position
between Nos 6 and 7 Lightbuoys (port and starboard
hand) (4 miles S) in the vicinity of the bad weather pilot
boarding position, thence:
On to the alignment of the inner leading lights:
3 Inner leading lights:
Front light (metal framework tower, red diamond,
yellow stripes).
Rear light (similar structure) (765 m from front light).
4 The alignment (247) of these lights leads 4 miles
WSW across the inner bar, with a least charted depth of
51 m, and through Muara Tebas Entrance to the vicinity of
Tanjung Batu (1379N, 110276E). A rock awash was
reported in 1998 to lie 1 cable NNW of the leading line,
5 cables ESE of Tanjung Muara Tebas.
4.48
1 Caution. As local knowledge is essential for proceeding
above McDougall Point, which lies 3 miles WSW of the
inner bar, no further directions are given. There are a
number of dangerous and stranded wrecks off and above
this point, and in the reaches above the barrage (4.66)
numerous shoals and dangers are shown on the chart.
Small craft
Batang Samarhan
4.49
1 The channel to Batang Samarhan (137N, 11031E), is
entered from Muara Tebas Entrance between a drying spit
extending NE from Tanjung Embang (13785N,
110303E) (4.36), and a mud flat, which dries, extending
4 miles N from a position on the coast 3 miles SSE of
the front leading lighttower on Tanjung Embang. There
are depths of about 26 to 33 m in the fairway of the
entrance channel, but the river has not been examined.
KUCHING
General information
Charts 1822, 1823
Position
4.50
1 Kuching (134N, 11021E) is situated 17 miles above
the entrance of Sungai Sarawak and is approached via the
Sungai Sarawak Shiplock (Barrage) system (4.66).
Function
4.51
1 A port, and the capital of the State of Sarawak. The port
has anchorage and alongside berths, and is visited by local
and foreign vessels. The principal exports are rubber,
pepper, timber, sago and rattan. Agriculture is the principal
industry. The chief imports are manufactured goods,
machinery and motor vehicles.
Topography
4.52
1 The city of Kuching is situated on both sides of Sungai
Sarawak with many conspicuous buildings, the positions of
which may be seen on the chart. On the N side are Istana,
which is the residence of the Governor; Fort Margherita
(1337N, 110208E), the Police Barracks; and the State
Secretariat Building, conspicuous and surmounted by a star
and crescent, situated 4 cables NNE of Fort Margherita.
The N side of the river and the S side above Brooke
Dockyard are almost entirely covered by Malay kampungs.
Approach and entry
4.53
1 The port is approached through Sungai Sarawak over an
outer and inner bar, via a buoyed channel indicated by
leading marks (4.46), and via the Sungai Sarawak Shiplock
(Barrage) system (4.66).
Traffic
4.54
1 In 2002 300 vessels with a total dwt of 6 845 193 tonnes
used the port.
Port Authority
4.55
1 Kuching Port Authority, PO Box 530, 93710 Kuching,
Sarawak, Malaysia.
Limiting conditions
Controlling depth
4.56
1 Channel depth. See 4.37.
Deepest and longest berths
4.57
1 Senari Port (4.83).
Tidal levels
4.58
1 See information in Admiralty Tide Tables.
The average maximum tidal range at Pending is 39 m.
Density of water
4.59
1 The density of the water at Sejingkat is
1010 g/cm
3
1025 g/cm
3
, depending on local weather and
tidal conditions.
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 4
93
Maximum size of vessel
4.60
1 The port has accommodated a vessel of 27 565 dwt.
Vessels of up to 175 m in length and 76 m draught can
reach the anchorage off Kampung Sijingkat (4.80), 6 miles
above Muara Tebas entrance. Vessels of up to 95 m in
length and 52 m draught can reach Tanah Puteh Terminal
(4.83) via the Sungai Sarawak Shiplock barrage (4.66),
2 miles below Kuching.
Arrival information
Port radio
4.61
1 See 4.40.
Outer anchorage
4.62
1 Anchorage for vessels waiting for the tide to enter the
river, may be obtained 1 miles N of Tanjung Po (4.36), in
a depths of about 9 m.
For inner anchorages, see 4.80.
Prohibited anchorages
4.63
1 Anchoring and fishing are prohibited between Tanjung
Bako and the SE port limit in Sungai Kuap (4.34), which
is indicated by a beacon (red ball topmark) on each bank
5 cables ESE of Tanjung Metang Nibong (1329N,
110236E) (4.34).
2 Anchoring is prohibited in Turnabout Reach (1340N,
110237E) (4.34) E of the causeway, except in an
emergency, when Kuching Port Control should be informed
immediately.
Anchoring is prohibited in Town Reach (4.33) between
Warren Point (4.33) and Brooke Dockyard (4.70).
Pilots and tugs
4.64
1 Pilotage. See 4.39.
Tugs are available.
Regulations concerning entry
4.65
1 All vessels are required to anchor in the examination
anchorage off Kampung Sijingkat (4.80) or, if carrying
dangerous goods, in the dangerous goods anchorage (4.82),
and report their arrival to the Marine Signal Station at
Pending; they must not proceed further until permission has
been granted.
2 Vessels are prohibited within 15 km (8 cables) of the
barrage during flushingin and drainingout. For times of
these operations contact the Kuching Barrage, see
Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6 (4).
No vessels exceeding 80 nrt shall be under way in the
Sarawak River above the barrage (4.66) between the hours
of 1930 and 0500 without the permission of the Director of
Marine.
3 Powerdriven vessels when approaching Bintawa Rocks
(135N, 11022E) and Dido Rocks, situated about 1 and
3 miles, respectively, above North Junction Point
(1346N, 110242E), and when approaching a bend, shall
give one prolonged blast on the whistle or siren.
4 Powerdriven vessels exceeding 80 nrt may not overtake
or pass another vessel in Sarawak River upstream of a
point 5 cables E of Bintawa Rocks.
There is a speed limit, for passenger vessels, of 10 kn
between the Barrage and Kuching.
Sungai Sarawak Shiplock (Barrage) system
4.66
1 The Sungai Sarawak Shiplock (Barrage) system
comprises a barrage (1345N, 110244E) across the new
river cut leading into Prima Donna Reach (4.33) with a
shiplock on the S side of the barrage. A bridge spans the
barrage. The former course of Sungai Sarawak is closed by
a causeway in Turnabout Reach (4.33).
2 Vessels using the Sungai Sarawak Shiplock (Barrage)
system are required to establish communications with
Kuching Barrage in accordance with prescribed procedures.
See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6 (4) for
details.
4.67
1 Lock and approaches.
In the E approach to the lock there is a least charted
depth of 19 m, and in the W approach 22 m. Close N of
both approaches beacons are located cable from the lock.
2 Maximum dimension for vessels using the shiplock
(barrage) are:
Length 95 m.
Breadth 23 m.
Draught during HW 52 m.
Draught during LW 35 m.
Masthead height 120 m.
4.68
1 Prior to using the Sungai Sarawak Shiplock (Barrage)
system mariners are advised to familiarise themselves with
the guidelines on the requirements of the regulations
applicable to users of the system with respect to
communications, documentation, conduct, shiphandling,
and liability for damage caused, amongst other things.
4.69
1 A system of lights is in use at the entrance and exit to
the system, and vessels may not proceed except when a
green light is exhibited.
Mooring lines may be provided to vessels of less than
50 m in length when berthing in the system; for vessels of
50 m or more in length ships lines are required. All
vessels are to secure with at least two lines at either end,
and the first line required will usually be a forward
backspring, followed by a sternline.
2 Vessels with a breadth of less than 7 m may be required
to berth sidebyside.
Harbour
General layout
4.70
1 Kuching comprises the anchorages at Kampung Sijingkat
(135N, 11026E) (4.80), Tanjung Bako (1346N,
110249E) (4.34), and for small vessels, above Brooke
Dockyard (134N, 11020E). There are 4 terminals: Senari
Port, Sejingkat Terminal, Pending Terminal with Biawak
Oil jetties just N of it, and Tanah Puteh Terminal. Fronting
the city of Kuching there are numerous wharves and jetties
on the S side of the river.
Hazards
4.71
1 See 4.38.
Tidal streams
4.72
1 See 4.43.
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 4
94
Submarine pipelines
4.73
1 Submarine pipelines cross the river as follows:
In an ESE direction from Tanjung Renard (1355N,
110275E) (4.42).
2 cables SW of Warren Point (1335N,
110224E) (4.33); its position is marked by a
notice board on each bank.
2 6 cables E of Henderson Point (1337N,
110201E); its position is marked by a notice
board on each bank.
Submarine cables
4.74
1 Submarine cables cross the channel as follows:
1 cable S of Horseshoe Point (1339N, 110226E).
6 cables E of Henderson Point (4.73).
Overhead power cables
4.75
1 Overhead power cables with a vertical clearance of 45 m
cross the channel close W of Sejingkat Terminal (1350N,
110251E).
Bridge
4.76
1 A road bridge with a vertical clearance of 61 m and a
navigable width of 65 m spans Sungai Sarawak between
Warren Point (1335N, 110225E) and Tanah Puteh
Terminal (4.83).
Natural conditions
4.77
1 See 4.8.
Climatic table: for Kuching see 1.225 and 1.226
Principal marks
4.78
1 Landmarks:
Transit shed close WSW of Pending Point.
Oil tanks (silver) at Biawak (close NNW).
Cross on cathedral (1335N, 110205E).
Conspicuous dome, 3 cables WNW of the cathedral.
Hotel, 4 cables ENE of the cathedral.
Directions
4.79
1 See 4.46.
Berths
Anchorages
4.80
1 Anchorage for three vessels up to 11 000 tonnes dwt,
175 m in length and 76 m draught can be obtained off
Kampung Sijingkat (135N, 11026E). Two pairs of white
beacons to assist anchoring, in line bearing 161 and
166 stand on the S bank 2 and 5 cables E,
respectively, of Tanjung Sedap (4.42), opposite Kampung
Sijingkat. There are also three white beacons on the N
bank to assist the selection of a berth. This anchorage is a
main timber loading point; loading continues throughout the
year.
2 There are three designated anchorage areas for general
cargo and container vessels, centred on the following
positions:
1 mile WSW of Tanjung Muara Tebas (1390N,
110295E).
7 cables N of Tanjung Renard (1355N, 110275E).
6 cables SW of Tanjung Renard.
3 Anchorage at Kuching for small vessels may be obtained
on the S side of the river above Brooke Dockyard.
4.81
1 Examination anchorage. An examination anchorage is
established off Kampung Sijingkat. Its E limit is indicated
by the above two beacons, in line bearing 166; its W
limit is a line drawn in a 343 direction from the W front
beacon marking the measured distance. Vessels are
recommended to anchor in the N half of the area; shallow
draught vessels should anchor as close to the N bank of the
river as practicable. A stranded wreck, marked by a
lightbuoy (isolated danger) lies in the N half of this
anchorage.
4.82
1 Dangerous goods anchorage. A dangerous goods
anchorage is centred 4 cables W of Tanjung Sedap
(1348N, 110262E).
Alongside berths
4.83
1 Berth numbers are shown on chart 1823.
Senari Port (1373N, 110269E), 635 m in length
with a reported depth alongside of 11 m, lies on
the W side of the river, and is able to accept
vessels to 20 000 dwt, 200 m in length and 90 m
draught.
2 Sejingkat Terminal, 125 m in length, with a depth of
9 m alongside, is situated on the N side of the
river in Batu Blat Reach (135N, 11025E), and
is able to accept vessels up to 5000 dwt, 115 m in
length and 75 m draught.
3 Pending Terminal, 613 m long, with an alongside
depth of 85 m, situated close SW of Pending
Point, and able to accept vessels to 12 500 dwt,
175 m in length and 75 m draught. Some siltation
occurs in the angle between the old wharf (Datuk
Sim Kheng Hong Wharf) and the new wharf. A
RoRo berth with an alongside depth of 85 m lies
at the NE end of Datuk Sim Kheng Hong wharf.
4 Tanah Puteh Terminal, situated about 3 miles above
the barrage on the E bank of the river opposite
Warren Point (4.34), is 243 m long. A dolphin
stands off each end of this wharf, and a ramp is
provided for bowdoor vessels. It is able to accept
vessels to 6000 dwt, 95 m in length and 52 m
draught.
5 Vessels berthed at Tanah Puteh Terminal may be fouled
by floating and waterlogged debris on the outgoing
stream, particularly after heavy rain.
4.84
1 Other berths. Biawak Oil Jetties Nos 1 and 2 with
alongside depths of 67 m, lying 3 and 2 cables NW
respectively of Pending Point, and are able to accept
vessels up to 110 m in length and 6.4 m draught.
2 Poh Kwong Gantry and dolphins, with a least depth of
28 m alongside, situated 1 cables SW of the SW end of
Tanah Puteh Terminal.
Port services
Repairs
4.85
1 Repairs of a minor nature can be effected at Brooke
Dockyard, where there is a dry dock. There are three
slipways at Iron Woods Shipyard. See 1.175.
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 4
95
Other facilities
4.86
1 There is a modern hospital in Kuching city. Fumigation
service available.
Deratting exemption certificates can be issued.
Supplies
4.87
1 Diesel oil available at Biawak oil jetties; fresh water;
limited quantities of provisions.
Communications
4.88
1 By sea: regularly throughout the region and
internationally.
By air: domestic and international flights from Kuching
airport, situated 4 miles S of Kuching.
Small craft
4.89
1 On the S side of the river fronting Kuching city are
numerous wharves and jetties for small craft; most of them
dry out, or have depths of less than 18 m alongside. The
most important wharves are:
Hock Kwang and Borneo Lumber Wharves,
(1335N, 110211E).
2 KTS Wharf (close W).
Main Bazaar Wharf (5 cables W); with the use of
pontoons, vessels with a draught of 52 m have
berthed at this wharf.
Lorna Doone Wharf (7 cables W), and Ban Hock
Wharf lying cable WSW of Lorna Doone
Wharf.
Dockyard Wharf, cable SW of Ban Hock Wharf.
4.90
1 Landing places. On the N bank:
Pangkalan Kubu, 1 cable W of Fort Margherita (4.52).
Pangkalan Sapi, 1 cables farther NW.
On the S bank:
Pangkalan Batu, opposite Pangkalan Sapi.
2 Anchorage. See 4.80.
Other names
4.91
1 Biawak, Gosong (1336N, 110235E).
Blacksmith Rocks (1335N, 110215E).
Fishmarket Rocks (1337N, 110204E).
Kruin, Tanjung (1442N, 110309E).
Lasak, Gunung (1391N, 110292E).
Loba Batu Blat (1357N, 110261E).
2 Menaul, Batu (1400N, 110296E).
Pisang Singkat, Batu (1405N, 110295E).
Sibudin, Tanjung (1446N, 110306E).
TANJUNG PO TO TANJUNG SIRIK
GENERAL INFORMATION
Charts 3835, 3836
Scope of the section
4.92
1 In this section is described the coastal route between
Tanjung Po (143N, 11031E) and Tanjung Sirik (247N,
11119E), including the rivers Batang Rajang and Batang
Paloh, with the ports of Sibu and Sarikei. Also described
are other rivers, ports, harbours, anchorages and small craft
information associated with them.
2 The section is divided as follows:
Coastal Route (4.95), including the minor ports and
anchorages which lie along this stretch of coast.
Batang Rajang (4.114) including the port of Sarikei.
Batang Paloh (4.194).
Sibu (4.214).
Topography
4.93
1 The coast between Tanjung Po and Tanjung Sirik
(247N, 11119E), the low and densely wooded W
entrance point of Muara Lassa (4.258), is almost uniformly
low, covered with casuarinas, mangroves and low jungle,
with many rivers discharging into the sea. Between Batang
Samarahan (135N, 11031E) and Kuala Saribas (143N,
11104E) (4.110) 30 miles E, the coast is fronted by a flat
extending from 4 to 10 miles offshore, with depths of less
than 55 m over it; drying mud flats extend from 1 to
4 miles offshore.
Natural conditions
4.94
1 See 4.7.
COASTAL ROUTE
General information
Chart 3835
Route
4.95
1 From the vicinity of Tanjung Po (143N, 11031E)
(4.36), to a position NW of Tanjung Sirik (247N,
11119E) (4.93), the route leads generally NE for about
80 miles.
Topography
4.96
1 See 4.93.
Natural conditions
4.97
1 Tidal streams. The tidal streams are given in tables on
charts 3835 and 3836.
2 The tidal streams in the offing set NE and SW, but
inshore they follow more closely the trend of the coast. W
of Tanjung Sirik the streams set N and S at a rate of from
2 to 3 kn; E of the point the streams set E and W. There
are tiderips and overfalls near the shoals off Tanjung
Sirik, especially with the N and Egoing streams.
Weather. See 4.8.
Principal marks
4.98
1 Major lights:
Tanjung Po Light (1435N, 110312E) (4.19).
Tanjung Jerijeh Light (white square above red and
yellow chequered trapezium on white metal
framework tower, 36 m in height) (2093N,
111100E).
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 4
96
2 Kuala Paloh Entrance Beacon (2296N, 111117E)
(4.201).
Tanjung Sirik Light (metal framework tower, 36 m in
height) (247N, 11119E).
Directions
(continued from 4.20)
Tanjung Po to Tanjung Sirik
4.99
1 From a position N of Tanjung Po (143N, 11031E)
(4.36), the coastal route, to a position NW of Tanjung Sirik
(247N, 11119E) (4.93), leads generally NE for a
distance of approximately 65 to 75 miles, passing (with
positions from Tanjung Po):
NW of a wreck with a depth of 125 m over it
(10 miles NE), thence:
2 NW of Pasir Dua Blas (152N, 11058E) (4.111),
and the other banks which lie off the entrance to
Batang Saribas (4.110), thence:
NW of the lightbuoy (safe water) (2076N,
111045E), moored off the entrance to Batang
Rajang (4.115), thence:
3 Clear, depending on draught, of a 28 m shoal
(236N, 11056E), thence:
NW of Tanjung Pasir (226N, 11115E) (4.202), the
S entry point to Batang Paloh (4.194), thence:
Clear of a dangerous wreck (position approximate)
(242N, 11104E) 16 miles WSW of Tanjung
Sirik; thence to a position NW of Tanjung Sirik.
Useful marks
4.100
1 Light at Kampung Betanak (238N, 11117E).
Light at Kampung Penipak (242N, 11117E).
(Directions continue at 4.252)
Minor ports, anchorage and channel
Batang Lupar
4.101
1 General information. Batang Lupar is entered between
the mouth of Sungai Sebuyau (131N, 11056E) (4.106),
and Tanjung Meranti (134N, 11100E), 4 miles NE. A
light (aluminium framework tower, white triangular
daymark, point up), stands on the E side of the entrance to
Sungai Sebuyau. Sebuyau, a village, is situated at the
mouth of Batang Lupar. There are two concrete wharves;
Quarry Wharf, 20 m long with a depth of 27 m alongside,
and Commercial Wharf, 9 m long with a depth of 12 m
alongside. Vessels up to 63 m in length, 5 m draught and
667 grt have used the port.
2 Sungai Lingga enters the S side of Batang Lupar
15 miles within the entrance. Lingga (121N, 11110E), a
village, is situated on the E side of the entrance to Sungai
Lingga.
Simanggang (113N, 11126E), a small port, is situated
about 44 miles above the entrance to Batang Lupar. Vessels
up to 36 m in length and 2 m draught have entered the
port, but it is necessary to use the flood tide if proceeding
up river.
4.102
1 Approach and entry. Batang Lupar is best approached
from NW, over a bar which has a least depth 15 m over it,
very soft mud. Its outer edge lies 15 miles NW of Pulau
Triso (131N, 11059E). Depths of less than 5 m extend
18 miles NW of Pulau Triso.
4.103
1 Tidal streams. At the entrance the ingoing and
outgoing streams commence 1 hours after HW and LW
at Pulau Satang Besar (147N, 11010E) (4.20), and have
rates of 3 and 3 kn, respectively.
A tidal bore occurs in Batang Lupar and a smaller bore
in Sungai Lingga. The largest bores occur three days after
new and full moon, the latter being the greater.
4.104
1 Pilotage for Batang Lupar can be arranged through
Kuching. The pilot boarding station for Batang Lupar is
1 mile NE of Tanjung Po Light (1435N, 110312E)
(4.19).
4.105
1 Landmarks:
Bukit Sebuyau (131N, 11056E).
Bukit Bruang (130N, 11053E).
Triso Darat (131N, 11100E), a hill standing on a
headland on the E side of the entrance to Batang
Lupar.
4.106
1 Directions. When approaching Batang Lupar entrance
from the NW, vessels should steer for Pulau Burong, ahead,
bearing 160, to about 4 miles distant, thence the track
leads SE passing, (with positions from Pulau Burong
(138N, 11048E)):
NE of Pulau Burong, a wooded islet 71 m high, and:
NE of Tanjung Bajong (3 miles S), thence:
2 Clear of a stranded wreck (7 miles ESE) from which
a light is exhibited, thence:
NE of the mouth of Sungai Sebuyau (10 miles SE),
on which stands a light, (4.101), thence:
SW of Pulau Triso (13 miles ESE), a wooded islet,
situated in the middle of the entrance to Batang
Lupar.
3 There are strong eddies in the channel NE of Pulau
Triso.
Caution. A large number of fishing stakes exist in the
approach to Batang Lupar. The seaward ends of these
stakes are of solid construction and care must be taken to
avoid them.
4.107
1 Anchorage may be obtained 1 mile N of Lingga (4.101)
in a depth of 46 m, and is mainly used by vessels loading
timber. The holding ground is poor.
4.108
1 Berths. There are two concrete wharves at Sebuyau;
Quarry Wharf, 20 m long with a depth of 27 m alongside,
and Commercial Wharf, 9 m long with a depth of 12 m
alongside. Stone is quarried locally and shipped from this
port. Vessels up to 63 m in length, 5 m draught and 667 grt
have used the port.
2 There is a wharf at Lingga, 7 m in length with a depth
of 18 m alongside.
There are two wharves at Simanggang; a commercial
wharf, 32 m in length, and a timber wharf, 7 m in length,
both with a depth of 18 m alongside, also a concrete hard
for use by rampeddoor landing craft.
Small craft
Batang Sadong
4.109
1 General information. Kuala Sadong (134N, 11045E),
the mouth of Batang Sadong, is about 2 miles wide, and
is entered between Tanjung Stok (133N, 11043E), and
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 4
97
Tanjung Melaban (135N, 11047E). An extensive bar of
soft mud, with a least depth of 06 m in the middle, lies
across the entrance. The river banks are fringed with
mangrove, jungle and occasional small clearings of
cultivation. Sungai Sebangan enters the E side of Batang
Sadong, 1 miles S of Tanjung Lutong (134N, 11046E).
Simunjan (124N, 11045E), a small town standing on the
E bank of the river, is fronted by a wharf 7 m in length.
2 Caution. Numerous fish traps, the positions of which
are frequently altered, exist in the approaches to, and
mouth of, the river.
Landmarks:
Gunung Silabu (130N, 11049E), 5 miles SSE of
Tanjung Melaban.
Bukit Bediri (128N, 11050E), 8 miles SSE of
Tanjung Melaban.
3 Directions. A light (framework tower, white triangular
daymark, point up), stands on the S side of the entrance to
Sungai Sebangan. A light is exhibited at Pendam (131N,
11044E), 3 miles SSW of Tanjung Lutang. The bar is
best approached and crossed from NW. After crossing the
bar there are no known dangers in the fairway. There are
depths of 15 m between the bar and Simunjan, 20 miles
upriver. Greater depths can be found on the outer sides of
the bends, where the tidal streams are strongest and
scouring takes place.
4 Tidal streams in the river are strong, reaching a spring
rate of 3 kn in the entrance and 5 kn off Simunjan. A
tidal bore occurs in the river at spring tides, which
develops near Tanjung Baluku (125N, 11039E),
5 miles below Simunjan.
Batang Saribas
4.110
1 General information. Batang Saribas is over 100 miles
long and is entered between Tanjung Edit (140N,
11101E) and Tanjung Batang Marou 7 miles NNE of
Tanjung Edit. Kuala Saribas (143N, 11104E), the
entrance to Batang Saribas is fronted by a bar with a depth
of 3 m. Beting Maludam, a drying mudbank extends
3 miles NNW of Tanjung Edit. A bank, with depths of
less than 11 m over it, extends 15 miles NW of Kuala
Saribas. A dangerous wreck lies 1 miles NE of Samarang
(below).
2 There is a tidal range of 58 m on the bar. The depths
inside the bar increase to 122 m in the fairway. The tidal
streams in the river are reported to be very strong.
Vessels of 15 m draught can reach Betong (125N,
11131E), 50 miles above the entrance.
3 Pilotage. As for Batang Lupar. See 4.104.
Useful marks:
A light (white triangle, point down) (140N,
11101E), is exhibited at Kuala Maludam, close N
of Tanjung Edit.
4 A light (framework tower, white triangle, point up)
(145N, 11105E), is exhibited on Tanjung Batang
Marou. A disused lighthouse stands close NW.
A light (white triangle, point down) is exhibited at
Samarang (141N, 11106E), 4 miles SSE of
Tanjung Batang Marou.
Kuala Kabong
4.111
1 General information. Kuala Kabong (149N, 11105E)
is the approach to Sungai Krian, which is entered between
Tanjung Paloh (147N, 11106E) and Tanjung Kabong
6 cables farther NE. Kabong, situated 5 cables NE of
Tanjung Kabong, is an important fishing village and is one
of the largest Malay kampungs in Sarawak. There is a
Government Station at Kabong. A radio mast stands close
SW of the village. There are some private jetties, which
dry alongside at LW.
2 Directions. A bank, with depths of less than 5 m over it,
extends 12 miles NW and W of Tanjung Batang Marou.
Three narrow shoals lie on this bank; Pasir Dua Blas,
which dries at its S end, lies 7 miles NW of Tanjung
Batang Marou; Beting Marou, which lies 2 miles NW of
Tanjung Batang Marou; and Pasir LombaLomba, which
lies midway between the above two shoals and 6 miles NW
of Tanjung Batang Marou. The drying portion of a bank on
the W side of the entrance channel extends 3 miles from
Tanjung Batang Marou.
3 Outer leading lights are exhibited from a position
2 miles N of Tanjung Paloh:
Front light (aluminium framework tower, white
triangle, point up).
Rear light (aluminium framework tower, white
triangle, point down).
4 Inner leading lights are exhibited from Tanjung Paloh.
Front light (aluminium mast, white triangle, point up).
Rear light (aluminium mast, white triangle, point
down).
These two pairs of leading lights, which should only be
used E of Beting Marou, lead through Kuala Kabong. The
front lightstructures are moved as necessary to conform
with changes in the channel.
5 Tidal streams in the deep channels either side of Beting
Marou set N with the outgoing stream at a spring rate of
3 kn, and set S with the ingoing stream at a spring rate
of 3 kn. In Kuala Kabong the outgoing stream attains a
rate of 4 kn at springs, and the ingoing stream 4 kn.
Supplies: limited quantities.
Charts 3836, 1948
Kuala Belawai
4.112
1 General information. Kuala Belawai (214N, 11111E)
lies between Tanjung Jerijeh (2095N, 111097E)
(209N, 11110E), and Tanjung Manat (214N, 11111E),
about 4 miles NNE. From W, Tanjung Manat first appears
as a line of trees with its S end considerably denser and
darker than its N end, and forms a good landmark. Kuala
Belawai leads into Batang Belawai which connects with
Batang Rajang, and with Batang Paloh (4.194). Belawai
(214N, 11113E) stands on the S side of the river 2 miles
E of Tanjung Manat. There are 2 small piers for fishing
vessels, on the E side of the point on which the village
stands.
Local knowledge is required.
2 Directions. Pasir Jerijeh Utara (North Jerijeh Sands), an
extensive bank which dries to 1 miles off the coast and
patches further offshore, extends 4 miles NNW from
Tanjung Jerijeh. An islet, covered by tall trees, lies on Pasir
Jerijeh Utara, 1 miles N of Tanjung Jerijeh Lighthouse.
Two more islets lie 3 cables NE and 4 cables S of that islet
and joined to it by the drying bank. Leading beacons
(white triangular daymarks) close together, stand 1 miles
SSE of Tanjung Manat. These beacons in line bearing 090
lead over a bar into the channel to a position 1 miles
SSW of the point. Over the bar there is a least charted
depth of 21 m, 3 miles WSW of Tanjung Manat.
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 4
98
BATANG RAJANG
General information
Charts 1948, 3836
Description
4.113
1 Batang Rajang rises in the mountains of central Borneo.
At and below Sibu (217N, 11149E) (4.214) the river
branches into a network of rivers with mouths between
Kuala Rajang (208N, 11109E) (4.117) and Kuala Igan
(251N, 11139E) (4.136).
Batang Rajang, which is entered through Kuala Rajang
serves the port of Tanjung Manis (4.138) and for smaller
vessels, Sarikei (4.152), Bintangor (Binatang) (4.174) and
Sibu.
2 Batong Paloh (4.195), entered via Kuala Paloh (4.195),
is the main route to Sibu for larger vessels.
Batang Igan (4.253), entered via Kuala Igan (4.253), is
reportedly used by vessels bound for Sibu with draughts to
27 m.
Route
4.114
1 This subsection comprises the 70 mile river passage of
the Batang Rajang from Kuala Rajang (208N, 11109E),
to Sibu (217N, 11149E) (4.214).
Batang Rajang
4.115
1 Batang Rajang is entered from Kuala Rajang between
Tanjung Jerijeh (2095N, 111097E) and Tanjung
Selalang (2057N, 111127E), and follows a winding
course to the ports of Sarikei and Bintangor located 27 and
38 miles respectively above Kuala Rajang. The major port
of Sibu lies 70 miles above the entrance. The route to Sibu
(217N, 11149E) (4.214), via Kuala Rajang is mainly
used by smaller vessels trading from Singapore. Larger
vessels normally use Kuala Paloh (4.195) entrance. Batang
Rajang is navigable by vessels drawing 4 m as far as Sibu.
There are two difficult bends between Sarikei (208N,
11131E) (4.152), 27 miles from the entrance, and Sibu.
One is at the junction of Muara Payang (4.170) 4 miles
above Sarikei, and the other is at the junction of Batang
Lebaan, 8 miles above Bintangor (210N, 11138E)
(4.174). The latter needs special care and should not be
taken on the outgoing stream.
Piracy
4.116
1 Recent incidents of piracy and armed robbery have been
reported in Batang Rajang at Tanjung Manis. For reporting
and possible preventative measures see 1.111.
Depths
4.117
1 Channel depth. The least charted depth over the bar in
Kuala Rajang is 6 m. Vessels up to 9 m draught have
crossed the bar at Kuala Rajang, but this draught will only
permit access to the deep water anchorage at Tanjung
Manis (2093N, 111216E) (4.136). Vessels of up to
2000 tonnes proceed to Sarikei and Bintangor 11 miles
above Sarikei. A bar 3 miles below Sarikei limits the
draught of vessels proceeding to Sarikei, Bintangor and
Sibu to 7 m. For vessels proceeding to Bintangor the
draught is limited to 61 m. Lightdraught powerdriven
vessels can proceed to Kapit 80 miles above Sibu, which
has been reached by a vessel 61 m in length, with a
draught of 43 m.
2 Caution. Depths on Kuala Rajang bar are subject to
considerable change and great care should be exercised
when navigating this area, and it is recommended that
advice is sought from the pilotage authorities (see 4.119).
At low water on a calm day, a scend of about 05 m has
been observed on the bar. During the NE monsoon, an
underkeel clearance of 2 m is recommended when crossing
the bar.
3 Vessels using Batang Rajang should navigate with
caution due to tugs towing barges and logs up to 100 m in
length.
Buoyage
4.118
1 The positions of the buoys, including the Fairway
Lightbuoy (4.121), in the vicinity of the Kuala Rajang bar
are subject to movement due to changes in depths, and it is
recommended that advice is sought from the pilotage
authorities (see 4.119).
Pilotage
4.119
1 Pilotage is not compulsory but is advisable for vessels
proceeding above Rajang anchorage. Government pilots for
Sarikei and Sibu board vessels within Kuala Rajang about
2 miles W of Karang Jerijeh Lightstructure (4.129) .
2 Notice required for a pilot is 24 hours prior to arrival
through Shipping Sarikei; the message should mention
Rajang Channel. See Admiralty List of Radio Signals
Volume 6 (4).
Local knowledge
4.120
1 Local knowledge is essential above Rajang (209N,
11115E) (4.130).
Natural conditions
4.121
1 Tidal streams. In the vicinity of the Fairway
Lightbuoy (safe water) (2076N, 111045E), moored off
Tanjung Jerijeh, at springs the Ngoing stream attains a
rate of 2 kn and the Sgoing stream a rate of 1 kn. In
Kuala Rajang the outgoing stream attains a rate of 3 kn
and the ingoing stream a rate of 1 kn.
4.122
1 Local weather. See 4.8.
Approaches to Rajang
Chart 3836
General information
4.123
1 Route. From the Fairway Lightbuoy (4.121), the river
passage leads generally E for 12 miles to the anchorage off
Rajang.
4.124
1 Topography. Tanjung Jerijeh (2095N, 111097E) and
Tanjung Selalang (206N, 11112E) are the N and S
entrance points of Batang Rajang. The river entrance is
obstructed by shoals which extend up to 6 miles offshore,
forming a bar. A channel leads across the bar (see 4.117).
2 Permatang Bohari (Beting Bohari), with a least charted
depth of 36 m over it, lies on the N side of the channel
3 miles W of Tanjung Jerijeh. Permatang Bohari lies
7 cables E. A bank with a least depth of 22 m over it.
Pasir Wong (Wong Sands), which dries, lies on the S side
of the channel and extends 3 miles WNW of Tanjung
Selalang. The banks of the river are covered by dense
jungle, cultivated land, and coconut and rubber estates.
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 4
99
Many settlements and longhouses are located on the banks
of the river.
4.125
1 Depths. See 4.117.
4.126
1 Pilotage. See 4.119.
4.127
1 Tidal streams. The tides at Rajang are semidiurnal, the
average range being about 34 m. For positions off Rajang
and Tanjung Manis (2093N, 111216E) (4.136), tidal
information is given in a table on the chart.
Principal marks
4.128
1 Landmarks:
Aluminium roof of Tanjung Jerijeh Lighthouse motor
room, (209N, 11110E).
Conspicuous sawmill at the W end of Rajang town
(209N, 11115E).
2 Gunung Ayer, a beacon 27 m in height, standing close
to the S bank of the river, 5 cables SSW of
Tanjung Sepler (209N, 11123E).
Major lights
Pasir Wong (Wong Sands) light (2063N, 111090).
Tanjung Jerijeh light (2093N, 111100E) (4.98)
Directions
4.129
1 From the vicinity of the Fairway Lightbuoy (4.121),
after passing clear of a dangerous wreck in approximate
position 2078N, 111034E, the track leads E across the
bar (4.117) and into Kuala Rajang passing (with positions
from Karang Jerijeh Lightstructure (2083N,
111112E)):
2 N of a stranded wreck (6 miles WSW), thence:
Between Nos 1 and 2 Lightbuoys (starboard and
port hand) (5 miles W), thence:
Clear of a wreck with a depth of 33 m over it
(3 miles WSW), marked by a lightbuoy
(isolated danger), thence:
3 N of Pasir Wong Light (3 miles SW) (4.128), thence:
S of Tanjung Jerijeh Light (1 miles NW) (4.98),
thence:
N of a stranded wreck (2 miles SSW), thence:
Between Nos 3 and 4 Lightbuoys (starboard and
port hand) (6 cables SW), thence:
4 S of Karang Jerijeh Light (white triangle on a 4-pile
structure), thence:
Clear of a dangerous wreck marked by a lightbuoy
(isolated danger) (3 miles E).
Local knowledge is essential if proceeding upriver.
Rajang
General information
4.130
1 Rajang (209N, 11115E), a small town, is situated on
the N bank of Kuala Rajang, 4 miles E of the entrance.
A sawmill which is conspicuous, is situated at the W end
of the town. A pier with a dolphin close E of its head
extends about 1 cables SSW from the sawmill. A small
jetty lies about 1 cable W of the pier,
Directions
4.131
1 See 4.129.
Anchorages
4.132
1 Anchorage for small vessels may be obtained in
midchannel S of Rajang, in depths of 9 to 18 m (30 to
60 ft), stiff black mud. The holding ground is good, but the
tidal streams are very strong, and heavy squalls are
frequent; therefore vessels are recommended to veer plenty
of cable.
Facilities
4.133
1 None available.
Small craft
Kuala Selalang
4.134
1 Kuala Selalang is entered between Tanjung Selalang
(2057N, 111127E) (4.115) and a point 6 cables E. A
light (white square on white metal framework tower, 17 m
in height) stands on Tanjung Selalang. The river mouth is
approached from Kuala Rajang across a flat, with a depth
of 38 m in the fairway, between Pasir Wong (4.124) and
Pasir Selalang (Selalang Sands) which extend 1 miles
NNW of the E entrance point of Kuala Selalang. There are
depths of more than 10 m in the entrance to Kuala Selalang
abreast Tanjung Selalang, but the river has not been
surveyed beyond a mile above this point.
Rajang to Tanjung Manis
General information
4.135
1 Route. From the anchorage off Rajang, the river passage
leads generally SE and NE for about 8 miles to the
anchorage off Tanjung Manis (2093N, 111216E)
(4.136).
4.136
1 General description. The banks of the river are covered
with dense jungle. Tanjung Sebubal is situated on the N
bank 5 miles ESE of Rajang. Permatang Tengah (Middle
Bank) lies 1 miles WSW of Tanjung Sebubal. The centre
of Permatang Tengah dries, the remainder has depths of
less than 13 m over it. A wreck, with a depth of 72 m
over it, lies in midchannel 3 cables SE of the bank.
Permatang Choo (Choo Bank), with a depth of 24 to 41 m
over it, extends 7 cables SW of the S entry point of Batang
Sari (208N, 11121E). Tanjung Manis (2093N,
111216E), is situated on the S bank, 2 miles NE of
Tanjung Sebubal. Permatang Manis (Manis Bank), which
dries 1 m, lies with its SW end 1 mile SW of Tanjung
Manis. The S end of the bank is marked by a lightbuoy
(starboard hand).
4.137
1 Depths. The least charted depth in the channel between
Rajang and Tanjung Manis is 73 m. See 4.117.
4.138
1 Pilotage. See 4.119.
4.139
1 Tidal streams. Off Tanjung Manis at springs the
ingoing stream attains a rate of 1 kn, and the outgoing
stream a rate of 1 kn.
4.140
1 Restricted area. A restricted area, which is an
anchorage for vessels loading timber (4.144), as shown on
the chart, extends across the fairway in the approaches to
Tanjung Manis (209N, 11121E). Prior approval must be
obtained before entry into the area; for merchant vessels
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 4
100
this is normally obtained by the ships agent. The E limit
of the restricted area is marked by the alignment (180) of
a pair of leading lightbeacons (triangular daymarks)
standing 4 cables ESE of Tanjung Manis. Two
lightbeacons, each with a notice board below the light,
stand on the N bank 7 cables NW and 6 cables N
respectively, of Tanjung Manis; another notice board stands
1 miles SW of the point.
4.141
1 Landmark:
Conspicuous aluminium roof on the N bank of the
river, 7 cables NNE of Tanjung Manis.
Directions
4.142
1 From the anchorage off Rajang, the route to Tanjung
Manis leads generally SE thence NNE passing:
Three cables off the N bank of the river until the
sawmill at Rajang bears 309, whence it should be
brought astern and kept on that bearing which
leads between Permatang Tengah (4.136), marked
at its W extremity by No 6 Lightbuoy (port
hand), and the S bank of the river, thence:
2 When Tanjung Sebubal bears 081, the S bank should
be followed at a distance of about 2 or 3 cables,
noting the wreck with a depth of 72 m over it
lying 1 mile SW of the point, until on the
alignment (032) of Tanjung Sebubal with Tanjung
Manis when the track turns NE to pass about
2 cables SE of Tanjung Sebubal, thence:
3 The line of bearing 174, astern, of a beacon on the
S bank, 1 mile SSE of Tanjung Sebubal, and the
line of bearing 354 ahead, of the W pair of
leading beacons (below), 1 miles WSW of
Tanjung Manis, leads N passing W of Permatang
Manis (4.136), thence:
4 The line of bearing 025 of the lightbeacon (notice
board), 7 cables NW of Tanjung Manis, should be
followed until it is about 4 cables distant, when
course should be altered as required for the
anchorage off Tanjung Manis, noting the
requirements for the restricted area (4.140).
4.143
1 Small vessels. Small vessels rounding Tanjung Manis
and passing S of the restricted area, can do so on the
alignment of the following pairs of leading lightbeacons:
W pair (triangular daymarks), standing 1 miles SW
of Tanjung Manis.
2 E pair (triangular daymarks), standing 11 cables ENE
of Tanjung Manis.
The alignment (241) astern of the W pair and the
alignment (090) ahead of the E pair lead S of the
restricted area
4.144
1 Anchorages.
A designated anchorage area lies on the S side of the
river extending from 1 miles SW to 1 miles ENE of
Tanjung Sebubal (2071N, 111199E).
2 Anchorage for oceangoing vessels may be obtained off
Tanjung Manis, in the restricted area. It can accommodate
up to 10 ships at the same time, 6 of 150 m in length, and
4 of between 90 m and 120 m in length. The holding
ground is good.
This anchorage is mainly used by vessels loading timber,
whose size is only limited to those which can cross the bar.
Fresh water can be supplied by boat at this anchorage.
4.145
1 Berths. A quay 203 m long, with a reported depth
alongside of 10 m, lies 5 cables above Tanjung Manis on
the S side of the river. General cargo, containers and
timber products are handled.
Tanjung Manis to Sarikei
Chart 1948
General information
4.146
1 Route. From the anchorage at Tanjung Manis the river
passage follows a winding course for about 14 miles to the
port of Sarikei (208N, 11131E) (4.152).
4.147
1 General description. The following is a description of
the main features of the river between Tanjung Manis and
Sarikei. No detailed directions can be given.
2 The banks of the river are covered by dense jungle,
areas of cultivated land and logging yards. Many small
rivers and streams discharge into the river. Tanjung Sepler
(209N, 11123E), is situated on the N bank of Batang
Rajang, 1 miles ESE of Tanjung Manis. A flat, with
depths of less than 5 m over it, extends 4 cables off the
N bank, between Loba Semareng situated 1 mile NE of
Tanjung Manis, and Tanjung Sepler. Tanjung Api Api is
situated on the S bank, 1 miles E of Tanjung Sepler.
Anak Tanjung Api Api (Api Api Spit), which dries, extends
1 miles WSW of the point.
3 The line of bearing 054 of Anak Tanjung Api Api
Clearance Beacon (white; diamond topmark, 6 m in height)
7 cables NW of Tanjung Api Api leads NW of the W edge
of Anak Tanjung Api Apit, and the same beacon, bearing
285 astern, leads clear of the N end of that spit.
4 Tanjung Delima (2079N, 111276E) is situated on the
N bank of the river, 3 miles ESE of Tanjung Api Api.
The channel SW of this point is cable wide between the
charted 5 m depth contours. Tanjung Manki lies on the S
bank of the river, 1 miles N of Tanjung Delima.
4.148
1 The stretch of river between Tanjung Manki and a
position 1 mile E, locally known as Rocks Reach, is the
most difficult to negotiate below Sarikei, owing to the
existence of several groups of rocks which can best be seen
on the chart.
2 Leading lights:
The alignment (086) ahead, of a pair of leading
lights standing 1 mile ENE of Tanjung Manki
(4.147), leads clear of the shoal water extending
off Tanjung Manki, and thence leads very close S
of the shoal on the N side of the fairway and N of
the W group of rocks on the S side of the fairway.
3 The alignment (125) of a pair of leading lights
standing on the E bank, 11 cables E of Tanjung
Manki, leads close NE of the E group of rocks on
the S side of the fairway.
4 Caution. Another pair of leading lights standing 2 cables
NW of Tanjung Manki, on the alignment (266) astern,
leads clear of the shoal water extending off Tanjung Manki,
but thence over the shoal on the N side of the fairway and
therefore the above leading lights, on alignment (086)
ahead, should be used.
5 Tanjung Pinang (2085N, 111290E), is situated on
the N bank 1 miles SE of Tanjung Manki. Sungai Sarikei
and Sungai Nyelong flow into the S side of Sungai Rajang
2 and 2 miles, respectively, ESE of Tanjung Pinang.
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 4
101
6 Caution. Log ponds, the limits of which are frequently
altered, may be encountered along the banks on this stretch
of the river.
4.149
1 Least charted depth. The least charted depth on the bar
above Sarikei is 30 m.
4.150
1 Pilotage. See 4.119.
Useful marks
4.151
1 Two radio masts 2080N, 111314E.
Sarikei
General information
4.152
1 Position. Sarikei (208N, 11131E), is a small river
port situated on the S side of Batang Rajang 27 miles from
Kuala Rajang, between the mouths of Sungai Sarikei and
Sungai Nyelong.
4.153
1 Function. The port has one alongside berth and handles
general and bulk cargoes.
4.154
1 Traffic. In 2002 3 vessels with a total dwt of
4565 tonnes used the port.
4.155
1 Port Authority. Sarakei Port Authority, c/o Rajang Ports
Authority, 96000 Sibu, Sarawak, Malaysia.
Limiting conditions
4.156
1 Controlling depth. See 4.117.
4.157
1 Deepest berth. Customs Wharf (4.167).
4.158
1 Tidal range is 48 m mean, springs. See information in
Admiralty Tide Tables.
4.159
1 Density of water is 10181025 g/cm
3
.
4.160
1 Maximum size of vessel. The port can accommodate
vessels of up to 3000 dwt and length 79 m.
Arrival information
4.161
1 Notice of ETA required. Vessels should forward their
arrival time 24 hours in advance. See 4.119.
4.162
1 Anchorage. There is anchorage for small vessels, in a
depth of 7 m, sand, 8 cables WNW of Tanjung Delima
(2079N, 111276E) (4.147), and, in a depth of about
6 m, sand, 4 cables NE of the same point.
4.163
1 Pilots. See 4.119.
4.164
1 Local knowledge. See 4.120.
Harbour
4.165
1 General layout. There is a wharf, three pontoons and a
small jetty.
4.166
1 Submarine pipelines. A submarine water pipeline
crosses the river in a NS direction 4 cables NW of the
mouth of Sungai Sarikei.
Berths
4.167
1 Alongside berths. The Customs Wharf consists of a
Tshaped concrete structure, with a berthing face 60 m in
length, situated between two dolphins. It has a least depth
of 76 m alongside.
Other berths. Concrete pontoon 30 m in length with a
depth of 30 m alongside. Two pontoons for small craft
with depths of 27 m alongside, and a small jetty with a
depth of 06 m alongside.
Port services
4.168
1 Supplies: provisions; fresh water; small quantities of
diesel fuel oil.
Deratting exemption certificates can be issued.
Sarikei to Bintangor
Chart 1945
General information
4.169
1 Route. The river passage from Sarikei to Bintangor
(Binatang) (210N, 11138E) (4.174), follows a winding
course for a distance of approximately 12 miles.
4.170
1 General description. The following is a description of
the main features of the river between Sarikei and
Bintangor. No detailed directions can be given.
2 The banks of the river are covered in nipa palms. Many
small streams and rivulets discharge into the main stream.
A number of longhouses are located on both banks of the
river. Tanjung Nyelong (209N, 11132E) is situated on
the S bank of the river 1 mile NNE of the mouth of Sungai
Nyelong. Depths of 3 to 4 m exist over the bar in the
fairway between 2 and 7 cables upstream of the wharf at
Sarikei, and a depth of 38 m in the fairway, 2 cables E of
Tanjung Nyelong.
3 Tanjung Burong lies on the N bank 7 cables E of
Tanjung Nyelong; shoal water extends 1 cable off this
point. Tanjung Payang is situated on the N bank 2 miles N
of Tanjung Burong. Tanjung Sahat lies on the opposite
bank 1 cables SE of Tanjung Payang.
4 Muara Payang flows into Batang Rajang N of Tanjung
Payang. Its entrance is obstructed by a large drying
sandbank. Tanjung Tikus is situated on the N bank of the
river 3 miles ESE of Tanjung Payang. Sungai Maradong
and Sungai Bintangor enter the S side of Batang Rajang
1 miles E and 2 miles ENE, respectively, of Tanjung
Tikus.
4.171
1 Least charted depth. The least charted depth on the bar
1 miles above Tanjung Payang (2112N, 111325E)
(4.170) is 42 m.
4.172
1 Pilotage. See 4.119.
Useful marks
4.173
1 Muara Payang Crossing Beacons (white; diamond
topmarks, 6 m in height):
SW beacon, 1 mile E of Tanjung Payang.
NE beacon, 2 miles ENE of Tanjung Payang.
The line of bearing 054/234 between these beacons
leads across a bar (4.171) extending across the river in this
vicinity.
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 4
102
Bintangor
General information
4.174
1 Position. Bintangor (Binatang) (210N, 11138E), is a
small port 11 miles above Sarikei, standing on the SE bank
of the river between the entrances to Sungai Maradong and
Sungai Bintangor.
4.175
1 Function. The port has one alongside berth and handles
general and bulk cargoes.
4.176
1 Port Authority. Port Authority of Bintangor, c/o Sekata
Sdn Bhd, No 4 Jalan Queen, Peti Surat 83, Bintangor,
Sarawak, Malaysia.
Limiting conditions
4.177
1 Channel depth. See 4.117.
4.178
1 Deepest berth. Customs Wharf (4.185).
4.179
1 Tidal range. See information in Admiralty Tide Tables.
4.180
1 Density of water is 1000 g/cm
3
.
4.181
1 Maximum size of vessel. The port can accommodate
vessels of up to 2000 dwt and length 79 m.
Arrival information
4.182
1 Pilots. Available from Sarikei. See 4.119.
Harbour
4.183
1 General layout. There is a wharf, two jetties and two
pontoons.
4.184
1 Useful marks:
Power station standing 3 cables SW of the S
entrance point of Sungai Bintangor.
Church spire standing 4 cables S of the same point.
Berths
4.185
1 Alongside berths. The Customs Wharf, 49 m in length,
with a least depth of 46 m alongside.
Other berths. Two jetties, 9 m and 10 m in length, with
depths of 21 m and 37 m alongside, respectively. Two
pontoons for launches with depths of 55 m and 09 m.
Port services
4.186
1 Supplies: small quantities of provisions; fresh water;
diesel fuel.
Bintangor to Sibu
General information
4.187
1 Route. The river passage from Bintangor to Sibu
(217N, 11149E) (4.214), follows a winding course for a
distance of approximately 23 miles.
4.188
1 General description. The following is a description of
the main features of the river between Bintangor and Sibu.
No detailed directions can be given.
The river banks are edged with nipa palms and
mangroves. A number of villages, longhouses, and
cultivated land are located on both banks of the river.
2 Sungai Tekap flows into the E side of the river 2 miles
N of Bintangor. Abreast Sungai Tekap entrance the channel
is less than cable wide between the 55 m contours.
3 Sungai Salemas enters Batang Rajang 2 miles NNE of
the mouth of Sungai Tekap. Pulau Salemas (215N,
11139E), lies on the drying portion of a bank which
extends up to 2 cables off the SE bank in Lubok Batu, the
reach of the river 4 cables N of the mouth of Sungai
Salemas. Lubok Bulat is formed by the bend in the river
1 miles NE of Sungai Salemas entrance.
4 Tanjung Pendam (217N, 11140E), is situated on the
W bank of the river 1 miles N of Lubok Bulat. There is
a least depth of 46 m in the fairway of the channel
between Lubok Bulat and Tanjung Pendam.
Considerable industrial and residential development has
taken place between Tanjung Pendam and Sibu.
4.189
1 Batang Lebaan (4.115) enters Batang Rajang between
Tanjung Pendam and Tanjung Lebaan 3 cables NNE. It
connects with Kuala Paloh (4.195) and Muara Lassa
(4.258). Depths of less than 55 m extend 2 cables WNW
from Tanjung Lebaan. Tanjung Kunyit (216N, 11144E)
is situated on the S bank of the river, 4 miles E of Tanjung
Pendam. A spit, with a depth of 18 m over it, extends
1 cables from the N bank 5 cables E of Tanjung Kunyit.
Tanjung Ensurai (215N, 11145E) is situated on the S
bank of the river 2 miles SE of Tanjung Kunyit. A rocky
46 m patch lies cable S of Tanjung Ensurai.
2 Tanjung Binjei (215N, 11147E) is situated on the S
bank 1 miles ENE of Tanjung Ensurai. Telok Nawah is
the stretch of the river N of this point. Three detached
shoals, with depths of 30 m, 40 m and 46 m over them,
lie in midchannel N of Tanjung Binjei.
3 Pulau Selalo (214N, 11148E) stands on the S edge of
a bank off the N bank of the river 1 miles SE of Tanjung
Binjei. Tanjung Sadit is situated 2 miles ESE of Tanjung
Binjei. In Telok Selalo, the reach SE of Pulau Selalo, the
deep water channel narrows to cable between the edge of
the bank SSE of Tanjung Sadit and the E bank of the river.
4 Tanjung Banyok (216N, 11148E) is situated on the E
bank 1 miles N of Tanjung Sadit, and Tanjung Engkilo
(2173N, 111490E) lies on the N bank 1 miles NNE
of Tanjung Banyok. Pulau Kerto (216N, 11150E) lies on
a large bank which extends SE for 2 miles from 1 cables
SE of Tanjung Engkilo. Batang Igan (4.253) enters Batang
Rajang E of Tanjung Engkilo.
5 Sibu, which is described at 4.214, one of the principal
ports of Sarawak, stands on the N bank of Batang Rajang,
on the E side of the entrance to Batang Igan (4.238).
4.190
1 Depths. A bar with depths of 3 m and less over it lies
across the river between Tanjung Pendam and the opposite
E bank.
4.191
1 Pilotage. See 4.119.
4.192
1 Useful marks. Leading beacons stand cable apart
4 cables NW of Tanjung Pendam:
Front beacon (red, with white triangle, point up).
Rear beacon (red, with white triangle, point down).
The alignment (277) astern leads N of the bar, and
towards a second leading line (270) described below.
2 Leading beacons cable apart, stand about 1 cable S of
the above mentioned pair:
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 4
103
Front beacon (white, with white triangle, point up).
Rear beacon (white, with white triangle, point down).
The alignment (270), astern, leads N of the E part of
the bar.
3 The channel running about 2 cables E of Tanjung
Pendam is marked by two beacons (white triangular
daymarks):
First beacon 1 cables S of Tanjung Pendam.
Second beacon 6 cables NE of Tanjung Pendam.
The line of bearing 043/223 between the beacons
indicates the deepest water in the channel.
Other names
4.193
1 Sungai Limut (206N, 11121E).
Lusam, Tanjung (203N, 11111E).
Moyan, Tanjung (136N, 11036E).
Nyabor, Kuala (202N, 11111E).
Skumong, Sungai (210N, 11121E).
BATANG PALOH
General information
Charts 1943 3836
Route
4.194
1 This section describes Batang Paloh from its entry
through Kuala Paloh (226N, 11117E), and the passage,
via the river system, to Sibu (217N, 11149E) (4.214),
51 miles above its mouth.
Batang Paloh
4.195
1 General description. Kuala Paloh the mouth of Batang
Paloh, is entered between Tanjung Pasir (226N, 11115E)
(4.202) and Tanjung Sedi (226N, 11118E), 2 miles E.
Kuala Paloh is fronted by a bar between 1 and 6 miles NW
of Tanjung Pasir. Beting Osman (227N, 11114E), a
drying bank, lies on the S side of Kuala Paloh, 1 miles
NW of Tanjung Pasir. Beting Mapal (227N, 11117E),
Beting Timon (228N, 11116E) and Beting Bagus
(228N, 11115E) are 3 of several drying banks lying on
the N side of the fairway from 1 to 5 miles NW of
Tanjung Sedi.
2 The route to Sibu (217N, 11149E) (4.214), via Kuala
Paloh, Muara Seredeng and Batang Rajang is almost
exclusively used by oceangoing vessels. Batang Paloh is
navigable by vessels drawing 61 m as far as Sibu. The bar
fronting Kuala Paloh has depths of less than 3 m. Although
this bar is shallower than that fronting Kuala Rajang
(4.117), once it is crossed the river to Sibu via Muara
Seredeng (4.258), Loba Semah (4.210) and Batang Lebaan
(4.115) is much easier to navigate and has fewer dangers. It
is marked by lightbeacons.
Limiting conditions
4.196
1 Channel depth. The least charted depth in the channel
over the bar in Kuala Paloh is 25 m. Draughts are
restricted to 50 m during the NE monsoon and 60 m
during the SW monsoon. Length is limited to 152 m. These
limits are revised from time to time.
Pilotage
4.197
1 Government pilots for Sibu board vessels within Kuala
Paloh off Tanjung Sedi (4.195). 24 hours notice is required
for a pilot through Shipping Sibu; the message should
specify Paloh Channel. If the pilot is required to board
outside the bar, this should be stated in the message. See
Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6 (4).
Local knowledge
4.198
1 Local knowledge is necessary to navigate the river
system.
Natural conditions
4.199
1 See 4.8.
Tidal streams
4.200
1 At the seaward end of the approach channel, at springs,
the tidal stream sets N or S at rates of up to 2 kn. In the
channel the outgoing rate is 3 kn, and the ingoing rate
is 1 kn.
Principal marks
4.201
1 Landmark:
Tanjung Sedi lighttower (226N, 11118E)
(framework tower, white diamond daymark, 18 m
in height).
Major light:
Kuala Paloh Entrance Beacon (2296N, 111117E).
Directions
Chart 1943
4.202
1 From the vicinity of 2 miles WNW of Kuala Paloh
Entrance Beacon (4.201), Kuala Paloh should be
approached with Tanjung Sedi Lighttower (226N,
11118E) ahead bearing 114, which leads into the
approach channel, marked by lightbuoys, between Beting
Bagus (4.195) and Beting Osman (4.195), and passing
(with positions from Tanjung Sedi Lighttower):
2 SSW of Kuala Paloh Entrance Beacon (7 miles
WNW), thence:
Between the outer channel lightbuoys (port and
starboard hand) (7 miles WNW), thence:
NNE of a stranded wreck (6 miles WNW), thence:
Between a pair of lightbuoys (port and starboard
hand) (5 miles WNW).
Thence the track leads ESE, passing:
3 SSW of a stranded wreck (lighted) (3 miles WNW)
on the SW edge of Beting Bagus (4.195), thence:
NNE of Tanjung Pasir (3 miles W), the N end of a
peninsular, the NW side of which is rapidly
eroding (reported in 1978). The NE point is
marked by a light beacon.
SSW of Tanjung Sedi Lighttower (4.201), thence:
To the pilot boarding station (5 cables SSE).
4 Caution. Whilst in the approach channel care should be
taken to avoid being set N or S due to strong cross
currents. The cross currents, tidal streams and swell,
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 4
104
especially during the NE monsoon period, necessitate
caution when entering.
As local knowledge is required, no further directions are
given.
Tanjung Pasir to Tanjung Gelang
General information
4.203
1 Route. From Tanjung Pasir the river passage runs
generally SE and E for 14 miles to Tanjung Gelang
(2230N, 111253E) (4.204), at the junction with Muara
Seredeng (4.258).
4.204
1 General description. The following is a description of
the main features of the river between Tanjung Pasir and
Tanjung Gelang. No detailed directions can be given.
The river banks are covered by forest and fringed in
many parts with swamps, mangroves and nipa palms.
Numerous settlements, longhouses and logging camps are
located on both banks of the river system.
2 Kampung Paloh (225N, 11115E), stands 1 mile S of
Tanjung Pasir, near the S entrance point to Loba Paloh.
Tanjung Kelei (221N, 11122E) is situated on the N bank
of the river, 6 miles SE of Tanjung Sedi. A drying bank
extending 1 cables offshore, with depths of less than 3 m
over it, lies 3 cables SW of this point. Tanjung Bakakong
(222N, 11123E) lies on the S bank, 1 miles NE of
Tanjung Kelei.
3 Tanjung Gelang (2230N, 111253E) is situated on the
N bank of the entrance of Batang Paloh from Muara
Seredeng (4.258), 12 miles upriver from Tanjung Sedi.
Tanjung Gera am (2225N, 111264E) lies on the S bank
of the entrance bank, 1 mile ESE.
Between Batang Paloh and Muara Seredeng there is a
bar extending from 1 mile WSW to 8 cables ENE of
Tanjung Gera am.
4.205
1 Leading beacons. Three pairs of leading beacons
(white), at the junction of Batang Paloh with Muara
Seredeng lead clear of the shoals at the head of Batang
Paloh which extend 5 cables SE of Tanjung Gelang
(2230N, 111253E) and 6 cables W of Tanjung Gera am
(4.204), and thence on the fairways over the bar:
2 First pair, P8 Lightbeacon (front), beacon (rear), 1
miles ENE of Tanjung Gelang standing on the E
bank of Muara Seredeng.
Second pair, 2 cables S of Tanjung Gelang.
Third pair, 2 miles E of Tanjung Gelang on the E
bank of Muara Seredeng.
3 The alignment (052) of the first pair leads clear of the
shoals at the head of Batang Paloh until the alignment of
the second and third pairs is reached. The alignment
(082 ahead) and (262 astern) of these beacons leads
across the bar.
4 P7 Lightbeacon (red) standing close S of the front
beacon at Tanjung Gelang which, when on the alignment
(015) with the front beacon is used to indicate where
vessels from Batang Paloh should commence turning onto
the transit line clearing the shoals at the head of Batang
Paloh.
4.206
1 Least charted depth. The least charted depth on the
leading lines (4.205) on the bars at Tanjung Gelang is
48 m.
4.207
1 Pilotage. See 4.197.
Useful marks
4.208
1 P5 Lightbeacon (2223N, 111226E) at Teluk
Bakakong.
P6 Lightbeacon (2216N, 111245E)
School (white building) (2216N, 111246E).
Tanjung Gelang to Batang Rajang
General information
4.209
1 Passage. From Tanjung Gelang (2230N, 111253E) at
the junction of Batang Paloh with Muara Seredeng, the
river passage follows a winding course for a distance of
23 miles to Tanjung Pendam (217N, 11140E) (4.188) at
the junction with Batang Rajang.
4.210
1 General description. The following is a description of
the main features of the river system between Tanjung
Gelang and Tanjung Pendam. No detailed directions can be
given.
2 Telok Teliu (222N, 11133E) is situated on the N bank
of Muara Seredeng, 8 miles E of Tanjung Gelang. The river
between runs generally E, then S for 2 miles. Tanjung
Penasu (2197N, 111334E) lies 2 miles S of Telok Teliu.
Here the river, known as Loba Semah, turns E and runs for
2 miles to Telok Sah (2195N, 111360E) on the S
bank. From Telok Sah the river runs N for 1 miles to
Tanjung Kamis (2206N, 11136E) on the E bank, then
NE for 1 miles, then E for a similar distance. NE of
Tanjung Kamis the deep water channel runs close to the N
bank. From a position 2 miles ENE of Tanjung Kamis the
river runs ESE for 1 miles and then SSE for a similar
distance. It then trends S for 1 miles, where it joins
Batang Rajang between Tanjung Lebaan and Tanjung
Pendam (217N, 11140E) (4.188).
3 From Tanjung Kamis to Tanjung Pendam the river is
known as Batang Lebaan (4.115)
For description of Batang Rajang from Tanjung Pendam
to Sibu see 4.189.
4.211
1 Least charted depth. See 4.206.
4.212
1 Pilotage. See 4.197.
Principal marks
4.213
1 Landmarks:
Sawmill (2200N, 111401E).
Church spire (2191N, 111430E).
SIBU
General information
Chart 1945
Position
4.214
1 Sibu (217N, 11149E) is one of the principal ports of
Sarawak and the headquarters of the Third Division. The
town stands on the N bank of Batang Rajang on the E side
of the entrance to Batang Igan (4.253), 51 miles above
Kuala Paloh and 70 miles above Kuala Rajang.
Function
4.215
1 The port has anchorage and alongside berths used for
general cargo, container traffic and bulk cargoes, which
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 4
105
include timber, rice and oil. Sibu is one of the major
shipbuilding and ship repair ports in Sarawak.
Topography
4.216
1 The town of Sibu is situated where Batang Igan
branches from Batang Rajang and flows N to the sea. Most
of the principal buildings are located near the SE end of
the town.
Approach and entry
4.217
1 The port is approached from the vicinity of position
230N, 11109E through a buoyed channel which leads
over the bar; thence via the river system to Sibu.
Traffic
4.218
1 In 2002 approximately 37 vessels with a total
deadweight of 60 858 tonnes used the port.
Port Authority
4.219
1 Sibu Port Authority, C/O Rajang Ports Authority, 96000
Sibu, Sarawak, Malaysia.
Limiting conditions
Controlling depth
4.220
1 Channel depth. See 4.196.
Deepest berth
4.221
1 Main (Commercial) Wharf (4.236).
Tidal levels
4.222
1 See information in Admiralty Tide Tables. At Sibu the
mean tidal range is 27 m. Actual levels vary with the fresh
water flow in the river and at times of flood may rise 18
to 24 m above predicted levels. The velocity of the current
alongside the wharf at Sibu is reported to be about kn.
Density of water
4.223
1 The density of water is 10001005 g/cm
3
.
Maximum size of vessel
4.224
1 The port has accommodated a vessel of 7372 grt, and a
vessel with a draught of 71 m.
Arrival information
Port radio
4.225
1 A port radio is operated from Sibu Marine Office. A
coast radio operates at Sibu. See Admiralty List of Radio
Signals Volumes 1 (2) and 6 (4) .
Notice of ETA
4.226
1 Vessels should forward their ETA 24 hours in advance.
Outer anchorages
4.227
1 Anchorage for vessels waiting for the tide or pilot can
be obtained in the vicinity of 230N, 11109E, 9 miles
WNW of Tanjung Sedi, in depths of 85 m.
If the bar is crossed, there is good anchorage 2 cables
S of Tanjung Sedi in depths of about 10 m.
Anchorage may be obtained in 11 m 1 mile ENE of
Tanjung Pendam (217N, 11140E) (4.188).
Pilots and tugs
4.228
1 Pilotage. See 4.197.
Tugs are not available.
Harbour
General layout
4.229
1 Sibu comprises the anchorages abreast the town and off
the NE side of Pulau Kerto (4.189). There are 5 wharves
and several floating wharves for launches. There is an oil
wharf at Sungai Merah Oil Depot (4.237) 2 miles N of
Sibu on the E bank of Batang Igan (4.253).
Submarine cables
4.230
1 A submarine cable crosses Batang Igan 2 cables N of
Tanjung Engkilo (2173N, 111490E) (4.189); its landing
places are marked by beacons.
Natural conditions
4.231
1 See 4.8.
Climatic table: for Sibu see 1.225 and 1.227
Landmarks
4.232
1 Radio tower (red obstruction light, elevation 81 m),
stands in Sibu 4 cables E of Tanjung Engkilo
(2173N, 111490E).
Sarawak House, conspicuous building with a tank on
the roof, (elevation 54 m), stands 4 cables E of the
radio tower.
2 Several conspicuous tanks (elevation 33 m) standing
1 cables NE of Bukit Lima Wharf (216N,
11150E).
Two radio towers standing 3 cables ESE of Bukit
Lima Wharf.
Berths
Anchorages
4.233
1 Anchorage can be obtained off Sibu in depths of 8 to
11 m, good holding ground.
4.234
1 Restricted anchorage. There is a restricted anchorage
for loading and discharging dangerous goods other than
petroleum off the NE side of Pulau Kerto (4.189), the
boundaries of which can best be seen on the chart.
4.235
1 Prohibited anchorage. Anchoring is prohibited in the
area SE of the entrance to Batang Igan (4.238), as
indicated on the chart.
Alongside berths
4.236
1 Main (Commercial) Wharf, 448 m in length with an
alongside depth of 85 m, for general cargo and
container traffic. In the approaches there are depths
from 7 to 10 m. Within 3 cables SE of Main
Wharf are 4 wharves, from 60 to 80 m in length,
with depths about 54 m alongside.
Bukit Lima Wharf, 23 m long with a depth of 40 m
alongside, is situated 1 miles SE of Main Wharf.
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 4
106
4.237
1 Other berth:
Sungai Merah Oil Depot stands on the E bank of
Batang Igan 2 miles N of Sibu. There is a
Tshaped wharf 49 m in length with a depth of
46 m alongside. Small tankers up to 2000 tonnes
and 74 m in length can berth alongside.
4.238
1 Directions for Batang Igan. Two leading beacons
(white) cable apart, stand on the W side of Batang Igan
4 cables N of Tanjung Engkilo:
Front beacon (white triangle point up).
Rear beacon (white triangle point down).
2 The alignment (331) leads through the fairway of the
entrance to Batang Igan.
Vessels should turn 5 cables above the wharf and berth
port side to, using an anchor.
Port services
Repairs
4.239
1 Major repairs can be effected. There are eight shipyards
with slipways. See 1.175.
Other facilities
4.240
1 There is a hospital in Sibu.
Deratting exemption certificates can be issued.
Supplies
4.241
1 Fresh water; provisions; small quantities of diesel oil.
Communications
4.242
1 By sea: regularly with Kuching, Singapore and Hong
Kong.
By air: domestic and international via Kuching. Sibu
airport is 3 miles N of the town.
Other names
Charts 3836, 3835
4.243
1 Balan, Tanjung (222N, 11120E).
Jakak, Tanjung (223N, 11119E).
Kedang, Tanjung (224N, 11118E).
Pangai, Tanjung (222N, 11127E).
Peka, Tanjung (220N, 11150E).
TANJUNG SIRIK TO TANJUNG BARAM
GENERAL INFORMATION
Charts 3836, 3837, 3838
Scope of the section
4.244
1 In this section are described the coastal routes between
Tanjung Sirik (247N, 11119E) and Tanjung Kidurong
(316N, 11303E), and between Tanjung Kidurong and
Tanjung Baram (436N, 11358E). Also described are the
rivers, ports, harbours, anchorages, and small craft
information associated with them.
Topography
4.245
1 From Tanjung Sirik to Tanjung Kidurong (316N,
11303E), the coast is densely wooded with occasional
clearings; the tops of the trees fringing the coast are 36 to
61 m high and are visible 10 to 15 miles offshore. The
whole of the coastline is fronted by a mudbank extending 2
to 3 miles offshore. Many rivers and streams enter the sea
along this stretch of the coast.
2 Between Tanjung Kidurong and Tanjung Sedanai
(326N, 11313E) 14 miles NE, the coast is broken, with
rocky outcrops and sand stone cliffs alternating with sandy
beaches. None of the cliffs is remarkable. Between Tanjung
Sedanai and Tanjung Baram (436N, 11358E), the coast
is low, featureless and wooded, with the trees extending to
the high water line in most places. Gunung Subis (347N,
11347E) (4.314) a prominent peak, is the only natural
feature which is readily identifiable and can be seen for a
great distance offshore. Tanjung Batu (406N, 11348E)
(4.316) lies 8 miles NE of Kuala Sibuti (359N, 11343E)
(4.322). Here, white limestone cliffs, up to 24 m high,
conspicuous from seaward, extend for 4 miles along the
coast.
Natural conditions
4.246
1 Currents and tidal streams. See 4.7.
COASTAL PASSAGE TANJUNG SIRIK TO
TANJUNG KIDURONG
General information
Charts 2100, 3836, 3837
Route
4.247
1 From a position NW of Tanjung Sirik (247N,
11119E) to the vicinity of the traffic separation zone off
Tanjung Kidurong (316N, 11303E), the route leads
generally ENE for approximately 111 miles.
Topography
4.248
1 See 4.245.
Cautions
4.249
1 During the NE monsoon, there is a dangerous surf
running over the offlying shoals and bars to all rivers;
small craft must exercise great caution.
The whole of the coastline is fronted by a mudbank,
with depths of less than 55 m over it, which extends for
8 miles off the entrance to Muara Lassa (4.258) and from 2
to 3 miles elsewhere.
2 Many dangers and banks lie off this coast. See 4.310.
Principal marks
4.250
1 Landmarks:
Bukit Setian (258N, 11255E), a mountain with a
conspicuous summit, standing 10 miles SE of
Kuala Tatau (305N, 11247E) (4.257).
Bukit Buan (255N, 11255E), a mountain, stands
3 miles S of Bukit Setian.
Bukit Ujan (300N, 11305E), a mountain, situated
10 miles ENE of Bukit Setian.
For marks at Bintulu Port see 4.289.
2 Major lights:
Tanjung Sirik Light (247N, 11119E) (4.98).
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 4
107
Kuaya Oya Lightbeacon (2532N, 111520E),
standing 6 cables offshore.
Kuaya Mukah Lightbeacon (2555N, 112053),
standing 7 cables offshore.
3 Tanjung Kidurong Light (aluminium framework
tower; 21 m in height) (3165N, 113038E),
stands 7 cables ENE of the point.
Bintulu Outer Leading Lights (3154N, 113041E)
(4.291).
Other navigational aid
4.251
1 Racon at Bintulu Fairway Lightbuoy (3161N,
112587E).
Directions
(continued from 4.100)
4.252
1 From a position NW of Tanjung Sirik (247N,
11119E), the coastal route to the traffic separation zone
off Tanjung Kidurong (316N, 11303E) leads generally
ENE for about 109 miles, passing:
NNW of a dangerous wreck (252N, 11115E)
(position approximate), thence:
2 Clear of a dangerous wreck (254N, 11113E),
thence:
NNW of drying banks which extend 4 miles NNW of
Tanjung Sirik Lighthouse (247N, 11119E)
(4.98), and a bank with depths of less than 5 m
extending 7 miles N of the lighthouse, thence:
3 NNW of a lightbuoy (starboard hand) (2525N,
111243E), marking the main channel approach to
Muara Lassa (4.263), and the drying shoals N of
Muara Lassa, thence:
NNW of Tanjung Budu (251N, 11138E) (4.253),
the W entrance point of Batang Igan, thence:
NNW of Kuala Oya Lightbeacon (2532N,
111520E) (4.254), thence:
4 NNW of Kuala Mukah light beacon (4.250), thence:
NNW of shoal patches (309N, 11215E) (position
approximate), with a least charted depth of 64 m,
which lie on the N edge of a large unsurveyed
area, the limits of which are shown on the chart,
thence:
5 NNW of an obstruction (310N, 11217E), with
149 m of water over it, thence:
SSE of Bayan Oil Field production platforms (326N,
11223E), thence:
NNW of Temana A and B Oil Field production
platforms (314N, 11243E), thence:
To the vicinity of 321N, 11254E off the NW of
the traffic separation zone off Tanjung Kidurong.
(Directions for the coastal route continue at 4.316,
and for Bintulu at 4.270.
Directions for deep water routes are given at 4.270)
Minor rivers
Charts 3836, 3837
Kuala Igan
4.253
1 General information. Kuala Igan (251N, 11139E),
the mouth of Batang Igan, is entered 1 miles E of
Tanjung Budu (251N, 11138E). A drying spit extends
4 cables NW from Tanjung Budu; a similar spit extends
1 miles NNW from Tanjung Duga (250N, 11140E), the
E entry point. A stranded wreck lies on the drying spit.
2 Kuala Igan Light (2508N, 111389E) (white diamond
on a framework tower) lies on the W side of Batang Igan,
2 cables inside the mouth. A lightbeacon (white triangular
daymark, point up) stands on Tanjung Duga. Wrecks and
obstructions lie in the outer part of Kuala Igan. The
approach channel over the bar is subject to frequent
change. Leading lights with an alignment of 187 stand
5 cables WNW of the light-structure.
3 It is reported that there are depths of 37 to 22 m for
60 miles upstream to the junction of Batang Igan with
Batang Rajang at Sibu. The channel has not been fully
surveyed, but vessels with a draught of up to 27 m use the
river regularly. The village of Igan stands on the NE bank
of the river, 2 miles SE of Tanjung Duga. There is a
small government jetty at the village.
Kuala Oya
4.254
1 General information. Kuala Oya (253N, 11152E),
the mouth of Batang Oya, lies 14 miles E of Tanjung Budu.
Kuala Oya light (metal tripod, white triangular day mark,
point up; 6 m in height) stands on the W bank of the
entrance to Batang Oya. Drying sandbanks extend 7 cables
NE from the light structure and 7 cables NNW from the E
entrance point. A lightbeacon (4.250) stands on the N
extremity of the drying bank extending NE from the W
side of the entrance. A bar, which is subject to change, lies
between the N extremities of these sandbanks. The channel
across the bar is marked by stakes. A beacon (white
triangular daymark, point down) stands S of the light. The
alignment (190) of the light and the beacon leads across
the bar. It is reported that vessels of 18 m draught can
navigate this narrow and tortuous river for about 17 miles
upstream. Oya village (252N, 11152E), stands on a neck
of land between two wide bends in the river close within
the entrance of Batang Oya.
Kuala Mukah
4.255
1 General information. Kuala Mukah (255N, 11205E),
the mouth of Batang Mukah, is situated 13 miles E of
Kuala Oya. The beach between Oya and Mukah can be
used by light traffic. Drying sand banks extend NNW from
both entrance points of Batang Mukah. A lightbeacon
(4.250) stands on the N extremity of the E drying bank.
Dangerous wrecks lie 2 miles and 3 miles N of the
entrance. Mukah (254N, 11206E) stands on the W bank
of Batang Mukah. Radio masts at Mukah stand about
2 cables SW of the rear leading light; red obstruction lights
are exhibited from the tallest mast (elevation 98 m).
2 Directions. Leading lights are exhibited from metal
framework towers standing on the W bank of the entrance,
5 cables within its mouth; in line, they indicate the fairway
over the bar. The front tower is liable to be moved without
prior notice to conform with changes in the channel; the
limiting bearings are 178 to 184. The front tower
daymark is a triangle apex up and the rear daymark is a
triangle apex down. A lightbeacon stands on the extremity
of the drying bank on the E side of the entrance.
3 The channel across the bar and into the river is marked
by stakes, which are moved as necessary.
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 4
108
Tidal and depth signals are shown from the rear
leading lighttower as follows:
Position Signal Meaning
E yardarm One white ball
One red ball
Ingoing tide
Outgoing tide
W yardarm Three white balls
Two white balls
One white ball
No signal
21 m or more on the bar
18 m on the bar
15 m on the bar
Less than 15 m on the bar
4 At night red and white lights are exhibited instead of red
and white balls.
Largest vessels. Vessels up to 43 m in length and 397
grt have used the port.
Anchorage: off Kuala Mukah. Logs have been
successfully loaded at this anchorage, but it is exposed to
the NE monsoon.
5 Berths. Government Jetty, wooden, with a depth of
55 m alongside, lies on the W bank of the river, 5 cables
within the entrance. A Government commercial wharf,
31 m long, with an alongside depth of 18 m, is situated
2 cables further upriver.
Communications: Mukah airfield is 1 mile W of Batang
Mukah entrance.
Kuala Balingian
4.256
1 General information. Kuala Balingian (300N,
11235E), forms the mouth of Batang Balingian. The
entrance is marked on the E bank by a pair of leading
lights (white triangle, point up, on white metal framework
towers). The alignment (160) of these lights leads between
the drying sandbanks which extend about 1 mile N from
both sides of the river entrance. The channel has a least
charted depth of 02 m but is liable to change and may not
be precisely indicated by the leading line. Fallen tree trunks
present a hazard to navigation in the approach to, and
within the river.
Charts 2100, 3837
Kuala Tatau
4.257
1 General information. Kuala Tatau (305N, 11247E),
the mouth of Batang Tatau, lies 44 miles ENE of Kuala
Mukah (255N, 11205E) (4.255). In 1951, Batang Tatau
was reported to be navigable by vessels up to 46 m in
length and 24 m draught as far as Tatau (253N,
11251E), 13 miles above the entrance. Batang Tatau
bridge limits passage to vessels with a maximum masthead
height of 10 m and beam of 20 m. The speed limit in the
vicinity of the bridge is 3 kn. A wharf, 8 m in length,
with an alongside depth of 06 m, is situated on the W side
of the river, 3 cables within the entrance.
2 Directions. A pair of leading lights and a pair of leading
beacons stand 3 cables apart on the W side of the entrance
to Batang Tatau. The outer pair (white triangular
daymarks), is in line bearing 168; the inner beacons (white
triangular daymarks with a black central stripe), are in line
with the prominent righthand side of the summit of Bukit
Buan (255N, 11255E) (4.250) bearing 143. Both pairs
lead over the bar. The sea conditions on the outer line are
often easier than elsewhere, but the channels and depths are
liable to change and the leading beacons are moved
accordingly.
3 A stranded wreck, from which a light is exhibited, lies
close to the intersection of the two leading lines; a wreck
with a depth of 03 m over it lies E of the channel,
2 cables ENE. Another stranded wreck lies W of the
channel about 1 mile NW of the entrance. The outer
channel is marked by 7 stakes on each side.
Muara Lassa
Chart 3836
General information
4.258
1 General description. Muara Lassa, the wide estuary
which separates Pulau Beruit (235N, 11120E)
terminating in Tanjung Sirik (247N, 11119E) from the
mainland E, is the common entrance to Batang Lassa and
Muara Seredeng. Muara Lassa trends S for 21 miles to its
junction with Muara Seredeng. It is from 1 to 3 miles
wide, and within the entrance has depths of more than
55 m near its W bank. Muara Seredeng is entered W of
Tanjung Bubus (229N, 11123E), situated 13 miles S of
Pulau Patok (245N, 11123E) (below). This is also the S
entry point of Batang Lassa (below). There are depths of
about 3 m (10 ft) as far as Tanjung Gelang (2230N,
111253E) (4.204), where the route to Sibu from Kuala
Paloh is joined.
2 Batang Lassa, which flows into the E side of Muara
Lassa 14 miles within its mouth, connects with Batang
Rajang through Batang Leban. Pulau Patok (244N,
11123E) lies in the entrance to Muara Lassa, 5 miles SE
of Tanjung Sirik. Tanjung Jol (212N, 11126E), the E
entry point, is situated 3 miles farther SE. Pasir Jungau, a
drying spit, extends 2 miles NNE from Pulau Patok.
3 Kuala Beruit (247N, 11122E), the W approach
channel to Muara Lassa, lies W of Pasir Jungau and Pulau
Patok. The main entrance to Muara Lassa lies between
Pasir Dua Belas, and Pasir Jungau, and E of Pulau Patok.
Pasir Dua Belas is a narrow sandspit which extends from
3 to 6 miles N of Tanjung Jol. Kuala Matu (200N,
11100E) the mouth of Batang Matu is the NE approach
channel and lies 2 miles ENE of Tanjung Jol.
4.259
1 Channel depth. The least charted depth over the bar of
the main entrance is 25 m.
Caution. Changes to hydrography and shoaling were
reported (1997) in Muara Lassa and Muara Seredeng.
4.260
1 Tidal streams. There are tiderips and overfalls over the
shoals in the entrance to Muara Lassa. The stream sets
strongly through the channels, reaching 4 kn close E of
Pulau Patok on the outgoing stream after rains.
4.261
1 Hazard. A large number of fishing stakes, which are
liable to be moved, lie in the approaches to Muara Lassa.
4.262
1 Local knowledge. The channel is liable to frequent
change, especially after the NE monsoon and entry should
not be attempted without local knowledge.
Directions
4.263
1 Main channel approach. From a position N of Pulau
Patok the track leads generally S, passing:
E of two lightbuoys (starboard hand), which mark
the channel over the bar of the main entrance,
thence:
Close W of a row of fishing stakes, thence:
2 W of Pasir Dua Belas and other drying banks. An
obstruction (2519N, 110250E), the remains of
a beacon, lies at the N end of Pasir Dua Belas.
Thence:
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 4
109
Pass about 3 cables E of Pasir Jungau and 4 cables E
Pulau Patok.
3 Kuala Matu approach. From a position NNE of
Tanjung Jol, the track leads S until NE of Batang Matu
entrance distant 3 miles thence SW, passing:
Close E of a row of fishing stakes, thence:
W of a dangerous wreck (247N, 11130E), thence:
E of a shoal lying 2 miles N of Batang Matu
entrance, thence to the point 3 miles NE of Batang
Matu, thence:
4 NW of Tanjung Jol, on which stands a light, and into
Muara Lassa.
Muara Lassa is clear of dangers on its W side when S
of Pulau Patok.
4.264
1 Useful marks:
Light at Kampung Beruit, 3 miles W of Tanjung Jol.
Light at Kuala Matu, 2 miles ENE of Tanjung Jol.
PELABUHAN BINTULU
General information
Charts 1748, 2100, 3837
Position
4.265
1 Pelabuhan Bintulu (316N, 11304E), is a major port
situated on the S side of Tanjung Kidurong (4.245). The
port includes the old port at the town of Bintulu, standing
on the N bank of Batang Kemena; the new port, known as
Pelabuhan Bintulu; and Bintulu Terminal, comprising 2
SBMs.
Function
4.266
1 Bintulu is one of the principal ports of Sarawak, its
primary function being the export of LNG. Other cargoes
for export, such as LPG, ammonia, crude oil, fertilizer,
sawn timber, urea, palm oil and other petroleum products,
are handled.
Port limits
4.267
1 The port limits are defined by the arc of a circle radius
10 miles, centred on Tanjung Kidurong, as shown on the
chart.
Piracy
4.268
Several recent incidents of piracy and armed robbery
have been reported at Bintulu. For reporting and possible
preventative measures see 1.111 and 1.112.
Traffic separation scheme
4.269
1 A traffic separation scheme (320N, 11256E), with
anchorages to the NE and SW, has been established in the
outer approaches to Pelabuhan Bintulu and details can be
seen on the chart. This scheme is not IMOadopted.
Approach and entry
(continued from 2.15, 2.17 and 4.270)
4.270
1 A recommended track for deep draught vessels leads
about 50 miles SE from a position 3 miles SW of Beting
Tugau (Parsons Shoal) (353N, 11216E) (4.310) to
Bintulu Harbour limits, passing:
NE of D18 Oil Field (336N, 11223E) (4.11),
thence:
2 SW of Beting Liku Utara (346N, 11238E) (4.311)
and the shoals extending 13 miles NW (4.311),
thence:
Clear of an isolated shoal (3365N, 112368E),
reported in 1997, with 285 m of water over it,
thence:
SW of Beting Liku Selatan (340N, 11241E)
(4.311), and shoal 2 miles SSE (4.311), thence:
3 SW of West Patricia Oil Field (334N, 11249E)
(4.11).
A similar recommended track leads about 23 miles SW
and then 9 miles SSW from a position 9 miles NW of
Tanjung Payong (344N, 11325E) to the harbour limits.
Full details of these tracks can be seen on the charts.
4 The port is approached via the TSS (4.269). Thence,
from the vicinity of the Fairway Lightbuoy (safe water,
racon) (3161N, 112588E), which lies 4 miles W of
Tanjung Kidurong, the alignment of leading lights (4.291)
leads ESE into a buoyed channel, and thence into the port
passing S of the outer breakwater.
5 Caution. Extensive development of the port facilities,
including a new S approach channel, is taking place (2003).
The Port Authority should be consulted for the latest
information.
Traffic
4.271
1 In 2002 384 vessels with a total dwt of 1 843 657
tonnes used the port.
Port Authority
4.272
1 Bintulu Port Authority, PO Box 296, 97007 Bintulu,
Sarawak Malaysia.
Limiting conditions
Controlling depths
4.273
1 The approach channel has a maintained depth of 155 m
at the outer end, increasing to 160 m in the turning area
just outside the entrance to the LNG harbour. The channel
into the inner harbour is dredged to a depth of 135 m.
Deepest berth
4.274
1 LNG berth see 4.293.
Tidal levels
4.275
1 See information in Admiralty Tide Tables. The mean
tidal range between MHHW and MLLW is 11 m.
Density of water
4.276
1 The density of the water is 10091025 g/cm
3
.
Maximum size of vessel
4.277
1 The LNG berth can accommodate vessels up to 65 000
dwt and length 300 m.
Arrival information
Port operations
4.278
1 A Vessel Traffic Monitoring system operates at Bintulu
port for the control and monitoring of vessels within the
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 4
110
port limits. Vessels are required to establish contact 3 hours
before ETA and maintain VHF watch within port limits.
See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6 (4).
Port radio
4.279
1 A port radio is operated from the port control tower. See
Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6 (4).
Notice of ETA
4.280
1 Vessels should forward their ETA 24 hours in advance.
LNG, LPG and ammonia carrying vessels should forward
their ETA 72 hours in advance.
Outer anchorages
4.281
1 Named anchorage areas for various categories of vessels
are shown on the chart.
Caution. A dangerous wreck and a spoil ground lie
within the General Cargo Anchorage, 4 miles WSW of
the Fairway Lightbuoy (4.270).
4.282
1 Prohibited anchorage. Anchoring is prohibited within
the harbour limits except in the designated anchorage areas.
Pilots and tugs
4.283
1 Pilotage is compulsory for vessels over 25 m in length;
a 24 hour service is in operation. Requests for pilots should
be made at least 4 hours before arrival and 2 hours prior to
departure or moving berth. Pilots board vessels 2 miles N
of the Fairway Lightbuoy (3161N, 112588E). See
Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6 (4) for details.
4.284
1 Tugs are available.
Regulations concerning entry
4.285
1 When a vessel is within port limits, extra precautions
must be taken to avoid oil spillage.
When an LNG carrier is in the approach channel,
restrictions will be imposed on the movement of all other
vessels entering or leaving the port.
The Port Safety Officer will board vessels for inspection
prior to loading.
Harbour
General layout
4.286
1 Bintulu port comprises Bintulu Terminal SBMs (4.300),
an outer LNG harbour, an inner general cargo harbour, and
the berths at the old port of Bintulu (4.305). The LNG
harbour is protected by an outer breakwater extending
5 cables WSW and SSW from Tanjung Kidurong (4.245).
The LNG berth is on the NE side. The inner harbour lying
E of the LNG harbour, is entered between an inner
breakwater on the N side and a reclaimed area on the S
side.
Submarine pipelines
4.287
1 Gas. A gas pipeline from the central Luconia Gas Field
(4.11) lands 2 miles NE of Tanjung Kidurong.
Oil. An oil pipeline is laid from Temana A Oil Field
(314N, 11243E) to Temana B Oil Field (315N,
11248E) offshore production platforms, thence to the
shore 1 miles NE of Tanjung Kidurong. A gas and oil
pipeline is laid from Temana B Oil Field to the shore
2 miles NE of Tanjung Kidurong.
2 Another oil pipeline is laid from Temana B Oil Field
WNW for 28 miles to the Bayan Oil Field (3026N,
11223E), which is further connected by pipelines with the
D35 Oil Field 28 miles NW and the D18 Oil Field 10 miles
N, see 4.10.
Natural conditions
4.288
1 See 4.7.
Climatic table: for Bintulu see 1.225 and 1.228.
Principal marks
4.289
1 Landmarks:
Four oil tanks (316N, 11304E), standing close W
of Tanjung Kidurong Light.
Water tank standing 3 cables SSW of Tanjung
Kidurong Light.
A hut standing 1 cables NNE of the water tank.
2 Refinery flare towers (3172N, 113048E).
Radio tower, red obstruction lights, standing on the
summit of Bukit Nyabau (313N, 11305E).
Major lights:
Tanjung Kidurong Light (3165N, 113038E)
(4.250).
Bintulu Outer Leading Lights, front No 29A
(3154N, 113041E) and rear No 29B (3153N,
113046E) (4.291).
Other navigational aid
4.290
1 Racon at Bintulu Fairway Lightbuoy (3161N,
112588E).
Directions
4.291
1 Outer leading lights are exhibited on the S side of the
inner harbour:
Front light No 29A (white trapezium base down)
(3154N, 113041E).
Rear light No 29B (white trapezium base up) (840 m
from front light).
2 From the vicinity of the Fairway Lightbuoy (safe
water) (3161N, 112588E) the alignment (100) of the
outer leading lights leads through the entrance channel,
marked by lightbuoys, to the entrance to the outer LNG
harbour. Thence, the alignment (085) of the inner leading
lights leads into the inner harbour.
3 Inner leading lights are exhibited on the E side of the
inner harbour:
Front light No 28A (red trapezium base down)
(3157N, 113045E).
Rear light No 28B (red trapezium base up) (200 m
from front light).
4 The first alignment passes S of the head of the outer
breakwater on which stands light No 27 (red structure), and
the inner alignment passes between the heads of the inner
breakwaters on which stand lights No 25 (white structure)
(S dyke) and No 26 (red structure) (N side, breakwater
head).
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 4
111
4.292
1 Turning area. A turning area, 750 m wide, lies 3 cables
W of the entrance to the LNG harbour.
Berths
Alongside berths
4.293
1 Outer harbour LNG jetty, 420 m long with an
alongside depth of 150 m; can accommodate
vessels up to 65 000 dwt and 300 m long. The
approach to the berth is dredged to 150 m; with
the limit of the dredged area is marked by
lightbuoys, and by No 16 Lightbeacon (white
beacon) located about 1 cable SW of the head of
the LNG jetty.
2 Three general cargo berths on the N side of the inner
harbour, totalling 5145 m in length with alongside
depths of 105 m; suitable for vessels up to
30 000 dwt.
Bulk carrier berth situated on the E side of the inner
breakwater with a depth of 135 m alongside and
suitable for vessels up to 60 000 dwt.
3 RoRo ramp with a width of 25 m, located at the W
end of the general cargo wharf.
Petroleum jetty which extends W from the E side of
inner harbour with an alongside depth of 11 m, can
accommodate vessels of up to 30 000 dwt.
4 Tanker jetty 180 m long, parallel to, and 1 cable N of
the petroleum jetty, with an alongside depth of
135 m suitable for vessels of up to 38 000 dwt.
Glass sand jetty on the S side of the inner harbour,
with an alongside depth of 135 m to
accommodate vessels of up to 40 000 dwt.
4.294
1 Other berth. A berth used by construction craft,
situated E of the general cargo berths, with an alongside
depth of 7 m.
4.295
1 Oil Terminal. See 4.300.
Port services
Repairs
4.296
1 Minor repair facilities available.
Other facilities
4.297
1 Bintulu District Hospital, 20 km.
Deratting exemption certificates can be issued.
Supplies
4.298
1 Provisions; fresh water; fuel, including marine diesel
supplied by barge and tank trucks at all berths; marine
lubricants available.
Communications
4.299
1 By air: via Bintulu airport, 20 km.
Bintulu Terminal
General information
4.300
1 Position. Bintulu Terminal (320N, 11301E), situated
4 miles NW of Tanjung Kidurong (316N, 11304E)
(4.245).
Function. The terminal consists of 2 SBMs for the
exportation of crude oil and condensate. The terminal is in
operation day and night.
2 Terminal operators. The terminal is supervised and
operated by Sarawak Shell Berhad to whom arrival cables
(Saroilco, Miri) are forwarded.
Arrival information
4.301
1 Approach and entry. See 4.270 and 4.278.
Anchorage. Anchorage areas for tankers are shown on
the chart.
Pilotage. Pilots may only be arranged through agents.
The pilot and berthing master board at the pilot boarding
station at the inner end of the traffic separation scheme.
See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6 (4).
2 Berthing or unberthing is conducted by day and night.
Terminal regulations.
The Berthing Master will board with the pilot at the
pilot boarding station.
The Port Safety Officer will board vessels, to inspect
the ship prior to loading.
3 The use of a tug to assist with berthing and
unberthing is compulsory.
When a vessel is within port limits, extra precautions
must be taken to avoid oil spillage.
There are no facilities for the reception of dirty
ballast. Vessels must arrive with clean ballast.
Berths
4.302
1 Two SBMs which reportedly can accommodate tankers
up to 350 000 dwt, length 305 m and a sailing draught of
1585 m.
Other facilities.
4.303
1 Emergency medical services only.
Supplies
4.304
1 Fresh water and fuel, limited supply, by barge.
Kuala Bintulu
Charts 1748, 2100
General information
4.305
1 Kuala Bintulu (311N, 11302E), the mouth of Batang
Kemena, lies 15 miles ENE of Kuala Tatau. A bar lies
about 1 mile from the river entrance. The shoal water on
each side of the channel over the bar breaks. A drying
mudbank extends 5 cables NW from the W entrance point
of Kuala Bintulu; a drying sandbank extends 7 cables NW
from the E entrance point. Local knowledge is advisable to
cross the bar and enter the river.
2 The town of Bintulu (310N, 11302E), is mainly
situated on the NE side of Kuala Bintulu 7 cables within
the entrance. There are numerous jetties for small craft. A
bridge with a vertical clearance of 118 m crosses the river
3 miles above Customs Wharf (3103N, 113022E).
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 4
112
The width of the navigation channel beneath the bridge is
37 m. Batang Kemena is navigable by any vessel that can
cross the bar, as far as Tatau, 50 miles upstream.
3 Tidal and depth signals are shown from the rear
leading light structure at the river entrance as follows:
Position Signal Meaning
NE yardarm One white ball
One red ball
Ingoing tide
Outgoing tide
SW yardarm Three white balls
Two white balls
One white ball
No signal
24 m on the bar
18 m on the bar
12 m on the bar
Less than 12 m on the
bar
At night, red and white lights are exhibited instead of
red and white balls.
4 Tidal streams and flow. The flow in the river and
immediate approaches is mainly due to the outgoing
current in the surface layer. The maximum tidal stream rate
is 1 kn and the maximum outgoing flow of 2 kn
occurs midway between higher HW at Miri (424N,
11359E) (4.323) and the following lower LW. The
maximum ingoing flow of kn occurs midway between
lower LW at Miri and the following HW. In the immediate
approaches the outflow under water is apparent in the
movement of floating debris, but there is little movement
below a depth of 03 m.
5 Anchorages:
General cargo anchorage 4 miles WNW of the front
leading light structure, in a depth of 11 m.
Good anchorage may be found 2 miles NW of the
front leading light structure, in a depth of 73 m,
good holding ground.
6 Caution. In rainy weather discoloured water from
Batang Kemena extends several miles offshore. Large tree
trunks are carried down by the river, and may be a danger
to navigation.
Depths over the bar are subject to change and the
leading beacons are moved accordingly.
7 Submarine cables and pipelines. Two submarine cables
and a pipeline are laid across the river from 1 to 4 cables
from the Customs wharf. The ends of the submarine cables
are marked by notice boards.
8 Landmarks:
Bukit Jepak (309N, 11303E), a hill, is situated on
the SW side of Batang Kemena, 1 miles from its
entrance. A conspicuous radio tower with red
obstruction lights stands near the summit.
Hotel standing 2 cables E of Customs Wharf.
9 Directions. Leading lights are exhibited from metal light
structures standing on the E side of the entrance:
Front light (metal tripod, white triangular daymark,
point up).
Rear light (metal framework tower, white triangular
daymark, point down).
10 The alignment of these lights leads over the bar, passing
(with positions from the front light (3112N, 113018E)):
N of a stranded wreck (6 cables W), from which a
light is exhibited, thence:
S of the stranded wreck of a lighter, painted black
with red bands (5 cables WNW), from which a
light is exhibited.
11 The front light is moved to indicate the deepest channel.
Berths:
Government Wharf situated 3 cables S of the rear
leading light. The wharf is 9 m in length and dries
to 07 m alongside.
Customs Wharf situated 1 mile SSE of the rear
leading light tower with a charted depth of 28 m
alongside.
A Container Jetty, 450 m in length.
12 Town Jetty is 31 m in length, with a depth of 03 m
alongside.
Communications: airfield situated close to town.
COASTAL PASSAGE TANJUNG
KIDURONG TO TANJUNG BARAM
General information
Charts 3837, 3838
Route
4.306
1 From the vicinity of the traffic separation zone off
Tanjung Kidurong (316N, 11304E), to a position NW of
Tanjung Baram (436N, 11358E) the route leads
generally NE for about 100 miles. Between Tanjung
Kidurong and Tanjung Lobang (422N, 11357E) (4.325)
it is recommended to keep in depths of more than 20 m,
taking care to avoid the outlying banks and dangers.
Topography
4.307
1 See 4.245.
Hazards
4.308
1 On the outgoing tidal stream, and particularly after
heavy rain, a surface layer of river water extends a
considerable distance seaward from the rivers. Much debris
is brought down, including floating islands of nipa palm,
and very large logs which are often practically submerged
and constitute a danger to navigation. These may be
encountered at any distance offshore. Off Kuala Niah
(358N, 11342E) (4.321) and Kuala Sibuti (359N,
11343E) (4.322) a line of discoloured river water may be
encountered 10 miles seaward. Patches of discoloured water
often give the impression of shallow water, and, by
contrast, there is rarely any visual indication of the
offlying shoals until the vessel is right over them. After
heavy weather, sand in suspension is found all along the
coast up to a considerable distance offshore, and this gives
the impression of shallow water.
Natural conditions
4.309
1 In September, 1951, a current was observed to set SW
at a rate of kn at a position 35 miles NW of Tanjung
Kidurong. In June, 1951, a similar current prevailed 6 miles
NW of Kuala Similajau (331N, 11317E) (4.318).
See also 4.7.
Outlying dangers and banks
Charts 1949, 3837, 3838
4.310
1 Beting Mukah (Lydie Shoal) (351N, 11203E), a small
coral patch. An obstruction lies 3 miles ESE of Beting
Mukah.
Beting Tugau (Parsons Shoal) (353N, 11216E) and
Beting Serupai (James Shoal) (358N, 11217E) lie,
respectively, 13 miles E and 15 miles ENE of Beting
Mukah. Both shoals are small and composed of coral.
During the NE monsoon a distinct line of tiderips may be
met W of, and in the vicinity of these shoals.
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 4
113
2 A shoal, with two heads, having depths of 22 m over
them, lies 13 miles SSE of Beting Tagau. Beting Safri, a
coral shoal, lies 6 miles farther S.
A dangerous wreck lies 19 miles SSW of Beting
Tugau.
An obstruction, with a depth of 22 m over it, the
remains of an abandoned oilwell, lies 21 miles S of Beting
Tagau.
4.311
1 Beting Liku Utara (Acis North Shoal) (346N,
11238E), has a depth of 162 m over it. A string of
shoals, some reported in 1983 and 1984, extend up to
13 miles NW of Beting Liku Utara. Beting Liku Selatan
(Acis South Shoal) (340N, 11241E), a ridge of coral,
extends for 2 miles in a NE and SW direction, and has a
least depth of 91 m near its centre.
2 Two detached shoals, each with a depth of 155 m over
them, lie 2 miles SSE of the SW end Beting Liku Selatan
and 3 miles NE of the NE end of the same shoal.
4.312
1 Beting Tatau (Marie Shoal) (341N, 11248E). An
obstruction is charted 6 miles SSE of Beting Tatau; the
charted position is approximate.
Beting Kidurong (Ruth Shoal) (343N, 11255E),
consisting of three separate coral patches, lies between 6
and 8 miles ENE of Beting Tatau.
Beting Jepak (Isobel Shoals) (352N, 11247E), which
consist of a coral ridge extending in a NE and SW
direction, and a shoal, with a depth of 110 m over it, lie
10 and 14 miles, respectively, NW of Beting Kidurong.
2 Beting Bintulu (Madalene Shoals) (354N, 11257E), a
large group of detached coral patches.
4.313
1 A 14 m shoal lies 11 miles WNW of Tanjung Similajau
(332N, 11317E).
Beting Nyalau (Wilson Shoal) (347N, 11304E).
Beting Suai (Christine Shoals) (350N, 11302E),
consist of two separate coral patches, 1 miles apart. A
dangerous wreck, the position of which is approximate, lies
4 miles NNW of the N shoal head of Beting Suai.
2 Beting Bungai (Elizabeth Shoals) consist of four coral
patches lying 18 miles NW of Tanjung Payong.
All these shoals are rocky outcrops, covered with sand
and coral.
Principal marks
4.314
1 Landmarks:
Gunung Subis (348N, 11347E), a mountain which
can be seen for a great distance offshore, is easily
recognisable by white patches of limestone on its
seaward side.
Bukit Lambir (412N, 11400E), a mountain situated
13 miles ENE of Tanjung Batu (406N, 11348E)
(4.316).
2 Two framework radio towers exhibiting red fixed
obstruction lights, standing 5 and 6 cables E of
Tanjung Lobang (422N, 11357E).
For marks at Miri see 4.345.
Major lights:
Tanjung Kidurong Light (316N, 11304E) (4.250).
3 Tanjung Payong Light (white GRP beacon, 9 m in
height) (344N, 11325E).
Tanjung Lobang Light (grey metal framework tower,
16 m in height) (422N, 11358E).
Tanjung Baram Light (grey metal framework tower)
(4357N, 113584E).
Fairley Oil Field Light (457N, 11404E) (5.19).
Other navigational aid
4.315
1 Racon at Fairley Oil Field Light (457N, 11404E).
For details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2.
Directions
(continued from 4.252)
Charts 1949, 2100, 3837, 3838
4.316
1 From the vicinity of the traffic separation zone off
Tanjung Kidurong (316N, 11304E) the coastal route, a
charted deep water route to a position NW of Tanjung
Payong (344N, 11325E)), leads initially NE then NNE
for approximately 100 miles, to a position NNW of Tanjung
Baram (436N, 113589E) passing:
SE of Beting Nyabau (Patricia Shoal) (338N,
11303E), thence:
2 NW of Tanjung Similajau (332N, 11317E), fringed
by rocky ledges which extend 2 cables, thence:
SE of Permatang Payung (Cochrane Bank), with a
least depth of 15 m over it, which lies 10 miles
NW of Tanjung Payong (345N, 11325E), and
extends for 11 miles in a SW and NE direction.
And:
3 NW of Tanjung Payong, which consists of rocky
outcrops and ledges from which Tanjung Payong
Light (4.314) is exhibited, thence:
ESE of Permatang Mashor (Kennett Bank) which lies
14 miles N of Tanjung Payong, thence:
4 WNW of Beting Niah (Ursula Shoals) (357N,
11331E), consisting of two shoals, the NE and
shoalest of which is steepto, with a depth of
37 m over it, and should be given a wide berth.
Thence:
5 WNW of Tanjung Batu (406N, 11348E). White
cliffs conspicuous from seaward when the sun is
on them, extend for 4 miles along the coast. A
177 m coral patch (411N, 11316E) lies 32 miles
W of Tanjung Batu; an 183 m bank lies 9 miles
NE of this patch. Thence:
6 WNW of Siwa Shoal (417N, 11349E), and Siwa
Oil Field (4.11) 1 miles NNW, thence:
Clear of Tukau Shoal (424N, 11345E), with a
depth of 201 m over it, and Tukau Oil Field (4.11)
1 miles NW, thence:
7 WNW of Tanjung Lobang (422N, 11358E)
(4.325), thence:
ESE of Bokor Oil Field (433N, 11337E), thence:
ESE of Betty Oil Field (436N, 11338E), thence:
WNW of West Lutong Oil Field and Lutong Oil
Terminal (430N, 11354E) (4.359), thence:
Clear of Bakau Oil Field (434N, 11349E), thence:
8 WNW of the shoals with depths less than 5 m
extending to 4 miles offshore between W and N of
Tanjung Baram, thence:
Clear of Baram Oil Field (W part) (441N, 11351E,
thence:
ESE of Baronia Oil Field (445N, 11344E), thence:
To a position NNW of Tanjung Baram.
9 Caution. When approaching Tanjung Baram from the N,
vessels are advised to give the point a berth of at least
6 miles.
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 4
114
For information on navigating in the vicinity of oil and
gas fields and their attendant submarine cables and
pipelines see 1.24 and 1.66.
(Directions continue at 5.21)
Anchorages
4.317
1 Anchorage may be obtained anywhere along the coast,
provided charted shoals are avoided; the holding ground is
generally good. The general nature of the bottom is soft
grey mud and sand; the shoals are rocky outcrops covered
with coral and sand.
Small craft
Chart 3837
Kuala Similajau
4.318
1 General information. Kuala Similajau (331N,
11317E), the mouth of Sungai Similajau, is entered
1 miles SSE of Tanjung Similajau (332N, 11317E). A
bar consisting of hard sand over rock, with a depth of
03 m, fronts the river mouth. The river is navigable, by
vessels which can cross the bar at Kuala Similajau, as far
as the fork situated 4 miles upstream, above which it is
only suitable for boats. A wooden jetty, with a depth of
37 m alongside, lies below a disused timber camp 5 cables
upriver on the S bank. A reef, which dries in places,
extends two thirds of the way across the river 1 miles
upstream. Logs are sometimes found with one end firmly
in the river bed. The river bottom is mostly rocks, and in
the lower reaches consists of mud over rock.
2 Tidal streams at the entrance may increase from a
normal maximum of 2 kn to as much as 4 kn after heavy
rain.
Directions. When approaching Kuala Similajau keep in
depths greater than 18 m until due W of Kuala Similajau,
and then steer for the mouth of the river. Local knowledge
is essential for entering the river.
3 Anchorage may be obtained S of latitude 331S in
depths of 10 to 11 m. The bottom consists of soft grey mud
and is good holding ground.
Sungai Nyalau
4.319
1 General information. Sungai Nyalau (338N,
11322E), enters the sea 1 mile NE of Tanjung Borgam
(338N, 11322E). It is navigable for several miles by
craft which can cross the bar. The channel over the bar is
marked by stakes. A small village stands on the S bank
near the entrance.
Kuala Suai
4.320
1 General information. Kuala Suai (348N, 11329E),
the mouth of Batang Suai, lies 5 miles NE of Tanjung
Payong (344N, 11325E) (4.316). In 1973, the least depth
over the bar was 08 m. The channel is marked by 5 stakes
on each side. Batang Suai is navigable by vessels 18 m in
length and 15 m draught, as far as Suai (348N,
11338E), 13 miles upstream. A fairly extensive area has
been cleared on both banks near the river entrance, where
there is some cultivation and a number of dwellings. A
sawmill stands on the N bank 5 cables from the entrance,
and logging companies operate up the river.
2 Directions. The alignment of leading lights standing on
the S entrance point gives guidance to the approach:
Front light (white beacon, white triangular daymark,
point up).
Rear light (white beacon).
3 The channel indicated by the stakes should be used for
crossing the bar.
A stranded wreck lies close E of Kuala Suai.
Anchorage: 3 miles off Kuala Suai; used by vessels
loading logs.
Caution. Should sudden squalls from the W occur,
caution should be observed.
Chart 3838
Kuala Niah
4.321
1 General information. Kuala Niah (358N, 11342E),
the mouth of Batang Niah, enters the sea 16 miles NE of
Kuala Suai. It is entered over a bar with a depth of 04 m
over it (1973). Batang Niah runs generally in a SSE
direction and skirts the W side of the foothills of Gunung
Subis (4.314). From the entrance the river runs parallel to
the beach for 1 mile, forming a narrow strip of land which
is sparsely inhabited. The main kampung is 5 cables within
the entrance.
2 The river is navigable by vessels 18 m in length and
18 m draught for about 14 miles upstream. The village of
Niah (352N, 11343E) is situated 7 miles upstream of the
entrance.
3 Directions. The alignment (125) of leading
lightbeacons indicates the channel over the bar, which is
unmarked:
Front light (white triangular daymark, point up).
Rear light (white triangular daymark, point down).
4 The bar can also be crossed from the SW, but as there
is no reliable lead this is not recommended without local
knowledge. A sand spit, covered at HW, extends from the
S bank of the entrance; its extremity is marked by a stake.
A stranded wreck lies off Kuala Niah.
5 Anchorage: 3 miles off Kuala Niah in depths of 9 m;
used by vessels loading logs.
Caution. See 4.320.
Kuala Sibuti
4.322
1 General information. Kuala Sibuti (359N, 11343E),
the mouth of Sungai Sibuti, lies 2 miles NE of Kuala Niah.
It is entered over a bar, with a least depth of 02 m over it
in 1973. A clump of very high casuarina trees immediately
NE of Kuala Sibuti is a guide to the position of the river
mouth. Sungai Sibuti runs NE, parallel to the coast, for
6 miles to Sibuti (403N, 11348E), where it diverges and
eventually turns SE. A small kampung is situated on the S
bank close inside the entrance. The river is reported to be
navigable by vessels 18 m in length and 15 m draught for
15 miles within the entrance.
2 Directions. A pair of leading lightbeacons in line gives
guidance to the approach, but the channel over the bar is
indicated by five stakes on each side:
Front light (white triangular daymark, point up).
Rear light (white triangular daymark, point down).
3 Anchorage: 3 miles off Kuala Sibuti, in depths of
9 m; used by vessels loading logs.
Caution. See 4.320.
Hazard. Fish aggregating devices (FADs) are moored
about 4 miles offshore between Kuala Sibuti and Kuala
Bakam (416N, 11356E). Their positions may not be
charted. See also 1.18.
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 4
115
PORT OF MIRI
General information
Chart 1949
Position
4.323
1 The port of Miri (424N, 11359E) stands on the SE
side of Sungai Miri and also includes Kuala Baram (435N
11359E) (4.356) on the S side of the entrance of Batang
Baram, and Lutong Oil Terminal (429N, 11356E)
(4.359), the offshore loading berths off Lutong (429N,
11400E).
Function
4.324
1 Miri is one of the principal towns of Sarawak, and is
used by local and foreign vessels. The port has anchorage
and alongside berths and 3 SBM berths off Lutong. The
main exports are crude oil, petroleum products, damar,
rattan and rubber.
Topography
4.325
1 Tanjung Lobang (422N, 11358E) has yellow
sandstone cliffs, 30 m high. Elsewhere, the coast is low,
and, where it has not been cleared, covered with dense
jungle. A range of coastal hills extends 4 miles NNE from
Tanjung Lobang.
Approach and entry
4.326
1 The port is approached from seaward through the
dredged channel of the new mouth of Sungai Miri (4.350).
Traffic
4.327
1 In 2002 234 vessels with a total dwt of
7 429 500 tonnes used the port.
Port Authority
4.328
1 Miri Port Authority, PO Box 1179, Jalan Bendahara,
98008 Miri, Sarawak, Malaysia.
Limiting conditions
Controlling depth
4.329
1 The entrance channel has a width of 140 m and a
minimum dredged depth on the centreline of 31 m.
Tidal range
4.330
1 See information in Admiralty Tide Tables. The mean
tidal range between MHHW and MLLW is 09 m.
Density of water
4.331
1 The density of the water is 1025 g/cm
3
.
Maximum size of vessel
4.332
1 The port has accommodated a vessel of 3015 dwt,
having a length of 65 m, beam 15 m, and draught of 28 m.
Arrival information
Port radio
4.333
1 There is a port radio station at Miri. See Admiralty List
of Radio Signals Volume 6 (4).
Notice of ETA
4.334
1 Vessels should forward their arrival time 96, 72 and 24
hours in advance to their local agents through Kuching or
Singapore Radios. See Admiralty List of Radio Signals
Volume 6 (4).
Outer anchorages
4.335
1 Anchorage may be obtained in depths of 9 m, 3 miles
NNW of Tanjung Lobang (422N, 11358E) (4.325) as
shown on the chart. Loading and discharging of cargo is
carried out from lighters of from 25 to 150 tonnes capacity.
When at anchor off Miri, even in a gale with a high sea,
vessels always lie head to the tidal stream with the swell
on their beam. Swell often restricts cargo work to the
landward side only.
4.336
1 There is a designated anchorage outside the SW limit of
the oil field, 2 miles S of SBM No 5.
For anchorage off Kuala Baram, see 4.358.
2 Caution. Vessels are cautioned against anchoring within
West Lutong Oil Field, an area, indicated on the charts,
extending 7 miles W of Lutong. Numerous uncharted
pipelines and oil wells exist in this area.
Pilots
4.337
1 Pilotage is compulsory for vessels using the oil SBMs at
Lutong. See 4.360.
Tugs
4.338
1 Tugs are available for Miri Port only.
Regulations concerning entry
4.339
1 Vessels with immigrants should anchor 3 miles NNW
of Tanjung Lobang and 2 miles offshore.
Quarantine
4.340
1 Quarantine regulations are in force. For radio signals to
be made to the Port Health Officer by vessels proceeding
to Lutong, see Admiralty List of Radio Signals
Volume 6 (4).
Notice of medical requirements
4.341
1 Bill of health and medical requirements to be advised at
least 24 hours before arrival.
Harbour
General layout
4.342
1 Miri port comprises Lutong Oil Terminal offshore
loading berths; the port on the SE side of Sungai Miri,
where the berths are reportedly closed; and Kuala Baram
(4.356). The area between the new entrance channel (4.326)
and the old river entrance, 1 mile SW, is being reclaimed;
see also 4.356.
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 4
116
Submarine pipelines
4.343
1 Numerous submarine pipelines exist in West Lutong Oil
Field which are not marked on the chart.
Natural conditions
4.344
1 See 4.7
Climatic table: for Miri see 1.225 and 1.230
Principal marks
4.345
1 Landmarks, with positions from Tanjung Lobang
(422N, 11358E) (4.325):
Radio towers 5 cables E.
A tower (3 miles NE).
Oil tanks at Miri (4244N, 113594E).
2 Radio tower (5 miles NNE).
Oil tanks at Lutong (7 miles NNE).
Intermittent gas flare (428N, 11400E).
Gas flare (429N, 11400E).
4.346
1 Major lights:
Tanjung Lobang Light (422N, 11358E) (4.314).
Tanjung Baram Light (4357N, 113584E) (4.314).
Fairley Oil Field Light (457N, 11404E) (5.19).
Other navigational aid
4.347
1 Racon at Fairley Oil Field Light (457N, 11404E).
For details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2.
Directions
4.348
1 When approaching Miri in thick weather and if unable
to reach either anchorage, vessels are recommended to
anchor further W in 18 to 23 m, rather than remain under
way.
4.349
1 Approach from west. From a position E of Tukau
Shoal (4.316), the track leads E towards the oil tanks at
Miri (4244N, 113594E) (4.345) to the anchorage and
pilot boarding position for Lutong Terminal (4.360) or the
Miri anchorage (4.335). In reduced visibility keep in depths
greater than 22 m until Tanjung Lobang (4.325) is sighted.
At night the white oil tanks generally show up well.
2 Approach from north. When approaching Tanjung
Baram from N, a berth of at least 6 miles should be given
to the point and the shoals to the W (4.316). From a
position E or W Bakau Oil Field (4.11) the track leads S
direction passing W of West Lutong Oil Field (4.11) and
Lutong Oil Terminal (4.359), thence to the anchorages or
pilot boarding position.
3 Caution SBM No 5 (4268N, 113538E) at the SW
corner of the Oil Terminal is unlit.
4.350
1 Entry. From the vicinity of the 4241N, 113565E
and the anchorages (4.335) the approach leads E passing N
of a dangerous wreck (the mast of which is visible)
(4235N, 113577E).
2 The entrance channel to Sungai Miri, marked on the N
side of the entrance by a beacon (4241N, 113584E)
leads E for about 6 cables into the river.
Caution. Navigation is restricted and mariners are
advised to exercise care when using this channel; daylight
navigation is recommended and departing vessels have
priority.
Berths
Anchorages
4.351
1 See 4.335.
Port services
Repairs
4.352
1 Minor emergency repairs can be effected.
Other facilities
4.353
1 Miri Government hospital 3 km.
No facilities for the reception of dirty ballast, vessels
must arrive with clean ballast.
Deratting exemption certificates can be issued.
Supplies
4.354
1 Fuel oil can be supplied at oil berths upstream of the
port area.
Communications
4.355
1 By sea: regularly, throughout the region.
By air: via Miri airport at Lutong.
Kuala Baram
Description
4.356
1 Kuala Baram (435N, 11358E), the mouth of Batang
Baram, is situated close S of Tanjung Baram. The river is
fronted by a bar which is subject to change. Drying banks
extend up to 2 miles W of the N entrance and 1 miles
W of the S entrance. There are a number of stranded
wrecks shown on the chart; one of them, 2 miles W of
Tanjung Baram, is lit.
2 Depths over the bar are reported to shoal after the river
has been low for a time, particularly during the NE
monsoon, but to deepen again after heavy rain upcountry.
Logs may be found stranded on the bar, and the foreshore
on both sides of the entrance to Batang Baram is covered
with logs and stranded trees. Above the bar, Batang Baram
is navigable by small craft for about 106 miles. Marudi,
where there is a wharf 22 m long with a depth of 61 m
alongside, is situated 45 miles upstream.
3 It is reported that a new channel over the bar, marked
by lightbuoys, leads 2 miles SE from position 4375N,
113565E, see Caution at 4.357.
There are three sawmills at Kuala Baram, two on the S
bank and one on the N.
Local knowledge is required as the entrance is difficult.
4 Development. In 1996, work was in progress on the
construction of a new port which will replace the existing
port at Sungai Miri. The infrastructure will include wharves
on the S side of the river which will accommodate vessels
of up to 6 m draught and 5000 grt. The plans include
provision for container berths, RoRo berths and cruise
ship berths.
Directions
4.357
1 Caution. In view of the development in progress no
details can be given, and the Miri Port Authority should be
consulted for the latest information on the depths in the
fairway, across the bar, and for the wrecks charted off the
entrance; see Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6 (4).
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 4
117
Ferry. A ferry crosses Batang Baram 8 cables above the
entrance serving the road from Miri to Brunei.
2 A submarine pipeline and power cable cross the river
close to Government Jetty which stands on the S side of
the river close upstream of the ferry terminal. Vessels are
cautioned against anchoring in their vicinity. A small wreck
lies cable downstream of the S ferry terminal; it gives
cathodic protection to the power cable.
Outer anchorage
4.358
1 Anchorage for vessels loading logs in the NE monsoon
may be obtained about 4 miles SW of Tanjung Baram
(436N, 11358E) (4.245), in depths of 9 m.
Lutong Oil Terminal
Chart 1949
General information
4.359
1 Position. Lutong Oil Terminal (428N, 11355E)
located within the West Lutong Oil Field (430N,
11354E).
2 Function. The terminal consists of three SBMs
numbered 1, 3, and 5, for the exportation of crude oil and
petroleum products. SBM No 5 is used for exporting crude
oil, and Nos 1 and 3 for the export and importation of
petroleum products.
Arrival information
4.360
1 Port radio. There is a port radio station at Lutong.
Notice of ETA. See 4.334.
Anchorage: designated area for tankers using the SBMs,
as shown on the chart.
Pilotage. Pilotage is compulsory for vessels using the
SBMs off Lutong. Vessels should await the berthing master
in the designated anchorage area. The berthing master, who
acts as pilot, and assistant, will board vessels in the
anchorage area. The pilot launch is fitted with VHF R/T.
Berths and services
4.361
1 Berths.
SBM No 1 can accommodate vessels of up to
100 000 dwt, length 192 m, and sailing draught of
1127 m.
SBM No 3 can accommodate vessels of up to
100 000 dwt, length 245 m, and sailing draught of
1189 m.
SBM No 5, which is unlit, can accommodate vessels
of up to 150 000 dwt and sailing draught of 17 m.
2 Berthing or unberthing is conducted by day and night.
Vessels for loading should anchor off Miri to embark the
berthing master who will take them to the moorings off
Lutong. Under no circumstances should a vessel anchor off
Lutong unless in charge of a berthing master. Tugs are not
available. A mooring launch is provided for berthing and
unberthing; unberthing may be carried out without a
berthing master. The berthing master will provide mooring
wires, and a gang of men to assist in mooring.
3 Services. There are no facilities for the reception of
dirty ballast. Vessels must arrive with clean ballast. No
fresh water or boiler water available. Fuel available at SBM
No 3 only; 48 hours notice is required. Emergency medical
treatment available ashore subject to weather conditions.
Limited supply of provisions for which 72 hours notice
should be given.
Other names
4.362
1 Benawas, Bukit (404N, 11348E).
Lutong, Sungai (427N, 11359E).
Serawi, Bukit (401N, 11349E).
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER
6
CHAPTER
4
CHAPTER
2
T.Baram
Kuala
Belait
Seria
Terminal
Lumut
Terminal
Muara
Bandar
Limbang
Bandar
Seri Begawan
Br u n e i
Ba y
Sipitang
SABAH
BRUNEI
T. Lumba-Lumba
Pelabuhan
Victoria
Labuan
Terminal
1
1
8
2.19
5.21
5.56
5.44
5.58
5.179
5.178
5.128
5.126
5.53
5.22
5.30
5.32
5.24
5.28 5.159
5.152
5.104
5.166
5.181
5.68
5.46
5.93
1949
2109
2111
1844
1844
947
947
2134
2134
2134
3838 5
114 115
5
6 6
114 Longitude 115 East from Greenwich
30 30 30
30 30 30
30
30
30
30
20
40
50
50
40
20
10
20
40
50
50
40
20
10
40 50 40 40 10 20
40 50 40 40 10 20 50 10 20
Chapter 5 - North-west Borneo from Tanjung Baram to Tanjung Toulak
March 2004
Home Contents Index
119
CHAPTER 5
NORTH-WEST COAST OF BORNEO FROM TANJUNG BARAM TO TANJUNG
TOULAK INCLUDING PULAU LABUAN AND BRUNEI BAY
GENERAL INFORMATION
Charts 2109, 2111, 3483
Scope of the chapter
5.1
1 In this chapter are described:
Offshore oil fields off the NW coast of Brunei (5.10).
The waters between Tanjung Baram (436N,
11358E) and Tanjung Toulak (525N, 11523E),
101 miles NE, including Pulau Labuan and Brunei
Bay. The description includes the coastal routes
and the ports and anchorages associated with them.
Topography
5.2
1 Generally the coast is low, flat and densely wooded, and
apart from the W coast of Pulau Labuan (518N,
11513E) (5.41), free of fringing reefs. The coastline is
fairly regular until indented by Brunei Bay (5.63) in the
NE. Brunei Bay is entered either SW or E of Pulau
Labuan.
2 There are some prominent peaks inland, with Bukit
Ladan (438N, 11448E) (5.19) very conspicuous and
usually visible when the higher mountains are covered with
clouds. Gunung Mulu (405N, 11458E) (5.19), is one of
the highest mountains in this part of Borneo. Several high
sharp-pointed conical peaks stand to the E of Gunung
Mulu.
Wrecks
5.3
1 There are a number of wrecks off the coast of Brunei
and some, particularly in the shallower waters, may be a
danger to shipping. The positions of wrecks may best be
seen on the charts.
Submarine cables
5.4
1 Submarine cables, which are shown on the chart, are
landed on the coast of Brunei and the E coast of Pulau
Labuan.
For general information on submarine cables see The
Mariners Handbook.
Submarine pipelines
5.5
1 Within the offshore oil and gas fields, submarine
pipelines carrying either oil or gas are laid between the
various platforms, and also from them to collecting stations
ashore and export terminal outlets.
For the dangers associated with oil and gas pipelines see
1.66 and The Mariners Handbook.
Ammunition dumping ground
5.6
1 An ammunition dumping ground extends from 35 to
50 miles NNW of Ampa Patches (457N, 11422E) (5.22),
as shown on the chart.
Floating hazards
5.7
1 See 1.5.
Natural conditions
5.8
1 Currents and tidal streams. Tides are mainly diurnal
along the NW coast of Borneo; off Brunei there are
stretches of coast where there are seldom more than one
tide a day. Local tidal streams set onto and away from the
offshore reefs attaining greater rates through the narrow
channels between them, but they are generally weak or
inappreciable.
Generally the current along the coast in this area sets
SW from January through March and September and sets
SE during the other months.
2 Weather. Along the NW coast of Borneo, N of the
equator, the monsoon winds blow from N directions from
November to April and from S directions from May to
October (1.181). Land and sea breezes occur all year,
modifying the prevailing winds so that N and S winds tend
to become W by day and E by night.
3 The area is affected by squalls associated with
cumulonimbus and thunderstorms. These squalls can be
very severe and peak gusts of 75 kn are not uncommon.
All squalls are accompanied by torrential rain. Generally
the rainfall is heavy over the area every month of the year.
Most of the heavy rain is confined to a limited area where
the monsoon meets a mountain range close to the coastline.
4 Climatic tables: see 1.225, 1.231 and 1.232.
Piracy
5.9
1 See 1.111.
Oil and gas offshore fields
5.10
1 The major offshore oil and gas fields which lie within
the limits of this chapter can be found in several locations
lying up to 30 miles off the NW coast of Brunei between
Tanjung Baram (436N, 11358E) and Champion Shoals
(512N, 11446E). The largest, South West Ampa Oil
Field, is centred on 443N, 11409E.
For regulations concerning these fields see 1.22.
2 In addition to the navigational restrictions around oil
fields, safety zones of up to 16 miles from all offshore
platforms have been declared in Brunei waters (see 1.129).
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 5
120
Listed oil fields
5.11
Name Position
Lat N Long E
Remarks
Baram 443, 11356
Fairley-Baram 448, 11358
Gannet 501, 11402
Fairley 457, 11404
Racon
Egret 459, 11413 Platform
Name Position
Lat N Long E
Remarks
South West Ampa 443, 11409
Tali 440, 11424
Magpie 506, 11427
Racon
Iron Duke 510, 11438
Maharaja Lela 524, 11441
Champion 513, 11444
Racon
TANJUNG BARAM TO TANJUNG BATU
General information
Charts 3838, 2109
Scope of the section
5.12
1 In this section are described the coastal and offshore
routes between Tanjung Baram (436N, 11358E) and
Tanjung Batu (503N, 11503E), including the ports,
anchorages and small craft information associated with
them.
Routes
5.13
1 From a position NW of Tanjung Baram (436N,
11358E), an offshore route (5.21), passing to seaward of
the oil development area, leads initially NNE and ENE for
about 66 miles to a position NNW of Champion Oil Field
(513N, 11444E), thence ESE for about 20 miles, to the
vicinity of position 510N, 11500E, NNW of Tanjung
Batu (503N, 11503E) (5.22).
2 From a similar position, a coastal route (5.22) leads
generally ENE for about 72 miles, but is only for vessels of
suitable size and draught, as it is much encumbered with
shoals and oil fields.
3 In thick weather depths of more than 46 m, which will
be found in the offshore route, should be kept to ensure
passing seaward of all dangers. Vessels working against the
monsoons will find the tidal streams more regular inshore,
but with the E-going stream they should guard against the
indraught into the rivers.
4 Caution. The route described above lies in the vicinity
of offshore oil fields, which are shown on the chart;
mariners are advised to keep clear of their associated
platforms and wells, see 1.24.
5.14
1 Vessels bound for Chinese ports from the NW coast of
Borneo should use Palawan Passage (7.15) in preference to
the route on the E side of Palawan. See Philippine Islands
Pilot for details of the latter route.
A section of the route from Singapore to Hong Kong for
low-powered vessels runs through the offshore part of the
area, see 2.18.
Topography
5.15
1 From Tanjung Baram (436N, 11358E) to the entrance
to Sungai Tutong (447N, 11436E) (5.35) the coast is
very low, intersected by numerous rivulets, and is densely
wooded. The coast thence, as far as Brunei Cliffs (458N,
11451E) (5.22), is sandy and in most places backed by
dull reddish cliffs from 12 to 18 m high, broken by
occasional low beaches on which there are high casuarina
trees, and by the mouths of numerous small rivers. Bukit
Shahbandar, a grassy ridge with numerous indistinguishable
sharp peaks, extends 4 miles S of Brunei Cliffs. From close
E of this ridge the coastal range of hills 61 to 109 m high
and densely wooded, stretches ENE to Tanjung Batu
(503N, 11503E) (5.22). A range of densely wooded hills
runs parallel to the coast about 1 mile inland.
Rescue
5.16
1 There is a National Search and Rescue Co-ordination
Centre at Berakas (501N, 11458E). See Admiralty List
of Radio Signals Volume 5 and 1.106.
Natural conditions
5.17
1 See 5.8.
Firing ranges
5.18
1 Binturan and Bukit Agok Firing Ranges lie between
Sungai Tutong entrance (447N, 11436E) and Tanjung
Pungit, 19 miles NE. B1 Light-beacon (grey beacon)
(4532N, 114404E) marks the SW extremity of the
Binturan Range, and B2 Light-beacon (grey structure),
5 miles ENE, marks the NE extremity. The limits of
Bukit Agok Range are shown on chart 2109. Details of
firing are promulgated in Brunei Darussalam Notices to
Mariners. See also 1.21.
Principal marks
5.19
1 Landmarks:
Bukit Ladan (438N, 11448E), standing 15 miles
SE of the entrance to Sungai Tutong, and at the
beginning of the mountainous country of the
interior, is usually visible when the higher
mountains are covered with clouds.
2 Gunung Mulu (405N, 11458E), is conical-shaped
with a slightly flattened summit, and is one of the
highest mountains in this part of Borneo. Several
high conical peaks stand to the E of Gunung Mula.
Bukit Tunggulian (442N, 11431E), a hill situated
12 miles ENE of Seria (5.28).
3 Bukit Ambog (448N, 11440E), a hill covered with
low scrub, standing 4 miles ENE of the entrance
to Sungai Tutong, is fairly prominent in contrast to
the densely wooded country which surrounds it.
4 Woody Peak, situated 2 miles SW of Brunei Cliffs
(458N, 11451E) (5.22), is the highest peak of a
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 5
121
range of hills, which lie parallel with the coast
1 mile inland.
Radio tower (red lights) standing on Tanjung Batu
(503N, 11503E).
5 Major lights:
Tanjung Baram Light (4357N, 113584E) (4.314).
Fairley Oil Field Light (platform) (457N, 11404E).
Magpie Oil Field Light (506N, 11427E).
Champion Oil Field Light (513N, 11444E).
Pulau Keraman Light (513N, 11508E) (5.42).
Tanjung Kubong Light (524N, 11515E) (5.42).
Other navigational aids
5.20
1 Racon at Fairley Oil Field Light (457N, 11404E).
Racon at Magpie Oil Field Light (506N, 11427E).
Racon at Champion Oil Field Light (513N,
11444E).
For details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2.
Directions
(continued from 4.316)
Charts 1949, 3838, 2109
Offshore route
5.21
1 From a position NNW of Tanjung Baram (436N,
11358E), and clear of Baram Oil Field, the route leads
generally NNE then ENE then ESE, to a position NNW of
Tanjung Batu (503N, 11503E), passing:
WNW of Fairley-Baram Oil Field (448N, 11358E),
thence:
2 WNW then NNW of Gannet Oil Field (501N,
11402E), thence:
NNW of Fairley-Baram Oil Field, thence:
NNW of Magpie Oil Field (506N, 11427E),
thence:
3 NNW of Iron Duke Oil Field (510N, 11438E). A
wreck with 19 m of water over it lies 2 miles
NNW of the field. Iron Duke Shoals lie from 1
to 5 miles S of the oil field and consist of three
distinct shoals; Otterspool Rock (504N,
11439E); Nankivell Rock, lying 2 miles NW of
Otterspool Rock; and Silk Rock lying 2 miles
NE of Nankivell Rock. Thence:
4 SSE of Maharaja Lela Oil Field (524N, 11441E),
thence:
NNW then NNE of Champion Oil Field (513N,
11444E). Colombo Shoal, and Champion Shoals,
consisting of two groups of shoal heads, lie within
the area covered by the oil field. Thence:
5 To a position NNW of Tanjung Batu in the
approaches to Labuan Terminal or Brunei Bay. A
wreck, the position of which is approximate, with
a depth of 22 m over it, lies 7 miles WNW of
Labuan Terminal (516N, 11507E).
(Directions for the route to
Palawan Passage are given at 2.18)
Coastal route
5.22
1 From a position NNW of Tanjung Baram (436N,
11358E), to a position NNW of Tanjung Batu (503N,
11503E), the coastal route, for which local knowledge is
required, leads generally ENE, passing:
Clear of Baram Oil Field (443N, 11356E), noting
a dangerous wreck 4 miles NNE of Tanjung
Baram, thence:
SSE of Fairley-Baram Oil Field, centred on 448N,
11358E, thence:
2 Clear of an obstruction 12 miles NNE of Tanjung
Baram, and:
SSE of FA-2 platform (450N, 11404E), thence:
NNW of South West Ampa Oil Field, centred on
443N, 11409E, thence:
Clear of an obstruction (450N, 11410E), thence:
Clear of a shoal depth of 165 m (451N, 11416E),
thence:
3 SSE of Browne Patch (454N, 11418E), coral with
a least depth of 54 m over it, and:
Clear of Chearnley Shoal (451N, 11419E), with a
least depth of 52 m over it, near its centre. A
15 m patch lies 1 mile NNW of Chearnley Shoal,
thence:
4 SSE of Fairley Patches, a narrow ridge of shoals
situated 4 miles N of Chearnley Shoal. Several
shoals with depths of from 72 to 195 m lie within
2 miles NE, E and SE of Fairley Patches. A
detached 106 m patch lies 5 cables further S.
Thence:
5 SSE of Ampa Patches lying from 4 to 8 miles NE of
Chearnley Shoal. Magpie Rock (457N, 11422E),
lies on the shallowest part of these shoals. Ampa
Patches Light (metal tripod) (457N, 11422E), is
exhibited 4 cables WNW of Magpie Rock. And:
Clear of Porter Patch, situated 5 miles NE of
Chearnley Shoal, thence:
6 NNW of Brock Patch, lying 10 miles SSE of Porter
Patch, thence:
NNW of Victoria Patches (454N, 11438E),
consisting of a number of coral heads with a depth
of less than 5 m over them, thence:
7 NNW of Scout Patches (2 miles NE of Victoria
Patches) which consist of two shoals. Scout Rock,
a dangerous rock, lies on the SE shoal and the
NW shoal, with a depth of 64 m over it, lies
1 miles NW of Scout Rock. And:
Clear of Cunningham Patch (459N, 11437E) with
a depth of 63 m over it, thence:
8 SSE of Amcotts Rock situated 3 miles N of
Cunningham Patch, noting a 10 m patch lying
2 miles ESE, thence:
Clear of Blunt Rock (3 miles ESE of Cunningham
Patch) with a depth of 4 m over it, thence:
SSE of Otterspool Rock (504N, 11439E), the S
shoal of Iron Duke Shoals (5.21), and:
9 Clear of Brunei Patches (501N, 11443E),
consisting of a group of shoals; a rock with a
depth of 06 m over it lies on the NE-most patch.
A wreck with a depth over it of 11 m lies
1 miles NNW of Brunei Patches, and an
extensive firing area lies SSE, see 5.18. Thence:
10 SSE of Littledale Shoal (6 miles NE of Brunei
Patches), coral with a least depth of 66 m over it,
thence:
SSE of Champion Shoals (5.21) and Oil Field, and:
11 NNW of Brunei Cliffs (458N, 11451E), composed
of white sand with patches of short grass. Tanjung
Pungit is situated close E of Brunei Cliffs. Pulau
Pungit, 18 m high, lies 5 cables N of Tanjung
Pungit and is almost joined to the point by rocky
ledges. A rock, awash, lies 2 cables NW of Pulau
Pungit. Thence:
12 Clear of a light-buoy (special), moored 7 miles N of
Brunei Cliffs, marking a gas pipeline; a similar
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 5
122
light-buoy is moored about 4 miles NNW of this
buoy. A 91 m shoal depth lies 4 miles NNE of
Brunei Cliffs. Thence:
NNW of a dangerous wreck (6 miles NE of Brunei
Cliffs), thence:
13 NNW of Two Fathom Rock (506N, 11458E),
coral. A 46 m patch, marked on its N side by a
buoy (special), lies 1 mile farther WNW. A
detached 91 m patch lies 8 cables N of Two
Fathom Rock, and a 165 m patch lies 1 mile
farther NNW. A dangerous wreck, the position of
which is approximate, lies 1 miles SSW of this
rock. Thence:
14 To the vicinity of position 510N, 11500E in the
approaches to Brunei Bay NNW of Tanjung Batu
(503N, 11503E). Tanjung Batu terminates in
cliffs 11 m high.
Useful marks
5.23
1 Production platform CP2 (4500N, 114266E).
Production platform CP1 (502N, 11434E).
Radio masts at Tutong village (449N, 11440E)
(5.35).
Radio mast at Berakas (500N, 11457E).
Radio mast (red lights) 3 miles WSW of Tanjung
Batu (503N, 11503E).
(Directions for the coastal passage continue at 5.44,
and for the W entrance to Brunei Bay at 5.52)
Sungai Belait
General information
5.24
1 Sungai Belait (435N, 11411E), discharges into the sea
12 miles E of Tanjung Baram. It is about 70 miles long
and flows through densely forested swamps. The entrance
to Sungai Belait is fronted by a bar.
A breakwater, marked by lights, extends 8 cables NW
from the E side of the river mouth.
2 Kuala Belait, a town which has been developed as the
headquarters of the Seria Oil Fields, lies close within the
entrance on the E bank of Sungai Belait.
The river is navigable, for at least 13 miles above the
entrance, by boats with a draught of 15 m.
Traffic. In 2002 6 vessels with a total dwt of
29 606 tonnes used the port.
Anchorage
5.25
1 Designated anchorage area A is for vessels calling at
Kuala Belait, as shown on the chart. Mooring buoys are
laid in this anchorage.
Directions
5.26
1 Two pairs of leading light-beacons stand on the W side
of the entrance. The beacons are fitted with topmarks:
diamond-shaped for the outer pair and triangular for the
inner pair.
The beacons are liable to be moved without notice to
conform with the deepest channel over the bar.
Useful mark. Flare on the W side of the entrance
(435N, 11411E).
Berths and services
5.27
1 Berths. There are two wharves; one 325 m long, with a
reported depth of 24 m alongside, situated 7 cables
within the bar; and Government Wharf, abreast the town
1 mile farther upstream, 91 m in length with a reported
depth of 06 m alongside.
2 Repairs. Kuala Belait Shipyard (1.175) lies about
2 miles upstream from the town. There is a floating dock,
length 63 m, and breadth 13 m. Repairs can be carried out
at a wharf 49 m long, which is equipped with a crane.
Other facilities: hospitals: tugs and launches.
Supplies: fresh water; provisions.
Communications: local airstrip.
Seria Terminal
General information
5.28
1 Description. Seria Terminal is situated 6 miles N of
Seria town (437N, 11419E). Prominent offshore
structures stand in Tali Oil Field, 2 to 3 miles E of Seria.
There are 5 piers at Seria; the most E is 251 m long. There
are airfields at the E and W ends of the town, and a
helicopter landing site in town.
Near Seria several bright flares are visible up to a
distance of 50 miles on a clear night.
2 Function. The terminal consists of 2 SBMs for the
export of crude oil. The terminal is in operation day and
night.
Terminal operators. The terminal is supervised and
operated by Brunei Shell Petroleum Co. Sdn. Bhd.
Traffic. In 2002 58 vessels with a total dwt of
7 609 065 tonnes used the terminal.
Arrival information
5.29
1 Port radio. There is a port radio station at Seria.
Notice of ETA. Vessels should send their ETA 72, 48,
24 and 12 hours before arrival to their local agent. See
Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6 (4).
Anchorage. Designated anchorage area B is for
tankers using the SBMs, as shown on the chart. Tankers
should not anchor outside this area due to the presence of
submarine pipelines.
2 Pilotage. Pilotage is compulsory for vessels using the
SBMs off Seria. The Berthing Master, who acts as pilot,
and a mooring assistant board vessels 2 miles N of the
SBMs. The pilot vessel is fitted with VHF R/T. See
Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6 (4).
Directions
5.30
1 Masters should give the numerous oil field structures a
wide berth. A safe approach can be made from the vicinity
of position 502N, 11415E passing E of Egret, Fairley
and South West Ampa Oil Fields and W of Fairley Patches,
Browne Patch and Chearnley Shoals (5.22).
An approach between the Gannet and South West Ampa
Oil Fields is not recommended.
Berths and services
5.31
1 Berths:
SBM No 1 can accommodate tankers of up to
320 000 dwt, and a sailing draught of 1733 m.
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 5
123
SBM No 2 can accommodate tankers of up to
320 000 dwt, and a sailing draught of 1581 m.
2 Berthing or unberthing is conducted by day and night.
The use of tugs is available in cases of emergency only.
Facilities. There are no slop tanks or facilities for
receiving dirty ballast.
Bunkers are not available; fresh water may be available
in an emergency.
Limited quantities of stores may be available.
Emergency medical treatment is available.
Lumut Terminal
General information
5.32
1 Position. Lumut Terminal (442N, 11426E), is situated
10 miles NE of Seria (5.28).
Function. The terminal consists of a jetty for the export
of LNG.
Terminal operators. The terminal is supervised and
operated by Brunei Shell Petroleum Co. Sdn. Bhd. Seria.
Traffic. In 2002 225 vessels with a total dwt of
11 087 829 tonnes used the terminal.
Arrival information
5.33
1 Port radio. There is a port radio station at Lumut.
Notice of ETA. Vessels should forward their arrival time
72 and 24 hours in advance to their local agents and
BLNG (Brunei Liquefied Natural Gas). See Admiralty List
of Radio Signals Volume 6 (4).
Anchorage. Designated anchorage area C is for vessels
using the LNG terminal, as shown on the chart.
2 Pilotage. Pilotage is compulsory for vessels using the
LNG terminal. The Berthing Master, who acts as pilot, will
board vessels 2 miles N of the terminal. The pilot launch is
fitted with VHF R/T. See Admiralty List of Radio Signals
Volume 6 (4).
Berths and services
5.34
1 Berth:
A side-loading berth which can accommodate LNG
carriers from 75 000 to 135 000 m
3
, and sailing
draught of 113 m.
Berthing is aided by the use of 2 tugs; for larger vessels,
3 tugs will be utilised. Two mooring launches are provided
for berthing and unberthing.
2 Facilities. There are no facilities for the reception of
dirty ballast. No fuel available. Minor emergency repairs
carried out. Request for repairs should be made in advance
by radio. Emergency medical treatment is available.
Fresh water may be available in an emergency. Limited
quantities of stores may be available.
Small craft
Sungai Tutong
5.35
1 Sungai Tutong (446N, 11436E) is situated with its
entrance 20 miles ENE of Seria. A light (metal mast) is
exhibited about 5 cables NE of the SW extremity of the
spit of land forming the N bank of the river mouth. It has
been reported that there was a depth of 06 m over the bar,
but it is continually shifting.
2 As far as is known, the river is navigable by craft able
to cross the bar for about 14 miles upstream.
Tutong village is situated on the N bank of the river,
6 miles from its entrance.
Shelter
5.36
1 Small craft can shelter during the SW monsoon E of
Pulau Pungit (459N, 11451E) (5.22) and the rocky
ledges which almost join it to the shore.
Other names
5.37
1 Kayu Arang, Bukit (458N, 11554E).
Malau, Bukit (440N, 11454E).
Tabor Bintang, Bukit (500N, 11457E).
TANJUNG BATU TO TANJUNG TOULAK AND THE APPROACHES TO BRUNEI BAY
GENERAL INFORMATION
Charts 2109, 2111
Scope of the section
5.38
1 In this section are described the coastal routes between
Tanjung Batu (503N, 11503E) and Tanjung Toulak
(525N, 11523E), the W coast of Pulau Labuan, the oil
terminal off Pulau Labuan, and the approaches to Brunei
Bay. Also described are the associated anchorages and
small craft information.
2 The section is arranged as follows:
Coastal Route (5.40), including the W coast of Pulau
Labuan and Labuan Terminal.
Approaches to Brunei Bay (5.50), including the S and
E coasts of Pulau Labuan.
Natural conditions
5.39
1 See 5.8.
COASTAL ROUTE
General information
Charts 1844, 2109, 2111
Route
5.40
1 From a position NNW of Tanjung Batu (503N,
11503E) (5.22), passing W of the S entrance to Brunei
Bay and W of Pulau Labuan, the route leads generally
NNE to a position off the N entrance to Brunei Bay.
Topography
5.41
1 The entrance to Brunei Bay (5.63) lies between Tanjung
Batu (503N, 11503E) and Tanjung Klias (23 miles NE)
(5.67). The islands of the Labuan Group, of which Pulau
Labuan is the largest, stretch across the entrance and divide
it into two main channels, one S and one E of these
islands. Pulau Labuan is situated 13 miles NNE of
Tanjung Batu and 4 miles W of Tanjung Klias. The
island, which is densely wooded, is roughly triangular in
shape with the highest point lying near its N extremity. The
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 5
124
S part is mainly low, marshy and intersected by streams.
When seen from a distance from N, the island appears as
two peaks. The W coast of Pulau Labuan consists of sandy
beaches from which rocks and coral reefs extend from
5 cables to 1 mile offshore.
2 A range of hills covered with grass, runs parallel to the
coast between Tanjung Kubong (524N, 11515E) (5.44)
and Tanjung Layang Layangan 4 miles SW (5.44). A
densely wooded range of hills extends NE from Tanjung
Punei (515N, 11509E) (5.44). Kalam Bukit, the most N
and highest hill of the range, stands 5 miles NE of Tanjung
Punei.
Principal marks
5.42
1 Landmark:
Chimney 7 cables S of Tanjung Kubong (524N,
11515E).
Major lights:
Champion Oil Field Light (513N, 11444E).
2 Pulau Keraman Light (white tower, red cupola, 15 m
in height) (obscured by Labuan on certain
bearings) (513N, 11508E).
Tanjung Kubong Light (white metal framework tower,
24 m in height) (524N, 11515E).
Pulau Tiga Light (544N, 11538E) (6.30).
Other navigational aid
5.43
1 Racon at Champion Oil Field Light (513N,
11444E).
For details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2.
Directions
(continued from 5.23)
5.44
1 From the vicinity of position 510N, 11500E, NNW of
Tanjung Batu (503N, 11503E), to a position NW of
Tanjung Toulak (525N, 11523E), the coastal route leads
NNE then NE, passing (with positions from Pulau Keraman
Light (513N, 11508E)):
WNW of Barat Banks (3 miles SW) (5.53), thence:
2 WNW of Pulau Rusukan Besar (2 miles SSE), 47 m
in height, on which there is a prominent clump of
trees. Rocks and reefs surround this islet; a rock
03 m high, lies 7 cables SSW of its SW
extremity. A shoal, with a charted depth of 7 m
over it, lies 1 miles WSW of Pulau Rusukan
Besar. And:
3 WNW of a wreck with a charted depth of 08 m over
it (3 miles W), thence:
WNW of a reef which dries to 09 m (1 miles SW)
which lies 1 miles W of Pulau Rusukan Kecil,
46 m in height. A reef extends 9 cables SE of the
islet. Thence:
4 WNW of Pulau Keraman, which is separated from
Tanjung Punei (2 miles NE), by Terusan Keraman
(5.54). Pulau Keraman is mostly fringed by drying
reefs and foul ground extends up to 5 cables
offshore in places. A light (5.42) is exhibited from
the summit of the island. And
Clear of Labuan Terminal Anchorage (4 miles WNW).
Attention is drawn to a wreck (8 miles WNW).
Thence:
5 WNW then NW of Labuan Terminal SBM which lies
2 miles WNW of Tanjung Punei (2 miles NE),
the SW extremity of Pulau Labuan. Rocky reefs,
some above water, extend 7 cables from Tanjung
Punei. A light is exhibited from the SBM, which is
connected by a submarine pipeline to the shore.
Thence:
6 NW of Tanjung Layang Layangan (8 miles NE), a
cliffy headland. A prominent islet 9 m high lies
5 cables SW of the point. Thence:
Clear of Glayzer Rock (14 miles NNW), coral with a
least depth of 91 m over it, and:
Clear of a shoal depth of 137 m, 5 miles ESE of
Glayzer Rock, thence:
7 NW of Tanjung Kubong (Bethune Head) (12 miles
NE), the N extremity of Pulau Labuan. Foul
ground with rocks, awash, on which the sea
occasionally breaks, extends 2 miles N of the head.
A light (5.42) is exhibited from Tanjung Kubong.
A shoal with a least charted depth of 37 m over it
lies 3 miles W of Tanjung Kubong. Other shoal
patches lie within about 1 mile of this least depth.
Thence:
8 Clear of Four Fathom Patches (14 miles NNE),
consisting of several small shoals with a least
depth of 73 m over them, lying 4 miles NW of
Tanjung Kubong. Shoal depths of 165 m or less
extend up to 4 miles W, NW and N of Four
Fathom Patches. Thence:
To a position NW of Tanjung Toulak (19 miles NE).
9 Caution. These shoals and dangers are all steep-to; as
others may exist in their vicinity, great caution should be
exercised when navigating in these waters. Numerous
relatively shoal patches lie within an area extending
12 miles WNW to 12 miles NW of Tanjung Kubong.
Useful mark
5.45
1 Pulau Pelong-Pelongan Light (505N, 11503E)
(5.53).
(Directions continue at 6.31; directions for the
N approaches to Brunei Bay are given at 5.56)
Labuan Terminal
General information
5.46
1 Position. Labuan Terminal is situated 2 miles WNW of
Tanjung Punei (515N, 11509E) (5.44).
Function. The terminal consists of one SBM for the
export of crude oil. The facility can accommodate tankers
up to 350 000 dwt and a sailing draught of 225 m. The
terminal is in operation day and night.
2 Terminal operators. The terminal is supervised and
operated by Sabah Shell Petroleum Co.
Arrival information
5.47
1 Port radio. There is a port radio station at the terminal.
Notice of ETA. Vessels should forward their arrival time
72, 48 and 24 hours in advance. See Admiralty List of
Radio Signals Volume 6 (4).
Anchorage for tankers is located 5 miles W of
Tanjung Punei.
2 Pilotage. Pilotage is compulsory. The Berthing Master,
who acts as pilot, mooring assistant and surveyors board
vessels about 2 miles WSW of the SBM. See Admiralty
List of Radio Signals Volume 6 (4).
Berths and services
5.48
1 Berthing or unberthing is conducted by day and night.
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 5
125
Facilities. There are no facilities for tank cleaning or the
reception of dirty ballast. No fresh water available. Limited
quantities of provisions available. No fuel available. Minor
emergency repairs carried out. Medical and dental services
available.
Landing place
5.49
1 There is a landing place for boats on a beach 2 miles
NNE of Tanjung Punei (515N, 11509E).
APPROACHES TO BRUNEI BAY
General information
Charts 947, 1844, 2111
Approaches
5.50
1 Brunei Bay is approached from W between Tanjung
Batu (503N, 11503E) and Tanjung Punei 13 miles
NNE, passing between Barat Banks (509N, 11505E)
(5.53), and Abana Rock (3 miles SSW) (5.53). The
approach from N leads through Alur Timur (East Channel)
(5.58) which is entered between Tanjung Kubong (524N,
11515E) and Tanjung Toulak (525N, 11523E) (6.12),
situated on the mainland.
Topography
5.51
1 South coast of Pulau Labuan. The S coast of the
island is indented by a bay between Tanjung Punei
(515N, 11509E) and Rancha Rancha, an area of
reclaimed land, 5 miles E. The bay is encumbered with
above-water and below-water rocks and banks which
extend 5 cables S of the line joining the entrance points.
Three streams enter the head of this bay. A range of hills
extends 1 mile N from the reclaimed land. Pelabuhan
Labuan (Victoria Harbour) (5.68) indents the coast between
Rancha Rancha and Tanjung Bendera (Ramsay Point),
1 mile NE.
2 East coast of Pulau Labuan. The coastline is mainly
low, flat and wooded. Kubong Bluff fringed on its S side
by cliffs, lies 5 cables SE of Tanjung Kubong (524N,
11515E) (5.44). Foul ground with rocks, some of which
dry, extends 2 miles NNE of the bay formed between
Tanjung Kubong and Kubong Bluff. Sungai Ganggarak
enters the sea 2 miles SSW of Kubong Bluff. Sungai
Nagalang, enters the sea 2 miles farther S. Several other
unimportant streams discharge into the sea along this coast.
Tanjung Taras (Collier Head), a wooded headland fringed
by cliffs 9 m high, stands 5 miles S of Kubong Bluff in
the approaches to Pelabuhan Labuan. A bank, with depths
of less than 55 m on which there are some rocky ledges
which dry, extends up to 1 miles offshore between these
points.
3 East side of N entrance. See 5.67.
Approach and entry from west
(continued from 5.23)
Principal marks
5.52
1 Landmarks:
Radio mast standing on Tanjung Batu (503N,
11503E).
Flagstaff on signal station at Muara (502N,
11505E), surmounted by red light.
Pulau Keraman (513N, 11508E) (5.44).
Major lights:
Pulau Keraman Light (513N, 11508E) (5.42).
Pulau Papan Light (5152N, 115160E) (5.55).
Directions
5.53
1 Main channel. From the vicinity of position 510N,
11500E, in the approaches to Brunei Bay, the track leads
ESE into the bay passing (with positions from Tanjung
Batu (503N, 11503E)):
NNE of a 165 m shoal patch (4 miles N), thence:
2 NNE of Abana Rock (3 miles N), a coral head
which is marked by a buoy (special) and which
lies 2 miles NNE of Pulau Pelong-Pelongan, a
group of sandstone rocks, the highest of which is
12 m high. Coral reefs extend 2 cables N and
cable SW from the highest rock. Two buoys
(special) lie close W and close S respectively of
the rocks. A light (aluminium framework tower,
12 m in height) is exhibited from the S summit of
the group. And:
3 SSW of Barat Banks (6 miles NNE), which are two
shoals consisting of coral and sand. A light-buoy
(port hand) is moored close S of the SW bank.
Two wrecks with swept depths of 119 and 131 m
lie, respectively, 1 mile SSW and 1 mile SW of the
SW bank. Barat Banks are separated from Pulau
Rusukan Besar (5.44) by a channel with a least
charted depth in the fairway of 7 m, but this
channel should not be attempted without local
knowledge. Thence:
4 To a position SSE of Barat Banks.
5.54
1 Terusan Keraman (514N, 11509E), the passage
which lies between Pulau Keraman and Tanjung Punei
(5.44), is narrow and fringed with shoals and rocks.
Undaunted Rock, which is unmarked, and has a charted
depth of 57 m over it, coral, lies in mid-channel.
Local knowledge is required.
(Directions for the W approach to Pelabuhan Labuan
continue at 5.93, for Muara at 5.126,
and for the E side of Brunei Bay at 5.178)
Approach and entry from north
Principal marks
5.55
1 Landmarks:
Chimney, 7 cables S of Tanjung Kubong (524N,
11515E).
Hotel (5167N, 115145E); an obstruction light is
exhibited from the roof.
2 Major lights:
Tanjung Kubong Light (524N, 11515E) (5.42).
Pulau Papan Light (white framework tower) (obscured
from between N and E, and reportedly by trees
from SW) (5152N, 115160E).
Pulau Tiga Light (544N, 11538E) (6.30).
Directions
5.56
1 Approach from north-west. From the vicinity of
position 545N, 11446E, the passage to the approaches to
Alur Timur (East Channel) (5.58) leads generally SE for
about 36 miles, passing (with positions from Tanjung
Kubong (524N, 11515E)):
2 Between Samarang Bank (24 miles WNW) (6.22) and
Oil Field, and Vernon Bank (24 miles NW) (6.23).
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 5
126
This channel is 4 miles wide with charted depths
of more than 20 m. Fury Rocks, on the S part of
Vernon Bank, are usually marked by breakers and
are the only visible means of identifying this shoal.
Thence:
3 SSW of Mackenzie-Grieve Shoals (11 miles NNW)
(6.25), thence:
NNE of Four Fathom Patches (4 miles NW) (5.44),
thence:
To a position SW of Iris Shoals (9 miles NE) (6.31).
Caution. The above directions should be used with
caution.
(Directions continue at 5.58)
5.57
1 Approach from north-east. The directions given at 6.31
should be followed in the reverse direction.
(Directions continue at 5.58)
5.58
1 Alur Timur (East Channel). Alur Timur (East Channel)
is the passage 5 miles wide between the E coast of Pulau
Labuan and the mainland of Sabah. It is entered between
Tanjung Kubong (5.44) and Tanjung Toulak (6.12). In 1996
there was a least charted depth in the fairway of 94 m.
2 From a position SW of Iris Shoals (530N, 11521E)
(6.31) the track leads generally S into Alur Timur, passing
(with positions from Tanjung Kubong (524N, 11515E)):
W of Tanjung Toulak (8 miles ENE), thence:
E of Tanjung Kubong (5.44), and:
3 W of Tanjung Balai (7 miles E), a thickly wooded
point. Foul ground extends from 7 cables to
1 mile offshore between the point and Tanjung
Toulak 2 miles NE. A shoal, with a charted depth
of 32 m over it, lies 1 miles N of Tanjung Balai;
a rock, which dries 12 m, lies 9 cables NW of this
point. A hill, 133 m high, covered with trees, is
situated 2 miles E of Tanjung Balai. Pulau
Lambidan, 11 m in height and covered with trees,
is situated 4 cables W of Tanjung Balai. Both this
islet and Tanjung Balai are difficult to identify
from W. Thence:
4 E of Kubong Bluff (5 cables SE) (5.51), thence:
W of Tanjung Liba (7 miles ESE). A hill, 106 m
high, stands 5 cables E of Tanjung Liba. Thence:
E of Tanjung Aru (3 miles S), thence:
W of No 1 Port Light-beacon (5 miles SE), thence:
E of No 1 Starboard Light-buoy (starboard hand)
(5 miles SSE). A bank with a depth of 79 m
over it extends 2 cables E. Thence:
5 The line of bearing 202 of the E extremity of Pulau
Papan (515N, 11516E), a flat wooded island fringed by
a reef, leads SSW, passing (with positions from Tanjung
Taras (5174N, 115160E):
WNW of No 2 Port Light-beacon (2 miles E),
thence:
6 WNW of a beacon (port hand) (1 miles ESE) which
lies 8 cables WNW of Pulau Daat, an island
covered mainly by coconut trees but densely
wooded in parts, lying on the coastal bank
extending 4 miles SW from Tanjung Klias (518N,
11521E) (5.67). The island is separated from
Tanjung Klias by a channel. And:
7 ESE of No 2 Light-buoy (starboard hand) (6 cables
ESE) marking the edge of a coastal bank with
depths less than 2 m extending 5 cables from
Tanjung Taras (5.51), thence:
To a position E of No 3 Starboard Light-buoy
(starboard hand) (1 miles S) and about 1 mile
from Palau Papan, thence:
8 The line of bearing 234 of the S point of Rancha
Rancha (5.51), leads SW, passing:
SE of No 3 Starboard Light-buoy; an isolated patch
with a depth of 99 m over it and marked on its
NW side by a light-buoy (special) lies cable SE.
9 If proceeding to Pelabuhan Labuan (5.68), after passing
No 3 Light-buoy course may be shaped for the anchorage
or berth allocated, otherwise:
NW of Pulau Papan Light (2 miles S) (5.55).
Thence the line of bearing 014, astern, of Tanjung
Taras (5.51), leads between Beting Luaran and Pulau
Papan, passing:
10 E of the light-buoy (isolated danger) (2 miles SSW)
marking Beting Luaran (Outer Shoal), a shoal with
a least depth of 06 m; thence:
W of No 8 Light-buoy (starboard hand) (2 miles S)
and into Brunei Bay.
5.59
1 Alternative channels. A route passing N of Beting
Luaran, and thence between the berths at Rancha Rancha
and Beting Luaran, via a buoyed channel, may be followed,
but it is less convenient than the former.
2 A channel, which is recommended for local craft only,
lies between the reef extending 1 to 3 cables offshore
fringing Pulau Papan and the bank which extends WSW
from Pulau Daat (5.58). The channel is narrow and
tortuous, being 20 m wide at its narrowest part, and has a
least charted depth of 106 m.
5.60
1 Prohibited anchorages. Anchoring is prohibited in the
submarine cable area, 9 cables in width, which crosses Alur
Timur about 1 miles S of Kubong Bluff; and in the
submarine pipeline areas (5.90) in Pelabuhan Labuan.
Useful mark
5.61
1 Flour mill (red light) at Rancha Rancha (5149N,
115143E).
(Directions for E side of
Brunei Bay are given at 5.179)
Other names
5.62
1 Kubong (523N, 11514E), a hill.
Pohon, Batu (522N, 11513E).
Timbalai, Bukit (517N, 11511E).
BRUNEI BAY
GENERAL INFORMATION
Charts 1844, 2109, 2111
Scope of the section
5.63
1 In this section are described the waters of Brunei Bay,
the ports of Pelabuhan Labuan and Muara, Sungai Brunei
including the port of Bandar Seri Begawan, and the east
side of Brunei Bay. Also are described the anchorages and
small craft information associated with them.
2 The section is arranged as follows:
Pelabuhan Labuan (Victoria Harbour) (5.68).
Port of Muara (5.104).
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 5
127
Sungai Brunei (5.138).
Brunei Bay - East Side (5.175).
General description
5.64
1 Brunei Bay (505N, 11520E), entered SW or E of
Pulau Labuan, is a large expanse of water extending
30 miles from its W entrance to its E shore. It is bordered
on its S side by the coasts of Brunei and Sarawak, and on
its SE, E and NE sides by the coast of Sabah. The two
principal ports in the bay are Pelabuhan Labuan (Victoria)
(5.68), in Sabah, Malaysia, and Muara (5.104) in Brunei.
5.65
1 International boundaries. The boundaries between
Malaysia and Brunei lie approximately in the vicinity of
the mouth of Sungai Manunggul (454N, 11501E), and in
the vicinity of the mouth of Sungai Bangau (455N,
11509E).
Topography south coast
5.66
1 The shores of the bay are mainly low, flat and wooded,
and fringed by drying banks. The SW corner is indented by
the estuary of Sungai Brunei (5.138) into which numerous
other rivers discharge, and where there are many drying
banks. The port of Muara lies at the entrance to this river
on its W side. Tanjung Pelumpong, 4 miles E of Tanjung
Batu (503N, 11503E), the NW entrance point of Sungai
Brunei, is composed of sand, covered with driftwood and is
nearly awash at HW springs. The point is extending E at
the rate of 30 m each year. A compact grove of palm and
casuarina trees extends W from Tanjung Pelumpong for
1 miles; between this position and Tanjung Batu the coast
is low and covered with trees. Tanjung Trusan (458N,
11511E), the SE entry point of Sungai Brunei, is a low
point covered with trees and is the NW extremity of a
promontory of the mainland. The coast in the vicinity of
the point is soft mud fringed with mangroves through
which numerous streams discharge; the land rises some
distance inland to an elevation of 45 m. Tanjung Perapat,
the NE extremity of the promontory lies 1 miles E of
Tanjung Trusan. Sunda Spit, which dries, sand and mud,
extends 2 miles NW from Tanjung Trusan.
2 The area between Tanjung Perapat and Bukit Sari
(456N, 11523E) (5.177) has not been fully surveyed.
The coast between forms a bay into which flow several
rivulets. Batang Lawas (5.183), a navigable river, lies
2 miles NE of Bukit Sari.
Topography east coast
5.67
1 The E coast of Brunei Bay has a low flat coastline of
swamp, mangroves and jungle, through which numerous
rivers and streams discharge into the bay. It is backed by a
range of high mountains. Bukit Suai (5.177) stands
2 miles S of Tanjung Mengalong (501N, 11528E).
Tanjung Merintaman lies 5 miles NE of Tanjung
Mengalong. There is a bay between with a sandy shore and
occasional rocky promontories, the principal of which are
Tanjung Marantongan and Tanjung Sebuboh, lying 1 and
4 miles, respectively, NE of Tanjung Mengalong. Sipitang
Wharf (5.181) is situated 6 cables WSW of Tanjung
Sebuboh. The coast between Tanjung Marantongan and
Tanjung Sebuboh rises steeply to a narrow ridge on which
there are numerous peaks, the highest of which is Bukit
Sebuboh, near the middle of the ridge. Further N, a similar
but lower coastal ridge lies between Tanjung Sebuboh and
Tanjung Merintaman. Sungai Sipitang (5.185) discharges
into Teluk Batu Bedara, a small bay formed by Tanjung
Merintaman and the S entrance point of this river.
2 The NE end of Brunei Bay is indented by Teluk Padas
(510N, 11532E) which is encumbered with sand and
mud flats which dry, amongst which run the channels
formed by Sungai Padas in the N (5.186), and the
numerous small rivers which discharge into it. The coast
between the mouth of Sungai Sipitang and the S entrance
point of Padas Bay, 3 miles N, is low and fringed with
casuarinas and other trees. The drying coastal bank extends
from 2 to 5 cables offshore. In 1982 it was reported that
this bank was extending S and W. Tanjung Batu Batu lies
6 miles N of the mouth of Sungai Sipitang. Tanjung Klias
is situated 15 miles NW of Teluk Padas, and Sungai Klias
(5.187) is entered 1 miles E of the point. Inland, the
country is covered with jungle, and in the vicinity of
Sungai Klias the trees are very tall. Flats, the greater part
of which dry, extend from 1 to 3 miles offshore.
PELABUHAN LABUAN (VICTORIA
HARBOUR)
General information
Chart 947
Position
5.68
1 Pelabuhan Labuan (Victoria Harbour) (517N, 11514E)
is situated on the SE coast Pulau Labuan, and is the only
port on the island. It is well sheltered from both monsoons.
Function
5.69
1 The port is the principal transhipment port for the
Brunei Bay area, and for ports extending to Kuala Baram;
it is also a free port. There are facilities for handling
general, bulk, and oil cargoes on six main wharves. It is
also the centre for supplies to the oil industry around the
South China Sea and Borneo. Exports are principally logs,
sawn timber, firewood, rubber, copra, textiles, hardware,
canned food, and electrical goods; imports include rattan,
fruits and maize.
Port limits
5.70
1 The port limits, as shown on the chart, extend from
Tanjung Taras (Collier Head) (5174N, 115160E) to a
beacon (port hand), standing on a drying rock (5158N,
115167E), thence 1 miles S, thence 3 miles E to Beting
Rancha Rancha Light-beacon (5141N, 115138E) (5.93),
and thence to the shore on the W side of Rancha Rancha.
Approach and entry
5.71
1 The port can be approached from two directions. From
S, passing either side of Beting Luaran (5152N,
115151E), or from E, passing N of Pulau Papan
(5152N, 115160E). Entry is made between Tanjung
Bendera (5164N, 115151E), and Enoe Beacon (5.93),
1 mile SSW, passing either side of Beting Pelabuhan
(Harbour Shoal) (5158N, 115149E), an isolated shoal
in the middle of the harbour entrance with 42 m of water
over it and marked on its N side by a buoy (isolated
danger).
Traffic
5.72
1 In 2002 124 vessels with a total dwt of
4 460 544 tonnes used the port.
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 5
128
Port Authority
5.73
1 Labuan Port Authority, Marine Department, PO Box
243, 87008 Labuan, Malaysia.
Limiting conditions
Controlling depths
5.74
1 The dredged channel passing W of Beting Luaran was
dredged (1985) to a depth of 18 m, but there is a least
charted depth of 162 m (3 cables WSW of Beting Luaran),
in the approach to the Iron Ore Jetty. In the approach from
N there is a least charted depth of 94 m in Alur Timur
3 miles ESE of Tanjung Kubong. Within the harbour
charted depths range from 2.0 to 138 m.
Deepest and longest berth
5.75
1 Iron Ore Jetty (5.96), 1 mile SE of the shipyard.
Mean tide levels
5.76
1 The average maximum and minimum tidal ranges are
about 13 and 01 m.
For information see Admiralty Tide Tables.
Density of water
5.77
1 Density of water is 1025 g/cm
3
.
Maximum size of vessel
5.78
1 The port can accommodate vessels up to 165 000 dwt
and a draught of 175 m.
Local weather
5.79
1 See 5.8.
Climatic table: See 1.225 and 1.232
Arrival information
Port operations
5.80
1 Port radio. For details see Admiralty List of Radio
Signals Volume 6 (4).
Signal station. There is a signal station situated at the
Marine Office, near the root of Liberty Wharf, 7 cables
WNW of Tanjung Bendera.
Notice of ETA
5.81
1 Vessels should forward their arrival time and request for
a pilot with as much notice as possible through Kota
Kinabalu Radio.
See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6 (4).
Anchorages
5.82
1 General. If the harbour is congested, anchoring is
permitted clear of the fairway to the inner part of the
harbour; vessels should moor with open hawse SW.
Foul ground with numerous submerged objects, shown
on the chart, lies in an area between a position 5 cables W
of Beting Pelabuhan (5158N, 115149E) and the coastal
bank. Caution should be exercised when anchoring within
this area.
2 Moorings. Two white mooring buoys are moored about
4 cables W of Beting Pelabuhan.
5.83
1 Prohibited anchorage. Anchoring is prohibited within
610 m of the SE head of New Liberty Wharf, 7 cables NW
of Beting Pelabuhan, as shown on the chart.
5.84
1 Explosives anchorage. An explosives anchorage, the
boundaries of which are shown on the chart, lies SE of
Beting Pelabuhan.
5.85
1 Quarantine anchorage. A quarantine anchorage lies
NW of Pulau Papan (5.58) and E of the explosives
anchorage, as shown on the chart.
5.86
1 Petroleum anchorage. A petroleum anchorage, the
boundaries of which are shown on the chart, lies NE of
Beting Pelabuhan (5.71).
5.87
1 Laid-up vessels anchorage. See 5.182.
Pilots and tugs
5.88
1 Pilotage is not compulsory, but is available on request.
The Harbour Master undertakes pilotage duties, berthing
vessels between 0700 and 1800. Vessels can unberth at any
hour, day or night, provided notice is given. Requests for
pilotage should be made with as much notice as possible
through Kota Kinabalu Radio. The pilot will normally
board off Pulau Papan (515N, 11516E). The pilot launch
is equipped with VHF R/T.
2 Pilotage is compulsory for vessels entering or leaving
the laid-up vessels anchorage. Pilots board 8 miles SW of
Pulau Papan.
See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6 (4).
Tugs are available.
Harbour
General layout
5.89
1 The harbour lies on the SE coast of Pulau Labuan, and
comprises three wharves, eight jetties, a passenger terminal,
Ro-Ro terminal and Sabah Shipyard. The harbour area is
approached and entered between Tanjung Bendera and
Enoe Beacon.
2 The town of Pelabuhan Labuan (Victoria) lies on the N
shore of the harbour and is fronted by wharves which
extend for 3 cables NW of Liberty Wharf (5155N,
115144E). Above this point the harbour opens out,
forming a basin, nearly the whole of which dries. Many
houses on stilts are situated on the drying banks. Sabah
Shipyard occupies an area of reclaimed land 5 cables SW
of Liberty Wharf. Extensive reclamation has been carried
out S of Sabah Shipyard to form the Rancha Rancha
peninsula. Rancha Rancha Industrial Estate has been built
on this land, with plants for the processing of iron ore and
methanol, and a flour mill. Four deep-water berths lie on
the E shore of the reclaimed land.
3 Development. Works were in progress in 1997, on the
construction of a fishing port in the bay between Tanjung
Punei (515N, 11509E) and Rancha Rancha.
Submarine pipelines
5.90
1 A submarine pipeline area, the boundaries of which are
shown on the chart, and within which anchoring is
prohibited, runs SE then S from Tanjung Bendera (5.51) to
Pulau Papan (5.58).
A submarine pipeline area, shown on the chart, in which
anchoring and fishing are prohibited, runs S then E from
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 5
129
the S point of the reclaimed peninsula of Rancha Rancha
(5.51), to the mainland.
Tidal streams
5.91
1 Tidal streams have been reported not to exceed kn in
Pelabuhan Labuan, however, the out-going stream along
Shell Wharf has been reported to attain a rate of kn near
springs. The in-going stream sets NW and the out-going
stream SE.
Principal marks
5.92
1 Landmarks:
Flour Mill (5149N, 115142E) standing on Rancha
Rancha; an obstruction light is exhibited from the
roof.
Pulau Papan Lighthouse (5152N, 115160E)
(5.55).
2 Hotel (5167N, 115145E); an obstruction light is
exhibited from the roof.
Major light:
Pulau Papan Light (5152N, 115160E) (5.55).
Pulau Keraman Light (513N, 11508E) (5.42).
Directions for entering harbour
Charts 947, 1844
Approach from west
(continued from 5.54)
5.93
1 From a position SSE of Barat Banks (509N, 11506E)
(5.53) the line of bearing 045, of Pulau Papan Light
(5152N, 115160E) (5.55) leads NE, passing (with
positions from Pulau Papan Light):
SE of a shoal patch with a charted depth of 68 m
over it, (9 miles WSW), thence:
2 SE of a shoal patch with a charted depth of 28 m
over it (8 miles WSW); an obstruction with a
depth of 178 m over it lies 4 cables SE. Thence:
SE of a light-buoy (special) (7 miles SSW), and:
3 SE of Pulau Rusukan Kecil (8 miles WSW) (5.44),
noting an obstruction with a charted depth of 16 m
over it, 2 miles ESE, thence:
SE of Pulau Burong (5 miles W), a bare islet 3 m in
height lying close within the 10 m depth contour,
thence:
4 SE of a light-buoy (port hand) (2 miles WSW)
marking the SE edge of Beting Rancha Rancha
(Trident Shoal), comprised of coral and sand with
a least depth of 15 m over it. The ruins of a light
beacon lie cable N of the buoy. Several patches,
the shoalest of which has a charted depth of 23 m
over it, lie within 2 cables WSW of Beting Rancha
Rancha. A rock with a charted depth of 24 m over
it lies 8 cables W. Thence:
5 SE of the S point of Rancha Rancha peninsula
(1 miles WSW).
6 Thence the track leads generally N, passing:
E of Beting Rancha Rancha, thence:
E of the S point of Rancha Rancha peninsula,
keeping W of the buoyed channel, thence:
E of Flour Mill Jetty (1 miles WSW), and:
W of No 4 Light-buoy (port hand) (1 mile WSW),
thence:
7 E of Methanol Jetty (1 miles WSW), thence:
E of Iron Ore Jetty (1 miles W), and:
W of No 6 Light-buoy (starboard hand) (1 mile W)
lying 2 cables W of Beting Luaran, thence:
E of Enoe Beacon (port hand) (11 cables W), thence:
E of ASB Jetty (1 miles WNW), whence course
may be shaped for the anchorage or berth
allocated.
5.94
1 Alternative routes.
From the above position SE of Palau Burong continue
the NEly direction to the light-buoy (safe-water) (2 miles
SSW). Thence a generally N direction leads either midway
between Beting Luaran (9 cables W) (5.58) and Pulau
Papan and thence into the harbour or NE towards Alur
Timur (5.58), or via:
2 The deepdraught dredged channel, which is 1 to
2 cables wide and marked by light-buoys, between Beting
Luaran and the jetties on the E side of Rancha Rancha to
the harbour entrance or the appropriate anchorage. If not
constrained by draught the passage E of Beting Luaran may
be appropriate as it gives more room.
Approach from north
5.95
1 See 5.55.
Berths
Rancha Rancha
5.96
1 Deep-water berths lie on the E side of the Rancha
Rancha peninsula (5151N, 115142E) (5.51); they
comprise, from N to S:
ASB (Asian Supply Base) Jetty, which extends about
160 m N from the shore. The outer face is 125 m
in length with depths of about 8 m alongside. A
light is exhibited from a dolphin 30 m NW of the
jetty.
2 Iron Ore Jetty, an L-shaped jetty, extending 300 m E
from the shore. The outer face is 220 m in length,
with dolphins N and S. There are dredged depths
of 18 m alongside. The berth is suitable for vessels
up to 165 000 dwt. Iron ore is unloaded by
transporter on the jetty.
Methanol Jetty, which extends 200 m ESE from the
shore, and has dredged depths of 13 m alongside.
There are dolphins N and S of the jetty.
3 Flour Mill Jetty, an L-shaped jetty, which extends
80 m from the shore and has a charted depth of
10 m alongside. A light is exhibited from the N
end of the outer arm of the jetty.
Pelabuhan Labuan
5.97
1 Shell Jetty (5164N, 115150E) is a concrete pier
extending 140 m from the shore. Two pairs of
dolphins stand close E and W of the pier head.
The pier head is 52 m in length; the total length
between the dolphins is 213 m. The depth
alongside is reported to be 94 m.
2 With positions from Shell Jetty:
Brown and Root Wharf (1 cables W) is a T-headed
jetty projecting 1 cables from the shore. The jetty
head is 45 m long, with a reported depth of 85 m
alongside.
Labuan Passenger Terminal, consisting of two
pontoons; one of length 20 m and width 6 m, is
used by passenger ferries; the other, of length 8 m,
is used by small boats.
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 5
130
3 New Liberty Wharf (4 cables W) is a concrete jetty
244 m in length, with its NW end connected to the
shore by a causeway. Depths alongside are
reported to range from 87 to 91 m on the SW
face of the wharf, and 71 m on the inner half, and
88 m on the outer half of the NE face. A light is
exhibited from a dolphin standing 30 m SE of the
head of the wharf.
4 Liberty Wharf (5 cables WNW), consisting of an
L-shaped open wooden pile wharf with a concrete
surface. Its outer face is 122 m long with reported
depths of 60 to 75 m alongside. The inner face is
104 m long with a reported least depth of 5 m
alongside. A mooring dolphin stands 27 m off the
NW end of the wharf; the dolphin is connected to
the wharf by a catwalk. A maximum single load of
25 tonnes can be handled at Liberty Wharf.
5 TLDM Jetty (6 cables WNW).
Ro-Ro Terminal (7 cables WNW).
Marine Jetty, also known as Government Wharf,
(8 cables WNW), is an L-shaped berth 40 m long,
with a reported depth alongside of 5 m. It adjoins
the Government slipways and workshops.
6 Trade Wharf (8 cables WNW), is 84 m long with a
reported depth alongside of 35 m. The wharf is
closed to vehicular traffic and its usage confined to
small coastal vessels and motor kumpits.
5.98
1 Other berths. Three berths for small craft lie,
respectively, 8, 9 and 9 cables WNW of Shell Jetty.
Port services
Repairs
5.99
1 Repairs of all kinds can be carried out.
Shiplift:
At Sabah Shipyard (1.175); length 140 m; breadth 28 m;
maximum net lifting capacity 7000 tonnes.
The shipyard has a wharf 520 m in length, with a
charted depth of 71 m alongside.
Largest slipway:
At Government Marine, lifting capacity 500 tonnes.
Other facilities
5.100
1 Issue of Deratting Exemption Certificates; Government
hospital; private clinics.
Supplies
5.101
1 Provisions available, notice should be given for large
quantities; fresh water at Shell Wharf and Liberty Wharf;
fuel including marine diesel, 48 hours notice required;
stocks of petroleum, kerosene, lubricating oils and greases
are maintained.
Communications
5.102
1 By sea: regular, direct regional and international
services.
By air: regular domestic and international services from
Labuan airport, close N of the port.
Small craft
5.103
1 A marina is located in the area of New Liberty Wharf
(5.97), and repair facilities are available on the W side of
the bay.
PORT OF MUARA
General information
Charts 2134 plan of Muara and Approaches, 1844
Position
5.104
1 Muara (502N, 11505E), is situated between Pulau
Muara Besar and the mainland W, and is completely
sheltered.
Function
5.105
1 The port has taken over all port operations for coastal
and ocean-going shipping formerly carried out by the port
of Bandar Seri Begawan.
Topography
5.106
1 The town of Muara lies on the W side of the entrance
to Sungai Brunei, and is fronted by a concrete wharf,
known as Muara Port Wharf (5.132). The land behind the
town and to the SW is hilly and wooded with Bukit
Tempayang Pisang (501N, 11503E) (5.130) the highest
hill. Pulau Muara Besar, which shelters Muara Port from E,
lies 2 miles S of Tanjung Pelumpong (502N, 11507E)
(5.66), and is flat, marshy, and wooded in places, with tall
trees. The coast between Tanjung Mula Rambat (5013N,
115045E), the NW extremity of the island, and Tanjung
Keramat, 2 miles ESE, is mainly fringed by mangroves.
From a position 1 mile W of Tanjung Keramat, thence
between that point and Tanjung Ujong Sapoh, 1 mile SSE,
the coast is bordered by a sandy beach, and is fringed by a
bank which extends 3 miles NE from Pulau Muara Besar.
The inner part of the bank dries.
2 Muara Spit, composed of sand, extends 3 miles ENE
from Tanjung Pelumpong, and is awash for 1 miles E of
the point.
Approach and entry
5.107
1 The port can be approached and entered from three
directions, as follows:
From NE, the principal entrance, through the deep-water
channel (5.126) cut through Muara Spit.
From E, via Alor Anson (502N, 11507E) (5.127),
passing between Muara Spit and Pulau Muara Besar.
2 From SE, by passing S of Pulau Muara Besar and
crossing Muara Bar (5.128).
Traffic
5.108
In 2002 102 vessels with a total dwt of 1 955 833 tonnes
used the port.
Port Authority
5.109
1 Department of Marine, Ministry of Communications,
Serasa, Muara 4053, Brunei Darussalam.
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 5
131
Limiting conditions
Controlling depths
5.110
1 The controlling depth through the deep-water channel
cut through Muara Spit is 130 m, which is maintained by
dredging.
5.111
1 The least charted depth in the SE approach over Muara
Bar was 34 m in 1990, and in Alor Anson was 2 m.
Deepest and longest berth
5.112
1 Muara Port Wharf (5.132).
Tidal levels
5.113
1 See information in Admiralty Tide Tables.
The average maximum and minimum tidal ranges are
about 14 and 03 m.
Density of water
5.114
1 Density of water is 1025 g/cm
3
Maximum size of vessel handled
5.115
1 The port has accommodated a vessel of 50 202 grt,
having a length of 238 m and draught of 76 m.
Local weather
5.116
1 See 5.8.
Climatic table: for Muara see 1.225, 1.231 and 1.232
Arrival information
Port operations
5.117
1 Port radio. For details see Admiralty List of Radio
Signals Volume 6 (4).
Signal station. There is a signal station (5.125) situated
on Muara Spit near the root of the W training wall.
Notice of ETA
5.118
1 Vessels should forward their ETA at least 24 hours in
advance to Director of Marine, Serasa Muara, Brunei
Darussalam.
Anchorages
5.119
1 A quarantine anchorage is situated 9 cables S of Tanjung
Ujong Sapoh (500N, 11508E) (5.129), in a charted
depth of 10 m. This is also the quarantine anchorage for
vessels proceeding to the anchorage situated 1 miles
NNW of Tanjung Lumba-Lumba (453N, 11506E). A
Quarantine and Immigration Anchorage lies S of Muara
Port Wharf.
2 Anchorage may be obtained about 7 cables NNW of
No 1AW Light-beacon (5040N, 115063E) in 23 m,
mud. The tidal stream is reported to set predominantly E.
Pilots and tugs
5.120
1 Pilotage is compulsory for merchant vessels over 30 m
in length using the deep-water entrance channel; a 24 hour
service is in operation. Requests for pilots should be made
at least 24 hours in advance. The pilot boards from a
launch in position 5047N, 115063E, as shown on the
chart. The launch is equipped with VHF. In fine weather a
boat may be used; which is not fitted with R/T. See
Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6 (4).
2 Tugs are available.
Regulations concerning entry
5.121
1 Entry is controlled to prevent vessels entering the
dredged deep-water channel from opposite directions at the
same time.
Vessels having a maximum draught of 85 m and a
maximum overall length of 180 m may enter the port
without restriction, between the hours of 0700 and 2200.
2 Masters of vessels exceeding the above criteria are
required to apply in writing to obtain permission to enter,
through their agent, from the Director of Marine, well in
advance of their arrival.
Mariners are cautioned that passage through the
deep-water channel is strictly controlled during dredging
operations, and that the centreline of the dredged channel
lies approximately 210 m from the W training wall, and
250 m from the E training wall.
Harbour
General layout
5.122
1 The port and town of Muara lie on the W side of
Sungai Brunei entrance, between Pulau Muara Besar and
the mainland to the W, comprising Muara Port Wharf, a
bulk cargo wharf, a tanker berth, Naval Base Jetty and four
other small berths.
Hazard
5.123
1 After heavy rains, numerous logs and floating islands
drift downstream into the harbour, and may cause severe
damage to small craft.
Tidal streams
5.124
1 The tidal streams set strongly across the entrance to the
deep-water channel. Within the shelter of the W
breakwater, both in-going and out-going streams set
approximately along the axis of the channel. It was
reported in 1996, that a rate of up to 3 kn had been
observed on the out-going and in-going streams.
2 It is advisable to enter and leave Muara at slack water
due to the strong tidal streams, the strongest of which
occur from 2 hours before HW until HW, and from LW
until 1 hour after LW.
Off Ujong Sapoh the streams run as follows:
+ 15 minutes
LW Labuan
In-going stream
begins
Mean rate kn
Spring rate 1 kn
- 5 hrs HW
Labuan
In-going stream
begins
Mean rate
knSpring rate
1 kn
+ 35 minutes
HW Labuan
Stronger out-going
stream begins
Mean rate 1 kn
Spring rate 2 to
2 kn
+ 7 hours
LW Labuan
Weaker out-going
stream begins
Rate to kn
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 5
132
Muara Spit Signal Stn. from NE (5.125)
(Original dated 1997)
(Photograph Crown Copyright)
Principal marks
5.125
1 Landmarks:
Flagstaff, surmounted by red light, on signal station
(5023N, 115053E), a white building on Muara
Spit.
Two radio masts (5002N, 115032E), exhibiting
red lights.
Directions for entering harbour
(continued from 5.54)
Approach from NE deep-water channel
5.126
1 The dredged channel has a bottom width of 200 m and a
maintained depth of 130 m. The channel is protected on
each side by a training wall. The W training wall is
3000 m in length; its outer portion is below-water at all
times, only the inner 900 m being above-water at LWS and
the inner 167 m at HWS. The E training wall is 300 m in
length; it is all above-water at LWS, but only the inner
226 m at HWS. The channel is marked by light-beacons,
all of which are concrete pile structures carrying radar
reflectors and topmarks.
2 Having passed clear of Abana Rock (5065N,
115040E) (5.53), the track leads SSE for about 3 miles
to the pilot boarding place shown on the chart, 6 cables
N of No 1AW Light-beacon.
3 Leading lights. From the vicinity of No 1 AW
Light-beacon (5040N, 115063E), the alignment (209)
of the following lights leads about 2 miles SSW, through
the deep-water channel, marked by four pairs of
light-beacons (lateral), to a position ESE of No 7W
Light-beacon, whence course may be shaped for Muara
Port Wharf or the Quarantine and Immigration Anchorage:
4 Front light (red triangle point up, white stripes, on a
pile, 14 m in height).
Rear light (red triangle point down, white stripes, on
framework tower; 27 m in height) 5 cables SSW
from front light.
5 The main channel from No 7W Light-beacon to the N
limit of the quarantine anchorage has a maintained depth of
13 m.
Useful marks, with positions from the Signal Station
(5023N, 115053E):
Radio mast (4 cables WSW).
6 Radio masts (5 cables WSW), situated at the Naval
Base.
Radio tower (8 cables WSW) (elevation 92 m) (red
lights).
Oil tanks at Shell depot (1 mile WSW).
Silo (2 miles SW).
Approach from E Alor Anson
5.127
1 Alor Anson (502N, 11507E), the passage between
Muara Spit and Pulau Muara Besar, is only suitable for
small vessels. The least charted depth is 2 m.
Local knowledge is required.
Approach from SE Muara bar
5.128
1 The approach to Muara Bar, which lies at the SE
entrance to the port of Muara, leads S and SW across
Outer Bar then W between the S side of Pulau Muara
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 5
133
Muara Appr from NNE (5.126)
(Original dated 1997)
(Photograph Crown Copyright)
Besar (5005N, 115060E) and the N end of Rambler
Banks, 3 cables S.
5.129
1 Muara Outer Bar lies between Muara Spit (503N,
11509E) (5.106), and Sunda Bank, 6 miles E, a bank with
depths of less than 5 m over it which extends 5 miles NE
from Sunda Spit (5.66). Within Outer Bar depths increase
to over 15 m off Tanjung Ujong Sapoh (500N, 11508E)
where the channel is about 1 miles wide. The passage
across the bar is considered to be safe for vessels of 61 m
draught in clear weather, at three-quarter flood. Deeper
draught vessels should not attempt the passage unless the
shoals have been previously buoyed.
2 From a position 9 miles E of Pulau Pelong-Pelongan
(505N, 11503E) (5.53), on the alignment (332) of the
NE extremity of Pulau Rusukan Besar (511N, 11508E)
with the W extremity of Pulau Keraman, about 2 miles
NNW the track leads S for 2 miles, passing E of a shoal,
with a least depth over it of 48 m, marked on its E side by
a light-buoy (E cardinal), which lies 5 miles NE of Tanjung
Ujong Sapoh.
3 Thence, on the line of bearing 243, of Tanjung Ujong
Sapoh Light No 22 (silver metal framework tower)
(4597N, 115076E), the track leads WSW for about
3 miles passing NNW of Sunda Spit. When within
1 miles of the light the track leads SW for about
1 miles to the approach to Muara Bar.
5.130
1 Muara Bar, lies close SW of Tanjung Bowong, the S
point of Pulau Muara Besar; in 1990 it had a least charted
depth of 34 m over it, soft mud. The bar is approached
through a fairway about 2 miles long leading W between
Pulau Muara Besar and Rambler Banks, an extensive area
of shoals which extend 7 miles NE from Tanjung Kindana
(455N, 11501E) (5.140), and which dry in places, and
on which there are numerous fish weirs which mostly cover
at HW.
2 From a position about 5 cables S of Tanjung Ujong
Sapoh, the line of bearing 277, of No 27 Light-beacon (E
cardinal) (4595N, 115051E) leads W, passing (with
positions from Tanjung Ujong Sapoh Light (4597N,
115076E)):
3 N of No 24 Light-buoy (N cardinal) (1 mile SW),
which marks the NE corner of Rambler Banks,
thence:
N of No 26 Light-beacon (N cardinal) (2 miles
WSW), which marks the N corner of Rambler
Banks.
4 Thence, from a position about 2 cables E of No 27
Light-beacon the track leads WNW across Muara Bar,
passing between No 27 Light-beacon and No 20
Light-beacon (E cardinal) (1 cables ENE), from where
course may be shaped for the allocated berth or anchorage.
5 Useful mark:
Bukit Tempayang Pisang (146 m high) (501N,
11503E), with a small beacon on its summit,
which is prominent when seen from Outer Bar.
(Directions for Brunei Channel and Simpson Channel
are given at 5.150)
Berths
Anchorage
5.131
1 A deep-water Quarantine and Immigration Anchorage is
situated between 1 and 6 cables SSW of the SW end of
Muara Port Wharf, as shown on the chart. It may be
necessary for deep-draught vessels to use two anchors, as
swinging room is restricted.
Alongside berths
5.132
1 Berth numbers are shown on the chart.
Muara Port Wharf (5015N, 115042E) consists of a
reinforced concrete wharf, 880 m in length, with a
maintained depth of 91 m alongside; No 6 Berth for
smaller vessels; and an inside berth 87 m in length which
can accommodate craft with a maximum draught of 52 m,
situated at the NE end of the wharf. A container terminal is
reportedly located at the SW end of the Wharf.
2 Police jetty, is a small L-shaped jetty close NE. The area
between the NE spur of Muara Port Wharf and the police
jetty is used as a boat haven by the Brunei military. A
concrete hard 75 m in width exists within the haven. Part
of this hard is constructed as a slipway capable of handling
vessels up to 15 m in length, and part is used as a
hovercraft ramp.
3 A T-shaped jetty 220 m NE of the NE spur of Muara
Port Wharf extends 180 m SE. There are depths of 85 m
alongside.
Brunei Shell Jetty, 2 cables NE, extends 150 m SE
from the shore and has a berthing face of 67 m in length
and a charted depth of 54 m alongside. Two dolphins stand
at its head. A tank farm stands at the root of the jetty.
4 A jetty, with a silo, known as Ocean Inchcape Supply
Base Jetty, 3 cables NE, has alongside depths of 62 m.
Naval Base Jetty, 7 cables ENE, has two faces which
form an angle of about 165. The E face is connected to
the shore by reclaimed land and is 90 m in length. The W
face lies on the outer side of an arm extending 200 m
WSW. There are charted depths of 40 to 57 m alongside,
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 5
134
but greater depths of 91 m at the W end, to 75 m at the E
end, were reported in 1998. A small L-shaped jetty and
ramp lie 80 m W of the WSW end of the Naval Base Jetty.
5 An L-shaped jetty, known as Harbour Masters Jetty, for
the use of pilot vessels, is situated 2 cables ENE of Naval
Base Jetty.
Marine base jetty, L-shaped, 5 cables SSW of Muara
Port Wharf.
Cement silo jetty, L-shaped, 6 cables SSW of Muara
Port Wharf.
Port services
Repairs
5.133
1 Minor repairs carried out.
Shiplift: inshore of ENE end of Naval Base Jetty; lifting
capacity 255 tonnes (1.175).
Other facilities
5.134
1 Clinic; hospital at Bandar Seri Begawan.
Supplies
5.135
1 High speed diesel fuel; fresh water at Muara Wharf;
provisions.
Communications
5.136
1 By air: regular domestic and international services from
Brunei International Airport.
Other names
5.137
1 Lidong, Tanjung (5009N, 115043E).
Pebarasan, Tanjung (5004N, 115038E).
Perpindan Serasa (5003N, 115030E), a village.
Sabun (5020N, 115035E), a district.
Serasa (5008N, 115035E), a district.
SUNGAI BRUNEI
General information
Charts 2134 plans of Sungai Brunei and Batang Limbang,
Sungai Brunei Inner Bar, 1844
General description
5.138
1 The estuary of Sungai Brunei is entered from NE
between Sunda Bank and Muara Spit, crossing Outer Bar
(5.129), thence through Brunei Channel which is entered
close SE of Muara Bar (5.128). Brunei Channel, with a
width of from 1 to 2 cables and least charted depth of
30 m, leads SW for 4 miles to SE of Kaingarin Spit,
composed of mud and sand, which dries and extends
9 cables ENE from the N end of Pulau Kaingarin
(4570N, 115015E). This island is densely wooded and
is separated from the mainland W by a narrow channel.
The N approach to this channel is shoal, but there is a
charted depth of 3 m in the fairway of the S approach.
There is a landing place on the W side of the island. The S
end of Pulau Kaingarin consists of prominent rocks,
extending to Peaked Rock, lying 1 cable S. A group of
rocks, which dry, lie 1 cable E of the S extremity of Pulau
Kaingarin; shoals with depths of less than 18 m over them,
extend 1 cables ESE from the N end of these rocks,
terminating in Batu Pintu, a narrow rocky spit.
5.139
1 Brunei Inner Bar extends from Kaingarin Spit to Pulau
Chermin (456N, 11501E), an uninhabited and densely
wooded island, and forms the main obstacle in the
approach to the Port of Bandar Seri Begawan. The
principal shoals composing this bar are, North Bar Bank,
with a least charted depth of 03 m over it, situated 5 cables
E of Pulau Kaingarin, and South Bar Bank, with a least
charted depth of 03 m over it, lying 1 cable farther E.
2 Simpson Channel over Brunei Inner Bar lies between
North Bar Bank and South Bar Bank. The channel, about
1 cable wide, has a least charted depth of 21 m in the
fairway. The SW end of the bar is marked by a
light-beacon. The banks on either side of Simpson Channel
are not readily visible as the water is generally muddy.
3 A narrow and tortuous passage, with a least charted
depth of 21 m in the fairway, leads from the S end of
Simpson Channel. Chermin Rock, below water, lies 1 cable
NW of the N extremity of Pulau Chermin. It is marked on
its NW side by Chermin Rock Light-beacon No 32.
5.140
1 Sungai Brunei runs SW between the mainland on its
NW side and the NW coast of Pulau Berambang (453N,
1459E) on its SE side. Tanjung Berambang, the W
extremity of Pulau Berambang, lies 5 miles SW of Tanjung
Kindana (4553N, 115010E), the N point of the island.
Tanjung Kindana may be identified by Bukit Kindana,
8 cables SSW of the point, and topped by a conspicuous
clump of trees; the hill is densely wooded. Pulau Sibungor,
a mangrove island, is situated 2 cables NW of Tanjung
Berambang.
2 The fairway between Tanjung Kindana and Tanjung
Samasta, 1 miles SW, is from cable to 2 cables wide
with charted depths of more than 55 m. It runs close to the
W bank for the first mile, then the channel trends SW for
1 mile, with a width of from 1 to 2 cables and charted
depths of over 55 m. About 2 miles SW of Tanjung
Samasta a small boat fuelling station, on piles, stands in
the river on the NW side. Here the river trends towards the
SE bank and deepens. About 2 miles SW of the fuelling
station the channel gradually turns to pass S, and then W,
of Pulau Sibungor. Sungai Butir joins Sungai Brunei from
S, immediately W of Tanjung Berambang. There is an islet
at the junction of the two rivers. The channel W of Pulau
Sibungor is narrow and shallower, with depths of 37 m,
close to the S point of the island. A boat channel, much
used by local craft, cable wide, with depths of 12 m,
runs N of Pulau Sibungor. The channel becomes narrower
7 cables N of the island and gradually turns to pass SW,
and S of the town of Bandar Seri Begawan. Sungai
Meragang (4535N, 114560E), a narrow and shallow
rivulet joins Sungai Brunei from N at the W end of the
town. Sungai Brunei continues in a SW direction from the
junction, with depths of 55 m.
Topography
5.141
1 The entrance to the estuary of Sungai Brunei lies
between Tanjung Pelumpong (502N, 11507E) (5.66) in
the NW and Tanjung Trusan (458N, 11511E) (5.66) in
the SE. Pulau Muara Besar, which is described at 5.106,
dominates the entrance 2 miles S Tanjung Pelumpong.
2 The coast between Tanjung Trusan and Tanjung
Lumba-Lumba (5.166), 7 miles SW, on the E side of the
estuary, is composed of mangrove swamps and backed by
tall trees. The coast is intersected by numerous rivers and
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 5
135
is entirely featureless. The coastal bank extends from
5 cables to 4 miles offshore; the inner part dries.
5.142
1 Pulau Bedukang (459N, 11504E), densely wooded
with tall trees, and surrounded by mangrove swamps, lies
on the W side of the estuary. This island lies in the SE
approach to a bay, almost all of which dries. Several
mangrove-covered islets, and fish traps, lie in the bay. A
causeway extending 8 cables in a SE direction is situated
W of Muara Bar and 1 mile NE of Pulau Bedukang. Oyster
Rocks lie on the coastal bank 5 cables SW of Pulau
Bedukang.
2 Many islands and drying banks lie in the estuary
between Tanjung Lumba-Lumba and Tanjung Lumut,
6 miles NW, a low flat headland fringed by mangroves.
Numerous rivers and streams discharge into the estuary.
The banks of Sungai Brunei between Tanjung Lumut and
Tanjung Berambang, 8 miles SW, are mainly fringed by
mangroves and backed by many hills. Pudak, the largest
village on the river, is situated on the SE bank, 5 cables S
of Tanjung Samasta. The mosque here has a white flagstaff.
Datu Gandi School, a long building, is situated 1 miles
SW of Tanjung Samasta. It has a white flagstaff from
which the Brunei State Flag is occasionally displayed.
3 Bukit Selila is a sharp peak situated 10 miles SW of
Tanjung Batu (503N, 11503E), and 1 miles NW of the
W bank of Sungai Brunei. The hill is the summit of a
ridge which extends NE and SW. Jaja Ridge, steep and
densely wooded except for occasional clearings, lies close
E of, and parallel with, the ridge extending from Bukit
Selila. Jaja Ridge terminates 3 miles SW of Tanjung
Batu. Bukit Buang Sakar, a sharp peak, and Bukit Saeh, a
rounded peak, are two prominent wooded hills standing
3 miles SSW of Bukit Selila.
Depths
5.143
1 The least charted depth in Brunei Channel is 55 m, and
on Brunei Inner Bar is 21 m.
Hazards
5.144
1 Fishing stakes, the positions of which are frequently
altered, exist in these waters, especially within the 10 m
depth contour.
Pilotage
5.145
1 Pilots for Sungai Brunei are available on request to
Director of Marine, Serasa Muara, Brunei Darussalam at
least 24 hours in advance.
See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6 (4).
Local knowledge
5.146
1 Local knowledge is essential if navigating Brunei
Channel and Sungai Brunei.
Traffic regulations
5.147
1 The following vessels only are permitted to proceed to
the Port of Bandar Seri Begawan:
Small wooden coasters, operating within Brunei Bay,
not exceeding 24 m in length and 50 grt.
Vessels proceeding to the Shell Oil Depot at Subok
(5.157).
Tugs and lighters carrying stone aggregates.
2 Passenger ferries operating between ports in Brunei
Bay.
Vessels under tow are not permitted to navigate Sungai
Brunei.
Vessels drawing 55 m can proceed as far as Kaingarin
Spit, but, except in an emergency, it is recommended that
vessels drawing more than 46 m should not proceed
beyond the anchorage off Tanjung Ujong Sapoh (5.119).
Tidal streams
5.148
1 Tidal streams in Brunei Channel abreast Muara Bar
sometimes set across the fairway; in the remainder of this
channel they set up and down the fairway.
In Simpson Channel the in-going stream has a rate of
2 kn and the out-going a rate of about 3 kn.
Principal marks
5.149
1 Landmarks:
Two radio masts (red lights) (5002N, 115032E).
Radio tower (red obstruction light) (4530N,
114575E).
Large golden dome (4535N, 114562E).
Radio mast (6 cables N of the dome).
Radio tower (red obstruction light) 303 m in height
(4447N, 115004E).
Directions
(continued from 5.130)
5.150
1 Brunei Channel is entered about 1 cables SE of No 27
Light-beacon (E cardinal) (4595N, 115052E), on the
alignment of the outer leading lights, mounted on beacons,
standing on the S side of Pulau Muara Besar.
Outer Leading lights:
Front light (white beacon, white triangle point up)
(4597N, 115057E).
2 Rear light (similar structure, white triangle point
down) (280 m from front light).
The alignment (051), astern, of these lights leads
through the NE part of Brunei Channel for about 2 miles,
and onto the alignment of:
Inner leading lights:
3 Front light (No 30 Light-beacon) (wooden framework
tower on concrete pile, red square) (4563N,
115017E).
Rear light (No 30A light-beacon) (aluminium
framework tower, red and white square),
(5 cables from front light) on N end of Pulau
Chermin.
4 The alignment (227) of these lights leads between
No 28 Light-beacon (port hand), and No 29 Light-beacon
(starboard hand). Thence the track leads about 2 miles
SW through Simpson Channel over Brunei Inner Bar to a
position about 1 cables NE of No 30 Light-beacon.
5 Sungai Brunei is marked by light-beacons as far as
Bandar Seri Begawan. Some of these light-beacons are
fitted with tide poles, but the depths indicated are not
always correctly related to chart datum.
As local knowledge is essential for proceeding above the
entrance to Brunei Channel, no further directions are given.
Anchorage
5.151
1 Vessels not intending to cross Brunei Inner Bar may
anchor, in a depth of 58 m, 9 cables E of the N extremity
of Pulau Kaingarin, with Pulau Chermin Light-structure
bearing 227.
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 5
136
Bandar Seri Begawan
Chart 2134, plan of Sungai Brunei and Batang Limbang
General information
5.152
1 Position. Bandar Seri Begawan (454N, 11456E), is a
port situated 17 miles above the entrance to Sungai Brunei.
Function. A port and the capital of the state of Brunei,
in which the Sultan of Brunei resides; the Government
buildings are situated here. The port has anchorage and
alongside berths, and is visited mainly by local vessels.
2 Topography. The city of Bandar Seri Begawan lies on
the N bank of Sungai Brunei, backed by wooded hills. The
Sultans Palace is situated W of Sungai Meragang. The
Custom House, with a white flagstaff, stands at the head of
a long pier 3 cables N of Pulau Sibungor. The office of the
United Kingdom High Commissioner stands 1 cable NW of
the root of this pier; the Residency lies close N of it.
Conspicuous objects are the large golden dome and
minaret. The old town is built on mud flats in the river,
mainly on the S bank. The houses stand on piles in 1 m of
water.
3 Approach and entry. The port is approached through
Sungai Brunei, over an outer and inner bar on the
alignment of leading lights, and through a fairway marked
by light-beacons (lateral).
Port Authority. Director of Marine, Customs Building.
Limiting conditions
5.153
1 Channel depths. See 5.143.
Tidal levels. See information in Admiralty Tide Tables.
Mean spring range about 16 m; mean neap range about
04 m.
Arrival information
5.154
1 Port radio. A station operates at Muara; see Admiralty
List of Radio Signals Volume 6 (4).
Quarantine anchorage. Anchorage for vessels waiting
to anchor off the town or waiting to go alongside berths,
may be obtained abreast the Custom House. Vessels should
anchor clear of the fairway.
Pilotage. See 5.145.
Local knowledge is required.
Harbour
5.155
1 Landmarks. See 5.149.
Directions
5.156
1 See 5.150.
Berths
5.157
1 Anchorage. Good anchorage has been reported, in a
depth of 13 m, off the entrance to Sungai Meragang, with
sufficient room for a vessel, 52 m in length, to swing.
Alongside berths: Bandar Seri Begawan Wharf, a
concrete construction on piles, 222 m in length, with
reported depths of from 49 to 58 m alongside.
2 A passenger pier 38 m in length.
Shell Oil Wharf at Subok, 5 cables downstream, with
reported depths of 2 to 6 m alongside. The wharf is a
wooden pile construction, 9 m in length, with two mooring
dolphins.
Port services
5.158
1 Repairs can be carried out.
Other facilities: hospital.
Supplies: marine diesel fuel oil at Bandar Seri Begawan
Wharf by road tanker or by lighter, sufficient notice
required: fuel oil at Subok Wharf: fresh water laid on to
Bandar Seri Begawan Wharf: provisions.
2 Communications.
By sea: regularly to Singapore, daily to Pulau Labuan.
By air: see 5.136.
Batang Limbang and approaches
Chart 2134, plan of Sungai Brunei and Batang Limbang
General description
5.159
1 Batang Limbang is entered immediately N of Tanjung
Tubu-Tubu (451N, 11501E) where there is a small
anchorage port (5.166). The river is 122 miles long and is
navigable by vessels of 3 m draught as far as Bandar
Limbang, 8 miles above its entrance. Launches can proceed
43 miles farther up river.
Topography
5.160
1 Pulau Pepatan (455N, 11503E) and Pulau Baru Baru,
close S, are two islets, flat and densely wooded, which lie
N of the entrance, on the inner part of Rambler Banks,
1 miles E of Bukit Kindana. Pulau Baru Baru is
distinguishable by a bare hill near its S end, on which there
is a single tree. Sungai Limpaku-Pinang flows out of
Batang Limbang 3 miles SW of Tanjung Tubu-Tubu, and
into the estuary 4 cables SW of the S extremity of Pulau
Berbanut (4535N, 115023E), and separates Pulau
Limpaka-Pinang (452N, 11500E) from Pulau Umpul
Umpul which forms part of the W bank of Batang
Limbang.
Pilotage
5.161
1 Requests for pilots for Batang Limbang should be made
to Shipping Kuching. See Admiralty List of Radio Signals
Volume 6 (4).
Directions
5.162
1 Approach. From a position SE of Tanjung Ujong Sapoh
(500N, 11508E), the fairway, marked at intervals by
light-beacons (port hand), leads SSW for about 7 miles, to
a position about 5 cables NW of Tanjung Lumba-Lumba
(453N, 11506E). This channel, separated from Brunei
Channel by Rambler Banks (5.130), has a least charted
depth in the fairway of 51 m.
2 Local knowledge is essential above this point.
From the position about 5 cables NW of Tanjung
Lumba-Lumba, a channel, 4 cables wide between the 2 m
depth contours, leads to a bar 3 miles SW. Depths of
33 m can be found in the channel as far as Limbang Bar.
3 Entry. A light-buoy (starboard hand) is moored
1 miles E of Tanjung Tubu-Tubu (5.159) and marks the
starboard side of the entrance to Batang Limbang. The
position of the light-buoy is altered as the channel changes.
The channel across the bar was reported to have a depth of
06 m. The channel is marked by stakes.
4 Within the bar, there are charted depths in Batang
Limbang of 14 to 16 m as far as Bandar Limbang. Off the
port the channel is obstructed by some below-water rocks,
over which there are strong eddies. Above these rocks there
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 5
137
are reported depths of 37 to 73 m. There are very strong
eddies at the sharp bend of the river, just below Bandar
Limbang.
5 Caution. The river brings down quantities of timber, and
a good look-out must be kept for stranded trees.
Anchorage
5.163
1 Anchorage for ocean-going vessels can be obtained, in
depths of about 7 m, 1 miles NNW of Tanjung
Lumba-Lumba, and 5 miles NE of the bar. Vessels loading
logs at Tanjung Lumba-Lumba (5.166) anchor in a position
7 cables SW of the point.
The quarantine anchorage is situated 9 cables S of
Tanjung Ujong Sapoh (5.119).
Bandar Limbang
5.164
1 General information. Bandar Limbang (445N,
11500E), is a small port situated 8 miles above the
entrance to Batang Limbang (451N, 11501E). It is the
principal town of the Fifth Division of Sarawak and the
headquarters of a Resident Officer. Vessels 55 m in length
and 970 grt have berthed at Bandar Limbang.
5.165
1 Berths: Customs Wharf, 24 m long with depths of 23
to 41 m alongside.
JKR Concrete Wharf, 16 m long with depths of 55 to
63 m alongside.
JKR Belian Wharf, 7 m long with depths of 18 to 30 m
alongside.
JKR Wharf, 19 m long with depths of 20 to 28 m
alongside.
Residents Wharf, 7 m long with depths of 17 to 20 m
alongside.
There are 6 other small wharves and piers with depths
of 10 m or less alongside.
2 There is also a concrete ramp for landing craft.
Supplies: fresh provisions.
Communications: regular launch communication with
Bandar Seri Begawan and Pulau Labuan; occasional sea
communication with Kuching.
Tanjung Lumba-Lumba
5.166
1 General information. Tanjung Lumba-Lumba, also
know as Tanjong Salirong, (453N, 11506E), is an
anchorage port 12 miles above Outer Bar in the estuary of
Sungai Brunei. The port is used principally for loading logs
from the neighbouring state of Sarawak.
Traffic. In 2002 7 vessels with a total dwt of
80 520 tonnes used the port.
2 Approach and entry. The port is approached from
Outer Bar and entered via the approach channel which
leads SSW from Tanjung Ujong Sapoh to the anchorage off
Tanjung Lumba-Lumba.
Port Authority. Port of Tanjung Lumba-Lumba, Marine
Department, HM Customs Building, Bandar Seri Begawan.
Limiting conditions
5.167
1 Maximum tidal range is 20 m. For tidal information at
adjacent locations see Admiralty Tide Tables.
Maximum draught for vessels crossing Muara Outer
Bar is 61 m.
Arrival information
5.168
1 Port radio. See 5.154.
Anchorage for vessels loading logs is 7 cables SW of
Tanjung Lumba-Lumba in depths of 68 m.
Pilotage is not compulsory, but if a pilot is required
requests should be made 24 hours in advance, stating
required embarkation position. Pilots will board at Outer
Bar or off Tanjung Ujong Sapoh. See Admiralty List of
Radio Signals Volume 6 (4).
2 Regulations. Entry is restricted to daylight hours only.
Brunei Customs, Port Health and Immigration officers will
board vessels on anchoring to issue clearance. This will
only be given up to 2000 hours. Whilst vessels are loading,
a Customs officer and agency clerk will remain on board.
Directions
5.169
1 From a position SE of Tanjung Ujong Sapoh (500N,
11508E), the track to the anchorage leads SSW through
the Batang Limbang approach channel (5.162) for about
7 miles to the anchorage position SW of Tanjung
Lumba-Lumba. Pulau Kitang, covered with mangroves, lies
6 cables S of Tanjung Lumba-Lumba.
Port services
5.170
1 Other facilities: Government hospital at Bandar Seri
Begawan;
Supplies: provisions; fuel and fresh water not available.
Communications: airport at Bandar Seri Begawan.
Small craft
Sungai Pandaruan
5.171
1 General information. Sungai Pandaruan is entered
4 cables W of the N extremity of Pulau Siarau (449N,
11502E), 2 miles SSE of Tanjung Tubu-Tubu (451N,
11501E).
A kampung, from which a boat channel leads W into
Batang Limbang, is situated on the W side of the entrance;
depths of about 03 m can be found in this channel, which
is marked by stakes.
2 From abreast Tanjung Tubu-Tubu to the S end of Pulau
Siarau depths of about 27 m can be found in Sungai
Pandaruan; thence depths of about 20 m can be found.
Sungai Pandaruan, which runs for 30 miles S from its
entrance, is navigable by small craft with a draught of
12 m, for 9 miles above its mouth.
Sungai Temburong
5.172
1 General information. The E shore of the estuary in the
vicinity of Sungai Temburong (448N, 11503E) is
composed of mangrove swamps, intersected by numerous
unimportant rivers which are difficult to identify from
seaward. Sungai Temburong is entered 8 cables E of the N
extremity of Pulau Siarau. Depths of 27 m can be found in
the approach from abreast Tanjung Tubu-Tubu as far as the
entrance; above this there are depths of from 18 to 91 m
for a distance of 7 miles. The river is navigable by small
craft with a draught of 12 m, for 8 miles above the
entrance.
2 A boat channel connects Sungai Temburong with Sungai
Pandaruan.
Batang Trusan
5.173
1 General information. Batang Trusan is entered
2 cables SW of Tanjung Trusan (458N, 11511E). The
river is 60 miles in length and rises near the source of
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 5
138
Batang Limbang. Two boat channels, marked by stakes (red
and white topmarks), moved as necessary, lead across
Sunda Spit (5.66) into Batang Trusan; the white face of the
topmarks faces the channel entrance.
2 Pulau Alang, a small islet, lies 7 cables SSW of
Tanjung Trusan.
Other names
Chart 2134
5.174
1 Alor Besar (452N, 11507E), a river.
Angareteng, Tanjung (452N, 11501E).
Bangau, Sungai (455N, 11509E).
Buang Tawar (4527N, 114582E), a settlement.
Durian Kuning, Bukit (449N, 11456E).
Kenalian, Sungai (455N, 11510E).
2 Kerasek, Tanjung (451N, 11506E).
Marang, Batu (459N, 11502E).
Puan, Tanjung (454N, 11507E).
Raya, Sungai (454N, 11508E).
Salibaya, Bukit (4521N, 114577E).
Siarau, Tanjung (449N, 11502E).
3 Sibusu, Tanjung (454N, 11503E).
Sigubang, Tanjung (453N, 11506E).
Simangga Besar, Pulau (4590N, 115023E).
Sungai Besar, Bukit (4569N, 115007E).
Tarap, Tanjung (450N, 11504E).
Temrukai, Tanjung (453N, 11501E).
BRUNEI BAY EAST SIDE
General information
Charts 1844, 2111
General description
5.175
1 The E side of Brunei Bay comprises the area extending
E between Tanjung Perapat (458N, 11512E) in the S
and Tanjung Klias (518N, 11521E), 22 miles NNE, in
the N. The E side of the bay is bordered by the coasts of
Sarawak and Sabah. The minor port of Sipitang Wharf
(5.181), in Sabah, is situated on the E coast.
Topography
5.176
1 See 5.67.
Principal marks
5.177
1 Landmarks:
Bukit Sari (456N, 11523E), a small peninsula,
which though conspicuous in itself, is often
difficult to identify against the higher land inland.
Bukit Suai (458N, 11528E), a conspicuous hill.
2 Mosque at Sipitang (506N, 11533E).
Major lights:
Pulau Keraman Light (513N, 11508E) (5.42).
Pulau Papan Light (5152N, 115160E) (5.55).
Directions
Entry from west
(continued from 5.54)
5.178
1 From a position SSE of Barat Banks (509N, 11505E)
the track leads E into the bay, passing:
N of Tanjung Pelumpong (5025N, 115080E)
(5.59) and Muara Spit extending ENE from the
point, thence:
2 N of Muara Outer Bar (503N, 11512E) (5.124)
flanked on its E side by Sunda Bank (5.124). In
1967 Sunda Bank was reported to be extending
NE.
Thence the track continues into the bay as required to
Batang Lawas (5.183), Sipitang Wharf (5.181), and the
anchorages in the E side of the bay; the chart is the best
guide.
Entry from north
(continued from 5.61)
5.179
1 From a position SW of No 8 Light-buoy moored
5 cables SW of Pulau Papan Light (5152N, 115160E),
the track leads SE, passing:
Clear of a mooring buoy, 7 cables S of Pulau Papan
Light, and another mooring buoy 4 cables farther
NE, thence course may be shaped into the bay, the
chart being the best guide.
Useful marks
5.180
1 Two masts at Kuala Lawas (457N, 11525E)
(5.183).
Two radio masts at Sipitang (505N, 11533E).
Minor port
Chart 1844, plan of approaches to Sipitang Wharf
Sipitang Wharf
5.181
1 General information. Sipitang Wharf (503N,
11531E), serves the Sipitang pulp and paper mill for the
export of paper products.
Traffic. In 2002 10 vessels with a total dwt of
101 233 tonnes used the port.
2 Dangers in the approach. Takat Besar (504N,
11530E), a group of rocks with a least depth of 14 m
over it, is the outermost danger; a beacon (starboard hand)
stands on Takat Menangan, a shoal close E. Several other
rocky shoals lie between Takat Besar and the shore.
Takat Kahar lying 1 miles WSW of Tanjung
Merintaman (504N, 11532E) is the N danger.
3 Passage between these rocks and the coast is possible,
but, as the dangers are not marked, it should not be
attempted.
Takat Ludin and Takat Daim lie 6 and 3 cables,
respectively, N of Tanjung Sebuboh (503N, 11531E) in
the N approaches.
4 Takat Pengiram, with a least depth of 34 m over it,
lying 9 cables WNW of Tanjung Sebuboh, is the S danger.
Takat Mengal, a rocky ledge, with a depth of 27 m over
it, lies between 2 and 3 cables N of Tanjung Merintaman.
In addition to the above, numerous obstructions, which
may best be seen on the chart, lie in the approaches.
Anchorage can be obtained off Sipitang (505N,
11533E); see 5.182.
5 Berths. A jetty 120 m long, 30 m wide, extends WNW
across the 11 m depth contour, 6 cables WSW of Tanjung
Sebuboh (503N, 11531E). The berth can accommodate
vessels up to 15 000 dwt.
There is a rubble jetty extending NW from a position
2 cables SSW of Tanjung Sebuboh to the 55 m depth
contour.
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 5
139
Anchorages
5.182
1 A laid-up vessels anchorage, the limits of which are
shown on the chart, lies to the SE of Pulau Papan (515N,
11516E). No vessel may enter or transit the laid-up
vessels anchorage without the prior written permission of
the Director of Ports and Harbours.
Anchorage for vessels loading timber is situated
1 miles E of the entrance to Batang Lawas (458N,
11525E), in depths of 18 m.
2 Anchoring is prohibited within 500 m of a charted
submarine pipeline which passes 4 miles S of Tanjung
Klias (518N, 11521E).
Good anchorage may be obtained off Sipitang (505N,
11533E) (5.185), in depths of 11 m, mud, 7 cables
offshore. Vessels should approach the river entrance, on the
bearing 110, and anchor when Tanjung Merintaman bears
200.
Small craft
Chart 1844
Batang Lawas
5.183
1 Batang Lawas (458N, 11525E) is entered 2 miles NE
of Bukit Sari (456N, 11523E), and is navigable by small
craft for a considerable distance. An anchorage for large
vessels is situated 1 miles E of the entrance (5.182).
A light-buoy (starboard hand, pillar) marks the outer end
of the channel across the flats leading to Batang Lawas; it
is moved as necessary to conform with changes in the
channel. Kuala Lawas Outer Light-beacon (port hand) lies
1 miles SSE of the buoy.
2 Vessels should pass NE of the light-buoy. It was
reported that there was a depth of 05 m over the bar at the
entrance to the river. The channel across the bar is marked
by wooden stakes (red and white topmarks, the white face
indicating the channel). The stakes are moved as necessary
to conform with changes in the channel.
There is a Customs Wharf at Kuala Lawas, on the SW
bank of the river 1 mile within the entrance.
3 Lawas, the principal town of the district, is situated
11 miles above the entrance. There is a concrete Customs
Wharf at Lawas, 20 m in length with reported depths of
from 03 to 12 m alongside, and a wooden wharf 30 m in
length with reported depths of from 04 to 14 m alongside.
There is a small hard for ramped-door landing craft.
There is an airfield at Lawas.
Sungai Mengalong
5.184
1 Sungai Mengalong, which is navigable by small boats,
enters the sea immediately S of Tanjung Mengalong
(501N, 11528E). A beacon (red and white chequers; can
topmark) marks the edge of the drying coastal bank 1 mile
W of the point.
Sungai Sipitang
5.185
1 Sungai Sipitang, a small river, flows into the sea
1 miles NE of Tanjung Merintaman (504N, 11532E);
Sipitang, a village, stands at its mouth. A bridge spans the
river a short distance within the entrance.
2 A boat channel, which dries, marked by perches, leads
to a small wharf, which dries alongside except at its E end.
A reef, which dries, lies on the S side of the entrance to
the boat channel, 1 cables W of the S entrance point of
the river. A light-beacon (port hand) stands on the edge of
the drying coastal bank, 1 cable N of the river entrance.
Sungai Padas
5.186
1 Sungai Padas flows into the N side of Teluk Padas
(510N, 11532E) (5.67). The river is 100 miles in length
and trends generally NE for 15 miles, thence SE for
24 miles and thence S. Tanjung Batu Batu (5112N,
115343E) lies 6 miles N of the mouth of Sungai
Sipitang. The channel of Sungai Padas, which runs close
NW of Tanjung Batu Batu, was reported, in 1972, to have
a depth of 18 m at the entrance and 15 m on the bar near
Weston (513N, 11536E). The bar of Kuala Padas at the
entrance to Sungai Padas and the bank to seaward were
reported in 1982 to be extending S and W.
2 Kuala Padas Beaufort Light-beacon (safe water),
4 miles SW of Tanjung Batu Batu, stands at the entrance
to Kuala Padas; Kuala Sungai Padas Light-beacon (port
hand) stands 1 miles N. The channel is kept marked by
buoys and beacons, but they are often carried away by log
rafts.
3 Weston, where there is a jetty 12 m long, lies on the SE
side of Teluk Padas, 2 miles NE of Tanjung Batu Batu.
The river is navigable by small craft as far as Beaufort
(Chart 1338) situated 10 miles NE of Weston.
Sungai Klias
5.187
1 Sungai Klias is entered 1 miles E of Tanjung Klias
(518N, 11521E). A flat, which dries, obstructs the
entrance and divides the channel into two. Pulau
Balangkasan, Pulau Malankassan Damit and Pulau
Sarangtiong, small islets covered with mangroves and
ti-trees, lie on the flat, respectively, 5 cables and 1 mile
SSE, and 1 miles E of Tanjung Klias.
2 The main approach channel lies close S of Tanjung
Klias and can be reached by passing through the channel
close E of Pulau Daat (5.58). The channel is marked a
light-beacon (starboard hand), 1 miles ESE of Tanjung
Klias, and by a light-beacon (port hand) 1 miles E of
Tanjung Klias.
3 There is a reported depth of 18 m over the bar and the
same reported depth can be found within the entrance.
In the S approach channel, E of Pulau Sarangtiong, there
is a reported depth of 03 m, and two beacons mark this
channel NE of Pulau Sarangtiong.
Other names
Chart 1844
5.188
1 Awat Awat (4567N, 115139E), a village.
Lengari, Pulau (4553N, 115147E).
Lubok (5108N, 115349E), a town.
Mesapol (5066N, 115353E), a village
Padas Damit, Sungai (5158N, 115258E).
2 Punang (4536N, 115207E), a village.
Sinangan (5028N, 115369E), a hill.
Sundar Bazaar (4537N, 115118E), a town.
Tempulagas (5086N, 115374E), a hill.
Tahi, Tanjung (5033N, 115315E).
Home Contents Index
Chapter 6 - North-west Borneo from Tanjung Toulak
to the outer approaches to North Balabac Strait
SABAH
Teluk
Kimanis
T
.
N
o
s
o
n
g
Brunei
Bay
Labuan
Islands
Kota Kinabalu
Sapangar
Teluk
Usukan
CHAPTER
5
CHAPTER
2
CHAPTER
7
NP 33
Philippine Islands
Pilot
Balambangan
Island
Balabac
Strait
North
Balabac
Strait
D a n g e r o u s
G r o u n d
Pulau Mangalum
2.19
6.107
6.106
6.33
6.32
6.31
5.56
6.34
6.109
6.78
6.38
140
2111
2112
3626
3525
3525
3525
948
3728
March 2004
115 116 117
5
6
7
8
30 30
30
30
30
30
30
115 Longitude 116 East from Greenwich 117 30 30
5
6
7
8
30
30
30
30
Home Contents Index
141
CHAPTER 6
NORTH-WEST COAST OF BORNEO FROM TANJUNG TOULAK TO PULAU
KALAMPUNIAN AND THE OUTER APPROACHES TO BALABAC STRAIT AND
NORTH BALABAC STRAIT
GENERAL INFORMATION
Chart 3483
Scope of the chapter
6.1
1 In this chapter are described:
Offshore oil fields off the NW coast of Sabah.
The waters off the NW coast of Sabah, between
Tanjung Toulak (525N, 11523E) and Pulau
Kalampunian (703N, 11645E), and the outer
approaches to Balabac Strait 150 miles NE,
including the Sunken Barrier Shoals.
2 Also described are the coastal routes, and the ports and
anchorages associated with them.
Topography
6.2
1 In general the coastline is low, flat and sandy, with few
tidal mud flats and fringing reefs. The coast is fairly
regular, but indented by two bays. Teluk Kimanis (6.34),
the larger bay, is entered between Tanjung Nosong (538N,
11536E) (6.31) and Tanjung Papar (545N, 11554E),
20 miles ENE. The other is Teluk Gaya (6.40), 18 miles
NE. Pulau Tiga (544N, 11539E) (6.32) lies 5 miles NE
of Tanjung Nosong from which it is separated by Selat
Tiga (6.13). Many rivers discharge into the sea along this
coast, with a number of them navigable by small craft. For
some distance in from the coast the country is flat and
swampy, or covered with dense jungle. Between 13 to
25 miles inland, mountain ranges stretch in a NE direction
and terminate with Gunung Kinabalu (605N, 11633E),
the highest peak in Borneo, situated 28 miles E of Tanjung
Gaya (607N, 11605E) (6.14). It is very prominent and
may be seen in clear weather at a great distance offshore.
The summit of this mountain, usually obscured by clouds
for the greater part of the day, consists of a number of
serrated peaks of nearly equal elevation. North of this it
slopes gradually for 4 miles and then falls away abruptly.
Submarine cables
6.3
1 Submarine cables are landed 4 cables SE of Tanjung Aru
(557N, 11602E) (6.14), as shown on the chart.
Numerous disused cables lie SW and N of Tanjung Aru.
For general information on submarine cables see The
Mariners Handbook.
Floating hazards
6.4
1 See 1.5.
Natural conditions
6.5
1 Currents and tidal streams. Tides are diurnal off the
coast of Sabah, the average rise ranges from 1 to 15 m. In
the vicinity of the offshore reefs there are local tidal
currents which set onto and away from the reefs on all
sides. These currents attain greater rates in the narrow
channels between the reefs, but generally they are weak
and at times inappreciable. As a rule the current along this
coast sets SW from January through March and September
and sets in the opposite direction during the other months.
2 Winds. Along the NW coast of Borneo, N winds
predominate from November to April, and from May to
September the prevailing winds are from the S. Land and
sea breezes blow all year round. The NE and SW
monsoons (1.181) are characterised by cloudy skies with
few clear days, frequent light rain squalls or thunderstorms,
and heavy rain.
Magnetic anomaly
6.6
1 In 1951, a magnetic anomaly was observed W of
Balabac Strait between positions 10 miles W and 33 miles
NNW of Pulau Kalampunian (703N, 11645E) (6.87).
Marine farms
6.7
1 Numerous fish aggregating devices, (FADs), contained in
steel boxes, may be encountered moored within a large
area between 50 and 200 miles off the W coast of Sabah.
The perimeter is patrolled; FADs are marked by red flags
and some are fitted with radar reflectors. Positions are
promulgated periodically by Sabah, Malaysia, Notices to
Mariners. See also 1.18.
Piracy
6.8
1 See 1.111.
Charts 2111, 2112, 3728
Oil and gas offshore fields
6.9
1 The major oil fields which lie within the limits of this
chapter can be found in several locations lying off the NW
coast of Sabah between Tanjung Toulak (525N, 11523E)
and Pulau Kalampunian (703N, 11645E), 128 miles NE.
For details and regulations concerning these fields see
1.22.
Submarine pipelines
6.10
1 Within the oil fields, submarine pipelines carrying either
oil or gas are laid between the various platforms and fields,
and also from them to collecting stations ashore. For
information concerning the dangers associated with oil and
gas pipelines see 1.66 and The Mariners Handbook.
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 6
142
Listed oil fields
6.11
Name Lat N Long E Remarks
Samarang 5 37 114 53
Ketam 6 06 115 36
Erb West 6 21 115 40
Name Lat N Long E Remarks
Tembungo 6 37 115 47 Production platform
which gives good
radar response up to a
range of 30 miles.
Saint Joseph 6 38 116 09
South Furious 6 46 116 13
Barton 6 50 116 20
TANJUNG TOULAK TO TANJUNG GAYA
GENERAL INFORMATION
Charts 2111, 1338
Scope of the section
6.12
1 In this section is described the coastal route between
Tanjung Toulak (525N, 11523E) and Tanjung Gaya
(607N, 11605E), and the ports, anchorages, and off-lying
islands and dangers along the route.
Topography
6.13
1 The coast between Tanjung Toulak and a point 4 miles
NE of Pine Point (531N, 11531E), is sandy; thence to
Tanjung Nosong (538N, 11536E) (6.31), it is fringed by
a drying reef which extends up to 4 cables offshore. A
break in this drying reef, 5 miles NE of Pine Point gives
access to a sandy beach. The coastal bank, with depths of
less than 10 m over it, extends from 7 cables to 2 miles
offshore between Tanjung Toulak and Tanjung Nosong. A
range of hills extends 6 miles SW of Pine point,
terminating in a prominent peak 161 m high. Crocker
Range, densely wooded, lies 13 miles inland from the E
side of Teluk Kimanis, and slopes on its W side to the low
coastal plain.
2 Pulau Tiga (544N, 11539E) (6.32) is separated from
Tanjung Nosong by Selat Tiga.
6.14
1 The coast between Tanjung Pangalat (547N, 11558E),
a thickly wooded bluff, and Tanjung Dumpil (554N,
11602E), on which stand some trees, forms a bay which
is mainly obstructed by reefs and shoals which dry. Pulau
Dinawan (551N, 11559E), well wooded, is situated
4 miles SW of Tanjung Dumpil.
2 Pulau Gaya (601N, 11602E), densely wooded except
for its summit which is bare, forms the S arm of Teluk
Gaya (6.40), and lies with its S extremity 2 miles N of
Tanjung Aru (557N, 11602E), which is low and flat.
The island is almost connected to the mainland SE by
reefs, parts of which dry. Teluk Gaya and Teluk Sapangar
(6.41) are entered between Tanjung Bulijong (603N,
11601E) (6.32), and Tanjung Gaya (607N, 11605E), a
densely wooded bluff from which the land rises rapidly to
Bukit Penaga (606N, 11606E), 7 cables SE. The port of
Kota Kinabalu lies on the S shore of Teluk Gaya.
Currents and tidal streams
6.15
1 Currents in the vicinity of Vernon Bank (545N,
11502E) (6.23) are uncertain but have been reported to
set almost constantly NE at a rate of kn. Closer inshore,
the current S of Gordon Patches (536N, 11515E) (6.26)
and Winchester Shoals, 8 miles NE, is reported to set
almost constantly N or NE at rates of between to kn
though rates up to 1 kn have been observed. Between
Pulau Tiga and Sungai Tuaran (613N, 11611E), after
strong SW winds, a current setting NE at a rate of 1 kn
has been observed.
2 Tidal streams near the coast are almost imperceptible;
off the SE end of Pulau Tiga they are irregular and
apparently influenced by the currents set up in the offing
by temporary or prevailing winds. It has been reported that
on a falling tide they often set between ENE and SE with a
rate exceeding kn in the former direction; occasionally,
with a rising tide, the stream sets SW.
COASTAL ROUTE
General information
Charts 3626, 2111, 1338
Route
6.16
1 From a position NW of Tanjung Toulak (525N,
11523E), to a position NW of Tanjung Gaya (607N,
11605E) (6.14), about 57 miles NE, the coastal route
passes either through Selat Tiga, which is mainly used by
coastal traffic, or an alternative passage W of Pulau Tiga,
described at 6.33.
6.17
1 Vessels bound for Chinese ports from the NW coast of
Borneo should use Palawan Passage (7.15) in preference to
the route on the E side of Palawan. See Philippine Islands
Pilot for details of the latter route.
Topography
6.18
1 See 6.13.
Marine parks
6.19
1 Pulau Tiga Marine Park extends from Dunlop Shoals
(5417N, 115375E) to Deluar Shoals 12 miles NNE,
and includes Pulau Tiga and Tega Shoals.
Tunku Abdul Rahman Marine Park covers most of the
coast of Pulau Gaya (6.14), and extends 3 miles SSW to
include Pulau Manukan (5596N, 116000E), Pulau
Mamutik (5581N, 116006E) and Pulau Sulug
(5576N, 115594E).
2 The limits of both these parks are shown on the charts.
For details of regulations see 1.83.
Currents and tidal streams
6.20
1 See 6.15.
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 6
143
Off-lying shoals and dangers
Charts 2111, 2112
6.21
1 The sea off this coast is generally much discoloured, and
the shoals, even with a good light, are difficult to
distinguish.
Samarang Bank
6.22
1 Samarang Bank (535N, 11455E), consisting of dead
coral and sandy patches, has general depths of less than
10 m over it, and a least charted depth of 64 m, although
less water than charted was reported in 1997. An
obstruction with a depth of 23 m over it, lies at the SW
extremity of the bank. Samarang Oil Field (537N,
11453E) is situated in the NW part of Samarang Bank.
Vernon Bank
6.23
1 Vernon Bank, with depths of less than 10 m over it, is
situated 5 miles NE of Samarang Bank; the bank is
12 miles in length in a NE/SW direction. Fury Rocks
(543N, 11502E), consisting of several coral heads, some
of which are awash, lie on the S part of Vernon Bank. The
sea seldom breaks over these rocks in calm weather
conditions. Several passages, with charted depths of more
than 10 m, lead into the considerable area between Fury
Rocks and the NW dangers of Vernon Bank; local
knowledge is essential for the use of the passages. Vernon
Bank has not been completely examined and less water
than charted may exist.
Hankin Shoal
6.24
1 Hankin Shoal (548N, 11511E), coral and sand, lies
4 miles E of the N part of Vernon Shoal; the shoal is
5 cables in extent. A 146 m coral patch lies 3 miles
WSW of Hankin Shoal.
Mackenzie-Grieve Shoals
6.25
1 Mackenzie-Grieve Shoals (535N, 11511E), is a shoal
area of depths less than 20 m, the least charted depth is
78 m. Two shoals with depths of 107 m and 128 m over
them, lie between Mackenzie-Grieve Shoals and Gordon
Patches, 3 miles ENE.
Gordon Patches
6.26
1 Gordon Patches (536N, 11515E), consist of several
shoals, with charted depths of less than 10 m over them. In
the middle of Gordon Patches there is a small area with a
depth of 117 m, mud bottom impregnated with sulphuretted
hydrogen, over which are numerous gas bubbles.
2 Between Gordon Patches and Fury Rocks, 14 miles NW,
there are many detached shoals and patches, with depths of
from 87 to 183 m over them, the positions of which can
be seen on the charts. Scott Patches, lie 5 miles NW of
the shoalest part of Gordon Patches.
Middle Patches
6.27
1 Middle Patches (537N, 11519E), a group of four
shoals, with charted depths of less than 10 m over them.
Winchester Shoals
6.28
1 Winchester Shoals (542N, 11521E), consist of several
patches close together. Several other patches lie close W of
Winchester Shoals.
Paisley Shoal
6.29
1 Paisley Shoal lies 6 miles N of Winchester Shoals.
Principal marks
6.30
1 Landmarks:
Tenumandug (538N, 11602E), prominent from all
directions.
Bukit Kalituan, (540N, 11558E), with a round
summit.
Kinandukan (543N, 11554E), covered with dark
trees which are prominent against the distant hills;
the latter are often partially obscured by mist or
rain.
2 Bukit Tebelong (547N, 11603E), with a bare
summit, is conspicuous.
Radio masts (red obstruction lights) standing on the
ridge of a hill 1 miles E and SE of Tanjung Aru
(557N, 11602E) (6.14). The N radio mast is
conspicuous.
Gunung Kinabalu (605N, 11633E), the highest
peak in Borneo.
3 Major lights:
Tanjung Kubong Light (524N, 11515E) (5.42).
Pulau Tiga Light (white metal tower, red band)
(544N, 11538E).
Tanjung Bulijong Light (white metal tower, red band),
(602N, 11601E).
Directions
(continued from 5.45)
Tanjung Toulak to Tanjung Nosong
6.31
1 From a position NW of Tanjung Toulak (525N,
11523E), the coastal route leads generally NE, passing
(with positions from Tanjung Toulak):
NW of Iris Shoals (5 miles NNW), consisting of
several shoal patches with a least charted depth of
37 m over them, noting a 88 m patch (7 miles
NNW). Several shoals, with charted depths of 27
to 87 m over them, lie between Iris Shoals and
Tanjung Toulak. Thence:
2 NW of Pine Point Shoals with depths of less than
5 m over them which extend 4 miles NW from a
position 3 miles SW of Pine Point (10 miles NE).
A dangerous rock lies on the N part of the shoals
4 miles WNW of Pine Point. And:
3 SE of Jahat Shoals (10 miles N) which consist of
numerous rocky patches with depths of less than
5 m over them. Jahat Rock, which dries 06 m, lies
near the middle of the shoals; a dangerous rock
lies 6 cables SW of Jahat Rock. A light-buoy
(starboard hand) is moored off the S end of a 5 m
patch on the SE side of the shoals. Thence:
4 SE of Growler Bank (16 miles NNE); a 128 m patch
lies 2 miles WSW of this bank. A shoal with a
charted depth of 131 m over it lies 1 miles N of
Growler Bank. Thence:
SE of Nosong Shoals, (20 miles NNE) on which lie
two coral islands marked by a lightbeacon. An
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 6
144
183 m shoal lies 2 miles SE of the lightbeacon.
And:
5 NW of Nosong Patch which lies 2 miles NW of
Tanjung Nosong (18 miles NE), the densely
wooded N extremity of a peninsula which forms
the W side of Teluk Kimanis.
Tanjung Nosong to Tanjung Gaya
6.32
1 From a position NW of Tanjung Nosong (538N,
11536E) clear of Nosong Patch, the coastal route via
Selat Tiga, to a position NW of Tanjung Gaya (607N,
11605E), leads initially E then generally NE for a
distance of approximately 44 miles, passing (with positions
from Pulau Tiga Light (544N, 11538E)):
2 N of the coastal bank with depths of less than 10 m
over it (4 miles SSW) which extends 2 miles
NNE from Tanjung Nosong. Tangut Rock and
Cake Rock lie on a rocky shoal, marked by a
lightbeacon, which extends 1 mile N of the point.
And:
S of Dunlop Shoals (2 miles SSW), with a charted
depth of 55 m over them, and marked by a
light-beacon (starboard hand), thence:
3 S then SE of Pulau Tiga, densely wooded except for
its SE peak. Reefs and shoals, some of which dry,
fringe the island and extend 5 cables S and SE
from it. A light-beacon (green tripod, 8 m in
height), stands on the edge of a reef 5 cables from
the SE end of the island. Thence:
4 SE of Pulau Kalampunian Besar (2 miles NE), low
and wooded, and Pulau Burong, a rocky islet,
situated 5 cables NNE of Pulau Kalampunian
Besar. Thence:
SE of Tega Shoals, with depths of less than 10 m
over them, coral, and on which there are several
drying rocks, extending 4 miles NNE from Pulau
Tiga, thence:
NW of Tanjung Papar (17 miles E), thence:
5 SE of Deluar Shoals (7 miles NNE) consisting of two
patches, on which the sea breaks; they lie on a
shelf which extends from 7 to 11 miles NNE of
Pulau Tiga Light, and are marked by a
light-beacon (port hand). Several above-water rocks
lie on the N patch, thence:
Clear of South Hill Rock, coral, (20 miles NE). The
rock is steep-to, and is marked by a light-buoy
(isolated danger), thence:
6 NW of Edgell Patches (26 miles NE), in two parts,
with charted depths of 128 and 137 m over them,
thence:
NW of Tanjung Bulijong (29 miles NE), the N
extremity of Pulau Gaya, from which a light (6.30)
is exhibited, thence to a position NW of Tanjung
Gaya (607N, 11605E).
(Directions continue at 6.106)
(Directions for Kota Kinabalu are given at 6.65)
Passage west of Pulau Tiga
6.33
1 From a position NW of Tanjung Nosong (538N,
11536E) (6.31), the passage to a position NW of Tanjung
Gaya, leads NNE thence generally ENE, passing (with
positions from Pulau Tiga Light (544N, 11538E)):
ESE of Nosong Shoals (8 miles W) (6.31), thence:
ESE of Price Shoals (5 miles WNW), with a least
charted depth of 82 m, and:
WNW of a bank with depths of less than 10 m over
it, which extends 2 miles W from Pulau Tiga. A
123 m shoal, reported 1959, the position of which
is approximate, lies in mid-channel 3 miles W of
Pulau Tiga. Thence:
2 Clear of Coleman Shoal (3 miles NW). A 128 m
patch lies 5 cables N of Coleman Shoal, thence:
WNW of Tega Shoals (4 metres NNE) (6.33), thence:
ESE of Hayter Shoal (10 miles NNW), coral. The
shoal is the most SE of Dampier Shoals (6.93). A
detached 104 m patch lies 7 cables S of Hayter
Shoal. Thence:
3 WNW thence NNW of Deluar Shoals (7 miles NNE)
(6.32), thence:
NNW of South Hill Rock (20 miles NE) (6.32),
thence:
NNW of Edgell Patches (26 miles NE) (6.32),
thence:
4 NNW of Tanjung Bulijong (29 miles NE) (6.32),
thence:
To a position NW of Tanjung Gaya (607N,
11605E).
(Directions continue at 6.106)
(Directions for Kota Kinabalu are given at 6.65)
Teluk Kimanis
General description
6.34
1 The shore of Teluk Kimanis is low and swampy between
Kuala Penyu (535N, 11536E) (6.35) and Kinamandukan
(543N, 11554E), with a sandy beach, and, in places, a
band of casuarina trees. For some distance inland the
country is flat and swampy, or covered with dense jungle,
particularly near the SE part of the bay.
2 Good anchorage can be found anywhere in Teluk
Kimanis. The best anchorage is near the E side, where
depths are greater close inshore and where the bottom is
stiffer and less sandy. Vessels loading timber anchor about
1 miles W of Kimanis (537N, 11553E).
Both NE and SW monsoons cause a swell in Teluk
Kimanis.
Kuala Penyu
6.35
1 General information. Several rivers, navigable only by
small craft, discharge into Teluk Kimanis (6.34). Kuala
Penyu, the entrance to Sungai Penyu, lies 3 miles S of
Tanjung Nosong (538N, 11536E) (6.31). There is a bar,
with a charted depth of 09 m over it, which is free from
rollers, and a bank, with depths of less than 5 m over it,
which extends 3 miles seaward from the entrance. Kuala
Penyu is marked by a beacon (starboard hand) 1 mile
offshore; other beacons (port and starboard hand) mark
Sungai Penyu for 1 mile to Kampung Kuala Penyu, which
stands on the W bank of the river.
Kuala Papar
6.36
1 General information. Kuala Papar, the entrance to
Sungai Papar, enters the E side of Teluk Kimanis
immediately S of Tanjung Papar (545N, 11555E). There
is a bar at the river entrance, but, in favourable
circumstances, small boats can enter at high water.
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 6
145
Other anchorage
Pulau Dinawan
6.37
1 Anchorage may be obtained, in depths of 11 m, mud, E
of Pulau Dinawan (551N, 11559E) (6.14), and in depths
of 165 m, 2 cables NE of the NE extremity of the island.
Landing may be made at the E extremity of Pulau
Dinawan.
PORT OF KOTA KINABALU
General information
Charts 3525, 3626
Position
6.38
1 Kota Kinabalu (559N, 11604E), is a major port lying
within Teluk Gaya (6.40) on the NW coast of Borneo.
Function
6.39
1 Kota Kinabalu is the principal port on the NW coast of
Borneo, and is the capital of the State of Sabah. The port
has anchorage and alongside berths and includes the
terminal at Sapangar. It is the transit port for most of the
produce of the NW side of Sabah, exporting timber, cocoa
beans, rubber, rattan and copra. The chief imports are
machinery, construction materials, petroleum products, and
foodstuffs; it is also a container handling port.
Topography
6.40
1 Teluk Gaya is entered between Tanjung Bulijong
(603N, 11601E) (6.32) and Tanjung Gaya (607N,
11605E) (6.14), the S and N entrance points of the bay.
Tanjung Tavajun is situated 2 miles ESE of Tanjung
Bulijong, the N extremity of Pulau Gaya. The coast
between is indented by two bays which are separated by
Tanjung Merangis (602N, 11601E). Tanjung Logong lies
1 mile SE of Tanjung Tavajun. Teluk Malohom is formed
between these points; coral reefs fringe the shores of the
bay. Tanjung Lita lies on the E shore of Teluk Gaya,
1 miles S of Tanjung Tarak Tarak (6031N, 116064E).
Sungai Inanam discharges into Teluk Gaya 1 miles NE of
Tanjung Lipat (600N, 11605E).
6.41
1 Teluk Sapangar is entered between the S extremity of
Pulau Sapangar (604N, 11604E) and Tanjung Tarak
Tarak 2 miles ESE. Tanjung Melanim lies 2 miles SSE of
Tanjung Gaya. A chain of islands extends 2 miles SW
from the coast 7 cables NNW of Tanjung Melanim. Pulau
Sapangar, densely wooded, with twin peaks 180 and 176 m
in height, and mainly fringed with reefs, is the most SW of
the chain. Pulau Udar Besar, 36 m in height, is situated
4 cables E of the N extremity of Pulau Sapangar, from
which it is separated by a narrow channel. Pulau Udar
Kecil, 39 m in height, and Pulau Peduk, 21 m in height, lie
between Pulau Udar Besar and the coast NE. These islets
are connected to each other and the coast by a reef on
which there are several drying patches. A narrow channel
separates Pulau Udar Besar and Pulau Udar Kecil. Teluk
Sapangar is formed on its W side by the chain of islands.
2 Sungai Menggatal discharges into Teluk Sapangar 1 mile
NE of Tanjung Tarak Tarak, and may be identified by a
yellow sandstone bluff on the N side, and by the abrupt
angle of the coast on the S side of the entrance.
Port limits
6.42
1 The port limits are defined by a line drawn from
Tanjung Aru (557N, 11602E) to Tanjung Bulijong and
thence to Tanjung Gaya, as shown on the chart.
Piracy
6.43
1 Recent incidents of piracy have been reported at Kota
Kinabalu. For reporting and possible preventative measures
see 1.111.
Approach and entry
6.44
1 Teluk Gaya and Teluk Sapangar are approached from N
between Tanjung Bulijong and Tanjung Gaya, and entered
between Tanjung Tavajun and the S extremity of Pulau
Sapangar (2 miles NE). Kota Kinabulu harbour is entered
from N between Tanjung Logong and Tanjung Lipat
2 miles E.
The passage between Pulau Sapangar and Pulau Udar
Besar is used by small craft; see (6.66).
2 Selat Selatan (6.68), the S approach, is a narrow channel
entered 1 miles SSW of Tanjung Sindian (6000N,
116038E), the E extremity of Pulau Gaya.
Traffic
6.45
1 In 2002 281 vessels with a total dwt of 6 835 319 tonnes
used the port.
Port Authority
6.46
1 Sabah Ports Authority, PO Box 1430, SPA Headquarters
Building, Kota Kinabalu, Sabah, Malaysia.
Limiting conditions
Controlling depths
6.47
1 The charted depths in the approaches to the harbour and
anchorages are from 15 to 20 m, and there are depths from
48 to 94 m alongside the wharves in Kota Kinabalu; for
Teluk Sapangar see 6.82.
Deepest and longest berth
6.48
1 Berth No 1, Main Wharf (6.71).
Tidal levels
6.49
1 See information in Admiralty Tide Tables. The tidal
range is 16 m. Mean spring range 13 m.
Density of water
6.50
1 Density: 1025 g/cm
3
.
Maximum size of vessel handled
6.51
1 The largest vessel to be accommodated at the port was
one of 15 000 dwt, with a draught of 92 m.
Local weather
6.52
1 The prevailing wind is SW. The harbour is exposed to
the N, and cargo work in the anchorage can be interrupted
by N gales.
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 6
146
Arrival information
Port radio
6.53
1 A port radio station is operated from the Marine
Department port office. A coast radio station operates at
Kota Kinabalu.
See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6 (4).
Notice of ETA
6.54
1 Vessels should forward their ETA 7 days, then 36 and
24 hours, in advance.
Outer anchorages
6.55
1 Anchorage may be obtained anywhere in Teluk Gaya
Anchorage may also be obtained in the entrance to
Pelabuhan Gaya 2 cables NW of Grieve Reef (6001N,
116044E) (6.65), in depths of 17 m. A ruined beacon
(black and white chequers, conical topmark) stands
3 cables SSW of Macintosh Reef (6008N, 116042E)
(6.65); No 2 Light-beacon (starboard hand) stands on the
edge of a reef 2 cables ENE of Tanjung Sindian
(6000N, 116038E).
6.56
1 Quarantine anchorage. A quarantine anchorage lies
5 cables N of Tanjung Logong (6011N, 116036E), as
shown on the chart.
6.57
1 Explosives anchorage. An explosives anchorage, the
limits of which are shown on the chart, lies 1 miles N of
Tanjung Lipat. A submarine pipeline marked by
lightbeacons (special) is laid about 1 mile NE of the
anchorage, as shown on the chart.
6.58
1 Dangerous petroleum anchorage. A dangerous
petroleum anchorage, the limits of which are shown on the
chart, lies S of the explosives anchorage, 1 mile N of
Tanjung Lipat. Creighton Patch (6.65) lies in the NW
corner of the anchorage.
6.59
1 Prohibited anchorage. Anchoring is prohibited within
5 cables of Government Wharf (5595N, 116045E)
(6.71), as indicated on the chart.
Pilots and tugs
6.60
1 Pilotage is not compulsory. Pilots are available from
0600 to 1800. Requests for pilots and berthing should be
made 24 hours in advance. When within range vessels
should confirm their ETA. Pilots board vessels between the
Quarantine anchorage and Macintosh Reef (6008N,
116042E) (6.65), from a small white boat. See Admiralty
List of Radio Signals Volume 6 (4).
6.61
1 Tugs are available.
Harbour
General layout
6.62
1 The harbour of Kota Kinabalu, which lies on the S
shore of Teluk Gaya and N of the city, comprises four
wharves accommodating twelve berths and a Ro-Ro berth.
Six of the berths are equipped to handle container traffic.
The harbour area is approached and entered between
Grieve Reef Light-beacon and Gueritz Shoal (6.65).
2 On the E side of the harbour the coastal bank extends
up to 1 cables offshore between Tanjung Lipat and
Government Wharf (6.71).
Natural conditions
6.63
1 Local weather. See 6.52.
Tidal streams. The tidal streams off the berths set S on
the in-going tide and N on the out-going tide. In the NE
monsoon the tidal streams set at a rate of to kn, and
at a rate of to 1 kn in the SW monsoon.
Climatic table: For Kota Kinabalu see 1.225 and 1.233
Principal marks
6.64
1 Landmarks:
Gantisan, a grassy summit standing 2 miles E of
Tanjung Melanim (6048N, 116060E).
A conspicuous yellow patch on the hillside 2 cables
SSW of Tanjung Kabagu (6036N, 116069E).
Glass-panelled building with red obstruction light,
5 cables S of Tanjung Lita (6016N, 116063E).
2 Signal station (5595N, 116045E), surmounted by
a combined radio mast and flagstaff.
Radio mast (5573N, 116039E), with red
obstruction lights.
Kota Kinabalu Prominent building (6.64)
(Original dated 2000)
(Photograph Crown Copyright)
Major light:
Tanjung Bulijong Light (602N, 11601E) (6.30).
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 6
147
Kota Kinabalu from NW (6.65)
(Orginal dated 1995)
(Photograph Crown Copyright)
Directions
Approach from north
6.65
1 From the vicinity of position 604N, 11602E the
approach leads SE, then S, for about 5 miles, passing (with
positions from Tanjung Logong (6011N, 116036E)):
About midway between the SW point of Pulau
Sapangar (2 miles N), and Tanjung Tavajun
(1 miles NW), thence:
2 NE then E of Tanjung Logong, and:
W of Creighton Patch, (1 miles E) with a least
depth 86 m of water over it, thence:
E of Macintosh Reef which extends 7 cables E and
SE from Tanjung Logong, and whose E extremity
is marked by a light-beacon (starboard hand);
Pulau Plompong, a small island 14 m in height
with a small low islet close WSW, lies on the N
side of the reef. And:
Kota Kinabalu Pulau Plompong from NW (6.65)
(Original dated 1997)
(Photograph Crown Copyright)
3 W of Normanhurst Reef (1 miles SE), marked on its
NE side by a light-beacon (starboard hand) and on
its SW side by a light-beacon (port hand); a ruined
beacon stands between the two. Comber Reef,
marked on its W side by a light-beacon (port
hand), lies close SE. Thence:
4 Between Grieve Reef (1 miles SE), marked by a
light-beacon (isolated danger), 7 m in height, and
Gueritz Shoal, 2 cables farther ESE marked by a
light-beacon (isolated danger); and into the
harbour.
Harris Reef (1 miles SSE), on the W side of the
harbour, is marked by a light-beacon (starboard hand), and
other dangers in the harbour are marked by beacons
(starboard hand).
6.66
1 Small craft channel. The passage between the N
extremity of Pulau Sapangar and Pulau Udar Besar has a
width of 2 cables between the 5 m depth contours with a
least depth of 73 m, and is used by small craft. Local
knowledge is required.
Directions for the anchorages
6.67
1 When proceeding to the anchorages in Teluk Gaya or
Teluk Sapangar, vessels should initially follow the
directions in 6.65 thence direct to the appropriate anchorage
Selat Selatan
6.68
1 General information. Selat Selatan, a narrow dredged
channel marked by beacons, leads to Kota Kinabalu
harbour from S, and is entered from seaward 1 miles
SSW of Tanjung Sindian (6000N, 116038E) (6.44). As
local knowledge is essential, no directions are given.
6.69
1 Caution. The runway of Kota Kinabalu Airport lies in a
NNE/SSW direction with its S end 2 miles S of Tanjung
Aru. Due to the danger from low flying aircraft, a
restricted area exists between the runway and Tanjung
Dumpil (554N, 11602E) as shown on Chart 3626.
Useful mark
6.70
1 Light at head of North Jetty (6000N, 048E)
(6.71).
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 6
148
Kota Kinabalu (6.71)
(Original dated prior 2001)
(Photograph Sabah Ports Authority)
Berths
Alongside berths
6.71
1 Berth numbers are shown on the chart; positions are
given from Government Wharf.
Government Wharf (5595N, 116045E), an
L-shaped open wooden pile structure situated at the
N end of the town. It was closed in 1988. A
dolphin stands off the S end of the wharf; oil
installations stand close E of it.
2 South Jetty ( cable NE), an L-shaped jetty with 3
berths. The longest berth occupies the outer SW
face; depths alongside the berths are from 55 to
75 m.
3 Main Wharf, (4 cables NE), a rectangular island
wharf fronting the coast and connected to it by 2
roadways. It provides a total of 7 berths, on 4
faces as shown on the chart, the outer and longest
face of 350 m, being on the NW side. Depths on
the berths are from 58 to 945 m. A red
obstruction light is exhibited from the Marine
Tower in the centre of the wharf.
4 North Jetty, (5 cables NE), 93 m in length extends
NNE, and is connected to the shore by a bridge
183 m in length. There are berths on each side of
the jetty with depths of 60. A light is exhibited
from a mooring dolphin 30 m NNE of the jetty
head.
5 Ro-Ro Terminal, located close W of the root of North
Jetty, can accommodate vessels up to 180 m long,
25 m beam and 55 m draught.
6.72
1 Other berth. Marine Police Jetty (1 cable S), with a
T-head having a charted depth of 46 m alongside, projects
1 cable from the shore.
6.73
1 Landing places. There are 2 small boat landings, 1
close SW of the root of North Jetty, the other midway
along the SW side of the S roadway leading to Main
Wharf.
Port services
Repairs
6.74
1 Minor repair facilities available.
Other facilities
6.75
1 Kota Kinabalu hospital, 5 km.
Deratting exemption certificates can be issued.
Supplies
6.76
1 Provisions; fresh water. Fuel, including marine diesel oil
by barge.
Communications
6.77
1 By sea: regularly with Singapore, and world-wide.
By air: regular domestic and international services via
Kota Kinabalu Airport, 4 miles SW.
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 6
149
Teluk Sapangar Terminal
General information
6.78
1 Position 605N, 11607E, on reclaimed land on the E
shore of Teluk Sapangar (6.41).
Function. The terminal consists of a T-shaped jetty used
for the importation of petroleum products stored on a tank
farm on the reclaimed land, and a cement jetty, 1 cable NE,
with facilities for handling cement and the exportation of
timber. It is one of the most secure harbours on the NW
coast of Borneo.
2 Port limits are shown on the chart (see 6.42).
Approach and entry. The port is approached through
Teluk Gaya (6.40), and entered between Tanjung Melanim
(6048N, 116060E) (6.41) and Tanjung Kabagu
(6036N, 116069E), thence between light-beacons (port
and starboard hand) to the berthing area.
3 Port authority. Teluk Sapangar Oil Terminal, Teluk
Sapangar, PO Box A/150, 89357 Inanam, Sabah, Malaysia.
Limiting conditions
6.79
1 Depths. The charted depths from between Tanjung
Melanim and Tanjung Kabagu to the berthing area range
from 10 to 20 m, but see caution at 6.80.
Tidal range is 12 m.
Arrival information
6.80
1 Port radio. See 6.53.
Notice of ETA. Vessels should forward their ETA 24
hours in advance. It is essential that as much notice as
possible of arrival is given for all tankers through ships
agent.
2 Anchorage. Anchorage in Teluk Sapangar may be
obtained off the entrance to Sungai Menggatal (6038N,
116070E) (6.41) in depths of 16 to 22 m, or nearer the
head of the bay. Vessels can anchor anywhere in the bay
according to the prevailing wind.
Anchorage for tankers is available in the Dangerous
Petroleum Anchorage (6.58).
3 Caution. There are a number of obstructions and areas
of foul ground in Teluk Sapangar, the positions of which
may best be seen on the chart. A wreck with 61 m of
water over it lies 2 cables W of the Oil Terminal berth
(6.82).
4 Pilotage. Pilots are available from 0600 to 1800. Vessels
should send request for pilot and berthing 24 hours in
advance. When within range vessels should confirm their
ETA. The pilot boards at the pilot boarding place in the
Dangerous Petroleum Anchorage (601N, 11605E). See
Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6 (4).
5 Tugs. Tugs are available.
Directions
6.81
1 The directions given for the N approach into Teluk Gaya
(6.65) should be followed until a position NE of Tanjung
Logong (6011N, 116036E) is reached, thence towards
the pilot boarding place (6.80).
Teluk Sapangar (6.82)
(Original dated prior 2001)
(Photograph Sabah Ports Authority)
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 6
150
Berths and services
6.82
1 Berths.
Teluk Sapangar Oil Terminal consists of a T-headed
jetty with dolphins off each end, and with a
reported depth of 122 m alongside, capable of
accommodating vessels of 30 000 dwt. The jetty is
connected to the shore by a 430 m approach
bridge.
2 Cement jetty, situated 1 cables NE of the oil jetty,
has alongside depths of about 10 m on its N face.
Berthing or unberthing is conducted from 0600 to 1800
local time.
Supplies: fuel supplied at berths.
Small craft
Chart 3626
6.83
1 Sutera Harbour (5581N, 116032E) is a marina
attached to a large holiday resort. There are berths for 100
small craft.
Two yacht clubs, which offer facilities to visiting craft,
are located near Tanjung Aru (557N, 11602E). It is
reported that anchorage may be obtained off the yacht
clubs, but the mariners attention is drawn to the areas of
disused cables shown on the chart.
Other names
Charts 2111, 3626
6.84
1 Dumpil, Batu (554N, 11601E).
Karei, Teluk (600N, 11603E).
Lama, Kuala (532N, 11540E).
Likas, Teluk (600N, 11606E).
Mantukud, Pulau (550N, 11601E).
2 Saban, Tanjung (6058N, 116053E).
Sinjataan, Pulau (6006N, 116002E).
Tinson Reefs (552N, 11601E).
Wokong, Tanjung (5595N, 116023E).
TANJUNG GAYA TO PULAU KALAMPUNIAN AND OUTER APPROACHES TO BALABAC STRAIT
AND NORTH BALABAC STRAIT
GENERAL INFORMATION
Charts 2112, 1338, 3728
Scope of the section
6.85
1 In this section is described the coastal route between
Tanjung Gaya (607N, 11605E) and Pulau Kalampunian
(703N, 11645E), including the outer approaches to
Balabac Strait (736N, 11700E) and North Balabac Strait
(814N, 11700E), and ports, anchorages and small craft
information. Also described are the off-lying islands and
dangers.
2 Balabac Strait, Balabac Island and North Balabac Strait
E of longitude 11645E and S of latitude 820N are
described in Philippine Islands Pilot.
Topography
6.86
1 The coast between Tanjung Gaya (607N, 11605E),
and Pulau Usukan (624N, 11620E), 22 miles NE, is
mainly low, sandy, and covered with casuarina trees.
Sungai Mengkabong (6.116) and Sungai Sulaman (6.118)
discharge into the sea 4 and 10 miles respectively, NE of
Tanjung Gaya. Tanjung Dalit (610N, 11609E), wooded,
is connected to Tanjung Badak 1 mile SSW, by a sandy
beach, fringed by casuarina trees. The muddy water
discharged from the rivers reaches a distance of 5 miles
offshore, where its limit is clearly marked.
2 Tanjung Tembungo lies 3 miles NE of Tanjung Torong
Gusu (615N, 11613E). From Tanjung Tembungo the
land rises rapidly to Lamas, a densely wooded prominent
peak, 7 cables SE. Tanjung Torong Semburong (619N,
11617E), is a moderately bold headland, rising to a peak,
5 cables from its extremity and is the S entrance point to
Teluk Ambong (6.112). Close S of the head of the bay a
range of hills rises to an elevation of 396 m; at the W end
of this range stand the twin peaks of Gunung Rigi. Teluk
Tangah (620N, 11619E) (6.113) is entered close N of
Tanjung Sambalang. A village stands at the head of the
bay. Pulau Usukan (624N, 11620E), densely forested, is
a prominent feature and appears as a black bushy cone;
near it, the rounded summits of the mountains on the
mainland appear to rise from a level plain; this feature
identifies Teluk Usukan (6.109) and Teluk Ambong when
viewed from N.
6.87
1 Between Pulau Usukan and Tanjung Lok Padang
(632N, 11630E), a moderately high sloping grassy point,
the coast fronting the extensive Pendasan Plain is low, with
a sandy beach on which the sea usually breaks heavily.
Tanjung Dudar lies 5 miles NE of Tanjung Lok Padang.
Pulau Silad (639N, 11634E), a thickly wooded islet,
composed of black basalt, is joined at low water to Tanjung
Pangitan, 3 miles NE of Tanjung Dudar. White Rocks Bay
(6.114) is entered between Pulau Silad and Tanjung Jahat
(645N, 11638E). Tanjung Tambuluran (652N,
11638E), is low and difficult to distinguish. Two detached
cliffs, one of reddish colour; the other white, lie
respectively, 1 mile and 2 miles ENE of Tanjung
Tambuluran. These cliffs are the only distinctive features on
this part of the coast. Casuarina Bluff is situated close N of
the reddish cliff. Tanjung Simpangmangayu (702N,
11644E), the N point of Borneo may be identified by its
grassy bluff. Pulau Kalampunian is situated 1 mile N of
Tanjung Simpangmangayu and is composed of sandstone; it
rises abruptly from a flat of detached reefs.
Currents and tidal streams
6.88
1 See 6.5.
COASTAL ROUTE
General information
Charts 2112, 3728, 1338
Route
6.89
1 From a position NW of Tanjung Gaya (607N,
11605E) to a position W of the entrance to North Balabac
Strait (814N, 11700E), the route leads NE and N for
about 135 miles.
Caution. The W coast of Balabac Island is low and is
fronted by numerous dangers. In the afternoon, with the
sun astern, the outer shoals and reefs will generally be seen
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 6
151
in sufficient time to avoid them. However, with the sun
ahead. the outer shoals are difficult to see until close to
them.
2 Soundings are so variable and uncertain under 50 m as
to afford little assistance.
Topography
6.90
1 See 6.86.
Current
6.91
1 During the strength of the NE monsoon, a strong current
has been observed setting NE at a distance of 7 miles
offshore.
Off-lying shoals and dangers
Charts 2112, 3728
Saracen Bank
6.92
1 Saracen Bank (610N, 11522E), discovered by HMS
Saracen, in 1854, is an extensive coral bank, on which
there are many above and below-water rocks.
Dampier Shoals
6.93
1 Dampier Shoals, with charted depths of from 64 to
177 m over them, extend in a SE direction from Saracen
Bank for 18 miles and terminate in Hayter Shoal (6.33).
The shoalest head on Dampier Shoals lies 10 miles SSW of
Pulau Mangalum (612N, 11536E).
Collins Shoals
6.94
1 Collins Shoals forming part of Dampier Shoals, lie
14 miles SSW of Pulau Mangalum (612N, 11536E).
Caution. Passage through these waters should not be
attempted except during daylight in fine weather, when the
shoals are usually visible. Soundings give very little
warning of approach to these shoals.
Rizal Shoal
6.95
1 Rizal Shoal (615N, 11526E), an extensive area, with
charted depths of less than 10 m over it, lies with its
shoalest part 10 miles WNW of Pulau Mangalum. The least
known depth over this shoal is 69 m, near its steep-to W
side.
2 Several shoals, with depths of from 82 to 96 m over
them, lie between Rizal Shoals and the bank W of Pulau
Mangalum.
Sunken Barrier Shoals
6.96
1 Sunken Barrier Shoals are a chain of coral shoals with
depths of 7 to 17 m over them, with deep water between,
lying between Pulau Mangalum (612N, 11536E) and
Pulau Pulau Mantanani (6.105), 51 miles NE.
These shoals, which are generally visible, were found by
HM Surveying Ship Merlin, 1909-1910. Vessels should not
attempt to cross these shoals.
2 South West Sunken Barrier Shoal (621N, 11546E), is
an extensive coral bank with a least charted depth of 76 m
over it.
Erb West Oil Field is situated 9 miles NNE of Pulau
Mangalum.
3 Caution. Sandwaves are reported to exist in the channel
NE of Pulau Mangalum. Mariners are advised to proceed
with caution.
Francis Bank
6.97
1 Francis Bank (623N, 11553E), has a least charted
depth of 101 m.
Bunbury Shoals
6.98
1 Bunbury Shoals, with a least charted depth of 73 m
over them, lie 2 miles NE of Francis Bank.
Saint Joseph Rock
6.99
1 Saint Joseph Rock (635N, 11605E), awash, lies near
the SE extremity of a coral shoal. The rock lies near the
middle of a bank. Saint Joseph Oil Field is situated
5 miles NE of Saint Joseph Rock.
6.100
1 Royds Shoal, coral, and small in extent, lies 15 miles
WNW of Saint Joseph Rock. Tembungo Oil Field is
situated 3 miles W of Royds Shoal.
South Furious Shoals
6.101
1 South Furious Shoals, discovered by HMS Furious, in
1859, consist of a number of steep-to detached coral banks
lying between 4 miles NNW and 13 miles WNW of Pulau
Pulau Mantanani (643N, 11620E) (6.105). The most W
and largest of these banks has a least charted depth of
128 m. The next largest, 1 mile E, also has a least depth of
128 m. The three other banks, lying E of the above, have
depths of 128 m, 146 m and 146 m over them. The
depths around and between these banks are very irregular,
and shoaler depths than charted may exist. South Furious
Oil Field is situated 6 miles NW of Pulau Pulau Mantanani.
Emerald Shoals
6.102
1 Emerald Shoals (657N, 11605E), so-named because
of their bright green colour on the NW side, lie between 13
and 22 miles NW of Pulau Pulau Mantanani. They form an
extensive area of coral heads with charted depths of 79 to
27 m over them.
North Furious Shoals
6.103
1 North Furious Shoals (702N, 11619E), coral, have
very irregular depths around them.
Big Bonanza Shoal
6.104
1 Big Bonanza Shoal (705N, 11625E), coral, lies with
its shoalest head 20 miles W of Pulau Kalampunian
(703N, 11745E) (6.87). Depths of 195 m lie 4 miles N
of the shoalest head of Big Bonanza Shoal.
Principal marks
6.105
1 Landmarks:
Gunung Kinabalu (605N, 11633E) (6.2).
Gunung Tambuyukon (612N, 11639E), a
prominent rounded peak lying in the same range as
Gunung Kinabalu.
Gunung Sadok Sadok which stands 4 miles W of
Gunung Kinabalu; from N this peak appears as a
sharp cone.
2 Langui Langui (622N, 11636E), a rounded peak.
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 6
152
Gunung Templer (624N, 11637E).
Madalon (629N, 11636E).
Rumon, 6 miles NNE of Madalon, from which it is
separated by a deep valley.
Mount Cochrane (637N, 11639E), a rounded
summit.
Gumantong (645N, 11641E).
3 Pulau Pulau Mantanani (643N, 11620E) are a
group of coral islands connected by reefs; they
form a good landmark. Pulau Mantanani Kecil the
W island, is a wooded island with high trees near
its W extremity, towards which stands a light.
Pulau Mantanani Besar, the E island, is low, flat
and densely wooded, except near its NW
extremity, where it rises abruptly to a well-defined
ridge. Pulau Lungisan, a small islet, lies close W
of Pulau Mantanani Besar.
4 Major lights:
Tanjung Bulijong Light (602N, 11601E) (6.30).
Pulau Usukan Light (white metal framework tower,
6 m in height) (624N, 11620E).
Pulau Mantanani Kecil Light (round stone tower, 5 m
in height) (643N, 11618E).
Pulau Kalampunian Light (white metal tower, red
band) (703N, 11645E).
Cape Melville Light (yellow octagonal masonry tower
and dwelling, white lantern; 27 m in height)
(749N, 11700E) (Chart 948).
Directions
(continued from 6.32 and 6.33)
6.106
1 From a position NW of Tanjung Gaya (607N,
11605E), to a position W of the entrance to North
Balabac Strait (814N, 11700E), the coastal route leads
generally NE and N for about 135 miles, passing:
NW of Tanjung Indai (614N, 11612E). Vessels
when coasting should keep at least 2 miles off the
point and the coast N of it, on account of the
shifting nature of the banks. Thence:
2 NW of Pulau Pandan Pandan (621N, 11618E), a
distinctive, cliffy, sandstone islet, 46 m high, and
thickly wooded, thence:
NW of Pulau Usukan (624N, 11620E) (6.86), on
which stands a light (6.105), thence:
NW of Alert Rock, situated 1 miles N of Pulau
Usukan Lighthouse. The rock is awash at HW and
is steep-to. And:
3 Clear of a group of wrecks (628N, 11614E) with
depths of 25 m over them, thence:
Clear of Mayne Rock (628N, 11618E), with a
depth of 3 m over it, thence:
Clear of North Hill Rock, coral, which lies 2 miles
NNE of Alert Rock, thence:
4 NW of Arsat Rocks (630N, 11626E), on which the
sea generally breaks, which consist of two small
rocks which dry, thence:
NW of Ant Rocks (633N, 11629E), which consist
of two groups of rocks, steep-to and awash at HW.
A 122 m patch lies about 2 miles W of the W
group, and Umpohl Shoals lie 1 mile NNE of this
group. Thence:
5 SE of Pulau Pulau Mantanani (643N, 11620E)
(6.105). Reefs, which dry in parts, fringe these
islands and extend 1 mile E from Pulau Mantanani
Besar and 5 cables W from Pulau Mantanani Kecil;
they also join these two islands. And:
NW of a shoal depth of 146 m (4 miles NNE of Ant
Rocks)
6.107
1 Thence the route leads NNE, passing:
WNW of a shoal depth of 11 m (8 miles NNE of Ant
Rocks) (6.106), a 165 m shoal lies 1 miles N,
thence:
WNW of White Rocks (642N, 11636E), a
conspicuous group of rocks which stand 3 miles
NNE of Pulau Silad (6.87); reefs, including White
Rocks Reef extend 2 miles N and 1 miles SSW,
thence:
2 ESE of Barton Shoal (651N, 11623E), coral.
Barton Oil Field (6.11) lies 2 miles WSW of
Barton Shoal. And:
WNW of Tanjung Ganda (647N, 11638E), a rocky
bluff. A detached coral shoal, with a charted depth
of 73 m over it, lies 1 miles SW of Tanjung
Ganda, thence:
3 WNW of Batumandi Rock (653N, 11636E),
composed of yellow sandstone surrounded by a
steep-to reef, lying 2 cables W of the extremity
of a narrow drying reef which extends 1 miles W
of Tanjung Tambuluran (652N, 11638E) (6.87).
A light-buoy (port hand) is moored close S of
Batumandi Rock, thence:
4 ESE of Harington Shoal (703N, 11630E), sand and
coral, thence:
WNW of Pulau Kalampunian (703N, 11645E)
(6.87), on which stands a light (6.105).
Thence the route leads N, passing:
5 W of Pulau Balambangan (715N, 11655E), see
Philippine Islands Pilot, thence:
Clear of an isolated shoal reported in 1965 (732N,
11631E) with a depth of 235 m over it, thence:
W of the W entrance to Balabac Strait, thence:
6 W of Western Shoals (755N, 11650E) (Chart 948;
see Philippine Islands Pilot), with depths of less
than 6 m over them, which extend up to 10 miles
W of Balabac Island, thence:
To a position W of the entrance to North Balabac
Strait.
Useful mark
6.108
1 Slime Rock Light (623N, 11619E) (6.109).
(Directions for Palawan Passage continue at 7.22)
(Directions for Balabac Strait and North Balabac
Strait are given in Philippine Islands Pilot)
Minor harbour
Chart 3525
Teluk Usukan
6.109
1 General information. Teluk Usukan (6225N,
116200E), is entered between Tanjung Kaduka (622N,
11619E), and Slime Rock, 1 mile N, and is the best
protected anchorage on this coast, N of Teluk Gaya. The
limits of the port are defined on the W by a line joining
Tanjung Torong Semburong (619N, 11617E) (6.86), to
the W extremity of Pulau Usukan (624N, 11620E)
(6.86), and include Teluk Ambong (6.112). A bank, with
charted depths of less than 5 m over it, extends 7 cables
SW from Tanjung Kunit, the W extremity of Pulau Usukan.
Iris Rock, which dries, and Slime Rock, lie on this bank,
2 and 5 cables SW, respectively, from this extremity.
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 6
153
Landmarks:
Slime Rock Light, (red 5-legged metal structure, red
can topmark) (623N, 11619E).
2 Pulau Usukan Lighthouse (624N, 11620E) (6.105).
Light-beacon (green 5-legged metal structure;
topmark, green cone point up) standing on the E
shore of the bay, 2 miles SSE of Pulau Usukan
Lighthouse.
3 Prominent hill with a grassy summit, 144 m in height,
1 miles E of Tanjung Kaduka.
Prominent hill with tall trees, 198 m in height,
1 miles SE of Tanjung Kaduka.
Ore Jetty (6226N, 116203E).
4 Directions. When approaching from W, the line of
bearing 068, of Tanjung Abai (6237N, 116208E)
(6.119) ahead, and seen between Pulau Usukan and the
mainland, should be kept until Tanjung Merabai, 5 cables
ESE of Tanjung Kaduka, bearing 111, opens SE of
Tanjung Kaduka. Thence the line of bearing 096, of the
jetty ahead, should be kept until NE of Tanjung Kaduka,
thence proceed as required for the anchorage.
5 When approaching from N, from a position W of Alert
Rock, 1 miles N of Pulau Usukan Lighthouse (6.106), the
line of bearing 187, of Pulau Pandan Pandan (621N,
11618E) (6.106) ahead, and open W of Tanjung Merakit
(3 cables NNE), leads 3 cables W of the dangers off
Slime Rock. When Slime Rock bears 050 the line of
bearing about 104 of the jetty ahead leads 1 cables S of
a shoal with a charted depth of 73 m over it, and thence to
the anchorage.
6 Anchorage can be obtained, in a depth of 146 m, mud,
5 cables W of the Ore jetty. Small vessels can anchor, in
a depth of 128 m, about 3 cables S of the above position,
where they will be sheltered from the prevailing swell
during the summer months.
Berths. Ore jetty with mooring dolphins at its head.
A rough rubble jetty, alongside which small coasting
vessels can berth, is situated in the E corner of the bay.
Anchorages
Tanjung Gaya
6.110
1 Good anchorage may be obtained about 5 cables
offshore anywhere between Tanjung Gaya (607N,
11605E) (6.14) and a position 1 mile SW of Tanjung
Indai (614N, 11612E), except off the mouths of the
rivers.
Pulau Mangalum
6.111
1 Anchorage may be obtained close off the SE side of
Pulau Mangalum (612N, 11536E), keeping a good
look-out for shoals.
2 Pulau Mangalum, low and covered with trees, is
surrounded by coral reefs except near its SE side. A bank,
with depths of less than 10 m over it, extends 4 miles W
and 2 miles SW from Pulau Mangalum. A bank, with a
least charted depth of 58 m over it, lies 2 miles N of the
island; another bank with a least charted depth of 61 m
over it, lies 2 miles WNW of the island. Ketam Oil Field
is situated 5 miles S of Pulau Mangalum.
3 Landing place. Landing may be made E of Tanjung Yu,
the S extremity, or close S of Tanjung Kring, the E
extremity of the island, if wind and sea permit.
Teluk Ambong
6.112
1 Teluk Ambong is entered between Tanjung Torong
Semburong and Tanjung Sambalang (620N, 11619E).
Pulau Egot, a thickly wooded islet, lies at the head of the
bay, dividing it into two coves.
2 Anchorage for large vessels may be obtained in Teluk
Ambong, 5 cables SW of Tanjung Sambalang (620N,
11619E), mud, where there is partial shelter from the
swell caused by either monsoon.
Smaller vessels can anchor at the head of the bay in the
middle of either cove, but space is very limited.
3 Directions. When approaching Teluk Ambong from N,
the line of bearing 135, of Gunung Kinabalu (605N,
11633E) (6.2), if visible, or Tanjung Sambalang bearing
about 151, leads NE of Belcher Shoal, coral, lying
7 cables NNE of Tanjung Torong Semburong (619N,
11617E) (6.86). Thence, pass not less than 2 cables W
of Tanjung Sambalang and proceed to the anchorage.
4 When approaching from SW the alignment (064) of
Pulau Pandan Pandan (621N, 11618E) (6.106) with a
prominent grassy summit 195 m high, 1 miles NE, leads
NW of Belcher Shoal. When Tanjung Sambalang bears
more than 135, the above directions should be followed.
Small vessels can pass midway between Tanjung Torong
Semburong and the 23 m shoal lying 4 cables N of the
point.
Teluk Tangah
6.113
1 Teluk Tangah (620N, 11619E) is entered close N of
Tanjung Sambalang. Some above-water and drying rocks lie
on a flat which extends 3 cables from the head of the bay.
Teluk Saundal, 1 mile N, is entered S of Pulau Pandan
Pandan (6.106). Teluk Tangah and Teluk Saundal are open
W, but afford shelter during E winds. Preston Shoal, with a
charted depth of 49 m over it, coral, lies 9 cables NE of
Pulau Pandan Pandan.
White Rocks Bay
6.114
1 Anchorage may be obtained in 20 m near the middle of
White Rocks Bay, 1 miles NE of White Rocks (642N,
11636E) (6.107).
Directions. The approaches to the bay are obstructed by
reefs and shoals. When entering from S, the bearing 217,
astern, of the NW extremity of Pulau Silad (639N,
11634E) (6.87) should be kept until SW Batu Laya Laya
(6416N, 116369E) bears about 081, whence course
should be altered for the anchorage.
2 When entering from N, on the line of bearing 154, of
NE Batu Laya Laya (6421N, 116374E), anchor as
convenient.
Pulau Pulau Mantanani
6.115
1 Good anchorage can be obtained either side of Pulau
Pulau Mantanani (643N, 11620E) (6.105), according to
the monsoon.
Landing is easy.
Caution. It is possible that shoaler depths than charted
may exist in the vicinity of Pulau Pulau Mantanani.
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 6
154
Small craft
Charts 3626, 3525, 2112, 3728
Sungai Mengkabong
6.116
1 General information. Sungai Mengkabong is entered
immediately S of Tanjung Badak (6085N, 116083E)
(6.86). A bank, with depths of less than 5 m over it,
extends 7 cables seaward from the mouth of the river.
There is a depth of 05 m over a bar close outside the
entrance, but there are greater depths within, where the
river opens out into an area of marshes and a lagoon.
Small craft only can enter the river in very good weather.
Sungai Tuaran
6.117
1 General information. Sungai Tuaran, (613N,
11611E), is entered 3 miles N of Tanjung Dalit (610N,
11609E) (6.86). In favourable weather small craft of
18 m draught can cross the bar which extends 3 cables
seaward from the river entrance, with depths of less than
18 m over it. Within the bar there are depths of about
55 m and the river is reported to be navigable by boats for
a considerable distance. Tuaran (611N, 11614E), is
situated 6 miles upriver; it is connected by road to Kota
Kinabalu.
Sungai Sulaman
6.118
1 General information. Sungai Sulaman is entered
between Tanjung Indai (614N, 11612E) (6.106), and the
sandbanks, part of which dry and on which the sea
generally breaks, which extend 1 miles W from Tanjung
Torong Gusu (615N, 11613E). The entrance channel is
1 cables wide; within the entrance a channel, 3 miles
long, with depths of more than 55 m, leads to Teluk
Sulaman, which is shallow, encumbered with flats and
surrounded with mangrove swamps. Several kampungs
stand on the S side of the bay.
Kuala Abai
6.119
1 General information. Kuala Abai (624N, 11621E)
the mouth of Sungai Abai, is entered between the NE point
of Pulau Usukan (6.86) and Tanjung Abai, 1 mile SE. A
sand bar with a charted greatest depth of 15 m over it,
extends W from Tanjung Abai. North of this bar, shelter
from NW winds can be obtained under the lee of Pulau
Usukan, in charted depths of about 37 m. Sungai Abai is
entered through a passage 1 cable wide and 4 cables in
length. Kampung Kuala Abai stands on the E bank of the
river, 1 mile SSE of Tanjung Abai. The wooden jetty at this
village may be used for boats at all states of the tide. At
the SW end of the passage, there is a ramp suitable for
embarking all types of vehicles; the approach to the ramp
is, however, obstructed by rocks at low water. A bridge
spans the channel close to the ramp. Sungai Abai is
narrowest opposite the ramp. Here the out-going tidal
stream reaches a rate of 3 kn at springs and there are
considerable tide-rips.
2 Clearing marks. When approaching from W, the inner
E entrance point of Sungai Abai, bearing 160, open E of
the E extremity of Pulau Usukan, leads E of Alert Rock
(625N, 11620E) (6.106).
When approaching from NE, the alignment (216) of the
SE extremity of Pulau Usukan with Tanjung Kaduka, leads
2 cables NW of Arsat Rocks (630N, 11626E) (6.106).
Sungai Tempasuk
6.120
1 General information. Sungai Tempasuk (625N,
11623E), is entered 4 miles ENE of Pulau Usukan
Lighthouse. The river is barred by a sandbank which can
only be crossed, by boats, under favourable conditions. The
river rises in the watershed of Gunung Kinabulu and is
subject to sudden freshets.
Clearing marks. See 6.119.
Sungai Pendasan
6.121
1 General information. Sungai Pendasan entrance is
situated close S of Tanjung Lok Padang (632N, 11630E)
(6.87). The river can only be used by boats, at high water,
under favourable conditions. Rocks extend from the cliffy
N side of the entrance. Kampung Kuala Rampayan stands
on the S side of the river mouth.
Agal Bay
6.122
1 General information. Agal Bay lies in the bight
between Tanjung Ganda (647N, 11638E) (6.107) and
Tanjung Tambuluran (652N, 11638E) (6.87). The bay is
obstructed by reefs which extend from both shores. Secure
anchorage is reported in Agal Bay for small craft, in a
depth of 73 m. Local knowledge is required.
Other names
6.123
1 Bangau, Tanjung (657N, 11642E).
Dolphin Bank (646N, 11559E).
Harry Shoals (641N, 11636E).
Karabunai, Tanjung (608N, 11608E).
Keremet, Pulau (632N, 11629E).
Kombongo, Tanjung (618N, 11616E).
2 Kulambok, Pulau (659N, 11643E).
Luok Pisuk, Tanjung (616N, 11614E).
Pritchard Bank (639N, 11559E).
Taburan, Tanjung (638N, 11634E).
Tambol, Tanjung (640N, 11635E).
Tiga Papan, Tanjung (701N, 11643E).
Home Contents Index
NOTES
155
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER
6
CHAPTER
2
CHAPTER
8
Verde Island
Passage
Mindoro
Strait
Kalamian
Group
Linapacan
Strait
I
n
n
e
r
r
o
u
t
e
Ulugan
Bay
P
A
L
A
W
A
N
North Balabac
Strait
El Nido
NP 33
Philippine Islands
Pilot
967
2914
3820
3807
3819
3816
3806
D a n g e r o u s
G r o u n d
March 2004
7.38
7.220
7.36
7.107
7.145
7.22
7.22
7.128
156
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
116 117 118 119 120
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
116 117 Longitude 118 East from Greenwich 119 120
Chapter 7 - Palawan Passage, the west coast of Palawan and Libro Point to Cape Calavite
Home Contents Index
157
CHAPTER 7
PALAWAN PASSAGE, THE WEST COAST OF PALAWAN INCLUDING THE INNER
ROUTE, AND FROM LIBRO POINT TO CAPE CALAVITE
GENERAL INFORMATION
Charts 967, 3807
Scope of the chapter
7.1
1 The area described in this chapter is comprised of the W
coast of the island of Palawan and the sea area W of the
islands of the Philippine Archipelago extending N from
Cape Buliluyan (820N, 11711E), the SW tip of Palawan,
to Cape Calavite (1327N, 12018E), the NW tip of the
island of Mindoro.
7.2
1 The islands of the Kalamian Group (1200N, 12000E),
Mindoro, and the Mindoro Strait which separates them, are
described in the Philippine Islands Pilot, as is the E side of
Palawan and the Sulu Sea.
Routes
7.3
1 Directions are given for the offshore route via Palawan
Passage to Cape Calavite (7.22 and 7.220), which coincides
with part of the route for low-powered vessels between
Singapore and Hong Kong (2.6) during the NE monsoon
(1.181); and for the inshore route from NE to SW along
the W coast of Palawan (7.25).
7.4
1 Directions for Balabac Strait (736N, 11700E) and
North Balabac Strait (814N, 11700E) are to be found in
the Philippine Islands Pilot. A reporting system, which
applies to all types of vessels transiting this area, is
operated by the Philippine Navy; for particulars see
Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6 (4).
Topography
7.5
1 The large island of Palawan (1000N, 11900E), in
particular the W coast and the small islands W of it,
comprise the land features covered in this chapter. Palawan
separates the Sulu Sea to the SE from the South China Sea
to the NW. The N part of the deep waters of the Palawan
Trough (Chart 4508), known as Palawan Passage, separate
the W coast of Palawan and the shoals and banks
extending W from it, from the Dangerous Ground (2.52),
shown on the chart, which extends almost half way across
the South China Sea in these latitudes.
Depths
7.6
1 In Palawan Passage, and N of it, the waters are
generally deep.
To the E of Palawan Passage depths shoal rapidly to
form the broad, heavily encumbered coastal bank off the W
coast of Palawan. Shoaler depths than charted may exist.
To the W of Palawan Passage the Dangerous Ground
consists mainly of coral islands, reefs, shoals and banks
rising precipitously from deep water.
Floating hazards
7.7
1 See 1.5.
Current
7.8
1 Currents in the area are unpredictable and potentially
hazardous to navigation. See 1.185 and 7.18 for further
information.
Caution
7.9
1 See 1.4 for information concerning navigation in areas
where coral grows.
Offshore oil and gas fields
7.10
1 Situated off the NW coast of Palawan are the South
Nido (1102N, 11849E), Cadlao (1126N, 11900E) and
Malampaya (1131N 11907E) Fields, and the West
Linapacan Oil Terminal (1149N, 11907E). The South
Nido and Cadlao Oil Fields and the Malampaya Gas Field
lie within a restricted area bounded by straight lines, shown
on the chart, and the West Linapacan Oil Terminal is
located farther N in a circular restricted area, radius
5 miles, also shown on the chart. A lighted platform lies
9 miles E of the terminal.
2 For regulations concerning these fields see 1.24.
7.11
1 South Nido Oil Field contains 2 production platforms
and a storage vessel, from which lights are exhibited. They
are joined by a submarine pipeline. A radiobeacon
transmits from the storage vessel and a fog signal is
sounded from the SW platform.
7.12
1 Cadlao Oil Field contains 4 production platforms and
an SBM, from which lights are exhibited, and which are
connected by submarine pipeline. A storage tanker is
permanently moored stern-to the SBM. A tug is available
to assist berthing. A second lighted SBM (1120N,
11859E), is moored 7 miles S of the production
platforms.
7.13
1 Malampaya Gas Field consists of a platform with an
SBM 1 miles NW. The Malampaya submarine gas
pipeline extends to the platform from deep water wells
about 15 miles W, and from the platform generally ENE, as
shown on the chart, towards the Linapacan Strait and
thence to Batangas (see Philippine Islands Pilot). For
regulations concerning submarine pipelines see 1.66.
7.14
1 West Linapacan Oil Terminal consists of a production
and storage vessel, FPSO II, moored to an SPM by means
of a stern yoke. Lights are exhibited from FPSO II, and
fog signals sounded. Vessels berth in tandem with FPSO II,
bow to bow.
2 There is no designated anchorage, waiting vessels should
lie off about 5 miles W of the terminal, approaching to
2 miles W of the terminal to embark a berthing master
who will board from a supply vessel. ETAs should be sent
72, 48 and 24 hours before arrival. For further information
see Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6 (4).
It is reported (2001) that the terminal is no longer in
use.
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 7
158
PALAWAN PASSAGE
General information
Chart 967
Route
7.15
1 The route through the Palawan Passage, the offshore
route W of Palawan, is from W of Cape Buliluyan (820N,
11711E) in the S, to W of Libro Point (1126N
11929E)), 237 miles NNE.
Topography
7.16
1 Palawan Passage is the N portion of the Palawan Trough
(7.5) and is the deep water passage between the Dangerous
Ground (2.52), shown on the chart, and the W coast of
Palawan.
2 For the purpose of these directions Palawan Passage is
considered as being bounded in the W by the E limit of
the Dangerous Ground, shown on the chart; in the E by the
183 (100 fm) depth contour encompassing the wide bank
fronting the W coast of the island of Palawan, except N of
latitude 1047N, where it shall be the W limit of the entry
restricted area, shown on the chart, surrounding the South
Nido and Cadlao Fields (7.10); in the N, by a straight line
joining the NW corner (1137N, 11851E) of the above
entry restricted area and the NE corner of the Dangerous
Ground, shown on the chart, 64 miles WNW; and in the S,
by a straight line joining Cape Buliluyan (820N
11711E,) and the E boundary of the Dangerous Ground
63 miles due W of it.
3 Taking the length of Palawan Passage as being the
distance along the route for which directions are given, it is
approximately 237 miles long with a minimum width of
about 23 miles. From its S limit Palawan Passage
maintains an average width of about 28 miles for about
150 miles until broadening, N of latitude 1022N, to a
maximum of 65 miles at its N limit.
Depths
7.17
1 Throughout Palawan Passage the charted depths are
generally well in excess of 300 m (150 fm). However,
lesser depths, some potentially hazardous to navigation,
have been reported and are shown on the chart.
Current
7.18
1 In Palawan Passage and S of it, off the coast of Sabah
(600N, 11600E), currents may set in any direction
throughout the year, generally with rates of between and
1 kn, but rates of up to 3 kn may occasionally be
experienced.
Caution
7.19
1 It is essential to fix accurately when passing through
Palawan Passage. Currents (7.18) have caused the stranding
of vessels on both sides of the passage, where dangers are
to be found close to the limits on either hand. For instance,
abreast Royal Captain Shoal (903N, 11641E) (2.63),
which lies on the edge of the Dangerous Ground, the width
between dangers is only 29 miles.
7.20
1 Parts of the W coast of Palawan and the broad bank off
it, between it and Palawan Passage, have not yet been
thoroughly surveyed and lesser depths than charted may
exist. Vessels should at all times proceed with caution, keep
in depths of more than 183 m (100 fm) unless bound for a
port on the W coast of Palawan, and in any case should
not approach the coast within a depth of 183 m (100 fm)
S of latitude 1007N when bound for Ulugan Bay (7.128)
or any harbour N of it. For coastal directions along the W
coast of Palawan see Inner Route (7.25).
Landmarks
7.21
1 The only features which may be useful as landmarks are
the higher mountain summits of Palawan. These are shown
on the charts, and are described at 7.35, 7.106, 7.132,
7.144 and 7.169.
Caution. See 7.31 concerning the visibility of the
Palawan mountains.
Directions
(continued from 6.108; see also 7.2)
7.22
1 In the directions which follow, because the mariner is
cautioned to keep in depths of more than 183 m (100 fm)
and to fix accurately when using Palawan Passage, no
description of the numerous hazards within the 183 m
(100 fm) depth contour off the W coast of Palawan is
given.
2 Such information as is available is given in the Inner
Route section (7.26), and the Iraan Point to Cape Buliluyan
section (7.161).
The Dangerous Ground W of Palawan Passage is
described at 2.52; vessels are advised not to pass through
that area.
7.23
1 From a position about 35 miles W of Cape Buliluyan
(7.207), on the S limit of Palawan Passage, the track leads
NNE then NE in deep water for about 150 miles to a
position some 45 miles WNW of Northwest Head
(1008N, 11846E) (7.107), thence it leads NNE,
continuing in deep water some 90 miles more, to a
position about 46 miles WNW of Libro Point (7.36),
passing:
2 WNW of Neritopsis Reef (839N, 11655E), the
position of which is approximate, and on which
MV Neritopsis struck in 1956. The reef has a
depth of less than 18 m (6 ft) over it. Half Moon
Shoal (854N, 11616E) (2.62) lies to the WNW
of the track. Thence:
3 ESE of Royal Captain Shoal (903N, 11641E)
(2.63) which lies on the W limit at the narrowest
point (7.16) of Palawan Passage, the 183 m
(100 fm) depth contour to the SE having shoal
patches (842N, 11702E), one with a least
charted depth of 91 m (30 ft), less than 2 miles
inside it, thence the track leads NE, passing:
4 SE of Bombay Shoal (926N, 11655E) (2.65),
thence:
SE of Carnatic Shoal (1006N, 11722E) (2.74), the
position of which is doubtful, thence:
NW of the shoal patches (1005N, 11802E) of
91 m and 182 m (30 ft and 60 ft), shown on the
chart, reported in 1976, thence:
5 SE of Fairie Queen (1038N, 11739E) (2.76), a
shoal.
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 7
159
7.24
1 Thence the track leads NNE, passing:
ESE of Seahorse (1047N, 11746E) (2.77), the
most N of the known Dangerous Ground dangers
on the W side of the Palawan Passage, thence:
2 ESE of an area of deep water (1043N, 11806E),
shown on the chart, where, in 1981, depths were
reported to be considerably less than charted in
some instances, but remained in excess of 183 m
(100 fm) in each case. Thence:
Clear of a 132 m (72 fm) shoal patch (1049N,
11818E), shown on the chart, thence:
3 WNW of the restricted area (1115N, 11855E)
surrounding the South Nido and Cadlao oil fields
and the Malampaya gas field, thence:
To the N limit of Palawan Passage about 46 miles
WNW of Libro Point (7.36), the N tip of Palawan.
(Directions continue at 7.220)
WEST COAST OF PALAWAN - INNER ROUTE
GENERAL INFORMATION
Charts 3820, 967
Scope of the section
7.25
1 In this section is described the coastal route, from NE to
SW along the W coast of Palawan from Libro Point (7.36)
to Iraan Point (905N, 11741E), known as the Inner
Route, and the ports, bays and anchorages off it, including
El Nido (1111N, 11923E) (7.38), Bacuit Bay (1105N,
11923E) (7.48), Malampaya Sound (1050N, 11920E)
(7.63), and Ulugan Bay (1004N, 11848E) (7.128).
2 The coast from SW of Iraan Point to Cape Buliluyan
(820N, 11711E) (7.207), for which no directions are
given, is described at 7.161.
General description
7.26
1 The Inner Route leads SSW then SW along the W coast
of Palawan from Libro Point (1126N, 11929E) to Iraan
Point (905N, 11741E), a distance of about 180 miles.
2 Numerous landmarks can be identified by vessels using
this route, whilst vessels attempting to approach the coast
from Palawan Passage experience difficulty in fixing
accurately at a distance of from 20 to 30 miles offshore,
which is essential in order to pass through the outlying
dangers with any degree of safety (see also 7.20),
especially as the mountain summits are usually covered
with cloud (7.31).
7.27
1 Caution. Although the route has been frequently used
by radar-assisted vessels proceeding to ports on the W
coast of Palawan, mariners are cautioned that it has not
been closely surveyed.
Topography
7.28
1 Palawan, the fifth largest island in the Philippine
Archipelago, is about 238 miles in length, narrow, and
orientated NE-SW. It is very mountainous and steep, with
many of the peaks attaining heights in excess of 900 m,
particularly along the high central ridge which forms the
spine of the island.
2 The W coast of Palawan is backed mostly by hills and
mountainous spurs from the high central ridge. These spurs
terminate in steep slopes or cliffs. The coast is generally
irregular, especially in the N part where there are many
small islands and deep bays. There are some coastal
lowlands, but they are seldom more than two or three miles
wide.
3 Numerous small islands and extensive reefs, banks and
shoals encumber the shallow bank which extends up to
33 miles W along the whole length of the W coast of
Palawan out to the 183 m (100 fm) depth contour, beyond
which lie the deeper waters of the Palawan Trough.
Depths
7.29
1 Along the route for which directions are given (7.26) the
least depth recorded was 29 m (16 fm).
Caution
7.30
1 Surveys and soundings. Parts of the W coast of
Palawan and the area between the coastline and the 183 m
(100 fm) depth contour to the W have not yet been
thoroughly surveyed, and parts remain unsurveyed. Lesser
depths than charted may exist on some shoals.
In some instances soundings will give no indication of
the proximity of a shoal.
7.31
1 Landmarks. The mountain peaks of Palawan are good
landmarks but the higher peaks are usually covered with
clouds. However, except in stormy weather, these peaks are
almost always clear for a short period in the early morning
and late evening.
LIBRO POINT TO CAPE ROSS
General information
Chart 3820
Route
7.32
1 Between Libro Point (7.36) and Cape Ross (1056N,
11913E) the route leads generally SSW for about
38 miles. Several bays, including Bacuit Bay (1105N,
11923E) (7.48) and Malampaya Sound (1050N,
11920E) (7.63), as well as El Nido (1111N, 11923E)
(7.38), are approached from this section of the Inner Route.
Topography
7.33
1 As can be seen on the chart, the coast is deeply
indented by several large bays and fronted by numerous
islands and rocks. The bays are entered from the NW via
the narrow deep water channels between the islands and
rocks. Many of the islands have high summits and the
mainland is generally mountainous both close to the coast
and inland. See also 7.28.
Depths
7.34
1 For information on depths the chart is the best guide.
See also 7.29, and the caution at 7.30.
Principal marks
7.35
1 Landmarks: see caution at 7.31.
East Peak (1118N, 11932E) is a cone shaped
mountain, 526 m (1725 ft) in height, prominent
from N, but not generally visible from W except
from a considerable distance offshore.
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 7
160
2 Mount Capoas (1048N, 11917E), 1020 m (3345 ft)
in height. High Nipple and Low Nipple stand on
its W shoulder, and there is a considerable landslip
on its N face. When viewed from S it appears to
be table-topped with steep sides. There is a
conspicuous waterfall on its N face.
Directions
From Libro Point to Tapiutan Island
7.36
1 From a position about 7 miles N of Libro Point
(1126N, 11929E) to a position 3 miles NW of Tapiutan
Island (1113N, 11915E), a distance of 23 miles, the
route leads SW, passing (with positions from Crawford
Point (1119N, 11925E)):
2 NW of Libro Point, a small, sharp and rocky point.
Cabuli Island, 139 m (455 ft) in height, lies
1 miles ENE (see Philippine Islands Pilot), and
Calitan Island, 64 m (210 ft) in height lies 7 cables
W of the point. Thence:
3 NW of Lalutaya Island (3 miles N), 122 m (400 ft) in
height. The island is steep-to, except on the W
side, where there is a bay, and on the E side,
where coral reefs extend 2 cables offshore. A
dangerous rock lies 4 cables N. A light is exhibited
from the island. Thence:
4 NW of Caverna Island (4 miles WSW), a small
island 114 m (375 ft) in height, lying 4 cables NW
of Cauayan Island, 250 m (820 ft) high, thence:
NW of Cadlao Island (7 miles SW) (7.44), thence:
5 To a position NW of Tapiutan Island (11 miles SW)
distant about 3 miles. The island has a
round-topped summit, 445 m (1460 ft) high, close
N of which and separated from it by a low neck,
is another, lower, round-topped hill. Its coasts are
bold, with vertical undercut cliffs and a few sandy
beaches. Binangculan Bay indents the NW of the
island, Binangculan Point, the termination of a
precipitous peninsula, being the N entrance point
of this bay. The bay is encumbered by reefs and
even in a NE wind affords little protection.
Saribillas Point is the N extremity of the island,
and Tagpan Point the S extremity.
From Tapiutan Island to Cape Ross
7.37
1 From a position 3 miles NW of Tapiutan Island
(1113N, 11916E), the route leads SSW for about
16 miles, keeping E of the restricted area (7.24), to pass
WNW of Cape Ross (1056N, 11913E), passing (with
positions from Cape Ross):
2 WNW of the Guntao Islands (11 miles NNE). These
two islands, North and South Guntao, are densely
wooded on top, and have bare or shrub-covered
uniformly sloping sides. They are joined by a
drying coral reef. Reefs, with rocks and large
boulders, fringe their coasts except along the N
coast of North Guntao Island. Pinnacle Rock lies
close off the SW extremity of North Guntao Island
and Destacado Rocks, 6 m (20 ft) in height lie on
a reef 1 miles WSW of Pinnacle Rock. Thence:
3 WNW of Worcester Strait (2 miles NE) (7.69), the
entrance to Malampaya Sound (7.63). Thence:
To a position WNW of Cape Ross, a prominent
steep-to headland.
(Directions for the Inner Route continue at 7.107)
El Nido
Chart 3820 (see 1.28)
General information
7.38
1 El Nido (Bacuit) (1111N, 11923E), the most
important town on the W coast of Palawan, stands at the
head of a small bay close SE of Ipil Point (1111N,
11922E) (7.52). The bay is fringed by a drying reef.
Launches may go alongside the pier at the W side of the
town. The pier, which consists of a rock causeway with a
concrete extension, is reportedly partly in ruins. The
principal exports from El Nido are copra, edible birds
nests, and cattle.
Directions
7.39
1 El Nido can be approached, via the Inner Route (7.26),
and entered either from W through the narrow passage S of
Cadlao Island (7.44), or from N, passing E of Cadlao
Island.
Anchorage
7.40
1 Vessels should anchor about 1 mile N of the town, in
depths of 103 to 165 m (34 to 54 ft), mud.
Caution. The anchorage is sheltered from all but N
winds. However, variable squalls which descend from the
gaps in the highlands, and may reach hurricane force, can
render the anchorage untenable.
7.41
1 Local craft from El Nido may anchor in Corongcorong
Bay, a cove in the N part of Manmegmeg Bay, 1 miles
ESE of Ipil Point (1111N, 11922E).
Other facilities
7.42
1 Provisions: available in limited quantities.
Fresh water is available.
There is a doctor in the town.
Communications
7.43
1 By sea: with Manila (8.197), by inter-island vessels
about twice each month.
Anchorages
Chart 3820 (see 1.28)
Cadlao Island
7.44
1 General information. The summit of Cadlao Island
(1113N, 11921E), 596 m (1955 ft) high, is a table-top,
very prominent from W. Two peaks, The Loggerheads, with
almost vertical drops from their summits to about half
height, lie SE of the summit. The island is fringed with
coral, except where the limestone cliffs extend to the coast
and have been undercut by wave action. There are sandy
beaches at the head of the bays. A deep channel 3 cables
wide lies between the spit on the SE extremity of the
island and the mainland. Calaragnan Point, the W
extremity, and Abrupt Point, the NE extremity of the
island, are prominent; Ubugun Point is the SW extremity.
Dilumacad Island, a small island with a prominent group of
needle peaks standing near its S end, lies close WSW of
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 7
161
Cadlao Island. Mitre Islet, 108 m (355 ft) high, lies in the
entrance to the bay on the NE side of Cadlao Island.
7.45
1 Anchorage. There is good anchorage in SW winds, near
the offshore side of Mitre Islet, in depths of 31 m (17 fm),
stiff mud.
There is anchorage close E of Abrupt Point (7.44), in
depths of from 16 to 22 m (53 ft to 12 fm); and near the
offshore side of the 95 m (310 ft) high islet, 1 mile S of
Abrupt Point, in depths of 16 m (53 ft).
2 There is anchorage, sheltered from NE winds, S of
Cadlao Island and E of Dilumacad Island (7.44), in depths
of from 18 to 37 m (60 ft 20 fm), sand and mud. To be
avoided are the two shoals which lie 1 miles E and
1 miles SE of the E extremity of Dilumacad Island, with
depths over them of 30 and 82 m (10 and 27 ft)
respectively, and the spit, with depths of 67 m (22 ft)
over it, which extends 3 cables E from the E side of the
Dilumacad Island.
Port Cataaba
7.46
1 General information. Port Cataaba (1101N, 11920E)
is formed between two high and densely wooded
peninsulas, and entered from NW between Signal Head
(1102N, 11919E) and Black Rock Point, 5 cables
ENE. It affords good shelter for small vessels, being free of
dangerous winds from the mountains. The shores consist of
alternating steep rocky points and small coves backed by
mangrove swamps. Pin Point, 1 miles SE of Signal Head,
is prominent.
2 The S half of Port Cataaba is encumbered with mud
flats, and the head is divided by Pig Point into two small
bays, both of which nearly dry; the Cataaba River has
depths of 1 m (3 ft) at its entrance in the E bay, and
depths of from 1 to 4 m (3 ft to 13 ft) for 3 miles above
its entrance.
3 Tent Island (1104N, 11918E), 26 m (86 ft) high,
with nearly vertical sides, lies on a drying reef which
extends 1 cable from its N, W and S sides. A below-water
reef with several above-water rocks on it, one of which,
near the N end, dries 1 m (3 ft), extends 3 cables N from
Tent Island. Saddle Island (7.70) lies 1 miles S of Tent
Island.
4 Port Cataaba should be approached by passing either
between Tent Island and Saddle Island, taking care to avoid
the dangers off them; or E of both islands.
7.47
1 Anchorage. The best anchorage is to be found E of Pin
Point, in depths of from 9 to 13 m (30 to 42 ft), mud.
BACUIT BAY AND APPROACHES
General information
Chart 3820 (see 1.28)
Route
7.48
1 Bacuit Bay (1105N, 11923E) is approached via the
Inner Route (7.26), and entered between Custodio Point
(11065N, 119195E) (7.52) and Ipil Point (1111N,
11922E) (7.52).
Topography
7.49
1 Bacuit Bay is about 5 miles in width and extends about
7 miles in a SE direction. Within the bay there are
several small islands and rocks which are mostly high, with
sheer bare cliffs. The largest island is Lagen Island, which
has two high peaks with a deep gap between them; the
higher peak is the most S. The shores of Lagen Island are
mostly steep and backed by a high, sheer cliff.
2 The E coast of Bacuit Bay is generally steep-to, the S
and SW being largely fringed by mangroves intersected by
steep rocky peninsulas. Low hills closely back the shore.
Small rivers discharge into the bay from the mangrove
swamps.
Depths
7.50
1 Bacuit Bay is mainly deep and clear, except for some
isolated rocks and shoal patches, which can best be seen on
the chart. Above and below-water coral reefs fringe most
of the shoreline and islands, and encumber the bays.
Local knowledge
7.51
1 Local knowledge is required, especially if navigating in
other than the main channels approaching Bacuit Bay, or in
other than the central part of the bay itself.
Directions
7.52
1 From the N, Bacuit Bay is approached passing clear of
Tambalanang Island (11141N, 119174E), 43 m (140 ft)
in height, thence between Inambuyod Island (1112N,
11918E) (7.59) and Dilumacad Island (7.44), 238 m
(780 ft) high, 2 miles E.
2 From SW the bay may be approached via one of the
channels between the islands, having passed between
Binayan Point (1108N, 11917E), the S extremity of
Matinloc Island (7.60), and Custodio Point (11065N,
119195E). The channel between Paglugaban Island
(1108N, 11919E) and Entalula Island, 7 cables ESE,
which is free of dangers, should normally be used.
3 The bay should be entered, passing (with positions from
Cudugman Point (1105N, 11921E) (7.54)):
WSW of Ipil Point (5 miles NNE), the NE entrance
point of the bay. The point is fringed by a steep-to
coral reef, and the land rises steeply NE to a high
peak. Thence:
4 ENE of Custodio Point (2 miles NW), a steep, rocky
point and the SW entrance point of Bacuit Bay.
Pangulasian Island (2 miles NNW) and Popolcan
Island (2 miles N) lie close NE of this point.
Pangulasian Island is heavily wooded, has
uniformly sloping sides, and has beaches on all but
its W side. The channel between it and the
mainland is 2 cables wide between the reefs on
either side, with depths in the fairway of from 26
to 33 m (14 fm to 18 fm). The channel between
Popolcan Island and Pangulasian Island is 1 cable
wide, with a least depth of 33 m (18 fm). Thence:
5 Clear of the 68 m (22 ft) shoal patch (2 miles
NNE), consisting of a dangerous steep-to patch of
coral which comprises the most serious danger in
the entrance to Bacuit Bay. Thence:
6 WSW of Dilarog Point (3 miles NE), the NW
entrance point of Danet Bay. Danet Bay is
encumbered by coral reefs, some of which dry;
some rivulets enter the N part of the bay through
the mangrove swamps. Inabuyatan Island (3 miles
NE), high, prominent and steep-to, the appearance
of which resembles an elephant on its haunches,
lies close SSW of Dilarog Point. Manlag Bay
(4 miles ENE) lies at the S end of Danet Bay,
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 7
162
close N of Ciminaytoy Point (4 miles ENE). The
Manlag River, which leads to the village of
Manlag (4 miles ENE), and the Manlalec River,
which leads to the village of Manlalec (4 miles
ENE), discharge into the head of Manlag Bay.
Thence:
7 ENE of Comocutuan Island (7 cables N), and White
Rock (9 cables NW). White Rock stands on the
coastal reef and is 23 m (75 ft) high, and
prominent. Thence:
(Directions continue at 7.53 or 7.54)
7.53
(continued from 7.52)
1 Vessels making for the anchorage SE of Malpacao Island
(3 miles ENE) (7.55) should steer for that anchorage
position, passing:
Between Malpacao Island (1106N, 11924E) and
Lagen Island (2 miles E) (7.49). Malpacao
Island is a remarkable ridge of limestone with a
high detached boulder near its NE extremity. From
a distance it appears as a double island.
7.54
(continued from 7.52)
1 Vessels making for the anchorage SE of Pinsail Island
(2 miles ESE) (7.57) should continue to head into the bay,
passing:
2 NE of Cudugman Point, the extremity of a limestone
peninsula rising to an elevation of 183 m (600 ft)
and terminating in a group of needle peaks. The
vertical cliffs of this peninsula are undermined in
places by the action of the sea. Cudugman Bay,
close S of Cudugman Point, is largely encumbered
by reefs, but has deeper water in its NW corner.
Thence:
3 NE of Pinsail Island (2 miles ESE). At low water
two rocks, close SE, are almost connected to the
island by a coral reef. Thence:
NE of Ninepin Island (2 miles ESE), and to the
anchorage (7.55).
Anchorages
Malpacao Island
7.55
1 General information. This anchorage should be
approached having rounded Carat Point, the S extremity of
Malpacao Island (7.53), avoiding the two drying coral
reefs, one 3 cables SE of it, the other 5 cables E of it.
2 Caution. To approach this anchorage from NE, between
Malpacao Island and Ciminaytoy Point (7.52), local
knowledge is required as the approach is obstructed by
shoals and reefs.
7.56
1 Anchorage. Well protected anchorage may be obtained
about 2 cables E of Malpacao Island, in depths of 11 m
(36 ft), mud.
SE Pinsail Island
7.57
1 General information. The anchorage SE of Pinsail
Island is easier of access and roomier than that E of
Malpacao Island (7.55), but it is subject to sudden wind
changes.
7.58
1 Anchorage: with Pinsail Island bearing NW, distant
about 7 cables, in depths of from 146 to 164 m (48 to
54 ft), mud.
Small craft
Approaches to Bacuit Bay
7.59
1 Inambuyod Island (1112N, 11918E), from a
distance, appears as a large turtle in the water, with its
head N. There are several small bays with sandy beaches
on the W side of the island, where landing is possible.
7.60
1 Matinloc Island (1110N, 11917E) consists of a
narrow ridge of limestone, 4 miles in length from N to
S, almost divided into three parts by deep gaps. Ilog Bay,
on the E side of the island beneath the highest point,
Mount Horn, affords shelter during the SW monsoon
(1.181). Mount Horn is prominent near the middle of the
island, and resembles a horn when viewed from N or S. In
the vicinity of Ilog Bay the island is wooded, elsewhere it
is bare or covered with brush and pandanus. Palilo Islet lies
near the S entrance to Ilog Bay.
7.61
1 Miniloc Island (1109N, 11919E), the coasts of which
consist mainly of cliffy headlands, is indented by bays on
the S and E sides. The bay on the NE side has depths of
37 m (20 fm), but its entrance is blocked by a coral reef
at low water. Landing is possible at a few places on the S
and W sides of the island.
Bacuit Bay
7.62
1 Small craft may anchor in many of the inlets and coves
along the shores of Bacuit Bay. See also Corongcorong
Bay (1110N, 119235E) (7.41).
A marina is situated on the E side of Malpacao Island
(7.53). Provisions, water and fuel are reportedly available.
MALAMPAYA SOUND AND APPROACHES
General information
Chart 3820 (see 1.28)
Route
7.63
1 Malampaya Sound (1050N, 11920E) is approached
via the Inner Route (7.26) and entered from the NW via
Worcester Strait (7.69), the main entrance channel, which
lies W of Tuluran Island (1100N, 11917E) (7.70), or
from N via Endeavour Strait (7.70), which lies E of
Tuluran Island.
Topography
7.64
1 Malampaya Sound is an extensive body of water about
19 miles long in a SE direction, and varying in width from
2 to 5 miles. Its shoreline is very irregular, with bays and
inlets capable of affording safe deep water anchorage to a
considerable number of vessels.
Malampaya Sound is in two parts, N and S. The N, or
outer sound is separated from the S part, known as Inner
Sound (7.72), by the island encumbered inner strait, as can
be seen on the chart.
2 The shores are generally steep, with many rocky points
and bold headlands backed by heavily wooded hills, except
at the head of the sound where the shore is low-lying and
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 7
163
bordered by mangroves and extensive swamps; a number of
rivers flow into this part of the sound, and its waters are
mainly shoal.
Depths
7.65
1 In Worcester Strait (7.69) there is a least charted depth
of 146 m (48 ft), with depths in the fairway of from 366
to 549 m (20 fm to 30 fm). In Endeavour Strait (7.70)
the least depth in the fairway is 87 m (28 ft).
2 In the N part of the sound there are depths of 219 to
366 m (12 fm to 20 fm); in Inner Sound the waters of the
S part, towards the head of the sound, shoal gradually to
the beach from depths of about 45 m (15 ft) at a distance
of about 6 miles out. N of this, in the middle of Inner
Sound, depths of from 55 to 165 m (18 to 54 ft) are to
be found.
There are several dangerous below-water rocks in the
sound, as can be seen on the chart.
Tides
7.66
1 Tides are mainly diurnal, with a range of 11 m.
Tidal stream
7.67
1 Strong tidal streams set in and out of the sound and,
with a weather tide, heavy tide rips may occur in Worcester
Strait. Sometimes there are also strong tidal streams in
Endeavour Strait, particularly in the vicinity of Chase Head
(1100N, 11918E).
Landmark
7.68
1 Mount Capoas (1048N, 11917E) (7.35).
Directions
Worcester Strait
7.69
1 Worcester Strait (1058N, 11915E), the main entrance
to Malampaya Sound, is approached between Diente Point
(1058N, 11914E) and Peaked Island (1101N,
11916E), which lies close NW of Peaked Point, the NW
extremity of Tuluran Island (7.70). The fairway is deep
(7.65), with a least width of 6 cables.
2 The N extremity of Malapina Island (1056N,
11919E), 47 m (155 ft) high, bearing 122, leads through
Worcester Strait, passing (with positions from White Round
Island (1059N, 11915E) (below)):
SW of White Round Island. The island is 22 m
(71 ft) high, steep-to, and conspicuous when
approaching the strait from NW. Diente Shoal
(2 miles SW) has a depth of 5 m (16 ft) over it,
coral. Thence:
3 NE of Entrance Rock (1 mile SSW), 4 m (13 ft)
high, which lies on the E edge of a steep-to reef.
Notch Island (2 miles SSW), 57 m (186 ft) high,
and wooded, is prominent from seaward. Thence:
4 NE of Largon Rock (1 miles SSE), 4 m (13 ft)
high, which lies 1 cable NE of the N extremity of
an extensive reef, on the S end of which lies
Largon Island, a 38 m (126 ft) high, wooded
island. A number of other rocks and islets lie on
this reef. Cone Island, 74 m (243 ft) high and
wooded, lies mile S of Largon Island, and there
is a narrow channel between them with a least
depth of 128 m (42 ft). Note: sailing vessels, in
order to fetch through the strait when entering with
a S wind, should keep up to Largon Rock to avoid
being set upon the opposite shore by shifts of
wind caused by the highlands to the S. Thence:
5 SW of a 15 m (48 ft) shoal (1 miles SSE),
reported in 1981 to lie 8 cables NE of Largon
Island (2 miles S). Thence:
NE of the entrance to Bolalo Bay (3 miles S) (7.75),
thence:
SW of Chinayan Head (2 miles SE), thence:
6 NE of Parmidiaran Point (3 miles SSE) (7.75),
thence:
NE of White Rock (3 miles SSE), an above-water
rock. A drying rock lies close N of White Rock.
Thence:
NE of Lookout Point (4 miles SSE), and SW of
Pillar Point (4 miles SE), the S entrance points of
Worcester Strait when outward bound. Thence:
7 To an anchorage, either in a suitable position in the
sound itself, or in one of the more sheltered bays
(see 7.74 for anchorages).
(Directions for Inner Sound continue at 7.73)
Endeavour Strait
7.70
1 Endeavour Strait (1100N, 11918E) can be used by
vessels of less than 1,000 tonnes. The strait is entered from
N between Conical Head (11015N, 119175E), on the E
side of the N shore of Tuluran Island, and Signal Head
(1102N, 11919E), passing (with positions from Chase
Head (1100N, 11918E) (7.67)):
2 Close E of the chain of small islands and above-water
rocks extending S from the most N island, Saddle
Island (2 miles N), on the W side of the
approach to Endeavour Strait. Saddle Island lies at
the N end of a bank with depths of less than 18 m
(60 ft) over, which extends S towards the NE
extremity of Tuluran Island (close W), and upon
which the other small islands and rocks in the
chain lie. Saddle Island is fringed by above and
below-water reefs which extend up to 1 cables
NW and 2 cables ENE of the N end of the island.
There are two rounded hills on Saddle Island, the
S hill, 91 m (298 ft) high, is very prominent.
Tuluran Island, a larger island, forms the W side
of Endeavour Strait; it is a high, rugged, and
densely wooded island, with two sharp peaks near
the middle of it. Thence:
7.71
1 A mid-channel track should be maintained through
Endeavour Strait. The shores of the strait, which is about
100 m wide at its narrowest part, consist of mangroves and
are fringed with drying coral reefs. Depths of less than 55
m (18 ft) exist up to 1 cable offshore. For the least depth
in the channel see 7.65. The mid-channel track passes:
2 N, NW then W of Chase Head. Great care should be
taken when rounding Chase Head to avoid being
set onto the spit, with a least depth of 5 m (16 ft)
over it, which extends 1 cable NW from it. There
is anchorage N of Liminangcong (7.78), close E of
Chase Head. Thence:
E of Relinquish Head (8 cables SSW) (7.78), thence:
E of Exertion Point (2 miles SSW) (7.78), thence:
3 E of Nalinbungan Point (3 miles SSW). A 146 m
(48 ft) coral patch lies 4 cables NE of this point.
Thence:
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 7
164
W of the entrance to Pirates Hold (3 miles S)
(7.96) which lies between Bando Point in the N
and Endeavour Point (4 miles S) in the S. A
32 m (10 ft) patch lies 2 cables SE of Bando
Point, and a 23 m (7 ft) patch lies 1 cables N
of Endeavour Point. Thence:
4 E of Pillar Point (36 miles SSW), thence:
W of Endeavour Point (above) and to an anchorage,
either in a suitable position in the sound itself, or
in one of the more sheltered bays (see 7.74 for
anchorages). Pillar Point and Endeavour Point are
the S entrance points to Endeavour Strait when
outward bound.
(Directions for Inner Sound continue at 7.73)
Inner Sound
7.72
1 General information. Large vessels may obtain
anchorage in Inner Sound (7.74), and many of the bays and
coves which indent its shores can provide shelter for small
craft (7.95).
2 Inner Sound is separated from the outer sound by the
inner strait which is encumbered by shoals and islands,
between which there are several navigable channels. The
inner strait is 2 miles wide between Pugguiauan Point
(1053N, 11918E) and Calabuctung Point (1054N,
11920E).
7.73
(continued from 7.69 or 7.71)
1 Directions. Vessels making for Inner Sound pass W of
Tacbolo Island (1053N, 11919E) (below). They may
pass E or W of Palcocotan Island (below) and Durangan
Island (below), which lie respectively 8 cables W and
7 cables WSW of Passage Island (1052N, 11920E), the
largest island in the inner strait. However, directions are
given for the channel to the E of these islands, as it is
wider and deeper, and the one generally used, passing (with
positions from Passage Island (above)):
2 Clear of Huron Rock (2 miles NNW), with a depth
of 5 m (16 ft) over it, steep-to, coral, lying in the
middle of the fairway. Thence:
E of Bullock Head (2 miles NW), thence:
W of Wedge Head (1 mile NW), a prominent bluff at
the N extremity of Tacbolo Island. Tacbolo Island
is 91 m (297 ft) high and thickly wooded, except
on its NE slopes. Thence:
3 ENE of Pugguiauan Point (2 miles NNW), thence:
NE of Palcocotan Island (8 cables W), a wooded islet
49 m (161 ft) high. The passage between it and
the mainland W of it is about 2 cables wide, with
depths of 201 m (66 ft). Thence:
SW of Eniaran Island (1 cables W). Flat Rock,
above-water, lies close W of Eniaran Island, and
they both lie on a spit which extends 2 cables
W from the W extremity of Passage Island.
Thence:
4 NE of Durangan Island (7 cables WSW) 114 m
(375 ft) high, and heavily wooded. Vessels should
keep to the W side of the channel between
Passage Island and Durangan Island. This avoids
the dangers SW of Passage Island, but Durangan
Island should be given a berth of at least 1 cable.
Vessels passing W of Durangan Island should give
it sufficient berth to avoid the small detached
shoal, with a depth of 06 m (2 ft) over it, lying
about 1 cable W of the NW extremity of the
island. Thence:
5 SW of Cansea Rock (close SW), which dries. Cansea
Rock and Balolo Rock (below) should be given a
good berth. Thence:
SW of Balolo Rock (1 cables S), an above-water
rock which lies on a spit which extends 1 cables
S from the SW extremity of Passage Island.
Thence:
6 N of Malaoton Island (8 cables S), a wooded island.
Thence:
SW of Ibelbel Island (9 cables ESE), steep-to and
wooded. Thence:
7 SW of Balauan Point (13 miles ESE), on the
mainland. Mallarois Island (1 miles ESE), a
thinly wooded island, 13 m (42 ft) high, lies SSW
of the point. Several very small islets, drying rocks
and shoals extend up to 2 cables E and ESE from
Mallarois Island, terminating with a 09 m (3 ft),
steep-to detached shoal, 2 cables ESE of it. Inner
Sound is entered between Balauan Point and
Alcade Point (2 miles SSE). Thence:
8 To a suitable anchorage position, either in the deeper
waters of the middle of Inner Sound (7.93), or in
one of the more sheltered bays (7.95).
Anchorages - the outer sound
7.74
1 Vessels entering Malampaya Sound should seek to
anchor in one of the following areas, as appropriate for
their size and draught. For anchorages suitable for small
craft only see 7.95.
Bolalo Bay
7.75
1 General information. Bolalo Bay (1056N, 11915E)
lies inside the entrance to Worcester Strait, on the S side.
The bay is entered between Parmidiaran Point (1056N,
11916E) and an unnamed headland 1 miles W.
Mangrove and coral fringe the greater part of the shores. It
is sheltered from all winds except N winds, but is subject
to gusts from the surrounding highlands during stormy
weather. Bolalo Bay may be entered by passing E or W of
Largon Rock (7.69), and Largon Island and Cone Island
(7.69), close S of it. Largon Rock and Largon Island
should be given a wide berth. A drying coral reef extends
4 cables NW from the SE head of the bay, and a detached
drying coral reef lies 2 cables NE of it. A high, narrow
isthmus separates the head of Bolalo Bay from Inlulutoc
Bay (7.108) to the S.
7.76
1 Useful mark:
Bolalo Hill (1057N, 11914E), a double peaked
hill, the higher peak, the most N, has an elevation
of 270 m (886 ft).
7.77
1 Anchorage: anywhere within Bolalo Bay, clear of the
coastal reef, in depths of from 125 to 42 m (41 to 138 ft),
mud.
Endeavour Strait
7.78
1 General information. There are two anchorages in
Endeavour Strait (7.70), the first is on the E side, off
Liminangcong (11005N, 119185E), a small town used
as a watering and provisioning point by fishing vessels.
Fishing is the principal industry. An inter-island vessel
usually calls weekly.
2 The second anchorage is on the W side of the strait, in
the bay between Relinquish Head (1100N, 11918E) and
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 7
165
Exertion Point, 1 miles S of it. A group of drying rocks
lies in the middle of the entrance to the bay, 7 cables SSW
of Relinquish Head; they can be passed on either hand
when entering the bay.
7.79
1 Anchorage. Off Liminangcong, N of the town, distant
2 cables, in depths of 128 m (42 ft), sand.
In the bay S of Relinquish Head, in depths of from 18
to 22 m (59 to 72 ft), mud.
Pirate Bay
7.80
1 General information. Pirate Bay (1056N, 11917E) is
entered between Lookout Point in the NW and Slip Point,
the N extremity of Tenabian Island (10555N,
119175E), in the SE. A rocky shoal with a depth of
13 m (4 ft) over it, extends about 2 cables NNW from
Slip Point.
7.81
1 Anchorage. There is good anchorage in Pirate Bay in
depths of from 215 to 27 m (70 to 88 ft), mud.
Taitai Bay
7.82
1 General information. Taitai Bay (1054N, 11917E) is
entered between Taitai Island in the N and Bullock Head
(7.73) in the S. Middle Point is situated at the head of the
bay, and depths of less than 55 m (18 ft) extend
1 cables NE from it. The head of the bay is fringed with
mangroves whilst the N and S shores are mainly rocky and
steep. When entering the bay vessels should keep clear of
Huron Rock (7.73) which lies 7 cables NE of Bullock
Head.
7.83
1 Anchorage. Taitai Bay is generally clear of dangers and
vessels may anchor there in depths of from 18 to 20 m (59
to 66 ft), mud.
Turung Bay
7.84
1 General information. Turung Bay (1053N, 11917E),
is entered between Bullock Head (7.73) in the N and
Pugguiauan Point in the S. Turung Island lies on the N side
of the entrance, 2 cables S of Bullock Head. The island is
surrounded by shoals; a drying rock lies cable NW of its
N end. A detached shoal, with a least depth of 5 m (16 ft)
over it, lies 2 cables ENE of the N extremity of Turung
Island. A spit, with depths of less than 91 m (30 ft) over
it, extends 2 cables NE from Pugguiauan Point. Cooke
Island with Flat Rock (7.73), and Fleming Island, which
stand on a spit extending 4 cables N from the S side of the
bay, are wooded islands which lie close to the S shore,
within the S entrance. Sullivan Point, on the N side of the
bay, lies 7 cables W of Turung Island.
7.85
1 Anchorage. Turung Bay affords anchorage for several
vessels, in the middle of the bay, in depths of from 11 to
15 m (36 to 48 ft), mud.
Caution
7.86
1 Northeast Bay (1056N, 11920E) is not recommended
as an anchorage for deep-draught vessels on account of the
swell which sometimes sets in from Worcester Strait (7.69).
See 7.97 for small craft.
Anchorages - inner strait
Passage Island Bay
7.87
1 General information. Passage Island Bay (1053N,
11920E) is the bay at the E entrance to the inner strait,
formed between the NE and N sides of Tacbolo Island
(7.73) and Passage Island (7.73), respectively, and the
mainland to the E. Boswell Island, wooded, is on the N
side of the bay.
2 Several narrow channels among the islands have access
into Passage Island Bay; the main entrance is between
Wedge Head (7.73), on Tacbolo Island, and Calabuctung
Point (1054N, 11920E), on the mainland. The two
Calabuctung Islands lie in the entrance to Passage Island
Bay, 3 cables and 7 cables W of Calabuctung Point; the
most E island, the highest, is 35 m (114 ft) high.
3 The bay is generally clear of dangers, except for a
64 m (21 ft) shoal which lies 4 cables SSE of Boswell
Island. This shoal lies on the SW end of a bank, with
depths of less than 91 m (30 ft) over it, in the E part of
the bay.
7.88
1 Anchorage. Passage Island Bay affords good shelter for
several vessels. The best anchorage is to be found near the
middle of the W part of the bay, in depths of from 13 to
18 m (42 to 60 ft), mud.
Alligator Bay
7.89
1 General information. Alligator Bay (1051N,
11918E) is entered between Balulu Point (1051N,
11919E) and Green Head, 1 miles NNW. Alligator
Island, 95 m (310 ft) high and wooded, lies in the S part
of the bay; Double Cone Island, 31 m (102 ft) high and
wooded, with a bank with depths of less than 55 m
(18 ft) over it, which extends 1 cables from its E and S
sides, lies between Alligator Island and the S shore of the
bay. White Rock, is a prominent rock, 1 m (3 ft) high and
light-coloured, lying 1 cable E of the NE extremity of
Alligator Island; a drying coral rock lies 2 cables WNW
of it. Bay Rock lies 3 cables WSW of Golgotha Head, the
W point of Alligator Island. A 23 m (8 ft) shoal lies
2 cables SE of Bay Rock, and the Dapay River (7.98)
flows into Alligator Bay 3 cables W of Bay Rock.
2 The Inonocan River enters the SE corner of Alligator
Bay 1 mile S of Balulu Point, and a drying bank extends
1 cables off the mouth of this river.
Johnstone Point, is on the N side of Alligator Bay,
5 cables SW of Green Head (above). A coral shoal, with a
least depth of 41 m (13 ft) over it, lies 2 cables SSE of
Johnstone Point.
3 Millman Island lies 6 cables WSW of Johnstone Point;
foul ground extends from the island to the mainland SW.
7.90
1 Anchorage. Alligator Bay is well protected and can
afford anchorage to several large vessels. The best
anchorage is midway between Johnstone Point and
Alligator Island, in depths of from 137 to 164 m (45 to
54 ft), mud.
Malipu Bay
7.91
1 General information. Malipu Bay (1050N, 11920E)
is entered between Balulu Point (1051N, 11919E) in the
N and Damao Island (1050N, 11921E), 50 m (163 ft)
high, 2 miles ESE. A narrow ridge of hills separates
Malipu Bay from Alligator Bay (7.89) to the N.
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 7
166
2 Malipu Point lies on the N side of the bay, 1 mile SSE
of Balulu Point. The small village of Gulang-Gulang is
situated 3 cables SW of Malipu Point. Chinicaran Island,
1 miles SSE of Balulu Point, constricts the bay on the W
side. A spit, with two drying reefs, extends 2 cables SE
from the middle of the SE side of Chinicaran Island.
Talbaguen Island lies on a bank 1 cables N of Chinicaran
Island; two shoals with depths of 91 and 73 m (30 and
24 ft) lie, respectively, 3 cables and 2 cables N of
Talbaguen Island.
3 Hunch Cove, with depths of less than 55 m (18 ft),
indents the SE shore of the bay; Hunch Hill, elevation
138 m (453 ft), stands on the SW side of the cove.
The SW part of Malipu Bay, known as Cinaran Bay, is
mostly shoal; a small village, Bambanan, is situated on its
W shore. Cinaran River enters the S side of Cinaran Bay.
7.92
1 Anchorage. There is good anchorage in the outer part of
Malipu Bay, N of the NE end of Chinicaran Island, distant
3 to 6 cables, in depths of from 11 to 146 m (36 to
48 ft), mud.
There is also anchorage for shallower draught vessels E
of Chinicaran Island, distant about 2 cables, in depths of
73 m (24 ft), mud.
Anchorages - Inner Sound
Inner Sound
7.93
1 General information. See 7.72 for information on Inner
Sound.
7.94
1 Anchorage. Large vessels may obtain anchorage near
the middle of Inner Sound (1050N, 11923E), in depths
of from 10 to 182 m (33 to 60 ft), mud, taking care to
avoid the vicinity of Coloma Rock (10495N, 119240E)
which has a depth of 04 m (1 ft) over it, coral, and a
59 m (19 ft) coral patch 1 cable N of it.
Small craft
7.95
1 When navigating in Malampaya Sound, small craft not
following the main channels, for which directions are
given, should avoid rocky points, where there are
frequently inshore dangers.
Pirates Hold
7.96
1 Pirates Hold (1057N, 11919E) is a sheltered cove at
the SW end of Endeavour Strait (7.70). Depths in excess of
20 m (11 fm) are to be found in the S part of the cove as
far E as Vampire Point, which extends W from the head of
the cove. Thereafter, depths shoal rapidly from 10 m
(33 ft) to the mangrove fringed shores on either side of the
point.
Northeast Bay
7.97
1 Northeast Bay, a large bay on the E side of the outer
sound, is entered between Endeavour Point (1057N,
11919E) and Calabuctung Point, 3 miles SSE. Five
islands, Northeast Bay Island, Crane Island, Wilson Island,
Janet Island and Kalabangil Island, as well as a number of
shoals, encumber the bay. Boat Rock (10555N,
119202E), in the middle of the outer part of the bay,
with a depth of 03 m (1 ft) over, lies near the middle of a
shoal having drying rocks at its N and S extremities. There
are deep navigable channels between the islands and shoals,
but the inner part of the bay should be entered with caution
because of the shoals.
2 Binaluan, a small village on the SE shore of the bay, is
a temporary base for part of the fishing fleet using
Malampaya Sound.
Dapay River
7.98
1 Dapay River, which flows into Alligator Bay (1051N,
11918E) (7.89), can be entered by boat between half-tide
and high water.
Alcade Cove and Binataan Bay
7.99
1 Alcade Cove and Binataan Bay (10485N, 119210E)
are entered between Alcade Point (7.73) in the N and Cliff
Point in the S. White Top Rock, 1 m (3 ft) high, lies close
offshore between the two, with Alcade Cove to the N and
Binataan Bay to the S. Both these bays have depths of less
than 5 m (16 ft).
The Binataan and Balu rivers flow into the S side of
Binataan Bay.
Buchin Bay
7.100
1 Buchin Bay (10475N, 119220E) is entered between
Cliff Point (7.99) in the NW and Mangobobe Island in the
SE. There are depths of less than 4 m (13 ft) in the bay.
Buaya Sound
7.101
1 Buaya Sound, the shallow head of Inner Sound, is
entered between Allen Head (10475N, 119235E) and
Green Hill (1048N, 11926E), a small peninsula 49 m
(162 ft) high. Two bays, Taganibung Bay and Seamer Bay
indent the NW shore of Buaya Sound between, from NW
to SE, Allen Head and Gallagher Point, and between
Gallagher Point and Seamer Point, respectively. Depths
within the sound shoal from 5 m (16 ft) at the entrance to
less than 3 m (10 ft) within 1 mile of the entrance.
2 The shores of Buaya Sound are mostly fringed with
mangroves fronted by extensive drying mudflats. Numerous
small streams enter the sound. The Abongan River is the
largest of several rivers which flow into the head of the
sound. The settlement of New Guinlo is situated close E of
Green Hill.
Little Sound
7.102
1 Little Sound (1050N, 11926E) is entered with Red
Point to the NNE and Isthmus Point to the SSW. This
entrance is partly protected by a chain of islands, which lie
N-S, close W of it. These are, from N, Entrance Island;
Malutone Island, with Channel Rock 4 cables E of it; and
Stumps Island.
2 The main entrance channel is between Entrance Island
and Malutone Island, with depths in the approaches to the
sound of 36 m (12 ft) shoaling rapidly to less than 19 m
(6 ft) at the entrance. Depths within Little Sound are less
than 13 m (2 ft), and the inner part of the sound is mostly
foul, with extensive drying mudflats.
3 Six small rivers empty into the sound; the largest, the
Malapajo River, discharges into the SE corner of the sound.
This river, which is navigable by boat, constitutes the first
1 miles of a thoroughfare which continues by trail and
road to Taytay, the municipal headquarters of the area,
about 5 miles E.
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 7
167
CAPE ROSS TO NORTHWEST HEAD
General information
Charts 3820, 967
Route
7.103
1 From Cape Ross (1056N, 11913E) the route leads
SSW for about 56 miles to Northwest Head (1008N,
11845E). Several bays, including Port Barton (1027N,
11908E) (7.114) and Ulugan Bay (1004N, 11848E)
(7.128), are approached from this section of the Inner
Route.
Topography
7.104
1 This section of the coast comprises a series of large,
open bays with a few islands close to the coast. Hills
fringe the coast in places, and there are mountain ranges
farther inland. Fresh water streams enter many of the bays.
See also 7.28.
Depths
7.105
1 For information on depths the chart is the best guide.
See also 7.29, and the caution at 7.30.
Principal marks
7.106
1 Landmarks: see caution at 7.31.
Mount Capoas (1048N, 11917E) (7.35).
Mount Bloomfield (1012N, 11852E), table-topped
with several nipples on its summit. The N slopes
of this mountain terminate in a bold, barren
headland which forms the W entrance point of
Saint Paul Bay (7.123) to the N.
2 Mount Saint Paul (1010N, 11856E) is a prominent
peak with a rounded summit.
Cleopatra Needle (1007N, 11900E) is a prominent
sharp peak, the highest and most S peak of a
range named by the old navigators The Four
Peaks.
3 Mount Peel (1000N, 11843E) is a bold rocky peak
which rises abruptly from the ridge. Sharp ridges
and deep ravines extend to the coast from the N
and W sides of Mount Peel.
Major light:
Camungyan Island Light (10094N, 118458E).
Directions
(continued from 7.37)
Charts 3820, 967 (see 1.28)
7.107
1 From a position WNW of Cape Ross (1056N,
11913E) the Inner Route continues SSW then SW for
54 miles to a position NW of Northwest Head, distant
about 6 miles, passing:
WNW of Cape Capoas (1051N, 11913E), a bold,
steep, projecting headland. It has two peaks, the
most N, the highest, rising to 262 m (861 ft).
Thence:
2 ESE of the charted restricted area, the SE point of
which is 1046N, 11904E. Within the restricted
area are many shoals with depths of 55 to 9 m
(18 to 30 ft). To E of the track lies Imuruan Bay
(1040N, 11915E) (7.112); Wedge Island
(1044N, 11912E), 68 m (222 ft) high, wedge
shaped and thickly wooded, lies in the entrance to
the bay. Thence in a SW direction passing:
3 NW of Boayan Island (1035N, 11909E) (7.114)
which lies 8 miles N of Port Barton (7.114), in the
approach to Pagdanan Bay (7.114). Thence:
NW of Cacnipa Island (1030N, 11904E) which
lies on the N side of the entrance to Mayday Bay
(7.119), 5 miles S of it. The island is steep and
bold, with two peaks, the most S being the
highest. On the N and W sides of the island the
cliffs are much undercut by wave action. Thence:
4 Clear of the 137 m (45 ft) patch (1033N,
11851E), and the two dangerous underwater
rocks reported 1948, shown on the chart 4 miles
NNW and 3 miles W of it. Shoaler ground lies
to the W of these. Thence:
NW of Jibboom Bay (1020N, 11858E) (7.121),
thence:
5 NW of Saint Paul Bay (1014N, 11855E) (7.123),
thence:
NW of Piedras Point (1012N, 11848E), a bluff
rocky promontory, and the entrance to Ulugan Bay
(7.128). Thence:
6 To a position NW of Northwest Head (1008N,
11846E), a bold precipitous cliff rising, 2 cables
inland, to Northwest Hill. A remarkable square
patch is situated on the hillside about 2 miles
SSW of Northwest Head.
(Directions for the Inner Route continue at 7.145)
Anchorages
Chart 3820 (see 1.28)
Inlulutoc Bay
7.108
1 General information. Inlulutoc Bay (1054N,
11913E), open to the W, is entered between Wreck Head
in the N and Inlulutoc Head in the S. The bay affords good
shelter during the NE monsoon (1.181).
2 The shores of Inlulutoc Bay are fringed by coral reefs,
the edges of which are usually visible. Depths of less than
18 m (60 ft) extend, in places, 5 cables offshore; within
these depths there are many dangers. Anchorage Islet lies
in the NE of the bay, with foul ground between the islet
and the mainland from NNW, through N, to E of the islet.
There are a few shoal patches in the S part of the bay, the
shoalest, and most N, being 8 cables NE of Inlulutoc
Head, with a depth over it of 128 m (42 ft).
7.109
1 Anchorage. With offshore winds there is good
anchorage in Inlulutoc Bay with the W extremity of
Anchorage Islet bearing between E and ESE, distant about
4 cables, in depths of from 215 to 33 m (12 to 18 fm),
sand and mud.
Menapla Cove
7.110
1 General information. Menapla Cove (1050N,
11915E) affords shelter from NE winds. It is entered
between Grave Point (1050N, 11914E) in the NW and
Cotteral Point in the SE. A rocky cliff stands near the head
of the cove, with sandy beaches to either side of it. A reef,
awash in places, extends 5 cables SW from the cliff and
terminates in a steep-to coral head, with a depth of 06 m
(2 ft) over it. White Island, 119 m (390 ft) high, steep,
conical, and connected to the mainland shore at low water,
lies close W of Grave Point. White Conical Head, the S
extremity of White Island, is a small conical headland,
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 7
168
whitish in colour. Foul ground extends about 4 cables W
from White Island, terminating with a rock 37 m (12 ft)
high.
7.111
1 Anchorage. Vessels should anchor in the outer part of
Menapla Cove, avoiding the central reef and coral head
(above), in depths of from 10 to 20 m (33 to 66 ft), sand
and coral.
Imuruan Bay
7.112
1 General information. Imuruan Bay (1040N, 11915E)
is a bight formed between Emergency Point (1046N,
11918E) in the N and Pagdanan Point (1033N,
11914E) (7.114) in the S; it is fully exposed to W and
NW winds.
2 Binga Point, in the NE corner of the bight, is the SE
entrance point to Binga Bay, formed between it and
Emergency Point. Binga settlement is situated close NE of
Binga Point, and the village of Tor is situated 8 cables
ESE of Binga Point.
Rangod Island, 39 m (127 ft) high, lies 1 miles E of
Emergency Point; a drying reef extends 2 cables NNE
from the island, with a rock, 1 m (3 ft) high, near its N
extremity.
3 Wedge Island (7.107) lies in the entrance to the bay
4 miles WSW of Emergency Point.
Imuruan Island (1042N, 11918E) and Lampiligan
Island, close W of it, form the group known as the Bay
Islands.
7.113
1 Anchorage. Vessels may anchor, sheltered from the NE
winds, in Binga Bay, E of Rangod Island, in depths of
from 13 to 18 m (42 to 60 ft), mud.
Smaller vessels calling at Tor should anchor S of the
village, distant about 5 cables, in depths of from 68 to
82 m (22 to 30 ft), sand.
Boayan Island, Pagdanan Bay and Port Barton
7.114
1 General information. Centred about position 1030N,
11910E, Port Barton and Pagdanan Bay share a common
entrance which is divided into two channels by Boayan
Island, a densely wooded island, irregular in shape and
generally rocky and steep on its N side, but with sandy
beaches intersected by rocky headlands on its S side.
2 The NW entrance channel is between Saddle Island,
5 cables SW of Bluff Point, the SW extremity of Boayan
Island, and Milner Head, the NE extremity of Cacnipa
Island (1030N, 11904E) (7.107), on which stands a
light; the NE entrance channel is between Broughton Point,
the E extremity of Boayan Island, and Pagdanan Point on
the mainland, 2 miles ESE of Broughton Point. Pagdanan
Point is the extremity of a reddish coloured peninsula; there
is an extensive landslide close S of it. The NW entrance
channel is the one generally used, the NE being
encumbered by Niaporay Island (1033N, 11912E) and
several dangerous under-water rocks, as can best be seen
on the chart.
3 The main bay, between Milner Head and Pagdanan
Point, is divided into two by a chain of several small
islands, separated by foul ground, extending NW from
Capsalay Island (1028N, 11910E) and terminating with
Albaguen Island (1030N, 11908E). Albaguen Island has
a prominent red stripe on its NW side, and a nearly
detached cone-shaped headland, Isthmus Cone, is connected
to the NW side of the island by a small isthmus. Capsalay
Island is joined with the mainland shore to the SE, in the
vicinity of Caramatan Point, a point 5 cables E of the SE
extremity of Capsalay Island, by a reef which almost dries.
The area W of this division is known as Port Barton; to the
E is Pagdanan Bay.
7.115
1 Port Barton is a well sheltered harbour. Endeavour
Island (1025N, 11908E) is situated near its head. Queens
Bay occupies the NW of the harbour, separated from the
SW by Oyster Point (1027N, 11907E). From the E end
of Capsalay Island to the NE side of Endeavour Island a
chain of detached small reefs extends along the 183 m
(10 fm) depth contour; when a heavy swell is running
these reefs can appear as a solid line of breakers.
2 Some lumber is cut in the vicinity of Port Barton and
towed away from there by launches.
7.116
1 Pagdanan Bay affords shelter in NE winds; with winds
from SW to NW a heavy swell is experienced. Large
quantities of seaweed, which can badly foul propellers, is
blown into the bay by W or SW winds.
The small village of Komdong is situated at the head of
Pagdanan Bay (1029N, 11915E), which is formed of the
smaller bay known as Komdong Bay. Several streams
discharge into Komdong Bay.
7.117
1 Caution. Vessels navigating in the vicinity of Royalist
Shoal (1032N, 11908E), a steep-to sand and coral shoal,
with a depth over it of 46 m (15 ft), should do so with
caution, and keep a good lookout. This shoal, and others in
the vicinity, are difficult to detect due to the absence of
ripples or other indications of their presence.
7.118
1 Anchorages.
Boayan Island: In N and E winds there is good
anchorage, on the W side of the island, in Village Bay
(10345N, 119075E), with the head of the bay bearing
E, distant about 1 mile, in depths of 35 m (19 fm). Depths
in the bay shoal to 73 m (24 ft), cable from its head.
2 In SW winds there is anchorage with Broughton Point,
the E extremity of Boayan Island, bearing S, distant
7 cables, in depths of 27 m (14 fm).
3 Port Barton: During the SW monsoon (1.181) there is
anchorage in Queens Bay, with Oyster Point bearing S,
distant about 1 mile, in depths of 37 m (20 fm), stiff mud.
In NE winds there is good anchorage with the SE
extremity of Capsalay Island bearing E, distant 7 cables, in
depths of 22 m (12 fm). Care must be taken in the
approach to avoid Capsalay Reef, coral, almost awash, and
often marked by breakers, which lies 1 mile SW of the W
extremity of Capsalay Island, and the reef which lies
1 mile S of the W extremity of the island.
4 Pagdanan Bay: In SW winds there is good anchorage
with the NE extremity of Capsalay Island bearing S, distant
about 7 cables, in depths of from 29 to 33 m (16 to
18 fm).
In NE winds there is good anchorage with Pagdanan
Point bearing N, distant 2 miles, in depths of 18 m
(10 fm).
Mayday Bay
7.119
1 General information. Mayday Bay (1026N, 11904E)
is entered between the N extremity of Catalat Island
(1026N, 11901E) and Dalaga Point, 4 miles NE. A
below-water rock, with a heavy growth of seaweed around
it visible on the surface at very low water, and on which
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 7
169
the sea always breaks, lies 3 cables NE of the NE
extremity of Catalat Island. The island is joined to the
mainland S by a narrow and foul ridge. Cacbolo Island,
with bold steep cliffs on the N and W sides, and a sandy
bay on the E, and Cacnipa Island (7.107), lie, respectively,
close NW of the W and E entrances to the bay.
2 Conical Head (1025N, 11904E) divides the head of
the bay into two sandy bays. Fresh water streams flow into
the SW bay, Santa Cruz Bay. Crocodiles have been seen
near the head of this bay. Watering Bay is the bay
immediately NW of Santa Cruz Bay; there is a small
waterfall on its S side.
7.120
1 Anchorage. Except in NW winds, there is good
anchorage in the S part of Santa Cruz Bay (7.119), in
depths of from 18 to 27 m (10 to 15 fm), soft mud.
There is good anchorage off the entrance to Watering
Bay (7.119), with Conical Head bearing ENE, distant
1 miles, in depths of 35 m (19 fm).
Chart 967 (see 1.28)
Jibboom Bay
7.121
1 General information. Jibboom Bay (1020N, 11858E)
is entered between Peaked Point (10225N, 118580E) in
the NNE and Cliff Head, 4 miles SSW. Bay Island, and
two smaller islets close E of it, lie midway between these
points. The N shores of these islands are deeply undercut
and have caves in the cliff faces; the S shores are partly
accessible.
2 Jibboom Bay is divided into three smaller bays which
lie, respectively, from S to N, between Cliff Head and
Long Point, 2 miles ENE of Cliff Head; between Long
Point and Chawat Point, 1 miles NE of Long Point; and
between Chawat Point and Square Point, 2 miles NW of
Chawat Point. The small settlement of Caruray, the
headquarters of a lumber concession, is situated on the N
side of the second bay, 1 mile ESE of Chawat Point.
Vessels call here to load timber and rattan.
7.122
1 Anchorage. For vessels calling at Caruray:
In the clear area, with Chawat Point Bearing NE, distant
about 5 cables, in depths of from 7 to 15 m (23 to 49 ft),
grey sand and mud, avoiding the 41 m (13 ft) patch, over
which the sea breaks in a heavy swell, 1 mile E of Long
Point (7.121); a 64 m (21 ft) patch 9 cables W of Chawat
Point; and the reef, with depths of from 27 to 55 m (9 to
18 ft) over it, which extends 4 cables W from Chawat
Point.
2 Sheltered anchorage, except during the SW monsoon
(1.181), is afforded in the inner part of Jibboom Bay, with
Square Point bearing W, distant 1 miles, in depths of
18 m (10 fm), mud, avoiding the two shoals with depths
of 46 m and 41 m (15 ft and 14 ft) over them, which lie
4 cables WNW and 6 cables N, respectively, from Chawat
Point.
3 During the SW monsoon better shelter may be found in
the small bays in the S of Jibboom Bay.
Saint Paul Bay
7.123
1 General information. Saint Paul Bay (1014N,
11855E) is entered between Paodat Point (1015N,
11856E) in the N and Capoas Point ((1013N, 11852E)
in the S; the latter being the barren convex coastline
formed of the steep watercourses and ridges running down
to the waters edge on the N side of the tableland having
Mount Bloomfield (7.106) as its peak. Fresh water may be
obtained from a stream near the E extremity of Capoas
Point. The shoreline to E and N of the bay is a series of
sandy indentations and low rocky points. The bay may be
recognised from a considerable distance by the remarkable
mountains, shown on the chart, backing it.
2 The village of Sabang is situated on the S side of Saint
Paul Bay, however, most of the local population have
settled at Ipatdan, about 5 miles NE.
7.124
1 A subterranean river flows into the small cove E of Fort
Point (1012N, 11855E), in the S part of Saint Paul Bay.
Boats can land on the sandy beach on the W side of the
cove, and the river is accessible for about two miles.
2 The mouth of the river is in a cave-like opening at the
base of a high cliff. A low sand bar usually lies at the river
mouth, but it is sometimes clear. Underground, powerful
lights are required to navigate and to appreciate the
spectacular, irregular riverine caverns decorated with
magnificent stalagmites and stalactites. There are depths of
from 09 to 119 m (3 to 39 ft) in the river, several
branches of which have yet to be explored. The head of
navigation, and limit of exploration, is barrier of loose rock
and boulders.
7.125
1 Anchorage. Unless calling at Sabang, anchorage in the
bay is not recommended as there is no protection from the
NW winds.
Vessels calling at Sabang should find anchorage in the S
of Saint Paul Bay, about 1 mile offshore N of Sabang, with
the N extremity of Capoas Point (7.123) bearing W.
2 This anchorage is protected from the SW winds but only
partially protected from SW the swells, which run into the
anchorage having rounded Capoas Point.
Small craft
Chart 3820 (see 1.28)
Enterprise Point
7.126
1 General information. Between Enterprise Point
(1051N, 11912E) and White Island (7.110), 2 miles
ESE, the coast is indented by three bays suitable for small
craft only. The shores of the bays are fringed by drying
reefs. White Island, the S extremity of which is White
Conical Head (7.110) lies close W of Grave Point (7.110).
An islet and a rock extend WNW from White Island.
Fowlers Head separates the two most NW bays; a rock lies
close W of it. See also Menapla Cove (7.110).
Other names
7.127
1 Capoas Cluster (1056N, 11847E), a group of coral
shoals.
Crater Shoal (1100N, 11848E), horse-shoe shaped,
with deep water in the middle.
Crescent Reef (1040N, 11843E), a narrow steep-to
strip of coral.
Gode Shoal (1013N, 11826E).
ULUGAN BAY
General information
Charts 967, 2914 plan of Ulugan Bay
Route
7.128
1 Ulugan Bay (1004N, 11848E), approached via the
Inner Route (7.107), is entered between Northwest Head
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 7
170
(1008N, 11846E), the extremity of the peninsula which
forms its W side, and Broken Head, 2 miles ESE.
Topography
7.129
1 Ulugan Bay lies N-S, is open N, and is about 6 miles in
length and averages about 2 miles in width. The Tres
Marias Islands, consisting of two islets, the largest of
which is Camungyan Island (10095N, 118460E), and
an above-water rock, lie on a shoal and divide the
approach to the bay into two; that to the NE of them being
the wider and deeper.
2 Three inlets indent the W side of the bay, from N to S
they are:
North Inlet (1007N, 11846E), entered between
Cordelia Point in the N and Robins Point in the S;
South Inlet (10055N, 118460E), entered 1 mile S
of Robins Point and close N of Sagumay Point,
and
Oyster Inlet (10045N, 118450E) (7.137), entered
between Coral Point and a point 5 cables N.
3 Rita Island (1005N, 11847E), 1 miles in length and
very narrow, lies parallel to and close off the W side of the
bay.
The head of the bay is divided into two smaller bays by
Wood Point (1002N, 11848E). The Caiholo River,
entering the SW side of the bay 1 mile S of Coral Point, is
navigable by boat for about 5 cables above its mouth.
4 Tagnipa Inlet (10065N, 118490E), entered between
Marabay Point (10040N, 118485E) and Dalrymple
Point (10070N, 118485E), indents the E side of the
bay. Three streams discharge into the head of the inlet. A
wooded limestone cliff lies near the head of the inlet. The
small town of Buenavista, from where copra is carried to
Puerto Princesa (7.208) via Baheli (below), is situated
5 cables NE of Marabay Point.
5 The shores on the W side of the bay are mainly coral
fringed, whilst the shores of the head of the bay and the E
side are low and covered with mangroves.
From Dalrymple Point to Piedras Point the coast is bold
and steep, and the cliffs are tinted reddish-brown. Watering
Bay (10100N, 118485E), entered between Black Rock
(1010N, 11848E) and Bentoan Point, indents this stretch
of the coast.
6 Behind the shoreline of Ulugan Bay the hills are heavily
wooded. Six small rivers enter the head of the bay, the
most important being the Baheli River in the extreme S,
which leads to the village of Baheli, about 1 mile
upstream. A gravel road from a wharf found to be in ruins
in 1965, situated on the river between Baheli and the river
mouth, leads to Puerto Princesa via Baheli.
Depths
7.130
1 In the approaches to the bay a sand and coral ledge,
with depths of from 59 to 219 m (20 ft to 12 fm) over
it, but on which lesser depths may exist, extends S from
Tres Marias Islands, nearly to Northwest Head.
2 The centre of Ulugan Bay E of Rita Island, from abreast
Northwest Head to within 5 cables of Wood Point at its
head, is unencumbered; depths shoal gradually from 49 to
18 m (27 fm to 10 fm). Throughout the rest of the bay,
with the exception of Oyster Inlet (7.137) in which depths
decrease gradually from 35 m (19 fm) in the entrance to
106 m (35 ft) 7 cables from its head, the shores and
inlets of Ulugan Bay are shallow and encumbered with
reefs, shoals, and detached dangers.
3 The N part of the channel between Rita Island and the
mainland W is encumbered by coral heads and shoals;
during strong N gales the sea appears to break right across
this part of the channel. The S part of the channel has
depths of from 133 to 31 m (44 ft to 17 fm).
Magsiapo Reef, 8 cables NW of Marabay Point, is an
extensive coral formation with a number of detached shoals
and coral heads.
Tidal stream
7.131
1 No tidal stream has been observed in Ulugan Bay.
However, after heavy rains or when a W wind has
prevailed there is a slight out-draught from the bay.
For tidal predictions in Ulugan Bay see Admiralty Tide
Tables.
Principal marks
7.132
1 Landmarks: see caution at 7.31.
Camungyan Island (10095N, 118457E) (7.129).
The charted peaks and hills around Ulugan Bay are
good landmarks when entering the bay, in particular:
Mount Saint Paul (1010N, 11904E) (7.106);
Cleopatra Needle (10075N, 118595E) (7.106);
2 Sangbauen Peak (1011N, 11849E), the most N
peak of its range, is situated 1 miles SE of
Piedras Point (7.107). When seen from SW this
peak has a small table summit, with two nipples
on the brow in front of it;
Mount Peel (1000N, 11843E) (7.106).
Major light:
Camungyan Island Light (10094N, 118458E).
Directions
7.133
1 Ulugan Bay should be approached in daylight, when
landmarks can be identified. See also 7.20 concerning
navigation in this area. Approached from N the bay is
open. Approaching from S, courses should be set to pass at
least 5 cables N of Camungyan Island (7.129) on an E
heading to open the entrance to the bay before rounding
the island, remaining at least the same distance off, so as to
enter the middle of the bay on a S track, passing (with
positions from Marabay Point (10040N, 118485E)):
2 W of Watering Bay anchorage (5 miles N) (7.139),
thence:
W of Bentoan Point (4 miles N), with Bentoan
Peak (4 miles N) 1 mile E of it. When seen
from SW this peak has a sharp summit. Thence:
E of Northwest Head (4 miles NW) (7.107),
thence:
3 W of Reef Point (2 miles N), thence:
E of Observatory Rock (2 miles NW), which lies
on a spit which extends 1 cables N from the N
extremity of Rita Island. Thence:
4 E of Tidepole Point (1 miles W), the S extremity
of Rita Island. A drying reef extends 1 cable S
from this point, the edge of which is usually
marked by water discolouration. A conical buoy
(8 cables W) marks the W extremity of Magsiapo
Reef (7.130) and the E side of the deep water
between it and Tidepole Point. A conical buoy is
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 7
171
also moored in the middle of the bay (1 miles
WSW). Thence:
To a suitable anchorage (7.136).
Clearing marks
7.134
1 High Nipple (10105N, 118485E) (7.35) bearing
more than 008, and open W of Broken Head, as shown on
the chart, leads clear of Magsiapo Reef and the other
dangers off the E side of Ulugan Bay.
Useful marks
7.135
1 When approaching Ulugan Bay from N:
The entrance can be identified from a distance by the
apparent valley between Mount Peel (7.106) and
the high land SW of Cleopatra Needle (7.106); the
low land at the head of the bay is not visible until
a position moderately close to Piedras Point is
reached.
2 From inside Ulugan Bay:
White Rock (10020N, 118465E), 4 cables SSW
of Tarakaiawan Islet (10025N, 118465E), is
prominent.
Anchorages
7.136
1 Caution. The swell caused by W gales reaches the head
of Ulugan Bay and breaks heavily on the reefs, especially
on the E shore.
Oyster Inlet
7.137
1 General information. The shores of Oyster Inlet
(10045N, 118450E) are fringed with coral reefs which
narrow the entrance channel to less than 2 cables. An
oyster bed, consisting of mud and rocks, extends 5 cables
from the head of the inlet, which is bordered by dense
mangroves.
7.138
1 Anchorages. The best anchorage for moderate sized
vessels is, as shown on the chart, with Coral Point, the S
entrance point, bearing SE, distant 6 cables, in depths of
27 m (15 fm), mud.
2 During the SW monsoon (1.181) vessels may anchor in
the approach to Oyster Inlet with the S extremity of Rita
Island, Tidepole Point, bearing N, distant about 3 cables, in
depths of from 34 to 38 m (19 to 21 fm), stiff mud.
However, it has been reported that, during a gale which
veered to NW, very heavy pitching was experienced at this
anchorage.
Watering Bay
7.139
1 General information. Watering Bay (10100N,
118485E) is situated on the E side of the approach to
Ulugan Bay. Temporary anchorage can be had in this bay
in offshore winds only. Vessels should be prepared to
weigh anchor at the slightest indication of a W wind, as
the swell is liable to increase suddenly. Landing on the
stony beach is usually impracticable because of the swell.
7.140
1 Anchorage. As shown on the chart, in the centre of the
bay, about 2 cables offshore, in depths of from 9 to 13 m
(30 to 43 ft), coral.
NORTHWEST HEAD TO IRAAN POINT
General information
Chart 967 (see 1.28)
Route
7.141
1 From Northwest Head (1008N, 11846E) the route
continues SSW then SW for 89 miles, to a position NW of
Iraan Point (905N, 11741E), distant about 4 miles.
Topography
7.142
1 Along this section of the Inner Route the coast is
relatively straight but indented with many small bays, and
reefs and rocks abound on either hand, the positions of
which can best be seen on the chart. See also 7.28.
Depths
7.143
1 For information on depths the chart is the best guide.
See also 7.29, and the caution at 7.30.
Principal marks
7.144
1 Landmarks: see caution at 7.31.
Mount Peel (1000N, 11843E) (7.106).
Mount Herschel (954N, 11838E). A low ridge,
upon which are situated the twin summits of
Mount Airy, connects Mount Herschel with Mount
Peel (above).
2 Mount Beaufort (950N, 11839E), the most N of
three remarkable peaks (see also Thumb Peak and
Mount Stavely), has a dome-shaped summit with a
hollow in the highest part.
Thumb Peak (948N, 11836E), between Mount
Stavely and Mount Beaufort, has a dome shaped
summit.
3 Mount Stavely (944N, 11833E), the most S of
three remarkable peaks (see also Thumb Peak and
Mount Beaufort), has a pinnacle summit rising
from the centre of a table-top.
Anepahan Peaks (939N, 11827E) consist of two
peaks of almost equal elevation, the most N being
the sharper. On the gradually sloping ground to the
W, between Anepahan Peaks and the coast, are
several round-topped hills which are usually visible
when the higher land is hidden by clouds.
4 Victoria Peaks (924N, 11819E) is a massive
formation with several peaks.
End Peak (919N, 11813E) is a prominent double
topped peak.
Sultan Peak (916N, 11814E).
Malanat Peak (911N, 11803E). The Malanat
Range, when seen end on from NW, appears as a
precipitous cliff with indentations on the S side.
5 The Nipple (907N, 11756E) rises from the N
slopes of the Pulute Range.
Mount Corumi (901N, 11756E) has a conical
summit.
Mount Calibugon (859N, 11752E) is a
table-topped mountain with a sharp nipple on its
summit.
Mount Landargun (855N, 11748E) is the second
highest mountain in its range.
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 7
172
6 Mount Gantung (857N, 11749E) is the highest
mountain in the same range as Mount Landargun.
Sharp Peak (855N, 11740E) is the most noticeable
of several spurs on the lower ranges between the
higher mountains and the coast.
Mount Mantalingajan (849N, 11740E) is reddish
brown in colour. From W it has a table summit
from which a long smooth shoulder slopes
gradually S terminating in three small nipples.
7 Major light:
Camungyan Island Light (10094N, 118458E).
Directions
(continued from 7.107)
From Northwest Head to Shirt Point
7.145
1 From a position about 6 miles NW of Northwest Head
(1008N, 11846E) the route follows the coast, continuing
SSW for 23 miles, to a position W of Shirt Point (951N,
11834E), distant about 4 miles, passing (with positions
from Bluff Point (955N, 11836E)):
2 ESE of Duhme Shoal (12 miles NNW), upon which
the sea breaks, reported in 1882 by the German
ship Minerva. Thence:
WNW of Dry Island (5 miles N), a steep-to, rocky
islet only 06 m (2 ft) high, lying 1 miles N of
Hen and Chickens Islets, a group of three islets the
highest of which is 353 m (116 ft) high. Thence:
3 ESE of Albay Shoal (7 miles WNW), coral, with a
depth of 11 m (36 ft) over it, reported in 1888 by
the Spanish gunboat Albay. In 1965 discoloured
water was reported to exist about 2 miles S of
this shoal. Middle Shoal (11 miles WNW), the
position of which is doubtful, lies W of Albay
Shoal. Thence:
4 To a position W of Shirt Point (4 miles SW). A
dangerous underwater rock, reported in 1944, lies
7 miles W of Shirt Point. Thence:
From Shirt Point to Moorsom Point
7.146
1 From a position W of Shirt Point the route continues
SW for 23 miles to position WNW of Moorsom Point
(933N, 11817E) (Moorsom Head on Chart 967), distant
about 4 miles, passing (with positions from Long Point
(939N, 11820E) (below)):
2 NW of North Rock and South Rock (5 miles and
3 miles NE respectively). South Rock is 6 m
(20 ft) high; North Rock nearly covers at high
water. Breakers have been reported in the vicinity
of a 31 m (10 ft) shoal patch, shown on the
chart, 6 miles NW of North Rock. Thence:
3 NW of Long Point, a densely wooded rocky point
with several sandy bays. The village of Apurauan
(7.150) is situated on the shore of the bay S of
Long Point. In 1926, a shoal, 23 miles long, on
which the sea breaks, was reported to lie parallel
with the coast, its S end 8 miles W of Moorsom
Point (below). W of this area, as far as the 183 m
(100 fm) depth contour, are numerous coral
patches. These patches are usually visible from
aloft, however, this area has been inadequately
surveyed, uncharted shoals may exist, and it is
recommended that it should be avoided. Thence:
4 To a position WNW of Moorsom Point (7 miles
SW), a moderately high and prominent headland.
Two rivulets discharge into a sandy bay close N of
the point.
From Moorsom Point to Hummock Point
7.147
1 From Moorsom Point the route leads farther SW for
about 27 miles, to a position WNW of Hummock Point
(916N, 11755E), distant about 4 miles, passing (with
positions from Bahia Honda Point (924N, 11808E)
(below)):
2 NW of Peaked Island (6 miles NE). Reefs, which
dry in places, through which there is a narrow
passage, almost connect the island to the mainland
E. A rock, 7 m (23 ft) high, lies 7 cables W of
Peaked Island, and a fresh water stream discharges
into the sea from the mainland close W of the
island. Thence:
3 NW of Bahia Honda (close N) which lies between
Steep Point and Bahia Honda Point. Palm Island
(4 miles W), is the outermost and smallest of a
group of four islets. Some dark rocks lie on a
sandbank fringed by coral reefs 2 cables NE of
Palm Island. It has been reported that this island,
and the rocks off it, lie about 5 cables NW of
their charted positions. Tidepole Island, 63 m
(206 ft) high, and Paletan Island lie, respectively,
7 cables SSE and 1 mile SE of Palm Island.
Double Island, consisting of two low flat islets
connected by a sandy neck, lies between the above
mentioned three islands and the mainland E. Reefs,
parts of which dry, extend 6 cables SW and
4 cables W from Double Island. The channel
between Double Island and the islands to the
WNW has a least depth of 146 m (48 ft); care
must be taken to avoid the shoal, reported in 1951,
with a depth of 27 m (9 ft) over it, which lies
1 miles SE of Tidepole Island. Thence:
4 Close SE of a 55 m (18 ft) shoal patch (9 miles
WNW), shown on the chart, reported in 1962.
Thence:
NW of Treacherous Bay (5 miles SW). Vessels are
recommended to avoid Treacherous Bay because
the reefs in the approach are seldom visible due to
the muddy state of the sea in the vicinity. Thence:
5 NW of Quezon (11 miles SW) (7.153) on the shore
of Malanut Bay (7.152). Thence:
To a position WNW of Hummock Point (15 miles
SW). Hummock Point is moderately high. Point
Hill, 171 m (561 ft), the most N peak of a range
of hills 5 miles long, at the S end of which is a
hill with three summits, rises from Hummock
Point. Thence:
From Hummock Point to Iraan Point
7.148
1 Caution. Between Hummock Point and Iraan Point
(7.149) the coast should not be approached within a
distance of 2 miles, and mariners are cautioned that the
area W of the route in this vicinity is unsurveyed.
7.149
1 From a position WNW of Hummock Point the route
continues SW for 15 miles more, to end at a position
NNW of Iraan Point (905N, 11741E), distant about
3 miles, passing (with positions from Isabel Point
(910N, 11747E) (below)):
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 7
173
2 NW of Malapackun Island (7 miles NE), which rises
to a double peak 104 m (341 ft) high, and is
covered with trees; a small islet lies 2 cables S of
it. In 1958 the passage between Malapackun Island
and the mainland was reported to be foul. Thence:
NW of Isabel Point, thence:
3 To a position NNW of Iraan Point (7 miles SSW), a
low, narrow and densely wooded point. A drying
reef, the inner end of which is covered with
mangroves, extends 5 cables offshore from Iraan
Point.
Anchorages
Apurauan
7.150
1 General information. Apurauan is a village on the
shore of the bay formed between Long Point (939N,
11820E) (7.146) and Apurauan Point, a low bluff 2 miles
S. A few fresh provisions may be obtained there. Beeswax
and tortoise shell are exported.
7.151
1 Anchorage. Vessels may anchor about 5 cables from the
shore, with Long Point (7.146) bearing N, in depths of 128
to 146 m (42 to 48 ft), stiff mud and shells. This
anchorage is open to the W but sheltered from N and E.
Foul ground, which extends about 1 mile W from
Apurauan Point, should be avoided. Vessels of suitable
draught may safely anchor closer to the shore.
Malanut Bay
7.152
1 General information. Malanut Bay (916N, 11800E)
lies E of Albion Head, a thickly wooded, bold,
perpendicular head, 90 m high, composed of limestone
cliffs in which there are stalactite caves. Durudeen Point is
the NE entrance point, with Bog Point 2 miles SW of it.
Baja Llanura Island, low and flat, lies in the mouth of the
bay, and the entrance to the bay is between the island,
which is fringed by reefs which dry in places, and Albion
Head. A reef, with depths of less than 18 m (6 ft) over it,
lies nearly in mid-channel 6 cables N of Albion Head, and
the entrance channel, 1 cables wide, with depths of more
than 11 m (36 ft), is to the NE of this reef. The Imulhod
River, its entrance obscured by drying mud flats, flows into
the SE part of the bay. The head of the bay is fringed by a
reef. The bay affords shelter to vessels of moderate
draught. Local knowledge is required.
7.153
1 The town of Quezon (915N, 11801E) stands near the
site of an old Spanish military post. There are two
settlements 1 mile NE. Very limited quantities of
provisions are available, and only basic communications
and medical facilities.
7.154
1 Anchorage. Vessels may anchor with the tip of Albion
Head bearing W, distant 5 cables, in depths of 10 m
(33 ft), stiff mud: or with the tip of Albion Head bearing
NW, distant 7 cables.
7.155
1 Caution. The approaches to Malanut Bay have not been
completely surveyed. The best time to enter the bay is at
low water when the reef W of Baja Llunara Island is dry.
At other times the edge of this reef is not well defined.
Small craft
Nakoda Bay
7.156
1 General information. Nakoda Bay (917N, 11757E)
is formed in the W by, from N to S, Nakoda Island,
Mariquit Island and Maricaban Island. The former lies
2 miles WNW of Albion Head (7.152), the latter two lie
on a reef which extends NNE from Hummock Point
(917N, 11755E) (7.147). In the E, the W side of Albion
Head forms the E side of the bay.
2 The Panitian River flows into the shallow, reef
obstructed head of the bay. Sirinao Island lies in the
entrance to the bay, 1 miles NW of Albion Head, and
Triple Cima Island lies in the approaches, 8 cables NW of
Sirinao Island.
The main approach to the bay is between Sirinao Island
and Mariquit Island. The passage between Sirinao Island
and Albion Head is not recommended.
7.157
1 Anchorage. During the NE monsoon (1.181) shelter
may be found by anchoring about 2 cables SW of Sirinao
Island, in depths of 7 m (24 ft). During the SW monsoon
shelter may be found SE of the island, taking care to avoid
the reef E of it.
Eran Bay
7.158
1 General information. Eran Bay (905N, 11743E),is
entered between Iraan Point (7.149) and Tagbuaya Point,
low and densely wooded, with a coconut grove near its
extremity, 4 miles NE. It is divided, by low, abrupt
points, into five smaller bays. Iraan Bay is the most W of
these small bays E of Iraan Point. The Iraan River, the
largest river in the vicinity, discharges into the SW side of
Iraan Bay. Tagbuaya Bay is the most N of the five bays,
close S of Tagbuaya Point. The Tagbuaya River discharges
into Tagbuaya Bay.
2 Iraan Bay affords good shelter from S winds and
Tagbuaya Bay affords good anchorage in N winds. Both
bays shoal gradually and have sandy beaches at their head;
small boats may enter the river in each bay at high water.
The headlands and bays between Iraan Bay and
Tagbuaya Bay are, from W, Banisi Point, Banisi Bay,
Kanikitan Point, Tagnipa Bay, Bonog Point, Bonog Bay
and Suri Point.
7.159
1 Tides in Eran Bay are chiefly diurnal, with a range of
about 14 m, and occur at about the same time as at
Manila.
Other names
Charts 2914 plan of Ulugan Bay, 3820, 967 (see 1.28)
7.160
1 Anepahan (9445N, 119290E).
Baratoan Bay (1120N, 11927E).
Base Bay (1122N, 11927E).
Bigun Bay (1106N, 11921E).
Bulybarco Point (1115N, 11921E).
Bury Islands (1120N, 11924E).
Dagmay (1122N, 11928E).
Diapila Bay (1125N, 11928E).
Diapila Island (1123N, 11927E).
Dibuluan Island (1104N, 11922E).
Duli (1121N, 11928E).
Emmit Island (1115N, 11925E).
2 Emmit Point (1115N, 11925E).
Escabrosa Point (10040N, 118435E).
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 7
174
Fish Bay (9585N, 118390E).
Karsoglan Hill (1003N, 11844E). It appears as
quoin-shaped when seen from W.
Lacaroc (1120N, 11927E).
Marantao Island (916N, 11754E).
Pandan (1123N, 11928E).
Patuyo Point (1121N, 11926E).
3 Pyramid Rocks (1101N, 11915E).
York Breakers (953N, 11809E), a shoal on which
the sea breaks except in quiet weather.
WEST COAST OF PALAWAN - IRAAN POINT TO CAPE BULILUYAN
GENERAL INFORMATION
Chart 967 (see 1.28)
Scope of the section
7.161
1 In this section is described the SW coast of Palawan, S
of Iraan Point (905N, 11929E) (7.149), to Cape
Buliluyan (820N, 11711E) (7.207).
Caution. This part of the coast is fronted by extensive
shoals and no coastal directions can be given. Mariners
navigating in this area are advised to use Palawan Passage
(7.15).
Topography
7.162
1 See 7.165.
Depths
7.163
1 See 7.166.
IRAAN POINT TO CAPE BULILUYAN
General information
Chart 967 (see 1.28)
Route
7.164
1 See 7.161.
Topography
7.165
1 This most S part of the W coast of Palawan is indented
with small bays between headlands largely formed of spurs
from the hills behind them. Shoals and reefs encumber
many of the bays, drying reefs fringe the shore in many
places, and foul ground surrounds many of the headlands.
The entire coast is further fronted by numerous dangers
which extend up to 18 miles offshore. These dangers
include detached shoals, some of which are marked by
breakers; coral reefs, some of which dry; and foul ground.
Depths
7.166
1 For information on depths the chart is the best guide,
but less depth than is charted may exist on some shoals.
Caution
7.167
1 Throughout the area many of the shoals may be visible
from aloft, their presence being indicated by breakers,
discoloured water or an abundance of seaweed. However,
no reliance can be placed upon their being sighted, and
soundings give no indication of their proximity.
Local knowledge
7.168
1 If navigating in this area local knowledge is required.
Principal marks
7.169
1 Landmarks: see caution at 7.31.
Mount Corumi (901N, 11756E) (7.144);
Mount Calibugon (859N, 11752E) (7.144);
Mount Landargun (855N, 11748E) (7.144);
Mount Gantung (857N, 11749E) (7.144);
Sharp Peak (855N, 11740E) (7.144);
Mount Mantalingajan (849N, 11741E) (7.144).
2 With positions from Mount Mantalingajan:
Pagoda Cliffs (11 miles SW), which rise above a
plain, are remarkable limestone cliffs with a table
summit and a pinnacle at either extremity; a small
rock, prominent from NW, stands between these
pinnacles.
Double Hill (16 miles WSW), high with flat
shoulders, is situated near the middle of its range.
3 Low Hock (18 miles WSW), which is usually visible
when the adjacent hills are obscured, is the most
prominent of several sharp peaks with steep sides.
Escarpado Peak (21 miles WSW). This mountain is
of reddish colour, with a long smooth summit.
Canipan Hill (16 miles NW), a steep conical hill with
two peaks. It is a prominent landmark on this part
of the coast.
4 Mount Wangle (30 miles SW), has a triple summit,
and is the highest peak in its range.
Offlying dangers
7.170
1 The following are the major offshore dangers named on
the chart (with positions from Tatub Point (845N,
11722E) (7.196)):
Collingwood Shoal
7.171
1 Collingwood Shoal (30 miles NNE) consists of two
coral heads, with depths of 27 m (9 ft) over the SW head
and 32 m (10ft) over the NE head. The heads are
separated by a deep channel.
Scalesby Castle Shoal
7.172
1 Scalesby Castle Shoal (21 miles N) is a steep-to coral
shoal with a least depth of 55 m (18 ft) over it. It lies
close E of the 183 m depth contour bordering the E side
of Palawan Passage.
Paragua Ridge
7.173
1 Paragua Ridge (16 miles NW) is a narrow ridge of coral
with a least depth of 91 m (30 ft) over it, rising from a
bank of coarse sand and shells. The outer side is steep-to.
Vanguard Shoal
7.174
1 Vanguard Shoal (12 miles NW) is a coral patch with a
depth of 03 m (1 ft) over it. It is steep-to with deep water
nearby.
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 7
175
Merlin Shoal Patches
7.175
1 Merlin Shoal Patches (7 miles NW) is an extensive area
of shoals, the shoalest having a least depth of 32 m
(10 ft) over it. These shoals were discovered by HMS
Merlin in 1885, but have not yet been completely surveyed.
North-east Antelope Shoal
7.176
1 North-east Antelope Shoal (7 miles W) is steep-to with
a least depth of 41 m (14 ft) over it.
Antelope Shoal
7.177
1 Antelope Shoal (10 miles W) is an extensive area of
coral heads and shoals with a least depth of 27 m (9 ft)
over it. Other shoals, with a least depth of 27 m (9 ft), lie
between Antelope Shoal and North-east Antelope Shoal
(7.176).
Coloby Shoal
7.178
1 Coloby Shoal (5 miles W) is steep-to, with a least depth
of 55 m (18 ft) over it.
Breaker Reef
7.179
1 Breaker Reef (13 miles WSW) has a least depth of
12 m (4 ft) over it, and is steep-to.
North Regent Shoal
7.180
1 North Regent Shoal (18 miles WSW) is a steep-to coral
shoal with a depth of 27 m (9 ft) over it.
Herefordshire Shoal
7.181
1 Herefordshire Shoal (25 miles WSW) is the shoal, the
position of which is doubtful, on which the vessel
Herefordshire struck in 1815. Shoal water has been
reported to exist 2 miles W and 2 miles S of this
position.
South Regent Shoal
7.182
1 South Regent Shoal (21 miles SW) is a sand shoal with
some coral heads, with a depth of 27 m (9 ft) over it,
upon which the sea breaks.
Kamonga Shoal
7.183
1 Kamonga Shoal (19 miles SW) has a depth of 37 m
over it.
Shallow Shoal
7.184
1 Shallow Shoal (24 miles SW) is a 55 m (18 ft) patch
which possibly has less depth over it than charted.
Murex Shoal
7.185
1 Murex Shoal (31 miles SW), the position of which is
doubtful, on which the SS Murex was reported to have
struck in 1901, is apparently a small reef. Shoals with
depths of 15 m (51 ft) and 5 m (18 ft) over them lie 2 miles
S and 3 miles SSE respectively. So far as is known these
are the most S of the outer offlying dangers off the W
coast of Palawan.
Anchorages
7.186
1 The anchorages described below are considered to be
suitable for use by local coastal vessels only.
Punta Baja Harbour
7.187
1 General information. Punta Baja Harbour (9040N,
117385E) is entered between Tarumpitao Point (903N,
11738E), once the site of a Loran station upon which
prominent radio masts still stand, from one of which (red
mast, white bands, 37 m in height) a red obstruction light
is exhibited, and Baja Point (1 mile NE of Tarumpitao
Point), a low point, planted with coconut trees and backed
by dense forest. The harbour is fringed by flat coral reefs,
has room for only one vessel, and should be attempted
only under favourable conditions. The entrance is cable
wide and has depths of from 165 m (54 ft) to 183 m
(60 ft). In the middle of the harbour there are depths of
7 m (24 ft). Small coastal vessels occasionally call to load
timber. Moderate quantities of fresh provisions are
available.
Kinalang Bay
7.188
1 General information. Entered between Tarumpitao Point
(903N, 11738E) and Samboang Point, 1 mile SSW,
Kinalang Bay has a sandy beach situated on the NE side,
whilst the SE shore is composed of densely wooded cliffs.
Protected to the W by a coral reef, the edge of which is
steep-to, the bay affords good shelter. There are depths of
146 m (48 ft) in the entrance and deep water close to the
shore.
7.189
1 Anchorage. Vessels may anchor in the middle of the
bay, with Samboang Point (7.188) bearing 025, distant
about 5 cables, in depths of 91 m (30 ft), sand.
7.190
1 Berth. A privately owned wooden pier, length 201 m
(60 ft), breadth 91 m (30 ft), depth at head 18 m (6 ft),
used by small launches and barges to load lumber, is
situated in the S part of the bay, with a square log pond,
surrounded by wooden piles, to the S of it.
Malakibay Bay
7.191
1 General information. Malakibay Bay (858N,
11736E) affords shelter from SW winds. The entrance to
the bay, between Mapankal Point (858N, 11733E) and a
point 2 miles ENE, is encumbered by coral reefs. The
entrance to the E part of the bay, which is clear, is between
the coral reefs, and about 5 cables in width. Depths of
91 m (30 ft) in the entrance decrease gradually towards
the sandy shore.
7.192
1 Anchorage. There is anchorage in the middle of the
bay, with Samboang Point (7.188) bearing 200, distant
5 cables, in depths of 73 m (24 ft).
Caution. There are reported to be two small 37 m
(12 ft) shoal patches close W of the anchor position.
Culasian Bay
7.193
1 General information. Culasian Bay (852N, 11729E)
is entered between Bacao Bacao Point (851N, 11728E),
a low, wooded point with some coconut palms on it, and
Sicud Point, 2 miles NE, a low point, with some grass
and cultivated patches. Brechtel Shoal, 2 miles NW of
Bacao Bacao Point, and other shoals, encumber the
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 7
176
approaches to the bay. The bay has a sandy beach backed
by a densely wooded plain. The rivers Sicud, Tagipan,
Culasian and Conduaga discharge into it. The Conduaga
River may be entered by pulling boats at high tide.
Conduaga is a small village on the N side of the mouth of
the Conduaga River. Inter-island vessels occasionally call
here to load logs.
7.194
1 Useful marks. With positions from Bacao Bacao Point
(7.193):
Montalay Hill (6 miles NE), heavily wooded.
A flat-topped hill (7 miles NE), 106 m (350 ft) high.
Binicayat Hill (5 miles NE), rises gradually to a
height of 103 m (340 ft).
2 The above three hills are often visible when the higher
mountains are obscured.
A hill (on the point), 335 m (110 ft) high.
A hill (1 miles NE), 335 m (110 ft) high.
7.195
1 Anchorage. Vessels may anchor with Conduaga bearing
SSE, distant 5 cables, in depths of 73 m (24 ft), mud.
Caution. When approaching the anchorage care should
be taken to avoid the shoal patch 4 cables N of the N
shore of Bacao Bacao Point, and the rocky spit, on which
the sea breaks, which extends 6 cables WNW from the S
side of the mouth of the Conduaga River.
Bulaloc Bay
7.196
1 General information. Bulaloc Bay (846N, 11724E),
heavily encumbered by shoals, is entered between Tatub
Point (845N, 11722E), a bluff headland, and Balintang
Point, 4 miles NE, which is low and covered with
mangrove trees. A drying reef extends about 8 cables W
from Balintang Point and encompasses Dita Dita Island, a
bushy islet 15 m (50 ft) high. Datag Island, 1 mile ENE
of Tatub Point, which is flat, and Bucid Island, 1 miles
ENE of Tatub Point, are two sandstone islets lying on a
drying reef. Reefs, which are always visible, extend E and
W from these islets. An opening in these reefs, about
1 cable wide, 2 miles ENE of Tatub Point, leads to the
inner anchorage.
7.197
1 Anchorage. The outer anchorage is approached via a
channel N of Bucid Island and S of the shoals extending
SW from Balintang Point.
Vessels may anchor S of Dita Dita Island, distant about
1 mile, in depths of 165 m (54 ft). This anchorage is
open to the N and W.
2 The inner anchorage is an excellent anchorage for small
vessels. The approach is through the opening in the reefs
ENE of Tatub Point (above), which reefs afford protection
to the N. Vessels may anchor SE of Bucid Island, distant
about 5 cables, in depths of 165 m (54 ft).
Tagbita Bay
7.198
1 General information. Tagbita Bay (841N, 11720E) is
entered between Cliff Point, a red cliffed point, to the NE,
and Providencia Point to the SW. Two green islets lie close
together off Steep Hill, 215 m (705 ft) high, a shoulder of
the coastal range rising from the S part of the bay. The
head of the bay is divided into two inlets, the most N of
which can only be entered by small boats at high water.
The S part of the bay is generally foul, and foul ground
extends W as far as Perigee Shoal, 2 miles NW of
Providencia Point.
7.199
1 Tides. At Tagbita Bay the tides are chiefly diurnal, with
a range of 12 m.
7.200
1 Anchorage. Vessels may anchor, sheltered to the NE,
SW of Cliff Point, distant about 6 cables, in depths of
146 m (48 ft).
Tagugsom Bay
7.201
1 General information. The entrance to Tagugsom Bay
(837N, 11716E), which is almost closed by reefs, lies
between Latud Point to the NE and Bonbon Point to the
SW. Latud Point is low and sandy with some coconut
palms on it. A sand-spit and coral reef, which dries,
extends 1 mile W and NW from Latud Point. Bonbon
Point can be identified by some wooded hills and a cliff at
its extremity, which are visible from N. A detached shoal,
5 cables NW of Bonbon Point, lies in the approach to the
deepest part of the bay, which is in a narrow channel,
leading to the head of the bay, close E of the W side of
Bonbon Point.
7.202
1 Anchorage. Tagugsom Bay affords shelter from the NE
and SW winds.
Capyas Island
7.203
1 General information. Capyas Island (826N, 11712E),
21 m (11 fm) high, sandy and wooded, lies on the edge of
a reef 1 mile offshore. When viewed from seaward the
islands sandy beaches appear to be a prominent white cay.
Foul ground lies between it and the mainland ESE. Valdez,
1 miles E of Capyas Island, is a small town from which
copra, rattan, resin and fish are exported on small boats to
Balabac, or to Brookes Point, on the E coast of Palawan
(see Philippine Islands Pilot).
7.204
1 Anchorage. Under favourable conditions anchorage may
be obtained with Capyas Island bearing W, distant about
6 cables, in depths of 73 m (24 ft).
The anchorage is protected by the island and several
drying coral reefs. The approach to the anchorage is narrow
and winding.
Reposo Point
7.205
1 General information. Reposo Point (828N, 11713E),
identifiable by the sandy beach around it, affords shelter
from the NE winds, and the reefs extending from Reposo
Point afford some shelter from the SW winds. The village
of Wangle is situated on the shore, 1 miles NE of
Reposo Point.
7.206
1 Anchorage. Good anchorage may be obtained with
Reposo Point bearing S, distant about 7 cables, in depths
of 91 m (30 ft).
Cape Buliluyan
7.207
1 General information. Cape Buliluyan (820N,
11711E), the S extremity of Palawan, is a low wooded
shelving point, fronted by mangroves, with depths from 7
to 15 m (24 to 50 ft) close off its S side. The W side of
the cape is fringed by a drying reef which extends up to
5 cables offshore. A 41 m (13 ft) patch lies 1 cable S of
the cape.
2 For the E side of Palawan Island see the Philippine
Islands Pilot.
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 7
177
Small craft
Canipan Bay
7.208
1 General information. Canipan Bay (835N, 11715E),
is entered between Bonbon Point (7.201) to the NE and
Gandan Point, the cliffy termination of a wooded
promontory, to the SW. The Canipan River, which drains
the hinterland, discharges into the bay from the centre of
the beach at the head of the bay. The river is navigable by
small boats but entrance can only be made at high tide
during calm weather. Some copra, resin, and rattan are
shipped on small boats to Balabac, and to Puerto Princesa,
on the E coast of Palawan (see Philippine Islands Pilot).
Other names
7.209
1 Panimusan Point (8315N, 11713E).
LIBRO POINT TO CAPE CALAVITE
GENERAL INFORMATION
Charts 967, 3807, 3489
Scope of the section
7.210
1 The area covered in this section is the sea area N from
the N limit of the Palawan Passage (7.15), from Libro
Point (1126N 11929E) to Cape Calavite (1327N,
12018E).
7.211
1 The area is bounded by:
In the E by straight lines joining Libro Point (7.36),
position 1230N, 11929E, and Cape Calavite;
In the W by a straight line joining the NE corner of
Dangerous Ground (1200N, 11851E) and
position 1400N, 11930E;
In the N by a straight line joining position 1400N,
11930E and Cape Calavite.
7.212
1 For the areas beyond the W and N boundaries see
Chapters 2 and 8, respectively. See also 7.2.
Topography
7.213
1 This section is comprised mainly of an area of deep
water, except for the shoals within the 183 m (100 fm)
depth contour in the SE corner.
Depths
7.214
1 Caution. The least charted depths are within the 183 m
(100 fm) depth contour in the SE corner of the area
covered in this section, with a least charted depth of 11 m
(36 ft); see also 7.29.
In the N, in the vicinity of Cape Calavite, the 183 m
(100 fm) depth contour lies within two miles of the coast;
beyond that there are no known dangers.
2 Along the offshore route (7.215), depths are generally in
excess of 900 m (500 fm).
OFFSHORE ROUTE
General information
Route
7.215
1 The route described, the offshore route between Libro
Point (7.36) and Cape Calavite (7.220), some 129 miles
NNE, coincides with part of the route (2.6) for
low-powered vessels between Singapore and Hong Kong
during the NE monsoon (1.181), and is a continuation of
the route through Palawan Passage (7.15).
7.216
1 For a description of the area to the W see 2.143.
Topography
7.217
1 See 7.213.
Depths
7.218
1 See 7.214.
Principal marks
7.219
1 Major lights:
Cape Calavite Light (white round metal tower, 19 m
in height) (1327N, 12018E).
Cabra Island Light (13535N, 120015E) (8.14).
Directions
(continued from 7.24)
7.220
1 From a position some 46 miles WNW of Libro Point
(7.36) the track leads generally NNE, in deep water, for
about 137 miles, to a position about 28 miles NW of Cape
Calavite (1327N, 12018E), passing (with positions from
Libro Point):
2 WNW of the restricted area (32 miles NW)
surrounding the West Linapacan Oil Terminal,
thence:
WNW of a light-buoy (29 miles NNW) marking the
shoals, shown on the chart, which surround it.
3 Thence the track continues NNE, passing (with positions
from Cape Calavite):
WNW of the W entrance to Mindoro Strait (10 miles
SW), thence:
WNW of Cape Calavite, a low headland, from which
Cape Calavite Light (7.219) is exhibited. The
headland is the termination of the W slope of
Mount Calavite (6 miles ENE) (8.70). Thence:
To a position NW of Cape Calavite.
(Directions continue at 8.65)
Anchorage
Cape Calavite
7.221
1 There is poor anchorage in a small bay close N of Cape
Calavite; with local knowledge it may be used during the
NE monsoon (1.181). For further information see 8.77.
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER
9
CHAPTER
2
CHAPTER
7
Chapter 8 - From Cape Calavite to Cochinos Point, including the west approaches
to Verde Island Passage, and Manila Bay
MI NDORO
L UZ ON
Subic
Bay
Mani l a
Bay
Corregidor I.
Verde Island
Passage
NP 33
Philippine Islands
Pilot
Nasugbu
Bay
Lubang
Island
Cavite
Mariveles
Bataan
Manila
Calavite
Passage
Port Tilic
March 2004
3559
3545
3487
3487
976
3559
3816
14
120 121
14
30 30
Longitude 120 East from Greenwich 121 30 30
30
30
30
30
1
7
8
8.151
8.65
8.124
8.122
8.123
8.181
8.149
8.197
8.88
8.86
8.40
8.37
8.76
8.42
Home Contents Index
179
CHAPTER 8
FROM CAPE CALAVITE TO COCHINOS POINT, INCLUDING THE WEST
APPROACHES TO VERDE ISLAND PASSAGE, AND MANILA BAY
GENERAL INFORMATION
Charts 3816, 976, 3489
Scope of the chapter
8.1
1 The area described in this chapter is that to the W and
SW of SW Luzon bounded by a straight line from position
1400N, 11930E to Cochinos Point (1425N, 12030E);
(9.14) thence the coastline, including Manila Bay (1435N,
12045E) (8.102), from Cochinos Point to Cape Santiago
(1346N, 12039E), the SW tip of Luzon; thence a
straight line from Cape Santiago to Del Monte Point
(1332N, 12025E), N Mindoro; thence the coastline from
Del Monte Point to Cape Calavite (1327N, 12018E),
NW Mindoro; thence a straight line from Cape Calavite to
position 1400N, 11930E. It encompasses the Lubang
Islands (1345N, 12015E) (8.9) and includes Calavite
Passage (1335N, 12025E) (8.68) as well as The
Philippines major port, Manila (1436N, 12057E)
(8.197).
2 Directions are given for the coastal passages W of SW
Luzon and between Mindoro and the Lubang Islands; for
Manila Bay; and for the offshore route W of the Lubang
Islands which forms part of the recommended route for
low-powered vessels between Singapore and Hong Kong
(2.6) during the NE monsoon (1.181).
3 Directions for the area to the E, including Verde Island
Passage, the N coast of Mindoro, and the S coast of Luzon,
are to be found in the Philippine Islands Pilot; for the
areas to the S, N and W see, respectively, Chapters 7, 9
and 2 (2.143) of this book.
Topography
8.2
1 The Lubang Islands lie some 35 miles SW of the
entrance to Manila Bay (1435N, 12045E), W of and in
the approaches to Verde Island Passage, the passage
between Mindoro in the S and Luzon in the N, which leads
E and via Tablas Strait to the Sibuyan Sea (Chart 3807).
Calavite Passage (1335N, 12025E) (8.68) separates the
Lubang Islands from the mountainous NW tip of Mindoro
to the S.
2 Luzon is the largest and most significant of the
Philippine Islands, its population forming about half of the
population of the whole Philippine Archipelago. The island
is mountainous, with ranges running parallel with the W
coast. In the area N of latitude 16N there are two ranges
separated by the great valley of the Cagayan River: the E
range, known as the Sierra Madre Mountains, is lofty and
continuous, its E side sloping to a bold, almost inaccessible
coastline. There are several isolated volcanic peaks in the S
part of the island.
3 From Cape Santiago (1346N, 12039E), the SW
extremity of Luzon, to the entrance to Manila Bay the
coast trends N for about 30 miles. The few small islands
and isolated rocks, which lie scattered close inshore, are
confined to the N part of this stretch of coast; Fortune
Island (1404N, 12029E) (8.86) being the exception.
4 Manila Bay (8.102) is a large, roughly circular bay some
22 miles in diameter, with its entrance open SW to the
South China Sea. The major port of Manila (8.197) is
situated on the E side of the bay.
Depths
8.3
1 The Lubang Islands are encircled by a 183 m (100 fm)
depth contour beyond which lies deeper water. To the NE
of the Lubang Islands the 183 m (100 fm) depth contour off
the SW coast of Luzon extends some 28 miles offshore to
encompass an area of shallow water known as the Simo
Banks (1405N, 12017E) (8.86).
2 Calavite Passage (1335N, 12025E) has clear deep
water throughout, the coast on either side being steep-to,
but see caution at 8.73.
W of the Lubang Islands, in way of the offshore route
(8.62), the waters are deep, depths generally being in
excess of 1000 m (550 fm).
For depths in Manila Bay see 8.114 and 8.137.
Piracy
8.4
1 See 1.111.
Flow
8.5
1 For information on tides and currents in the area see
1.192 and 1.185.
Regulations
8.6
1 Traffic regulations are in force for all merchant vessels
entering Manila Bay, particulars are to be found at 8.108.
Buoyage
8.7
1 See 1.34 and 1.41.
Navigational aids
8.8
1 See 1.34.
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 8
180
LUBANG ISLANDS
GENERAL INFORMATION
Chart 3816
Scope of the section
8.9
1 In this section are described the Lubang Islands
(1345N, 12015E) and the waters surrounding them.
The Lubang Islands, which are part of the province of
Occidental Mindoro, are a detached group of eight islands
which lie 25 miles W of Cape Santiago (1346N,
12039E), the SW tip of Luzon.
Topography
8.10
1 The Lubang Islands are mostly mountainous. Of the
eight islands none is large, and four are very small. They
are generally steep-to on their SW sides, which are only
slightly indented by bays, their remaining sides being more
deeply indented. Most of the shoals and dangers lie to the
NE of the islands. Narrow passages separate the islands
one from another.
Depths
8.11
1 Close beyond the 183 m (100 fm) depth contour which
encompasses the Lubang Islands the waters are deep and
clear of dangers. Within that 183 m (100 fm) depth contour
there are several extensive shoals and isolated shoal
patches, with deeper water between. For depths in this area
the chart is the best guide. For depths in the channels
between the islands see 8.23, 8.28, 8.32 and 8.35.
Tidal streams
8.12
1 Tidal streams in the Cabra Strait (1352N, 12004E)
(8.23), Ambil Pass (1347N, 12016E) (8.28), and Golo
Pass (1341N, 12018E) (8.32) set N and S, SE and NW,
and N and S, respectively. Under normal conditions the
N-going rate is the stronger.
Local knowledge
8.13
1 Local knowledge is required if any of the Lubang
Islands are to be approached.
Principal marks
8.14
1 Major lights:
Cabra Island Light (white square brick tower on
white dwelling, 20 m in height) (13535N,
120015E).
Cape Calavite Light (1327N, 12018E) (7.219).
Golo Island Light (concrete tower, 11 m in height)
(1338N, 12025E).
Cape Santiago Light (13465N, 120390E) (8.85).
General description
Lubang Island
8.15
1 General information. Lubang Island (1347N,
12012E), the largest and most important of the group, is
about 16 miles in length, is orientated NW/SE, and has a
maximum width of 6 miles.
The principal town, Lubang (1352N, 12007E),
situated on the edge of a fertile plain on the E side of the
N tip of the island, is only accessible from seaward in
small craft (8.57), and is served by Port Tilic (1349N,
12012E) (8.42), 5 miles ESE of Lubang. The town of
Tilic, situated on the NW side of Port Tilic, is also of some
importance.
2 There is no good anchorage off Lubang. If proceeding to
Lubang vessels approach from N, and make for a position
1 miles offshore, with the town bearing between S and
SSE. The nearest available anchorages are at Tagbac Cove
(8.50) and Port Tilic (8.46).
8.16
1 Topography. The NW and SE parts of Lubang Island
are low, but in the central part a range of mountains backs
the coast on the W side, and other isolated mountains and
hills extend E towards the opposite coast. The NW part of
the island is cultivated. A coral reef, with only a few
breaks in it, fringes the entire coast. The largest of the bays
is Looc Bay (8.52), in the SE. On the NE and E sides of
the island are several bays; they are more or less protected,
but difficult to enter because of the shoals and reefs by
which they are encumbered.
8.17
1 Radar characteristics. Lubang Island has been reported
to give good radar returns at long range.
8.18
1 Depths. The SW side of the island is steep-to; the
183 m (100 fm) depth contour lies within 1 mile of the
shore for most of its length. The E side of the island is
fronted by shoaler water.
8.19
1 Landmarks:
Two domes, approximate position 1347N, 12009E.
Cabra Island
8.20
1 General information. Cabra Island (1353N, 12002E),
close NW of Lubang Island, is the most NW of the islands.
It is roughly circular, with a diameter of about 2 miles.
8.21
1 Topography. The island is about 61 m high, flat-topped,
and wooded. There are no significant coastal indentations.
Reefs fringe its N and NE sides.
8.22
1 Depths. Cabra Island is steep-to. The 183 m (100 fm)
depth contour closely encircles it.
8.23
1 Cabra Strait, which separates Cabra Island from
Lubang Island (8.15) to the SE, is 1 miles wide, and has
a deep water fairway with depths in excess of 183 m
(100 fm) throughout. The reef which fringes the NW tip of
Lubang Island is always visible, and the SE side of Cabra
Island is steep-to.
See also 8.38, and the caution at 8.39
For tidal streams see 8.12.
Ambil Island
8.24
1 General information. Ambil Island (1348N,
12018E), which lies in the shoal waters close E of
Lubang Island, is roughly circular, with a diameter of about
4 miles. During the SW monsoon (1.181) chrome ore is
loaded at anchor, from lighters loaded at a small, flimsy
wooden jetty, in a bay (13495N, 120185E) on the NE
side of the island.
8.25
1 Topography. The island is formed by Benagongan
Mountain, and is conical in shape. The NE side of the
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 8
181
island is high and rocky, the W side is fringed with coral,
and bays indent its shores.
8.26
1 Depths. The shores of the island are steep-to, and are,
for the most part, fringed by a drying reef. Depths in
excess of 183 m (60 ft) can be found close inshore all
around the island, except in way of Ambil Pass, where
there is less depth.
8.27
1 Anchorage. In the bay on the NE side of Ambil Island,
which is exposed during the NE monsoon (1.181), the
anchorage is 4 cables offshore, in depths of 15 m (49 ft).
2 A bay (1348N, 12016E) on the S side of the W point
of Ambil Island also provides limited anchorage; the
anchorage is in the centre of the bay. The bay is restricted
by reefs which extend 3 cables offshore, and there is a
46 m (15 ft) patch in the middle of the bay, which leaves
little room to anchor.
8.28
1 Ambil Pass separates Ambil Island from the E side of
Lubang Island. Reefs encumber both sides of the channel,
reducing its width to 6 cables, and there is a least depth
in the fairway of 73 m (24 ft). The passage between Ambil
Island and Lubang Island is clear, but it is narrow and not
straight, as may best be seen on the chart.
For tidal streams see 8.12.
Golo Island
8.29
1 General information. Golo Island (1340N, 12022E),
orientated WNW/ESE, is about 8 miles in length and
1 miles in width at its widest point, and lies close ESE of
Lubang Island.
8.30
1 Topography. The island is hilly; the highest part of the
island, with an elevation of 292 m (958 ft), is close to the
E end. A narrow drying reef fringes its shores, the N and S
of which are indented by shallow bays.
8.31
1 Depths in excess of 183 m (60 ft) are to be found
5 cables or less from the shore all around the island, except
in Golo Pass, which lies between it and Lubang Island,
where there is less depth.
8.32
1 Golo Pass separates Golo Island from the SE tip of
Lubang Island. The channel is about 3 cables wide between
the reefs on either side, but is encumbered in the middle by
some rocks awash, the deeper water, least charted depth
113 m (37 ft), being to the SE of them, where clear
passage is restricted to a width of about 150 m. This
passage should not be attempted because of its narrowness,
and because of the strength of the currents and tide rips.
2 For tidal streams see 8.12.
Mandaui Island and Malavatuan Island
8.33
1 General information. Mandaui Island (1350N,
12020E) and Malavatuan Island (1352N, 12021E) are
situated, respectively, about 1 mile and 2 miles NE of the
E extremity of Ambil Island (8.24). Both are small.
8.34
1 Topography. Mandaui Island has two hills on it, the N
hill being the higher. The NE side of the island is steep-to;
a drying reef extends 1 cable from its SW side, and depths
of less than 55 m (18 ft) extend 1 cable SW beyond the
drying reef.
Malavatuan Island is steep-to and covered with
brushwood.
8.35
1 Depths. Mandaui Island is encompassed by the 183 m
(60 ft) depth contour which surrounds Ambil Island (8.24).
Malavatuan Island has deeper water all round, as may be
seen on the chart.
2 The channel between Mandaui Island and Ambil Island
is about 5 cables wide, with a least depth in the fairway of
94 m (31 ft). The passage between Mandaui Island and
Malavatuan Island is wider and deeper.
Talinas Island and Talinawan Munti Island
8.36
1 Talinas Island and Talinawan Munti Island (13425N,
120185E) are situated together close off the S entrance
point to Looc Bay (8.52), SE Lubang Island. Talinas Island,
the larger of these tiny islands, is fringed by boulders, and
foul ground separates it from Lubang Island, 1 cable W.
2 Talinawan Munti Island, a small islet, lies about cable
S of Talinas Island.
Directions
Passages S, SW and W of the Lubang Islands
8.37
1 Along the S, SW and W sides of the Lubang Islands,
beyond the 183 m (100 fm) depth contour, passage is clear
and in deep water.
Directions for Calavite Passage are given at 8.76;
directions for the offshore route W of the Lubang Islands
are given at 8.65.
8.38
1 Useful mark. A stranded wreck, shown on the chart,
which is conspicuous on radar, lies on the SW side of
Cabra Island, 1 mile SE of Cabra Island Light (13535N,
120015E) (8.14).
8.39
1 Caution. When approaching Lubang Island (8.15) from
the S, the NW extremity of the high land in the central
part of the island may be mistaken for the end of the
island.
When approaching from SW, a number of the bright
lights of a small town, situated in the same high lands,
have been reported to be visible at a distance of 45 miles.
Passage N of the Lubang Islands
8.40
1 Passage along the N side of the Lubang Islands, if made
in the vicinity of latitude 14N, is clear and in deep water,
keeping S of of Simo Banks (8.86) and N of the shoals N
of Lubang Islands (8.11)
Passage E of the Lubang Islands
8.41
1 Beyond the 183 m (100 fm) depth contour, passage along
the E side of the Lubang Islands is clear, and in deep
water.
Directions for the coastal passage from Cape Santiago,
the SW tip of Luzon, to Limit Point, at the S side of the
entrance to Manila Bay, are given at 8.86.
Port Tilic
Chart 3816 (see 1.28)
General information
8.42
1 Port Tilic (1349N, 12012E), situated on the NE side
of Lubang Island, is the principal port for the Lubang
Islands.
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 8
182
The port is formed by a natural bay open to the N. It is
sheltered from all winds and is completely protected from
the sea. The entrance to Port Tilic is defined by reefs, on
which the sea breaks during rough weather, which extend
outward from the headlands on either hand. A drying reef
divides the head of the bay into two small anchorages
suitable for small vessels (8.46).
2 The town of Tilic, situated on the W side of the bay, is
of some importance as most of the trade between the
Lubang Islands and the mainland, in particular Luzon and
Mindoro, passes through it. The Government Pier (8.47)
fronts the town.
3 Local vessels use the port daily; vessels from the
mainland usually call twice a week; passengers may be
carried. The principal imports are domestic goods. Rice,
garlic, groundnuts, copra and cattle are exported.
Directions
8.43
1 Port Tilic is approached from the N and entered via the
reef defined channel, with depths of 183 to 256 m (60 ft
to 14 fm) in mid-channel, which leads SSE into the bay
and to the anchorages (8.46), passing (with positions from
Port Tilic Light (concrete tower, 10 m in height)
(13491N, 120120E)):
2 Clear of Afuera Shoal (3 miles NNW), with a depth
of 21 m (7 ft) over it. Ambil Shoal (3 miles
NE), with a least depth of 64 m (21 ft) over it,
lies 4 miles ESE of Afuera Shoal. Vessels drawing
more than 55 m (18 ft) should not attempt to pass
between Ambil Shoal and Ambil Island (8.24). A
shoal patch (2 miles NW), with a least depth of
68 m (22 ft), lies 2 miles SW of Afuera Shoal, and
an extensive bank (5 miles NE) N of Ambil Island,
with a least depth of 85 m (28 ft), lies 4 miles
ENE of it. Thence:
3 To a position N of the entrance to Port Tilic, when it
should be steered for. Thence:
In mid-channel until clear of the reefs in the entrance,
thence:
The W shore may be approached, passing clear of a
37 m (12 ft) shoal patch (1 cable NE), and an
anchorage position sought E of Port Tilic Light,
which stands near the pier in front of the town of
Tilic.
4 Note. If a vessel is expected to arrive at night lights are
exhibited at the pier, and either side of the entrance.
8.44
1 Caution. Because the entrance to Port Tilic is usually on
a lee shore, sailing vessels should only enter under
favourable conditions, and with caution.
Mean tidal levels
8.45
1 See information in Admiralty Tide Tables (Port Tilig).
Mean maximum range 09 m.
Anchorage
8.46
1 Anchorage, with good holding ground, is afforded to E
or W of the drying reef at the head of the bay.
The anchorage area in front of the town, W of the
drying reef, has depths of 64 to 91 m (21 to 30 ft), mud
and sand.
Berth
8.47
1 The concrete Government Pier, with a rock causeway at
its root, the pavements of which are 87 m wide, extends
41 m E in front of the town of Tilic. The pier has a SE
berthing face 18 m in length, with depths of 46 to 52 m
(15 to 17 ft) alongside it, and there were depths of 3 to
5 m (10 to 17 ft) at the end of the pier.
Supplies
8.48
1 Fuel: paraffin and petrol, in limited quantities;
provisions; fresh water.
Medical facilities, at Lubang (8.15).
Communications
8.49
1 By air: there is an airport at Lubang (8.15).
By sea: to the mainland.
Anchorages
Chart 3816 (see 1.28)
Lubang Island - Tagbac Cove
8.50
1 General information. Tagbac Cove (1350N, 12005E)
is located 1 miles SE of Palapag Point, at the W side of
the N extremity of Lubang Island. The village of Tagbac
stands on the N side of the cove, and is connected to
Lubang by road.
The cove is open SW and is sheltered during the NE
monsoon (1.181).
8.51
1 Anchorage. Good anchorage may be obtained on the
SW side of Tagbac Cove in a break in the reefs, which
show plainly, in depths of 27 m (15 fm).
This anchorage may be used by vessels calling at
Lubang. The land in the vicinity is low and there are no
prominent landmarks, but no difficulty will be found in
picking up an anchorage.
Lubang Island - Looc Bay
8.52
1 General information. Looc Bay (1343N, 12016E) is
entered between Tumbaga Point in the N and Pauican Point
in the S. Looc village is situated near the head of the bay.
8.53
1 Anchorage. There is safe anchorage, with good holding
ground, just inside the entrance to Looc Bay, in depths of
18 to 36 m (60 ft to 20 fm). Farther inside depths decrease
suddenly and several coral reefs which encumber the bay
prevent direct access to its head. However, good shelter
may be obtained between these reefs, which to some extent
protect the head of the bay from E Winds.
2 Caution. When approaching the bay, a shoal, 4 miles E
of the entrance, least depth 64 m (21 ft), should be noted.
In addition, two 128 m (42 ft) patches lie, respectively,
2 miles ENE and 2 miles ESE of Pauican Point.
Lubang Island - Tabajin Bay
8.54
1 General information. Tabajin Bay (1342N, 12014E),
is situated 2 miles NNW of Manog Point, on the SW tip
of the island. A drying reef and foul ground extend
5 cables W from the shore in the S part of the bay, and
there is a shoal patch, depth 82 m (27 ft) in the NW part.
Landing may be made on the beach at the head of the
bay. The bay is sheltered from NE winds.
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 8
183
8.55
1 Anchorage. Anchorage may be obtained in the N part
of Tabajin Bay, in depths of 18 m (60 ft).
Ambil Island
8.56
1 See 8.24.
Small craft
Lubang
8.57
1 Landing is difficult in front of Lubang (1352N,
12007E) (8.15) because of the coral reef which fringes
the coast, but there is a break in the reef W of the town,
through which small boats may pass in good weather, at
certain stages of the tide.
2 There is no good anchorage off the town. The nearest
available anchorages are at Tagbac Cove (8.50) and Port
Tilic (8.46).
Other names
Lubang Island
8.58
1 Antipolo Point (1345N, 12017E).
Agcauayan (13455N, 120165E).
Balakias (1348N, 12014E).
Balakias Bay (1348N, 12014E).
Gontin Bay (1344N, 12012E).
Gontin Point (13440N, 120105E).
Maliig (1351N, 12009E).
Nasoque Point (1345N, 12009E).
2 Pinagdagatan Point (1346N, 12008E).
Sala Point (1352N, 12005E).
Tagbanan Point (1348N, 12015E).
Vigo (1350N, 12011E)
Yapusan Point (1343N, 12013E).
Ambil Island
8.59
1 Antucao Bay (13470N, 120195E).
Antucao Point (13465N, 120185E).
Colasi Point (1347N, 12020E).
Mahaba Point (13490N, 120195E).
Tambo (13485N, 120195E).
Tambo Point (13485N, 120195E).
Golo Island
8.60
1 Bulacan (13405N, 120205E).
Talaotao (13405N, 120250E).
CAPE CALAVITE TO MANILA BAY ENTRANCE
GENERAL INFORMATION
Chart 3816
Scope of the section
8.61
1 In this section are described the offshore route (8.62) W
of the Lubang Islands (8.9); Calavite Passage and the NW
tip of Mindoro (8.68); and the SW side of the S tip of
Luzon (8.79).
OFFSHORE ROUTE
General information
Charts 3816, 3806
Route
8.62
1 The short section of offshore route described here, which
runs W of the Lubang Islands (8.9), forms part of the route
for low-powered vessels (2.6) between Singapore Strait and
Hong Kong during the NE monsoon (1.181).
Depths
8.63
1 The offshore route W of the Lubang Islands (8.62) has
deep water throughout.
Principal mark
8.64
1 Major light:
Cabra Island Light (13535N, 120015E) (8.14).
Directions
(continued from 7.220)
8.65
1 From a position some 28 miles NW of Cape Calavite
(1327N, 12018E), the track leads N in deep water for
about 27 miles, to a position some 37 miles WSW of
Cochinos Point (1425N, 12030E) (9.14), passing (with
positions from Cabra Island Light (13535N, 120015E)
(8.14)):
W of Cabra Island Light, and:
E of a light-buoy (pillar) (24 miles W), moored in
deep water.
8.66
1 Useful marks: see 8.17, 8.19 and 8.38.
(Directions continue at 9.14)
Anchorage
8.67
1 See Lubang Islands anchorages 8.50.
CALAVITE PASSAGE
General information
Chart 3816
General description
8.68
1 Calavite Passage (1335N, 12025E) separates the
Lubang Islands from the NW tip of Mindoro, and links the
South China Sea with Verde Island Passage. It is about
10 miles long and has a width between shores, at its
narrowest, of 5 miles.
Route
8.69
1 The route through Calavite Passage is direct, in
mid-channel (see caution at 8.73), from a position N of
Cape Calavite (1327N, 12018E) to a position NE of Del
Monte Point (1332N, 12025E) (8.76) and the W end of
Verde Island Passage (see Philippine Islands Pilot).
Topography
8.70
1 The NW tip of Mindoro, between Cape Calavite and Del
Monte Point, is mountainous behind the coast. Mount
Calavite (Mount Kalavite on chart 3807) (1329N,
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 8
184
12024E) is a large promontory; its W slope forms Cape
Calavite, and its N slope forms Del Monte Point. Seen
from W the summit appears dome-shaped; seen from N or
S it appears as a long, fairly level ridge, the highest part
being to the W. Throughout the year the heights of Mount
Calavite are usually cloud capped.
2 Two rivers, the Binuangan and the Talahib, enter the sea
close NE of Cape Calavite.
For descriptions of Lubang Island and Golo Island see
8.15 and 8.29.
Calavite Passage is unencumbered.
Depths
8.71
1 Off the NW tip of Mindoro the coast is steep-to, the
183 m (100 fm) depth contour running within 1 mile of the
coast. The S side of Golo island is also steep-to (8.31), and
depths throughout Calavite Passage, beyond the coastal
183 m (100 fm) depth contours, are in excess of 550 m
(300 fm).
Natural conditions
8.72
1 Tidal stream. The tidal stream through Calavite Passage
sets NE with the flood and SW with the ebb.
8.73
1 Caution. Vessels using Calavite Passage should give the
coast of Mindoro a berth of at least 2 miles, and mariners
should be alert to the danger of being set onto the reefs off
SW Golo Island.
8.74
1 Local weather. Rough seas may be encountered during
the NE monsoon (1.181), when the prevailing winds are
funnelled through the passage by the highlands of N
Mindoro.
Strong winds may also be encountered in the passage
during the SW monsoon (1.181), and fog and rain, which
may be present at any time, is more prevalent during July,
August and September.
Principal marks
8.75
1 Major lights:
Cape Calavite Light (1327N, 12018E) (7.219).
Golo Island Light (1338N, 12025E) (8.14).
Directions
8.76
1 From the vicinity of position 1335N, 12010E, at the
W end of Calavite Passage, the track leads E in deep water
for about 17 miles, to a position NE of Del Monte Point,
passing (with positions from Del Monte Point (1332N,
12025E) (below)):
2 N of Cape Calavite (8 miles WSW) (7.220), from
which Cape Calavite Light (7.219) is exhibited,
thence:
N of Binuangan Point (7 miles WSW), which is
similar in appearance to Cape Calavite, thence:
N of Itbu Point (6 miles WSW), which is high,
rugged, and steep-to, thence:
3 N of a stranded wreck (1 mile W), which is
prominent. Thence:
N of Del Monte Point, a sandy point and the most N
point of Mindoro, and:
S of Tanawan Point (5 miles N). Golo Island Light
(8.14) is exhibited from the point.
(Directions for the coastal passage to
Manila Bay are given at 8.86.
Directions for Verde Island Passage
are given in the Philippine Islands Pilot)
Anchorage
Cape Calavite
8.77
1 General information. During the NE monsoon (1.181)
small vessels may anchor in a small bay with a sandy
beach close S of Itbu Point (1329N, 12019E) (8.76).
Local knowledge is required if using this anchorage.
8.78
1 Anchorage. Vessels should anchor at a distance of
1 cables from the beach, in depths of 101 m (33 ft), sand.
SOUTH-WEST LUZON - CAPE SANTIAGO
TO MANILA BAY ENTRANCE
General information
Charts 3816, 976
Route
8.79
1 From Cape Santiago (1346N, 12039E) (8.86), the SW
extremity of Luzon, to Limit Point (1414N, 12035E),
the S entrance point to Manila Bay (8.102), the route is
coastal on a N track.
Topography
8.80
1 Along the length of the coast, which trends generally
from S to N, sections of high, steep cliffs alternate with
stretches of low sandy beaches. South of Nasugbu Point
(1405N, 12037E) the shore is heavily reef fringed; N of
that point the shore is free of reefs, but is deeply indented
by bays between sharp promontories, and there are several
small islands close off it.
2 Fortune Island (1404N, 12029E) (8.86) is the largest
island off this coast, and the Simo Banks (1405N,
12017E) (8.86) lie to the W of it.
Nasugbu Bay (8.88) (1405N, 12036E) is the most
important bay, having the town of Nasugbu on its shore.
Beyond the coast the hinterland is hilly, becoming
increasingly mountainous to the N.
Depths
8.81
1 The 183 m (100 fm) depth contour is generally within
5 miles of the coast from Cape Santiago to Talin Point
(1359N, 12036E) (8.86). It then diverges from it by up
to 25 miles, to beyond Simo Banks (1405N, 12017E),
before returning to within 8 miles of the coast in the
vicinity of Limit Point.
South of Nasugbu Point depths of less than 183 m
(60 ft) are to be found up to 2 miles offshore, whereas N
of it the coast is much more steep-to.
2 Along the route for which directions are given, except
close off Fortune Island (1404N, 12029E), the charted
depths are in excess of 57 m (31 fm) throughout.
8.82
1 Caution. Although depths are considerable N of
Nasugbu Point, the section of coast between it and Limit
Point should be approached with caution, as soundings give
little or no warning when approaching dangers, which are
steep-to.
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 8
185
Natural conditions
8.83
1 Tidal streams. The flood stream sets N, and the ebb S.
8.84
1 Local weather. The channel between the SW coast of
Luzon and the Lubang Islands is subject to heavy offshore
squalls at times. They occur mainly during the night or in
the early morning.
Principal marks
8.85
1 Landmark:
Fortune Island (14035N, 120295E) (8.86).
Major lights:
Cape Santiago Light (white round tower and
dwelling, 16 m in height), (13465N, 120390E).
Golo Island Light (1338N, 12025E) (8.14).
Corregidor Island Light (white round tower on white
dwelling, 15 m in height) (14230N, 120345E).
Directions
8.86
1 From a position W of Cape Santiago (1346N,
12039E) to a position W of Limit Point (1414N,
12035E) the coastal track leads N for approximately
28 miles, passing (with positions from Talin Point (1359N,
12036E) (below)):
2 W of Cape Santiago (13 miles SSE), the wooded S
tip of a broad S projecting peninsula, from where
Cape Santiago Light (8.85) is exhibited. The W
side of the peninsula is closely fringed by a very
steep-to drying reef. Thence:
3 W of Calatagan Point (10 miles S). Calatagan Inlet
(8.98) lies immediately N of the point. A stranded
wreck (6 miles S), and a beacon (8 miles S)
(white concrete tower, 73 m in height) are on the
outer edge of the drying reef N of Calatagan Point.
Between Calatagan Point and Talin Point (below)
there are numerous shoals, some with a least depth
of 3 m (9 ft), up to 2 miles offshore, as may be
seen on the chart. Thence:
4 W of Talin Point, the N termination of a small, reef
fringed peninsula consisting of sparsely wooded
hills rising to an elevation of 85 m (280 ft) near its
root. It has been reported that when viewed from
NW, either visually or by radar, Talin Point may
give the appearance of being an island. Talin Bay,
close N of Talin Point, is foul, its shores consisting
of alternate rocky cliffs and sandy beaches.
Thence:
5 W of San Diego Point (3 miles N), the S entrance
point of Nasugbu Bay (8.88), thence:
Clear of Fortune Island (8 miles NW), which has an
elevation of 119 m (390 ft), and is partially
wooded and steep-to. Fortune Island Light (white
concrete tower, 9 m in height) is exhibited from
the islands summit. There is a small white sandy
beach on the SE side of the island, and a stranded
wreck is reported to lie on the islands SE
extremity. Thence:
6 W of Nasugbu Point (6 miles N) in Nasugbu Bay
(5 miles N). A light is exhibited at the E entrance
to the Wawa River (8.88), close W of Wawa,
about 2 cables E of Nasugbu Point. See caution at
8.82. Submarine cables, shown on the chart, land
about 1 mile S of Nasugbu Point. Thence:
7 E of Simo Banks (18 miles WNW), which consist of
four banks extending about 10 miles in an E
direction from the most W, and shoalest bank
(20 miles WNW). This bank has a least depth of
11 m (36 ft) over it. Thence:
8 W of Fuego Point (9 miles N), a rocky point
forming the N entrance point to Nasugbu Bay
(8.88). From N the point appears as a bold
headland. Two small islets, 11 m (35 ft) high,
covered with grass and connected by a reef, lie
1 miles SSE of Fuego Point; some rocks awash
lie 3 cables NE of the S and largest islet. Close N
of Fuego Point are two other islets, the most N of
which is 28 m (93 ft) high. Thence:
9 W of Looc Cove (10 miles N) (8.99), thence:
W of Hamilo Cove (12 miles N) (8.95), thence:
W of Taytayen Point (13 miles N), with Campanario
Island close off it, thence:
10 W of Limit Point (15 miles N). Limit Point, 68 m
high, rocky, and steep-to, is the S entrance point to
Manila Bay (8.102). Thence:
To a position W of El Fraile Island (1418N,
12038E) (8.123).
Useful marks
8.87
1 With positions from Talin Point (1359N, 12036E)
(8.86):
Mount San Pedrio (5 miles SE).
Mount Batulao (12 miles ENE).
Mount Cairilao (12 miles NE).
Mount Nasugbu (2 miles ENE).
Mount Pico de Loro (14 miles N).
Mount Mataas na Gulod (14 NNE).
Mount Naligang (13 miles N).
(Directions for entering Manila Bay via South Channel
continue at 8.123. Directions for coastal passage on
the W coast of Luzon are given at 9.14.
Directions for Verde Island Passage
are given in the Philippine Islands Pilot)
Nasugbu Bay
Chart 3559
General information
8.88
1 Nasugbu Bay (1405N, 12036E) is entered between
San Diego Point in the S and Fuego Point (8.86) in the N.
The Lian and Wawa Rivers flow into the bay 1 miles
NNE of San Diego Point, and close E of Nasugbu Point
(1405N, 12037E), respectively. Each of these rivers has
a bar with depths of less than 06 m (2 ft) over it.
2 Storm signals are shown in Nasugbu. See 1.102.
The town of Nasugbu is situated 2 cables inland,
between the mouths of the two rivers, and is important as a
place where sugar is loaded; inter-island ferries call; and
fish and ice is handled.
3 The Government Pier, on the SE side of the entrance to
the Wawa River, has been destroyed and only a concrete
causeway remains. Vessels calling to load sugar do so at
anchor, from lighters; lighters and tugs being obtained from
Manila.
Directions
8.89
1 Nasugbu Bay is open to the W. Vessels proceeding to
the anchorage to load sugar should make for a position off
the entrance to the Lian River, 1 miles S of Nasugbu
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 8
186
Point, to anchor in depths of about 9 m (30 ft) keeping S of
the submarine cables shown on the chart.
The shoal area, shown on the chart, 5 cables SW of
Nasugbu Point, is to be avoided.
8.90
1 Useful marks, with position from Nasugbu Point
(1405N, 12037E):
Twin white chimneys (red and green obstruction
lights) (3 miles SE) (chart 3816).
Anchorage
8.91
1 Small vessels may anchor between Nasugbu Point and a
shoal with a least depth of 06 m (2 ft) over it, 4 cables SW
of the point. Pillar Rock, close W of Nasugbu Point, and a
rock awash, 2 cables NNW of Pillar Rock, are to be
avoided.
Caution. This anchorage is not considered safe during
the SW monsoon (1.181).
Supplies
8.92
1 Fresh provisions can be obtained; fresh water is not
available.
Communications
8.93
1 By sea: occasionally, with Manila.
By air: there is an airfield at Wawa (14051N,
120373E).
Anchorages
Chart 3816
Pagapas Bay
8.94
1 There is anchorage on the E side of Cape Santiago
(1346N, 12039E), in Pagapas Bay. See Philippine
Islands Pilot for further information.
Chart 976
Hamilo Cove
8.95
1 General information. Hamilo Cove is entered between
Hamilo Point (1410N, 12035E) and Cutad Island,
1 miles N. Some prominent pinnacle rocks lie at the outer
end of a spit which extends 1 cables from the S shore of
Hamilo Cove; an islet 37 m (120 ft) high lies close W of
Hamilo Point, and a detached shoal, with a depth of
101 m, lies 4 cables N of the point.
2 A natural basin, 2 cables wide and 7 cables in extent,
lies at the head of Hamilo Cove; the head itself is shoal
and fringed with mangroves.
8.96
1 Anchorage. The natural basin at the head of Hamilo
Cove affords good shelter. The best anchorage is in the N
part of the basin, in depths of 11 to 15 m (36 ft to 49 ft),
mud.
8.97
1 Caution. See 8.82.
Small craft
Chart 3816
Calatagan Inlet
8.98
1 Calatagan Inlet lies close N of Calatagan Point
(1349N, 12037E). The inlet is about 1 cable wide
between fringing drying reefs; depths shoals from 7 m
(22 ft) at the entrance to 2 m (7 ft) near its head.
Close to Calatagan village, which stands 5 cables N of
Calatagan Point, there is an airfield.
Charts 3559, 976
Looc Cove, and others
8.99
1 Looc Cove (1409N, 12036E), and several other small
coves between Fuego Point (1408N, 12034E) and Limit
Point, 6 miles N, afford shelter, except during W winds, to
small vessels.
2 Looc Cove is the middle bay of three between Fuego
Point and Hamilo Point, 2 miles N. Midway between
these points are two islets, and Looc Cove is entered to the
N of these islets. The channel between the islets and the
mainland is foul. The shores of the cove are steep-to, and
there are depths in excess of 9 m (30 ft), 2 cables from its
head, which shoals to a sandy beach backed by trees.
8.100
1 Caution. See 8.82.
Other names
Chart 3816
8.101
1 Dagatan (14040N, 120375E).
Dagatan River (14035N, 120375E).
Lian (1402N, 12039E).
MANILA BAY
GENERAL INFORMATION
Chart 976
Scope of the section
8.102
1 In this section are described Manila Bay (1435N,
12045E), its entrance, and the ports therein, including
Manila Harbour (8.197) and Cavite Harbour (8.181) in the
E, the Petron Bataan Oil Refinery complex (8.151) in the
W, and Mariveles Harbour (8.124) on the N side of the
entrance.
Topography
8.103
1 Manila Bay is unencumbered by islands, except in the
entrance. The NW side of the bay is formed by the E side
of a S projecting peninsular dominated by the Mariveles
Mountains (1432N, 12029E). See also 8.113 and 8.136.
Depths
8.104
1 See 8.114 and 8.137.
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 8
187
Piracy
8.105
1 Recent incidents of piracy and armed robbery have been
reported in Manila Bay. For reporting and possible
preventative measures see 1.111.
Weather
8.106
1 During the NE monsoon (1.181) the monsoonal winds
blow strongly out of Manila Bay, at times accompanied by
smoke-like cloud which is driven SW and forms an arch on
the SW horizon, the sky being otherwise clear. At the
height of the monsoon, although the winds may be fresh in
the entrance, they will be moderate in the bay.
2 Also during the NE monsoon, in the afternoon, a SW
breeze may occasionally blow into the bay, increasing in
strength towards the head of the bay.
Land breezes, during the NE monsoon, blow from E in
the late afternoon, decrease towards midnight and return
again from N then NE during the day to become E again
in the late afternoon. When strong N or NW winds prevail
there are usually no land winds.
3 As the NE monsoon weakens SE and E winds prevail
until the SW monsoon is established.
During the SW monsoon (1.181) storms which often last
several days, known locally as collas (1.211), blow from
between SW and W and are accompanied by violent
squalls and heavy rain.
Climatic tables: see 1.225 and 1.236.
Flow
8.107
1 Except in the entrance channels, for which information
is given at 8.118, tidal streams in Manila Bay are
negligible. However, during the rainy season (1.201), the
Pasag River (1447N, 12037E) flows into the bay with
considerable velocity, and affects the water movements in
the bay.
Regulations
8.108
1 All vessels entering Manila Bay are required to display
their national flag and signal their official numbers or
letters when within signal distance of Corregidor Island
(1423N, 12034E).
All vessels entering Manila Bay are prohibited from
remaining, loitering or anchoring at any place between the
entrance to Manila Bay and the anchorages of Manila
Harbour without having previously obtained the permission
of the Commissioner of Customs. The same applies to
vessels leaving Manila Harbour.
2 In the entrance to Manila Bay, La Monja Island (8.122),
Corregidor Island (8.122), Caballo Island (8.123), El Fraile
Island (8.123), Carabao Island (8.123), Limbones Island
(8.123), and the surrounding waters and detached rocks of
each, have been declared national defence zones by the
Philippines government. Vessels should not approach them
closer than one mile, and are not permitted to pass between
La Monja Island (1423N, 12021E) and Corregidor
Island. Nor should vessels approach closer than 1 mile to a
line drawn between El Fraile Island and the NW point of
Limbones Island.
3 When entering Manila Bay through North Channel
(8.122) vessels should pass midway between La Monja
Island and Guardia Shoal (1424N, 12030E), and
maintain a distance of at least 1 mile from Corregidor
Island, until clear. See directions at 8.122.
Principal marks
8.109
1 Landmarks:
A white concrete cross standing on the summit of
Mount Samat (14365N, 120305E).
Mount Sungay (1409N, 12101E), a prominent
sharp peak at the E end of the tableland S of
Manila Bay.
8.110
1 Major lights:
Corregidor Island Light (14230N, 120345E)
(8.85).
Sangley Point Airfield Light (14299N, 120550E)
(8.148).
MANILA BAY ENTRANCE
General information
Charts 3559, 976
Description
8.111
1 .The entrance to Manila Bay is between Limit Point
(1414N, 12035E) and Cochinos Point (1425N,
12030E). For the purpose of these directions the inner
limit of the entrance is between Lokanin Point (14290N,
120365E) (8.122) and Maragondon Point (1419N,
12044E) (8.123).
8.112
1 The entrance is divided into two channels, South
Channel (8.123) and North Channel (8.122), by La Monja
Island (8.122) and the islands of Corregidor (8.122) and
Caballo (8.123).
In general, the channel providing the most convenient
route may be used. However, use of South Channel is not
recommended if entering after dark, or in poor visibility.
Topography
8.113
1 The land on either side of the entrance is high and
covered with vegetation.
2 Several coves indent the S shore, and between Limit
Point and the Maragondon River the coast is high, with
numerous cliffs, whereas E of the river mouth, and
including Maragondon Point (8.123), the coast is low and
marshy. The largest cove, close E of Limit Point, entered
between Limbones Island and Carabao Island (8.123), is
Limbones Cove (1414N, 12036E), 2 miles long, and
clear. El Fraile Island (1418N, 12038E) (8.123) lies
about 1 miles off this coast.
3 La Monja Island (1423N, 12021E) (8.122) is the
most W island in the entrance to Manila Bay; Corregidor
Island (8.122) and Caballo Island (8.123) and their
attendant rocks and reefs lie close together to the E of it,
and the two entrance channels lie to the N and S of these
three islands.
4 On the N shore, Mariveles Harbour (1425N, 12030E)
(8.124) is formed by the natural cove close E of Cochinos
Point (1425N, 12030E), which is entered between
Cochinos Point and Gorda Point (8.122). From Sisiman
Bay (1426N, 12031E), entered between Gorda Point and
Aguawan Point, the shore trends E then NE to Lokanin
Point (8.122), and is composed of steep rocky bluffs of
moderate elevation.
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 8
188
Depths
8.114
1 In the S, from Limit Point to Calungpang Point (8.123),
3 miles NE, the coast is steep-to. From Calungpang Point
to Maragondon Point the 20 m depth contour, which
delineates the coastal bank, diverges from close offshore to
1 miles offshore.
2 In the vicinity of Corregidor Island and Caballo Island
the waters are clear and deep beyond the encircling 20 m
depth contour.
Along the N shore, from off Los Cochinos (8.122) to
Lokanin Point, the 20 m depth contour runs within 8 cables
of the shore.
3 North and South Channels are both clear and deep, the
North Channel being the deeper.
Traffic regulations
8.115
1 Traffic separation schemes have been established in the
entrance to Manila Bay. The schemes have not been
adopted by IMO but the principles for their use, as defined
in Rule 10 of the International Regulations for Preventing
Collisions at Sea (1972), apply. See also 8.108.
8.116
1 Prohibited anchorage. As well as being declared, in
part, a national defence zone (8.108), anchoring is
prohibited in the area, shown on the chart, to the S and E
of Corregidor Island (1423N, 12036E).
Caution
8.117
1 Attention is drawn to the restricted areas (8.108) which
lie within the limits of the TSS (8.115) as shown on the
chart. Mariners are advised to contact the local authorities
for information concerning the status of the restricted areas
before transiting the TSS.
Natural conditions
8.118
1 Tidal streams. In North Channel and South Channel
tidal streams are semi-diurnal.
In South Channel the out-going stream sets in a 240
direction, with a rate of up to 1 kn at springs. The
maximum rate occurs 2 hours after HW and LW at Cebu.
In North Channel the rates are greater than those in
South Channel, and may attain a rate of 1 kn.
For tidal streams in Manila Bay see 8.107.
8.119
1 Local weather. See 8.106.
Principal marks
8.120
1 Major lights:
Corregidor Island Light (14230N, 120345E)
(8.85).
Sangley Point Airfield Light (14299N, 120550E)
(8.148).
Directions
8.121
1 Whether use is made of North Channel or South
Channel (see 8.112 for information on the use of channels),
no vessel is permitted to pass between La Monja Island
(1423N, 12021E) and Corregidor Island (1423N,
12036E).
North Channel
8.122
1 From the vicinity of 1423N, 12030E, the track into
Manila Bay via the North Channel TSS leads ENE for
about 9 miles, passing (with positions from Corregidor
Island Light (14230N, 120345E) (8.85)):
2 SSE of Cochinos Point (9.14), and Los Cochinos
(5 miles WNW). Los Cochinos are five rocks
situated on a bank which extends 4 cables S from
Cochinos Point, the inner of which is connected to
the point by a drying reef. Guardia Shoal, steep-to,
with a depth of 19 m, lies 5 cables SSE of
Cochinos Point. Thence:
3 NW of La Monja Island (3 miles W), a rock from
which a light is exhibited. The light stands on a
wooden platform on the summit. Thence:
SSE of the entrance to Mariveles Harbour (4 miles
NW) (8.124), thence:
4 SSE of Gorda Point (4 miles NW), from which
Sisiman Bay Light (14254N, 20311E) is
exhibited, thence:
SSE of the entrance to Sisiman Bay (8.113), thence:
5 NW of Cape Corregidor (8 cables WNW), the W end
of Corregidor Island. Two prominent rocks have
been reported to lie 2 cables W of the cape, and to
be 20 m and 30 m high. The E end of the island is
Buri Point. Corregidor Cove, where the ruins of
two small wharves and some buildings exist, is on
the N side of Corregidor Island. A light (8.85) is
exhibited on the island, and a signal station, to
which vessels must report (see 8.108), is located
near the lighthouse. Thence:
6 SSE of Alasasin Point (2 miles NNW), thence:
Clear of a dangerous wreck (1 miles NNE),
(reported 1974), thence:
SSE of Real Point (4 miles NNE), thence:
7 SSE of Lokanin Point (6 miles NNE). No 1 Dolphin
(black square on dolphin; radar reflector), from
which a light is occasionally exhibited, stands
6 cables S of Lokanin Point. A pair of leading
lights, which serves a pier, is occasionally
exhibited from the tops of oil tanks (8.164)
2 cables N of Lokanin Point. Thence:
Into Manila Bay.
(Directions continue at 8.149)
South Channel
(continued from 8.87)
8.123
1 See 8.121 for information on channel use.
From the vicinity of 1411N, 12032E, the track into
Manila Bay via the South Channel TSS leads NNE for
about 5 miles, thence NE for a further 4 miles, passing
(with positions from El Fraile Island (1418N, 12038E)
(below)):
2 NW of Limbones Island (4 miles SW), small but
high and rocky, close N of Limit Point (8.86).
Thence:
SSE of Corregidor Island Light (5 miles NNW)
(8.85), and the prohibited anchorage (8.116) S and
E of Corregidor Island. Thence:
3 NNW of Calungpang Point (2 miles S), from where a
light is exhibited. Carabao Island (2 miles SSW),
high and rocky, lies 4 cables offshore 1 mile W of
the point. Thence:
NNW of El Fraile Island, a rock, steep-to, with a
coral patch 2 cables E of it. It resembles a
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 8
189
battleship from a distance because of the fort and
other buildings standing upon it; a light is
exhibited from the fort. And:
4 SSE of Caballo Island (3 miles N). Caballo Island is
bluff and rocky, and partly covered with
vegetation. There is a ruined pier on its N side,
and a prominent radio tower stands 1 cables E of
the W extremity of the island. San Jose Bay lies
between Caballo Island and Corregidor Island.
Thence the track leads NNE, passing:
5 WNW of Maragondon Point (6 miles E), a low,
marshy point. Ternate stands on the E bank of the
Maragondon River, 2 miles SW of Maragondon
Point. A light is exhibited from the E entrance
point of a bay, 2 miles W of Ternate; two lighted
mooring buoys are situated 4 cables W of this
light. Thence:
6 E of a dangerous wreck (10 miles NNE), the position
of which is approximate, thence into Manila Bay.
(Directions continue at 8.149)
Mariveles Harbour
Chart 3559
General information
8.124
1 A first port of entry, Mariveles Harbour (1425N,
12030E) is a wide natural bay approached via North
Channel (8.122) and entered between Cochinos Point (9.14)
and Gorda Point (8.122).
2 Mariveles town is situated on the NW shore of the bay.
The Pucot River flows into W part of the bay close SW of
the town, and the Mariveles River enters the N part of the
bay close NE of the town and close SW of Camaya Point.
The buildings of the former quarantine station stand behind
the Quarantine Pier at the S end of the town, and are
prominent. The pier continues to be used by the Bureau of
Quarantine which maintains a detention and disinfection
station nearby.
3 In Lilimbon Cove, which indents the E shore of the bay
between Caracol Point and Pagduruagan Point, there is a
small wharf where building stone is loaded.
There is landing for boats at Mariveles Municipal Pier
(8.131), which fronts the town.
4 Lokanin Point Oil Terminal (8.164) is part of the port of
Mariveles.
Traffic. In 2002 143 vessels with a total dwt of
4 679 988 tonnes used the port.
Tidal streams
8.125
1 Tidal streams are weak and uncertain.
Caution
8.126
1 Alongside berthing facilities in Mariveles Harbour are
subject to change as new facilities are developed and others
become disused. Mariners should seek up-to-date advice
prior to calling there.
8.127
1 Several submerged wrecks and obstructions lie in
Mariveles Harbour. Their positions may best be seen on the
chart.
Many of the buoys in the harbour may be missing.
Storm signals
8.128
1 Storm signals (1.102) are shown from the Quarantine
Pier.
Directions
8.129
1 Mariveles harbour is easy of access, although there are a
number of charted wrecks and obstructions. The bay, being
open to the SE, may be entered on a NW track having
rounded Guardia Shoal (8.122), close SSE of Cochinos
Point (9.14), passing (with positions from Gorda Point
(1425N, 12031E) (8.122)):
2 NE of Palomonti Rocks (1 miles SW). A rocky
patch, with a depth of 4 m (13 ft) over it, lies
4 cables N of these rocks. Thence:
SW of Gorda Point. Porak Cove lies close NW of
Gorda Point. Thence:
NE of Dilao Point (1 miles WSW), thence:
3 NE of Nangka Cove (1 miles W), with Nagbalsa
Reef as its N entrance point. Thence:
NE of Blanca Point (1 miles W), thence:
To the anchorage position (1 miles W), shown on
the chart.
8.130
1 Leading marks. The alignment (011) of the leading
beacons on the NE side of Mariveles Harbour leads into
the dry dock:
Front beacon (pole, white triangle, point up, 4 m in
height).
Rear beacon (triangle, point down, framework
topmark).
8.131
1 Useful mark. A light (concrete tower, 11 m in height)
(1426N, 12029E) is exhibited from the root of Mariveles
Municipal Pier, a stone pier fronting the town.
Anchorage
8.132
1 Anchorage may be obtained in the position shown on
the chart (14255N, 120295E), in depths of 25 m
(14 fm), mud, or, if necessary, farther into the bay. The
holding ground is good, and the anchorage is sheltered
from all but SE winds, but only one or two large vessels
can be accommodated.
Supplies.
8.133
1 Provisions and fresh water are available.
Anchorages
8.134
1 Apart from Mariveles Harbour (8.132), there are no
anchorages in the entrance to Manila Bay.
For anchorages NW of Cochinos Point (9.14) (1425N,
12030E) see 9.15.
MANILA BAY ENTRANCE TO MANILA
HARBOUR
General information
Charts, 3487, 3545, 976
Route
8.135
1 After entering Manila Bay via the TSS, the route leads
directly across the S part of the bay to the quarantine
anchorage and pilot boarding place (1433N, 12056E) for
Manila Harbour. This route should be followed by vessels
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 8
190
bound for berths on the S side of Manila Bay and Cavite
Harbour, as well as those bound for Manila Harbour berths.
2 Vessels bound for berths on the W side of Manila Bay
(8.150) should, having entered Manila Bay (8.111), make
directly for the Limay pilot boarding place (14295N,
120380E) (8.153).
Topography
8.136
1 The S shore of Manila Bay E from Maragondon Point
(1419N, 12044E) (8.123) to Sangley Point (1430N,
12055E) (8.149) is low, marshy, and intersected by
numerous small rivers. The coastal bank extends up to
2 miles offshore, except in way of San Nicholas Shoals
(8.149) which extend up to 4 miles offshore. Sangley
Point is the NE extremity of a peninsula which embraces a
small bay, most of which is being reclaimed, in the SE
corner of Manila Bay. The area being reclaimed continues
NE and N until it meets an area previously reclaimed, and
the S environs of Manila Harbour, close N of Pasay City
(1432N, 12100E), as may be seen on the chart.
2 On the W side of Manila Bay, from Lokanin Point
(1429N, 12036E) (8.122) N to Pandan Point (1436N,
12035E), the coast consists of rocky bluffs with
occasional sandy beaches, and is fringed by a gradually
widening reef, except N from the E slopes of Orion Hill
(1435N, 12034E), where the coast is generally low and
fringed by a bank. The 10 m depth contour runs within
5 cables of the shore until diverging from it N of Orion
Hill. The Mariveles Mountains form the hinterland,
predominant being Mount Samat (8.109).
3 N from Pandan Point the coast continues to be generally
low, flat and fringed by a bank. The Orani (8.191) and
Pasag Rivers (8.191) flow into the shallow waters of
Pampanga Bay, in the NW corner of Manila Bay. The N
and NE shores of Manila Bay are formed by the deltas of
several rivers, principally those of the Pugad River (8.192),
the Pamarawan River (8.193) and the Bulacan River
(8.194); these shores are also low and marshy, and from
them a bank extends from 2 to 4 miles offshore.
Depths
8.137
1 Depths in Manila Bay range from more than 30 m in the
entrance to more than 20 m in the central part of the bay,
the 10 m depth contour being mostly confined to within
3 miles of the shore, the main exception being in the
vicinity of San Nicolas Shoals (1426N, 12046E) (8.149),
as may be seen on the chart.
Wrecks
8.138
1 There are numerous wrecks and underwater obstructions
in Manila Bay, some of which are mentioned in these
directions, however, the chart is the best guide.
Hazards
8.139
1 Fishing vessels. It has been reported that large numbers
of fishing vessels may be encountered between Caballo
Island (1422N, 12037E) and Manila Harbour.
8.140
1 Anchored vessels. Because vessels entering or leaving
Manila Bay are prohibited from anchoring (8.108), a large
quantity of shipping is always to be found at anchor both
inside and outside Manila Harbours breakwaters.
8.141
1 Fish traps. Numerous fish traps have been reported
between Sangley Point (1430N, 12055E) and Pasay City
(1432N, 12100E).
Traffic regulations
8.142
1 See 8.108.
8.143
1 Prohibited and restricted anchorage. Anchoring is
prohibited, due to submarine cables, in an area, shown on
the chart, which extends E from the meridian of San
Nicolas Shoals (8.149) to the shoreline close N of Pasay
City (1432N, 12100E), except that there is a restricted
anchorage, N of Sangley Point (1430N, 12055E), and an
unrestricted area E of it, both of which are shown on the
chart.
8.144
1 Restricted area. Entry into an area shown on the chart,
off the N, E and S shores of Sangley Point is restricted.
Natural conditions
8.145
1 Flow: see 8.107.
8.146
1 Local weather: see 8.106.
Principal marks
8.147
1 Landmarks:
A white concrete cross (14365N, 120305E)
(8.109).
Mount Sungay (1409N, 12101E) (8.109).
With positions from Sangley Point (1430N, 12055E):
A church with twin white spires (2 miles SW).
A white monument (1 miles SW).
8.148
1 Major lights:
Corregidor Island Light (14230N, 120345E)
(8.85).
Sangley Point Airfield Light (14299N, 120550E)
(tower, 33 m in height).
Pasig River Entrance Light, N side, (14359N,
120576E) (8.229).
Directions
(continued from 8.122 or 8.123)
8.149
1 From a position SE of Lokanin Point (14290N,
120365E) (8.122) the track leads generally ENE for
about 18 miles to the Manila pilot boarding place (1433N,
12056E) off Manila Harbour, passing (with positions from
San Nicolas Shoals Light (14263N, 120458E) (below)):
SSE of Limay pilot boarding place (7 miles WNW)
(8.153), thence:
2 Clear of a dangerous wreck (3 miles WNW), shown
on the chart, the position of which is approximate,
and:
SSE of a platform (7 miles NW), thence:
3 NNW of San Nicolas Shoals, which extend 4 miles
from the shore. The outer shoal has a least depth
of 31 m near its outer edge, and is steep-to on its
W and N sides. San Nicolas Shoals Light is
exhibited at the NW extremity of the shoals. A
prohibited anchorage area (8.143) is entered when
E of the longitude of San Nicolas Shoals Light,
and thereafter numerous wrecks and obstructions
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 8
191
lie close to the track and in the vicinity of the
pilot boarding place, as may best be seen on the
chart. Thence:
4 NNW of the Cavite Terminal Sea Berth (3 miles E)
(8.176), thence:
NNW of Rosario (5 miles ESE) (8.176). A radio
tower (6 miles ESE), from which a flashing red
light is exhibited, stands 1 mile SE of it. The Filoil
Refinery Terminal, with its T-headed pier, is sited
at Rosario. Thence:
NNW of Cavite City (8 miles ENE), thence:
5 NNW of Sangley Point (9 miles ENE), and the
entrance to Cavite Harbour (8.181). Several towers,
tanks, and a chimney, the positions of which may
best be seen on the chart, stand on the peninsula
between Cavite City and Sangley Point. Sangley
Point Light (8.148) is exhibited from Sangley
Point; the light, for the use of aircraft, is reported
to be difficult to distinguish from the background
of shore lights. Sangley Point is reported to be
radar prominent. An entry restricted area surrounds
Sangley Point and a restricted anchorage lies N of
it; see 8.143 and 8.144. Thence:
6 To the pilot boarding place (12 miles NE) (8.215) or
the appropriate outer anchorage (8.213) off Manila
Harbour.
(Directions for entering
Manila Harbour continue at 8.230)
Berthing facilities on the W side of Manila Bay
Charts 3545, 976
General information
8.150
1 Whilst there are several small towns on this part of
Manila Bay, which have regular sea communication with
Manila, there are only two terminal facilities which are of
significance. One is associated with the Petron Bataan
Refinery (1432N, 12036E) (8.151) at Luzon Point and
the other with a fertiliser plant (8.168) at Lamao (1431N,
12036E).
2 In addition, there are 2 oil berths, off Lokanin Point
(1429N, 12037E) (8.164) and Quitang Point (1433N,
12036E) (8.171).
Dyason Haven (1435N, 12039E) (8.175) is a
sheltered anchorage.
Traffic. In 2002 130 vessels with a total dwt of
10 167 978 tonnes used the terminals.
Petron Bataan Refinery
8.151
1 General information. Petron Bataan Refinery (PBR)
(1432N, 12036E) has facilities for tankers up to 300 000
dwt.
A platform, unlit, stands 4 miles E of the refinery.
There are many prominent oil tanks in the area between
the refinery and the fertiliser plant jetty (8.168) 8 cables S.
8.152
1 Notice of ETA. ETA should be sent 4 days in advance
and confirmed 72, 48 and 24 hours before arrival, and
should state any particular requirements.
8.153
1 Pilots. Pilotage is compulsory. Pilots come from Limay
(1434N, 12036E) and board from a tug at the Limay
pilot boarding place (14295N, 120380E).
For further information see Admiralty List of Radio
Signals Volume 6 (4).
8.154
1 Tugs. To assist with berthing, small tugs are available
locally. Larger tugs may be ordered from Manila.
8.155
1 Quarantine. The officials normally board with the pilot.
8.156
1 Landmarks:
A lighted tower, shown on the chart, at the Petron
Bataan Refinery (8.151)
A conspicuous flare, elevation 40 m (130 ft), is
occasionally visible from a tower close SE.
8.157
1 Directions. From the Limay pilot boarding place
(14295N, 120380E) (8.153) the track leads NNW,
passing (with positions from Lamao Point (1431N,
12037E)):
ENE of Lokanin Point (2 miles S) (8.122), thence:
Clear of 2 dangerous wrecks (9 cables ESE and
1 mile E), thence as required for berthing.
8.158
1 Anchorage. See 8.175.
8.159
1 Caution. Anchoring is prohibited in the vicinity of the
tanker berths (8.160). Passage is prohibited between the
CBM and the refinery jetty (8.160).
8.160
1 Berths:
An SBM, lighted, is moored, in a depth of 286 m
(15 fms), 1 miles ESE of the PBR jetty, and a
submarine oil pipeline (1.67) runs W from the
SBM to the shore. Hoses, marked by lights, extend
up to 250 m from the SBM. The SBM can
accommodate vessels up to 300 000 dwt.
2 A conventional buoy mooring complex (CBM),
having 8 mooring buoys grouped around a beacon
marking the end a submarine pipeline (1.67) which
runs W to the PBR jetty. Tankers with draughts up
to 158 m can be accommodated, and moor within
the pattern of mooring buoys, bows N, with the
hoses from the pipeline amidships to port. The
CBM can accommodate vessels up to 120 000 dwt.
3 Petron Bataan Refinery (PBR) jetty provides 4 berths
on each side, with a narrow basin dredged to
106 m, for tankers up to 30 000 dwt. The jetty is
of open concrete pile construction extending 256 m
E from a solid causeway connecting it with the
shore. The approach to these berths is somewhat
obstructed by the buoy mooring complex described
above.
4 A small basin, enclosed by breakwaters, is located on
the S side of the root of PBR jetty. On the
seaward side of the S breakwater there is an LPG
berth, orientated N-S, with depths in the approach
and at the berth reported to be 55 m. Vessels up
to 64 m in length and 700 dwt can be
accommodated at this berth.
8.161
1 Repairs. Minor repairs only.
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 8
192
8.162
1 Other facilities. A doctor on call; a small clinic.
8.163
1 Supplies. Bunker fuel and fresh water are available,
advance notice should be given.
Lokanin Point oil terminal
8.164
1 General information. Oilink International Corporation
Terminal) (1429N, 12037E), part of the port of
Mariveles (8.124), is located 2 cables N of Lokanin Point
(8.122) and comprises a pier and a conventional buoy
mooring (CBM). A group of oil tanks is sited 2 cables
NNW of the point.
8.165
1 Pilots. Pilots board at the Limay pilot boarding place
(8.153), 2 miles E of Lokanin Point.
8.166
1 Approaches. Leading lights, situated on oil tanks, lead
285 towards the jetty.
8.167
1 Berths.
The CBM is 5 cables ENE of Lokanin Point and
reportedly can accept tankers up to 200 m LOA and a
draught of 13 m. A submarine pipeline (1.67) extends W to
the jetty.
The jetty extends about 61 m E from the shore and can
accommodate small tankers and barges.
Lamao fertiliser plant jetty
8.168
1 General information. The fertiliser plant jetty, a
T-headed jetty extending some 700 m from the shore, is
located 6 cables N of Lamao Point (1431N, 12037E).
8.169
1 Anchorage. See 8.159.
8.170
1 Berth. The berth, at the head of the jetty, is reported to
have a depth of 137 m, and can accommodate vessels up
to 47 000 dwt. The jetty is served by a conveyor system,
and a prominent crane stands at the centre of its head.
Quitang Point oil berth
8.171
1 General information. At Quitang Point (1433N,
12036E) is a concrete T-headed jetty.
8.172
1 Pilots. Pilotage is compulsory. Arrangements should be
made in advance. The pilot boards from a tug between
1 mile and 2 miles off the jetty. Pilotage is not available
after 1800 hours.
8.173
1 Tugs. Arrangements should be made in advance.
8.174
1 Berth. The berth, alongside the T-head of the jetty, has
a least depth of 11 m. The line of the T-head is extended
by 4 dolphins standing at each end, and there are 4
mooring buoys (not shown on the chart) at the berth.
Vessels up to 225 m in length can be accommodated.
Dyason Haven anchorage
8.175
1 General information. Dyason Haven anchorage is a
circular anchorage area, radius 1 mile, located 3 miles off
Limay (1434N, 12036E). Depths, which may best be
seen on the chart, are in excess of 20 m.
Vessels should report their arrival and departure to the
Coast Guard. A Coast Guard Station with radio facilities is
maintained at Lamao (1431N, 12036E).
Rosario
Chart 976
General information
8.176
1 Rosario (1425N, 12051E), on the S side of Manila
Bay, is where the Filoil Refinery Terminal is located. The
Cavite Terminal Sea Berth is offshore, 2 miles NW of
Rosario.
Filoil Refinery Terminal and Cavite Terminal Sea
Berth
8.177
1 General information. The Filoil Refinery Terminal
consists of a T-headed concrete pier extending some 763 m
WNW, with a depth of about 4 m at its head. Offshore, but
connected to the terminal by a submarine pipeline, is a
conventional sea berth tanker mooring, the Cavite Terminal
Sea Berth, shown on the chart, for which the following
information is given.
8.178
1 Notice of ETA. See Admiralty List of Radio Signals
Volume 6 (4).
8.179
1 Pilots. Pilotage is compulsory. Pilots board at the Manila
pilot boarding place (1433N, 12056E).
Tugs are available for mooring and unmooring.
See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6 (4) for
further information.
8.180
1 Mooring and unmooring. The Cavite Terminal Sea
Berth is situated in a depth of 137 m, but lesser depths are
charted nearby.
Mooring is carried out in daylight only, and should
begin not later than 1200 hours; unmooring may take place
at any time. When mooring, the berth is approached on a S
heading; both anchors are required to be ready, but
normally only the starboard anchor is used. When moored,
the vessel is heading WSW, secured to one buoy on the
port bow, four or five buoys astern, and with the starboard
anchor laid out.
2 Caution. Vessels using the Cavite Terminal Sea Berth
must, at all times, be in all respects ready to clear the berth
without delay in the event of an emergency.
Cavite Harbour
Chart 3487
General information
8.181
1 Cavite Harbour is that part of Manila Bay S of a line
drawn due E from a position 5 cables N of Sangley Point
(1430N, 12055E) to meet the shoreline. Within this area
the water area encompassed by the natural shoreline has
been considerably reduced by large scale reclamation, the
limits of which may best be seen on the chart.
2 As a result of the reclamation of Bacoor Bay (1428N,
12054E) much of Cavite Harbour, with the exception of
Canacao Bay (14295N, 120545E), is occupied by an
anchorage (1430N, 12057E) (8.187). What little remains
of Bacoor Bay is shallow, and encumbered by fish traps,
wrecks and other obstructions, as may best be seen on the
chart.
3 Cavite City is situated at the head of Canacao Bay.
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 8
193
The E part of the peninsula terminating with Sangley
Point forms part of the Philippine Naval Base.
4 Canacao Bay is deepest in the NE. An area of
reclamation extends N from its SW shore, and several
mooring buoys, numerous other buoys, and rocks, wrecks
and other obstructions encumber the bay, as may best be
seen on the chart. There are some private shipyards in
Canacao Bay, and on the SE side of its SE extremity, in
Bacoor Bay.
5 In the area beyond the mouth of Canacao Bay, S of the
latitude of Sangley Point and W of the W extremity of the
unrestricted anchorage, there are more buoys, wrecks and
obstructions, the positions of which may best be seen on
the chart.
Storm Signals
8.182
1 Storm signals (1.102) are shown from Sangley Point.
Regulations
8.183
1 All vessels proceeding to Sangley Point should contact
Radio Sangley at least 12 hours prior to arrival and request
berthing instructions.
Vessels may not berth within Cavite Harbour limits
(8.181) without prior permission, except through stress of
weather or other urgent necessity. In this case a vessel
should anchor temporarily in an open berth, but must, at all
times, be in all respects ready to move, until such time as
the berth is confirmed or the vessel is directed to another
berth.
Restricted area
8.184
1 See 8.144.
Landmarks
8.185
1 A church with twin white spires (8.147).
A white monument (8.147).
Directions
8.186
1 Cavite Harbour is approached from N, passing:
Clear E of Sangley Point and the shoal patches,
buoys, wrecks and obstructions which lie up to
1 miles off it from NE to S, and:
Clear of the wrecks and shoal patches along the N
boundary of the unrestricted anchorage area
(8.187), thence:
2 To a berth, as directed.
Caution. A former seaplane landing area, marked by
buoys (spherical; black and white stripes; red cone
topmark), not shown on the chart, lies to the E and S of
Sangley Point.
Anchorages
8.187
1 There is a designated anchorage, within the 5 m depth
contour, with Sangley Point bearing 352, distant
48 cables.
8.188
1 An unrestricted anchorage area extends S into Cavite
Harbour between 9 cables and 23 miles E of Sangley Point,
the limits of which are shown on the chart.
Anchorages
8.189
1 There are anchorages in Manila Bay at Dyason Haven
(8.175), at and off Port Cavite (8.187), and off Manila
Harbour (8.213). Anchorage elsewhere is not permitted, see
8.108.
Small craft
Chart 976
Local knowledge
8.190
1 Local knowledge is required if navigating in the shallow
waters, deltas and rivers to be found in the N and NE of
Manila Bay. Some of the rivers, though navigable by small
craft, are seldom used.
The Pasag and Orani Rivers
8.191
1 The Orani River and the Pasag River enter Manila Bay
in the NW corner, flowing into Pampanga Bay (1448N,
12035E), which has depths of less than 55 m. Both rivers
may be entered by vessels drawing 15 m. The approach to
the Pasag River through Pampanga Bay is marked by
beacons and buoys, and there is a mooring buoy moored
4 miles SSE of the river entrance.
Pugad River
8.192
1 The entrance to the Pugad River is 7 miles ESE of the
Pasag River entrance (8.191). A light (14456N,
120445E) is exhibited at the E side of the entrance. A
prominent white house stands 2 miles WNW of the light,
and a tower and two monuments, shown on the chart, stand
W of the house. A prominent white church surmounted by
a white cross stands at Santa Cruz, 3 miles E of the Pugad
River light.
Pamarawan River
8.193
1 A light (14455N, 120489E) is exhibited at the W
side of the entrance to Pamarawan River.
Bulacan River
8.194
1 A light (14421N, 120520E) is situated 2 miles WSW
of Bulacan River mouth.
Chart 3487
Navotas
8.195
1 Navotas (14385N, 120568E), 3 miles N of Manila,
has a fishing harbour within which are a repair yard and a
patent slip. The harbour is protected by breakwaters and
approached via a buoyed channel, the positions of which
may best be seen on the chart.
Other names
8.196
1 Apatol Bay (1425N, 12029E).
Limay River (1434N, 12036E).
Restinga Point (1417N, 12039E).
Talaga Bay (14250N, 120295E).
Talaga Point (1425N, 12029E).
Tiawir River (14420N, 120335E)
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 8
194
MANILA
General information
Chart 3487
Position
8.197
1 Manila Harbour (1436N, 12057E) is situated at the E
end of Manila Bay, at the mouth of the Pasig River.
Function
8.198
1 Manila is the port for the Greater Manila Area, which
includes Manila City, the principal industrial and
commercial centre of the Philippines, and Quezon City, the
official capital of the Philippines. It is also the major port
in the Philippines, and is a port of entry.
Topography
8.199
1 The Greater Manila Area is bisected, W to E, by the
Pasig River, as is the harbour area, with North Harbour to
the N and South Harbour to the S. The International Port
Basin, an area of deeper water which penetrates the coastal
bank, is to the W of North Harbour. The 10 m depth
contour, which delineates the coastal bank, runs about
2 miles offshore along this section of the coast, and almost
the entire shoreline is formed of reclaimed land.
2 Reclamation works are in progress on the S side of the
Pasig River mouth to extend the river bank SW and form
land to the S of it, between it and South Harbour, as may
be seen on the chart.
Vitas Estero and Estero Marala Rivers enter Manila Bay
close N of North Harbour.
Port limits
8.200
1 Manila Harbour limits, not shown on the chart, are
defined as being bounded by the shoreline in the E, and a
line, drawn 255 for 3 miles from a position 2 cables
WSW of the root of the Yacht Basin (1433N, 12059E)
W breakwater, to intersect with the meridian passing
through Sangley Point Light (8.149) (14299N,
120549E), thence 000 for 5 miles, thence 090 for
1 miles to the reclaimed land W of the Vitas Estero River
(14380N, 120575E).
Approach and entry
8.201
1 Manila Harbour is approached from Manila Bay (8.102).
North Harbour (8.219), International Port Basin (8.220), the
Pasig River (8.247) and South Harbour (8.221) are all
entered from W.
Traffic
8.202
1 In 2002 707 vessels with a total dwt of
37 031 910 tonnes used the port.
Port authority
8.203
1 Philippines Ports Authority, Marsam Building, 22,
Muelle de San Francisco, South Harbor, Manila, 1018.
Limiting conditions
Controlling depth
8.204
1 Caution. Mariners are advised to consult the port
authority for confirmation of depths.
International Port Basin has a least charted depth in
the approaches of 98 m. For depths alongside see 8.240.
North Harbour has depths of 4 m or more in the
approach to the berths. For depths at berths see 8.239.
2 South harbour approach channel has a least charted
depth of 101 m except for 2 obstructions of 73 and 8.2 m,
5 and 7 cables SW of the harbour entrance as shown on the
chart. For depths in the anchorage and at the berths see
8.238 and 8.241.
3 Pasig River has a least depth of 21 m in the main
channel, however, the entrance channel and the river are
subject to constant shoaling. See 8.247 for clearances under
bridges spanning the river.
Deepest and longest berth
8.205
1 Marginal Wharf (8.240) in International Port Basin.
Mean tidal levels
8.206
1 See information in Admiralty Tide Tables. Mean spring
range about 1.0 m; mean neap range about 03 m.
Maximum size of vessel handled
8.207
1 A vessel LOA 2935 m, breadth 39 m and 86 781 dwt
has been accommodated.
Local weather
8.208
1 See 8.106.
Climatic tables:For Manila see 1.225 and 1.236
Arrival information
Port operations
8.209
1 Berth allocation. Within the breakwaters all berths are
assigned by the Harbour Master; permission must be
obtained from him before anchoring or mooring, and no
berth other than the allocated berth may be occupied
without his permission.
8.210
1 Cargo working. Loading and discharging cargo in the
anchorages outside the breakwaters (8.213) is impracticable
during strong S winds.
8.211
1 Mail. Vessels carrying mail should display international
code flag Y until delivery is effected.
Port radio
8.212
1 For details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals
Volume 6 (4).
Outer anchorages
8.213
1 Vessels not intending to immediately enter the
breakwaters may anchor as convenient outside the
breakwaters N of the prohibited anchorage (8.143). See
also 8.140.
The delineated anchorage areas, shown on the chart, are:
2 A quarantine anchorage (1433N, 12056E), mainly
for the use of vessels entering South Harbour. A
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 8
195
buoy (special) is moored in the SW quadrant of
this area. The pilot boarding place shown on the
chart is within this anchorage. A wreck with a
depth of 71 m over it lies in the E half of the
anchorage.
3 A quarantine anchorage (14365N, 120530E),
outside harbour limits (8.200), mainly for the use
of vessels entering International Port Basin.
Anchorage B (14335N, 120575E), for naval
vessels.
4 Anchorage C (14345N, 120565E), a fuel
anchorage; in the E part there is a wreck and an
obstruction close NE with swept depths of 37 m
and 58 m respectively, and in the S part a wreck
with a swept depth of 88 m over it.
An explosives anchorage (14353N, 120540E),
radius 5 cables, outside harbour limits (8.200).
8.214
1 Caution. See 8.138 and 8.225 concerning wrecks and
obstructions.
Pilots
8.215
1 Pilotage is optional for vessels proceeding to or leaving
an anchorage outside the breakwaters, but is compulsory
for merchant vessels entering the breakwaters.
The pilot boarding place (1433N, 12056E) is shown
on the chart. Pilots may also board in the quarantine
anchorages (8.213). Pilot launches are painted white, have a
black letter P painted on the bow, and carry a square flag
with a white letter P on a blue field.
2 For further information see Admiralty List of Radio
Signals Volume 6 (4).
Tugs
8.216
1 Tugs are available. See Admiralty List of Radio Signals
Volume 6 (4).
Quarantine
8.217
1 For the positions of quarantine anchorages see 8.213.
A vessel should display her official number or letters
when approaching a quarantine anchorage, in addition to
International Code flag Q.
The quarantine station for Manila is at Mariveles
Harbour (8.124).
8.218
1 Immigration. All vessels must await the Immigration
Authoritys representative in a quarantine anchorage, except
that vessels arriving from China during the summer months
may be directed to proceed to Mariveles Harbour for
inspection.
Harbour
General layout of harbour
8.219
1 Breakwaters form North and South Harbours and the
International Port Basin.
North Breakwater (14365N, 120570E) extends about
1 mile NNW from reclaimed land at the N side of the
Pasig River entrance; to the E of it lies North Harbour,
bounded by land in the S and E and open to the N; to the
W of it is International Port Basin. There are 2 anchorage
areas, shown on the chart, at the N end of North Harbour.
2 To the N of North Harbour, reclaimed land lies to the S
of the Vitas Estero River mouth (14379N, 120574E)
(8.199) and between this river and the mouth of Estero
Marala River (8.199), 3 cables N.
8.220
1 International Port Basin (14365N, 120565E) is
bounded in the NW by a detached breakwater about
5 cables long and orientated NNE-SSW; in the SW by a
breakwater which extends about 6 cables NW from the NW
extremity of the Manila International Container Terminal;
and in the S by the container terminal. This basin is open
N but entered from W between the S head of the detached
breakwater and the head of the SW breakwater. In 1997,
works were in progress, and reclamation was taking place,
in the SE part of the basin.
8.221
1 South Harbour (14343N, 120580E) is bounded by
the shore to the E; to the NW by West Breakwater, which
extends about 1 mile SSW and S; and to the W, in part,
by South Breakwater, a detached breakwater about 5 cables
long and orientated NNW-SSE. The area N of West
Breakwater is being reclaimed. South Harbour is open to
the SW but entered between the NW end of South
Breakwater and the SW end of West Breakwater. Much of
the water area in South Harbour is designated Anchorage A
(8.238).
8.222
1 Inner Basin (14356N, 120577E), in the extreme NE
corner of South Harbour, is a small basin connected to the
Pasig River to the N by a canal spanned by a swing
bridge. There is a restricting breakwater on the W side of
the entrance to the basin, and inside, on the W side, there
are some ruined piers.
2 Yacht Basin (14338N, 120589E) is a small basin in
the extreme SE corner of South Harbour. See 8.246 for
details.
8.223
1 The Pasig River (8.247) is entered from W between
North Harbour and South Harbour.
8.224
1 Anchorages W of the breakwaters are described at
8.213.
Caution
8.225
1 In all areas, whether within Manila Harbour limits or in
the anchorages and waters beyond, are to be found shoals,
obstructions or wrecks, some of which may not be charted.
Within harbour limits the least affected areas are
International Port Basin and North Harbour. In South
Harbour there are many wrecks and obstructions, most of
which have been swept by wire, and in the N and NW of
South Harbour there are numerous mooring buoys. Many
parts of the bottom in South Harbour are also foul.
2 An area of submerged bamboo stakes, beacons and other
structures lies some 2 miles W of the Vitas Estero River
mouth (14380N, 120575E) (8.199). SSE of this area,
and for a distance of about 2 miles, numerous fish traps
may be encountered.
8.226
1 Tidal streams in Manila Harbour are negligible,
however, the outgoing current from the Pasig River may
flow with considerable velocity, especially during freshets.
Storm signals
8.227
1 Storm signals (1.102) are shown from a mast at Customs
House (14353N, 120580E).
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 8
196
Principal marks
8.228
1 Landmarks:
Customs House clock tower (14353N, 120580E).
A white tower with a large clock face on it; a
light is exhibited from the tower.
Manila Custom House clocktower from S (8.228)
(Original dated 2000)
(Photograph mv Doulos)
With positions from Customs House (above):
Dome (4 cables NE), of Manila cathedral.
2 Gable (3 miles SSE), of the Baclaran Church at
Pasay City. A pylon, 33 m in height, stands 1 cable
NW of the gable.
A tank, 28 m in height, and two radio towers, 118 m
in height, (3 miles NNW). Obstruction lights are
exhibited from each radio tower.
3 A radio tower (6 miles N), 91 m in height, from
which an obstruction light is exhibited. (Chart
976).
Aero light tower (concrete water tank, 34 m in height)
(5 miles SE), at Manila Airport (Chart 976).
8.229
1 Major lights:
Sangley Point Airfield Light (14299N, 120550E)
(8.148).
Pasig River Entrance Light, N side, (14359N,
120576E), (white round tower and dwelling,
14 m in height).
Directions for entering harbour
(continued from 8.149)
North Harbour
8.230
1 The harbour is entered from W, passing (with positions
from North Breakwater Light (14372N, 120566E)):
Clear of stranded wreck, the position of which is
approximate (2 miles W), thence:
Clear of a wreck with 09 m of water over it (2 miles
W), thence:
2 Close N of a light-buoy (starboard hand) (2 cables
NNW)
Thence the track leads SE into North Harbour, passing:
Clear of a shoal patch (2 cables N), with 49 metres
of water over it; and:
3 NE of a buoy (starboard hand) (1 cable NNW)
marking the shoal ground extending NW from
North Breakwater. Thence:
NE of North Breakwater Light, thence as necessary
for berthing.
8.231
1 Useful mark:
A silver-grey tank (9 cables E).
International Port Basin
8.232
1 International Port Basin is entered from W via the deep
channel, passing (with positions from North Breakwater
Light (14372N, 120566E)):
N of a buoy (isolated danger) (2 miles WSW), thence:
S of an obstruction (1 miles WSW) with a swept
depth of 76 m, thence:
2 N of C Buoy (1 miles SW), thence:
Through the entrance (1 mile SW), 1 cables wide,
between the breakwaters, and into the basin. A
light is exhibited from the head of the breakwaters
on either side of the entrance. A bank with depths
of less than 5 m extends cables S from the N
breakwater head. Thence:
3 As required for berthing.
South Harbour
8.233
1 The entrance to South Harbour is via the dredged
channel (8.204) leading NE from the E corner of the S
quarantine anchorage (1433N, 12056E), passing (with
positions from the head of West Breakwater (14344N,
120573E)):
SE of Anchorage C (centred 1 mile WNW), and:
NW of Anchorage B (centred 7 cables S), thence:
2 Through the entrance to South Harbour between the
head of West Breakwater and the N head of South
Breakwater. A light (white round metal tower,
black bands, concrete base, 10 m in height) is
exhibited from the head of West Breakwater, and
another (white metal column, 11 m in height) from
the N head of South Breakwater. It is reported that
the breakwater lights are difficult to identify
against the lights of Manila. Thence:
3 Direct to a berth, keeping clear of a dangerous wreck
(2 cables ESE), the position of which is
approximate.
Within South Harbour, in the SE corner, lights are
exhibited from the Yacht Basin breakwaters (1 miles
ESE), see 8.246 for particulars.
Useful mark
8.234
1 A light (white concrete column, 5 m in height is
exhibited from the S head of South Breakwater).
Berths
Caution
8.235
1 Because of on-going port development mariners are
advised to seek confirmation of depths at berths from the
port authority.
Anchorages and moorings
8.236
1 North Harbour. There are 2 designated anchorage areas
at the N end of North Harbour, the positions of which can
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 8
197
Manila South Hr. Entrance between W & S breakwaters (8.233)
(Original dated 2000)
(Photograph mv Doulos)
West breakwater light
best be seen on the chart. These anchorages are used by
local and inter-islands vessels.
8.237
1 International Port Basin. A number of mooring buoys
are moored in the N part of the basin, the positions of
which can best be seen on the chart.
8.238
1 South Harbour. Anchorage A (14343N, 120580E),
shown on the chart, can accommodate up to 27 vessels in
depths of 56 to 11 m, but keeping clear of the many
dangerous wrecks and obstructions (see 8.241).
2 There are numerous mooring buoys in South Harbour to
the N and E of the entrance, and part of this area is
designated as a barge pool (14348N, 120574E). There
are also several mooring buoys E of Anchorage A, and N
of the Yacht Basin.
The positions of these dangers and features may best be
seen on the chart.
Alongside berths
8.239
1 North Harbour. There are 8 piers on the E side of
North Harbour (8.219). Altogether, including the slips
between them, they provide 51 berths for all types of
inter-islands vessels, including container and passenger
vessels, coastal craft and fishing boats. The piers are
numbered, from N to S, Pier 16, 14, 12, 10, 8, 6, 4 and 2;
the depths alongside are between 45 and 60 m.
2 There are obstructions in North Harbour, some of which
are in way of the piers, and there is a stranded wreck
between Pier 12 and Pier 14, all of which may best be
seen on the chart.
8.240
1 International Port Basin
Marginal Wharf fronts the Manila International
Container Terminal. There is a total of 1300 m of berthing
space divided into 5 berths, the largest having a length of
300 m and a depth of 14 5.
2 Stern-ramped Ro-Ro vessels can also be accommodated
at this wharf.
8.241
1 South Harbour. There are 5 finger piers on the NE side
of South Harbour, with slips between them. In total these
finger piers provide 26 berths. The piers are numbered,
from N to S, Pier 3, 5, 9, 13 and 15. With the exception of
No 1 berth, which is shallow, depths alongside the piers
range from 92 to 119 m; berths with depths in excess of
10 m are available at all the piers. A ferry service terminal
is located between Pier 13 and Pier 15; this terminal is also
used by craft servicing vessels at anchor. A slip between
Pier 3 and Pier 5 is for the use of amphibious craft. Pier
15 serves as the main passenger terminal, and there are
berths with container handling facilities at Pier 3 and
Pier 5.
2 There are numerous obstructions in South Harbour, most
of which have a swept depth; some of these are in way of
the piers, as are some submerged piles. The chart is the
best guide to the location of these obstructions.
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 8
198
Manila South Hr. from NE (8.241)
(Original dated 2000)
(Photograph mv Doulos)
Port services
Repairs
8.242
1 General repairs afloat can be undertaken, and vessels up
to 1500 dwt can be slipped (1.175). See also Subic Bay
(9.68).
Diving services are available.
Other facilities
8.243
1 Hospitals.
Deratting by fumigation, exemptions and certificates.
Three floating cranes, maximum capacities 25 tonnes,
60 tonnes and 75 tonnes.
Salvage services.
Supplies
8.244
1 Fuel: all types, by barge.
Fresh water: at piers or by barge.
Fresh provisions and stores: all kinds.
Communications
8.245
1 By sea: domestic and worldwide.
By air: domestic, and worldwide via Manila
International Airport.
Small craft
Yacht Basin, South Harbour
8.246
1 The Yacht Basin, SE South Harbour (14337N,
120588E), is bounded by the shore to E and S; in the W
by a mole extending about 3 cables NNW from the S
shore, from the head of which a light (white concrete
column, 8 m in height) is exhibited; and, in the N, a
detached breakwater about 1 cables long and orientated
ENE-WSW, from the WSW end of which a light (grey
concrete pyramid, 4 m in height) is exhibited. A number of
dolphins stand on either side of the W breakwater, and a
buoy (starboard hand) is moored about 1 cables NW of
its head. Several small piers are situated in the SE corner
of the basin.
2 There is a least charted depth of 43 m in the entrance
and depths between 18 and 46 m in the basin, but there
are shoal patches and obstructions elsewhere, the positions
of which may best be seen on the chart.
Facilities. At the Manila Yacht Club fuel, water and
provisions are available and repairs can be arranged.
Clearance formalities can be arranged by the yacht club
who can be contacted by VHF radio.
PASIG RIVER
General information
8.247
1 The Pasig River, some 13 miles in length, connects
Manila with the towns on Laguna de Bay, a large fresh
water lake lying SE of Manila. The river is navigable by
small vessels for a distance of about 1 mile from Engineer
Island (14358N, 120576E) (8.249), its S entrance point
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 8
199
prior to reclamation, to Jones Bridge, vertical clearance
49 m, provided they can clear Roxas Bridge, vertical
clearance 7 m, on the way. Both bridges are shown on the
chart.
Least depth in the approaches and the rivers navigable
channel is 21 m; both are subject to shoaling.
2 Beyond Jones Bridge small lake power vessels, able to
pass under the numerous bridges which span the river
thereafter, link Manila with Laguna de Bay.
Regulations
8.248
1 A vessel manoeuvring in Pasig River and not under way
should exhibit at night, in addition to anchor lights, a red
light placed 12 m below the white anchor light in the same
vertical line, and also side lights. As soon as the vessel is
under way these lights should be replaced by the regulation
masthead light.
By day, the International Code flag D should be
displayed until clear of the river mouth.
Directions
8.249
1 Pasig River is approached and entered from W via a
channel about cable in width, passing:
S of the bank, with depths less than 2 m over it
extending up to 2 cables S of the Manila
International Container Terminal (14360N,
120568E), and:
2 N of the reclamation area (14351N, 120570E),
bounded on the NW by a breakwater under
construction, the W limit of which is marked by a
buoy (starboard hand). A dangerous rock lies
cable N of the breakwater and 5 cables WSW
of Pasig River Entrance Light. Thence:
3 S of Pasig River Entrance Light (14359N,
120576E) (8.229), to enter the river N of
Engineer Island (14358N, 120576E), now
incorporated in the reclamation area.
8.250
1 Local knowledge is required if proceeding farther up
the river. No further directions are given.
Home Contents Index
Chapter 9 - West coast of Luzon from Cochinos Point to Santiago Island
CHAPTER
10
CHAPTER
2
CHAPTER
8
Mani l a
Bay
Cape Bolinao
Hermana
Mayor
Island
Santa Cruz
L UZ ON
Masinloc
Palauig
Point
Subic
Bay
Luzon
Point
Olangapo
San Fernando
9.176
2.21
9.114
9.113
9.14
9.14
9.45
9.120
9.144
9.39
200
976
989
3559
3559
3805
3806
3
8
0
6
3
8
0
5
980
15
16
119 120 30 30
119 Longitude 120 East from Greenwich 30 30
15
16
30
30
30
30
30
30
March 2004
Home Contents Index
201
CHAPTER 9
WEST COAST OF LUZON FROM COCHINOS POINT TO CAPE BOLINAO AND
SANTIAGO ISLAND, INCLUDING SUBIC BAY
GENERAL INFORMATION
Chart 3806
Scope of the chapter
9.1
1 This chapter describes passage along the W coast of
Luzon from the N side of the entrance to Manila Bay
(1425N, 12030E) to Cape Bolinao (1622N, 11949E)
and Santiago Island (1625N, 11955E). Directions are
given for Subic Bay (1448N, 12014E) and Port
Masinloc (1532N, 11956E), as well as the other ports
and anchorages along this section of the coast.
9.2
1 For a description of the area to the W see 2.143.
9.3
1 The route for low-powered vessels (2.6) during the NE
monsoon traverses, in a NNW direction, the area covered
by this chapter. It coincides with the coastal route (9.114)
from off Capones Point (1455N, 11950E) until diverging
from the coast off Caiman Point, some 63 miles farther N.
Topography
9.4
1 The main section of coast covered in this chapter trends
N for 120 miles, with broad peninsulas at the N and S
ends. The E sides of these peninsulas form the W sides of
large bays; Lingayen Gulf in the N (10.9), and Manila Bay
(8.102) in the S. The S peninsula (1440N, 12030E) is
mountainous, and in its NW the mountains encompass
Subic Bay (9.18), the most significant feature of this coast.
The mountains then extend N along the coast as far N as
latitude 1540N. Behind this chain stand four high peaks,
the highest being Mount Pinatubo (1508N, 12021E), a
recently active volcano in the Cabusilan Range.
2 Between the N and S peninsulas the W facing coast is
mainly steep-to. Reefs fringe the coast around the N tip of
the N peninsular. The 200 m depth contour lies between 5
and 10 miles off the coast, except in the N where it closes
to within 1 mile. There are no dangers outside the 200 m
depth contour.
Weather
9.5
1 See 1.201.
Caution
9.6
1 Aids to navigation. See 1.34 to 1.36.
9.7
1 Buoyage. Buoyage in the Philippines is in accordance
with the IALA Maritime Buoyage System (Region B). See
1.41 for further information.
COCHINOS POINT TO SUBIC BAY
GENERAL INFORMATION
Charts 976, 3806
Route
9.8
1 From a position some 37 miles WSW of Cochinos Point
(1425N, 12030E) (9.14), to a position SW of the
approaches to Subic Bay (9.18) the coastal route, which
coincides with the route for low-powered vessels (2.6),
leads NW in deep water for about 23 miles.
Topography
9.9
1 From Cochinos Point (1425N, 12030E), the trend of
the coast is WNW to Luzon Point (1428N, 12023E),
thence N to Saysain Point (1434N, 12023E). Between
Cochinos Point and Saysain Point are numerous small bays,
some of which have sandy beaches at their heads. The
points separating these bays are moderately high, rocky,
and fringed by drying coral reefs. Numerous streams flow
into the sea through this stretch of the coast.
2 N of Saysain Point the trend of the coast is NW for
11 miles to Mayagao Point (1442N, 12015E) (9.14), and
the small bays are largely replaced by smoother stretches of
coastline fringed either by sandy beaches or by drying coral
reefs.
Behind the coast the area is mountainous.
All dangers lie within the 40 m depth contour, which
runs about 1 mile off the coast.
Offlying shoals
9.10
1 A 28 m shoal patch lies 21 miles W of Cochinos Point
(1425N, 12030E). Other shoal patches of 24 m and 26 m
lie 6 miles NNE of this patch, and it was reported in 1962,
that a 15 m shoal patch lies 14 miles N of it.
Dumping grounds
9.11
1 Circular dumping grounds, each with a radius of 1 mile,
are centred on position 1426N, 12000E and position
1432N, 12010E. The former is a chemicals dumping
ground and the latter an explosives dumping ground.
Tide rips
9.12
1 Tide-rips are to be found close W of Luzon Point
(1428N, 12022E).
Principal marks
9.13
1 Landmarks:
Mount Bataan (1435N, 12028E), the highest peak
in the Mariveles Mountains.
A dome (1438N, 12019E), on a building which is
part of a nuclear power station standing on Napo
Point (9.14).
Mount Silanganan (1442N, 12022E) and Mount
Natib, 2 miles ENE, which are separated by a
low valley.
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 9
202
2 Major lights
Corregidor Island Light (14230N, 120345E)
(8.85).
Sueste Point Light (1445N, 12011E) (9.37).
Capones Light (Capon Grande Island) (1455N,
12001E) (9.112).
Directions
(Continued from 8.66)
9.14
1 From a position WSW of Cochinos Point (1425N,
12030E), the SE extremity of a small wooded peninsula
108 m high, connected to the mainland to the N by a
narrow isthmus, the route leads NW, passing (with
positions from Napo Point (1438N, 12019E)):
SW of Luzon Point (11 miles SSE), the most SW
point of the peninsula, thence:
2 SW of Bagac Bay (4 miles SE), which lies between
Saysain Point (5 miles SE) and Napo Point. It has
a sandy beach at its head fronting the town of
Bagac (5 miles ESE). Several streams enter this
bay. A light is exhibited from a framework tower
standing on Cabayoc Point (3 miles E). Thence:
3 SW of Pandil Islet (close S), which is joined to Napo
Point by a reef, and:
SW of the small bay (close NW) in which several
light-buoys are moored. Thence:
SW of Panibatujan Point (4 miles NW). A conveyor
pier extends 235 m SE from the S side of the
point, and a mooring buoy is laid 3 cables SE of
the pier head. Thence:
4 SW of Morong Shoal (5 miles NW). The channel
between this shoal and the coastal bank NE is 2
cables wide. Thence:
SW of the approaches to Subic Bay, which lie
between Mayagao Point (5 miles NW), low and
marshy, and Sampaloc Point (11 miles NW), the S
extremity of the mountainous peninsula forming
the W side of Subic Bay, and:
5 Clear of a shoal patch (10 miles W), reported in
1962, with 15 m of water over it.
(Directions continue at 9.113,
and for Subic Bay at 9.39)
Anchorages
9.15
1 Guay Bay. Anchorage sheltered from the NE winds may
be obtained in Guay Bay, entered between Guay Point
(1427N, 12024E) and Vigia Point 1 miles ESE.
Caution. A drying rock lies 2 cables SW of Guay
Point.
9.16
1 Bagac Bay. Anchorage may be obtained in depths of
from 5 to 20 m off Bagac, in Bagac Bay (1435N,
12023E) (9.14). This anchorage is very exposed. The land
breeze blows with considerable force from the Mariveles
Mountains and Mount Silanganan (9.13), and the NE
monsoon (1.181) reaches the bay from the valley between
them.
Caution. The 56 m rocky patch lying 1 miles N of
Saysain Point (9.9) should be avoided when anchoring.
Other names
9.17
1 Bihagon Point (1427N, 12027E).
Caibobo Point (1432N, 12022E).
Caas Point (1430N, 12022E).
Hornos Point (1425N, 12028E).
Mapalan Point (1437N, 12021E).
2 Morong (1441N, 12016E).
Pubulusan Point (1433N, 12023E).
Quinauan Point (1429N, 12023E).
Ramay (1432N, 12023E).
Saysain (1434N, 12024E).
SUBIC BAY
GENERAL INFORMATION
Chart 980
General description
9.18
1 Subic Bay (1448N, 12014E), is the approach to the
town of Subic (1453N, 12014E) (9.74) in the N and the
port and city of Olongapo (1450N, 12017E) (9.45) in
the E. Port Binanga (1444N, 12015E) (9.40) is situated
at the E side of the entrance to Subic Bay.
Topography
9.19
1 Subic Bay is an irregular shaped bay entered between
Sueste Point (1445N, 12011E) (9.39) and Binanga Point
(9.42), 3 miles E, and extending N for about 8 miles. The
W shore is comparatively straight, steep-to and well
defined, with no dangers extending more than 3 cables off
it. The general width of about 3 miles increases by up to
2 miles in way of the principal bays which indent the E
side. These bays are, from N to S:
2 Port Olongapo (1449N, 12016E) (9.45);
Triboa Bay (1447N, 12016E) (9.90); and
Ilanin Bay (1446N, 12015E) (9.90).
Four small islands lie on the main N-S axis of the bay.
Depths
9.20
1 The 20 m (10 fm) depth contour runs generally close to
the coast of the bay. From the entrance to the bay depths
shoal gradually to the N and into the bays in the E, with
depths in the fairways ranging from 58 m (32 fm) in the S
to 20 m (10 fm) in the N.
Traffic
9.21
1 In 2002 194 vessels with a total dwt of
10 677 265 tonnes used the ports in Subic Bay.
Pilotage
9.22
1 Pilotage is compulsory for merchant vessels. There are 3
pilot boarding places, as may be seen on the chart,
depending on destination. See Admiralty List of Radio
Signals Volume 6 (4) for further particulars.
Regulations
9.23
1 Permission to enter Subic Bay, and Port Binanga, must
be obtained from Subic Bay Control. See Admiralty List of
Radio Signals Volume 6 (4).
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 9
203
9.24
1 Customs and quarantine. All vessels must comply with
Philippine Entry Customs and Quarantine Regulations
before permission to enter can be granted.
9.25
1 Signals. When entering or leaving, vessels should
identify themselves to the signal tower on request, or when
challenged.
There is a signal station on Grande Island (9.32).
9.26
1 Harbour weather watch. During tropical cyclone
conditions all vessels should keep a continuous radio watch
on the Harbour Warning Net. See Admiralty List of Radio
Signals Volume 6 (4) for detailed requirements.
Restricted area
9.27
1 Grande Island, Chiquita Island (1446N, 12014E)
(9.39) and the waters within 460 m of them constitute a
restricted area at night. Boats should not enter these areas
except in an emergency.
Anchorages
9.28
1 The greater part of Subic Bay has been designated as an
anchorage area for all classes of vessels. The holding
ground is generally good, with the exception of Triboa Bay
(9.90) where it is poor and consequently caution should be
exercised if anchored there in bad weather.
Anchorage berths are allocated by Port Control (9.23).
9.29
1 Explosives anchorages:
Explosives anchorage area D is situated on the SW
side of Subic Bay, 1 mile NW of Grande Island;
and
Explosives anchorage area G is situated in Triboa
Bay.
Tidal streams
9.30
1 Tidal streams in Subic Bay are variable and generally
weak.
APPROACHES AND ENTRANCE TO SUBIC
BAY, INCLUDING PORT BINANGA
General information
Charts 980, 976
Route
9.31
1 The approaches to Subic Bay, and Port Binanga
(1444N, 12015E) (9.40), are entered from SW between
Mayagao Point (1442N, 12015E) and Sampaloc Point,
5 miles NW. For Subic Bay the route then leads 5 miles
NNE through the W entrance to the bay W of Grande
Island (9.32). Port Binanga is approached from W on and
E heading without entering Subic Bay itself.
Topography
9.32
1 In the approaches to Subic Bay the W shore is steep-to
and backed by high land; to the E, N from Mayagao Point
(1442N, 12015E) (9.14), the coast is low and wooded.
Port Binanga (9.40) is situated in a deeply indented bay at
the entrance to Subic Bay, on the E side.
2 Subic Bay is entered between Binanga Point (1445N,
12015E) (9.42) and Sueste Point, 3 miles W. The
entrance is divided by Grande Island (1446N, 12014E)
into two channels; the W channel is deep and free of
dangers; the E channel is encumbered by reefs and shoals
and is closed to navigation.
Pilotage
9.33
1 See 9.22.
Prohibited anchorage
9.34
1 Anchoring is prohibited in the channel.
Minelaying practice area
9.35
1 A minelaying practice area about 4 cables square lies
with its centre 7 cables SW of Grande Island. The W side
of the area lies close E of the recommended track, charted
as 015/195 through the entrance to Subic Bay (9.32).
Caution. Several other naval exercise areas (not shown
on the chart) front the coast of Subic Bay.
Principal marks
9.36
1 Landmarks, with position from Mayanga Island
(1450N, 12014E):
A tower (fixed red obstruction lights), elevation
485 m, standing on Mount Santa Rita (7 miles
E);
2 Mayanga Island Lighthouse;
A flagstaff, 33 m (108 ft) in height (2 miles ESE);
The control tower at the airport (3 miles SE);
Radar mast on Grande Island (3 miles S).
9.37
1 Major light:
Sueste Point Light (white round metal tower and
dwelling with red roof, 9 m in height), (1445N,
12011E).
Radar returns
9.38
1 Subic Bay is reported to give good radar returns up to
20 miles.
Directions
(continued from 9.14)
9.39
1 From the vicinity of position 1442N, 12011E the
route leads NNE, passing (with positions from Grande
Island (1446N, 12014E)):
ESE of Sampaloc Point (4 miles WSW) (9.14), the W
entrance point of the approaches, thence:
ESE of Biniptican Point (3 miles SW), thence:
2 ESE of Sueste Point (2 miles SW), which is high,
steep-to and upon which stands a light (9.37).
The recommended track, 015, then leads in the
entrance W of Grande Island, passing:
WNW of Port Binanga (2 miles SE), thence:
WNW of Twenty four-foot Shoal (1 mile S), marked
on its SW side by No 2 Light-buoy (starboard
hand), thence:
3 Close WNW of the mine laying practice area
(7 cables SW) (9.35); and WNW of Chiquita
Island (1 cables S) which lies on the reef
extending S from Grande Island, thence:
ESE of Macmany Point (1 miles W). A shoal
extending 2 cables E from Macmany Point is mark
by No 3 Buoy (port hand) at its SE end. Thence:
4 To a position 6 cables NW of Grande Island, at the
SW end of the fairway shown on the chart. Grande
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 9
204
Island is fringed by a reef which is marked at its
NW extremity by No 4 Buoy (starboard hand).
(Directions for Port Olongapo and
Subic continue at 9.62, for Triboa Bay at 9.99,
and for Ilanin Bay at 9.100)
Port Binanga
Chart 980
General information
9.40
1 Port Binanga (1444N, 12015E) is situated at the
entrance to Subic Bay (1448N, 12014E), on the E side.
The port, in the form of a natural rectangular bay, is
approximately 1 miles in length and mile wide at its
narrowest point. The head of the bay consists of two sandy
beaches separated by Dapua Point, a prominent point with
vertical cliffs from 18 to 21 m high.
2 The shores of the bay are fringed by below-water reefs.
Depths of less than 10 m (33 ft) are to be found up to
7 cables from Dapua Point.
The town of Mabayo is situated at the SE corner of the
bay.
9.41
1 Regulations concerning entry. See 9.23.
Directions
9.42
1 The line of bearing 090 of Dapua Point (9.40) leads
through the entrance to Port Binanga, which lies between
Binanga Point (1445N, 12015E) and Buiong Point,
1 mile SSE, passing clear of the Urdanetta Shoal, 2 cables
S of Binanga Point, and the other shoals, which may best
be seen on the chart, which lie across the entrance.
Anchorage
9.43
1 Anchorage, sheltered from all but the W winds, can be
found in the middle of Port Binanga in depths of from 7 to
11 m (23 to 36 ft), mud.
Other names
9.44
1 Illinin Point (14436N, 120149E).
Sabang (1442N, 12015E).
Shark Point (14455N, 120115E).
PORT OLONGAPO
General information
Chart 980
Position
9.45
1 Port Olongapo is the bay and its environs on the E side
of Subic Bay entered between Cubi Point (1448N,
12016E) (9.62) and Kalaklan Point (9.62), 1 miles N.
The City of Olongapo lies to the N of the bay.
Topography
9.46
1 From its entrance between Cubi Point (1448N,
12016E), and Kalaklan Point, 1 miles N, the bay
narrows for about 1 mile from about 1 miles wide to
7 cables wide at a line joining Nagcaban Point (1418N,
12017E) in the S and Rivera Point (9.67), 8 cables NNE.
E of this line the Inner Harbour extends a further 5 cables
E whilst opening to a small bays to the N and S. Maritan
Point, 5 cables SE of Rivera Point, marks the head of the
bay.
2 The N shore between the mouth of the Kalaklan River,
close E of Kalaklan Point, and Rivera Point, is low and
sandy.
In the main part of the bay the waters are generally
deep except close to the shore and over Carrasco Shoal,
5 cables WNW of Nagcaban Point, and Caiman Shoal close
N of it; Carrasco Shoal being the shoaler with a least depth
over it of 119 m (39 ft).
Approach and entry
9.47
1 Having entered Subic Bay (9.39), Port Olongapo is
approached via the fairway crossing Subic Bay and entered
from W on an E heading.
Port Authority
9.48
1 Subic Bay Port Authority, Port Office, Subic Bay,
Luzon. See also 9.23.
Limiting conditions
Deepest and longest berths
9.49
1 Deepest berth: POL pier (14485N, 120175E) (9.67).
Longest berth: Alava Wharf (1449N, 12017E) (9.67).
Mean tidal levels
9.50
1 See the relevant Admiralty Tide Tables. MHHW 09 m;
MLLW 00 m.
Maximum size of vessel handled
9.51
1 120 000 dwt tonnes, length 2572 m, draught 128 m.
Arrival information
Port radio
9.52
1 There is a port radio station. See Admiralty List of Radio
Signals Volume 6 (4) for Subic Bay.
Outer anchorage
9.53
1 There is good anchorage in Port Olongapo. See 9.28
concerning anchorages in Subic Bay.
Prohibited anchorage
9.54
1 Anchoring is prohibited:
In the approach channel;
In an area 1 cable wide, extending 2 cables from the
N shore W of Alava Wharf (1449N, 12017E).
Pilotage
9.55
1 See 9.22.
Tugs
9.56
1 Available on request. See Subic Bay in Admiralty List of
Radio Signals Volume 6 (4).
Regulations concerning entry
9.57
1 See 9.23.
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 9
205
Harbour
General layout
9.58
1 On the N shore the main wharf, Alava Wharf (9.67),
lies 1 miles SE of Kalaklan Point (9.62). On the S shore
are a number of berths which are detailed in 9.67.
The Inner Harbour is in the E part of the bay entered
between Rivera Point and Nagcaban Point; N of Rivera
Point, Inner Basin is lined with wharves. Osir Basin (9.72),
in which there is a marina, is the small basin N of Inner
Basin.
2 At the head of the bay, in the vicinity of Maritan Point,
are onshore fuel storage facilities adjacent to the POL pier
(9.67).
Submarine cable
9.59
1 A submarine cable extends NNW across Port Olongapo
from the vicinity of Nagcaban Point.
Storm signals
9.60
1 Storm signals (1.102) are shown at Port Olongapo. See
9.26 regarding action to be taken during tropical cyclone
conditions.
Principal marks
9.61
1 See 9.36.
Directions
(continued from 9.39)
9.62
1 From a position 6 cables NW of Grande Island
(1446N, 12014E), the recommended track, 051, shown
on the chart, with A Light-buoy (safe water) (1449N,
12015E) almost in line with Kalaklan Point Light (9.63),
leads along the fairway for 3 miles before turning E to
enter Port Olongapo, passing (with positions from Kalaklan
Point (14495N, 120160E)):
2 NW of Nabasan Point (3 miles SSW), thence:
NW of Sixteen-foot Shoal (2 miles SSW), marked to
its NW by No 6 Light-buoy (starboard hand)
(2 miles SW), and with Pamocan Shoal 2 cables
ESE of it. Thence:
3 SSE of the entrance of the fairway leading NNW to
Subic (9.74), marked on the E side by
S Light-buoy (preferred channel to starboard)
(1 miles WSW). This is also the position, shown
on the chart, of the pilot boarding place for Leyte
Wharf (9.67). (Directions for Subic continue at
9.86). Thence:
4 To the NE end of the fairway and the Inner Harbour
pilot boarding place, shown on the chart, close E
of A Light-buoy (safe water) (1 mile SW).
Thence the track leads E, passing:
N of Cubi Point (1 miles S), the S entrance point of
Port Olongapo, from which Cubi Shoal, marked at
its NW edge by No 8 Light-buoy (starboard hand)
(1 mile SSW), extends 5 cables NW and W,
thence:
5 S of Kalaklan Point at the mouth of the Kalaklan
River (close E). Kalaklan Point, a low point which
rises steeply to an elevation of 132 m (430 ft)
4 cables inland, is the N entrance point of Port
Olongapo.
From this position there is a clear approach to the
berths, passing N of Caiman and Carrasco Shoals (1 mile
SSE) (9.46) if proceeding to the Inner Harbour.
6 Caution. During the SW monsoon (1.181) the increased
flow from the Binictican River (1449N, 12018E), caused
by heavy rains, creates a strong S current in the vicinity of
Rivera Point (1449N, 12017E).
Useful mark
9.63
1 Kalaklan Point Light (white concrete tower, 10 m in
height) (14495N, 120160E).
Berths
Anchorages
9.64
1 See 9.28 concerning anchorages in Subic Bay.
9.65
1 Prohibited anchorages. See 9.54.
9.66
1 Moorings. A mooring buoy is laid in Port Olongapo
2 cables NE of Nagcaban Point (9.46).
Alongside berths
9.67
1 With positions from Nagcaban Point (1448N,
12017E):
Alava Wharf (8 cables N): length 700 m (2297 ft),
depths alongside 76 to 122 m (25 to 40 ft);
provided with catamarans, wharf 3 m above mean
LW level. Less water than charted was reported in
1997.
2 Rivera Point Wharf (8 cables NNE), the E face of
Rivera Point. There are also wharves on the N, S
and SW sides of Rivera Point. Total wharfage
684 m (2244 ft), depths alongside 73 to 137 m
(24 to 45 ft).
3 A pier, previously known as Marine Terminal
(1 miles NE): length 229 m (751 ft), depth either
side 121 m (40 ft). A smaller pier lies close NW.
POL Pier, Maritan Point (8 cables NE): length
270 m (886 ft), depth S side 137 m (45 ft), depth
N side 115 m (38 ft).
4 Boton Wharf West (4 cables SSE): depth 43 m
(14 ft).
Boton Wharf East, adjacent to Boton Wharf West:
length 410 m (1345 ft).
Leyte Wharf (9 cables W): length 305 m (1000 ft),
depth 137 m (45 ft); with two pairs of dolphins
standing off either end.
Port services
Repairs
9.68
1 See 9.87 for merchant vessel repair facilities in Subic
Bay.
Other facilities
9.69
1 Hospitals: there are hospital and clinic facilities in
Olongapo City.
Deratting exemption certificates can be issued.
Helicopter landing facilities: a helicopter landing pad,
situated 5 cables SE of Kalaklan Point.
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 9
206
Supplies
9.70
1 Fuel of all types, by barge; fresh water; provisions.
Communications
9.71
1 By air: international and domestic flights from
Manila, approximately 150 kms distant.
By sea: regularly, with Manila.
Small craft
9.72
1 Subic Bay Marina (14494N, 120172E) is situated in
Osir Basin N of Inner Harbour. The marina, which is being
developed (2001), can accommodate 500 craft.
Other names
9.73
1 Boton River (1448N, 12018E).
Mabavawai River (1451N, 12017E).
Santa Rita Valley (1451N, 12017E).
SUBIC
General information
Chart 980
Position
9.74
1 Subic (1453N, 12014E) is the small town situated at
the head of Subic Bay.
Function
9.75
1 Subic derives its importance from the extensive ship
repair facilities at Cabangan Point (9.87), close SW of the
town.
Topography
9.76
1 Located at the N tip of Subic Bay, the town and the
ship repair yard are separated by a N-S creek extending
about 1 mile inland. To the W is the broad, shallow mouth
of the Cayuag River. In front of the town, E of the
approach to the ship repair yard, the water shoals rapidly
from about 3 cables offshore.
Approach and entry
9.77
1 Having entered Subic Bay (9.39), Subic is approached
from S on a N heading via the fairways and tracks
indicated on the chart.
Limiting conditions
Deepest and longest berths
9.78
1 At Cabangan Point Ship Repair Yard (9.87).
Maximum size of vessel handled
9.79
1 Dry dock facilities for vessels up to 300 000 dwt (9.87).
Arrival information
Port radio
9.80
1 There is a port radio station. See Admiralty List of Radio
Signals Volume 6 (4) for Subic Bay.
Outer anchorages
9.81
1 See 9.28 for details.
Pilotage
9.82
1 See 9.22.
Regulations concerning entry
9.83
1 See 9.23.
Harbour
General layout
9.84
1 From the N end of the recommended track to Subic
(1452N, 12013E) the Cabangan Point Ship Repair Yard
lies 7 cables NNE, between Apalit Point (1453N,
12013E) and Cabangan Point, 6 cables E.
2 A jetty, L-shaped at the head, for handling cement
extends about 530 m S from the shore, 2 cables NE of
Cabangan Point.
At Port Dizon a T-jetty, for handling cement, extends
about 260 m SW from Asaan Point (1451N, 12015E).
Principal marks
9.85
1 Landmark:
A house standing on Gaviota Rock (14507N,
120150E).
See 9.36 for other landmarks and major light.
Directions
(continued from 9.62)
9.86
1 From the pilot boarding place for Leyte Wharf, 3 cables
S of S Light-buoy (preferred channel to starboard)
(14487N, 120145E) the recommended fairway leads
NNW then N for 4 miles, passing (with positions from
Mayanga Island (1450N, 12014E)):
2 ENE of Agusuhin Point (1 miles WSW), 2 cables
N of the entrance to the Agusuhin River. A
detached coral shoal, marked on its S side by No 7
Buoy (port hand), lies 2 cables SE of the river
entrance. Two swept wrecks lie 2 cables S of No 7
Buoy. Thence:
3 WSW of Mayanga Island, from which a light (9.36)
is exhibited. No 2 Buoy (starboard hand) is moored
1 cables SSW of the island. Thence:
ENE of Petambu Point (1 miles W), thence:
E of Manisbaso Point (1 miles NW). A swept wreck
lies close W of the fairway, 4 cables SE of the
point, and the ruins of two piers, with some
dolphins close inshore between them, stand
5 cables NNW of it. Thence:
4 W of Pequea Island (1 miles N). A wreck, with
No 4 Light-buoy (starboard hand) moored close
SW of it, lies close E of the fairway 5 cables
WSW of Pequea Island. No 5 Light-buoy (port
hand) is moored close W of the fairway 8 cables
WSW of the same island. Thence:
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 9
207
5 To a position at the N end of the fairway 5 cables S
of Apalit Point (2 miles NNW), from where there
is a clear approach to Cabanga Point Ship Repair
Yard.
Port services
Repairs
9.87
1 Cabanga Point Ship Repair Yard (1.175):
Dry-dock: length 350 m, breadth 65 m, depth 125 m.
3 repair quays: length of longest 300 m, each with
depths of 9 m alongside.
Communications
9.88
1 By sea: regularly with Manila.
Other names
9.89
1 Agusungin River (1448N, 12012E).
Cabitaugan (1452N, 12012E).
Calapacuan (1452N, 12014E).
Calapacuan Point (1452N, 12014E).
Calapandayan (1453N, 12014E).
2 Cangrejo Rock (1451N, 12014E).
Cayuan Point (1452N, 12012E).
Matagan River (1451N, 12015E).
Matainwawa (1451N, 12015E).
Mount Redondo (1450N, 12011E).
Nibagon River (1453N, 12014E).
Triboa Bay and Ilanin Bay
General information
9.90
1 For general information about Subic Bay see also 9.18
to 9.30.
Position. Triboa Bay and Ilanin Bay are the two bays in
the SE of Subic Bay (1447N, 12015E). Triboa Bay, the
larger bay, is entered between Pamocan Point (1447N,
12016E) and Nabasan Point, 1 mile SSW. Ilanin Bay is
entered between Nabasan Point and Camayan Point, 1 mile
SW of Nabasan Point.
9.91
1 Topography. Triboa Bay is about 2 miles long, with a
maximum width of 1 mile. The Triboa River enters the
head of the bay. Apaliin Point extends W into the bay in
the S.
Ilanin Bay, to the S, is much smaller, having a
maximum width of 4 cables at its entrance, which is
encumbered to the N by a shoal area extending 5 cables W
from Nabasan Point. The entrance to the Ilanin River is at
the head of the bay.
2 Beyond the 183 m (60 ft) depth contour the bays and
their approaches are free of encumbrances, but inshore of it
there are many hazards, including wrecks and fishing
stakes, the positions of which may best be seen on the
chart.
9.92
1 Approach and entry. Having entered Subic Bay (9.31)
the bays are approached from W, from N of Grande Island
(1446N, 12014E).
Limiting conditions
9.93
1 Deepest and longest berth.
Triboa Bay: Nabasan Wharf (9.102).
Ilanin Bay: Camayan Wharf (9.102).
Arrival information
9.94
1 Port radio. There is a port radio station. See Admiralty
List of Radio Signals Volume 6 (4) for Subic Bay.
9.95
1 Outer anchorage. See 9.28 for particulars.
9.96
1 Pilotage: see 9.22.
9.97
1 Submarine cable. A submarine cable extends NNE
across Ilanin Bay from close E of Cayman Wharf to W of
Nabasan Point, thence in a NE direction across Triboa Bay
to land on its N shore 3 cables ESE of Pamocan Point
(1447N, 12016E).
Principal marks
9.98
1 See list at 9.36.
Directions
(Continued from 9.39)
9.99
1 Triboa Bay. From a position 6 cables NW of Grande
Island (1446N, 12014E), the route leads 2 miles E,
passing N of Grande Island and the shoals to the N of the
island, to the entrance to Triboa Bay, from where there is
clear approach to the berth.
9.100
1 Ilanin Bay. The line of bearing 140 of Ilanin Bay
Direction Light (red and white chequered diamond on a
pile structure) (1446N, 12015E) leads in the bay. The
alignment (140) of the leading beacons (diamond
topmarks), standing 1 cable S of the direction light leads to
Cayman Wharf (9.102).
2 Both tracks pass (with positions from Camayan Point
(1446N, 12014E)):
SW of the shoal area W of Nabasan Point (1 mile
ENE) marked by No 1 Light-buoy moored at its
SW edge, from where there is a clear approach to
Cayman Wharf, and:
SW of the shoal area S of Nabasan Point marked by
No 3 Light-buoy moored at its S edge, from where
there is a clear approach to the head of the bay.
9.101
1 Caution. At Nabasan Wharf in Triboa Bay and at
Cayman Wharf in Ilanin Bay, regardless of tide and wind,
there is normally a current of between kn and 1 kn
setting onto the piers. It is strongest at the W end of each
pier, caused in part by the Triboa River draining into
Triboa Bay.
Berths
9.102
1 Alongside berths.
Triboa Bay:
Nabasan Wharf (14465N, 120155E): length
183 m (600 ft), with shallow water alongside.
2 Ilanin Bay:
Cayman Wharf (1446N, 12015E): fronted by piles,
length 140 m (459 ft), depth alongside 106 m
(35 ft).
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 9
208
SUBIC BAY TO SANTIAGO ISLAND
GENERAL INFORMATION
Charts 980, 976, 3806
Scope of the section
9.103
1 In this section the coastal passage along the NW coast
of Luzon between Subic Bay (1444N, 12012E) and
Santiago Island (1625N, 11955E) (9.176), some
100 miles N, is described. In part this coincides with the
route for low-powered vessels bound for Hong Kong
during the NE monsoon (2.6). It includes the ports of
Masinloc (1533N, 11956E) (9.120) and Bolinao Harbour
(1623N, 11955E) (9.177) as well as other minor ports.
Topography
9.104
1 The trend of the coast is generally NNW before turning
NE, towards Lingayen Gulf (10.9), N of Piedra Point
(1619N, 11947E). Mountain ranges, and isolated
mountains and hills, may be visible behind the coast.
Depths
9.105
1 This stretch of coast is generally steep-to, the 183 m
(100 fm) depth contour never being more than 10 miles
offshore.
Local knowledge
9.106
1 Local knowledge is required whenever it is intended to
approach the ports or anchorages described in this section.
SUBIC BAY TO CAIMAN POINT
General information
Chart 3806
Route
9.107
1 From SW of Subic Bay (1442N, 12011E) the coastal
route, in conjunction with the route (2.6) for low-powered
vessels, continues NW to a position W of Capones Point
(1454N, 12003E) (9.113), then NNW to a position W of
Caiman Point (1555N, 11946E), a total distance of about
83 miles.
9.108
1 A reporting system, which applies to all types of vessels
transiting the area within 20 miles of the Capones Islands
(1455N, 12000E) (9.114), is operated by the Philippine
Navy; for particulars see Admiralty List of Radio Signals
Volume 6 (4) .
Topography
9.109
1 From Sampaloc Point (1445N, 12009E) (9.14) to
Capones Point (1454N, 12003E) (9.113) the coast is
high, rocky, moderately steep-to, and indented from the S
by several bays. Some small islets lie close offshore.
Behind the coast the land is mountainous.
2 Between Capones Point and Caiman Point (1555N,
11946E) (9.115), 63 miles farther N, the coast is formed
of two long bays of almost equal length, divided by
Palauig Point (1527N, 11954E) (9.114). The S bay is
relatively clear of obstructions with a coastline formed of
steep-to sandy beaches, whereas the N bay is much
encumbered by islets, rocks and shoals, and has a low
coastline intersected by several rivulets. Hills and
mountains are interspersed behind the coast, and some of
the high peaks farther inland may be visible.
Depths
9.110
1 At distances of 10 miles from the coast, much less in
places, the charted depth generally exceeds 1800 m
(1000 fms).
Principal marks
9.111
1 Landmarks:
Subic Bay to Capones Point
Cinco Picos (1447N, 12010E), five peaks, the
highest having an elevation of 929 m (3050 ft).
Rounded Peak (1448N, 12008E).
Pointed Peak (1452N, 12008E).
2 Mount Agudo and Mount Maubanban (1454N,
12007E), having elevations of 1006 m (3300 ft)
and 1039 m (3408 ft) respectively.
Capones Point to Palauig Point
Mount Pinatubo (1508N, 12022E) (9.4).
Mount Botolan (1514N, 12003E), elevation 564 m
(1850 ft).
9.112
1 Major lights:
Sueste Point Light (1445N, 12011E) (9.37).
Capones Light (Capon Grande Island) (white tower,
17 m in height) (1455N, 12001E).
2 Hermana Mayor Light (white concrete tower and
dwelling, 9 m in height) (1548N, 11948E).
Cape Bolinao Light (16188N, 119466) (9.175).
Directions
(continued from 9.14)
Charts 976, 3806
Subic Bay to Capones Point
9.113
1 From a position SW of the approaches to Subic Bay, off
Sampaloc Point (1445N, 12009E) (9.14), the route leads
NW for 20 miles to a position W of Capones Point
(1454N, 12003E), passing (with positions from Silanguin
Island (1446N, 12006E)):
2 SW of Silanguin Island, a high, bare island joined to
the mainland E by a reef on which stand two
islets. Close SW of it are Los Frailes Islands
(1 mile SW), a group of six small, rocky, steep-to
islets and several above and below-water rocks; the
largest, the most SW, being 27 m (89 ft) high.
There is a deep channel between Silanguin Island
and Los Frailes Islands. Thence:
3 SW of Port Silanguin (close NE) (9.164). Entered
between the N extremity of Silanguin Island and
the mainland 1 mile N it, it affords a sheltered
anchorage at certain times (9.164). There are
several other bays between it and Capones Point
(8 miles NNW), which are easy of access but
open to the W. Thence:
4 SW of Tabones Islets (4 miles NNW), 39 m (127 ft)
in height, thence:
W of Capones Point (8 miles NNW), a bare,
reddish headland rising to a hill 7 cables SE of its
extremity, which, when first seen from NW,
appears as an island. Thence:
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 9
209
Capones Light Capon Grande Island (9.112)
(Original dated 1996 2003)
(Photograph Kevin R. Hamdorf)
Chart 3806
Capones Point to Caiman Point
9.114
1 From a position W of Capones Point the route leads
NNW for about 63 miles to a position W of Caiman Point
(1555N, 11946E), passing (with positions from Palauig
Point (1527N, 11954E)):
2 WSW of Capon Grande Island (32 miles SSE), which
is prominent, being the largest of the three small
islands in the Capones Islands group; the other
two, separated from it by a deep channel, are
known as the Camera Islands. Capones Lighthouse
(9.112) stands on the W side of Capon Grande; the
summit is near the E end of the island. A
submarine cable extends WSW into deep water
from the shore 3 miles NE of Capon Grande.
Thence:
3 WSW of a conspicuous water tower (white, 2 red
obstruction lights horizontally disposed; 56 m in
height) (30 miles SSE). Thence:
ENE of a reported 88 m (48 fm) shoal patch (24 miles
SW), thence:
WSW of Botolan Point (14 miles SSE), low and
sandy with Mount Botolan (9.111), thickly
wooded, 2 miles E of it. A light is exhibited from
the point. Thence:
4 WSW of Kinabakbagan Reef (5 miles S), thence:
WSW of Palauig Point, low and wooded, with a
detached knoll, 15 m high, 7 cables inland. Palauig
Point Light (white metal framework tower, 9 m in
height), is exhibited from the summit of Palauig
Point. The light-structure, surrounded by trees, is
difficult to distinguish by day. Palauig Reef
(1 miles WSW), awash, on which the sea breaks
heavily, lies off the point, and several shoals lie
between it and Kinabakbagan Reef (above).
Thence:
9.115
1 WSW of Matalvi Point (3 miles NNE) and the
entrances (6 miles N) to the small ports of Matalvi
(9.116) and Masinloc (9.120). Thence:
WSW of Tortuga Reef (10 miles N) and Sabalay Reef
(14 miles N). The W tangent of Hermana Menor
Island (18 miles NNW) bearing 000, leads clear
W of these reefs. Vessels should not pass between
these two reefs, nor between the reefs and the
coast, unless the reefs are clearly visible. Thence:
2 WSW of Naulo Point (16 miles N), not named on
chart, prominent and thickly wooded. A disused
Loran station tower (fixed red obstruction light)
stands on the point, and an airstrip is situated close
N of the point. Thence:
3 WSW of Santa Cruz Point (18 miles N), low and
covered with mangroves, the S entrance point of
Dasol Bay (27 miles NNW), with Santa Cruz
Harbour (9.144) 2 miles NE of it. Dasol Bay is
encumbered with islands and shoals, and reefs
extend S from Hermana Menor Island, between it
and Sabalay Reef (above). Thence:
4 WSW of Hermana Mayor Island (22 miles NNW).
High and partly wooded, it is the largest island in
the approach to Dasol Bay. A light (9.112) stands
on its summit. There is anchorage in the N part of
Dasol Bay in Caiman Cove (9.170), entered
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 9
210
between Balimanoc Point (30 miles NNW) and
Caiman Point, 2 miles W; and in Tambove Roads
(9.169), 2 miles ENE of Balimanoc Point. Thence:
5 To a position W of Caiman Point (30 miles NNW), a
rocky point fringed by a narrow reef, with two
detached rocks close SE of it. The coastal route
and the route (2.6) for low-powered vessels
diverge off this point.
(Directions continue at 9.176; directions for the route
for low-powered vessels continue at 2.21)
Port Matalvi
Charts 3806, 3559
General information
9.116
1 Port Matalvi (1529N, 11955E) affords protection from
strong winds in any direction, and is the only typhoon
anchorage between Subic Bay and Bolinao Harbour
(1623N, 11955E) (9.177).
Directions
9.117
1 From the vicinity of position 1531N, 11953E the line
of bearing 120 of the beacon (concrete, white horizontal
framework, 4 m square, black centre, 8 m in height)
(1530N, 11955E) leads in the entrance, passing (with
positions from the summit of Luan Island (15296N,
119541E)):
2 Between Salvador Island (1 mile N), and Magalawa
Island (5 cables WNW), and clear of the reefs,
above water in places, fringing these islands.
Salvador Island is thickly wooded, the largest
island in the vicinity, and connected to the
mainland to the E by several islets, reefs and
sandbanks. Magalawa Island is a low, flat and
wooded island. Thence:
3 NNE of the spit extending NNE from Luan Island,
marked by a buoy (starboard hand) (6 cables NNE)
at its N extremity. Thence:
4 Between Luan Island and Matalvi Island (7 cables
W), in mid channel. Shoal depths of 88 m (29 ft)
lie in this channel (6 cables NE). Vessels may
anchor in the channel midway between these two
islands or proceed in mid channel, clear of the
46 m (15 ft) rocky patch (8 cables SE), to the
anchorage shown on the chart (1 miles ESE)
(9.118).
Anchorages
9.118
1 Vessels may anchor:
In the position shown on the chart 2 cables S of the
SE end of Matalvi Island (1529N, 11955E), in
depths of 15 to 18 m (49 to 60 ft).
In the channel midway between Luan Island and
Matalvi Island, in depths of 27 m (15 fm), mud.
Small craft may anchor:
Near the E end of the port (1529N, 11956E).
Berth
9.119
1 A pier extends N from the S shore, opposite the S side
of Matalvi Island (1529N, 11955E), SW of the
anchorage shown on the chart; depth at head 13 m (43 ft).
Port Masinloc
Charts 3559 plan of Port Masinloc and Port Matalvi, 3806
General information
9.120
1 Position. Port Masinloc (1532N, 11956E), with Oyon
Bay (1534N, 11956E) as its N arm, lies 3 miles NNE
of Port Matalvi (9.116).
9.121
1 Function. Chrome ore is the main export. Timber is also
traded.
9.122
1 Topography. The port is bounded in the S by the N
side of Salvador Island (1531N, 11955E); in the E by
the shores of the bay between Tagapolo Point (1532N,
11957E) and Oyon Point, 1 miles NNW; and in the N
by Bani Point (1534N, 11955E) (9.136). Open to the W,
the greater part of the bay thus formed is obstructed by
reefs and small islands, and the shores are fringed by reefs.
Masinloc River discharges into the bay between Tagapolo
Point and Oyon Point.
9.123
1 Approach and entry. Port Masinloc is entered from
seaward via a narrow, marked channel between the reefs.
9.124
1 Traffic. In 2002 7 vessels with a total dwt of
307 196 tonnes used the port.
9.125
1 Port Authority. Benguet Consolidated Inc., 12 San
Miguel Avenue, Mandaluyong, Metro Manila.
Limiting conditions
9.126
1 Deepest and longest berth. Conveyor pier (9.140).
9.127
1 Mean tidal levels. See the relevant Admiralty Tide
Tables. MHHW 09 m; MLLW 01 m.
9.128
1 Maximum size of vessel handled. Vessels up to
14 000 tonnes can use the conveyor pier (9.140).
Arrival information
9.129
1 Port operations. Port Masinloc is a safe loading port
except during the SW monsoon (1.181). However, the
berthing, unberthing and anchoring of foreign vessels is
restricted at all times to daylight hours in good weather.
See 9.132 for pilotage details.
9.130
1 Port radio. There is a port radio station. See Admiralty
List of Radio Signals Volume 6 (4) for details.
9.131
1 Outer anchorage. Anchoring is not recommended
outside the port due to the uneven coral bottom. However,
with local knowledge vessels may sometimes anchor off the
entrance, on the leading line through the entrance, 3 cables
NNW of No 2 Buoy (1532N, 11954E), in 38 m (21 fm),
soft coral.
9.132
1 Pilotage: compulsory for all foreign merchant vessels
entering or leaving the port, or berthing, unberthing or
anchoring.
Pilotage is optional for local coastal vessels.
Pilots are stationed at Masinloc (1532N, 11957E) and
meet vessels outside the entrance, 1 miles NW of
Alupihing Point (1532N, 11954E). Whilst awaiting a
pilot it is best to remain underway in the offing.
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 9
211
2 Pilots can also be obtained at Santa Cruz (9.144) and
Port Sual (10.20), and be provided at Masinloc for those
ports.
For further information see Admiralty List of Radio
Signals Volume 6 (4). See 9.131 regarding outer anchorages.
9.133
1 Tugs are available.
9.134
1 Regulations concerning entry. Port Masinloc is not a
customs port. Clearance must be obtained before
proceeding there. The nearest port of entry is San Fernando
(1637N, 11918E) (10.45).
Harbour
9.135
1 General layout. The town of Masinloc stands on the S
side of the Masinloc River entrance, close N of Tagapolo
Point (1532N, 11957E). A T-headed concrete conveyor
pier (9.140) stands N of the river entrance, 8 cables NNW
of Tagapolo Point.
2 Masinloc Harbour, 1 miles SE of Tagapolo Point, is
small and shallow, but has depths of 11 to 13 m (36 to
42 ft) in its reef-bound approaches. Oyon Bay, between
Oyon Point and Bani Point (9.136), provides a safe
anchorage in all winds, and there is good anchorage
(9.138) in the bay fronting the town.
Directions
9.136
1 The line of bearing 136 of the beacon (white slatted
topmark, 5 m in height), standing on the N side of
Salvador Island 5 cables E of Alupihing Point (1532N,
11954E), leads into the entrance channel to Port Masinloc.
The trunk of a tree near this beacon has been painted white
to aid identification. From a distance off it of not less than
2 miles, the beacon should be steered for on that bearing,
passing (with positions from Alupihing Point, a prominent
steep head 30 m high, covered with bamboo):
2 NE of a 10 m (33 ft) shoal patch (9 cables NW),
thence:
NE of the N extremity of the reef, parts of which dry,
extending 5 cables NNW from Alupihing Point,
marked by No 2 Buoy (starboard hand) (5 cables
NNW), thence:
3 SW of the S extremity of the detached reef, partly
awash, marked by No 1 Buoy (port hand) (4 cables
NE), thence:
In mid channel, N of the beacon (above) (5 cables E),
thence:
NNW of the beacon (wooden pile) (1 mile ENE)
standing on the edge of the bank, with No 4 Buoy
(starboard hand) (9 cables ENE) close WNW of it.
Thence:
4 SSE of the beacon (wooden pile) (14 miles NE)
standing on the reef extending SSE from Bani
Point (2 miles NNE), a point easily identifiable
by the several rounded hills near its S extremity
and the 24 m high knoll 4 cables N. No 3 Buoy
(port hand) (13 miles NE) is moored close WSW
of the pile. From this position there is a clear
approach to the port, and to Oyon Bay.
5 Caution. The buoys in Port Masinloc cannot be relied
upon as they may be carried away or out of position, and it
was reported that the beacons were very difficult to
distinguish.
9.137
1 Useful marks, with positions from Tagapolo Point
(1532N, 11957E):
The church (2 cables NE), a large stone building
with a corrugated iron gable roof, 17 m (55 ft)
high.
A red conveyor tower (8 cables NNW) 9 m (30 ft)
high, standing at the root of the pier.
Berths
9.138
1 Anchorages in Port Masinloc:
9 cables W of the town of Masinloc, in depths of 20
to 24 m (66 to 79 ft), sand. This anchorage is
shown on the chart.
11 cables W of Tagapolo Point, in depths of 27 m
(89 ft). This is reported to be the better anchorage.
2 In Oyon Bay:
In depths of 13 to 15 m (42 to 49 ft). There are no
aids to navigation, except that the reefs are well
marked by water discolouration.
9.139
1 Moorings. The two mooring buoys off the T-head of the
conveyor pier (9.140) may be used whilst awaiting a berth
or trimming ore. These buoys may also be used by vessels
berthing and unberthing at the conveyor pier.
9.140
1 Alongside berth.
The T-head of the concrete conveyor pier (1533N,
11956E) used for loading chrome ore. Length
along face 66 m (217 ft), depth alongside 11 m
(36 ft), with dolphins and two mooring buoys off
it.
Note. Two wharves shown on the chart at the N
entrance point of Masinloc Harbour (1531N, 11958E)
have been destroyed.
Port services
9.141
1 Repairs: there are no repair facilities.
Supplies: no fuel, fresh water or stores are available.
Other facilities: doctor; small emergency hospital.
9.142
1 Communications.
By sea: regularly, with other ports on the W coast of
Luzon.
Other names
9.143
1 Dalolac (1532N, 11956E).
Dalolac Point (1532N, 11956E).
Iagat Island (1530N, 11955E).
Luan Point (1530N, 11954E).
Mapait Hill (1530N, 11957E).
Pilapir Island (1531N, 11957E).
Roja Point (15307N, 119574E).
Santa Cruz Harbour
Charts 3806, 989 plan of Santa Cruz
General information
9.144
1 Position. Santa Cruz Harbour (1546N, 11954E) is
entered between Santa Cruz Point (1544N, 11952E)
(9.115) and a point 2 miles NE.
9.145
1 Function. Chrome ore and concentrate are shipped from
Santa Cruz, and there is shelter from all but W winds.
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 9
212
9.146
1 Topography. Santa Cruz Harbour is in the form of a
small bay about 1 miles in width, but coastal reefs, banks
and shoals extending from the shores reduce the navigable
width of the inner part of the bay to about 5 cables. The
town of Santa Cruz is situated on the NE shore of the bay
N of the Santa Cruz River, which enters the bay at its
head. Baluarte and the chrome ore loading facility (9.160)
are located on the S shore, SW of the town.
9.147
1 Approach and entry. The harbour is approached from
seaward, via a channel through the reefs, between Hermana
Mayor Island (1548N, 11947E) (9.115) and Hermana
Menor Island, 3 miles SSE, and entered N of Santa Cruz
Point (1544N, 11952E) (9.115).
9.148
1 Port Authority. Acoje Mining Co. Inc., 6th Floor, Quad
Alpha Centrum Building, 125 Pioneer Street, Mandaluyong,
Metro Manila.
Limiting conditions
9.149
1 Port operations. Entrance to Santa Cruz Harbour should
only be made during daylight hours and under favourable
conditions.
9.150
1 Deepest and longest berth. Chrome ore loading berth
(9.160).
9.151
1 Mean tidal levels. See information in Admiralty Tide
Tables. MHHW 07 m; MLLW 00 m.
9.152
1 Maximum size of vessel handled. Length 1386 m;
draught 10 m.
9.153
1 Local weather. During bad weather the port may
become untenable in the NE monsoon; the anchorages
(9.159) may also become untenable in the SW monsoon
(1.181).
Arrival information.
9.154
1 Outer anchorage. The main anchorage, shown on the
chart, is in Santa Cruz Harbour, 5 cables NW of the
chrome ore loading berth at Baluarte. Vessels may also
anchor in the outer part of the harbour (9.159).
9.155
1 Pilotage: compulsory for all foreign merchant vessels
entering or leaving the harbour, or berthing or unberthing at
the chrome ore loading berth.
Pilots board 1 miles NW of the chrome ore loading
berth as shown on the chart.
2 Requests for pilots should be made through the Masinloc
Pilots Association, which provides pilots for Santa Cruz,
Masinloc (9.120) and Port Sual (10.20) at any of these
ports, see Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6 (4).
3 Pilotage is optional for local coastal vessels.
9.156
1 Tugs are not available.
Directions
9.157
1 Vessels approaching from N should remain at least 2
miles W of Caiman Point (1555N, 11946E) and
Hermana Mayor Island (1548N, 11947E), and if
approaching from S, at least 3 miles W of Hermana
Menor Island (1544N, 11949E), until in the vicinity of
1544N, 11945E, thence:
2 The line of bearing 060 of the highest part of the
flat-topped mountain (not shown on the chart),
near the beach N of Santa Cruz, leads through the
entrance channel in a least depth of 26 m (85 ft).
The mountain can be further identified by another
mountain behind it showing four distinct knobs.
Thence:
3 Leading beacons:
Front beacon (white triangle), standing on head of
chrome ore loading berth at Baluarte (15452N,
119534E).
Rear beacon (white triangle) (1 cables ESE of front
beacon).
4 The alignment (123) of these beacons leads through the
harbour to the anchorage and berth, passing (with positions
from the front beacon):
NNE of No 1 beacon (1 miles W). Shoal ground
extends 5 cables N of the beacon. Thence:
5 SSW of No 6 beacon (7 cables N), and through the
anchorage position shown on the chart. No 6
beacon stands on a shoal with a depth of 41 m
(13 ft) over it, with foul ground to N and NW, and
marks a similar shoal 2 cables W, as well as a
coral patch with a depth over it of 12 m (4 ft),
1 cable SE. No 7 beacon (3 cables NNE) also
marks a coral patch with a depth of 12 m (4 ft)
over it. Thence:
6 NNE of No 2 beacon (4 cables W), from where there
is a clear approach to the berth.
9.158
1 Useful mark:
A bell-tower (1546N, 11954E) at Santa Cruz, close
N of the river.
Berths
9.159
1 Anchorages.
As shown on the chart, 5 cables NW of the chrome
ore loading berth at Baluarte, in depths of 165 m
(9 fm), mud.
Vessels may also anchor in the outer part of the
harbour, in depths of more than 183 m (60 ft), but
care must be taken to avoid the numerous coral
patches.
2 Small vessels may anchor 3 cables E of No 6 beacon,
in depths of 9 to 11 m (5 fm to 6 fm).
Caution. During bad weather the anchorages may
become untenable in the NE and SW monsoons (1.181).
9.160
1 Alongside berth.
Chrome ore loading berth at Baluarte (15452N,
119534E). Concrete berth at head of conveyor
pier, length along face 337 m, depths alongside
135 m. A mooring buoy is laid 1 cables NNE of
the pierhead.
2 Vessels must berth heading W, with mooring lines
secured to concrete posts on the coastal reef; it is advisable
to use a stern anchor to keep the vessel off the pier.
Port services
9.161
1 Other facilities.
Hospital: there is a small hospital at Santa Cruz.
9.162
1 Supplies: fuel and fresh water are not available; fresh
provision available in limited quantities.
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 9
213
Other names
9.163
1 Biay Creek (1545N, 11954E).
Lipay (15456N, 119544E).
Minor anchorages
Chart 3806 (see 1.28)
Port Silanguin
9.164
1 Port Silanguin (1446N, 12007E) (9.113) affords fair
shelter from all but W and SW winds. The best anchorage
is off the sandy beach E of the extremity of the mainland
on the S side of the port, in depths of from 31 to 37 m
(102 to 121 ft).
Iba Point
9.165
1 Vessels may anchor S of Iba Point (1520N, 11958E),
sheltered only in the NE monsoon (1.181). Iba Point is low
and projects slightly from a sandy beach. A drying coral
reef extends 2 cables offshore from the point. There is an
airstrip at Iba Point. A white tank, 13 m in height, stands
on the Point.
2 Iba, a small town 1 mile E of the point, is the capital of
Zambales Province. The town is almost obscured by groves
of coconut and banana trees.
3 Vessels should anchor, in depths of 183 m (60 ft), with
the extremity of Iba Point bearing 001 (white tank bearing
005), distant 1 mile. This anchorage should be approached
from seaward, S of Kinabakbagan Reef (1520N,
11955E) (9.114) and the reefs S of it, on a E heading on
the latitude of Mount Botolan (1514N, 12003E) (9.111),
thence between the reefs and the coast on a N heading.
9.166
1 Small craft. There is a landing place 1 cables S of Iba
Point. Landing in the SW monsoon (1.181) is difficult, and
frequently impossible. Small vessels may anchor 2 cables
S of the landing place, in depths of 55 m (18 ft), sand.
Palauig Bay
9.167
1 Palauig Bay, entered between Palauig Point (1527N,
11954E) (9.114) and a point 1 mile NNE, affords good
shelter in S and W winds, but is open NW.
2 Reefs, awash in places, extend 2 cables SW from the
N entrance point of the bay. The entrance channel between
the reefs on either side is 4 cables wide. Within the
entrance, the bay opens out slightly but is much obstructed
by shoals. Depths of less than 55 m (18 ft) extend 5 cables
off the E shore of the bay. The Salasa River flows into the
bay 5 cables E of its S entrance point. A narrow sand-spit,
which forms the SE side of the bay, separates the river and
the bay for 7 cables from its mouth. Palauig town stands on
the S side of the mouth of the Salasa River.
3 There is anchorage 3 cables E of the extremity of the
reef on the S side of the entrance, in depths of 13 to 15 m
(42 to 49 ft).
Infanta
9.168
1 Infanta town (1550N, 11954E) stands on the S side
of a cove. The cove affords good anchorage, sheltered by
reefs, in depths of 13 m (42 ft), mud.
The entrance channel is deep, but narrow, with
dangerous reefs on either side. In good light the N reef can
usually be distinguished by water discoloration.
Tambove Roads
9.169
1 Tambove Roads (1556N, 11950E) is the N part of
Dasol Bay (9.115), E of Balimanoc Point. The anchorage is
open SW and there are several dangers in the entrance, but
there is good anchorage in the roads in depths of 11 to
24 m (36 to 79 ft), mud.
Caiman Cove
9.170
1 Caiman Cove, entered between Caiman Point (1555N,
11946E) (9.115) and Balimanoc Point, 1 miles E,
affords good anchorage during the NE monsoon (1.181), in
depths of 29 m (95 ft)
Other names
9.171
1 Arenas Point (1538N, 11954E).
Bucao River (1516N, 12001E).
Calaguaguin Bay (1453N, 12004E).
Candelaria (1538N, 11955E).
Culebra Island (1553N, 11947E).
Lauis River (1536N, 11955E).
Nazasa Bay (1449N, 12005E).
2 Pulipot Island (1541N, 11955E).
Raton Island (1549N, 11952E).
San Antonio (1457N, 12005E).
San Felipe (1504N, 12004E).
San Narciso (1501N, 12005E).
San Vincente River (1538N, 11955E).
Talisain Bay (1451N, 12005E).
CAIMAN POINT TO SANTIAGO ISLAND
General information
Chart 3806
Route
9.172
1 From Caiman Point (1555N, 11946E) to N of
Santiago Island (1625N, 11955E) the coastal route runs
generally NNE in deep water for about 48 miles.
Topography
9.173
1 From Caiman Point to Cape Bolinao, the W extremity of
which is Piedra Point (1619N, 11947E), the coast is
bold, rocky, wooded, and indented in many places by small
sandy bays. Cape Bolinao is the N part of the peninsula
which forms the W side of Lingayen Gulf (10.9). To the N
of Cape Bolinao, between the mainland and Santiago Island
(1625N, 11955E) to the N, lies Bolinao Harbour
(1623N, 11955E) (9.177). Santiago Island is fringed on
its seaward sides by extensive reefs and banks (9.176).
Depths
9.174
1 The 183 m (100 fm) depth contour closely follows the
coast until abreast of Cape Bolinao, where it gradually
diverges from it, continuing NE, then E as the coastline
turns to the S to form the W side of Lingayen Gulf. There
are no dangers beyond this depth contour.
Principal marks
9.175
1 Major lights:
Cape Bolinao Light (white tower 27 m in height)
(16188N, 119466E).
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 9
214
Bolinao Harbour Light (16229N, 119547E)
(9.178).
San Fernando Point Light (1637N, 12017E)
(10.16).
Directions
(continued from 9.113)
9.176
1 From a position W of Caiman Point (1555N, 11946E)
the coastal route runs N for about 24 miles to a position W
of Piedra Point (16188N, 119466E), thence NE for a
further 24 miles to a position N of Santiago Island
(1625N, 11955E), passing (with positions from Piedra
Point):
2 W of Tambobo Point (20 miles S), from which a
light is exhibited, thence:
W of Barani Point (16 miles S), thence:
W of Agno Bay (11 miles S). The Balincaguin River
discharges into the S part of Agno Bay and is the
means by which small craft may ascend to the
town of Agno (9.183). A light is exhibited from
the S side of the river mouth. Thence:
3 W of Olanin Bay (4 miles S), at the mouth of the
Olanin River, where there is anchorage (9.182)
during the NE monsoon (1.181). A conspicuous
tree, shown on the chart, stands 2 miles N of
Olanin Bay. Thence:
W then NW of Piedra Point, which is rocky and
wooded nearly to the beach, with an elevation of
73 m (240 ft) 7 cables inland. Cape Bolinao Light
(9.175) stands on the point. Thence:
4 NW of Balingasay Bay (5 miles NE), a narrow
opening in the reef 2 miles SW of the low and
wooded Balingasay Point. The Balingasay River
discharges into the head of the bay. Thence:
NW of the entrance to Bolinao Harbour (9 miles NE)
(9.177), thence:
5 NW of Santiago Island (10 miles NE). Santiago
Island is high and wooded. The N and E sides of
the island are fringed by a drying coral reef which
extends 1 miles offshore, and a bank extends
8 miles from it, to the NE. There is a 10 m (33 ft)
patch at the outer end of the bank, but the shoalest
part, with a depth of 64 m (21 ft) over it, lies
4 miles ENE of Dos Hermanos (below). Silaqui
Island (11 miles NE), from which a light is
exhibited, lies on the fringing reef 1 mile NNW of
the N extremity of Santiago Island. Silaqui Island
appears wedge shaped when viewed from W. Dos
Hermanos are three rocks which lie close W of the
N extremity of Santiago Island. The most N rock,
17 m (57 ft) high, is the highest. Tagaporo Island
is a wooded island which lies on the fringing reef
close off the E side of Santiago Island.
(Directions continue at 10.86. Directions for
Lingayen Gulf continue at 10.17, and directions for
San Fernando Harbour continue at 10.66)
Bolinao Harbour
Chart 3559
General information
9.177
1 Bolinao Harbour (1623N, 11955E) is entered from N
and lies between Santiago Island (1625N, 11955E) and
the NE side of Cape Bolinao (9.173). It affords shelter
from all winds for moderately sized vessels.
The small town of Bolinao stands close SW of Trinchera
Point (1624N, 11954E), the W entrance point of the
harbour. Very little of the town is visible from seaward.
2 A narrow channel (9.186) leads from the head of
Bolinao Harbour (S of Tambac Point (1623N, 11956E))
to Lingayen Gulf.
Major light
9.178
1 Bolinao Harbour Light (white square daymark on
concrete column, 13 m in height), (16229N,
119547E).
Directions
9.179
1 Approach. When approaching Bolinao Harbour from N
keep the W extremity of Cape Bolinao bearing less than
220 until Bolinao Harbour Light (9.178) bears 153. From
seaward, Bolinao Harbour Light is obscured from W by
Trinchera Point, and from N by Binabalian Point; a disused
light-tower is reported to stand close SE of the charted one.
Thence:
9.180
1 Entrance. The line of bearing 153 of Bolinao Harbour
Light leads in the entrance channel to Bolinao Harbour,
midway between the reefs on either hand, in a least depth
of 165 m (54 ft), passing (with positions from Binabalian
Point (1623N, 11955E)):
2 Close WSW of a 97 m (32 ft) shoal patch (2 miles
NNW). Shoal patches of 183 m (60 ft) and 29 m
(96 ft) are reported to lie respectively 2 cables SW
and 4 cables NW of that patch. Thence:
ENE of Balingasay Point (1 miles WNW) (9.176),
thence:
WSW of Ducoy (1 mile N), a village situated on the
W side of Santiago Island. Thence:
3 ENE of Trinchera Point (7 cables NW) (9.177),
thence:
Proceed in mid-channel to the anchorages, shown on
the chart, which lie either side of Binabalian Point,
giving that point a berth of 2 cables to avoid the
spit extending SSW from it. A wreck lies
2 cables SE of the point.
9.181
1 Anchorages. The anchorages in Bolinao Harbour, shown
on the chart, are:
In mid-channel 2 cables W of Binabalian Point
(1623N, 11955E), in depths of 16 to 18 m (53
to 60 ft), mud. This anchorage is exposed to N
winds.
2 Inner anchorages:
In mid-channel 2 cables ESE of Binabalian Point, in
depths of 20 to 27 m (65 to 90 ft), mud.
In mid-channel 9 cables E of Binabalian Point, in
depths of 116 to 15 m (38 to 50 ft).
3 Numerous wrecks of wooden fishing vessels line both
shores of the inner anchorages, E of Binabalian Point.
Anchorages
Chart 3806 (see 1.28)
9.182
1 Anchorage may be found:
Off the mouth of Balincaguin River, S of Rena Point
(1610N, 11945E), in Agno Bay, entered
between Rena Point and Saoit Point, 2 miles S,
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 9
215
where there is fair shelter during the NE monsoon
(1.181).
In Olanin Bay, 4 miles NNE of Rena Point, in the
middle of the bay, 2 cables offshore, in depths of
13 m (42 ft), where there is shelter during the NE
monsoon (1.181).
Small craft
9.183
1 Balincaguin River (1607N, 11947E), which
discharges into Agno Bay (9.176), has depths on its bar of
15 m (5 ft), but at high water vessels drawing up to 2 m
(7 ft) have ascended the river to the town of Agno, 2 miles
inland. A drying reef extends 3 cables offshore at a position
1 mile NNW of the rivers entrance, and depths of less
than 55 m (18 ft) extend 2 cables farther.
9.184
1 Landing. There is a good landing place for boats in
Agno Bay, in good weather, on a sandy beach close S of
Piedra Point (16188N, 119466E) (9.176).
9.185
1 Balingasay Bay (9.176) has restricted anchorage with
little turning room.
9.186
1 Bolinao Harbour to Lingayen Gulf. A narrow and
winding channel, with a least depth of 18 m (6 ft), used by
local boats, leads S from Bolinao Harbour, passing W of
Cabarruyan Island (1618N, 11958E) (10.10), to the W
side of Lingayen Gulf.
Other names
9.187
1 Abagatanan (1610N, 11946E).
Alaminos (1610N, 11959E).
Baruan (1601N, 11947E).
Ilioilio (1549N, 11946E).
Locloc (1602N, 11947E).
Malino River(1622N, 11949E).
Mesangrip Bay (1600N, 11946E).
Nagtoan Point (1606N, 11944E).
2 Nayaitayan Point (1600N, 11946E).
North Sapa (1603N, 11950E), a grass covered hill.
Panaen Island (2205N, 11956E).
Payiban Point (1601N, 11946E).
Riripayan Point (1623N, 11955E).
Sabangan Point (1608N, 11947E).
South Sapa (1600N, 11949E), a hill.
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER
2
CHAPTER
9
Cape
Bolinao
Lingayen
Gulf
San Fernando
Currimao
Cape
Bojeador
Port Sual
NP 32
China Sea Pilot
Vol III
216
10.123
10.86
10.66
10.17
10.20
10.45
10.127
10.137
10.101
3545
3545
3545
3545
3804
3545 Solvec Cove
Salamogue Hr.
& Lapog Bay
March 2004
3806
3805
16
17
18
19
119 120
16
17
18
19
30 30
30
30
30
30
30
30
119 Longitude 120 East from Greenwich 30 30
Chapter 10 - West coast of Luzon from Santiago Island to Cape Bojeador
Home Contents Index
217
CHAPTER 10
WEST COAST OF LUZON FROM SANTIAGO ISLAND TO CAPE BOJEADOR,
INCLUDING LINGAYEN GULF AND SAN FERNANDO HARBOUR
GENERAL INFORMATION
Charts 3806, 3805
Scope of the chapter
10.1
1 The area described in this chapter is comprised of the
coastline of NW Luzon which trends S and in an
anti-clockwise direction around Lingayen Gulf (1620N,
12010E) from Santiago Island (1625N, 11955E) to San
Fernando Harbour (1638N, 12018E), thence N for about
115 miles from close N of San Fernando Harbour to Cape
Bojeador (1830N, 12034E).
2 Directions are given for Port Sual (1604N, 12006E)
(10.20), San Fernando Harbour (10.45). Solvec Cove
(1727N, 12027E) (10.101), Salomague Harbour
(1747N, 12025E) (10.127) and Port Currimao (1801N,
12029E) (10.137), as well as the other minor ports and
anchorages along this coastline.
10.2
1 For a description of the areas to the N and E of the area
covered in this chapter see China Sea Pilot Volume III and
Philippine Islands Pilot. The area to the W is described at
2.143.
Topography
10.3
1 The W coast of Lingayen Gulf is, for a large part,
fronted by an almost unbroken chain of islands and rocks.
The S shore of the gulf is low and sandy, and the E shore
consists almost entirely of continuous sandy beaches with
foothills behind them.
Mountain ranges also extend E from the coast (1620N,
12030E) on the E side of Lingayen Gulf. See 10.10.
2 North of San Fernando Harbour there are foothills close
to the coast along most of its length, with mountains
behind them. Several rivers enter the sea along this coast;
their estuaries are either navigable by small craft or have
anchorages off them, and are the sites of small towns or
villages. The coast is steep-to but the shore is fringed with
reefs and banks. There are no significant bays or
promontories, and the few small islands which are to be
found are close inshore.
Depths
10.4
1 The waters of Lingayen Gulf are generally clear of
dangers. For further information see 10.11.
North of San Fernando Harbour the 183 m (100 fm)
depth contour runs within 7 miles of the shore; in the S
part it is generally much closer.
2 It is possible that uncharted shoal patches exist offshore
and in apparently deep water, especially in the vicinity of
those which are charted. See also 2.143 for information
concerning the offshore reefs and banks to the W.
Fish aggregating devices
10.5
1 It has been reported that numbers of these devices,
which normally consist of unlit steel pontoons with fishing
topmarks, are moored about 30 miles offshore N of San
Fernando Harbour. There is no indication that their
positions are promulgated, or that the areas used are
patrolled. These devices are difficult to detect by eye and
by radar and constitute a significant hazard to navigation.
See also 1.18.
Submarine cables
10.6
1 Anchoring and trawling are prohibited in an area shown
on the chart offshore of a stretch of the coast 2 miles N of
Port Currimao (1801N, 12029E) (10.137) where
submarine cables are landed.
For further information concerning submarine cables see
The Mariners Handbook.
Weather
10.7
1 See 1.201.
Climatic table: for Dagupan see 1.225 and 1.238
Tides
10.8
1 The tides in the area covered are usually diurnal, with a
tidal range between MHHW and MLLW of about 05 m.
For further information see the relevant Admiralty Tide
Tables.
LINGAYEN GULF AND SAN FERNANDO HARBOUR
LINGAYEN GULF
General information
Chart 3806
General description
10.9
1 Lingayen Gulf (1620N, 12010E) is the broad gulf W
of Cape Bolinao (1620N, 11950E) (9.173) having San
Fernando Harbour (1638N, 12018E) (10.45) the
principal port, at its NE entrance point, and the small port
of Sual (1604N, 12006E) (10.20) in the SW. Dagupan
City (1603N, 12020E) (10.25) is situated at the head of
the gulf.
Topography
10.10
1 Open to the NNW, entered between Santiago Island
(1625N, 11955E) (9.176) and San Fernando Point
(1637N, 12017E) (10.67), 23 miles ENE, Lingayen Gulf
extends 30 miles SSE and maintains its width throughout,
narrowing only to 18 miles at its head.
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 10
218
The land on the W side of the gulf is of moderate
elevation, gradually rising from Cape Bolinao (9.173) to the
mountains S.
2 The coast S from Santiago Island to Port Sual (1604N,
12006E) (10.20), in the extreme SW, is mainly fronted by
islands which range in size from large rocks to Cabarruyan
Island (1618N, 11958E), which is 8 miles in length. The
islands are mostly reef-fringed, low and wooded, and
separated by shallow channels.
3 The head of the gulf, the S coast, is a broad sweep of
low-lying coast fronted by banks and intersected by rivers.
From Port Sual to the mouth of the Dagupan River
(1604N, 12020E), 13 miles E, the shore is low and
sandy, and is formed by the delta of the Agno River
(10.42) and other smaller rivers.
4 From E of the Dagupan River and as far as Santo
Tomas (1617N, 12023E) (10.38) on the E coast, the
coast is low, with sandy beaches backed by sparsely
wooded hills and fronted by a bank which extends up to
1 miles offshore.
5 From Santo Tomas to San Fernando Point (1638N,
12017E), 23 miles N, the coast consists of a continuous
sandy beach with foothills a short distance behind. A range
of mountains stand inland on the E side of the gulf; Mount
Santo Tomas, 2257 m (7406 ft) (1620N, 12033E), the
highest peak, lies at the S end of a high ridge, 11 miles
ENE of the town of Santo Tomas. Mount Pulog, 2889 m
(9840 ft) (1636N, 12054E), the highest mountain in
Luzon, stands 25 miles NE of Mount Santo Tomas. San
Fernando Harbour (10.45), a natural bay, lies E of San
Fernando Point.
Depths
10.11
1 The waters of Lingayen Gulf are moderately deep and
free of dangers away from its shores. There are few
hazards beyond the 40 m (20 fm) depth contour.
Along the S coast, although the 183 m (60 ft) depth
contour maintains a distance off of about 3 miles, the depth
does not shoal rapidly until close to the shore, except off
the mouth of the Agno River (1603N, 12008E) (10.42).
10.12
1 Caution. It has been reported that, due to earthquake
activity, the shoreline and depths along the S coast of the
gulf may differ from the charted information.
Fishing Grounds
10.13
1 Municipal fishing grounds, marked by buoys (special)
about 2 miles apart and 10 miles offshore, exist in Lingayen
Gulf. Mariners should exercise caution.
Local knowledge
10.14
1 Local knowledge is required whenever it is intended to
approach the ports or anchorages described in this section.
Tidal streams
10.15
1 Tidal streams in the gulf are variable and depend to a
great extent on the strength and direction of the wind.
During the rainy season (1.201) the freshets from the
rivers at the head of the gulf cause a N-going set in the
gulf.
Principal marks
10.16
1 Major lights:
San Fernando Point Light (white round metal tower
and dwelling, 8 m in height) (1637N, 12017E).
Bolinao Harbour Light (16229N, 119547E)
(9.178).
Point Guecet Light (white concrete house, 5 m in
height) (1605N, 12020E).
Directions
(continued from 9.176)
10.17
1 Caution. When entering or leaving Lingayen Gulf care
should be taken to keep at least 8 miles clear of Silaqui
Island (1627N, 11955E) (9.176) in order to avoid the
shoals and shallow patches which extend NE. Care should
also be taken to avoid the 119 m (39 ft) patch which lies
10 miles NE of Silaqui Island.
10.18
1 Having entered the gulf, between Santiago Island
(1625N, 11955E) and San Fernando Point (1637N,
12017E), navigation within the gulf is clear beyond the
coastal shoals and banks, all of which lie within the 183 m
(60 ft) depth contour. Consequently, with the exception of
the approaches and entries to the ports and anchorages
describe hereafter, the chart is the best guide when
navigating within the gulf.
Useful marks
10.19
1 Cabarruyan Island Light (16188N, 120008E).
Port Sual Light (16045N, 120067E) (10.23).
Santa Rita Light (16217N, 120206E).
Mount San Isidro (15595N, 120070E).
Mount Verde, elevation 391 m (1282 ft) (16035N,
120045E).
(Directions continue at 10.66)
Port Sual
Charts 3545, plan of Port Sual, 3806
General information
10.20
1 Port Sual (1604N, 12006E), a port of entry, is
situated in the SW corner of Lingayen Gulf. The port is
entered between Portuguese Point (16045N, 120067E)
(10.23) and Mangas Point (10.23), 6 cables S of it.
2 Port Sual is formed of a natural bay open in the SE, the
NE side of which is a narrow wooded peninsula tipped by
Portuguese Point, the N entry point. The N part of the
harbour lies N of a line drawn W from Portuguese Point to
an unnamed promontory on the W shore, and the SW part
lies between this unnamed promontory and Mangas Point to
the SE.
The shores of Port Sual are fringed by reefs, and the
deepest water is to be found in the entrance to the harbour.
3 The town of Sual is situated on the W side of the bay,
opposite the entrance. An area of reclaimed land about 1
cable in width extends about 1 cables ENE into the bay
in front of the town. A partly destroyed stone pier extends
from the shore 2 cables SE of the reclaimed land;
numerous broken piles stand 3 cables WNW of the partly
destroyed pier. A partly destroyed stone church stands in
the town close W of the N limit of the reclaimed land and
a radio tower stands about cable S of the church. A tank
on a trestle stands on the shore about 1 cable N of the
church.
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 10
219
4 Numerous pontoon barge wrecks lie along the S and W
shores.
Caution. Fishing stakes exist in the area of the plan on
chart 3545, and in particular within the 183 m (60 ft) depth
contour.
Mean tidal levels
10.21
1 MHHW 07 m; MLLW 01 m. For further information
see the relevant Admiralty Tide Tables.
Pilotage
10.22
1 Pilots board 1 miles NE of Cabalitian Island (10.35).
Pilots can also be obtained at Masinloc (9.120) and Santa
Cruz (9.144), and provided at Port Sual for those ports, see
Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6 (4).
Directions
10.23
1 The port is approached from between N and E from
Lingayen Gulf. From a position E of Port Sual the entrance
should be steered for, passing (with positions from
Portuguese Point (16045N, 120067E)):
N of Adela Rock (6 cables SSE), on which the sea
breaks in bad weather. The rock is usually marked
by a fish trap. Thence:
2 S of Portuguese Point, which is wooded and rises to
a hill 2 cables N. The point can be identified by a
small tower which is part of an old fort standing
on the point. Port Sual Light (concrete mast, 10 m
in height) is exhibited from the point. From a
distance of more than 7 miles the land in the
vicinity of Portuguese Point looks like an island. A
reef with a depth of 52 m (17 ft) at its outer end,
and over which the sea only breaks in strong
onshore winds, extends 2 cables S from the
point, and a shoal patch of 116 m (38 ft) lies
5 cables ESE of the point. Thence:
3 NNE of Mangas Point (6 cables S), which is high
and wooded, with a fringing reef extending
1 cables N from it, upon which, 1 cables NE of
the point, lie a group of above water rocks. From
this position there is a clear approach to the
anchorage position (10.24) shown on the chart. A
light-buoy (S cardinal) marking the shoal ground
to the W and N of it, is moored close W of the
anchorage position.
Anchorage
10.24
1 Good anchorage may be obtained, in the position shown
on the chart, 4 cables SW of the old fort on Portuguese
Point, in depths of 9 to 11 m (30 to 36 ft), mud.
Smaller vessels may anchor in the N part of the port,
4 cables WNW of the old fort, in depths of 9 m (30 ft).
Dagupan City
Chart 3806
General information
10.25
1 Dagupan City (1603N, 12020E), situated 2 miles
above the bar of the Dagupan River, is a port of entry.
10.26
1 Small craft may ascend the Dagupan River beyond
Dagupan City to Lingayen (1601N, 12013E), population
37 000, the principal town of the province of Panga Sinan,
which stands 7 cables inland, 6 miles W of Dagupan City.
Pilotage
10.27
1 Pilotage is compulsory for all merchant vessels of 3 nrt
or over entering the river. Pilots are obtained by sounding
the whistle, or by giving advance notice. Pilots can also be
provided for Masinloc (9.120.)
Storm signals
10.28
1 Storm signals are shown at Dagupan City. See 1.102 for
details.
Directions
10.29
1 Dagupan City is approached from Lingayen Gulf on a S
heading, passing (with positions from Point Guecet
(1605N, 12020E)):
Across the entrance bar of the Dagupan River
(3 cables NW). The bar shifts frequently but
generally has a least depth of 18 m (6 ft) over it.
Thence:
2 W of Point Guecet, the E entrance point of the
Dagupan River. A light (10.16) is exhibited from
the point and a tower (fixed red obstruction light),
stands 5 cables ESE of the light-structure. Thence:
Via the main fairway of the Dagupan River to
Dagupan City. Above the bar there are depths of
from 24 to 43 m (8 to 14 ft) in that fairway.
Anchorage
10.30
1 Off the mouth of the Dagupan River:
1 miles NW of Point Guecet Light (1605N,
12020E) (10.16), in depths of 11 m (36 ft), mud.
Other facilities
10.31
1 Hospital.
Supplies
10.32
1 Diesel fuel oil; petroleum; provisions.
Anchorages
Hundred Islands
10.33
1 General information. Hundred Islands is a group of
wooded islets centred 2 miles SE of the SE extremity of
Cabarruyan Island (1615N, 11958E). The bases of these
islands are much undermined by the sea, and landing on
them is difficult. A T-headed pier extends 2 cables offshore
from the W side of Lucap Bay (1611N, 12001E),
2 miles SW of the anchorage. A light is exhibited from
the head of the pier. Depths in the immediate vicinity of
the pier have not been examined but there are depths of
37 m (12 ft) and more in the approaches.
10.34
1 Anchorage. There is good anchorage close W of
Hundred Islands, in depths of 11 to 15 m (48 to 55 ft).
Cabalitian Bay
10.35
1 General information. Cabalitian Bay, W of Cabalitian
Island (1607N, 12007E), affords good shelter when
protected by the island. The anchorage may be approached
by passing either N or S of Cabalitian Island. The more
open approach is from the S, avoiding Calpay Shoal, which
lies 5 cables S of Cabalitian Island.
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 10
220
10.36
1 Anchorage. The best anchorage is obtained 2 cables S
of the SW extremity of Cabalitian Island, in depths of 24 m
(78 ft), mud.
San Fabian
10.37
1 There is anchorage abreast the town of San Fabian
(1607N, 12024E), in depths of more than 9 m (30 ft).
Santo Tomas Anchorage
10.38
1 General information. Santo Tomas town (1617N,
12023E), which stands near the E side of the head of the
anchorage, is connected to the railway system. Santo Tomas
Anchorage is mainly used by fishing vessels. The S end of
a sandy spit, which extends 4 miles S from the sandy W
entrance point, should be given a berth of at least 1 miles
when approaching the anchorage, which lies to the E of the
spit. The S and E sides of the spit are steep-to, but the W
shoals gradually, and, due to the depths over it, the spit
gives little protection to the anchorage. The head of the
anchorage is shallow.
10.39
1 Anchorage. The best anchorage (16145N, 120230E)
is obtained 1 mile SE of the sandy W entrance point, in
depths of 13 m (42 ft), mud.
10.40
1 Useful mark. Damortis Light (16165N, 120235E).
Small craft
10.41
1 Pao Bay (1608N, 12006E), open to the SE, affords
good sheltered anchorage in depths of from 6 to 10 m (20
to 33 ft). Shoals lie in mid-channel 3 cables WSW of
Bangar Point, the E entrance point of the bay.
10.42
1 Agno River. Although of considerable size, and draining
a large area, the Agno River has a shallow and difficult bar
(16030N, 120085E) with a least depth of 11 m (3 ft)
over it. Small vessels can reach the town of Labrador,
situated on the W bank, 1 miles from its mouth.
10.43
1 Dagupan River (16045N, 120195E). See 10.26.
Other names
10.44
1 Aringay Point (1623N, 12020E).
Aringay River (1623N, 12020E).
Bangayao Point (1607N, 12006E).
Bauang Point (16315N, 120185E).
Bauang River (1631N, 12018E).
Cangaluyan Strait (1622N, 11959E).
Caquiputan Strait (1618N, 11955E).
Carot Point (1621N, 11959E).
2 Comas Island (16085N, 120070E).
Encarnada Point (1611N, 12004E).
Narra Island (16205N, 119570E).
Panacalan Island (16160N, 120015E).
Poro Island (1606N, 12006E).
Siapar Island (16215N, 119570E).
Siapar Point (16225N, 119580E).
Tambac Bay (1614N, 11956E).
3 Tandoyong Island (16195N, 120015E).
Tondol Point (1619N, 12001E).
Toritori Point (16135N, 119595E).
SAN FERNANDO HARBOUR
General information
Chart 3545, plan of San Fernando Harbour
Position
10.45
1 San Fernando Harbour (1638N, 12018E) lies E of the
peninsula of which San Fernando Point (1638N,
12017E), the E entrance point of Lingayen Gulf, is the N
extremity.
Function
10.46
1 San Fernando is a port of entry. The port serves the
extensive mining area to the E. The principal imports and
exports are oil products, cement and fertilisers. Ore
concentrates, timber and gold are exported. There is a
Philippine Naval Patrol Base at Port Poro (10.61).
Topography
10.47
1 The harbour is in the form of a natural bay open to the
NW. The SW side of the harbour is formed by a peninsula,
with San Fernando Point (1638N, 12017E) (10.67) at its
NW tip, which is joined to the mainland by a narrow neck
of land which forms the S side of the harbour. The E side
consists of a generous sweep of bay with the entrance to
Carlatan Lagoon at its N end. The E entrance point is the
mainland shore 1 miles ENE of San Fernando Point. The
town of San Fernando is situated on the E side, behind the
bay.
Depths
10.48
1 Foul ground and shoals extend NE towards the entrance
from the E side of the peninsular which extends S from
San Fernando Point. Depths of less than 55 m (18 ft) front
the W shore, and extend up to 3 cables from it, between
San Fernando and E entrance point. The deepest water is in
the centre of the harbour, as may best be seen on the chart.
Approach and entry
10.49
1 The harbour is approached from NW and entered
between a rocky ledge to the W and a shallow flat to the
E, the extremities of which are buoyed.
Port Authority
10.50
1 Philippine Ports Authority, Ports Management Office,
San Fernando, La Union, Luzon.
Limiting conditions
Deepest and longest berths
10.51
1 See 10.73.
Mean tidal levels
10.52
1 MHHW 07 m; MLLW 01 m. For further information
see the relevant Admiralty Tide Tables.
Maximum size of vessels handled
10.53
At anchorage: 30 000 dwt.
Alongside: 10 000 dwt.
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 10
221
Local weather and sea state
10.54
1 In heavy N weather, especially during the NE monsoon,
when swells may enter the harbour, the designated
anchorages may become untenable. See 10.72.
10.55
1 Caution. Numerous wrecks lie within the charted 183 m
(10 fm) depth contour, especially on the S and E sides of
the harbour, and there is a large amount of flotsam on the
beaches. During heavy weather the wrecks may break up
and form new obstructions, and, especially at high water
with a S wind, the flotsam may float off the beaches,
becoming dangerous to navigation.
Arrival information
Port radio
10.56
1 There is a port radio. See Admiralty List of Radio
Signals Volume 6 (4) for details.
Notice of ETA
10.57
1 48 hours advance notice required.
Prohibited anchorage
10.58
1 Anchoring is prohibited in an area off the S shore of
San Fernando Harbour, N of Port Poro, shown on the chart,
1 miles SSW of the Carlatan water tower.
Pilots
10.59
1 Pilotage is compulsory for all merchant vessels. Pilots
should be ordered at least 24 hours in advance. See
Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6 (4).
Pilotage waters comprise the area 3 miles from the front
leading light-structure (16372N, 120186E) (10.69) on
the San Fernando town shore.
2 Pilots meet vessels at the pilot boarding place
(16386N, 120175E), shown on the chart, outside the
harbour entrance. The pilot boat is small and displays the
pilot flag (the letter P in white on a red background) by
day and at night exhibits a flashing red light. If the pilot
cannot board due to bad weather vessels should proceed to
the quarantine anchorage (10.72).
Tugs
10.60
1 One tug is available. Others can be ordered from Manila
if required.
See 10.73 for berth information.
Harbour
General layout of harbour
10.61
1 The deep water area in San Fernando Harbour extends S
from the entrance as far as the berths on the S shore at
Port Poro, where all the shipping facilities in San Fernando
Harbour are concentrated. The quarantine anchorage and
the Port Poro anchorage, shown on the chart, take up most
of the central deep water area, with open water to their N,
and the prohibited anchorage area off the Port Poro berths
to their S. To the E is the shallow water fronting the town,
and to the W that fronting the peninsula.
2 The Port Poro berths (10.73) are in the form of piers at
right angles to the shoreline.
Numerous wrecks, shown on the chart, lie in the vicinity
of Port Poro, and skirt the approaches to it on either hand
from as far N as the quarantine anchorage area on the E
side. These wrecks can represent a danger to navigation,
particularly as a consequence of adverse weather (10.55).
Storm signals
10.62
1 Storm signals are shown at San Fernando Harbour. See
1.102.
Principal marks
10.63
1 Landmarks:
Carlatan water tower (fixed red light) (1638N,
12019E).
With positions from the Carlatan water tower:
Radio mast (red and white bands) (1 mile S).
Radar domes (2 miles WSW).
10.64
1 Major lights:
Cape Bolinao Light (16188N, 119466E) (9.175).
San Fernando Point Light (1637N, 12017E)
(10.16).
Off-lying dangers
10.65
1 Fagg Reef (1639N, 12015E), 2 miles NW of San
Fernando Point, on which the sea breaks in heavy weather.
The reef is composed of rock and sand, and has a least
depth of 82 m (27 ft) over it.
Research Reef (1635N, 12017E), 2 miles S of San
Fernando Point, which is a coral reef with a depth of 46 m
(15 ft) over it. There is a 5 m (16 ft) patch 7 cables S of it,
and a dangerous wreck, the position of which is doubtful,
2 cables NW of it.
Directions
(continued from 9.176 and 10.19))
Approaches
10.66
1 From west there is clear approach to San Fernando
Harbour across the head of Lingayen Gulf, keeping N of
the shoal water extending NE from Silaqui Island (1627N,
11955E) (see caution at 10.17), thence clear of Fagg Reef
(10.65).
(Directions for the coastal route N from
San Fernando Harbour continue at 10.86)
10.67
1 From south, having passed well clear of Research Reef
(10.65), the channel between Fagg Reef (10.65) and San
Fernando Point (1638N, 12017E) should be used,
passing at least 1 mile N of San Fernando Point. San
Fernando Point is the N extremity of the peninsula forming
the SW side of San Fernando Harbour. The point is 24 m
(80 ft) high on its W side, where there are some prominent
cliffs. A light (10.16) is exhibited from the point. The
peninsula is wooded, and there are numerous radio masts
standing on it, as well as radar domes on its NW side.
(Directions for the coastal route N from
San Fernando Harbour continue at 10.86)
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 10
222
San Fernando (10.69)
(Original dated 2000)
(Photograph mv Doulos)
10.68
1 From north, San Fernando Point Light (10.16) should
be kept bearing 180 until the San Fernando leading lights
(10.69), which lead through the entrance (10.70), are in
line.
Entrance
10.69
1 Leading lights:
Front light (orange triangle point up, black stripe, on
orange mast) (16372N, 120186E).
Rear light (triangle point down, on orange mast),
640 m from front light.
2 It is reported that these leading lights are difficult to
distinguish among the shore lights at night, and that during
the day the structures do not stand out except from well
inside the harbour. In the early morning they are usually
obscured by mist.
10.70
1 From the pilot boarding place (16386N, 120175E)
the alignment (144) of the San Fernando Leading Lights
leads through the entrance and to the quarantine anchorage,
passing (with positions from the Carlatan water tower
(1638N, 12019E)):
2 NE of the shallow rocky ledge extending 9 cables NE
from San Fernando Point, the NE extremity of
which is marked by No 2 Buoy (starboard hand)
(12 miles W). A shoal patch (1 mile W), with a
swept depth of 165 m (54 ft), lies close to the
edge of the fairway, 2 cables SE of No 2 Buoy.
And:
3 SW of the shoal flat extending W from the E shore,
the W extremity of which is marked by No 1 Buoy
(port hand) (9 cables WNW). Thence:
The alignment (198) of the leading marks for the
approach to Port Poro, which stand 1 mile WSW
of the San Fernando Front Leading Light (1 mile
S), leads through the harbour until there is a clear
approach to the appropriate anchorage or berth.
Useful mark
10.71
1 Carlatan Lagoon Light (tower) (16389N,
120188E).
Berths
Anchorages
10.72
1 The designated anchorages in San Fernando Harbour,
shown on the chart, are (with positions from the Carlatan
water tower (1638N, 12019E)):
San Fernando Berths from N (10.73)
(Original dated 2000)
(Photograph mv Doulos)
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 10
223
Quarantine anchorage (7 cables SW), with depths
from 67 to 201 m (22 ft to 11 fm). A wreck lies
in the SE corner of the anchorage.
Port Poro anchorage (11 miles SW) with depths of
22 m (72 ft).
2 In strong N winds vessels ride easier at Port Poro
anchorage, where there is good holding ground, than at the
quarantine anchorage. However, during the NE monsoon
(1.181) the swell, which is particularly heavy during the
afternoon, reaches the Port Poro anchorage.
If anchorage within the harbour is untenable, there is
anchorage along the coast S of the peninsula terminating in
San Fernando Point (1638N, 12017E).
Alongside berths
10.73
1 Earthquake damage resulted in alterations being made to
the arrangement of berths in San Fernando Harbour in
1995. Subsequent to those alterations there are now
reported to be five principal piers, an additional timber
trestle pier and a Government ramp; all at Port Poro. For
further information the Philippines Port Authorities at San
Fernando should be consulted.
10.74
1 Tankers may work cargo at some of the above berths.
Port services
Repairs
10.75
1 Minor repairs can be undertaken.
Other facilities
10.76
Deratting exemption certificates can be issued.
Hospitals.
Supplies
10.77
1 Fuel: available by road tanker, most types are
obtainable.
Fresh water: available by road tanker.
Provisions: fresh provisions are available locally;
others, and stores, can be obtained from Manila at
24 hours notice.
Communications
10.78
1 By sea: regularly, with Manila and other coastal ports.
By air: daily, to and from Manila via Baguio City
(1625N, 12036E), from the airstrip (1636N,
12018E) 1 mile SE of Port Poro.
SAN FERNANDO HARBOUR TO CAPE BOJEADOR
SAN FERNANDO HARBOUR TO DILE
POINT
General information
Chart 3805
Route
10.79
1 From San Fernando Harbour the route leads N in deep
water to Dile Point (1735N, 12020E) (10.86), 56 miles
N.
Topography
10.80
1 The coastline is intersected by several rivers, and is
mainly low, except in places N of Candon Point (1713N,
12024E) (10.86) where the ridge of foothills meet the
coast. From S to N, with positions from Candon Point, the
main rivers are:
Baroro River (30 miles SSW). The small town of
Bacnotan stands 7 cables ENE of the river mouth.
2 Darigayos River (24 miles SSW). See also Darigayos
Inlet (10.112).
Amburayan River (17 miles S) affords anchorage, see
10.88.
Mainganay River (11 miles NNE).
Abra River (19 miles N) which, with other rivers,
shares a delta between the town of Santa
(16 miles NNE) and Dile Point (22 miles NNW).
3 Behind the coastline, as well as close to it, are many
hills and mountains, some of which are prominent (10.84).
For much of its length the coast is is steep-to and
fringed by shallow reefs, but banks, some of which dry,
extend up to 5 cables offshore in places.
Depths
10.81
1 The 183 m (100 fm) depth contour follows the shore line
quite closely along this stretch of the coast, as may be seen
on the chart; beyond it, except for the shoal area (1718N,
12010E) (10.86), passage is in deep water.
Currents
10.82
1 During the NE monsoon (1.181) a strong current setting
NNE along the coast may sometimes be experienced S of
Candon Point (10.86).
Local knowledge
10.83
1 Local knowledge is required if entering the anchorages
along this stretch of coast.
Principal marks
10.84
1 Landmarks:
Bald Peak (1700N, 12029E). A range of hills
extends 3 miles S and 1 miles N from this
peak.
With positions from Bald Peak:
Mount Estilete (13 miles NE).
Mount Monserrat (9 miles ENE), the S and higher of
two peaks close together.
2 Tetas de Santa (32 miles N), prominent twin peaks.
Mount Bulagao (40 miles N). Though Mount Nagapu,
10 miles NNE of Mount Bulagao, has the greater
elevation, Mount Bulagao, which has two peaks
when seen from S, the most N being the higher, is
more conspicuous because it is dark-coloured and
comparatively isolated. From the N, Mount
Bulagao appears to have a single rounded summit.
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 10
224
10.85
1 Major lights:
San Fernando Point Light (1637N, 12017E)
(10.16).
Salomague Harbour East Light (17465N,
120254E) (10.122).
Directions
(continued from 9.176, 10.66, 10.67)
10.86
1 From off the entrance to San Fernando Harbour the
track leads N to Dile Point (1735N, 12020E) (below),
passing (with positions from Dile Point):
W of Darigayos Point (45 miles S), with the entrance
to Darigayos River (10.80) close S of it. Darigayos
Point Light is exhibited at the N side of the river
entrance. A factory with two conspicuous
chimneys, and a large concrete silo, stand
3 miles S of the light. Thence:
2 W of Tagudin Light (white concrete column, 7 m in
height) (38 miles SSE) standing 2 cables NE of
the N entrance to the Amburayan River (10.88).
Bald Peak (10.84) stands 3 miles NE of Tagudin
Light. Thence:
W of Candon Point (22 miles SSE), a low point,
densely wooded with coconut trees. Candon Light
(white concrete tower, 10 m in height) stands
1 mile SE of Candon Point. Thence:
3 Clear of the unnamed shoal area (18 miles SW), with
a least depth of 20 m (65 ft) over it. Thence:
W of Pandan Light (white concrete tower, 8 m in
height) (3 miles SE), which stands on the beach
near Pandan village (10.104). Thence:
W of Dile Point, which is low and inconspicuous.
Due to the discharge from the Abra River (4 miles
SE) discoloured water is sometimes seen off this
point.
Useful marks
10.87
1 Solvec Rock (1727N, 12026E), prominent, 9 m
(30 ft) high and square-shaped, lies close SW of
Solvec Point, to which it is joined by above and
below-water rocks. A rock awash lies close W of
it.
Santa Lucia (1707N, 12027E); has a prominent
church with white dome.
(Directions continue at 10.123)
Anchorages and harbours
Amburayan River
10.88
1 General information. The broad delta of the
Amburayan River (1657N, 12026E) has the town of
Tagudin to the NE and the small town of Bangar to the S.
10.89
1 Anchorage. Vessels should anchor with Tagudin Light
(10.86) bearing 135, distant 6 cables, in depths of 15 m
(49 ft), sand and mud.
10.90
1 Berth. A pier extends NW from the coast close NE of
Tagudin Light; two concrete dolphins stand off the pier
head, and three mooring buoys are laid off it. A yellow
water tank is situated near the root of the pier.
Candon Anchorage
10.91
1 General information. Candon Anchorage (1712N,
12025E), S of Candon Point (10.86), is partly protected
from N winds, but when the winds are strong the swell
comes in round the point and causes a heavy surf which
renders the landing of cargo difficult, and sometimes
impossible.
See also 10.82 concerning currents in the vicinity.
10.92
1 Anchorage. Anchorage may be obtained with the
extremity of Candon Point bearing 000, in depths of not
less than 16 m (53 ft).
Small vessels can anchor WSW of a stone house (not
shown on the chart) standing on the beach 1 mile SE of
Candon Point, in depths of 9 to 11 m (30 to 36 ft).
Santiago Cove
10.93
1 General information. Santiago Cove (1717N,
12026E) gives fair shelter during the NE monsoon
(1.181), but is open to the SW. It is fringed with reefs
extending up to 1 cables offshore, which dry in part, but
which are usually plainly visible. Santiago town is situated
5 cables NE of the head of the cove but only its church
and monastery are visible.
10.94
1 Directions. The church (10.93) bearing 067, leads
through the entrance to the cove.
10.95
1 Anchorage. Vessels should anchor with the N entrance
point of Santiago Cove bearing 320, distant 2 cables, in
depths of 12 m (33 ft), sand and mud.
Small vessels can anchor within 1 cables of the head
of the cove, in a depth of 35 m (12 ft), but swinging room
is restricted.
Port San Esteban
10.96
1 General information. Port San Esteban (1720N,
12027E) is entered between San Esteban Point (1720N,
12026E) to the SW, and Suso Point, 1 miles NE of it. It
affords shelter in the SW monsoon (1.181), but is a
dangerous anchorage during the NE monsoon (1.181) due
to the heavy swell. The town of San Esteban stands
3 cables S of the head of the port, where there is a small
pier.
10.97
1 Useful marks:
A prominent quarry, which appears as a bare spot on
the hillside 4 cables S of Suso Point.
A prominent large concrete building, the ruins of a
hospital, is situated close to the beach at the head
of the port.
San Esteban Light (17200N, 120275E).
10.98
1 Anchorage. There is anchorage for moderate-sized
vessels between 4 cables and 5 cables W of the quarry
(10.97), in depths of from 146 to 201 m (48 to 66 ft).
From seaward the line of bearing 090 of the quarry leads
clear N of the coastal reef and between it and Suso Shoal,
to the anchorage. Suso Shoal, with a depth of 64 m (21 ft)
over it, lies 2 to 8 cables W of Suso Point.
2 Small vessels can anchor between the drying reefs which
extend up to 1 cables offshore on either side, near the
head of the port.
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 10
225
Nalbo Bay
10.99
1 General information. Nalbo Bay (1722N, 12027E)
provides some shelter during the NE monsoon (1.181), and
in this respect is preferable to Port San Esteban (10.96),
but it is open to the SW monsoon (1.181). The small town
of Santa Maria lies 2 miles E of the N entrance point. A
solitary pointed hill, 76 m high, stands close inland of the
head of the bay.
10.100
1 Anchorage. There is anchorage in the N part of the bay,
in depths of from 9 to 11 m (30 to 36 ft). From seaward
the line of bearing 079 of the solitary pointed hill (10.99)
leads to the anchorage.
Chart 3545
Solvec Cove
10.101
1 General information. Solvec Cove (1727N, 12027E)
gives shelter from the N winds. Mount Narvacan rises to
259m (851 ft) 6 cables E of the S entrance point and a long
range of hills extends from Solvec Point to Tetas de Santa
(10.80) 5 miles NNE. Solvec village is situated 2 cables
inland from the NE corner of the bay.
10.102
1 Anchorage. Larger vessels should anchor at the entrance
to the cove, in the position shown on the chart, in depths
of from 18 to 20 m (60 ft to 12 fm), with Solvec Rock
(10.87) bearing 315, distant 4 cables.
Smaller vessels may anchor farther in, but the holding
ground is not good near the head of the bay.
10.103
1 Berth. A ruined pier extends 1 cables WNW from a
position 2 cables NE of the S entrance point of the bay.
Chart 3805
Vigan
10.104
1 General information. Vigan (1734N, 12023E), a
provincial capital and large, important town, is served by
sea via Pandan anchorage (10.108), the landing place being
the village of Pandan (1732N, 12023E) situated near one
of the mouths of the Abra River (10.80), 2 miles SSW of
Vigan.
10.105
1 Landmark:
Caoayan church belfry (white concrete) in Caoayan
village, 1 mile NE of Pandan. The belfry is
prominent above the trees.
10.106
1 Storm signals (1.102) are shown at Vigan.
10.107
1 Directions. When approaching Pandan anchorage
(10.108) from N or S vessels should keep at least 2 miles
offshore until Caoayan church (10.105) bears 041. This
line of bearing 041 then leads to the anchorage.
10.108
1 Anchorage. Pandan anchorage is 8 cables SW of
Pandan Light (10.86), with Solvec Rock (10.87) bearing
140, in depths of 11 m (36 ft).
2 Caution. The anchorage is partially sheltered from NE
winds by Dile Point (10.86), however, tide-rips extend from
the S mouth of the Abra River (10.80) to N of Dile Point,
giving a dangerous appearance to the anchorage. In strong
N winds the ground swell sets in round the point causing a
heavy surf which makes loading cargo difficult, and at
times impossible. In the N set of current vessels lie
broadside to the sea and the anchorage becomes very
uncomfortable.
10.109
1 Other facilities: a hospital.
10.110
1 Supplies: marine diesel fuel oil and lubricating oils
available in limited quantities; provisions; stores.
10.111
1 Communications.
By air: there is an airstrip 2 miles SW of the town.
Small craft
Darigayos Inlet
10.112
1 General information. The Darigayos River flows into
Darigayos Inlet (1649N, 12020E), a slight indentation of
the coast having Darigayos village on its N side. The
entrance channel is 1 cable wide, with depths of more than
55 m (18 ft). Depths of less than 55 m (18 ft) extend
2 cables from the head of the inlet.
10.113
1 Anchorage: poorly protected, 1 cable from the head of
the inlet, in depths of 3 m (10 ft).
Mainganay River
10.114
1 General information. Position 1723N, 12027E,
1 mile NNE of the N entrance point of Nalbo Bay (10.99).
10.115
1 Anchorage: in the break in the reef close S of the river
mouth.
Other names
10.116
1 Dili (1703N, 12027E).
Luna (1651N, 12022E).
San Juan (1640N, 12020E).
Santa Cruz (1705N, 12027E).
Sevilla (1701N, 12027E).
Tamurung Point (1716N, 12025E).
DILE POINT TO CAPE BOJEADOR
General information
Chart 3805
Route
10.117
1 Between Dile Point (1735N, 12020E) (10.86) and
Cape Bojeador (10.123), the route leads NNE for 57 miles
before turning NE along the N coast of Luzon and reaching
the limit of this book after travelling a further 9 miles.
Passage is coastal and in deep water throughout.
See 10.2 for directions beyond the limit of this book.
Topography
10.118
1 North of Dile Point the coast is low and quite
featureless, the main landmarks being the mountains
standing behind the coast to the N and S (10.121). This
section of coastline is less steep-to than that to the S, and
the coastal reefs and banks, which fringe the coast for its
entire length, extend up to 2 miles from the shore in
places.
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 10
226
Depths
10.119
1 The 183 m (100 fm) depth contour is generally about
5 miles offshore along this section of the coast; beyond that
the waters are deep and clear of dangers, with depths in
excess of 266 m (200 fm) being maintained whilst on
coastal passage.
Local knowledge
10.120
1 Local knowledge is required if entering any of the small
ports or anchorages along this stretch of coast.
Principal marks
10.121
1 Landmarks (with positions from Mount Pasaquin):
Mount Pasaquin (1817N, 12041E).
Mount Cauit (9 miles WSW), a grassy sandhill 92 m
(303 ft) high. The summit, with some trees on it,
rises as a prominent nipple.
A high peak (6 miles N). It appears as a black knob
and rises, steeply on its SE side, to an elevation of
532 m (1746 ft).
2 Mount Mangrupid (9 miles NNE), with its S peak,
the highest of its twin peaks, having an elevation
of 550 m (1805 ft).
Two aluminium domes, marked by white and red
fixed lights (7 miles N).
10.122
1 Major lights:
Salomague Harbour East Light (white framework
tower, 9 m in height) (17465N, 120254E).
Arboledan Point Light (white concrete tower, 10 m in
height) (1801N, 12029E).
Cape Bojeador Light (white eight-sided tower and
dwelling, 20 m in height) (1831N, 12036E).
Directions
(continued from 10.87)
10.123
1 From off Dile Point (1735N, 12020E) (10.86) the
route leads NNE for about 70 miles to a position NW of
Cape Bojeador, passing (with positions from Cape Bojeador
(1830N, 12034E)):
WNW of San Ildefonso Harbour (53 miles SSW)
(10.124), thence:
2 WNW of Pinget Island (50 miles SSW), low, sandy,
covered with brushwood and joined to the
mainland 5 cables E by a low sandy isthmus. A
light stands on the W side of the island. Thence:
3 WNW of Salomague Point (43 miles SSW), a bluff
tableland 31 m (103 ft) high. Salomague Island,
34 m (110 ft) high and covered with grass and
brushwood, lies close W of it. The island forms a
good landmark from N or S; it is fringed by a
narrow coral reef, the inner part of which dries.
Salomague Harbour East Light (10.122) is
exhibited at Salomague Harbour (10.127), 2 miles
SE of Salomague Point. Thence:
4 WNW of Badoc Island (36 miles SSW). The island is
bold on its W side and covered with grass and a
few trees, one of which, near the middle, is
solitary and prominent. The island is separated
from Solot Point, 8 cables ESE, by a channel with
depths of 37 m (20 fm) in the fairway. Thence:
5 From a position NW of Badoc Island the route
continues NNE through an area, shown on the
chart, within which anchoring and trawling are
prohibited because of submarine cables (10.6),
passing:
6 WNW of Arboledan Point (29 miles SSW), which is
prominent. It is the S end of a ridge, covered with
bushes and a few trees, which rises to an elevation
of 41 m (135 ft) 2 cables NNE of the point.
Arboledan Point Light (10.122) is exhibited from a
ridge 1 cables N of the point, close W of the
entrance to Port Currimao (10.137). Thence:
7 WNW of Culili Point (25 miles SSW), which rises
from sand dunes as a prominent rocky bluff 35 m
(114 ft) high and bare of trees. Thence:
WNW of the mouth of the Laoag River (19 miles
SSW), with Mount Cauit (10.121) 1 miles NE,
and the important town of Laoag (10.147) 5 miles
E. Thence:
8 Clear of a shoal depth of 44 m (24 fm) (20 miles
SW), reported in 1950. In 1983 SS Gadila
reported that when passing through the position of
the reported shoal no soundings were obtained.
Thence:
9 WNW of Cape Bojeador, the NW extremity of
Luzon. Cape Bojeador, a broad cape, is low near
the coast and rises gradually to a broken ridge,
bare of trees, 2 miles E. Cape Bojeador
Lighthouse (10.122) stands on the summit of a
prominent hill situated 1 mile E of the N extremity
of Cape Bojeador, which is 2 miles NE of
Nagabungan Bay (7 cables SSE). Cape Bojeador is
fringed by reefs on which the sea breaks, and foul
ground extends up to 5 cables beyond the reefs in
places, consequently it should be given a wide
berth. A stranded wreck, conspicuous on radar, lies
1 miles WSW of the lighthouse.
(Directions for the N coast of Luzon E of
Cape Bojeador continue in China Sea Pilot Volume III)
Anchorages and harbours
San Ildefonso Harbour
10.124
1 General information. San Ildefonso Harbour (1738N,
12022E) is entered via a channel 1 cables wide and
85 m (25 ft) in depth. Within the harbour both its only pier
and breakwater are reported to be destroyed. A prominent
concrete tank, 3 m in height, stands close N of the harbour.
Pinget Island
10.125
1 General information. There is anchorage N or S of
Pinget Island (1741N, 12021E) (10.123), depending on
the prevailing monsoon (1.181).
10.126
1 Anchorage:
On the N side:
There is good anchorage, 3 cables E of the N end, in
depths of 13 m (42 ft), or;
Small vessels can anchor closer to the isthmus.
On the S side:
5 cables SE of S extremity of the island, in depths of
11 m (35 ft).
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 10
227
Chart 3545
Salomague Harbour
10.127
1 General description. Salomague Harbour (1747N,
12025E), is also known as Port Cabugao; Cabugao being
a large town 2 miles E of Salomague. It is a port of entry.
Formed of a natural bay open to the W and affording
protection from all but W and SW winds, coasting vessels
sometimes unload here when it is too rough at Pandan
(10.104) or off Laoag River (10.147) during the SW
monsoon (1.181).
2 The small town of Salomague is situated on the N side
of the bay and the village of Dardarat is located at its
head.
10.128
1 Directions. If approaching from the S, Pinget Island
should bear less than 180; or if approaching from the N
vessels should not pass less than 2 miles W of Salomague
Harbour, until Salomague Harbour E Light (10.122) bears
090, when it should be steered for on this bearing which
leads through the entrance and between the reefs to N and
S, marked by buoys, to the anchorage shown on the chart.
10.129
1 Useful mark:
An old whitewashed tower (17470N, 120247E)
standing on the shore close W of Salomague.
10.130
1 Anchorage:
7 cables W of Salomague E Light, with the old
whitewashed tower (10.129) bearing 349, distant
5 cables, in depths of 15 m (49 ft).
Small vessels can find better shelter to the N of this
position, in depths of 13 m (42 ft).
10.131
1 Berth: at Salomague there is a concrete pier with a
depth at its head of 49 m (16 ft). A wreck lies on the W
side of the pier.
10.132
1 Supplies: diesel fuel oil; petroleum; lubricating oils;
water at the pier; some provisions available from Cabugao
(10.127).
Chart 3805
Cabugao Bay
10.133
1 General information. Cabugao Bay (1750N,
12025E) affords some protection in S winds.
10.134
1 Anchorage:
In the SW part of the bay W of Cabugao Point, the S
entrance point, in depths of 13 m (42 ft); or
In the cove NE of Cabugao Point, in depths of 11 to
13 m (36 to 42 ft), avoiding a 27 m (9 ft) patch,
not shown on the chart, which lies about 3
cables from the shore in the centre of the cove.
Badoc Island
10.135
1 General information. Badoc Island (1755N, 12025E)
(10.123) affords shelter in W or moderate N winds.
10.136
1 Anchorage: between Badoc Island and the mainland.
Chart 3545
Port Currimao
10.137
1 General information. The name Currimao, or, as here,
Port Currimao, is now generally used to include the area
marked as Gaang Bay (1800N, 12029E) on the chart, as
well as the cove marked Port Currimao (1801N,
12029E). It is a port of entry.
2 Gaang village stands at the head of Gaang Bay and
Muglavis village, with Maglaoi village to the SW of it,
stands on the shore 1 mile SW of Gaang village. A coral
spit extending SW from the drying reef which fringes the
N entrance point, extends 8 cables from the point and
separates Gaang Bay from the cove, shown on the chart as
Port Currimao, to the N. In the SE of the bay, between
breaks in the shore reef, there are small sandy beaches,
where small boats can land in S weather.
3 The Currimao River discharges into the cove N of
Gaang Bay. The village of Currimao stands on either side
of the river mouth and is connected to Laoag (1812N,
12036E) (10.147) by a good road. The anchorage
(10.143), shown on the chart, affords indifferent and
restricted shelter, but it is the nearest anchorage to Laoag
and may be used when, due to bad weather, vessels are
unable to lie off the mouth of Laoag River during the NE
monsoon (1.181). Cargo is handled by lighters at the
anchorage.
10.138
1 Port authority: Philippine Ports Authority, Port
Management Office, San Fernando, La Union, Luzon.
10.139
1 Maximum size of vessel handled: approximately 7 700
grt.
10.140
1 Pilotage is compulsory for berthing at the pier (10.144).
Pilots are available through San Fernando Pilots
Association; 24 hours notice required. For further
information see Admiralty List of Radio Signals
Volume 6 (4).
Tugs are available from Manila.
10.141
1 Storm signals: shown at Currimao. See 1.102.
10.142
1 Directions. Gaang Bay is entered from W through a
narrow break, 2 cables in width, in the coastal reef, with
coral shoals and rocks on either hand. Several obstructions,
shown on the chart, impede the head of the bay.
10.143
1 Anchorage. In Gaang Bay:
NE of the shoal on the S side of the entrance, in
depths of 11 to 18 m (36 to 60 ft).
Off Currimao:
The line of bearing (105) of S Fort, a dark stone
tower standing on the S entrance point of the cove,
leads to the anchorage shown on the chart, with S
Fort distant 4 cables, in depths of 20 m (11 fm),
soft mud.
10.144
1 Berths. In Gaang Bay an L-shaped concrete pier, with a
depth of 7 m (24 ft) at its head, extends about 430 m from
the shore 4 cables NE of Muglavis village. In 1995 the pier
was found to have suffered earthquake damage, and a rock
breakwater (not charted), 210 m in length, lying N-S some
200 m W of the pier was causing rapid siltation in the
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 10
228
vicinity of the pier. The pier, which has berths 171 m long
on both sides, is exposed to the N and NW. A prominent
warehouse (not charted) is reported to stand close S of the
root of the pier.
Berthing alongside the pier takes place during the day
only.
10.145
1 Other facilities: there is landing for boats at Currimao
at a small stone pier on the N shore. However, due to
numerous coral heads, caution should be exercised when
approaching this pier, especially near low water.
10.146
1 Supplies: only small quantities of marine diesel fuel oil,
gasoline and lubricating oils available locally. Other
supplies may be available from Laoag (10.147) or
elsewhere.
Charts 3545, 3805
Laoag
10.147
1 General information. Laoag (1812N, 12036E), an
important regional town, is situated 4 miles inland from
the mouth of Laoag River. It is served by sea from the
open anchorage off the river mouth, or from Port Currimao
(10.137). From the open anchorage boats may cross the bar
at the river mouth to land at the landing 5 cables higher up.
10.148
1 Anchorage may be obtained about 1 mile SW of the
mouth of Laoag River, with Mount Cauit (10.121) bearing
045, and Culili Point (10.123) bearing 202, in depths of
16 m (55 ft).
Due to shoaling in the river entrance the anchorage
should be approached with caution.
10.149
1 Other facilities: a hospital.
10.150
1 Supplies: gasoline; provisions.
10.151
1 Communications.
By air: with Manila via the airport at Gabo, 3 miles
WSW of Laoag.
Payupuan River
10.152
1 General information. Temporary anchorage can be
found off the coast in the vicinity of the Payupuan River
mouth (1820N, 12036E) during the NE monsoon
(1.181).
Small craft
Chart 3805
Lapog Bay
10.153
1 General information. Lapog Bay (1745N, 12025E)
provides shelter for small craft but, as nearby Salomague
Harbour (10.127) is better, it is not recommended.
Saoang (1744N, 12025E) is the village port of Lapog
Bay.
Gabot Island
10.154
1 General information. Gabot Island (1758N, 12028E)
lies on a drying reef which extends 3 cables NW from
Gabot Point (1758N, 12028E). An old tower stands
2 cables SE of Gabot Point.
There is good landing on either side of Gabot Island,
depending on wind direction and tide.
Pangil
10.155
1 General information. There is good landing for boats
close N of Pangil village (1803N, 12029E).
Dirique Inlet
10.156
1 General information. Dirique Inlet (1828N, 12035E)
is sheltered from all but SW winds.
10.157
1 Anchorage: there is good anchorage for small craft
during NE monsoon (1.181), in depths of 18 m (60 ft).
Cape Bojeador
10.158
1 General information. The N extremity of Cape
Bojeador, 1 mile W of Cape Bojeador Light (10.122),
consists of a point, composed of overhanging black coral
cliffs, with a grass-covered top, 15 m high. Close S of this
point landing is possible, except during NW winds.
Other names
10.159
1 Lapog Point (1744N, 12025E).
Lugot Point (1756N, 12027E).
Pasuquin (1820N, 12037E).
Quiaoit River (1805N, 12029E).
Home Contents Index
229
APPENDIX I
ARCHIPELAGIC SEA LANES
General Information
The definition, purpose and other information concerning
Archipelagic Sea Lanes is contained in The Mariners
Handbook.
Charting of Archipelagic Sea Lanes
Admiralty charts show all adopted archipelagic sea
lanes, including the axis lines and the lateral limits of the
sea lanes.
Archipelagic Sea Lanes in NP 31
The following designated archipelagic sea lanes, defined
by their respective axis lines, lie either wholly or partly
within the waters described in this volume:
ASL I South China Sea Selat Karimata
Western Java Sea Selat Sunda Indian Ocean
3350N, 108510E
3000N, 108100E
0500N, 106163E
0123S, 106440E
2010S, 108270E
2160S, 109195E
2450S, 109330E
3468S, 109330E
5125S, 106545E
5173S, 106445E
5173S, 106275E
5150S, 106125E
5573S, 105463E
6185S, 105333E
6248S, 104414E
ASL IA Northeast of Pulau Bintan
1520N, 104550E
0500N, 106163E
Home Contents Index
230
INDEX
Abagatanan 9.187 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Abai, Kampung Kuala 6.119 . . . . . . . . . . . .
Abai, Kuala 6.119 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Abai, Sungai 6.119 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Abai, Tanjung 6.119 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Abana Rock 5.53 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Abongan River 7.101 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Abra River 10.80 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Abrupt Point 7.44 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Acasta, Batu 3.21 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Acis North Shoal:
see Liku Utara, Beting 4.311 . . . . . . . . . .
Acis South Shoal:
see Liku Selatan, Beting 4.311 . . . . . . . .
Adam, Tanjung 4.30 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Adela Rock 10.23 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Afuera Shoal 8.43 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Agal Bay 6.122 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Agcauayan 8.58 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Agno 9.183 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Agno Bay 9.176 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Agno River 10.42 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Agok, Bukit 5.18 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Aguawan Point 8.113 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Agudo, Mount 9.111 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Agusuhin Point 9.86 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Agusuhin River 9.86 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Agusungin River 9.89 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Airy, Mount 7.144 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Aitken Reef 2.45 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ajer Buluh 3.69 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Alaminos 9.187 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Alang, Pulau 5.173 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Alasasin Point 8.122 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Alaua Wharf 9.67 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Albaguen Island 7.114 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Albay Shoal 7.145 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Albion Head 7.152 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Alcade Cove 7.99 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Alcade Point 7.73 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Alert Rock 6.106 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Alicia Annie Reef 2.68 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Alison Reef 2.104 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Allen Head 7.101 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Alligator Bay 7.89 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Alligator Island 7.89 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Alor Besar 5.174 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Alupihing Point 9.136 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ambawang, Bukit 3.123 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ambil Island 8.24 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ambil Pass 8.28 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ambil Shoal 8.43 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ambog, Bukit 5.19 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ambong, Teluk 6.112 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Amboyna Cay 2.110 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Light 2.57 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Amburayan River 10.80 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Amcotts Rock 5.22 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ampa Patches 5.22 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Amy Douglas Bank 2.89 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Baker Reef 2.89 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Hirane Shoal 2.89 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Iroquois Reef 2.89 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Anambas, Kepulauan 3.24 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Anambas, PulauPulau 3.20 . . . . . . . . . . . .
Anchorage Islet 7.108 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Anepahan 7.160 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Anepahan Peaks 7.144 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Angareteng, Tanjung 5.174 . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Anson, Alor 5.127 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ant Rocks 6.106 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Antelope Shoal 7.177 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Antipolo Point 8.58 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Antu, Pulau 3.85 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Antucao Bay 8.59 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Antucao Point 8.59 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Apaliin Point 9.91 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Apalit Point 9.84 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Apatol Bay 8.196 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Api, Alur Pelayaran 3.120 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Api Api, Anak Tanjung 4.147 . . . . . . . . . . .
Clearance Beacon 4.147 . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Api Api Spit 4.147 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Api Api, Tanjung 4.147 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Api, Tanjung 3.126 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Apurauan 7.150 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Apurauan Point 7.150 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Arboledan Point 10.123 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Light 10.122 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ardasier Bank 2.99 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ardasier Reef 2.99 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Light 2.99 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Arenas Point 9.171 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Aringay Point 10.44 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Aringay River 10.44 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Arsat Rocks 6.106 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Aru, Tanjung (Kota Kinabalu) 6.14 . . . . . . .
Aru, Tanjung (Labuan) 5.58 . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Asaan Point 9.84 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Asuansang, Gunung 3.123 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Averpenipa, Teluk 3.85 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Awar, Teluk 4.36 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Awat Awat 5.188 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ayer, Gunung 4.128 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Bacao Bacao Point 7.193 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Bacnotan 10.80 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Bacoor Bay 8.181 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Bacuit Bay 7.48 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Bacuit, see El Nido 7.38 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Badak, Tanjung 6.86 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Badas, PulauPulau 3.24 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Badoc Island 10.123 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Bagac 9.14 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Bagac Bay 9.14 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Baguio City 10.78 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Bagus, Beting 4.195 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Baheli 7.129 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Baheli River 7.129 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Bahia Honda 7.147 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Bahia Honda Point 7.147 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Baja Llanura Island 7.152 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Baja Point 7.187 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Bajong, Tanjung 4.106 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Bakakong, Tanjung 4.204 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Bakakong, Teluk 4.208 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Bakam, Kuala 4.322 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Bakau Oil Field 4.11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Bakau, Pulau 3.104 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Baker Reef 2.89 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Bako 4.30 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Bako, Sungai 4.30 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Bako, Tanjung 4.34 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Balabac: E Palawan 7.203 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Balabac Island 6.85 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Balabac Strait 6.85 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Balai, Tanjung 5.58 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Balakias 8.58 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Balakias Bay 8.58 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Balambangan, Pulau 6.107 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Balan, Tanjung 4.243 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Balangkasan, Pulau 5.187 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Balauan Point 7.73 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Bald Peak 10.84 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Balimanoc Point 9.115 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Balincaguin River 9.176 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Balingasay Bay 9.176 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Balingasay Point 9.176 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Balingasay River 9.176 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Balingian, Batang 4.256 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Balingian, Kuala 4.256 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Balintang Point 7.196 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Balolo Rock 7.73 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Balu River 7.99 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Baluarte 9.160 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Baluku, Tanjung 4.109 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Balulu Point 7.89 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Bambanan 7.91 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ban Hock Wharf 4.89 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Bandang, Tanjung 4.22 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Bandar Seri Begawan, Port of 5.152 . . . . . .
Bando Point 7.71 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Bangar 10.88 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Bangar Point 10.41 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Bangau, Sungai 5.174 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Bangau, Tanjung 6.123 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Bangayao Point 10.44 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Bani Point 9.136 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Banisi Bay 7.158 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Banisi Point 7.158 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Banyok, Tanjung 4.189 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Baquios 1.206 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Baram, Batang 4.356 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Baram, Kuala 4.356 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Baram Oil Field 4.11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Baram, Tanjung 4.245 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Light 4.314 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Barani Point 9.176 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Barat 1.211 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Barat Banks 5.53 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Baratoan Bay 7.160 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Baronia Oil Field 4.11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Baroro River 10.80 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Barque Canada Reef 2.109 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Barton Oil Field 6.11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Barton, Port 7.114 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Barton Shoal 6.107 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Baru Baru, Pulau 5.160 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Baruan 9.187 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Base Bay 7.160 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Bataan, Mount 9.13 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Bataan Oil Refinery: see Petron Bataan
Refinery 8.151 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Batang Marou, Tanjung 4.110 . . . . . . . . . . .
Batu 4.32 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Batu Batu, Tanjung 5.186 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Batu Bedara, Teluk 5.67 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Batu Belah, Tanjung 4.32 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Batu Blat Reach 4.83 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Batu Kuda, Tanjung 4.32 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Batu, Pangkalan: Kuching 4.90 . . . . . . . . . .
Batu, Tanjung: 406N, 11348E 4.316 . . . .
Batu, Tanjung: Brunei 5.22 . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Batu, Tanjung: Kuala Sematan 4.32 . . . . . . .
Batu, Tanjung: Sungai Buntal 4.32 . . . . . . .
Batu, Tanjung: Sungai Sarawak 4.46 . . . . . .
Batuan Rocks 2.51 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Batuberian Besar, Pulau 3.93 . . . . . . . . . . . .
Batuberian Kecil, Pulau 3.110 . . . . . . . . . . .
Batuboya, Tanjung 4.23 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Batuimung 3.46 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Batulao, Mount 8.87 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Batumandi Rock 6.107 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Bauang Point 10.44 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Bauang River 10.44 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Bay Island 7.121 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Bay Islands 7.112 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Bay Rock 7.89 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Bayan Oil Field 4.11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Bayung, Tanjung 3.119 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Beaufort 5.186 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Beaufort, Mount 7.144 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Bedaun, Bukit 4.32 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Bediri, Bukit 4.109 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Bedukang, Pulau 5.142 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Belait, Kuala 5.24 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Belait, Sungai 5.24 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Belautunggal, Gunung 3.123 . . . . . . . . . . . .
Belawai, Batang 4.112 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Belawai 4.112 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Home Contents Index
INDEX
231
Belawai, Kuala 4.112 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Belcher Shoal 6.112 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Belinsah Kiri, Tanjung 4.32 . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Belitung, Tanjung 3.74 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Bemban, Sungai 3.128 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Benagongan Mountain 8.25 . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Benawas, Bukit 4.362 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Bendera, Tanjung 5.51 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Bentoan Peak 7.133 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Bentoan Point 7.129 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Berakas 5.20 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Berakit, Tanjung 3.22 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Berambang, Pulau 5.140 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Berambang, Tanjung 5.140 . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Berbanut, Pulau 5.160 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Beruit, Kampung 4.264 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Beruit, Kuala 4.258 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Beruit, Pulau 4.258 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Berumput, Gunung 4.21 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Besar, Pulau 3.107 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Betanak, Kampung 4.100 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Bethune Head:
see Kubong, Tanjung 5.44 . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Betong 4.110 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Betty Oil Field 4.11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Biawak, Bukit 4.40 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Biawak, Gosong 4.91 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Biawak Oil Jetties 4.84 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Biay Creek 9.163 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Big Bonanza Shoal 6.104 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Bigun Bay 7.160 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Bihagon Point 9.17 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Bilit, Batu 3.85 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Binabalian Point 9.180 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Binaluan 7.97 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Binanga Point 9.42 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Binanga, Port 9.40 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Binangculan Bay 7.36 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Binangculan Point 7.36 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Binataan Bay 7.99 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Binataan River 7.99 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Binatang, Port of: see Bintangor 4.174 . . . .
Binayan Point 7.52 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Binga 7.112 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Binga Bay 7.112 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Binga Point 7.112 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Binicayat Hill 7.194 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Binictican River 9.62 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Biniptican Point 9.39 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Binjei, Kuala 3.73 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Binjei, Sungai 3.73 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Binjei, Tanjung 4.189 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Bintangor, Port of 4.174 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Bintangor, Sungai 4.170 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Bintawa Rocks 4.65 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Bintawa, Tanjung 4.33 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Bintulu 4.305 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Bintulu, Beting 4.312 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Bintulu, Kuala 4.305 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Bintulu, Pelabuhan 4.265 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Bintulu Terminal 4.300 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Binturan 5.18 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Binuangan Point 8.76 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Binuangan River 8.70 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Black Rock 7.129 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Black Rock Point 7.46 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Blacksmith Rocks 4.91 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Blanca Point 8.129 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Blimbing, Tanjung 3.119 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Bloomfield, Mount 7.106 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Bluff Point: 955N, 11836E 7.145 . . . . . .
Bluff Point: Boayan Island 7.114 . . . . . . . . .
Blunt Rock 5.22 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Boat Rock 7.97 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Boayan Island 7.114 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Bodas, PulauPulau 3.51 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Bog Point 7.152 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Bohari, Beting: see Bohari Permatang 4.124
Bohari, Permatang 4.124 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Bojeador, Cape 10.123 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Light 10.122 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Bokor Oil Field 4.11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Bolalo Bay 7.75 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Bolalo Hill 7.76 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Bolinao 9.177 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Bolinao Light, Cape 9.175 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Bolinao Harbour 9.177 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Light 9.178 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Bolinao, Cape 9.173 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Bombay Castle 2.113 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Bombay Shoal 2.65 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Madagascar Reef 2.65 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Bonbon Point 7.201 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Bonog Bay 7.158 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Bonog Point 7.158 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Borgam, Tanjung 4.319 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Borneo 1.113 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Boswell Island 7.87 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Botolan, Mount 9.111 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Botolan Point 9.114 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Boton River 9.73 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Bowong, Tanjung 5.130 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Boxall Reef 2.69 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Breaker Reef 7.179 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Brechtel Shoal 7.193 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Brock Patch 5.22 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Broken Head 7.128 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Brooke Dockyard 4.70 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Brookes Point 7.203 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Broughton Point 7.114 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Brown Bank 2.78 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Brown Reef 2.80 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Browne Patch 5.22 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Bruang, Bukit 4.105 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Brunei 1.153 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Brunei Bay 5.63 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Approaches 5.50 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
East side 5.175 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Brunei Channel 5.138 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Brunei Cliffs 5.22 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Brunei Inner Bar 5.139 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Brunei Patches 5.22 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Brunei, Sungai 5.138 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Buah, Gunung 4.32 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Buan, Bukit 4.250 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Buang Sakar, Bukit 5.142 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Buang Tawar 5.174 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Buaya Sound 7.101 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Bubus, Tanjung 4.258 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Bucao River 9.171 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Buchin Bay 7.100 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Bucid Island 7.196 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Buck Reef 2.46 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Budu, Tanjung 4.253 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Buenavista 7.129 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Buiong Point 9.42 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Bukit Lima Wharf 4.232 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Bulacan 8.60 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Bulacan River 8.194 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Bulagao, Mount 10.84 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Bulaloc Bay 7.196 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Bulijong, Tanjung 6.32 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Light 6.30 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Buliluyan, Cape 7.207 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Bullock Head 7.73 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Buloh, Tanjung 4.29 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Buluh, Pulau 3.81 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Bulybarco Point 7.160 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Bunbury Shoals 6.98 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Bunga, Pulau 3.85 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Bungai, Beting 4.313 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Bungin, Teluk 3.85 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Bunguran, Pulau 3.50 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Bunta, Karang 3.44 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Buntal 4.29 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Buntal, Sungai 4.29 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Buoyage 1.34 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Indonesia 1.37 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Philippines 1.41 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sarawak, Brunei and Sabah 1.40 . . . . . . .
United States System 1.43 . . . . . . . . . . . .
Buri Point 8.122 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Burong, Pulau: Sarawak 4.106 . . . . . . . . . . .
Burong, Pulau: Labuan 5.93 . . . . . . . . . . . .
Burong, Pulau: Tega Shoals 6.32 . . . . . . . . .
Burong, Tanjung 4.170 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Burung, Pulau 3.67 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Bury Islands 7.160 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Butir, Sungai 5.140 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Buton 3.85 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Buton, Pulau 3.85 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cabalitian Bay 10.35 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cabalitian Island 10.35 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Caballo Island 8.123 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cabangan Point 9.84 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Repair Yard 9.87 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cabarruyan Island 10.10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Light 10.19 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cabayoc Point 9.14 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cabitaugan 9.89 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cabra Island 8.20 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Light 8.14 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cabra Strait 8.23 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cabugao Point 10.134 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cabugao, Port:
see Salomague Harbour 10.127 . . . . . . . . .
Cabuli Island. 7.36 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cabusilan Range 9.4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cacbolo Island 7.119 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cacnipa Island 7.107 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cadlao Island 7.36 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cadlao Oil Field 7.12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cagayan River 8.2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Caibobo Point 9.17 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Caiholo River 7.129 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Caiman Cove 9.170 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Caiman Point 9.115 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Caiman Shoal 9.46 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cairilao, Mount 8.87 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cake Rock 6.32 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Calabuctung Islands 7.87 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Calabuctung Point 7.72 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Calaguaguin Bay 9.171 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Calapacuan 9.89 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Calapacuan Point 9.89 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Calapandayan 9.89 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Calaragnan Point 7.44 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Calatagan 8.98 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Calatagan Inlet 8.98 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Calatagan Point 8.86 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Calavite, Cape 7.220 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Light 7.219 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Calavite, Mount 8.70 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Calavite Passage 8.68 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Calibugon, Mount 7.144 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Calitan Island 7.36 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Calpay Shoal 10.35 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Calungpang Point 8.123 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Light 8.123 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Camaya Point 8.124 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Camayan Point 9.90 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Camera Islands 9.114 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Campanario Island 8.86 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Camungyan Island 7.129 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Light 7.106 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Canacao Bay 8.181 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Candelaria 9.171 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Candon Anchorage 10.91 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Candon Light 10.86 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Candon Point 10.86 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cangaluyan Strait 10.44 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cangrejo Rock 9.89 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Canipan Bay 7.208 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Canipan Hill 7.169 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Canipan River 7.208 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cansea Rock 7.73 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Home Contents Index
INDEX
232
Caas Point 9.17 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Caoayan 10.105 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cape Bolinao 9.173 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Light 9.175 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cape Buliluyan 7.1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cape Capoas 7.107 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cape Ross 7.37 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Capoas Cluster 7.127 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Capoas, Mount 7.35 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Capoas Point 7.123 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Capon Grande Island 9.114 . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Capones Islands 9.114 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Light (Capon Grande Island) 9.112 . . . . .
Capones Point 9.113 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Capsalay Island 7.114 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Capsalay Reef 7.118 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Capyas Island 7.203 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Caquiputan Strait 10.44 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Carabao Island 8.123 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Caracol Point 8.124 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Caramatan Point 7.114 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Carat Point 7.55 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Carlatan Lagoon 10.47 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Light 10.71 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Carnatic Shoal 2.74 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Carot Point 10.44 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Carrasco Shoal 9.46 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Caruray 7.121 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Casuarina Bluff 6.87 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cataaba, Port 7.46 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cataaba River 7.46 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Catalat Island 7.119 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cauayan Island 7.36 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cauit, Mount 10.121 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Caverna Island 7.36 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cavite City 8.181 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cavite Harbour 8.181 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cayman Wharf 9.102 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cayuag River 9.76 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cayuan Point 9.89 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Celebes Sea 1.144 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Central Luconia Gas Field 4.11 . . . . . . . . . .
Central Reef 2.118 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cermai, Bukit 3.123 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cermai, Sungai 3.128 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Champion Oil Field 5.11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Champion Shoals 5.21 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Channel Rock 7.102 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Charting 1.25 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Datums 1.29 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Chart agents 1.27 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Chase Head 7.67 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Chawat Point 7.121 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Chearnley Shoal 5.22 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Chermin, Pulau 5.139 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Chermin Rock 5.139 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Chinayan Head 7.69 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Chinicaran Island 7.91 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Chiquita Island 9.39 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Choo, Permatang (Choo Bank) 4.136 . . . . .
Christine Shoals: see Suai, Beting 4.313 . . .
Ciminaytoy Point 7.52 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cinaran Bay 7.91 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cinaran River 7.91 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cinco Picos 9.111 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cleopatra Needle 7.106 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cliff Head 7.121 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cliff Point: Binataan Bay 7.99 . . . . . . . . . . .
Cliff Point: Tagbita Bay 7.198 . . . . . . . . . . .
Climate and weather 1.201 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Air temperature 1.220 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Climatic tables 1.225 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cloud 1.214 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fog and visibility 1.219 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fronts 1.207 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
General conditions 1.202 . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Precipitation 1.216 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pressure 1.203 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Relative humidity 1.222 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tropical cyclones 1.206 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Winds 1.209 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cochinos, Los 8.122 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cochinos Point 9.14 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cochrane Bank:
see Payung, Permatang 4.316 . . . . . . . . . .
Cochrane, Mount 6.105 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Colasi Point 8.59 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Coleman Shoal 6.33 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Collas 1.211 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Collier Head:
see Taras, Tanjung 5.51 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Collingwood Shoal 7.171 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Collins Reef 2.101 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Collins Shoals 6.94 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Coloby Shoal 7.178 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Coloma Rock 7.94 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Colombo Shoal 5.21 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Comas Island 10.44 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Comber Reef 6.65 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Commodore Reef 2.61 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Comocutuan Island 7.52 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Comus Shoal 2.36 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Conduaga 7.193 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Conduaga River 7.193 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cone Island 7.69 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Conical Head: Endeavour Strait 7.70 . . . . . .
Conical Head: Mayday Bay 7.119 . . . . . . . .
Connell Reef 2.31 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cooke Island 7.84 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Coral Point 7.129 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cordelia Point 7.129 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cornwallis South Reef 2.103 . . . . . . . . . . . .
Coronation Bank 2.121 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Corongcorong Bay 7.41 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Corregidor, Cape 8.122 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Corregidor Cove 8.122 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Corregidor Island 8.122 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Light 8.85 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Corumi, Mount 7.144 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cotteral Point 7.110 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Crane Island 7.97 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Crater Shoal 7.127 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Crawford Point 7.36 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Creighton Patch 6.65 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Crescent Reef 7.127 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Crocker Range 6.13 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cuarteron Reef 2.118 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cubi Point 9.62 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cubi Shoal 9.62 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cudugman Bay 7.54 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cudugman Point 7.54 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Culasian Bay 7.193 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Culasian River 7.193 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Culebra Island 9.171 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Culili Point 10.123 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cunningham Patch 5.22 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Currents and tidal streams 1.185 . . . . . . . . .
Current diagrams 1.186 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Currents 1.187 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tidal streams 1.189 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Currimao 10.137 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Currimao, Port 10.137 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Currimao River 10.137 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Custodio Point 7.48 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cutad Island 8.95 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Da-Lat 2.115 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Da-Tay: London Reefs 2.118 . . . . . . . . . . . .
Daat, Pulau 5.58 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dagatan 8.101 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dagatan River 8.101 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dagmay 7.160 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dagupan City 10.25 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dagupan River 10.10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dalaga Point 7.119 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dalit, Tanjung 6.86 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dallas Reef 2.100 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dalolac 9.143 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dalolac Point 9.143 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dalrymple Point 7.129 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Damao Island 7.91 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Damortis Light 10.40 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dampier Shoals 6.93 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Danet Bay 7.52 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dangerous Ground 2.52 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dapay River 7.98 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dapua Point 9.40 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dardarat 10.127 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Darigayos 10.112 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Darigayos Inlet 10.112 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Darigayos Point 10.86 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Light 10.86 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Darigayos River 10.80 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dasol Bay 9.115 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Datag Island 7.196 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Datu Gandi School 5.142 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Datu, Gunung 3.119 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Datu, Pulau 4.13 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Datu, Tanjung 3.126 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Light 3.124 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Datuk Sim Kheng Hong Wharf 4.83 . . . . . .
Datuk, Tanjung 3.82 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Day Shoal 2.138 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Deane Reef 2.83 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Del Monte Point 8.76 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Delima, Tanjung 4.147 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Deluar Shoals 6.32 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dengayak, Pulau 3.112 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Deratting 1.177 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Destacado Rocks 7.37 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Diana, KarangKarang 3.54 . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Diapila Bay 7.160 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Diapila Island 7.160 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dibuluan Island 7.160 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dickinson Reef 2.83 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dido Rocks 4.65 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Diente Point 7.69 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Diente Shoal 7.69 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dilao Point 8.129 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dilarog Point 7.52 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dile Point 10.86 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dili 10.116 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dilumacad Island 7.44 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dinawan, Pulau 6.14 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dirique Inlet 10.156 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Discovery Great Reef 2.126 . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Discovery Small Reef 2.127 . . . . . . . . . . . .
Distress and rescue 1.106 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
GMDSS 1.106 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Indonesia 1.107 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Philippines 1.108 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dita Dita Island 7.196 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dizon, Port 9.84 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Docking facilities 1.175 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dockyard Wharf 4.89 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dolphin Bank 6.123 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dos Hermanos 9.176 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Double Cone Island 7.89 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Double Hill 7.169 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Double Island 7.147 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dreyer Banks 2.151 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dry Island 7.145 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dua Belas, Pasir 4.258 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dua Blas, Pasir 4.111 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ducoy 9.180 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dudar, Tanjung 6.87 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Duga, Tanjung 4.253 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Duhme Shoal 7.145 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Duli 7.160 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dumdum, Pulau 3.13 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dumpil, Batu 6.84 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dumpil, Tanjung 6.14 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dunlop Shoals 6.32 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Durangan Island 7.73 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Durian Kuning, Bukit 5.174 . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Home Contents Index
INDEX
233
Durudeen Point 7.152 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dyason Haven anchorage 8.175 . . . . . . . . .
East Channel: see Timur, Alur 5.58 . . . . . .
East Peak 7.35 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
East Reef: London Reefs 2.118 . . . . . . . . . .
Edgell Patches 6.32 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Edit, Tanjung 4.110 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Egot, Pulau 6.112 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Egret Oil Field. Platform 5.11 . . . . . . . . . . .
El Fraile Island 8.123 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Light 8.123 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
El Nido 7.38 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Eldad Reef 2.123 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Elizabeth Shoals:
see Bungai, Beting 4.313 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Embang, Tanjung 4.36 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Emerald Shoals 6.102 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Emergency Point 7.112 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Emmit Island 7.160 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Emmit Point 7.160 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Encarnada Point 10.44 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
End Peak 7.144 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Endeavour Island 7.115 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Endeavour Point 7.71 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Endeavour Strait 7.70 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Engineer Island 8.249 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Engkilo, Tanjung 4.189 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Eniaran Island 7.73 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Enoe Beacon 5.93 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ensurai, Tanjung 4.189 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Entalula Island 7.52 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Enterprise Point 7.126 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Entrance Island 7.102 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Entrance Rock 7.69 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Eran Bay 7.158 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Erb West Oil Field 6.11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Erica Reef 2.107 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Escabrosa Point 7.160 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Escarpado Peak 7.169 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Estero Marala River 8.199 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Estilete, Mount 10.84 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Exertion Point 7.71 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fagg Reef 10.65 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fairie Queen 2.76 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fairley Baram Oil Field 5.11 . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fairley Oil Field 5.11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Light 5.19 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fairley Patches 5.22 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Favorite, Alur Palayaran 3.85 . . . . . . . . . . .
Fiery Cross Reef 2.122 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
First Thomas Reef 2.67 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Filoil Refinery Terminal 8.177 . . . . . . . . . . .
Fish Bay 7.160 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fishmarket Rocks 4.91 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Flat Island 2.86 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Flat Rock 7.73 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fleming Island 7.84 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Flora Temple Reef 2.128 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fort Point 7.124 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fortune Island 8.86 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Light 8.86 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Foulerton Reef 2.80 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Four Fathom Patches 5.44 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Four Peaks, The 7.106 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fowlers Head 7.126 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Francis Bank 6.97 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Friendship Shoal 2.44 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fuego Point 8.86 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fury Rocks 6.23 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Gaang 10.137 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Gaang Bay 10.137 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Gabot Island 10.154 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Gabot Point 10.154 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Gading, Gunung 4.22 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Gador, Pulau 4.32 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Gador, Teluk 4.36 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Gallagher Point 7.101 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ganda, Tanjung 6.107 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Gandan Point 7.208 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ganggarak, Sungai 5.51 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Gannet Oil Field 5.11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Gantisan 6.64 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Gantung, Mount 7.144 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Gaven Reefs 2.123 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Gaviota Rock 9.85 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Gaya, Pelabuhan 6.55 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Gaya, Pulau 6.14 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Gaya, Tanjung 6.14 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Gaya, Teluk 6.40 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Gelang, Tanjung 4.204 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Genteng 3.69 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Genting, Pulau: Pulau Pulau Bodas 3.85 . . .
Genting, Pulau: Pulau Serasan 3.94 . . . . . . .
Gera am, Tanjung 4.204 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Glamis Castle 3.48 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Glayzer Rock 5.44 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Gloria, Karang 3.48 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Gode Shoal 7.127 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Golgotha Head 7.89 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Golo Island 8.29 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Light 8.14 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Golo Pass 8.32 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Gontin Bay 8.58 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Gontin Point 8.58 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Gorda Point 8.122 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Gordon Patches 6.26 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Grande Island 9.32 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Grave Point 7.110 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Green Head 7.89 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Green Hill 7.101 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Grieve Reef 6.65 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Growler Bank 6.31 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Guardia Shoal 8.122 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Guay Bay 9.15 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Guay Point 9.15 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Guecet, Point 10.29 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Light 10.16 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Gueritz Shoal 6.65 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Gugusan Beting Patinggi Ali:
see South Luconia Shoals 2.29 . . . . . . . . .
Gugusan Beting Raja Jarom:
see North Luconia Shoals 2.37 . . . . . . . . .
Gulang-Gulang 7.91 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Gumantong 6.105 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Guntao Islands 7.37 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Half Moon Shoal 2.62 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Hamilo Cove 8.95 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Hamilo Point 8.95 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Hankin Shoal 6.24 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Harbour Shoal:
see Pelabuhan, Beting 5.71 . . . . . . . . . . . .
Hardie Reef 2.47 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Hardy Reef 2.81 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Harington Shoal 6.107 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Harris Reef 6.65 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Harry Shoals 6.123 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Hayes Reef 2.40 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Haynes, Karang 3.99 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Hayter Shoal 6.33 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Hen and Chickens Islets 7.145 . . . . . . . . . . .
Henderson Point 4.73 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Herald Reef 2.33 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Herefordshire Shoal 7.181 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Hermana Mayor Island 9.115 . . . . . . . . . . . .
Light 9.112 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Hermana Menor Island 9.115 . . . . . . . . . . . .
Herschel, Mount 7.144 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
High Nipple 7.35 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Hirane Shoal 2.89 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Hoare Reef 2.83 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Hock Kwang Lumber wharf 4.89 . . . . . . . .
Hol, Batu 3.106 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Holiday Reef 2.101 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Hopkins Reef 2.88 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Hopps Reef 2.82 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Horn, Mount 7.60 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Hornos Point 9.17 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Horseshoe Point 4.74 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Horseshoe Reach 4.33 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Hummock Point 7.147 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Hunch Cove 7.91 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Hunch Hill 7.91 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Hundred Islands 10.33 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Huron Rock 7.73 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Iagat Island 9.143 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Iba Point 9.165 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ibelbel Island 7.73 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ibul, Tanjung 3.106 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Igan 4.253 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Igan, Batang 4.253 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Igan, Batang 4.253 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Entrance at Sibu 4.238 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Igan, Kuala 4.253 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ilanin Bay 9.90 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ilanin River 9.91 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Illinin Point 9.44 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ilioilio 9.187 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ilog Bay 7.60 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Imulhod River 7.152 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Imuruan Island 7.112 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Inabuyatan Island 7.52 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Inambuyod Island 7.59 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Inanam, Sungai 6.40 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Indai, Tanjung 6.106 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Indonesia, Republic of 1.117 . . . . . . . . . . . .
Infanta 9.168 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Inlulutoc Bay 7.108 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Inlulutoc Head 7.108 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Inner Route: Palawan W coast 7.25 . . . . . . .
Inner Sound: Malampaya Sound 7.72 . . . . .
Inonocan River 7.89 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Investigator Shoal 2.97 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ipatdan 7.123 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ipil Point 7.52 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Iraan Bay 7.158 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Iraan Point 7.149 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Iraan River 7.158 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Iris Rock 6.109 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Iris Shoals 6.31 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Iron Duke Oil Field 5.11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Iron Duke Shoals 5.21 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Iroquois Reef 2.89 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Iroquois Ridge 2.138 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Irving Reef 2.135 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Isabel Point 7.149 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Isobel Shoals: see Jepak, Beting 4.312 . . . .
Isthmus Cone 7.114 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Isthmus Point 7.102 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Itbu Point 8.76 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Itu Aba Island 2.123 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Light 2.125 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Jabak, Karang 3.112 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Jackson Atoll 2.83 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Deane Reef 2.83 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dickinson Reef 2.83 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Hoare Reef 2.83 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Middle Shoal 2.83 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Petch Reef 2.83 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Jackson, Karang 3.54 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Jahat Rock 6.31 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Jahat Shoals 6.31 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Jahat, Tanjung 6.87 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Jaja Ridge 5.142 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Jakak, Tanjung 4.243 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
James Shoal: see Beting Serupai 4.310 . . . .
Jamjam, Bukit 4.27 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Janet Island 7.97 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Jantai, Pulau 3.85 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Japu, Pulau 3.112 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Home Contents Index
INDEX
234
Jaring, Karang 3.104 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Jebong Perigi, Gunung 4.32 . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Jenkins Patches 2.138 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Jepak, Beting 4.312 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Jepak, Bukit 4.305 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Jerijeh, Karang 4.129 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Jerijeh, Tanjung 4.115 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Light 4.98 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Jerijeh Utara, Pasir 4.112 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Jibboom Bay 7.121 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Johnson Patch 2.113 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Johnson Reef South 2.101 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Johnstone Point 7.89 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Jol, Tanjung 4.258 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ju, Tanjung 3.85 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Jubilee Bank 2.114 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Jungau, Pasir 4.258 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Kabagu, Tanjung 6.64 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Kabong 4.111 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Kabong, Kuala 4.111 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Kabong, Tanjung 4.111 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Kaduka, Tanjung 6.109 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Kaingarin, Pulau 5.138 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Kaingarin Spit 5.138 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Kalabangil Island 7.97 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Kalaklan Point 9.62 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Light 9.63 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Kalaklan River 9.46 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Kalam Bukit 5.41 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Kalamian Group 7.2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Kalampunian Besar, Pulau 6.32 . . . . . . . . . .
Kalampunian, Pulau 6.87 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Light 6.105 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Kalavite Mount: see Calivite Mount 8.70 . .
Kalituan, Bukit 6.30 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Kamis, Tanjung 4.210 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Kamonga Shoal 7.183 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Kanikitan Point 7.158 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Kanyi, Bukit 4.21 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Kapal, Tanjung 3.84 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Kapalapanjang, Tanjung 3.85 . . . . . . . . . . . .
Kapit 4.117 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Karabunai, Tanjung 6.123 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Karang Dua, Pulau 3.112 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Karang, Tanjung 3.85 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Karei, Teluk 6.84 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Karsoglan Hill 7.160 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Kayan, Batang 4.22 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Kayu Arang, Bukit 5.37 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Kayuara, Pulau 3.11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Kedang, Tanjung 4.243 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Kedei 3.85 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Kelei, Tanjung 4.204 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Kembang, Pulau 3.85 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Kemena, Batang 4.305 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Kemudi, Pulau 3.85 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Kenalian, Sungai 5.174 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Kennett Bank:
see Mashor, Permatang 4.316 . . . . . . . . . .
Kepala, Pulau 3.94 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Keraman, Pulau 5.44 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Light 5.42 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Keraman, Terusan 5.54 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Keramat, Tanjung 5.106 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Kerasek, Tanjung 5.174 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Kerdau, Pulau 3.112 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Keremet, Pulau 6.123 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Kerto, Pulau 4.189 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ketam Oil Field 6.11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Kia, Karang 3.48 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Kidurong, Beting 4.312 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Kidurong, Tanjung 4.245 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Light 4.250 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Kimanis 6.34 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Kimanis, Teluk 6.34 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Kinabakbagan Reef 9.114 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Kinabalu, Gunung 6.2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Kinalang Bay 7.188 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Kinamandukan 6.34 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Kinandukan, Peak of 6.30 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Kindana, Bukit 5.140 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Kindana, Tanjung 5.140 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Kingston Shoal 2.113 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Kitang, Pulau 5.169 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Klias, Sungai 5.187 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Klias, Tanjung 5.67 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Kokop, Pulau 3.85 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Komang, Pulau 3.65 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Kombeh Strait 3.85 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Kombongo, Tanjung 6.123 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Komdong 7.116 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Komdong Bay 7.116 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Kota 3.92 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Kota, Alur Pelayaran 3.99 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Kota Kinabalu, Port of 6.38 . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Krian, Sungai 4.111 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Kring, Karang 3.85 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Kring, Tanjung 6.111 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Kruin, Tanjung 4.91 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
KTS Wharf 4.89 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Kuap, Sungai 4.34 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Kubong 5.62 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Kubong Bluff 5.51 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Kubong, Tanjung 5.44 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Light 5.42 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Kubu, Pangkalan: Kuching 4.90 . . . . . . . . .
Kuching, Port of 4.50 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Kukup, Tanjung 3.85 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Kulambok, Pulau 6.123 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Kumbik, Pulau 3.51 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Kunit, Tanjung 6.109 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Kunyit, Tanjung 4.189 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
La Monja Island 8.122 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Light 8.122 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Labrador 10.42 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Labuan, Pelabuhan 5.68 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Labuan, Pulau 5.41 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Labuan Terminal 5.46 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Lacaroc 7.160 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ladan, Bukit 5.19 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ladd Reef 2.115 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Light 2.57 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Lagen Island 7.49 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Laguna de Bay 8.247 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Lakei, Pulau 4.36 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Lalutaya Island 7.36 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Lama, Kuala 6.84 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Lamao 8.150 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Lamao Point 8.157 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Lamas 6.86 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Lamat, Bukit 4.26 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Lambidan, Pulau 5.58 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Lambir, Bukit 4.314 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Lamina, Karang 3.34 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Lampa, Karang 3.68 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Lampa, Selat 3.52 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Lampiligan Island 7.112 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Landargun, Mount 7.144 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Langui Langui 6.105 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Lankiam Cay 2.133 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Laoag 10.147 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Laoag River 10.123 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Lapog Bay 10.153 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Lapog Point 10.159 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Largon Island 7.69 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Largon Rock 7.69 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Lasak, Gunung 4.91 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Lassa, Batang 4.258 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Lassa, Muara 4.258 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Latu, Batu 3.112 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Latud Point 7.201 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Lauis River 9.171 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Laurel Reef 3.48 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Laut, Karang 3.112 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Laut, Pulau 3.36 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Lawas 5.183 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Lawas, Batang 5.183 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Lawas, Kuala 5.183 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Laya Laya, Batu 6.114 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
LayangLayang, Pulau:
see Swallow Reef 2.51 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Layang Layangan, Tanjung 5.44 . . . . . . . . .
Lebaan, Batang 4.115 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Leba-an, Tanjung 4.189 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Lengari, Pulau 5.188 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Leslie Bank 2.93 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Lian 8.101 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Lian, River 8.88 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Liba, Tanjung 5.58 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Libro Point 7.36 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Lidong, Tanjung 5.137 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Likas, Teluk 6.84 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Liku Selatan, Beting 4.311 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Liku Utara, Beting 4.311 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Lilimbon Cove 8.124 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Limay 8.153 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Limay River 8.196 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Limbang, Bandar 5.164 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Limbang, Batang 5.159 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Limbones Cove 8.113 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Limbones Island 8.123 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Liminangcong 7.78 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Limit Point 8.86 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Limits of the book 1.1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Limpaka-Pinang, Pulau 5.160 . . . . . . . . . . .
Limpaku-Pinang, Sungai 5.160 . . . . . . . . . .
Limut, Sungai 4.193 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Lingayen 10.26 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Lingayen Gulf 10.9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Lingga 4.101 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Lingga, Sungai 4.101 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Lintang 4.91 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Lipat, Tanjung 6.40 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Lipay 9.163 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Lita, Tanjung 6.40 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Little Patches 2.80 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Little Sound 7.102 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Littledale Shoal 5.22 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Livock Reef 2.82 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Loaita Island and Reefs 2.133 . . . . . . . . . . .
Lankiam Cay 2.133 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Loba Batu Blat 4.91 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Loba Paloh 4.204 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Loba Semareng 4.147 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Lobang, Tanjung 4.325 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Light 4.314 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Locloc 9.187 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Loggerheads, The 7.44 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Logong, Tanjung 6.40 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Lok Padang, Tanjung 6.87 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Lokanin Point 8.122 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Oil Terminal 8.164 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Lomba-Lomba, Pasir 4.111 . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Lonchet, Bukit 4.21 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
London Reefs 2.118 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Central Reef 2.118 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cuarteron Reef 2.118 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
East Reef 2.118 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
West Reef 2.118 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Long Point: 939N, 11820E 7.146 . . . . . .
Long Point: Jibboom Bay 7.121 . . . . . . . . .
Looc 8.52 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Looc Bay 8.52 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Looc Cove 8.99 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Lookout Point 7.69 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Lord Auckland Shoal 2.75 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Lorna Doone Wharf 4.89 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Los Frailes Islands 9.113 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Louisa Reef 2.48 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Light 2.48 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Loveless Reef 2.101 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Low Hock 7.169 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Low Nipple 7.35 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Luan Island 9.117 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Luan Point 9.143 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Home Contents Index
INDEX
235
Luaran, Beting 5.58 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Lubang 8.15 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Lubang Island 8.15 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Lubang Islands 8.9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Lubok 5.188 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Lubok Batu 4.188 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Lubok Bulat 4.188 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Lucap Bay 10.33 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Luconia Breakers 2.34 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Luconia Shoals, North 2.37 . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Luconia Shoals, South 2.29 . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Lugot Point 10.159 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Lumba-Lumba, Tanjung 5.141 . . . . . . . . . . .
Lumba-Lumba, Tanjung, Port of 5.166 . . . .
Lumut, Tanjung 5.142 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Lumut Terminal 5.32 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Luna 10.116 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Lundu 4.22 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Lundu, Gunung 4.22 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Lundu, Kuala 4.22 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Lungisan, Pulau 6.105 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Luok Pisuk, Tanjung 6.123 . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Lupar, Batang 4.101 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Directions 4.106 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Lusam, Tanjung 4.193 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Lutong 4.323 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Lutong Oil Terminal 4.359 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Lutong, Sungai 4.362 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Lutong, Tanjung 4.109 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Luzon 8.2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Luzon Point 9.9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Lydie Shoal: see Mukah, Beting 4.310 . . . .
Lys Shoal 2.142 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mabavawai River 9.73 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mabayo 9.40 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Macintosh Reef 6.65 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mackenzie-Grieve Shoals 6.25 . . . . . . . . . .
Macmany Point 9.39 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Madagascar Reef 2.65 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Madalene Shoals:
see Bintulu Beting 4.312 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Madalon 6.105 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Magalawa Island 9.117 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Maglaoi 10.137 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Magpie Oil Field 5.11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Light 5.19 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Magpie Rock 5.22 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Magsiapo Reef 7.130 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mahaba Point 8.59 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Maharaja Lela Oil Field 5.11 . . . . . . . . . . . .
Main Bazaar Wharf 4.89 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mainganay River 10.80 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Majam, Tanjung 3.48 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Malaka, Gunung 3.119 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Malakibay Bay 7.191 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Malampaya Gas Field 7.13 . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Malampaya Sound 7.63 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Malanat Peak 7.144 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Malanat Range 7.144 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Malankassan Damit, Pulau 5.187 . . . . . . . . .
Malanut Bay 7.152 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Malaoton Island 7.73 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Malapackun Island 7.149 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Malapajo River 7.102 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Malapina Island 7.69 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Malau, Bukit 5.37 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Malavatuan Island 8.33 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Malaysia, Federation of 1.127 . . . . . . . . . . .
Maliig 8.58 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Malino River 9.187 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Malipu Bay 7.91 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Malipu Point 7.91 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mallarois Island 7.73 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Malohom, Teluk 6.40 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Malpacao Island 7.53 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Anchorage 7.55 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Malu, KarangKarang 3.100 . . . . . . . . . . . .
Malu, Pulau 3.96 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Maludam, Beting 4.110 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Maludam, Kuala 4.110 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Malutone Island 7.102 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mambat, Pulau 3.112 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mamutik, Pulau 6.19 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Manat, Tanjung 4.112 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mandariki, Pulau 3.12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mandaui Island 8.33 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mandi, Batu: Lundu 4.22 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mandi, Batu: Tanjung Po 4.46 . . . . . . . . . . .
Mangalum, Pulau 6.111 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mangas Point 10.23 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mangobobe Island 7.100 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mangrupid, Mount 10.121 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Manila 8.197 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Manila Bay 8.102 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Manisbaso Point 9.86 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Manis Bank 4.136 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Manis, Permatang 4.136 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Manis, Tanjung 4.136 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Manki, Tanjung 4.147 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Manlag 7.52 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Manlag Bay 7.52 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Manlag River 7.52 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Manlalec 7.52 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Manlalec River 7.52 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Manmegmeg Bay 7.41 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Manog Point 8.54 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mantalingajan, Mount 7.144 . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mantanani Besar, Pulau 6.105 . . . . . . . . . . .
Mantanani Kecil, Pulau 6.105 . . . . . . . . . . .
Light 6.105 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mantanani, Pulau Pulau 6.105 . . . . . . . . . . .
Mantukud, Pulau 6.84 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Manukan, Pulau 6.19 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mapait Hill 9.143 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mapal, Beting 4.195 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mapalan Point 9.17 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mapankal Point 7.191 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Marabay Point 7.129 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Maradong, Sungai 4.170 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Maragondon Point 8.123 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Maragondon River 8.113 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Maralie Reef 2.106 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Marang, Batu 5.174 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Marantao Island 7.160 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Marantongan, Tanjung 5.67 . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Margherita, Fort 4.52 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Maricaban Island 7.156 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Marie Louise Bank 2.91 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Marie Shoal: see Tatau, Beting 4.312 . . . . .
Mariquit Island 7.156 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Maritan Point 9.46 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Maritime topography 1.182 . . . . . . . . . . . . .
General remarks 1.182 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Seabed 1.183 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mariveles 8.124 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Stone Pier Light 8.131 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mariveles Harbour 8.124 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mariveles Mountains 8.136 . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mariveles Reef 2.108 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mariveles River 8.124 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Marou, Beting 4.111 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Marudi 4.356 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mashor, Permatang 4.316 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Masinloc, Port 9.120 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Masinloc River 9.122 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mataas na Gulod, Mount 8.87 . . . . . . . . . . .
Matagan River 9.89 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Matainwawa 9.89 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Matalvi Island 9.117 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Matalvi Point 9.115 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Matalvi, Port 9.116 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Matinloc Island 7.60 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Matong, Beting 4.36 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Matu, Batang 4.258 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Matu, Kuala 4.258 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Maubanban, Mount 9.111 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mayagao Point 9.14 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mayanga Island 9.86 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mayday Bay 7.119 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mayne Rock 6.106 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
McDougall Point 4.46 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Measured distance 1.179 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Medang, Tanjung 3.85 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Melaban, Tanjung 4.109 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Melangi, Pulau 3.85 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Melanim, Tanjung 6.41 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Melintang, Gunung 3.123 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Melville, Cape 6.105 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Menapla Cove 7.110 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Menaul, Batu 4.91 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mengalong, Sungai 5.184 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mengalong, Tanjung 5.67 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Menggatal, Sungai 6.41 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mengkabong, Sungai 6.116 . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Menzies Reef 2.136 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Merabai, Tanjung 6.109 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Meragang, Sungai 5.140 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Merah Oil Depot, Sungai 4.237 . . . . . . . . . .
Merakit, Tanjung 6.109 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Merangis, Tanjung 6.40 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Meranti, Tanjung 4.101 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Merintaman, Tanjung 5.67 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Merlin Shoal Patches 7.175 . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Merundung, Pulau 3.97 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Light 3.103 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mesangrip Bay 9.187 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mesapol 5.188 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Metang Nibong, Tanjung 4.34 . . . . . . . . . . .
Metro Manila 1.162 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Midai, Pulau 3.54 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Light 3.61 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Light (NW) 3.64 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Light (SE) 3.64 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Middle Bank: see Tengah, Permatang 4.136
Middle Patches 6.27 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Middle Point 7.82 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Middle Shoal 7.145 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Middle Shoal: Jackson Atoll 2.83 . . . . . . . .
Millman Island 7.89 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Milner Head 7.114 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mindoro 7.1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mindoro Strait 7.2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Miniloc Island 7.61 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Miri, Port of 4.323 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Miri, Sungai 4.323 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mischief Reef 2.72 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mitre Islet 7.44 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Moi, Gunung 4.32 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Monserrat, Mount 10.84 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Monsoon, NE/SW 1.181 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Montalay Hill 7.194 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Moody Reef 2.43 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Moorsom Head 7.146 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Moorsom Point 7.146 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Morong 9.17 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Morong Shoal 9.14 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Moyan, Tanjung 4.193 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Muara Bar 5.128 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Muara Besar, Pulau 5.106 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Muara Outer Bar 5.129 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Muara, Port of 5.104 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Muara Spit 5.106 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Muara Tebas, Tanjung 4.36 . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Muara, Teluk 3.85 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Muglavis 10.137 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mukah 4.255 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mukah, Batang 4.255 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mukah, Beting 4.310 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mukah, Kuala 4.255 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mula Rambat, Tanjung 5.106 . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mulu, Gunung 5.19 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mungguresak, Bukit 3.123 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mungguresak, Tanjung 3.126 . . . . . . . . . . . .
Murex Shoal 7.185 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Muri Kecil 3.98 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Home Contents Index
INDEX
236
Muri, Pulau 3.98 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Light 3.103 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Nabasan Point 9.90 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Wharf 9.102 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Nagabungan Bay 10.123 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Nagalang, Sungai 5.51 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Nagapu, Mount 10.84 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Nagbalsa Reef 8.129 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Nagcaban Point 9.46 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Nagtoan Point 9.187 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Nakoda Bay 7.156 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Nakoda Island 7.156 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Nalbo Bay 10.99 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Naligang, Mount 8.87 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Nalinbungan Point 7.71 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Namyit Island 2.123 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Nangka Cove 8.129 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Nankivell Rock 5.21 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Nansha Qundao 2.58 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Nanshan Island 2.85 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Napo Point 9.14 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Nares Bank 2.90 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Narra Island 10.44 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Narvacan, Mount 10.101 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Nasoque Point 8.58 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Nasugbu 8.88 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Nasugbu Bay 8.88 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Nasugbu, Mount 8.87 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Nasugbu Point 8.86 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Natib, Mount 9.13 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Natuna Besar, PulauPulau 3.49 . . . . . . . . .
Natuna, Kepulauan 3.23 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Natuna Utara, PulauPulau 3.35 . . . . . . . . .
Naulo Point 9.115 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Navigational dangers and hazards 1.2 . . . . .
Air lights 1.8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Flotsam 1.5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Magnetic anomaly 1.3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mine danger areas 1.6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Navigation amongst coral 1.4 . . . . . . . . .
Overhead power cables 1.7 . . . . . . . . . . .
Volcanic activity and earthquakes 1.2 . . .
Navotas 8.195 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Nawah, Telok 4.189 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Nayaitayan Point 9.187 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Nazasa Bay 9.171 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Neneh, Batu 3.67 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Neritopsis Reef 7.23 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
New Guinlo 7.101 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Niah 4.321 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Niah, Batang 4.321 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Niah, Beting 4.316 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Niah, Kuala 4.321 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Niaporay Island 7.114 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Nibagon River 9.89 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ninepin Island 7.54 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Nipple, The 7.144 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Normanhurst Reef 6.65 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
North Balabac Strait 6.85 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
North Bar Bank: Brunei Channel 5.139 . . . .
North Danger Reef 2.138 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Day Shoal 2.138 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Iroquois Ridge 2.138 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Jenkins Patches 2.138 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
North Danger Light: South West Cay 2.57
North East Cay 2.138 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
North East Cay Light 2.138 . . . . . . . . . . .
North Reef 2.138 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sabine Patches 2.138 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
South Reef 2.138 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
South West Cay 2.138 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
North East Cay 2.138 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
North East Investigator Shoal 2.64 . . . . . . .
North Furious Shoals 6.103 . . . . . . . . . . . . .
North Guntao Island 7.37 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
North Hill Rock 6.106 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
North Inlet 7.129 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
North Jerijeh Sands:
see Pasir Jerijeh Utara 4.112 . . . . . . . . . . .
North Junction Point 4.33 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
North Luconia Shoals 2.37 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
North Reef: North Danger Reef 2.138 . . . . .
North Regent Shoal 7.180 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
North Rock 7.146 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
North Sapa 9.187 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
North West Investigator Reef 2.122 . . . . . . .
North-east Antelope Shoal 7.176 . . . . . . . . .
Northeast Bay 7.86 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Northeast Bay Island 7.97 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Northwest Head 7.107 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Northwest Hill 7.107 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Nosong Patch 6.31 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Nosong Shoals 6.31 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Nosong, Tanjung 6.31 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Notch Island 7.69 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Nyabau, Beting 4.316 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Nyabor, Kuala 4.193 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Nyalau, Beting 4.313 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Nyalau, Sungai 4.319 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Nyelong, Sungai 4.148 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Nyelong, Tanjung 4.170 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Observatory Rock 7.133 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Occidental Mindoro 8.9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Oil and gas offshore fields
Brunei 5.10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cadlao 7.12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Malampaya 7.13 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sabah: NW coast 6.9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sarawak 4.10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
South Nido Field 7.11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
West Linapacan Oil Terminal 7.14 . . . . .
Olanin Bay 9.176 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Olanin River 9.176 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Olongapo, Port 9.45 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Orani River 8.191 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Orion Hill 8.136 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Orleana Shoal 2.113 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Osir Basin 9.72 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Osman, Beting 4.195 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Otterspool Rock 5.22 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Outer Shoal: see Luaran, Beting 5.58 . . . . .
Oya 4.254 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Oya, Batang 4.254 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Oya, Kuala 4.254 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Light-beacon 4.250 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Oyon Bay 9.120 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Oyon Point 9.122 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Oyster Inlet 7.137 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Oyster Point 7.115 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Oyster Rocks 5.142 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pacil, Batu 3.106 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Padas Damit, Sungai 5.188 . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Padas, Kuala 5.186 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Padas, Sungai 5.186 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Padas, Teluk 5.67 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pagapas Bay 8.94 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pagdanan Bay 7.114 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pagdanan Point 7.114 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pagduruagan Point 8.124 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Paglugaban Island 7.52 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pagoda Cliffs 7.169 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Paisley Shoal 6.29 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Palapag Point 8.50 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Palauig Bay 9.167 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Palauig Point 9.114 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Light 9.114 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Palauig Reef 9.114 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Palawan 7.1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Palawan Passage 7.15 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Palawan Trough 7.5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Palcocotan Island 7.73 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Palempak 3.87 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Paletan Island 7.147 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Palilo Islet 7.60 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Palm Island 7.147 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Paloh, Batang 4.195 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Paloh, Kampung 4.204 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Paloh, Kuala 4.195 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Entance Beacon 4.201 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Paloh, Sungai 3.128 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Paloh, Tanjung 4.111 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Palomonti Rocks 8.129 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pamarawan River 8.193 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pamocan Point 9.90 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pamocan Shoal 9.62 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pampanga Bay 8.136 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Panacalan Island 10.44 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Panaen Island 9.187 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Panda 3.85 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pandan Pandan, Pulau 6.106 . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pandan Point 8.136 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pandan, Tanjung 4.32 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pandan: 1123N, 11928E 7.160 . . . . . . . .
Pandan: 1732N, 12023E 10.104 . . . . . . .
Light 10.86 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pandaruan, Sungai 5.171 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pandil Islet 9.14 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Panga Sinan, Province 10.26 . . . . . . . . . . . .
Panga-i, Tanjung 4.243 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pangalat, Tanjung 6.14 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pangi, Gunung 3.119 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pangil 10.155 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pangitan, Tanjung 6.87 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pangulasian Island 7.52 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Panibatujan Point 9.14 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Panimusan Point 7.209 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Panitian River 7.156 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Panjan 3.85 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Panjang, Pulau 3.90 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Panjang, Selat 3.85 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pao Bay 10.41 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Paodat Point 7.123 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Papan, Pulau 5.58 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Light 5.55 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Papap, Tanjung 3.85 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Papar, Kuala 6.36 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Papar, Sungai 6.36 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Papar, Tanjung 6.32 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Paragua Ridge 7.173 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Parit 3.48 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Parmidiaran Point 7.69 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Parsons Shoal: see Tugau, Beting 4.310 . . .
Pasag River 8.191 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pasaquin, Mount 10.121 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pasay City 8.136 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pasig River 8.247 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Entrance Light, N side 8.229 . . . . . . . . . .
Pasir, Pulau 3.85 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pasir, Tanjung; Bunguran 3.77 . . . . . . . . . . .
Pasir, Tanjung; Sarawak 4.202 . . . . . . . . . . .
Passage Island 7.73 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Passage Island Bay 7.87 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pasuquin 10.159 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Patok, Pulau 4.258 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Patong, Tanjung 4.46 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Patricia Shoal:
see Nyabau, Beting 4.316 . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Patuyo Point 7.160 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pauican Point 8.52 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Payang, Muara 4.170 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Payang, Tanjung 4.170 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Payiban Point 9.187 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Payong, Tanjung 4.316 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Light 4.314 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Payung, Permatang 4.316 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Payung, Tanjung 3.85 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Payupuan River 10.152 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Peaked Island: 9300N, 118115E 7.147 .
Peaked Island: Worcester Strait 7.69 . . . . . .
Peaked Point: Jibboom Bay 7.121 . . . . . . . .
Peaked Point: Worcester Strait 7.69 . . . . . . .
Peaked Rock 5.138 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Home Contents Index
INDEX
237
Pearson Reef 2.105 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pebarasan, Tanjung 5.137 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Peduk, Pulau 6.41 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Peel, Mount 7.106 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Peka, Tanjung 4.243 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pelabuhan, Beting 5.71 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pelanduk, Tanjung 4.22 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pelong-Pelongan, Pulau 5.53 . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pelumpong, Tanjung 5.66 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pemutus, Selat 3.53 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Penaga, Bukit 6.14 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Penagi 3.77 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Penarik 3.80 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Penarik, Sungai 3.73 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Penasu, Tanjung 4.210 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pendam 4.109 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pendam, Tanjung 4.188 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pendasan Plain 6.87 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pendasan, Sungai 6.121 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pending 4.33 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pending Point 4.34 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pending Terminal 4.83 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Penganak, Pulau 3.85 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pengibu, Pulau 3.10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pengibu, PulauPulau 3.9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Penipak, Kampung 4.100 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pennsylvania North Reef 2.91 . . . . . . . . . . .
Penu, Batu: 437N, 10804E 3.44 . . . . . . .
Penungul, Karang Karang 3.85 . . . . . . . . . .
Penyok, Teluk 4.32 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Penyu, Batu 4.20 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Penyu, Kampung Kuala 6.35 . . . . . . . . . . . .
Penyu, Kuala 6.35 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Penyu, Sungai 6.35 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pepatan, Pulau 5.160 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pequea Island 9.86 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Perapat, Tanjung 5.66 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Perhantuan, Pulau 3.95 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Perigee Shoal 7.198 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Perigi, Gunung 4.22 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Permatang Naga 3.120 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Perpindan Serasa 5.137 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Petambu Point 9.86 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Petch Reef 2.83 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Petly Reef 2.123 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Petron Bataan Refinery 8.151 . . . . . . . . . . .
Philippines, Republic of 1.162 . . . . . . . . . . .
Pian Padang Light 3.61 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pianpadang, Tanjung 3.83 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pico de Loro, Mount 8.87 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Piedra Point 9.173 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Piedras Point 7.107 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pig Point 7.46 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pilapir Island 9.143 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pillar Point 7.69 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pillar Rock 8.91 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pilotage 1.44 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Brunei and Sabah 1.49 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Indonesia 1.44 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Philippines 1.50 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sarawak 1.47 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pin Point 7.46 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pinagdagatan Point 8.58 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pinang, Tanjung 4.148 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pinatubo, Mount 9.4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pine Point 6.31 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pine Point Shoals 6.31 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pinget Island 10.123 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pinnacle Rock 7.37 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pinsail Island 7.54 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Anchorage 7.57 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pintu, Batu 5.138 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Piracy 1.111 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pirate Bay 7.80 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pirates Hold 7.96 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pisang, Pulau 3.85 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pisang Singkat, Batu 4.91 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Plompong, Pulau 6.65 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Po, Tanjung 4.36 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Light 4.19 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Poh Kwong gantry 4.84 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pohon Batu 5.62 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Point Hill 7.147 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pointed Peak 9.111 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pontiak, Pulau 3.125 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pontianak, Pulau 3.113 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Popolcan Island 7.52 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Porak Cove 8.129 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Poro Island 10.44 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Poro, Port 10.61 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Port Dizon 9.84 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Porter Patch 5.22 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Portuguese Point 10.23 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pouce, The 4.19 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Preston Shoal 6.113 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Price Shoals 6.33 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Prima Donna Reach 4.33 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Princesa, Puerto 7.208 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Principal ports, etc 1.174 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pritchard Bank 6.123 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Priuk, Batu 3.87 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Providencia Point 7.198 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Puan, Tanjung 5.174 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pubulusan Point 9.17 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pucot River 8.124 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pudak 5.142 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pueh, Gunung 4.21 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pueh, Pegunungan 4.21 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pugad River 8.192 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Entrance Light 8.192 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pugguiauan Point 7.72 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pulipot Island 9.171 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pulog, Mount 10.10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pumubabung, Karang 3.112 . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Punang 5.188 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Punei, Tanjung 5.44 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pungit, Pulau 5.22 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pungit, Tanjung 5.22 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Punta Baja Harbour 7.187 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Putin, Gunung 4.32 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pyramid Rocks 7.160 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Queens Bay 7.115 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Quezon 7.153 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Quiaoit River 10.159 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Quinauan Point 9.17 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Quitang Point 8.150 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Radio facilities 1.52 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Electronic position fixing systems 1.52 . .
Navigational aids 1.53 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Navigational warnings 1.57 . . . . . . . . . . .
Weather reports 1.61 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rajang 4.130 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rajang, Batang 4.115 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rajang, Kuala 4.117 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ramay 9.17 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rambler Banks 5.130 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rambungan, Batang 4.26 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rambungan, Kuala 4.26 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rampayan, Kampung Kuala 6.121 . . . . . . .
Ramsay Point: see Bendera, Tanjung 5.51 . .
Ranai 3.75 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ranai, Teluk 3.75 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rancha Rancha 5.51 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rancha Rancha, Beting 5.93 . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rangod Island 7.112 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Raton Island 9.171 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Raya, Sungai 5.174 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rayu, Sungai 4.26 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Real Point 8.122 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Red Point 7.102 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Redondo, Mount 9.89 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Reed Bank: see Reed Tablemount 2.91 . . . .
Reed Tablemount 2.91 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pennsylvania North Reef 2.91 . . . . . . . . .
Reef Point 7.133 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Regulations 1.66 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
National 1.71 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pollution 1.69 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Submarine pipelines and cables 1.66 . . . . . .
Relinquish Head 7.71 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rena Point 9.182 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Renard, Tanjung 4.42 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rentap, Beting: see Friendship Shoal 2.44 .
Repong, Pulau 3.20 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Reposo Point 7.205 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Research Reef 10.65 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Restinga Point 8.196 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rhu, Tanjung 4.31 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ria, Batu 3.88 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Richmond Reef 2.35 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rifleman Bank 2.113 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Bombay Castle 2.113 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Johnson Patch 2.113 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Kingston Shoal 2.113 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Orleana Shoal 2.113 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rigi, Gunung 6.86 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Riripayan Point 9.187 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rita Island 7.129 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rivera Point 9.46 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rizal Shoal 6.95 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Robins Point 7.129 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rocks Reach 4.148 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Roja Point 9.143 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rosario 8.176 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rounded Peak 9.111 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Routes and Archipelagic Sea Lanes 1.9 . . . .
Rowley Point: see Bintawa, Tanjung 4.33 . .
Royal Captain Shoal 2.63 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Royal Charlotte Reef 2.50 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Light 2.50 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Royalist Shoal 7.117 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Royds Shoal 6.100 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rumon 6.105 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rusukan Besar, Pulau 5.44 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rusukan Kecil, Pulau 5.44 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ruth Shoal:
see Kidurong, Beting 4.312 . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sabah Shipyard 5.89 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sabai, Pulau 3.85 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sabalay Reef 9.115 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Saban, Tanjung 6.84 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sabang, Muara 4.36 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sabang: 1442N, 12015E 9.44 . . . . . . . . .
Sabang: Saint Paul Bay 7.123 . . . . . . . . . . .
Sabangan Point 9.187 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sabangar, Karang 3.85 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sabina Shoal 2.70 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sabine Patches 2.138 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sabun 5.137 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Saddle Island: Endeavour Strait 7.70 . . . . . .
Saddle Island: Pagdanan Bay 7.114 . . . . . . .
Sadit, Tanjung 4.189 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sadok Sadok, Gunung 6.105 . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sadong, Batang 4.109 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sadong, Kuala 4.109 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Saeh, Bukit 5.142 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Safri, Beting 4.310 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sagu, Bukit 3.123 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sagumay Point 7.129 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sah, Telok 4.210 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sahat, Tanjung 4.170 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Saint Joseph Oil Field 6.11 . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Saint Joseph Rock 6.99 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Saint Paul Bay 7.123 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Saint Paul, Mount 7.106 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sala Point 8.58 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Salak, Batang 4.28 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Salak, Pulau 4.28 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Salasa River 9.167 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Home Contents Index
INDEX
238
Salemas, Pulau 4.188 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Salemas, Sungai 4.188 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Salibaya, Bukit 5.174 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Salirong, Tanjong:
see LumbaLumba, Tanjong 5.166 . . . . . .
Salomague 10.127 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Salomague Harbour 10.127 . . . . . . . . . . . . .
East Light 10.122 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Salomague Island 10.123 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Salomague Point 10.123 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Salor, Pulau 3.85 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Salvador Island 9.117 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Salvage services 1.176 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Samarago, Pulau 3.85 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Samarahan, Batang 4.93 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Samarang Bank 6.22 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Samarang, Batu 4.20 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Samarang: Batang Saribas 4.110 . . . . . . . . .
Samarang Oil Field 6.11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Samarhan, Batang 4.49 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Samasta, Tanjung 5.140 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Samat, Mount 8.109 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sambalang, Tanjung 6.112 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sambangbarat 3.84 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sambas Besar, Sungai 3.113 . . . . . . . . . . . .
Samboang Point 7.188 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sampadi, Gunung 4.25 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sampadi, Kuala 4.25 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sampadi, Pulau 4.20 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sampadi, Sungai 4.25 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sampaloc Point 9.14 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Samunsam, Sungai 4.32 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
San Antonio 9.171 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
San Diego Point 8.86 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
San Esteban 10.96 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Light 10.97 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
San Esteban Point 10.96 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
San Esteban, Port 10.96 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
San Fabian 10.37 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
San Felipe 9.171 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
San Fernando Harbour 10.45 . . . . . . . . . . . .
San Fernando Point 10.67 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Light 10.16 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
San Ildefonso Harbour 10.124 . . . . . . . . . . .
San Isidro, Mount 10.19 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
San Jose Bay 8.123 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
San Juan 10.116 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
San Narciso 9.171 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
San Nicolas Shoals 8.149 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Light 8.149 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
San Pedrio, Mount 8.87 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
San Vincente River 9.171 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sand Cay 2.68 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sandy Shoal 2.94 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sangbauen Peak 7.132 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sangley Point 8.149 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Light 8.148 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Santa 10.80 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Santa Cruz Bay 7.119 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Santa Cruz Harbour 9.144 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Santa Cruz Point 9.115 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Santa Cruz River 9.146 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Santa Cruz: (1705N, 12027E) 10.116 . . .
Santa Cruz: Manila Bay 8.192 . . . . . . . . . . .
Santa Lucia 10.87 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Santa Maria 10.99 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Santa Rita Light 10.19 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Santa Rita, Mount 9.36 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Santa Rita Valley 9.73 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Santiago 10.93 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Santiago, Cape 8.86 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Light 8.85 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Santiago Cove 10.93 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Santiago Island 9.176 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Santo Tomas 10.38 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Anchorage 10.38 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Santo Tomas, Mount 10.10 . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Santubong, Gunung 4.19 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Santubong, Kuala 4.23 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Santubong, Sungai 4.23 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Saoang 10.153 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Saoit Point 9.182 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sapangar Oil Terminal, Teluk 6.82 . . . . . . .
Sapangar, Pulau 6.41 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sapangar, Teluk 6.41 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sapangar Terminal, Teluk 6.78 . . . . . . . . . .
Sapi, Pangkalan: Kuching 4.90 . . . . . . . . . .
Saracen Bank 6.92 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sarangtiong, Pulau 5.187 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sarawak, Sungai 4.33 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Shiplock (Barrage) system 4.66 . . . . . . . .
Sari, Batang 4.136 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sari, Bukit 5.177 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Saribas, Batang 4.110 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Saribas, Kuala 4.110 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Saribillas Point 7.36 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sarikei, Port of 4.152 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sarikei, Sungai 4.148 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Satang Besar, Pulau 4.20 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Satang Kecil, Pulau 4.20 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Saundal, Teluk 6.113 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Saysain 9.17 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Saysain Point 9.9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Scalesby Castle Shoal 7.172 . . . . . . . . . . . .
Scarborough Reef 2.152 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Light 2.10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
South Rock 2.153 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Scott Patches 6.26 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Scout Patches 5.22 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Scout Rock 5.22 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sea and swell 1.194 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sea level and tides 1.191 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sea water characteristics 1.198 . . . . . . . . . .
Density 1.198 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Salinity 1.199 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Surface temperature 1.200 . . . . . . . . . . . .
Seahorse Shoal 2.77 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Seahorse Breakers 2.41 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Seamer Bay 7.101 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Seamer Point 7.101 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sebandar, Gunung 4.32 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sebangan, Sungai 4.109 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sebangmawang, Pulau 3.51 . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sebetul 3.48 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sebiang, Pulau 3.112 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Seblat 3.84 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sebubal, Tanjung 4.136 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sebuboh, Bukit 5.67 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sebuboh, Tanjung 5.67 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sebuyau 4.101 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sebuyau, Bukit 4.105 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sebuyau, Sungai 4.106 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Second Thomas Shoal 2.71 . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sedanai, Tanjung 4.245 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sedanau 3.69 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sedanau Channels 3.85 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sedanau, Karang 3.70 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Light 3.70 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sedanau, Pulau 3.53 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sedap, Tanjung 4.42 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sededap, Pulau 3.51 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sedi, Tanjung 4.195 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Light 4.201 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sedimin, Pulau 3.56 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sedua, Pulau: Pulau Sempadi 3.94 . . . . . . . .
Sedua, Pulau: W Bunguran 3.85 . . . . . . . . .
Sedungus, Tanjung 4.23 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Seganding, Tanjung 3.107 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sejingkat Terminal 4.83 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sekaram, Sungai 3.85 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sekatung, Pulau 3.37 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Light 3.42 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sekko Shoal 2.91 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sekukur, Pulau 3.85 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sekuyu, Sungai 3.128 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Selabat, Tanjung 4.36 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Selabat, Teluk 4.36 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Selahang, Teluk 3.83 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Selalang, Kuala 4.134 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Selalang, Pasir 4.134 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Selalang Sands: see Pasir Selalang 4.134 . .
Selalang, Tanjung 4.115 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Selalo, Pulau 4.189 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Selalo, Telok 4.189 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Selang, Gunung 4.32 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Selatan, Selat 6.68 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Selentang, Pulau 3.85 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Selila, Bukit 5.142 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Selimu, Pulau 3.85 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Seluan, Pulau 3.58 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Light 3.61 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Selumit, Sungai 4.132 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Semah, Loba 4.210 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Semama, Pulau 3.85 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Semapi, Karang 3.85 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Semarung, Pulau 3.85 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sematan 4.21 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sematan, Kuala 4.21 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sematan, Sungai 4.21 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sembuni, KarangKarang 3.100 . . . . . . . . .
Semiun, Pulau 3.38 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Light 3.42 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sempadi, Pulau 3.94 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Semut, Tanjung 3.85 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Senari Port 4.83 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Senggi, Gunung 4.32 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sengiap, Teluk 3.82 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Senua, Pulau 3.85 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Senua, Selat 3.85 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Senubing, Tanjung Light 3.61 . . . . . . . . . . .
Sepler, Tanjung 4.147 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Serai, Loba 4.32 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Serabang, Tanjung 4.13 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Serapi, Gunung 4.19 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Serasa 5.137 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Serasan, Alur Pelayaran 3.100 . . . . . . . . . . .
Serasan, Pelabuhan 3.105 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Serasan, Pulau 3.92 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Light 3.107 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Serawi, Bukit 4.362 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Seraya, Pulau 3.91 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Light 3.103 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Serdang, Karang 3.112 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Seredeng, Muara 4.258 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Seria 5.28 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Terminal 5.28 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Serungus, Pulau 3.85 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Serupai, Beting 4.310 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Setengah, Bukit 3.123 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Setian, Bukit 4.250 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sevilla 10.116 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Shahbandar, Bukit 5.15 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Shallow Shoal 7.184 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Shark Point 9.44 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sharp Peak 7.144 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Shirt Point 7.145 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Siapar Island 10.44 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Siapar Point 10.44 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Siarau, Pulau 5.171 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Siarau, Tanjung 5.174 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sibor, Teluk 4.31 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sibu Laut, Kuala 4.27 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sibu, Port of 4.214 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sibu, Sungai 4.27 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sibudin, Tanjung 4.91 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sibungor, Pulau 5.140 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sibusu, Tanjung 5.174 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sibuti 4.322 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sibuti, Kuala 4.322 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sibuti, Sungai 4.322 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sicud River 7.193 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sicud Point 7.193 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sierra Madre Mountains 8.2 . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Signal Head 7.46 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Signals 1.92 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
By naval vessels 1.103 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
National 1.92 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Home Contents Index
INDEX
239
Sigubang, Tanjung 5.174 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sijingkat, Kampung 4.80 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Silabu, Gunung 4.109 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Silad, Pulau 6.87 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Silanganan, Mount 9.13 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Silanguin Island 9.113 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Silanguin, Port 9.164 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Silaqui Island 9.176 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Silk Rock 5.21 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Simangga Besar, Pulau 5.174 . . . . . . . . . . . .
Simanggang 4.101 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Similajau, Kuala 4.318 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Similajau, Sungai 4.318 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Similajau, Tanjung 4.316 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Simo Banks 8.86 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Simpangmangayu, Tanjung 6.87 . . . . . . . . .
Simpson Channel 5.139 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Simunjan 4.109 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sin Cowe Island 2.101 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sinangan 5.188 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sindian, Tanjung 6.44 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sinjataan, Pulau 6.84 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Siol, Sungai 4.32 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sipang, Tanjung 4.13 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Light 4.19 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sipitang 5.185 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sipitang, Sungai 5.185 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sipitang Wharf 5.181 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sireh, Tanjung 4.22 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sirik, Tanjung 4.93 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Light 4.98 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sirinao Island 7.156 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sisiman Bay 8.113 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Light 8.122 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Siwa Oil Field 4.11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Siwa Shoal 4.316 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sixteen-foot Shoal 9.62 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Skumong, Sungai 4.193 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Slime Rock 6.109 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Light 6.109 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Slip Point 7.80 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Solot Point 10.123 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Solvec 10.101 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Solvec Cove 10.101 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Solvec Point 10.101 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Solvec Rock 10.87 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
South Bar Bank: Brunei Channel 5.139 . . . .
South China Sea 1.182 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
South Furious Oil Field 6.11 . . . . . . . . . . . .
South Furious Shoals 6.101 . . . . . . . . . . . . .
South Guntao Island 7.37 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
South Hill Rock 6.32 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
South Inlet 7.129 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
South Luconia Shoals 2.29 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
South Nido Oil Field 7.11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
South Reef: North Danger Reef 2.138 . . . . .
South Regent Shoal 7.182 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
South Rock: Long Point 7.146 . . . . . . . . . . .
South Rock: Scarborough Reef 2.153 . . . . .
South Sapa Hill 9.187 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
South West Ampa Oil Field 5.11 . . . . . . . . .
South West Cay 2.138 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
South West Sunken Barrier Shoal 6.96 . . . .
Southampton Reefs 2.82 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Hopps Reef 2.82 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Livock Reef 2.82 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Southern Bank 2.80 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Foulerton Reef 2.80 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Little Patches 2.80 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Spratly Island 2.116 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Square Point 7.121 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Stavely, Mount 7.144 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Steep Hill 7.198 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Steep Point 7.147 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Stewart Bank 2.155 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Stigant Reef 2.32 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Stok, Tanjung 4.109 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Stumps Island 7.102 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Suai 4.320 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Suai, Batang 4.320 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Suai, Beting 4.313 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Suai, Bukit 5.177 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Suai, Kuala 4.320 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sual 10.20 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sual, Port 10.20 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Light 10.23 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Subi Besar, Pulau 3.89 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Subi Besar, PulauPulau 3.86 . . . . . . . . . . .
Subi Kecil, Pulau 3.88 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Light 3.103 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Subi Reef 2.129 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Subic 9.74 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Subic Bay 9.18 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Subis, Gunung 4.314 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Subok 5.157 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sueste Point 9.39 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Light 9.37 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sujung, Tanjung 3.82 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sulaman, Sungai 6.118 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sulaman, Teluk 6.118 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sullivan Point 7.84 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sultan Peak 7.144 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sulu Archipelago 1.162 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sulu Sea 1.144 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sulug, Pulau 6.19 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sunda Bank 5.129 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sunda Shelf 1.182 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sunda Spit 5.66 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sundar Bazaar 5.188 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sungai Besar, Bukit 5.174 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sungay, Mount 8.109 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sungei, Tanjung 3.85 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sungot, Pulau 3.85 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sunken Barrier Shoals 6.96 . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Suri Point 7.158 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Suso Point 10.96 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Suso Shoal 10.98 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sutera Harbour 6.83 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Swallow Reef 2.51 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Light 2.51 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Swanley, Karang 3.112 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tabajin Bay 8.54 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tabi, Tanjung 3.85 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tabor Bintang, Bukit 5.37 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tabones Islets 9.113 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Taburan, Tanjung 6.123 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tacbolo Island 7.73 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Taganibung Bay 7.101 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tagapolo Point 9.122 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tagaporo Island 9.176 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tagbac 8.50 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tagbac Cove 8.50 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tagbanan Point 8.58 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tagbita Bay 7.198 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tagbuaya Bay 7.158 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tagbuaya Point 7.158 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tagbuaya River 7.158 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tagipan River 7.193 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tagnipa Bay 7.158 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tagnipa Inlet 7.129 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tagpan Point 7.36 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tagudin 10.88 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Light 10.86 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tagugsom Bay 7.201 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tahi, Tanjung 5.188 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Taitai Bay 7.82 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Taitai Island 7.82 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Takat Besar 5.181 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Takat Daim 5.181 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Takat Kahar 5.181 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Takat Ludin 5.181 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Takat Menangan 5.181 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Takat Mengal 5.181 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Takat Pengiram 5.181 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Talaga Bay 8.196 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Talaga Point 8.196 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Talahib River 8.70 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Talang Talang Besar, Pulau 4.20 . . . . . . . . .
Talang Talang Kecil, Pulau 4.20 . . . . . . . . .
Talaotao 8.60 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Talbaguen Island 7.91 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tali Oil Field 5.11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Talin Bay 8.86 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Talin Point 8.86 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Talinas Island 8.36 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Talinawan Munti Island 8.36 . . . . . . . . . . . .
Talisain Bay 9.171 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tambac Bay 10.44 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tambac Point 9.177 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tambak, Tanjung 4.32 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tambalanang Island 7.52 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tambelan, PulauPulau 3.24 . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tambo 8.59 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tambo Point 8.59 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tambobo Point 9.176 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tambol, Tanjung 6.123 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tambove Roads 9.169 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tambuluran, Tanjung 6.87 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tambuyukon, Gunung 6.105 . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tamurung Point 10.116 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tanah Puteh Terminal 4.83 . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tanawan Point 8.76 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tandoyong Island 10.44 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tangah, Teluk 6.113 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tangut Rock 6.32 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tanjong Salirong:
see LumbaLumba, Tanjong 5.166 . . . . . .
Tanju, Beting 4.63 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tanjung, Tanjung 3.83 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tapiutan Island 7.36 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tarak Tarak, Tanjung 6.41 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tarakaiawan Islet 7.135 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tarap, Tanjung 5.174 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Taras, Tanjung 5.51 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tarumpitao Point 7.187 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tatau 4.257 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tatau, Batang 4.257 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tatau, Beting 4.312 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tatau, Kuala 4.257 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tatub Point 7.196 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tavajun, Tanjung 6.40 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Taytay 7.102 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Taytayen Point 8.86 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tebas, Muara 4.33 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tebelong, Bukit 6.30 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tebur, Tanjung 3.107 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tega Shoals 6.32 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tekap, Sungai 4.188 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tekolampak, Tanjung 3.85 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Teliu, Telok 4.210 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Temberlai, Pulau 3.112 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tembungo Oil Terminal 6.11 . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tembungo, Tanjung 6.86 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Temburong, Sungai 5.172 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Temena Oil Fields 4.11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tempasuk, Sungai 6.120 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tempayang Pisang, Bukit 5.130 . . . . . . . . . .
Templer Bank 2.92 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Templer, Gunung 6.105 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tempulagas 5.188 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Temrukai, Tanjung 5.174 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tenabian Island 7.80 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tengah, Permatang 4.136 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tennent Reef 2.102 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tent Island 7.46 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tenumandug 6.30 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Terang, Tanjung 3.85 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Terasun Timur 2.51 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ternate 8.123 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Westward Light 8.123 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tetas de Santa 10.84 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Thitu Island; Light 2.130 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Thi Ta Island; see Thitu 2.130 . . . . . . . . . . .
Thomas Shoal, First 2.67 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Thomas Shoal, Second 2.71 . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Home Contents Index
INDEX
240
Thumb Peak 7.144 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tiawir River 8.196 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tidepole Island 7.147 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tidepole Point 7.133 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tiga Papan, Tanjung 6.123 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tiga, Pulau 6.32 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Light 6.30 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tiga, Selat 6.13 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tikus, Tanjung 4.170 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tilic 8.42 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tilic, Port 8.42 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Light 8.43 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tilig, Port: see Tilic, Port 8.45 . . . . . . . . . . .
Timau, Pulau 3.55 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Timbalai, Bukit 5.62 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Timon, Beting 4.195 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Timur, Alur 5.58 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tinson Reefs 6.84 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tizard Bank 2.123 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Gaven Reefs 2.123 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Itu Aba Island 2.123 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Nam Yit Island 2.123 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Petley Reef 2.123 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tohor, Beting 3.21 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tokongbelayar, Pulau 3.29 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tokongboro, Pulau 3.57 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tokongburung, Pulau 3.39 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tokongmalangbiru, Pulau 3.20 . . . . . . . . . .
Tondol Point 10.44 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tongkok 3.48 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tor 7.112 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Toritori Point 10.44 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Torong Gusu, Tanjung 6.86 . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Torong Semburong, Tanjung 6.86 . . . . . . . .
Tortuga Reef 9.115 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Toulak, Tanjung 6.12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Town Reach 4.33 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Traffic and operations 1.12 . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Firing practice areas 1.19 . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fishing 1.16 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Marine exploitation 1.22 . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Recreational craft 1.15 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Submarines 1.21 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Traffic 1.12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
TSS 1.14 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Treacherous Bay 7.147 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tres Marias Islands, The 7.129 . . . . . . . . . .
Triboa Bay 9.99 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Triboa River 9.91 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Trident Shoal: 1130N, 11440E 2.141 . . .
Trident Shoal:
see Rancha Rancha, Beting 5.93 . . . . . . . .
Trinchera Point 9.177 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Triple Cima Island 7.156 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tripp Reef 2.42 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Triso Darat 4.105 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Triso, Pulau 4.102 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Truro Shoal 2.154 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Trusan, Batang 5.173 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Trusan, Tanjung 5.66 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tsunami 1.2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tua, Pulau 3.131 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tuaran 6.117 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tuaran, Sungai 6.117 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tubu-Tubu, Tanjung 5.159 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tudang, Pulau 3.112 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tudjuh, Kepulauan 3.24 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tugal, Bukit 4.32 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tugau, Beting 4.310 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tukak, Teluk 3.85 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tukau Oil Field 4.11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tukau Shoal 4.316 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tukongara, Pulau 4.32 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tukongbanun, Pulau 4.32 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tuluran Island 7.70 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tuman, Karang 3.48 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tumbaga Point 8.52 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tunggulian, Bukit 5.19 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Turnabout Reach 4.34 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Turung Bay 7.84 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Turung Island 7.84 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tutong 5.35 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tutong, Sungai 5.35 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Twenty four-foot Shoal 9.39 . . . . . . . . . . . .
Two Fathom Rock 5.22 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Typhoons 1.206 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ubugun Point 7.44 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Udar Besar, Pulau 6.41 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Udar Kecil, Pulau 6.41 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ujan, Bukit 4.250 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ujong Sapoh, Tanjung 5.129 . . . . . . . . . . . .
Light 5.129 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ulu, Sungai 3.77 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ulugan Bay 7.128 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Umpohl Shoals 6.106 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Umpul Umpul, Pulau 5.160 . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Undaunted Rock 5.54 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Union Reefs 2.101 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Collins Reef 2.101 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Holiday Reef 2.101 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Johnson Reef South 2.101 . . . . . . . . . . . .
Loveless Reef 2.101 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sin Cowe Island 2.101 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Whitsun Reef 2.101 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Urdanetta Shoal 9.42 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ursula Shoals: see Niah, Beting 4.316 . . . . .
Usukan, Pulau 6.86 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Light 6.105 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Usukan, Teluk 6.109 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Valdez 7.203 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Vampire Point 7.96 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Vanguard Shoal 7.174 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Verde Island Passage 8.1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Verde, Mount 10.19 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Vernon Bank 6.23 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Victoria Harbour:
see Labuan, Pelabuhan 5.68 . . . . . . . . . . . .
Victoria Patches 5.22 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Victoria Peaks 7.144 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Vigan 10.104 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Vigia Point 9.15 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Vigo 8.58 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Village Bay 7.118 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Vitas Estero River 8.199 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Wading, Tanjung 4.32 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Wak, Teluk 4.36 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Wangle 7.205 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Wangle, Mount 7.169 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ward Point 4.32 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Warren Point 4.33 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Watering Bay: Mayday Bay 7.119 . . . . . . . .
Watering Bay: Ulugan Bay 7.129 . . . . . . . .
Anchorage 7.139 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Wawa 8.86 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Wawa, River 8.88 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Wedge Head 7.73 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Wedge Island 7.107 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
West Linapacan Oil Terminal 7.14 . . . . . . . .
West Lutong Oil Field 4.359 . . . . . . . . . . . .
West Patricia Oil Field 4.11 . . . . . . . . . . . . .
West Reef: London Reefs 2.118 . . . . . . . . . .
Light 2.57 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
West York Island 2.137 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Western Reef 2.128 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Western Shoals 6.107 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Weston 5.186 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
White Conical Head 7.110 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
White Island 7.110 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
White Rock: Alligator Bay 7.89 . . . . . . . . . .
White Rock: Comocutuan Island 7.52 . . . . .
White Rock: Ulugan Bay 7.135 . . . . . . . . . .
White Rocks 6.112 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Bay 6.107 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Reef 6.107 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
White Round Island 7.69 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
White Top Rock 7.99 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Whitsun Reef 2.101 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Wilson Island 7.97 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Wilson Shoal: see Nyalau, Beting 4.313 . . .
Winchester Shoals 6.28 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Wokong, Tanjung 6.84 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Wong, Pasir 4.124 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Light 4.128 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Wong Sands: see Wong, Pasir 4.124 . . . . . .
Wood Bank 2.79 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Wood Point 7.129 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Woody Peak 5.19 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Worcester Strait 7.69 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Wreck Head 7.108 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Yapusan Point 8.58 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
York Breakers 7.160 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Yu, Tanjung 6.111 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Home Contents Index
PUBLICATIONS OF THE
UNITED KINGDOM HYDROGRAPHIC OFFICE
A complete list of Sailing Directions, Charts and other works published by the United Kingdom Hydrographic Office, together with
a list of Agents for their sale, is contained in the Catalogue of Admiralty Charts and Publications, published annually. The list of
Agents is also promulgated in Annual Summary of Admiralty Notices to Mariners No 2 of each year, or it can be obtained from:
The United Kingdom Hydrographic Office,
Admiralty Way,
Taunton, Somerset
TA1 2DN
Printed in the United Kingdom for the UKHO
Home Contents Index
CDROM Instructions
See Status, Disclaimer and Copyright at Explanatory
Notes at Page vii.
The CDROM below contains the following:
Text of this volume in Portable Document Format
(PDF).
Software to install Adobe Acrobat Reader.
A link to the UHKO website: www.ukho.gov.uk.
Photographs in PDF, if they are available for the area
covered by this volume.
Avoid touching or scratching the silver side of the
CDROM. To protect it from damage or loss, return it to
the envelope after use.
Place the CDROM in a compact disc drive.
The opening screen should appear within a few seconds.
If the opening screen does not appear after 15 seconds,
try the following:
Doubleleft click: My Computer.
Doubleleft click CDROM icon: NPxx (D:).
Doubleleft click html file: index.
The CDROM is designed to work with the following
software:
Windows 98
Windows 2000
Windows ME
Windows NT4.0 SP5
Home Contents Index